The books in the LRC are arranged by topic using Library of Congress classification system. Here are a few call number ranges to explore:
Export Management
HF 1414.4 General works, Export controls
HF 1414.5 General works
HF 1414.55.A-Z By region or country, A-Z
HF 1415 Preshipment inspection, Export marketing. International marketing Including trading companies
HF 1416 General works, By region or country
HF 1416.5 United States
HF 1416.6.A-Z Other regions or countries, A-Z, Export processing zones
HF 1417 General works
HF 1417.3.A-Z By region or country, A-Z
By region or country see HF 3000+
For Subject searches using the Worldcat Discover, try:
To do Keyword searches, you can either use add terms or use phrases.
Searching for Export Management?
Test out export AND management or "export management" as searches and see what you can find.
The Export Management degree program is for those who want to start their own export business or choose a career in international trading. It is the pioneer export-oriented business program in the Philippines. Mentors will teach you entrepreneurial skills that focus on the export of locally manufactured products and services. Through this business, graduates contribute to the country’s socio-economic development.
This subject guide gathers in one place carefully evaluated and selected resources on Export Management available and accessible at the LRC and its subscribed databases. Books (both print and electronic) are categorized per course; while journals, magazines and online databases are recommended for the entire Export Management program.
QUICK LINKS
The Advance Entrepreneurship course will take the learners from the Minimum Viable Product (MVP) stage to the Business Model stage, The learners will acquire the skills required to transform their MVP into a business model. In this course, they will transform their business idea into the Business Model Canvas and will use it to further refine their MVP. They will also set up a digital presence and learn to use promotional channels and distribution channels to engage and serve their customers. Additionally, they will get started with various legal and operational aspects as well as initial funding concepts such as bootstrapping. At the end of the program, they can use their respective Business Model Canvasses as their Capstone project and be able to enhance their entrepreneurial mind and spirit.
Building 21st Century Entrepreneurship by
Entrepreneurship develops around the world in accordance to the different cultural, political, economic and social contexts. Governments promote entrepreneurship as a way to improve economic growth. As capitalism changes, entrepreneurship also changes. This book describes some of the new profiles of entrepreneurs that are creating the entrepreneurial economy of the 21st Century. It presents entrepreneurship in a theoretical and pragmatic way in order to help readers to understand what entrepreneurship means today. Illustrated by socio-economic information and case studies of an international scope, two main questions are explicitly studied in this book: who are the new figures of entrepreneurs and how are they creating the companies of the future? The book is based on academic literature and serves as a reference to researchers interested in the evolution of entrepreneurship.
Creative industries and entrepreneurship : paradigms in transition from a global perspective by
This book analyses the relationship between creative and cultural industries, local economic development and entrepreneurship from a global perspective. In so doing, it investigates the evolving paradigm of creative industries and creative entrepreneurship and their related economy over time.Creative Industries and Entrepreneurship explores cultural and creative economics, management, entrepreneurship, international business, and urban and regional sciences, in both developed and newly emerging countries. The authors provide a framework to understand the evolving paradigm of creative industries and creative entrepreneurship while highlighting the distinction between 'first generation countries' such as the US, Canada, Australia and Europe, and 'second generation countries' in Asia, South America and North Africa. By adopting a multidisciplinary approach, the book develops a comprehensive overview of the composite phenomenon of the creative economy and its relationship with entrepreneurship.This inter-disciplinary work will appeal to researchers and scholars interested in creative industries, the creative economy and entrepreneurship, in addition to policy makers and managers within these areas. Readers will find an up-to-date presentation of existing and new research perspectives in these domains.
Critical Perspectives on Entrepreneurship by
Entrepreneurship is largely considered to be a positive force, driving venture creation and economic growth. Critical Perspectives on Entrepreneurship questions the accepted norms and dominant assumptions of scholarship on the matter, and reveals how they can actually obscure important questions of identity, ideology and inequality. The book's distinguished authors and editors explore how entrepreneurship study can privilege certain forms of economic action, whilst labelling other, more collective forms of organization and exchange as problematic. Demystifying the archetypal vision of the white, male entrepreneur, this book gives voice to other entrepreneurial subjectivities and engages with the tensions, paradoxes and ambiguities at the heart of the topic. This challenging collection seeks to further the momentum for alternate analyses of the field, and to promote the growing voice of critical entrepreneurship studies. It is a useful tool for researchers, advanced students and policy-makers.
Cultural entrepreneurship : the cultural worker's experience of entrepreneurship by
This book explores the lived experience of cultural entrepreneurship examining the challenges associated with cultural labour including the insecurities of managing precarious working conditions. Drawing on interviews conducted with cultural workers, Cultural Entrepreneurship focuses on how individuals articulate their experience of entrepreneurship in the cultural and creative industries. Noting the importance of place, the local cultural milieu is examined as a means of situating entrepreneurial practices through cultural and enterprise policies, local networks, and significant relationships. Within this framework, the cultural entrepreneurs¿ stories reveal means of subverting or re-interpreting identities and the possibility for ¿rethinking cultural entrepreneurship.¿ Aimed at researchers, academics and students investigating cultural entrepreneurship, cultural policy and cultural labour, Cultural Entrepreneurship will additionally be of value to creative industry consultants, cultural policymakers, and those setting up creative enterprises. Researchers from fields such as geography, investigating different aspects of the cultural industries in relation to cultural policy and place, will also find this book to be a useful contribution.
Digital Entrepreneurship by
Technology has enabled a new age of entrepreneurship as entrepreneurs find digital tools that enable new ventures to exploit commercial opportunities around the world. This textbook provides students with expert guidance on using technology platforms to start new ventures. With an award-winning approach, the author guides readers through the process of a lean startup, taking a "digital first" approach to entrepreneurship. Students using the book will emerge with enhanced understanding of different digital business models, analytical skills for digital ventures, and the confidence to move from prototype to product. Online resources such as slides, a sample syllabus, and exercises encourage the classroom to become an interactive and dynamic space.
The dynamics of entrepreneurial contexts : frontiers in European entrepreneurship research by
Context is everything in entrepreneurship research. This book compellingly demonstrates the ways in which the distinctive European cultural, societal and geographic environments enable research into new entrepreneurial phenomena. It also gives guidance as to how future research should endeavour to understand the influences of context. The Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Contexts explores the European methodological diversity encompassing various academic disciplines and research paradigms. Contributors suggest European entrepreneurship research should give priority to the local and individual to enable new research questions that are resonant with context. Finally, the book welcomes critical analyses of entrepreneurship that aim at questioning the taken-for-granted assumptions and analyses that increase our understanding of the counterproductive forms of entrepreneurship. Providing a unique insight into the emerging topics of entrepreneurship research, both European and international researchers will benefit from the different analytical and methodological perspectives provided to understand the differences, similarities and configurations of context. With a variety of regional and industry examples, postgraduates will significantly benefit from the overview of new and important research.
Entrepreneurship, Innovation and Education by
Entrepreneurship education is an area of growing importance within entrepreneurship research. This book critically discusses innovation and entrepreneurship in new and varied contexts in Europe.Entrepreneurship, Innovation and Education explores the need for researching innovation and learning in family firms, micro firms, SMEs and in rural and network contexts. The chapters offer new insights into the antecedents of business performance in SMEs by investigating social capital and marketing capabilities. The book includes a new typology for analysing entrepreneurship education programmes, discusses opportunities for embedding entrepreneurship in teacher education and explores entrepreneurship in the informal learning arenas in universities. This book includes a wide range of studies from different analytical and methodological perspectives and from various regional and industrial contexts. As such, it is a valuable tool for advanced students of European entrepreneurship. Researchers in entrepreneurship will also benefit from the up-to-date research analysis in this book.
Entrepreneurship: Ideas in Action Updated, Precision Exams Edition by
ENTREPRENEURSHIP: IDEAS IN ACTION 6E provides students with the knowledge needed to realistically evaluate their potential as a business owner. This text encourages students to examine all the major steps involved in starting a new business: Ownership, Strategy, Finance, and Marketing. As students complete the chapters, they will develop a business plan and learn what it takes to get an entrepreneurial venture off to a good start.
Entrepreneurship : the art, science, and process for success by 
Entrepreneurship : theory, process, practice by 
Entrepreneurship : the practice and mindset by
Winner of the 2018 Textbook & Academic Authors Association's The Most Promising New Textbook Award From Heidi Neck, one of the most influential thinkers in entrepreneurship education today, Chris Neck, an award-winning professor, and Emma Murray, business consultant and author, comes this ground-breaking new text. Entrepreneurship: The Practice and Mindset catapults students beyond the classroom by helping them develop an entrepreneurial mindset so they can create opportunities and take action in uncertain environments. Based on the world-renowned Babson Entrepreneurship program, this new text emphasizes practice and learning through action. Students learn entrepreneurship by taking small actions and interacting with stakeholders in order to get feedback, experiment, and move ideas forward. Students walk away from this text with the entrepreneurial mindset, skillset, and toolset that can be applied to startups as well as organizations of all kinds. Whether your students have backgrounds in business, liberal arts, engineering, or the sciences, this text will take them on a transformative journey. Interactive eBook also available--Save when you bundle it with the print version! Save when you bundle the print version with the interactive eBook version. Use bundle ISBN: 978-1-5063-7615-8. Learn more! SAGE coursepacks: Our Content Tailored to Your LMS Instructors! SAGE coursepacks makes it easy to import our quality instructor and student resource content into your school's learning management system (LMS). Intuitive and simple to use, SAGE coursepacks allows you to customize course content to meet your students' needs. Learn more. Thank you to our reviewers and contributors for all their hard work on this book.
Entrepreneurship : tools to start your own business by 
Entrepreneurship As Organizing by
This book draws together William B. Gartner's key contributions to entrepreneurship research over the past 25 years. An original introduction by the author offers a comprehensive overview and analysis of his work as it pertains to the development of entrepreneurship as a scholarly field, and the articles demonstrate the many ways in which his research has explored entrepreneurship in relation to individuals, firms, environments, and processes.
Entrepreneurship in Theory and Practice by
Aimed primarily at undergraduate students, this highly successful textbook provides the reader with a broad overview of the entrepreneurship phenomenon. It focuses on the emergence, evaluation, and organizing of entrepreneurial opportunities in various organizational contexts. This thoroughly revised second edition brings the reader up to date with the newest trends in the entrepreneurship field and includes four insightful new chapters, covering:* nascent entrepreneurship* design thinking* public entrepreneurship* entrepreneurship policy.New diagrams and figures have been added throughout to clarify key concepts and to clearly illustrate workflow relationships. With real-life international case stories by high profile entrepreneurship scholars, such as William B. Gartner, Saras Sarasvathy, Alain Fayolle, Benson Honig, the book highlights the paradoxes and dilemmas entrepreneurs may encounter on their entrepreneurial journey. Including student involvement, theory, paradoxes, actions, and exercises, all undergraduate students with or without prior entrepreneurship education can enjoy the many benefits, puzzles, and insights the book has to offer.
Exploring Entrepreneurship by
A detailed and critical analysis of the multiple types of entrepreneurship, helping students to understand the practical skills and theoretical concepts needed to create their very own entrepreneurial venture.Split into two parts, the book provides an even balance between theory and practice. Part 1 covers the practical activities involved in new entrepreneurial ventures, and Part 2 uses the latest research to explore entrepreneurship from different perspectives. The second edition features a new author, Catherine Wang, who brings specialist knowledge in entrepreneurial learning, ethnic minority entrepreneurship and international entrepreneurship. There are new chapters on the Varieties of Entrepreneurship, including social entrepreneurship (not-for-profit) and Intrapreneurship (employees within organizations) and Entrepreneurial Learning, which explores how entrepreneurs hone and develop their thinking. There is also a collection of new international case studies, including Dyson, Facebook, Made.com, and examples of entrepreneurship in China and Ghana. The book is complemented by a companion website featuring online resources for instructors and students, including PowerPoint Slides, additional mini case studies, multiple choice questions, video links, and revision tips.Suitable reading for students taking modules in Entrepreneurship or New venture creation at upper undergraduate and postgraduate levels.
Financiing Entrepreneurship and Innovation in Emerging Markets by
Financing Entrepreneurship and Innovation in Emerging Markets offers an original perspective on the links between macro data on innovation, data on micro-entrepreneurial processes and venture capital supply. The authors synthesize two disparate fields of research and thinking--innovation and entrepreneurship and economics--to illuminate how domestic companies compete and the business environment in which entrepreneurial firms operate. Its broad scope and firm linkages between processes at different levels leapfrogs research topics. For those investigating entrepreneurship and innovation in the early stages of economic development, this book demonstrates how micro and macro foundations of productivity, and hence economic growth and development, are inextricably intertwined.
Geography, Open Innovation and Entrepreneurship by
Developed countries must be incredibly innovative to secure incomes and welfare so that they may successfully compete against international rivals. This book focuses on two specific but interrelated aspects of innovation by incumbent firms and entrepreneurs, the role of geography and of open innovation. Geography, Open Innovation and Entrepreneurship discusses entrepreneurship from both theoretical and empirical viewpoints to provide readers with a wide range of cutting-edge and compelling studies. The authors highlight the critical importance of open innovation for performance and progress, putting forward determinants of economic growth and development rarely analysed in standard growth studies. Researchers and students will find this book useful for innovation and entrepreneurship studies. It is also a helpful tool for policymakers, planners and consultants involved in economic development and regional policies.
Handbook of Measures for International Entrepreneurship Research by
The Handbook of Measures for International Entrepreneurship Research is a user-friendly collection of multi-item measures developed and used in the research of international entrepreneurship and important areas related to it: international business, entrepreneurship, marketing, strategy, and innovation. Editors Nicole Coviello and Helena Yli-Renko carefully compiled 212 scales from over 820 possible measures using rigorous selection criteria. The scales fall into eight distinct categories:* Individual-level influences* Firm and team-level influences* External environmental influences* Relationships, networks, and social capital* Organizational learning* Capabilities* Orientation and strategy* Performance and innovation outcomesFor each scale, the book includes the following information to enable ease of use: summary, construct definition, description, source, development or adaptation procedures, sample, validity, scores, references, and scale items. This standout Handbook not only builds a compelling case for a more rigorous approach to research methods in international entrepreneurship research, but also explores the best practices in development, adaptation, use, and reporting of multi-item measures.Academic researchers in international entrepreneurship, international business, entrepreneurship, marketing, strategy, and/or innovation will find this reference tool a welcome addition to their survey research practices. Policy-makers conducting research in these areas will also appreciate this book.
Handbook of Research on International Entrepreneurship Strategy by
This impressive Handbook provides a dynamic perspective on the international entrepreneurial strategies of SMEs, including the role and experience of their founders, as well as the collaboration of these SMEs in networks with larger firms. The expert contributors from all over the world and the editors explore the origin and evolution of internationalizing SMEs, the changing history and the future outlook of this sector. They study the effects of different cultures on the origin and growth of entrepreneurship and SMEs. The Handbook also outlines the various types of Born Globals that emerge from different parts of the world. This book will prove essential reading for researchers and students of international business, entrepreneurship and SMEs. Founders of internationalizing SMEs will also learn about novel management practices, whilst educational institutions and governments will find invaluable insights on how to foster and support SMEs in their internationalization efforts.
Innovation and Entrepreneurship: Choices and Challenges in Knowledge Economy by
This book discusses practical issues of innovation and entrepreneurship. It first outlines the basic factors contributing to economic growth in the knowledge-based economy. Portraying wealth creation as taking scientific research results from lab to market, it identifies two interlinking components of the innovation process: turning scientific research to industrial technology and nurturing an eco-system conducive to technology business. Thus, it clarifies the position and role of four institutional players of the national innovation system: university (U), technology institute (T), government (G) and business (B). Making these players interact synergistically provides a fertile environment for innovation and entrepreneurship. The development of Silicon Valley, Hsinchu, Shenzhen and Singapore are illustrated as examples.For the technology entrepreneur, having a novel technology or unique product does not guarantee commercial success. It requires an effective business model, ability to execute business plan and entrepreneurial culture, all related to the soft power attributes of the entrepreneur team. The competitiveness of innovation and management of entrepreneurship are analyzed based on the concepts of Laozi and Confucius.Every entrepreneurship must learn to manage the challenges brought about by the changing business environment. The competitiveness and sustainability of a business is reflected by its ability to manage the change, both in bad and in good times. Every choice it makes will bring about new challenge. This is a definite, continuous and cyclic phenomenon occurring to all types of business. Some case examples of success or failure in managing challenges are given. They include: Alibaba Group, Ardentec IC testing, Cisco Systems, Delta Electronics, Eastman Kodak, Epistar HBLED, Fairchild Semiconductors, General Motors, GIANT carbon fiber bicycles, Tencent Holdings, TSMC, Volkswagen and others.This book is based on the author's practice and observation in technology and economic development especially in the Asia Pacific region during the post-1990s period. It is intended to be a reference of best practices for entrepreneurs, corporations and countries striving to make its mark in the knowledge-based economy.
Innovation engines : entrepreneurs and enterprises in a turbulent world by
In an uncertain economy where business risk is significant, the company tends to rely more on its environment than to invest, for example, in all steps of technological creation; This can be explained by the fact that investments in the acquisition (ownership) of production resources are less expensive than those implied in the formation of these resources; which also explains the attractiveness (in an open economy) of regions with abundant scientific and technical resources. To understand and analyze the innovation process in order to better design and launch new goods, services and technologies, one has to consider the creative dimension of the individual, the business and the organization in general. In new approaches to innovation, the entrepreneur and the company are analyzed through their skills, and their function of resource generation; Innovation thus becomes endogenous, gradual or radical, integrated in a complex process with many feedbacks and interactions. The innovative organization (small or large) is presented in this book as a dynamic system composed of specific and diverse skills (including those of the contractor, engineers or managers). By acquiring, combining and mobilizing these skills, the innovative agent (entrepreneur or company) can create technological resources and develop relations with its environment. Hence the importance of management in design, implementation, protection of intellectual property as well as of the development of new goods, services and technology, commercial and organizational models.
Institutional Case Studies on Necessity Entrepreneurship by
An estimated one billion individuals in both developed and developing nations can be defined as necessity entrepreneurs; individuals who have no other viable option for licit income than to start a small, income generating activity. However, the emphasis on providing business and leadership training to necessity entrepreneurs is only just gaining traction. This book provides the first-known global analysis dedicated exclusively to organizations from both the public and private sectors that are specifically involved with microenterprise education for necessity entrepreneurs. This companion volume to Necessity Entrepreneurs puts at the forefront the few organizations engaged in training necessity entrepreneurs - highlighting the efforts currently being made by policymakers, non-profit founders, and for-profit institutions individually (and independently) to try and find ways to educate and empower necessity entrepreneur​s. The authors provide a pragmatic synopsis and evaluate the efficacy of institutions involved in training entrepreneurs in developing nations all over the world.Featuring case studies from Harvard, BYU, and the largest organizations around the globe, this important work will be a vital read not only for scholars and researchers, but policymakers and NGO officials.
International Entrepreneurship by
Rich in examples from the real world, International Entrepreneurship illustrates how theory and practice go hand in hand. Specially designed for courses and tutors of International Entrepreneurship, this essential text discusses the opportunities and challenges facing internationalising entrepreneurial ventures. With clear and concise explanations of the current literature, the subject is explored from the different perspectives of social, cross-cultural and comparative entrepreneurship, as well as including analysis of the relationship to marketing and finance. Key features include: * A dedicated overview illustrating the state of the art from the point of view of International Entrepreneurship, rather than from a general business context, allowing students to build in-depth knowledge on the topic from a single resource* Interesting and accessible international case studies provide insight into how real companies handle modern issues, preparing students for future entrepreneurial ventures. Examples include ofo, Nokero, Wonderbly, FacilityLive and Blueseed* Flexibility of use for instructors to fit their own context and needs, particularly for integrating into current entrepreneurship or business courses* Further reading references and supplementary example boxes allow students to extend their knowledge outside the lecture hall and inspire a passion for the subject* Case studies inspire a variety of activities for both theoretical discussion and practical applications and can easily be enriched and updated. International Entrepreneurship is a much-needed text for all IE courses, as well as an ideal supplementary text for postgraduate students studying entrepreneurship, international business, management, and marketing.
Issues in Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management by
How different is the sharing economy from the traditional economy? What can entrepreneurs learn from failure? Can start-ups change the world? SAGE Business Researcher's Issues in Entrepreneurship offers an in-depth and nuanced look at a wide range of today's latest issues and controversies in entrepreneurship. This new collection of timely readings delves into current topics such as learning from failure, social entrepreneurship, flat management, crowdfunding, and more. Written with the rigor and immediacy of the best explanatory journalism, each issue provides deep, balanced, and authoritative coverage on the selected topic and key research, pointing students to reliable resources for further inquiry. These articles are perfect for outside reading assignments or in-class debates for any introductory entrepreneurship course.
New venture creation : entrepreneurship for the 21st century by 
Open innovation essentials for small and medium enterprises : a guide to help entrepreneurs in adopting the open innovation paradigm in their business by
Small and Medium Enterprises (SMEs) have to approach open innovation differently than large companies. This practical guide on open innovation is expressly for entrepreneurs and managers in SMEs. The authors provide strategies, techniques, and tricks of the trade enabling SMEs to practice open innovation systems profitability and enhance the long-term value of their company. Included are tools such as brokers, auctions, crowdsourcing, technology transfer, and spin-ups, making it useful for people already in business, starting businesses, or seeking supplemental material for courses.
Poverty and Entrepreneurship in Developed Economies by
This is the first in-depth examination of entrepreneurship and the poor within advanced economies. Entrepreneurship is presented as a source of empowerment that represents an alternative pathway out of poverty. The book explores the underlying nature of poverty and draws implications for new venture creation. This book fosters a richer dialog among academics, government officials, policy-makers, economic development professionals, bankers and the financial community, leaders of non-profit organizations, and others committed to moving beyond status quo solutions - committed to finding ways to help people create their own entrepreneurial pathways out of poverty.
A Research Agenda for Entrepreneurship Education by
Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary.Edited by Alain Fayolle, this Research Agenda tackles the need for additional and robust intellectual foundations in entrepreneurship education, both at theoretical and methodological levels. The authors show that it is essential to connect entrepreneurship education more firmly with societal demands. Identifying two key issues, the eminent authors first question what the current pedagogies and practices in entrepreneurship education are. Secondly, the authors question what is known about the relevancy, usefulness and efficiency of the current practices in entrepreneurship education. This book calls for a pragmatic and critical approach in the development of perspectives in entrepreneurship education. This book presents innovative ideas and provocative contributions to the debate with the intention of generating significant new concepts for future researchers, policy makers and practitioners in entrepreneurship.
Research Agenda for Women and Entrepreneurship by
Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary.This book looks at long-studied questions of identity from the perspective of women entrepreneurs, exploring ideas related to entrepreneurial identity for women and their businesses. The editors map out a vision for research on women and entrepreneurship and discuss aspiration, behaviors and confidence as key concepts that shape and enhance a woman's identity in the entrepreneurial process. A global collection of authors who are passionate about identity and women's entrepreneurship bring a variety of theoretical perspectives and quantitative methodologies to the table. Through a common framework of on women business owners and their businesses, they delve into social identity, start-ups, crowdfunding and context to set the groundwork for future research on entrepreneurship and gender.Advanced graduate students and researchers in the field of entrepreneurship will appreciate this focused exploration of a compelling topic, as will doctoral students and scholars of women's issues.
Research Handbook on Entrepreneurship and Leadership by
Most leadership research has been undertaken in corporate contexts and little attention has been given to leadership development in entrepreneurial and small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs). This book argues that the study of entrepreneurs as leaders is a gap in both the leadership and the entrepreneurship literatures. The impact of leaders is a crucial factor in the success or failure of smaller entrepreneurial firms and has implications for our understanding of new venture viability and growth.Featuring conceptual and empirical chapters from a wide range of cultures and entrepreneurship and leadership ecosystems, this Research Handbook is the first of its kind to present a systematic overview of the entrepreneurial leadership field, providing a state-of-the-art perspective and highlighting unanswered questions and opportunities for further research. It consolidates existing theory development, stimulates new conceptual thinking and includes path-breaking empirical explorations.With its international perspective illustrating the practice of entrepreneurial leadership in a wide range of organizational contexts, the Research Handbook on Entrepreneurship and Leadership offers an essential reference to students and researchers in entrepreneurship and leadership alike.
Social Entrepreneurship:An Affirmative Critique by
Pascal Dey and Chris Steyaert provide a timely critique on the idea of social entrepreneurship and its reputation as a means for positive social change. The book uses different traditions and modes of critique to interrogate, disrupt and reimagine the concept of social entrepreneurship. Presented in five parts, each individual contribution uses a different critical perspective to analyse and assess social entrepreneurship in its mythological, ideological and performative constitution, looking for its democratic possibilities and alternative affirmations. Using varied analytical approaches, the resulting work highlights the need for a greater recognition of the unintended effects of social entrepreneurship and in doing so, adds nuance to a concept that has gone relatively unchallenged. In addition, each chapter identifies intriguing points for further research.Scholars in the fields of social entrepreneurship, management and organizational studies will find this a relevant and insightful work. Those with a wider scholarly interest in critical research, particularly in the humanities or social sciences, will also find the critical approaches compelling.
Social Innovation and Sustainable Entrepreneurship by
The rapid and formative rise in research on social innovation and entrepreneurship means that theoretical frameworks are still being created, while traditional notions of economic efficiency and social welfare are tested. The field is progressing fastest in the measurement and measuring of social entrepreneurial effectiveness. Social innovators, who draw from philanthropy, as well as capital markets, for financial resources, have adopted the lean start up as a paradigm for their organization logics. This collection showcases the myriad emerging philosophical, methodological, and theoretical approaches, many of which are led by practitioners. It is organized into five sections. The first section reports on theoretical approaches to researching sustainable entrepreneurship that are less familiar. The second section reports on research focusing on the entrepreneurial responses to problems of climate change. The third and fourth sections report on research investigating social entrepreneurial processes, and how opportunities are formed and exploited. The fifth section reports on the ethical dimensions of social innovation.Researchers, scholars, educators and policymakers will find this book a useful reference, with novel ideas for future research and discourse.
Sustainable Entrepreneurship and Social Innovation by
Sustainable entrepreneurship has attracted growing attention in both scholarly and practitioner circles. Focusing on generating social, environmental and business value, the notion has been raised more recently to address the contribution of entrepreneurial activities to sustainable economic and social development. Sustainable Entrepreneurship and Social Innovation builds on a theoretical framework that addresses related topics via a combination of insights from sustainability, policy, managerial, strategic, innovation and institutional perspectives. Providing empirical casework as well as a conceptual and theoretical framework, the book takes a global, interdisciplinary approach to the emergent field of sustainable entrepreneurship. The book highlights elements of sustainable entrepreneurship which have a societal impact as well as regional relevance and related aspects of innovation are also presented. Definitional issues are further elaborated in order to encompass the main inter-connected fields of study, sustainable entrepreneurship and social innovation. This book is an important resource for academic researchers, and postgraduate and advanced undergraduate students in the fields of entrepreneurship, innovation and sustainability.
Toward Entrepreneurial Community Development by
Toward Entrepreneurial Community Development is about developing entrepreneurial communities, and goes beyond theories of the firm to demonstrate how local and regional society contributes in important ways to the vitality of entrepreneurs. The literature is rich with insights about leadership and culture within SMEs, and the behaviours and attitudes of their founders, founding teams, and managers. Since most of the attention in the entrepreneurship literature is focused on firms, we wish to explore everyone else: The social environment surrounding the entrepreneur, and how leadership and culture outside the firm can have pervasive effects on the business. This book reaches across disciplinary boundaries, integrating and advancing knowledge on entrepreneurial community development. The book identifies actionable leadership strategies that can be used by literally anyone to help make a community or region a more culturally-supportive, interactive home for entrepreneurial minds. We draw from original research to compare high and low entrepreneurship communities, and present an emergent picture of how community-level actors can (or fail to) work together to support entrepreneurship in places that are culturally distant from the Silicon Valley (i.e., most places). Toward Entrepreneurial Community Development then offers techniques for entrepreneurial community leadership, including how to build lasting alliances, create an image, and harness the local culture for entrepreneurial advantage. The result is a book that provides the reader with the latest advancements and techniques in entrepreneurship development in a straight-forward, readable format. No matter the reader, Toward Entrepreneurial Community Development demonstrates how anyone, in any position, can lead a local entrepreneurship movement starting anywhere, anytime.
The Advance Entrepreneurship course will take the learners from the Minimum Viable Product (MVP) stage to the Business Model stage, The learners will acquire the skills required to transform their MVP into a business model. In this course, they will transform their business idea into the Business Model Canvas and will use it to further refine their MVP. They will also set up a digital presence and learn to use promotional channels and distribution channels to engage and serve their customers. Additionally, they will get started with various legal and operational aspects as well as initial funding concepts such as bootstrapping. At the end of the program, they can use their respective Business Model Canvasses as their Capstone project and be able to enhance their entrepreneurial mind and spirit.
Building 21st Century Entrepreneurship by
Entrepreneurship develops around the world in accordance to the different cultural, political, economic and social contexts. Governments promote entrepreneurship as a way to improve economic growth. As capitalism changes, entrepreneurship also changes. This book describes some of the new profiles of entrepreneurs that are creating the entrepreneurial economy of the 21st Century. It presents entrepreneurship in a theoretical and pragmatic way in order to help readers to understand what entrepreneurship means today. Illustrated by socio-economic information and case studies of an international scope, two main questions are explicitly studied in this book: who are the new figures of entrepreneurs and how are they creating the companies of the future? The book is based on academic literature and serves as a reference to researchers interested in the evolution of entrepreneurship.
Contextualizing Entrepreneurship Theory by
As the breadth and empirical diversity of entrepreneurship research have increased rapidly during the last decade, the quest to find a "one-size-fits-all" general theory of entrepreneurship has given way to a growing appreciation for the importance of contexts. This promises to improve both the practical relevance and the theoretical rigor of research in this field. Entrepreneurship means different things to different people at different times and in different places and both its causes and its consequences likewise vary. For example, for some people entrepreneurship can be a glorious path to emancipation, while for others it can represent the yoke tethering them to the burdens of overwork and drudgery. For some communities it can drive renaissance and vibrancy while for others it allows only bare survival. In this book, we assess and attempt to push forward contemporary conceptualizations of contexts that matter for entrepreneurship, pointing in particular to opportunities generating new insights by attending to contexts in novel or underexplored ways. This book shows that the ongoing contextualization of entrepreneurship research should not simply generate a proliferation of unique theories - one for every context - but can instead result in better theory construction, testing and understanding of boundary conditions, thereby leading us to richer and more profound understanding of entrepreneurship across its many forms. Contextualizing Entrepreneurship Theory will critically review the current debate and existing literature on contexts and entrepreneurship and use this to synthesize new theoretical and methodological frameworks that point to important directions for future research.
Culture and Commerce : The Value of Entrepreneurship in Creative Industries by
Art and business are often described as worlds apart, even diametric opposites. And yet, these realms are close cousins in creative industries where firms bring cultural goods to market, attaching price tags to music, paintings, theater, literature, film, and fashion.Building on theories of value construction and cultural production, Culture and Commerce details the processes by which artistic worth is decoded, translated, and converted to economic value. Mukti Khaire introduces readers to three industry players: creators, producers (who bring to market and distribute cultural goods), and intermediaries (who critique and rave about them). Case studies of firms from Chanel and Penguin to tastemakers like the Pritzker Prize and The Sundance Institute illuminate how these professionals construct a vital value chain. Highlighting the role of "pioneer entrepreneurs"--who carve out space for radical, new product categories--Khaire illustrates how creative professionals influence our sense of value, shifting consumer behavior and our culture in deep, surprising ways.
Digital Entrepreneurship by
This open access book explores the global challenges and experiences related to digital entrepreneurial activities, using carefully selected examples from leading companies and economies that shape world business today and tomorrow. Digital entrepreneurship and the companies steering it have an enormous global impact; they promise to transform the business world and change the way we communicate with each other. These companies use digitalization and artificial intelligence to enhance the quality of decisions and augment their business and customer operations. This book demonstrates how cloud services are continuing to evolve; how cryptocurrencies are traded in the banking industry; how platforms are created to commercialize business, and how, taken together, these developments provide new opportunities in the digitalized era. Further, it discusses a wide range of digital factors changing the way businesses operate, including artificial intelligence, chatbots, voice search, augmented and virtual reality, as well as cyber threats and data privacy management. "Digitalization mirrors the Industrial Revolution's impact. This book provides a complement of perspectives on the opportunities emanating from such a deep seated change in our economy. It is a comprehensive collection of thought leadership mapped into a very useful framework. Scholars, digital entrepreneurs and practitioners will benefit from this timely work." Gina O'Connor, Professor of Innovation Management at Babson College, USA "This book defines and delineates the requirements for companies to enable their businesses to succeed in a post-COVID19 world. This book deftly examines how to accomplish and achieve digital entrepreneurship by leveraging cloud computing, AI, IoT and other critical technologies. This is truly a unique "must-read" book because it goes beyond theory and provides practical examples." Charlie Isaacs, CTO of Customer Connection at Salesforce.com, USA "This book provides digital entrepreneurs useful guidance identifying, validating and building their venture. The international authors developed new perspectives on digital entrepreneurship that can support to create impact ventures." Felix Staeritz, CEO FoundersLane, Member of the World Economic Forum Digital Leaders Board and bestselling author of FightBack, Germany
Digital Entrepreneurship in Africa: How a Continent Is Escaping Silicon Valley's Long Shadow by
The hope and hype about African digital entrepreneurship, contrasted with the reality on the ground in local ecosystems.
The open access edition of this book was made possible by generous funding from Arcadia – a charitable fund of Lisbet Rausing and by Knowledge Unlatched.
In recent years, Africa has seen a digital entrepreneurship boom, with hundreds of millions of dollars poured into tech cities, entrepreneurship trainings, coworking spaces, innovation prizes, and investment funds. Politicians and technologists have offered Silicon Valley–influenced narratives of boundless opportunity and exponential growth, in which internet-enabled entrepreneurship allows Africa to “leapfrog” developmental stages to take a leading role in the digital revolution. This book contrasts these aspirations with empirical research about what is actually happening on the ground. The authors find that although the digital revolution has empowered local entrepreneurs, it does not untether local economies from the continent's structural legacies.
Drawing on a five-year research project, the authors show how entrepreneurs creatively and productively adapt digital technologies to local markets rather than dreaming of global dominance, achieving sustainable businesses by scaling based on relationships and customizing digital platform business models for African infrastructure challenge. The authors examine African entrepreneurial ecosystems; show that African digital entrepreneurs have begun to form a new professional class, becoming part of a relatively exclusive cultural and economic elite; and discuss the impact of Silicon Valley's mythologies and expectations. Finally, they consider the implications of their findings and offer recommendations to policymakers and others.
Entrepreneurship and Development by
In analyzing the complex link between entrepreneurship, innovation and development in the context of the emerging world, this book offers a holistic reading of this triptych based on a theoretical foundation that is itself subject to controversy: the national system of innovative entrepreneurship. The "emerging" nature of the studied countries provides specific insights, and allows the theoretical developments to be fine-tuned to the current issues. In a context that makes competitive advantages transient, emerging markets can provide a real test case for responding in a structural and innovative way to social and economic challenges, thus ensuring the sustainable performance of their innovative entrepreneurial system. Entrepreneurship and Development advocates for the integration of the social and cultural history of a given country within the framework of public policies, and proposes more targeted actions for innovative entrepreneurial activities. Moreover, the education system must integrate the entrepreneurial culture and foster multidisciplinarity to support the transfer of knowledge to markets.
Entrepreneurship and Innovation Education by
This book is a compilation of tools, techniques and frameworks for use in the field of entrepreneurship and innovation (E&I) education. Developed and honed over the past two decades, these teaching approaches are combined with well-versed practical insight. As professors know all too well, the human brain cannot articulate more than three or four dimensions of a problem without the aid of what could be referred to as Âchecklists for thinkingÂ: frameworks (visual or otherwise) that help students think in terms of multiple variables affecting a problem. Entrepreneurship and Innovation Education provides a Âtoolbox of more than 50 frameworks for analyzing entrepreneurship and innovation problems, and for enabling effective decision-making. It is a useful guide for professors and students alike who are looking for an overview of available tools, methods and approaches to actively learn how to go from the visionary idea to the market.
Entrepreneurship Education by
The discussion around whether entrepreneurship can be taught is becoming obsolete as the number of entrepreneurship courses, specializations and degrees is rising at an unprecedented rate all over the world and the demand for entrepreneurial education teachers or instructors is constantly growing. The global community of entrepreneurial education proponents is enthusiastic about the possibility of spreading the idea of entrepreneurship, as it is believed to benefit societies and economies in addition to influencing human development on an individual level. The fervour is nurtured by public policies and the development of an enterprising culture in the public discourse. In this discourse, entrepreneurship is treated as a panacea for numerous social and economic problems. This book is a solid reference point for all who are interested in conducting research on entrepreneurial education or engaged in teaching entrepreneurship. It is a compendium of knowledge about entrepreneurial education as a research field, seen from the perspective of the last four decades, its complete contemporary history. It reviews the progress of the field from the outset to the present in terms of its socio-economic context, changes in the academic community, but also its research focus and methodological development. This uniquely comprehensive book is a resource of both knowledge on entrepreneurial education research and inspiration for future studies within the field. This timely and relevant book provides practical insights for educators when developing their teaching practice and will be of interest to entrepreneurship educators and entrepreneurship education researchers.
Entrepreneurship for Deprived Communities by
This study investigates barriers to developing enterprise in deprived communities, highlights trade-offs local authorities face and offers guidance that contributes to a model for developing a community-centered enterprise culture that is critical for reinvigorating disadvantaged groups. Alex Avramenko and Nikolai Mouraviev focus on deprived communities where entrepreneurship traditionally was extremely difficult to conceive and offer insights on under-researched issues, such as enablers of entrepreneurship by local government's integrated approach that blends opportunity generation with capacity and skill building, complemented by support services. They also focus on the formation of an enterprise culture that should become a foundation of policy, enablers and tools for revitalizing deprived communities.Chapters explore range of issues and examples, including rethinking the dynamics of micro enterprise, rural entrepreneurship, senior entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship in a cosmopolitan city, civic/community-centered entrepreneurship and lifestyle entrepreneurship.
Entrepreneurship in Policing and Criminal Contexts by
Entrepreneurship in Policing and Criminal Contextsexplores the contemporary and under researched themes of 'entrepreneurial policing' and 'entrepreneurialism in criminal justice contexts' which are emerging topics of both theoretical and practical interest in the current rapidly changing criminal justice environment. This volume of Contemporary Issues in Entrepreneurship Research critically opens up a new area of policing research, innovatively using theories of entrepreneurship, management and leadership, to illuminate a novel aspect of policing. Moreover, it presents a scholarly discussion about concepts and theories underpinning the topic. It is evident from readings that there are numerous crossovers in the literatures of entrepreneurship and policing because innovation, transformation and change are integral facets of both phenomena. This timely contribution spans theories of criminology, entrepreneurship and policing and as such is a seminal work which will engage practitioners, scholars and students of entrepreneurship and policing in thinking differently about how entrepreneurship can help change traditional thinking in relation to policing and criminal contexts.
Envisioning the Future of Learning for Creativity, Innovation and Entrepreneurship by
Envisioning the Future of Learning for Creativity, Innovation and Entrepreneurship outlines the work and findings of the Erasmus+ VISION research project.
Education is changing and teachers and students around the world are reshaping it. This book is designed to help educators, policy makers and stakeholders from industry and society at large navigate the changing landscape of education for creativity, innovation, and entrepreneurship (CIE). Built on insights from more than 250 experts, the book presents a learning landscape that captures today’s shifts within CIE education and proposes guidance and potential pathways for those involved in the field.
The book shows that the landscape of education for CIE is influenced by:
Learning as an immersive experience driven by play and experimentation
The rise in on the job education and learning by doing as part of life-long upskilling
Teachers’ roles evolve to be coaches and mentors developing hard and soft skills
Numerous images are included in the book using the technique of visual thinking, stimulating imagination, creativity and innovation.
Focuses on the increasing importance of immersive learning.
Includes the findings of more than 130 detailed interviews and 9 workshops.
Global Entrepreneurship by
The role that small- and medium-sized enterprises play in the economic development and growth of cities, regions and nations has been an increasing subject of debate and study for the last half century. This volume focuses on the opportunities and challenges that entrepreneurs and small- and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) face in a world of global competition. The papers therein provide an overview of successful strategies that global entrepreneurs and SMEs have employed that have allowed them to establish regional and international footprint and of how local resources, culture and managerial capabilities have contributed to startups' global success. In doing so it highlights original, edgy ideas and theoretical advances that will provide the foundation for future doctoral dissertations and other research projects on international entrepreneurship.
Making Ecopreneurs : Developing Sustainable Entrepreneurship by
The first edition of this book looked at the emergence of 'ecopreneurs' - environmental entrepreneurs gaining competitive advantage for their firms through understanding and utilising green issues. These green entrepreneurs have led the way in enabling market forces to generate economic growth whilst protecting the environment and encouraging sustainability. This new edition continues the examination of what distinguishes these green entrepreneurs from others. It draws on a diverse range of case studies embracing examples of both successful and unsuccessful ecopreneurial ventures on at least four continents. Contributions have been updated and a number of entirely new chapters describe sustainable business projects in places ranging from the USA , India, western Europe, UK, Australia, central America and New Zealand. Making Ecopreneurs, second edition, charts recent developments and remains highly relevant to researchers in the fields of sustainable business development and entrepreneurship, to policymakers within governments and NGOs, and to those running businesses.
Managing Technology Entrepreneurship and Innovation by
Managing Technology Entrepreneurship and Innovation is the first textbook for non-business based entrepreneurship courses, focussed on students with a background in science and technology. Its comprehensive, rigorous and yet accessible approach originates from the authors' considerable experience mentoring students as they turn their technological ideas into real-life business ventures. . The text is separated into three parts providing a roadmap for successful entrepreneurial projects: Part I focusses on how to create your venture, turning technology into businesses and how to link together entrepreneurship and innovation Part II shows you how to grow your venture and make it profitable, looking at the early development of academic spin-outs and how to adapt your technology to the customers' needs. Part III takes you through the day-to-day running on your business; whether to adopt a contingency or contextual approach, how to develop new products and services and alternative options for growth. With a wide range of practical steps, lists of things to consider and guidelines on how to turn your technology based ideas into a successful business, this text will be essential for all non-business students who need to understand entrepreneurship, management and innovation. It will also prove a useful introduction to all Masters-level students taking these subjects in business schools.
Open Innovation Essentials for Small and Medium Enterprises by
Small and Medium Enterprises (SMEs) have to approach open innovation differently than large companies. This practical guide on open innovation is expressly for entrepreneurs and managers in SMEs. The authors provide strategies, techniques, and Òtricks of the tradeÓ enabling SMEs to practice open innovation systems profitability and enhance the long-term value of their company. Included are tools such as brokers, auctions, crowdsourcing, technology transfer, and spin-ups, making it useful for people already in business, starting businesses, or seeking supplemental material for courses.
Peace Through Entrepreneurship by
Joblessness is the root cause of the global unrest threatening American security. Fostering entrepreneurship is the remedy. The combined weight of American diplomacy and military power cannot end unrest and extremism in the Middle East and other troubled regions of the world, Steven Koltai argues. Koltai says an alternative approach would work: investing in entrepreneurship and reaping the benefits of the jobs created through entrepreneurial startups. From 9/11 and the Arab Spring to the self-proclaimed Islamic caliphate, instability and terror breed where young people cannot find jobs. Koltai marshals evidence to show that joblessness--not religious or cultural conflict--is the root cause of the unrest that vexes American foreign policy and threatens international security. Drawing on Koltai’s stint as senior adviser for Entrepreneurship in Secretary Hillary Clinton’s State Department, and his thirty-year career as a successful entrepreneur and business executive, Peace through Entrepreneurship argues for the significant elevation of entrepreneurship in the service of foreign policy; not rural microfinance or mercantile trading but the scalable stuff of Silicon Valley and Sam Walton, generating the vast majority of new jobs in economies large and small. Peace through Entrepreneurship offers a nonmilitary, long-term solution at a time of disillusionment with Washington’s "big development” approach to unstable and underdeveloped parts of the world--and when the new normal is fear of terrorist attacks against Western targets, beheadings in Syria, and jihad. Extremism will not be resolved by a war on terror. The answer, Koltai shows, is stimulating entrepreneurial economic opportunities for the virtually limitless supply of desperate, unemployed young men and women leading lives of endless economic frustration.
Pilot to profit : navigating modern entrepreneurship to build your business using online marketing, social media, content marketing and sales by
Ready to generate sales, build brand buzz, and watch your cash flow soar? Entrepreneurs, prepare for takeoff! Pilot to Profit clears up the confusion of modern entrepreneurship--so you can build a smart, successful, and sustainable business with sky-high returns. If you find yourself overwhelmed with questions--Do I really need to be on Instagram, Facebook and Twitter? How do these other people command such high fees (and how can I)? How do I double my profits this year without doubling the work?--this book can provide answers to help you get unstuck, as well as proven strategies to help your business get found and turn connections into paying customers, whether you're an established enterprise or just starting out. Learn how to: Gain a stronger money mindset and stop sabotaging your ability to be paid what you're worth for the work you do Set your money-making "radar" on high alert Create a clearly defined business model that maximizes what comes in, with less effort put out Find the right channels to grow your business so you can reach more people Create content that raises your credibility and puts you on the map (because without great content, your business might never be found) Use email and social media to grow your fan base Lastly, you'll walk away understanding how to sell what you do, whom to sell it to, and precisely how to find and connect with those people. This book takes you step-by-step on your journey to building a successful, profitable business you love. With Pilot to Profit, you're officially cleared for takeoff.
Profit : Plan for It, Get It-The Entrepreneurs Handbook. by
If you want to take your business to the next level, then this book could lead you there. You most likely have a love for whatever area you have chosen as a focus for your business. This is a great start. However, many small business owners do not have the business and management background to make that business as profitable as it could be. In consulting with many of these small businesses, I found that a few simple business practices could be very beneficial to their growth. In this book, I will try to share some of these practices with you. This book is designed to help an entrepreneur increase his profit by introducing how he can use a simplified profit-and-loss statement of four to ten items as a tool to analyze his business from a financial perspective. He will be shown how he can use these items in a formula to help him plan and make decisions for future growth and profit. We will discuss skills and practices that have been used to improve sales, management, leadership, and planning skills. This book is designed to help you improve your profitability.
Sustainable Entrepreneurship by
Sustainable Entrepreneurship: How entrepreneurs create value from sustainable opportunitiespresents new frameworks to illustrate how entrepreneurs create value from sustainable opportunities and producing benefits for their business, society, and the environment. Employing research and analytical techniques from a wide variety of disciplines, including strategic management, regional studies, and innovation studies, Sustainable Entrepreneurship contributes to existing literature on this subject by delving deeply into the nature of sustainable entrepreneurial opportunities through the analysis of how contemporary wealth creators capitalize on those openings. Francesca Masciarelli and Simona Leonelli argue that entrepreneurship plays a crucial role in resolving ecological challenges through the creation of products, services and production methods that are simultaneously environmentally friendly and competitive on the market. This rigorous work offers unique new insights and represents a step towards the development of a more comprehensive analysis of sustainable entrepreneurship. By drawing on diverse perspectives, it demonstrates that the entrepreneur should consider the main sources of entrepreneurial opportunities and scrutinize the strategies and the local conditions that enable firms to create value.
Technologies for Modern Digital Entrepreneurship: Understanding Emerging Tech at the Cutting-Edge of the Web 3.0 Economy by
Emerging technologies offer a plethora of unprecedented opportunities for entrepreneurs in the digital space. Understanding this evolution is essential for web-based business models to succeed. The Web 3.0 economy is here, and this book has arrived to serve as your guide.
Technologies for Modern Digital Entrepreneurship is an in-depth look at the new developments of the digital economic system. Cryptocurrencies, Central Bank Digital Currencies, and Stable Coins are explained through timely case studies, as well as innovations in crowdfunding, educational marketplaces, and scalability in blockchain-based transactions. Author Dr. Abeba N. Turi expertly navigates the industry transition from platform-based centralized Web 2.0 economy to the distributed network economy. Turi additionally explores trust and reputation as currency in the digital economy and allays common fears in digital entrepreneurship such as mistrust by investors and intellectual property loss.
Avoid falling behind your competitors in the Wild West that is modern digital entrepreneurship. Whether you are a business leader, a technology enthusiast, or a researcher in the field, Technologies for Modern Digital Entrepreneurship gives you the advantage of insightful knowledge using real data and meaningful examples. Amid global regulatory changes and the ever-shifting methods of digital entrepreneurship, our modern era demands this book.
Trailblazing in entrepreneurship : creating new paths for understanding the field by
In this book, the authors present a challenge for future research to build a stronger, more complete understanding of entrepreneurial phenomena. They argue that this more complete picture of entrepreneurial phenomena will likely come from scholars who undertake at least some trailblazing projects; from scholars who broaden the range of research questions, the potential outcomes of entrepreneurial action, and the selection and combination of research methods; and from researchers who avoid the endless debates about the margins of the field and its sub-fields or about whether one theoretical or philosophical lens is superior to another. This book offers suggestions for future research through a variety of topics including prosocial action, innovation, family business, sustainability and development, and the financial, social, and psychological costs of failure. It promises to make an important contribution to the development of the field and help academics, organizations, and society make useful contributions to the generation of entrepreneurial research.
Using Entrepreneurship and Social Innovation to Mitigate Wealth Inequality by
Economic inequality continues to contribute to political and social instability around the world. This instability stifles development and results in widening the wealth gap between the "haves" and "have nots," further eroding stability. It has been argued that entrepreneurship is a prime contributor to this vicious cycle. Using Entrepreneurship and Social Innovation to Mitigate Wealth Inequality contends that this is only true when the opportunity for entrepreneurship is limited to a few. The authors maintain that when entrepreneurship is open to anyone who is properly motivated, innovative, and has a goal of growth for their enterprise, it helps build wealth for a greater number of people. The concept of "social entrepreneurship" is introduced, where entrepreneurship becomes a vehicle for explicitly addressing community-based economic and social challenges using markets. The book uses examples of entrepreneurial projects and programs that have attempted to address inequality to discuss entrepreneurship as an economic development strategy and its role in addressing the challenges of economic inequality. It advocates thinking and acting systemically, creating and sustaining entrepreneurial support ecosystems, in order to generate the synergy required to scale-up development and transform our economies and provides a distinctive perspective on a pressing social and economic issue, with significant implications for the future of the United States and the world.
The Wellbeing of Women in Entrepreneurship by
Women accomplish nearly two-thirds of total work around the world (including household duties), comprise one-third of the formal labor force, but women receive one-tenth of the world's income and own only one-hundredth of the world's property. Entrepreneurship is a vehicle for advancing the lives of women around the world. This book brings together 49 distinguished entrepreneurship scholars to provide a unique global vision of the wellbeing of women entrepreneurs necessary for fostering sustainable development and inclusive societies. Although gender inequality is an important issue, solutions leading to gender parity are far from reaching ideal levels in the formal workplace and globally. Meanwhile the number of women involved in entrepreneurship is growing exponentially because there are more opportunities for women to own a business and be their own boss. This offers women the most desirable and flexible working conditions that better align with women's lifestyles and multiple family responsibilities. However, entrepreneurial activities are demanding and complex; compared to men, women face special challenges that deserve close attention. This book presents research and programs to effectively support women entrepreneurs in reaching levels of wellbeing required to ensure business sustainability and personal prosperity. Offering a diversity perspectives from around the globe, The Wellbeing of Women in Entrepreneurship is of great interest to academics and practitioners working in teaching and research in disciplines including business management, entrepreneurship, oganizational change, human centered management, human resources, sustainable development, and women's studies.
The Wiley Handbook of Entrepreneurship by
Written by leading scholars, The Wiley Handbook of Entrepreneurship provides a distinctive overview of methodological, theoretical and paradigm changes in the area of entrepreneurship research. It is divided into four parts covering history and theory, individual differences and creativity, organizational aspects of innovation including intrapreneurship, and macroeconomic aspects such as social entrepreneurship and entrepreneurship in developing countries. The result is a must-have resource for seasoned researchers and newcomers alike, as well as practitioners and advanced students of business, entrepreneurship, and social and organizational psychology.
This is a comprehensive course designed to attain a higher level of proficiency in Microsoft Excel. In this course, you will learn how to use advanced functions, tools and commands in MS Excel that will greatly enhance your productivity in the workplace. Case studies and simulations will also be used to show relevance and application to real-world scenarios.
101 Excel 2013 Tips, Tricks and Timesavers by
Get the most out of Excel 2013 with this exceptional advicefrom Mr. Spreadsheet himself! Excel 2013 is excellent, but there's lots to learn to trulyexcel at Excel! In this latest addition to his popular Mr.Spreadsheet's Bookshelf series, John Walkenbach, aka "Mr.Spreadsheet," shares new and exciting ways to accomplish and masterall of your spreadsheet tasks. From taming the Ribbon bar totesting and tables, creating custom functions, and overcoming"impossible" charts, mixing nesting limits, and more, 101 Excel2013 Tips, Tricks, & Timesavers will save you time and helpyou avoid common spreadsheet stumbling blocks. Reveals ways to maximize the power of Excel to create robustapplications Draws on John Walkenbach's years of experience using Excel andwriting more than 50 books Shares tips and tricks for dealing with function arguments,creating add-ins, using UserForms, working with dynamic chart data,and changing data entry orientation Provides shortcuts and helpful techniques for sorting more thanthree columns, entering fake data for testing purposes, and settingup powerful pivot tables 101 Excel 2013 Tips, Tricks, & Timesavers is packedwith information that you need to know in order to confidently andseamlessly master the challenges that come with using Excel!
Balanced Scorecards and Operational Dashboards with Microsoft Excel by
Learn to maintain and update scorecards and dashboards withExcel Balanced Scorecards and operational dashboards measureorganizational performance and Microsoft Excel is the tool usedworldwide to create these scorecards and dashboards. This bookcovers time-proven step-by-step processes on how to guide executiveteams and managers in creating scorecards and dashboards. It thenshows Excel developers how to create those scorecards anddashboards. This is the only book that converts theory intopractice. The author addresses the people and processes you need toidentify strategy and operational metrics and then implement themin dashboards in three versions of Excel. You'll learn how balancedscorecards help organizations translate strategy into action andthe ways that performance dashboards enable managers monitoroperations. Covers Excel 2010 back to Excel 2003 Shows how to develop consensus on strategy and operationalplans with the executive teams Details steps in creating tactical action plans Gives step-by-step guidance in creating the most powerfulmanagement dashboards Puts over ten years of experience in one book Balanced Scorecards & Operational Dashboards withMicrosoft Excel, Second Edition is the ultimate resource forenhancing your strategic and operational performance.
Essentials of Modern Business Statistics with Microsoft® Office Excel® by
Discover an accessible introduction to business statistics as ESSENTIALS OF MODERN BUSINESS STATISTICS, 7E balances a conceptual understanding of statistics with real-world applications of statistical methodology. The book integrates Microsoft Excel 2016, providing step-by-step instructions and screen captures to help you master the latest Excel tools. Extremely reader-friendly, this edition includes numerous tools to maximize your course success, including Self-Test Exercises, margin annotations, insightful Notes and Comments, and real-world Methods and Applications exercises. Eleven new Case Problems, as well as new Statistics in Practice applications and real data examples and exercises, give you opportunities to put what you learn into practice. Additional learning resources, including MindTap and CengageNOW for online homework assistance and a complete support website, provide everything to acquire Excel 2016 skills and an understanding of business statistics.
Excel 2019 All-In-One for Dummies by
Make Excel work for you Excel 2019 All-In-One For Dummies offers eight books in one!! It is completely updated to reflect the major changes Microsoft is making to Office with the 2019 release. From basic Excel functions, such as creating and editing worksheets, to sharing and reviewing worksheets, to editing macros with Visual Basic, it provides you with a broad scope of the most common Excel applications and functions--including formatting worksheets, setting up formulas, protecting worksheets, importing data, charting data, and performing statistical functions. The book covers importing data, building and editing worksheets, creating formulas, generating pivot tables, and performing financial functions, what-if scenarios, database functions, and Web queries. More advanced topics include worksheet sharing and auditing, performing error trapping, building and running macros, charting data, and using Excel in conjunction with Microsoft Power BI (Business Intelligence) to analyze, model, and visualize vast quantities of data from a variety of local and online sources. Get familiar with Worksheet design Find out how to work with charts and graphics Use Excel for data management, analysis, modeling, and visualization Make sense of macros and VBA If you're a new or inexperienced user looking to spend more time on your projects than trying to figure out how to make Excel work for you, this all-encompassing book makes it easy!
Excel 2019 Bible by
The complete guide to Excel 2019 Whether you are just starting out or an Excel novice, the Excel 2019 Bible is your comprehensive, go-to guide for all your Excel 2019 needs. Whether you use Excel at work or at home, you will be guided through the powerful new features and capabilities to take full advantage of what the updated version offers. Learn to incorporate templates, implement formulas, create pivot tables, analyze data, and much more. Navigate this powerful tool for business, home management, technical work, and much more with the only resource you need, Excel 2019 Bible. Create functional spreadsheets that work Master formulas, formatting, pivot tables, and more Get acquainted with Excel 2019's new features and tools Whether you need a walkthrough tutorial or an easy-to-navigate desk reference, the Excel 2019 Bible has you covered with complete coverage and clear expert guidance.
Excel 2019 for Dummies by
The bestselling Excel book on the market -- now in a new edition covering the latest version of Excel! Excel is the spreadsheet and data analysis tool of choice for people across the globe who utilize the Microsoft Office suite to make their work and personal lives easier. It is estimated that 1 in 7 people on the planet use Microsoft Office! If you're one of them, and want to get up to speed on the latest changes in Excel, you've come to the right place. Excel 2019 For Dummies has been updated to reflect the major changes and features made to Excel and covers everything you need to know to perform any spreadsheet task at hand. It includes information on creating and editing worksheets, formatting cells, entering formulas, creating and editing charts, inserting graphs, designing database forms, adding database records, using seek-and-find options, printing, adding hyperlinks to worksheets, saving worksheets as web pages, adding existing worksheet data to an existing webpage, pivot tables, pivot charts, formulas and functions, Excel data analysis, sending worksheets via e-mail, and so much more! Get to know the new Excel interface Become a pro at the spreadsheet and data analysis tool that's available as part of the Microsoft Office suite Find time-tested and trusted advice from bestselling author and expert Greg Harvey Use Excel to streamline your processes and make your work life easier than ever before Written by a bestselling author and seasoned educator, Excel 2019 For Dummies makes it easier than ever to get everything out of this powerful data tool.
Excel Data Analysis for Dummies by
Take Excel to the next level Excel is the world's leading spreadsheet application. It's a key module in Microsoft Office--the number-one productivity suite--and it is the number-one business intelligence tool. An Excel dashboard report is a visual presentation of critical data and uses gauges, maps, charts, sliders, and other graphical elements to present complex data in an easy-to-understand format. Excel Data Analysis For Dummies explains in depth how to use Excel as a tool for analyzing big data sets. In no time, you'll discover how to mine and analyze critical data in order to make more informed business decisions. Work with external databases, PivotTables, and Pivot Charts Use Excel for statistical and financial functions and data sharing Get familiar with Solver Use the Small Business Finance Manager If you're familiar with Excel but lack a background in the technical aspects of data analysis, this user-friendly book makes it easy to start putting it to use for you.
Excel Formulas and Functions for Dummies by
Put the power of Excel functions to work in your formulas There are more than 400 built-in functions in Excel 2019, from AGGREGATE to Z.TEST. The question is which ones will make your work easier? How and why should you use a particular function in your formulas? Excel Formulas and Functions For Dummies offers thorough but easy-to-read coverage of powerful Excel functions. With this book, you'll learn to apply the power of Excel functions and formulas to make your work and other tasks easier. Compare 15-year vs. 30-year mortgage terms, choose between leasing or buying a car, compute classroom grades, create an amortization table, evaluate investment performance, calculate the real cost of credit card purchases, or forecast college expenses and savings. All of this and more is possible when you master functions and formulas in Excel. Although it covers the latest software version, Excel 2019, the techniques and functions described in this book can be used on any version of Excel. Step-by-step instruction on Excel's 150 most useful functions Each function is illustrated by helpful, real-world examples 85 specialized functions are described in abbreviated form Includes Excel's must-know functions This book is a must-read for beginning to intermediate Excel users who want to find out how to use Excel's powerful built-in functions.
Financial Analysis with Microsoft Excel by
Help students master the latest features in Excel 2013 while establishing a strong foundation in corporate finance. With Mayes's FINANCIAL ANALYSIS WITH MICROSOFT EXCEL 2013,7E, your students develop a proficiency in using Excel 2013 to solve real financial problems without sacrificing any finance background. This edition covers all of the topics in today's corporate finance course, including financial statements, budgets, the Market Security Line, pro forma statements, cost of capital, equities, and debt. A reader-friendly, self-directed learning approach and numerous study tools make this book both an ideal resource for independent learning and a valuable long-term reference tool. Because today's typical students enter college with basic spreadsheet skills, this new edition covers the basics early for those with no background, before moving quickly into many of the more advanced and most powerful features of Excel 2013. This edition offers new focus on Excel tables, pivot tables and pivot charts and other areas that have become increasingly important to today's employers. The book's easy-to-understand presentation helps students build upon or transfer skills from other spreadsheet programs as they establish a strong understand of contemporary corporate finance. Give your students the valuable, highly marketable skills in Excel 2013 with the understanding of corporate finance that they need to succeed with Mayes' FINANCIAL ANALYSIS WITH MICROSOFT EXCEL 2013,7E.
Introduction to quantitative methods in business : with applications using Microsoft Office Excel by
A well-balanced and accessible introduction to the elementary quantitative methods and Microsoft® Office Excel® applications used to guide business decision making Featuring quantitative techniques essential for modeling modern business situations, Introduction to Quantitative Methods in Business: With Applications Using Microsoft® Office Excel® provides guidance to assessing real-world data sets using Excel. The book presents a balanced approach to the mathematical tools and techniques with applications used in the areas of business, finance, economics, marketing, and operations. The authors begin by establishing a solid foundation of basic mathematics and statistics before moving on to more advanced concepts. The first part of the book starts by developing basic quantitative techniques such as arithmetic operations, functions and graphs, and elementary differentiations (rates of change), and integration. After a review of these techniques, the second part details both linear and nonlinear models of business activity. Extensively classroom-tested, Introduction to Quantitative Methods in Business: With Applications Using Microsoft® Office Excel® also includes: Numerous examples and practice problems that emphasize real-world business quantitative techniques and applications Excel-based computer software routines that explore calculations for an assortment of tasks, including graphing, formula usage, solving equations, and data analysis End-of-chapter sections detailing the Excel applications and techniques used to address data and solutions using large data sets A companion website that includes chapter summaries, Excel data sets, sample exams and quizzes, lecture slides, and an Instructors' Solutions Manual Introduction to Quantitative Methods in Business: With Applications Using Microsoft® Office Excel® is an excellent textbook for undergraduate-level courses on quantitative methods in business, economics, finance, marketing, operations, and statistics. The book is also an ideal reference for readers with little or no quantitative background who require a better understanding of basic mathematical and statistical concepts used in economics and business. Bharat Kolluri, Ph.D., is Professor of Economics in the Department of Economics, Finance, and Insurance at the University of Hartford. A member of the American Economics Association, his research interests include econometrics, business statistics, quantitative decision making, applied macroeconomics, applied microeconomics, and corporate finance. Michael J. Panik, Ph.D., is Professor Emeritus in the Department of Economics, Finance, and Insurance at the University of Hartford. He has served as a consultant to the Connecticut Department of Motor Vehicles as well as to a variety of health care organizations. In addition, Dr. Panik is the author of numerous books, including Growth Curve Modeling: Theory and Applications and Statistical Inference: A Short Course, both published by Wiley. Rao N. Singamsetti, Ph.D., is Associate Professor in the Department of Economics, Finance, and Insurance at the University of Hartford. A member of the American Economics Association, his research interests include the status of war on poverty in the United States since the 1960s and forecasting foreign exchange rates using econometric methods.
Marketing analytics : data-driven techniques with Microsoft Excel by
Helping tech-savvy marketers and data analysts solvereal-world business problems with Excel Using data-driven business analytics to understand customers andimprove results is a great idea in theory, but in today's busyoffices, marketers and analysts need simple, low-cost ways toprocess and make the most of all that data. This expert book offersthe perfect solution. Written by data analysis expert Wayne L.Winston, this practical resource shows you how to tap a simple andcost-effective tool, Microsoft Excel, to solve specific businessproblems using powerful analytic techniques?and achieveoptimum results. Practical exercises in each chapter help you apply and reinforcetechniques as you learn. Shows you how to perform sophisticated business analyses usingthe cost-effective and widely available Microsoft Excel instead ofexpensive, proprietary analytical tools Reveals how to target and retain profitable customers and avoidhigh-risk customers Helps you forecast sales and improve response rates formarketing campaigns Explores how to optimize price points for products andservices, optimize store layouts, and improve onlineadvertising Covers social media, viral marketing, and how to exploit botheffectively Improve your marketing results with Microsoft Excel and theinvaluable techniques and ideas in Marketing Analytics:Data-Driven Techniques with Microsoft Excel.
Microsoft Business Intelligence Tools for Excel Analysts by
Bridge the big data gap with Microsoft BusinessIntelligence Tools for Excel Analysts The distinction between departmental reporting done by businessanalysts with Excel and the enterprise reporting done by ITdepartments with SQL Server and SharePoint tools is more blurry nowthan ever before. With the introduction of robust new features likePowerPivot and Power View, it is essential for business analysts toget up to speed with big data tools that in the past have beenreserved for IT professionals. Written by a team of BusinessIntelligence experts, Microsoft Business Intelligence Tools forExcel Analysts introduces business analysts to the rich toolsetand reporting capabilities that can be leveraged to moreeffectively source and incorporate large datasets in theiranalytics while saving them time and simplifying the reportingprocess. Walks you step-by-step through important BI tools likePowerPivot, SQL Server, and SharePoint and shows you how to movedata back and forth between these tools and Excel Shows you how to leverage relational databases, slice data intovarious views to gain different visibility perspectives, createeye-catching visualizations and dashboards, automate SQL Serverdata retrieval and integration, and publish dashboards and reportsto the web Details how you can use SQL Server?s built-in functionsto analyze large amounts of data, Excel pivot tables to access andreport OLAP data, and PowerPivot to create powerful reportingmechanisms You?ll get on top of the Microsoft BI stack and all it cando to enhance Excel data analysis with this one-of-a-kind guidewritten for Excel analysts just like you.
Microsoft Excel 2013 for the Business Analyst by
As one of the most popular software tools in the world, Microsoft Excel is used by business analysts across the globe to keep track of details, look deeply into the data that drives business, and provide managers with the information and insights they need to keep their companies moving forward. MICROSOFT EXCEL 2013 FOR THE BUSINESS ANALYST is an introduction to Excel, written by a business analyst for business analysts. While providing a general overview of the features and functions of Excel, the book places special emphasis on helping users in the task of data analysis. The book begins with a conceptual overview and a discussion of Excel's main components--cells, worksheets, tables, pivot tables, and pivot charts. That material provides an understanding of how Excel summarizes data and paves the way for a detailed exploration of the software's formulas and functions. Written in an easy-to-grasp style, with plenty of helpful screenshots, MICROSOFT EXCEL 2013 FOR THE BUSINESS ANALYST is perfect for analysts who are new to Excel or experienced users who wish to learn more about Excel's business-analysis capabilities.
Microsoft® Excel® 2013 QuickSteps by
Full-color, step-by-step guide to the new release of the world"s most popular spreadsheet application Features a new, simplified, two-column design that works equally well in print and digital formats Readers will learn how create workbooks, enter and edit data, use formulas and functions, create charts and tables, analyze data, and more Wide page format lets the book lie open on the desk, making it easy to follow along while working High production quality, breadth of coverage, and low price make this the best value on the market
Modern Business Statistics with Microsoft® Office Excel® by
Gain a strong conceptual understanding of statistics as MODERN BUSINESS STATISTICS, 6E balances real-world applications with an integrated focus on Microsoft® Excel® 2016. This best-selling, comprehensive book clearly develops each statistical technique in an application setting. The integrated approach focuses on statistical methodology with an easy-to-follow presentation of a statistical procedure followed by a discussion of how to use Excel® to perform the procedure. Step-by-step instructions and screen captures ensure understanding.Business examples, proven methods, and application exercises show how statistical results provide insights into business decisions and help resolve business problems. A problem-scenario approach emphasizes how to apply statistical methods to practical business situations. New case problems and self-tests let you check personal understanding while MindTap and CengageNOW help you master both Excel® 2016 and an understanding of business statistics.
Problem-solving cases in Microsoft Access and Excel by
Discover how to successfully apply the advantages of the latest Access database management system and maximize the tools within today�s newest version of Excel spreadsheet to analyze and solve real business problems with PROBLEM-SOLVING CASES IN MICROSOFT ACCESS AND EXCEL, 15TH ANNUAL EDITION. Packed with hands-on learning, this edition highlights six individual tutorials designed to build your practical knowledge as they walk you step-by-step through the capabilities of each software application. For the best in real-world practice, this edition offers 12 all-new case studies that present scenarios and problems you are likely to encounter on the job. In addition, a unique emphasis on skill-building integration shows you how to use Access and Excel together to resolve challenges within the cases. You can count on PROBLEM-SOLVING CASES IN MICROSOFT ACCESS AND EXCEL to deliver today�s most up-to-date, practical guide for the widely used Access and Excel programs.
Solutions manual to accompany introduction to quantitative methods in business : with applications using Microsoft Office Excel by
Solutions Manual to accompany Introduction to Quantitative Methods in Business: With Applications Using Microsoft Office Excel
Statistical analysis : Microsoft Excel 2013 by
Use Excel 2013's statistical tools to transform your data into knowledge Conrad Carlberg shows how to use Excel 2013 to perform core statistical tasks every business professional, student, and researcher should master. Using real-world examples, Carlberg helps you choose the right technique for each problem and get the most out of Excel's statistical features, including recently introduced consistency functions. Along the way, he clarifies confusing statistical terminology and helps you avoid common mistakes. You'll learn how to use correlation and regression, analyze variance and covariance, and test statistical hypotheses using the normal, binomial, t, and F distributions. To help you make accurate inferences based on samples from a population, this edition adds two more chapters on inferential statistics, covering crucial topics ranging from experimental design to the statistical power of F tests. nbsp; Becoming an expert with Excel statistics has never been easier! You'll find crystal-clear instructions, insider insights, and complete step-by-step projects--all complemented by extensive web-based resources. Master Excel's most useful descriptive and inferential statistical tools Tell the truth with statistics--and recognize when others don't Accurately summarize sets of values Infer a population's characteristics from a sample's frequency distribution Explore correlation and regression to learn how variables move in tandem Use Excel consistency functions such as STDEV.S() and STDEV.P() Test differences between two means using z tests, t tests, and Excel's Data Analysis Add-in Use ANOVA to test differences between more than two means Explore statistical power by manipulating mean differences, standard errors, directionality, and alpha Take advantage of Recommended PivotTables, Quick Analysis, and other Excel 2013 shortcuts
Statistics for Managers Using Microsoft Excel by
Reducing the emphasis on doing computations, this practical text thoroughly integrates Microsoft® Excel as a tool for analysis and presents statistical concepts in the context of the functional areas of business. KEY TOPICS: Defining and Collecting Data. Organizing and Visualizing Data. Numerical Descriptive Measures. Basic Probability. Discrete Probability Distributions. The Normal Distribution and Other Continuous Distributions. Sampling Distributions. Confidence Interval Estimation. Fundamentals of Hypothesis Testing: One Sample Tests. Two-Sample Tests. Analysis of Variance. Chi-Square and Nonparametric Tests. Simple Linear Regression. Introduction to Multiple Regression. Multiple Regression Model Building. Time-Series Forecasting. A Roadmap for Analyzing Data. Statistical Applications in Quality Management ( online). Decision Making. MARKET: Intended primarily for undergraduate courses in business statistics, this text also provides practical content to current and aspiring industry professionals. 0133130800 / 9780133130805 Statistics for Managers using Microsoft Excel Plus MyStatLab with Pearson eText -- Access Card Package consists of: 0133061817 / 9780133061819 Statistics for Managers Using Microsoft Excel 0133074382 / 9780133074383 MyStatLab -- Standalone Access Card -- for Statistics for Managers Using Microsoft Excel
Teach yourself visually Excel 2013 by
The step-by-step, visual way to learn Excel 2013 Excel can be complicated, but this Visual guide shows youexactly how to tackle every essential task with full-color screenshots and step-by-step instructions. You'll see exactly what eachstep should look like as you learn to use all the new tools in thislatest release of the world's most popular spreadsheet program. Ineasy two-page lessons, author Paul McFedries shows you how toorganize, present, analyze, and chart data, over the web or on anetwork. The Visual learning system is perfect for teaching Excel;previous editions of this book have sold more than 230,000copies Covers common Excel 2013 tasks such as creating spreadsheetsand charts, filtering and sorting data, and working withPivotTables Provides step-by-step instructions for each task Each step is illustrated with full-color screenshots Teach Yourself VISUALLY Excel 2013 offers visual learnersthe ideal way to master this popular but complex spreadsheetprogram.
This is a comprehensive course designed to attain a higher level of proficiency in Microsoft Excel. In this course, you will learn how to use advanced functions, tools and commands in MS Excel that will greatly enhance your productivity in the workplace. Case studies and simulations will also be used to show relevance and application to real-world scenarios.
Balanced Scorecards and Operational Dashboards with Microsoft Excel by
Learn to maintain and update scorecards and dashboards with Excel Balanced Scorecards and operational dashboards measure organizational performance and Microsoft Excel is the tool used worldwide to create these scorecards and dashboards. This book covers time-proven step-by-step processes on how to guide executive teams and managers in creating scorecards and dashboards. It then shows Excel developers how to create those scorecards and dashboards. This is the only book that converts theory into practice. The author addresses the people and processes you need to identify strategy and operational metrics and then implement them in dashboards in three versions of Excel. You'll learn how balanced scorecards help organizations translate strategy into action and the ways that performance dashboards enable managers monitor operations. Covers Excel 2010 back to Excel 2003 Shows how to develop consensus on strategy and operational plans with the executive teams Details steps in creating tactical action plans Gives step-by-step guidance in creating the most powerful management dashboards Puts over ten years of experience in one book Balanced Scorecards & Operational Dashboards with Microsoft Excel, Second Edition is the ultimate resource for enhancing your strategic and operational performance.
Creating and verifying data sets with Excel by
Many texts are available to help graduate students and researchers design studies, understand statistical methods, and conduct analyses using standard software, but little exists that helps with the creation of data sets. Microsoft Excel has evolved into a remarkably sophisticated data entry and statistical analysis system, with an extensive toolkit that can make these processes efficient and accurate. This is a practical step-by-step guide to using Excel in the data preparation process. The book includes plentiful screenshots, text boxes summarizing important points, examples from across the social sciences, and questions at the end of each chapter. In addition, a sample dataset will be available online for students to download and use for all the examples and exercises throughout the text. This brief book is intended to familiarize students, teachers, and researchers with the Excel toolkit, and provide strategies that ease the task of data creation and analysis.
Data Analysis Using SQL and Excel by
A practical guide to data mining using SQL and Excel Data Analysis Using SQL and Excel, 2nd Edition shows you how to leverage the two most popular tools for data query and analysis--SQL and Excel--to perform sophisticated data analysis without the need for complex and expensive data mining tools. Written by a leading expert on business data mining, this book shows you how to extract useful business information from relational databases. You'll learn the fundamental techniques before moving into the "where" and "why" of each analysis, and then learn how to design and perform these analyses using SQL and Excel. Examples include SQL and Excel code, and the appendix shows how non-standard constructs are implemented in other major databases, including Oracle and IBM DB2/UDB. The companion website includes datasets and Excel spreadsheets, and the book provides hints, warnings, and technical asides to help you every step of the way. Data Analysis Using SQL and Excel, 2nd Edition shows you how to perform a wide range of sophisticated analyses using these simple tools, sparing you the significant expense of proprietary data mining tools like SAS. Understand core analytic techniques that work with SQL and Excel Ensure your analytic approach gets you the results you need Design and perform your analysis using SQL and Excel Data Analysis Using SQL and Excel, 2nd Edition shows you how to best use the tools you already know to achieve expert results.
Data Mashup with Microsoft Excel Using Power Query and M: Finding, Transforming, and Loading Data from External Sources by
Master the art of loading external data into Excel for use in reporting, charting, dashboarding, and business intelligence. This book provides a complete and thorough explanation of Microsoft Excel’s Get and Transform feature set, showing you how to connect to a range of external databases and other data sources to find data and pull that data into your local spreadsheet for further analysis. Leading databases are covered, including Microsoft Azure data sources and web sources, and you will learn how to access those sources from your Microsoft Excel spreadsheets.
Getting data into Excel is a prerequisite for using Excel's analytics capabilities. This book takes you beyond copying and pasting by showing you how to connect to your corporate databases that are hosted in the Azure cloud, and how to pull data from Oracle Database and SQL Server, and other sources.
Accessing data is only half the problem, and the other half involves cleansing and rearranging your data to make it useful in spreadsheet form. Author Adam Aspin shows you how to create datasets and transformations. For advanced problems, there is help on the M language that is built into Excel, specifically to support mashing up data in support of business intelligence and analysis. If you are an Excel user, you won't want to be without this book that teaches you to extract and prepare external data ready for use in what is arguably the world’s leading analytics tool.
Excel 2016 All-In-One for Dummies by
Your one-stop guide to all things Excel 2016 Excel 2016 All-in-One For Dummies, the most comprehensive Excel reference on the market, is completely updated to reflect Microsoft's changes in the popular spreadsheet tool. It offers you everything you need to grasp basic Excel functions, such as creating and editing worksheets, setting up formulas, importing data, performing statistical functions, editing macros with Visual Basic--and beyond. In no time, your Excel skills will go from 'meh' to excellent. Written by expert Greg Harvey, who has sold more than 4.5 million copies of his previous books combined and has taught and trained extensively in Microsoft Excel, this all-encompassing guide offers everything you need to get started with Excel. From generating pivot tables and performing financial functions to performing error trapping and building and running macros--and everything in between--this hands-on, friendly guide makes working with Excel easier than ever before. Serves as the ideal reference for solving common questions and Excel pain points quickly and easily Helps to increase productivity and efficiency when working in Excel Fully updated for the new version of Excel Covers basic and more advanced Excel topics If working in Excel occasionally makes you want to scream, this will be the dog-eared, dust-free reference you'll turn to again and again.
Excel 2016 Formulas by
Leverage the full power of Excel formulas Excel 2016 Formulas is fully updated to cover all of the tips, tricks, and techniques you need to maximize the power of Excel 2016 through the use of formulas. This comprehensive book explains how to create financial formulas, release the power of array formulas, develop custom worksheet functions with VBA, debug formulas, and much more. Whether you're a beginner, a power user, or somewhere in between this is your essential go-to for the latest on Excel formulas. When conducting simple math or building highly complicated spreadsheets that require formulas up to the task, leveraging the right formula can heighten the accuracy and efficiency of your work, and can improve the speed with which you compile and analyze data. Understanding which formulas to use and knowing how to create a formula when you need to are essential. Access tips, tricks, and techniques that have been fully updated to reflect the latest capabilities of Microsoft Excel Create and use formulas that have the power to transform your Excel experience Leverage supplemental material online, including sample files, templates, and worksheets from the book
Excel 2016 Tips & Tricks by
Step up your Excel skills with our 6-page laminated guide focusing on tips and tricks for using data efficiently while ensuring data quality. Curtis Frye, author of multiple books on Excel, creator of many Lynda.com videos and an experienced corporate trainer used his experience and knowledge to cover the most relevant functions for users at different levels. This is the second in the Excel 2016 series. Suggested uses: • Workplace – Kept conveniently at your desk for easy reference • Company Training – reduce help-desk calls and keep productivity flowing for a team or for your entire company • Students/Teachers/Parents – help for classroom or homework • College Professors/Students – offers a range of guides for different levels
Excel 2019 Bible by
The complete guide to Excel 2019 Whether you are just starting out or an Excel novice, the Excel 2019 Bible is your comprehensive, go-to guide for all your Excel 2019 needs. Whether you use Excel at work or at home, you will be guided through the powerful new features and capabilities to take full advantage of what the updated version offers. Learn to incorporate templates, implement formulas, create pivot tables, analyze data, and much more. Navigate this powerful tool for business, home management, technical work, and much more with the only resource you need, Excel 2019 Bible. Create functional spreadsheets that work Master formulas, formatting, pivot tables, and more Get acquainted with Excel 2019's new features and tools Whether you need a walkthrough tutorial or an easy-to-navigate desk reference, the Excel 2019 Bible has you covered with complete coverage and clear expert guidance.
Excel Data Analysis for Dummies by
Want to take the guesswork out of analyzing data? Let Excel do all the work for you! Data collection, management and analysis is the key to making effective business decisions, and if you are like most people, you probably don't take full advantage of Excel's data analysis tools. With Excel Data Analysis For Dummies, 3rd Edition, you'll learn how to leverage Microsoft Excel to take your data analysis to new heights by uncovering what is behind all of those mind-numbing numbers. The beauty of Excel lies in its functionality as a powerful data analysis tool. This easy-to-read guide will show you how to use Excel in conjunction with external databases, how to fully leverage PivotTables and PivotCharts, tips and tricks for using Excel's statistical and financial functions, how to visually present your data so it makes sense, and information about the fancier, more advanced tools for those who have mastered the basics! Once you're up to speed, you can stop worrying about how to make use of all that data you have on your hands and get down to the business of discovering meaningful, actionable insights for your business or organization. Excel is the most popular business intelligence tool in the world, and the newest update - Microsoft Excel 2016 - features even more powerful features for data analysis and visualization. Users can slice and dice their data and create visual presentations that turn otherwise indecipherable reports into easy-to-digest presentations that can quickly and effectively illustrate the key insights you are seeking. Fully updated to cover the latest updates and features of Excel 2016 Learn useful details about statistics, analysis, and visual presentations for your data Features coverage of database and statistics functions, descriptive statistics, inferential statistics, and optimization modeling with Solver Helps anyone who needs insight into how to get things done with data that is unwieldy and difficult to understand With Excel Data Analysis For Dummies, 3rd Edition, you'll soon be quickly and easily performing key analyses that can drive organizational decisions and create competitive advantages.
Exploring Microsoft Excel's Hidden Treasures by
In Exploring Microsoft Excels Hidden Treasures, youll learn how to get more done with less effort. This book will enable you to create resilient spreadsheets that are easy for others to use as well, while incorporating spreadsheet disaster preparedness techniques. Time- saving techniques include creating custom shortcuts and icons to streamline repetitive tasks, as well as automating them with features such as Tables and Custom Views.
Financial Modeling in Excel for Dummies by
Make informed business decisions with the beginner's guide to financial modeling using Microsoft Excel Financial Modeling in Excel For Dummies is your comprehensive guide to learning how to create informative, enlightening financial models today. Not a math whiz or an Excel power-user? No problem! All you need is a basic understanding of Excel to start building simple models with practical hands-on exercises and before you know it, you'll be modeling your way to optimized profits for your business in no time. Excel is powerful, user-friendly, and is most likely already installed on your computer--which is why it has so readily become the most popular financial modeling software. This book shows you how to harness Excel's capabilities to determine profitability, develop budgetary projections, model depreciation, project costs, value assets and more. You'll learn the fundamental best practices and know-how of financial modeling, and how to put them to work for your business and your clients. You'll learn the tools and techniques that bring insight out of the numbers, and make better business decisions based on quantitative evidence. You'll discover that financial modeling is an invaluable resource for your business, and you'll wonder why you've waited this long to learn how! Companies around the world use financial modeling for decision making, to steer strategy, and to develop solutions. This book walks you through the process with clear, expert guidance that assumes little prior knowledge. Learn the six crucial rules to follow when building a successful financial model Discover how to review and edit an inherited financial model and align it with your business and financial strategy Solve client problems, identify market projections, and develop business strategies based on scenario analysis Create valuable customized templates models that can become a source of competitive advantage From multinational corporations to the mom-and-pop corner store, there isn't a business around that wouldn't benefit from financial modeling. No need to buy expensive specialized software--the tools you need are right there in Excel. Financial Modeling in Excel For Dummies gets you up to speed quickly so you can start reaping the benefits today!
A Guide to Microsoft Excel 2013 for Scientists and Engineers by
Completely updated guide for students, scientists and engineers who want to use Microsoft Excel 2013 to its full potential. Electronic spreadsheet analysis has become part of the everyday work of researchers in all areas of engineering and science. Microsoft Excel, as the industry standard spreadsheet, has a range of scientific functions that can be utilized for the modeling, analysis and presentation of quantitative data. This text provides a straightforward guide to using these functions of Microsoft Excel, guiding the reader from basic principles through to more complicated areas such as formulae, charts, curve-fitting, equation solving, integration, macros, statistical functions, and presenting quantitative data. Content written specifically for the requirements of science and engineering students and professionals working with Microsoft Excel, brought fully up to date with the new Microsoft Office release of Excel 2013. Features of Excel 2013 are illustrated through a wide variety of examples based in technical contexts, demonstrating the use of the program for analysis and presentation of experimental results. New to this edition: The Backstage is introduced (a new Office 2013 feature); all the 'external' operations like Save, Print etc. are now in one place The chapter on charting is totally revised and updated - Excel 2013 differs greatly from earlier versions Includes many new end-of-chapter problems Most chapters have been edited to improve readability
Hands-On Financial Modeling with Excel for Microsoft 365 by
Financial modelling is a core skill required by anyone who wants to build a career in finance. This volume explores terminologies of financial modelling with the help of Excel. Starting with the key concepts of Excel, such as formulas and functions, this updated second edition will help you learn all about referencing frameworks and other advanced components for building financial models.
Introduction to Quantitative Methods in Business : With Applications Using Microsoft Office Excel by
A well-balanced and accessible introduction to the elementary quantitative methods and Microsoft® Office Excel® applications used to guide business decision making Featuring quantitative techniques essential for modeling modern business situations, Introduction to Quantitative Methods in Business: With Applications Using Microsoft® Office Excel® provides guidance to assessing real-world data sets using Excel. The book presents a balanced approach to the mathematical tools and techniques with applications used in the areas of business, finance, economics, marketing, and operations. The authors begin by establishing a solid foundation of basic mathematics and statistics before moving on to more advanced concepts. The first part of the book starts by developing basic quantitative techniques such as arithmetic operations, functions and graphs, and elementary differentiations (rates of change), and integration. After a review of these techniques, the second part details both linear and nonlinear models of business activity. Extensively classroom-tested, Introduction to Quantitative Methods in Business: With Applications Using Microsoft® Office Excel® also includes: Numerous examples and practice problems that emphasize real-world business quantitative techniques and applications Excel-based computer software routines that explore calculations for an assortment of tasks, including graphing, formula usage, solving equations, and data analysis End-of-chapter sections detailing the Excel applications and techniques used to address data and solutions using large data sets A companion website that includes chapter summaries, Excel data sets, sample exams and quizzes, lecture slides, and an Instructors' Solutions Manual Introduction to Quantitative Methods in Business: With Applications Using Microsoft® Office Excel® is an excellent textbook for undergraduate-level courses on quantitative methods in business, economics, finance, marketing, operations, and statistics. The book is also an ideal reference for readers with little or no quantitative background who require a better understanding of basic mathematical and statistical concepts used in economics and business. Bharat Kolluri, Ph.D., is Professor of Economics in the Department of Economics, Finance, and Insurance at the University of Hartford. A member of the American Economics Association, his research interests include econometrics, business statistics, quantitative decision making, applied macroeconomics, applied microeconomics, and corporate finance. Michael J. Panik, Ph.D., is Professor Emeritus in the Department of Economics, Finance, and Insurance at the University of Hartford. He has served as a consultant to the Connecticut Department of Motor Vehicles as well as to a variety of health care organizations. In addition, Dr. Panik is the author of numerous books, including Growth Curve Modeling: Theory and Applications and Statistical Inference: A Short Course, both published by Wiley. Rao N. Singamsetti, Ph.D., is Associate Professor in the Department of Economics, Finance, and Insurance at the University of Hartford. A member of the American Economics Association, his research interests include the status of war on poverty in the United States since the 1960s and forecasting foreign exchange rates using econometric methods.
Learn Microsoft Office 2019 by
Learn Microsoft Office 2019 provides a comprehensive introduction to the latest versions of Microsoft Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Access, and Outlook. With the help of illustrated explanations, this Microsoft Office book will take you through the updated Office 2019 applications and guide you through implementing them using practical examples.
You'll start by exploring the Word 2019 interface and creating professional Word documents using elements such as citations and cover pages, tracking changes, and performing mail merge. You'll then learn how to create impressive PowerPoint presentations and advance to performing calculations and setting up workbooks in Excel 2019, along with discovering its data analysis features. Later chapters will focus on Access 2019, assisting you in everything from organizing a database to constructing advanced queries. You'll then get up to speed with Outlook, covering how to create and manage tasks, as well as how to handle your mail and contacts effortlessly. Finally, you'll find solutions to commonly encountered issues and best practices for streamlining various workplace tasks.
By the end of this book, you'll have learned the essentials of Office business apps and be ready to work with them to boost your productivity.
Marketing Analytics : Data-Driven Techniques with Microsoft Excel by
Helping tech-savvy marketers and data analysts solve real-world business problems with Excel Using data-driven business analytics to understand customers and improve results is a great idea in theory, but in today's busy offices, marketers and analysts need simple, low-cost ways to process and make the most of all that data. This expert book offers the perfect solution. Written by data analysis expert Wayne L. Winston, this practical resource shows you how to tap a simple and cost-effective tool, Microsoft Excel, to solve specific business problems using powerful analytic techniques--and achieve optimum results. Practical exercises in each chapter help you apply and reinforce techniques as you learn. Shows you how to perform sophisticated business analyses using the cost-effective and widely available Microsoft Excel instead of expensive, proprietary analytical tools Reveals how to target and retain profitable customers and avoid high-risk customers Helps you forecast sales and improve response rates for marketing campaigns Explores how to optimize price points for products and services, optimize store layouts, and improve online advertising Covers social media, viral marketing, and how to exploit both effectively Improve your marketing results with Microsoft Excel and the invaluable techniques and ideas in Marketing Analytics: Data-Driven Techniques with Microsoft Excel.
MCA Microsoft Office Specialist (Office 365 and Office 2019) Complete Study Guide by
Master one of the most essential skill sets for the contemporary office As Microsoft Office becomes ever more ubiquitous in modern offices across the world, competence and familiarity with its intricacies is more important than ever. Now you can set yourself apart from the pack and prove your skills with the Microsoft Office Specialist certification. The MCA Microsoft Office Specialist (Office 365 and Office 2019) Complete Study Guide : Word Associate Exam MO-100, Excel Associate Exam MO-200, and PowerPoint Associate Exam MO-300 delivers a comprehensive roadmap to achieving the certification with easy-to-follow instruction for each of the three required proficiencies: Word, Excel, and PowerPoint. You'll enjoy access to chapter review questions and Exam Essentials, a feature that identifies critical subject areas. Discover practical, hands-on exercises that prepare you for real-world roles and jobs, and gain valuable experience as you reinforce key Microsoft Office skills that you'll be expected to demonstrate in job interviews and your day-to-day professional life. Learn to manage and create text documents in Word, perform operations with formulas in Excel, and create engaging slideshows and presentations in PowerPoint. This practical book also provides: Fully updated information for the latest Microsoft Office Specialist certification exams covering Microsoft Office 365 Access to new career opportunities with a professional certification that's relevant to virtually any office environment Access to the Sybex online study tools, with chapter review questions, full-length practice exams, hundreds of electronic flashcards, and a glossary of key terms The MCA Microsoft Office Specialist (Office 365 and Office 2019) Complete Study Guide offers crystal-clear organization, comprehensive coverage, and easy-to-understand instruction. It's perfect for anyone who hopes to prove their skills with the Microsoft Office Specialist certification or to improve their mastery of Microsoft Office 365.
Microsoft Excel by
Microsoft Excel is a spreadsheet application primarily used for gathering and collating data for data analysis. It is also used as a starting point for many people getting into data visualization.
The simplest way to get started with data visualization in Microsoft Excel is to load your data onto an Excel worksheet. Select the data you want to display in a chart and choose a chart type from the Recommended Charts option under the Insert tab. Select the chart type you would like to use and click OK to generate your chart.
While Excel isn’t specifically designed for data visualization, it is very flexible in terms of providing many data visualization tools, such as a diverse range of over 20 charts and graphs. The most common types of charts you can make are bar charts, line graphs, pie charts, stacked charts, and map clusters; many tutorials on how to make these are available on the web. Most recently, Excel has been updated to support Power PI custom visuals, which allows you to access Power BI’s intuitive UI controls in Excel. You can also opt to use other external tools within Excel Spreadsheets, such as Tableau, Open Heat Map, and DOMO.
Currently, there is a 1-month free trial of Microsoft Excel, both for home use and business use. Microsoft Excel comes within the Microsoft 365 suite of applications, which is paid for in a monthly subscription. You can also buy Office 2019 through a one-time fee. Developers can also access open source elements via the Power BI Visuals repository on GitHub.
More information about Microsoft Excel can be found on their website: https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoft-365/excel
Microsoft Excel 365 Bible by
Your personal, hands-on guide to the latest and most useful features in Microsoft Excel 365 Excel 365 is Microsoft's latest cloud-based version of its world-famous spreadsheet app. Powerful and user-friendly, it's an ideal solution for businesses and people looking to make sense of--and draw intelligence from--their data. The Excel 365 Bible carries over the best content from the best-selling Excel 2019 Bible while reflecting how a new generation uses Excel in Excel 365. The authoring team with their decades of Excel and business intelligence experience and recognition from the Excel community as Excel MVPs delivers an accessible and authoritative roadmap to Excel 365. Interested in the basics? You'll learn to create spreadsheets and workbooks and navigate the user interface. If you're ready for more advanced topics you can skip right to the material on creating visualizations, crafting custom functions, and using Visual Basic for Applications to script automations. You'll also get: Over 900 pages of powerful tips, tricks, and strategies to unlock the full potential of Microsoft Excel 365 Guidance on how to import, manage, and analyze large amounts of data Advice on how to craft predictions and "What-If Analyses" based on data you already have Perfect for anyone new to Excel, as well as experts and advanced users, the Excel 365 Bible is your comprehensive, go-to guide for everything you need to know about the world's most popular, easy-to-use spreadsheet software.
Microsoft Excel Data Analysis and Business Modeling (Office 2021 and Microsoft 365) by
Master business modeling and analysis techniques with Microsoft Excel and transform data into bottom-line results. Award-winning educator Wayne Winston's hands-on, scenario-focused guide helps you use today's Excel to ask the right questions and get accurate, actionable answers. More extensively updated than any previous edition, new coverage ranges from one-click data analysis to STOCKHISTORY, dynamic arrays to Power Query, and includes six new chapters. Practice with over 900 problems, many based on real challenges faced by working analysts. Solve real problems with Microsoft Excel--and build your competitive advantage Quickly transition from Excel basics to sophisticated analytics Use recent Power Query enhancements to connect, combine, and transform data sources more effectively Use the LAMBDA and LAMBDA helper functions to create Custom Functions without VBA Use New Data Types to import data including stock prices, weather, information on geographic areas, universities, movies, and music Build more sophisticated and compelling charts Use the new XLOOKUP function to revolutionize your lookup formulas Master new Dynamic Array formulas that allow you to sort and filter data with formulas and find all UNIQUE entries Illuminate insights from geographic and temporal data with 3D Maps Improve decision-making with probability, Bayes' theorem, and Monte Carlo simulation and scenarios Use Excel trend curves, multiple regression, and exponential smoothing for predictive analytics Use Data Model and Power Pivot to effectively build and use relational data sources inside an Excel workbook
Microsoft Excel Formulas and Functions (Office 2021 and Microsoft 365) by
Use Excel 365 and Excel 2021 core features to build spreadsheets that solve business problems and deliver reliable answers. Drawing on his unsurpassed experience, Paul McFedries helps you make the most of formulas and functions, including recent improvements ranging from dynamic arrays to XLOOKUP and LET. McFedries'' step-by-step projects walk you through handling key tasks, from building timesheets to projecting cash flow and aging receivables. His practical examples and clear instructions demystify intermediate-to-advanced-level formula construction, and help you leverage Excel''s most useful functions in your everyday work. Becoming an Excel expert has never been easier! By reading this book, you will: Improve business analyses by adding intelligence and knowledge to your models Replace cumbersome formulas with convenient predefined functions Use modern lookups to make your formulas more powerful and flexible Simplify complex calculations with dynamic arrays in Excel 365 and Excel 2021 Use conditional formatting to reveal anomalies, problems, or opportunities Calculate loan payments, interest costs, terms, and amortization schedules Project the future value of investments, and plan to achieve investment goals Master essential discounting and cash-flow analysis tools, including NPV and IRR Sort, filter, and analyze any tabular data, from customers to inventory Easily analyze huge datasets with PivotTable calculations Perform sophisticated what-if analyses, scenario planning, and forecasting Optimize profit, cost, or operational efficiency with Solver About This Book For everyone who wants to get more done with Microsoft Excel in less time For business and financial professionals, entrepreneurs, students, and others who need to efficiently manage and analyze data
Microsoft excel functions quick reference : for high-quality data analysis, dashboards, and more by
This condensed syntax reference presents the essential Excel function syntax in a well-organized format that can be used as a quick and handy reference. You can use it to improve your Excel knowledge and increase your productivity. It will help you upgrade the quality of your data analysis, dashboards, models, and templates.
The Microsoft Excel Functions Quick Reference helps you set up workbooks, enter data, and format it for easier viewing. It starts by giving an overview of Excel functions explaining the different types of Excel functions available followed by an understanding of string functions and date functions. It then covers time, lookup, aggregate, and logical functions along with practice problems. Further, you will see math functions and information functions in Excel. You will also be able to create sophisticated forecast worksheets, key performance indicators (KPIs), and timelines. Each function in the text is illustrated by helpful, illuminating examples.
With this book by your side, you'll always have the answer to your Excel function syntax questions.
What You Will Learn
Work with basic Excel functions
Use the LOOKUP function
Take advantage of new functions in information functions
Create a mega formula
Who This Book Is For
Administrators, analysts, and anyone else working with Microsoft Excel.
Microsoft Excel VBA and Macros (Office 2021 and Microsoft 365) by
Renowned Excel experts Bill Jelen (MrExcel) and Tracy Syrstad help you automate Excel tasks to get more done, faster than ever. Use this guide to automate virtually any routine Excel task: save yourself hours, days, maybe even weeks. Make Excel do things you thought were impossible, discover macro techniques you won''t find anywhere else, and create automated reports that are amazingly powerful. Bill Jelen and Tracy Syrstad help you instantly visualize information to make it actionable; capture data from anywhere, and use it anywhere; and automate the best new features in Microsoft Excel. You''ll find simple, step-by-step instructions, real-world case studies, and 50 workbooks packed with examples and complete, easy-to-adapt solutions. By reading this book, you will: Quickly master Excel macro development Work more efficiently with ranges, cells, and formulas Generate automated reports and quickly adapt them for new requirements Learn to automate PivotTables to summarize, analyze, explore, and present data Leverage more of Excel VBA''s power with classes, collections, and Advanced Filter Make the most of User-Defined Functions (UDFs), including new LAMBDA functions Build sophisticated UserForm custom dialogs to collect data from other Excel users Integrate data from the Internet, Access and SQL Server databases, and other sources Automatically generate charts, visualizations, sparklines, and Word documents Extend Excel''s power by controlling other Office programs and Windows itself Create Office Add-ins to expand worksheet functionality or streamline retrieval of external information Get started creating brand-new TypeScript applications for Excel Online About This Book * For everyone who wants to get more done with Microsoft Excel in less time * For business and financial professionals, entrepreneurs, students, and others who need to efficiently manage and analyze data
MOS Study Guide for Microsoft Excel Exam MO-200 by
Advance your everyday proficiency with Excel!
And earn the credential that proves it!
Demonstrate your expertise with Microsoft Excel! Designed to help you practice and prepare for Microsoft Office Specialist: Excel Associate (Excel and Excel 2019) certification, this official Study Guide delivers:
In-depth preparation for each MOS objective
Detailed procedures to help build the skills measured by the exam
Hands-on tasks to practice what you’ve learned
Ready-made practice files
Sharpen the skills measured by these objectives:
Manage Worksheets and Workbooks
Manage Data Cells and Ranges
Manage Tables and Table Data
Perform Operations by Using Formulas and Functions
Manage Charts
About MOS
A Microsoft Office Specialist (MOS) certification validates your proficiency with Microsoft Office programs, demonstrating that you can meet globally recognized performance standards. Hands-on experience with the technology is required to successfully pass Microsoft Certification exams.
Next Generation Excel by
Take Excel to the next level in accounting and financial modeling In this new Second Edition of Next Generation Excel, Isaac Gottlieb shows financial analysts how to harness the full power of Excel to move forward into the new world of accounting and finance. Companies of all sizes use financial models to analyze their finances and plan business operations, as well as to create financial accounting reports like balance sheets, income statements, and statements of cash flows. While many businesspeople are quite familiar with the reports created with financial models, most are not as familiar with the creation of the models themselves. This book shows them how to build an accurate and effective financial model using the solid functionality and easy usability of Excel. Fully updated and revised to include support for Apple users Written by a professor of management and statistics who has taught the discipline for fifteen years Appropriate for professional financial analysts, as well as MBA students For professionals and students whose responsibilities or studies include a full understanding of financial modeling, Next Generation Excel, Second Edition offers comprehensive training.
Power Excel with Mrexcel by
Updating the previous edition's tips to include features in Excel 2013, this new edition of Mr. Excel's popular software guide even incorporates suggestions sent in by readers. Each featured topic has a problem statement and description, followed by a broad strategy for solving the problem. Mr. Excel then walks readers through the specific steps to solve the issue. Alternate strategies are also provided, along with common scenarios that trip users up, leaving readers with not only answers to their specific dilemmas but also new and quicker ways to use formulas and spreadsheets.
Using Excel for Business and Financial Modelling by
A hands-on guide to using Excel in the business context First published in 2012, Using Excel for Business and Financial Modelling contains step-by-step instructions of how to solve common business problems using financial models, including downloadable Excel templates, a list of shortcuts and tons of practical tips and techniques you can apply straight away. Whilst there are many hundreds of tools, features and functions in Excel, this book focuses on the topics most relevant to finance professionals. It covers these features in detail from a practical perspective, but also puts them in context by applying them to practical examples in the real world. Learn to create financial models to help make business decisions whilst applying modelling best practice methodology, tools and techniques. * Provides the perfect mix of practice and theory * Helps you become a DIY Excel modelling specialist * Includes updates for Excel 2019/365 and Excel for Mac * May be used as an accompaniment to the author's online and face-to-face training courses Many people are often overwhelmed by the hundreds of tools in Excel, and this book gives clarity to the ones you need to know in order to perform your job more efficiently. This book also demystifies the technical, design, logic and financial skills you need for business and financial modelling.
This course will teach students the basic tools of macroeconomics and apply them to real world economic policy issues. At a more specific level, the course will tackle the role of government policy in promoting sustainable economic growth, the role of fiscal and monetary policies in stabilizing the economy in the short run, the relationship between inflation and unemployment in an open economy like ours. Relevant macroeconomic topics including national income accounting, fiscal, monetary policies ad trade policies. By the end of this course, you will have a better appreciation on how firms are influenced by the dynamics in the national economy in making their business decisions.
Advanced Macroeconomics by
The fifth edition of Romer's Advanced Macroeconomics continues its tradition as the standard text and the starting point for graduate macroeconomics courses and helps lay the groundwork for students to begin doing research in macroeconomics and monetary economics. Romer presents the major theories concerning the central questions of macroeconomics. The theoretical analysis is supplemented by examples of relevant empirical work, illustrating the ways that theories can be applied and tested. In areas ranging from economic growth and short-run fluctuations to the natural rate of unemployment and monetary policy, formal models are used to present and analyze key ideas and issues. The book has been extensively revised to incorporate important new topics and new research, eliminate inessential material, and further improve the presentation.
Brief Principles of Macroeconomics by
With its clear and engaging writing style, BRIEF PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS, Seventh Edition, continues to be the most popular and widely-used economics textbook among today's students. Mankiw emphasizes material that you are likely to find interesting about the economy (particularly if you are studying economics for the first time), including real-life scenarios, useful facts, and the many ways economic concepts play a role in the decisions you make every day. "I have tried to put myself in the position of someone seeing economics for the first time. My goal is to emphasize the material that students should and do find interesting about the study of the economy."--N. Gregory Mankiw.
Brief Principles of Macroeconomics by
Now you can master the principles of macroeconomics with the help of the most popular, widely-used economics textbook by students worldwide -- Mankiw�s BRIEF PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS, 8E. With its clear and engaging writing style, this book emphasizes only the material that will help you better understand the world in which you live, will make you a more astute participant in the economy, and will give you a better understanding of both the potential and limits of economic policy. The latest relevant examples bring macroeconomic principles to life. Acclaimed text author N. Gregory Mankiw explains, "I have tried to put myself in the position of someone seeing economics for the first time. My goal is to emphasize the material that students should and do find interesting about the study of the economy." Powerful student-focused digital resources are available in MindTap and Aplia digital learning and homework solutions that reinforce the principles presented in this edition.
Exploring Macroeconomics by
Now you can gain a solid understanding of macroeconomic principles and how these principles affect your daily life with the unique EXPLORING MACROECONOMICS, 7E. Rather than a traditional encyclopedic text filled with technical details, this book offers a modern, "back-to-basics" approach designed to promote an understanding and appreciation of macroeconomics.The latest edition of this reader-friendly book includes new online learning tools, a visually appealing design, and the latest captivating content to encourage you to read and master the material. Packed with examples from current events and pop culture, EXPLORING MACROECONOMICS makes macroeconomics less intimidating while conveying the real-world relevance of macroeconomic principles.
Foundations of Macroeconomics by
ALERT: Before you purchase, check with your instructor or review your course syllabus to ensure that you select the correct ISBN. Several versions of Pearson's MyLab & Mastering products exist for each title, including customized versions for individual schools, and registrations are not transferable. In addition, you may need a CourseID, provided by your instructor, to register for and use Pearson's MyLab & Mastering products. Packages Access codes for Pearson's MyLab & Mastering products may not be included when purchasing or renting from companies other than Pearson; check with the seller before completing your purchase. Used or rental books If you rent or purchase a used book with an access code, the access code may have been redeemed previously and you may have to purchase a new access code. Access codes Access codes that are purchased from sellers other than Pearson carry a higher risk of being either the wrong ISBN or a previously redeemed code. Check with the seller prior to purchase. -- For Principles of Macroeconomics courses at two- and four-year colleges and universities A practice-oriented learning system that breaks the traditional textbook mold To help students focus on the most important concepts--and effectively practice application of those concepts--Foundations of Macroeconomics is structured around a Checklist/Checkpoint system. The result is a patient, confidence-building program that prepares students to use economics in their everyday lives, regardless of what their future career will be. This program provides a better teaching and learning experience--for you and your students. It will help you to: * Personalize learning with MyEconLab: This online homework, tutorial, and assessment program engages students in learning and provides instructors tools to keep students on track. * Encourage students to learn by doing: A Checklist/Checkpoint system provides a practice-oriented framework that enables active learning. * Command student attention and foster interest in the course: Engaging features draw students into the material, and keep them focused throughout the course. * Provide engaging, fully updated content: New and updated material on contemporary topics better motivates students to discover the economic way of thinking. This package contains: * 0133460622 / 9780133460629: Foundations of Macroeconomics, 7/e * 0133485773 / 9780133485776: MyEconLab with Pearson eText Access Card for Foundations of Macroeconomics, 7/e
An Introduction to Macroeconomics by
This important new book introduces students to the fundamental ideas of heterodox economics, presented in a clear and accessible way by top heterodox scholars. It offers not only a critique of the dominant approach to economics, but also a positive and constructive alternative. Students interested in an explanation of the real world will find the heterodox approach not only satisfying, but ultimately better able to explain a money-using economy prone to periods of instability and crises.Key features of this textbook include:* A non-conventional understanding of economic analysis on a number of relevant topics* Deep and convincing criticism of orthodox thinking* Discussion of the crucial importance of money, banking and finance today* Analysis of the roots of the 2008 global financial crisis* A presentation of the features of sustainable development.Students of economics at all levels can use this textbook to deepen their understanding of the heterodox approach, the fundamental roots of the 2008 global financial crisis and the need to rethink economics afresh.
Labor, credit, and goods markets : the macroeconomics of search and unemployment by
An integrated framework to study the theoretical and quantitative properties of economies with frictions in labor, financial, and goods markets. This book offers an integrated framework to study the theoretical and quantitative properties of economies with frictions in multiple markets. Building on analyses of markets with frictions by 2010 Nobel laureates Peter A. Diamond, Dale T. Mortensen, and Christopher A. Pissarides, which provided a new theoretical approach to search markets, the book applies this new paradigm to labor, finance, and goods markets. It shows, in particular, how frictions in different markets interact with each other. The book first covers the main developments in the analysis of the labor market in the presence of frictions, offering a systematic analysis of the dynamics of this environment and explaining the notion of macroeconomic volatility. Then, building on the generality and simplicity of the search analysis, the book adapts it to other markets, developing the tools and concepts to analyze friction in these markets. The book goes beyond the traditional general equilibrium analysis of markets, which is often frictionless. It begins with the standard analysis of a single market, and then sequentially integrates more markets into the analysis, progressing from labor to financial to goods markets. Along the way, the book provides a number of useful results and insights, including the existence of a direct link between search frictions and the degree of volatility in the economy.
Macro : macroeconomics : principles and practice by 
MACRO ECON 5 : principles of macroeconomics by
Learn Economics YOUR Way with ECON Macro! ECON Macro's easy-reference, paperback textbook presents course content through visually-engaging chapters as well as Chapter Review Cards that consolidate the best review material into a ready-made study tool. With the textbook or on its own, ECON Macro Online allows easy exploration of ECON Macro anywhere, anytime - including on your device! Collect your notes and create StudyBits� from interactive content as you go to remember what's important. Then, either use preset study resources, or personalize the product through easy-to-use tags and filters to prioritize your study time. Make and review flashcards, review related content, and track your progress with Concept Tracker, all in one place and at an affordable price! ECON Macro draws on what you already have observed through your life experiences to help explain economic concepts, choices, institutions, and event and help you gain a strong understanding of economic principles.
Macro econ : principles of macroeconomics by
Learn Macroeconomics YOUR Way with ECON MACRO! ECON MACRO's easy-reference, paperback textbook presents course content through visually-engaging chapters as well as Chapter Review Cards that consolidate the best review material into a ready-made study tool. With the textbook or on its own, ECON MACRO MindTap allows you to learn on your terms. Read or listen to textbooks and study with the aid of instructor notifications, flashcards and practice quizzes. Track your scores and stay motivated toward your goals. Whether you have more work to do or are ahead of the curve, you'll know where you need to focus your efforts. And the MindTap Green Dot will charge your confidence along the way. When it's time to study, everything you've flagged or noted can be gathered into a guide you can organize.
Macroeconomics by
Gain a solid global understanding of basic macroeconomic principles and examine the latest thinking on important macroeconomic phenomena with Boyes/Melvin's MACROECONOMICS, 10E. The latest edition of this popular text clearly illustrates the connections between key macroeconomic principles and today's actual business practices using a reader-friendly approach, carefully integrated learning features, memorable examples, and unique global emphasis. Timely revisions and the latest macroeconomic statistics and developments help emphasize fundamental principles and the practical application of macroeconomic concepts to current events. Solid macroeconomics coverage highlights the recent financial crisis and its global implications. You also gain an in-depth understanding of globalization and its impact on economic growth and poverty. Cutting-edge learning technology and a full range of supplements, including the leading Aplia homework system, MindTap Personalized Learning Experience, and an integrated eReader, help clarify key economic concepts and equip you with the macroeconomic understanding you need for success in business today.
Macroeconomics by
Ever wonder what gives money value, why the unemployment rate rises or falls, or why some economies grow faster than others? What causes the business cycle, or inflation, or high interest rates? MACROECONOMICS, 13E answers these intriguing questions and more as you open the world of economic analysis. You master macroeconomics as memorable examples from everyday macroeconomic events illustrate how economic forces link to everyday events. This edition offers videos ideal for self-study. "Video Office Hours" digital lectures walk you through worked problems, while brief "Working with Diagrams" videos demonstrate key concepts in graphing. Digital resources Aplia and MindTap with new Adaptive Test Prep enable you to assess your personal economic understanding. Explore the latest developments in today's changing economy as you gain a thorough understanding of contemporary macroeconomics.
Macroeconomics by
Learn how to apply macroeconomic concepts to today's real world as MACROECONOMICS: PRIVATE AND PUBLIC CHOICE, 16E reflects current economic conditions. This highly readable, up-to-date text analyzes and explains measures of economic activity in today's market. It also highlights the recession of 2008-2009 and dispels common economic myths. The book uses the "invisible hand" metaphor to explain economic theory, demonstrating how it works to stimulate the economy. This edition even includes online learning solutions, such as Aplia, to improve your learning. Graphing tutorials and videos embedded within the interactive reader support your work and improve your performance.
Macroeconomics by
Gain a strong understanding of macroeconomic principles with the hundreds of lively examples found in McEachern's MACROECONOMICS: A CONTEMPORARY INTRODUCTION, 11E. This book draws on what you already have observed through life experiences to help explain macroeconomic concepts, choices, institutions, and events. Interesting printed and online case studies, the latest research findings, and focused examples offer genuine insight into how macroeconomic principles work in today's world. A friendly writing style is enhanced by learning features that make the material clear and more direct. Understandable graphs and exhibits include captions that summarize key points, color-coded curves, and helpful labels for clarification. More challenging graphs in the book are built one step at a time using new Progression Graphs software. Powerful learning tools, such as online Aplia and MindTap, further improve your understanding of macroeconomics and its relevance to your success.
Macroeconomics : an introduction by 
Macroeconomics for Today by
The most reader-friendly economics approach available, MACROECONOMICS FOR TODAY, 10E by national award-winning educator Irvin Tucker presents Macro and Micro economic concepts using a writing style that is engaging and clear, no matter what your current level of economic understanding. A unique presentation and visual learning system, colorful graphs and Causation Chains clarify and illustrate important economic principles. The book concisely presents and reinforces core concepts, while online resources immediately facilitate assessment of understanding, and will study the latest information on economic growth, income distribution, federal deficits, environmental issues, and other developments in economics today. The book's easy-to-follow format demonstrates how to apply principles to your everyday life, while numerous printed and digital study tools help you further master key current economic principles.
Managing in a global economy : demystifying international macroeconomics by
Prepare for success in business with MANAGING IN A GLOBAL ECONOMY: DEMYSTIFYING INTERNATIONAL MACROECONOMICS, the only book written specifically for MBA students! With business applications, concrete business examples, and an approach to macroeconomic theory via markets, Marthinsen shows you how macroeconomics can help you make better business decisions. With this clear, concise, and highly practical book, you'll grasp practical "big picture" concepts, develop an understanding of what causes macroeconomic variables to change, and see how these changes affect the types of issues you'll confront as a manager. Rather than focusing on dry, overly complex macroeconomic models, the author uses theory only as a means to an end for practical understanding, includes a minimum of math, and keep you visually engaged with figures, tables, charts, and illustrative exhibits. MANAGING IN A GLOBAL ECONOMY, 2e, will equip you with a macroeconomic perspective that will help you throughout your business career.
New Macroeconomics by
According to the National Bureau of Economic Research (NBER), a deep recession started in the United States in December 2007 and ended in June 2009. However, most people recognize that even though the recession was said to be over, its after-effects lingered well into the next decade, and even in 2017, some ten years later, governments in America and around the world were struggling with problems of low growth, wage stagnation and high poverty. Most economists were caught off guard, and they began to look for new ideas that may be appropriately called NEW MACROECONOMICS. This book examines conventional economics in the context of recent developments. It shows that a new theory, known as the wage-productivity model, explains almost every macro-economic experience of the global economy since 1980. You have to read this theory to believe it. This theory will turn out to be more important than the Keynesian revolution.
The Other Half of Macroeconomics and the Fate of Globalization by
Get a new perspective from the 'other half' of macroeconomics The failure of the vast majority of economists in government, academia and the private sector to predict either the post-2008 Great Recession or the degree of its severity has raised serious credibility issues for the profession. The repeated failures of central banks and other policymakers in all advanced countries to meet their inflation or growth targets in spite of astronomical monetary easing, have left the public rightfully suspicious of the establishment and its economists. The Other Half of Macroeconomics and the Fate of Globalization elucidates what was missing in economics all along and what changes are needed to make the profession relevant to the economic challenges of today. Once the other half of macroeconomics is understood both as a post-bubble phenomenon and as a phase of post-industrial economies, it should be possible for policy makers to devise appropriate measures to overcome difficulties advanced countries are facing today such as stagnation and income inequality. * Shows how it's possible to devise appropriate policy response to slow wage and productivity growth in these economies * Demonstrates that the effectiveness of monetary and fiscal policy changes as an economy undergoes different stages of development * Argues that tax rules, regulations and even educational system must be revised to match the need of pursued (by emerging nations) countries * Explains the 200-year process of economic development and where that process is taking all of us Inside, Richard C. Koo offers a completely new way of looking at the economic predicament of advanced countries today.
Principles of macroeconomics by
Principles of Macroeconomics, 7th Edition, provides a deeper understanding of economics by eliminating overwhelming detail and focusing on seven core principles that are reinforced and illustrated through the text. With engaging questions, explanations and exercises, the authors help students relate economic principles to a host of everyday experiences such as going to the ATM or purchasing airline tickets. Throughout this process, the authors encourage students to become "economic naturalists:" people who employ basic economic principles to understand and explain what they observe in the world around them. With new videos and interactive graphs alongside SmartBook's adaptive reading experience, the 7th edition enables instructors to spend class time engaging, facilitating, and answering questions instead of lecturing on the basics.
Principles of Macroeconomics by
With its clear and engaging writing style, PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS, Seventh Edition, continues to be the most popular and widely-used economics textbook among today's students. Mankiw emphasizes material that you are likely to find interesting about the economy (particularly if you are studying economics for the first time), including real-life scenarios, useful facts, and the many ways economic concepts play a role in the decisions you make every day. "I have tried to put myself in the position of someone seeing economics for the first time. My goal is to emphasize the material that students should and do find interesting about the study of the economy."--N. Gregory Mankiw.
Principles of Macroeconomics by
Authors Bob Frank, Ben Bernanke, and introducing Kate Antonovics from the University of California San Diego and Ori Heffetz from Cornell University, present a coherent short list of core principles in introductory economics and reinforce them by illustrating and applying each in numerous contexts. With engaging questions, explanations and exercises, the authors help students relate economic principles to a host of everyday experiences such as going to the ATM or purchasing airline tickets. Throughout this process, the authors encourage students to become "economic naturalists:" people who employ basic economic principles to understand and explain what they observe in the world around them. Principles of Macroeconomics, sixth edition, is thoroughly integrated with the adaptive digital tools available in McGraw-Hill's LearnSmart Advantage Suite, proven to increase student engagement and success in the course.
Principles of Macroeconomics, a Streamlined Approach by
Principles of Economics: A Streamlined Approach seeks to promote a deeper understanding of economics by focusing on core concepts. Fewer themes, less math rigor, and a new suite of video resources allow instructors the flexibility to teach the course they want to teach, whether it's adopting a flipped classroom format, administering a course online, or just bringing more engaging, digital content into their lectures. Students benefit from more repetition of basic concepts and support through the interactive resources in Connect, resulting in a greater mastery and retention of core economic ideas. Connect is the only integrated learning system that empowers students by continuously adapting to deliver precisely what they need, when they need it, and how they need it, so that your class time is more engaging and effective.
This course will teach students the basic tools of macroeconomics and apply them to real world economic policy issues. At a more specific level, the course will tackle the role of government policy in promoting sustainable economic growth, the role of fiscal and monetary policies in stabilizing the economy in the short run, the relationship between inflation and unemployment in an open economy like ours. Relevant macroeconomic topics including national income accounting, fiscal, monetary policies ad trade policies. By the end of this course, you will have a better appreciation on how firms are influenced by the dynamics in the national economy in making their business decisions.
Advanced Macroeconomics by
Author(s)
Campante, Filipe
Sturzenegger, Federico
Velasco, Andres cc
Language
English
Show full item record
Macroeconomic policy is one of the most important policy domains, and the tools of macroeconomics are among the most valuable for policy makers. Yet there has been, up to now, a wide gulf between the level at which macroeconomics is taught at the undergraduate level and the level at which it is practiced. At the same time, doctoral-level textbooks are usually not targeted at a policy audience, making advanced macroeconomics less accessible to current and aspiring practitioners. This book, born out of the Masters course the authors taught for many years at the Harvard Kennedy School, fills this gap. It introduces the tools of dynamic optimization in the context of economic growth, and then applies them to a wide range of policy questions – ranging from pensions, consumption, investment and finance, to the most recent developments in fiscal and monetary policy. It does so with the requisite rigor, but also with a light touch, and an unyielding focus on their application to policy-making, as befits the authors’ own practical experience. Advanced Macroeconomics: An Easy Guide is bound to become a great resource for graduate and advanced undergraduate students, and practitioners alike.
Big Ideas in Macroeconomics by
An accessible description of modern macroeconomics, and a defense of its policy relevance. Macroeconomists have been caricatured either as credulous savants in love with the beauty of their mathematical models or as free-market fundamentalists who admit no doubt as to the market's wisdom. In this book, Kartik Athreya draws a truer picture, offering a nontechnical description of prominent ideas and models in macroeconomics, and arguing for their value as interpretive tools as well as their policy relevance. Athreya deliberately leaves out the technical machinery, providing an essential guide to the sometimes abstract ideas that drive macroeconomists' research and practical policy advice. Athreya describes the main approach to macroeconomic model construction, the foundational Walrasian general-equilibrium framework, and its modern version, the Arrow-Debreu-McKenzie (ADM) model. In the heart of the book, Athreya shows how the Walrasian approach shapes and unifies much of modern macroeconomics. He details models central to ongoing macroeconomic analyses: the neoclassical and stochastic growth models, the standard incomplete-markets model, the overlapping-generations model, and the standard search model. Athreya's accessible primer traces the links between the views and policy advice of modern macroeconomists and their shared theoretical approach.
Demystifying Global Macroeconomics by
Demystifying Global Macroeconomics (DGM) provides readers with a practical, working use of international macroeconomics. For serious business and political leaders, understanding the global interconnections in economic and financial markets is crucial for making informed and well-timed decisions. DGM takes the mystery out of seemingly complex economic interactions by providing an easy-to-understand framework within which to analyze the effects of economic, social, and political shocks to a nation's economy. John E. Marthinsen integrates the three major macroeconomic sectors, which are the credit market, goods and services market, and foreign exchange market. The author provides the reader with contemporary examples that virtually leap off the front pages of our daily news reports and confront business managers and politicians with choices and decisions to make. For example, DGM shows how to use macroeconomic tools and a global framework to analyze the effects of: U.S. tariffs on China and China's tariffs on the United States Infrastructure spending Speculative capital outflows from nations under stress, such as Argentina and Turkey, and speculative capital inflows into safe-haven countries, such as Switzerland Demonetization in India Successfully fighting the opioid abuse problem in the United States Border adjustment tax Monetary policies Fiscal policies Marthinsen keeps readers visually engaged with the strategic use of figures, tables, charts, and illustrative exhibits. Demystifying Global Macroeconomics emphasizes the interaction among markets and equips readers with a macroeconomic perspective that will last (and be used) for years. If you are adopting this book for a teaching course, please contact Stefan.Giesen@degruyter.com to request additional instructional material.
The Economics of Sovereign Debt and Default by
An integrated approach to the economics of sovereign default Fiscal crises and sovereign default repeatedly threaten the stability and growth of economies around the world. Mark Aguiar and Manuel Amador provide a unified and tractable theoretical framework that elucidates the key economics behind sovereign debt markets, shedding light on the frictions and inefficiencies that prevent the smooth functioning of these markets, and proposing sensible approaches to sovereign debt management. The Economics of Sovereign Debt and Default looks at the core friction unique to sovereign debt--the lack of strong legal enforcement--and goes on to examine additional frictions such as deadweight costs of default, vulnerability to runs, the incentive to "dilute" existing creditors, and sovereign debt's distortion of investment and growth. The book uses the tractable framework to isolate how each additional friction affects the equilibrium outcome, and illustrates its counterpart using state-of-the-art computational modeling. The novel approach presented here contrasts the outcome of a constrained efficient allocation--one chosen to maximize the joint surplus of creditors and government--with the competitive equilibrium outcome. This allows for a clear analysis of the extent to which equilibrium prices efficiently guide the government's debt and default decisions, and of what drives divergences with the efficient outcome. Providing an integrated approach to sovereign debt and default, this incisive and authoritative book is an ideal resource for researchers and graduate students interested in this important topic.
Experiments in Macroeconomics by
Macroeconomic models and assumptions have traditionally been evaluated using non-experimental "field" data. However, in many instances the field data necessary to evaluate such models and assumptions are not available. Recently, researchers have begun to explore ways of implementing micro-founded macroeconomic models in the controlled conditions of the experimental laboratory as an alternative means of gathering the data necessary to address the empirical relevance of macroeconomic models and assumptions as well as to understand questions of equilibrium selection or policy prescriptions. This volume is the first-ever collection of laboratory studies aimed at understanding macroeconomic phenomena. The chapters, by leading researchers in the field, explore consumption behavior, expectation formation, monetary economics and central bank policy in a variety of different macroeconomic models. Readers will come away with a better understanding of how to implement macroeconomic models in the laboratory and the valuable insights that laboratory research can bring to our understanding of macroeconomics.
Faith, Finance, and Economy Beliefs and Economic Well-Being by
This open access book seeks to foster a multidisciplinary understanding of the ties between faith, financial intermediation, and economic progress by drawing on research across economics, finance, history, philosophy, ethics, theology, public policy, law, and other disciplines. Chapters in this edited volume examine themes as consequential as economic opportunities, real world outcomes and faith; values and consumerism; faith, financial intermediation and economic development in Western and Islamic societies; and the impact of faith issues on US workers, on the workplace and religion, and on the characteristics of good wealth. Though engaging with difficult questions, this book is written in an accessible style to be enjoyed by laypeople and scholars alike.
Learning Basic Macroeconomics by
Traditional macroeconomic principles textbooks are theoretically based, and require students to apply definitions, analyze charts, graphs and tables, and use logic and reasoning skills to evaluate the effects of economic shocks or policy changes. Recognizing how challenging this is, economics instruction has adopted video, simulation, and other methods to aid in learning. These methods, however, while possibly stimulating students' imagination, may also stifle it and contribute to a dependent learning style. It may also fail to connect topics and models in cohesive and meaningful ways. This book presents macroeconomic principles in a logical and concise order, and uses the Maple(r) mathematics program to build and analyze macroeconomic models. The method outlined in this book teaches readers with basic algebraic skill levels how to build a model of the macro-economy from the ground up. The method uses models derived from typical principles textbooks using Maple as a platform. Maple's interface is as easy to use as typing a simple math problem in Microsoft Word using keys on a standard keyboard. The Maple syntax is kept simple, which allows readers to be proficient in Maple in a matter of minutes. In short, this book allows executives, advanced degree students, undergraduate students, business executives, managers, policy makers, and others to gain a fuller understanding of how the macro-economy works. Topics covered in the book range from individual demand and firm supply to aggregate demand and supply, and fiscal and monetary policy from the Austrian to Keynesian schools of thought.
Macroeconomic Modelling of R&D and Innovation Policies by
This open access book encompasses a collection of in-depth analyses showcasing the challenges and ways forward for macroeconomic modelling of R & D and innovation policies. Based upon the proceedings of the EC-DG JRC-IEA workshop held in Brussels in 2017, it presents cutting-edge contributions from a number of leading economists in the field. It provides a comprehensive overview of the current academic and policy challenges surrounding R & D as well as of the state-of-the-art modelling techniques. The book brings to the forefront outstanding issues related to the assessment of the macroeconomic impact of R & D policies and its modelling. It speaks to the rising importance of R & D and innovation policy, and the proliferation of macroeconomic models featuring endogenous technological change. The contents of this book will be of interest to both academic and policy audiences working in the fields of R & D and innovation.
Macroeconomics by
Macroeconomics is the study of the economy as a whole and of work and saving choices of individual economic agents from which macroeconomic activity emerges. This book takes an integrative approach to that topic, showing how short-run and long-run forces operate simultaneously to determine the behavior of key economic indicators such as employment and real, inflation-adjusted GDP. The first goal of macroeconomic policy is to bring real GDP into line with the maximum attainable potential real GDP--the level of real GDP at which there are enough jobs to provide employment for every person who wants to work and at which government has done all it can to eliminate disincentives for workers to seek jobs and for employers to offer them. The second goal is to promote economic growth, which means encouraging innovation and a business climate conducive to innovation. This book corrects a popular view that a protracted economic downturn is necessarily characterized by an excess supply of labor and goods and a need for expansive monetary and fiscal policies. In fact, and as was shown some 40 years ago, the problem could just as well be characterized by an excess demand for labor and goods and a need for contractive monetary and fiscal policy.
Macroeconomics, Third Edition by
This book brings these theories together under one methodological roof, where the choices made by economic agents depend on their varying perceptions of the economic constraints they face, combining new classical principles, under which the economy operates at full employment, with theories that allow for extended periods of underemployment brought about by mixed signals from workers and employers. The task of macroeconomics is to provide the tools for understanding the performance of the aggregate economy, as measured by production, employment, inflation, and other economic indicators. Most books on this topic compare different theories of macroeconomic performance, under alternative assumptions about how individual consumers, workers and investors adjust to the economic environment in which they find themselves. This book brings these theories together under one methodological roof, where the choices made by economic agents depend on their varying perceptions of the economic constraints they face, combining new classical principles, under which the economy operates at full employment, with theories that allow for extended periods of underemployment brought about by mixed signals from workers and employers. The book takes up modern monetary theory and its bearing on the massive deficits run up the federal government over the ongoing 'corona contraction' and the earlier 'great contraction'. The author also reviews the policy interventions undertaken by the federal government during these contractions, with a view toward assessing their effectiveness.
Macroeconomics and Development by
The essays in this collection assess Roberto Frenkel's work, discussing Latin American neo-structuralism's theoretical contributions and viability as the world's economies evolve. For those seeking a comprehensive introduction to contemporary Latin American economic thought, this collection not only explicates the intricate work of one of its greatest practitioners, but demonstrates its impact on the growth of economics.
Macroeconomics Simplified by
Macroeconomics Simplified explains the intuition behind Keynesian and neoclassical macroeconomics using graphs and simple algebra. It provides students with a strong conceptual basis for understanding the tension between Keynesian and neoclassical systems that has once again came to the forefront since the 2007-08 financial crisis. The book shows how theoretical perspectives affect macroeconomic policy choices and proposes a pragmatic approach to policy that is sensitive to prevailing economic conditions. Students of economics and business alike will enjoy its concise and engaging analysis and find the applications and references to the Indian economy helpful.
Pandemic Economics by
Pandemic Economics applies economic theory to the Covid-19 era, exploring the micro and macro dimensions of the pre-pandemic, pandemic, and post-pandemic phases. Using core economic tools such as marginal analysis, cost-benefit analysis, and opportunity cost, this book explores the breadth of economic outcomes from the pandemic. It shows that a tradeoff between public health and economic health led to widespread problems, including virus infections and unemployment. Taking an international and comparative approach, the book shows that because countries implemented different economic policies, interventions, and timelines during the crisis, outcomes varied with respect to the extent of recession, process of recovery, availability of medical equipment, public health, and additional waves of the virus. Pedagogical features are weaved throughout the text, including country case studies, key terms, suggested further reading, and discussion questions for solo or group study. On top of this, the book offers online supplements comprising PowerPoint slides, test questions, extra case studies, and an instructor guide. This textbook will be a valuable resource for advanced undergraduate and postgraduate courses on pandemic economics, macroeconomics, health economics, public policy, and related areas.
A Primer on Macroeconomics by
Economics, far from being the OC dismal science, OCO offers us valuable lessons that can be applied to our everyday experiences. At its heart, economics is the science of choice and a study of economic principles that allows us to achieve a more informed understanding of how we make our choices, whether these choices occur in our everyday life, in our work environment, or at the national or international level. This book represents a common sense approach to basic macroeconomics, and begins by explaining key economic principles and defining important terms used in macroeconomic discussion. It uses a single unifying toolOCoaggregate demand and aggregate supply analysisOCoto probe differing perspectives on macroeconomic policies. If youOCOre a student, and perhaps a student in business school settings, this book will deliver clear statements of essential economic principles, supported by easy-to-understand examples, and uncluttered by extraneous material; the goal being to provide a concise readable primer that covers the substance of macroeconomic theory."
Principles of International Finance and Open Economy Macroeconomics by
Principles of International Finance and Open Economy Macroeconomics: Theories, Applications, and Policies presents a macroeconomic framework for understanding and analyzing the global economy from the perspectives of emerging economies and developing countries. Unlike most macroeconomic textbooks, which typically emphasize issues about developed countries while downplaying issues related to developing countries, this book emphasizes problems in emerging economies, including those in Latin American countries. It also explains recent developments in international finance that are essential to a thorough understanding of the effects and implications of the recent financial crisis. Concentrates on developing country perspectives on International Finance and the Economy, including those in Latin American countries Provides case studies and publicly available data allowing readers to explore theories and their applications Explains recent developments in international finance that are essential to a thorough understanding of the effects and implications of the recent financial crisis Proposes a unified mathematical model accessible to those with basic mathematical skills
The Socioeconomic Impact of COVID-19 on Eastern European Countries by
The year 2020 went down in economic history due to the dramatic and drastic changes in economic and social conditions that resulted from the outbreak of the global pandemic of COVID-19. This book offers a multi-level narrative about the pandemic, written from national and international perspectives, enabling the authors to construct several macro- and mega-scenarios. The book consists of six chapters. Four of them discuss the process of the COVID-19 pandemic caused by the SARS-CoV-2 virus in Europe in 2020, i.e. the directions and dynamics of the spread and its socioeconomic consequences, and provide a comparative analysis of fiscal and monetary packages employed by Europe, with an emphasis on Eastern European countries. The remaining two chapters contain forecasts and scenarios. The fifth chapter, dedicated to forecasts, provides readers with a comprehensive description of possible consequences of any epidemic leading to severe social losses such as high percentages of infected and dead, limited interpersonal contacts as a result of lockdown, a lowered level of general individual and social well-being, as well as economic losses, for example a decline in production as a result of the collapse of aggregate demand and a reduction in the supply capacity of the economy, consequently slowing down the pace of capital accumulation. The sixth, final chapter describes possible scenarios of the spread of the pandemic in Poland and Ukraine, depending on measures taken by the governments of those countries. The Socioeconomic Impact of COVID-19 on Eastern European Countries is designed as a practical reference for scholars, researchers and policymakers. The Open Access version of this book, available at www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license.
Studies in Austrian Macroeconomics by
The US housing bubble and the ensuing financial crisis and recession, as well as the ongoing slow recovery, have prompted a renewal of interest in the business cycle theory associated with the Austrian school of economics. Over the last thirty years, Austrian economists have extended and refined that theory while also deploying Austrian insights in other areas of monetary theory and macroeconomics. In this volume, a number of macroeconomists influenced by the Austrian school demonstrate its explanatory power by applying those ideas to a variety of historical and contemporary issues. Several of the papers focus on the differences between the US and Canadian experiences during the early 21st century, while other contributors offer critical extensions of Austrian monetary and business cycle theory. The volume also includes empirical applications to the housing boom and bust, and several papers consider the place of Austrian macroeconomics within the school's approach to political economy and public policy more generally. "Studies in Austrian Macroeconomics" shows the breadth and depth of modern macroeconomics in the Austrian tradition.
Understanding Economic Equilibrium by
Understanding Economic Equilibrium reveals how all markets fit together, and how we as individuals fit into that bigger picture. Economic agents all over the world are trying to maximize their returns given their efforts, resources, and opportunities. They come together in markets that ultimately allocate goods and services among many competing interests. We can readily see how individual markets behave; it's more difficult, but exponentially more important, to recognize the general equilibrium across all markets. Disturbances in one market have implications for others. These interrelationships are particularly important to understand when policy changes are being considered where actions in one market will impose changes on other markets, and not always in obvious or pleasant ways. Understanding Economic Equilibrium reveals how all markets fit together, and how we as individuals fit into that bigger picture.
Using Fiscal Policy and Public Financial Management to Promote Gender Equality by
This book examines how fiscal policy and management can promote gender equality in developing as well as developed countries. Providing an international look at gender budgeting, it draws on countries at different levels of development, with an emphasis on low-income developing countries. It introduces the reader to the main trends in gender equality, the key ideas and rationale of gender budgeting from a fiscal policy perspective and where gender budgeting fits into public financial management. It offers case studies and other empirical evidence from developing, emerging, and developed countries on what works in using fiscal policy and public financial management to narrow gender gaps in education, health care, access to infrastructure, and economic empowerment. It also provides policy recommendations appropriate to countries at different levels of development. The reader will gain an understanding of how fiscal policy and public financial management can contribute to gender equality and women's advancement. The book provides a well-grounded set of conclusions and policy recommendations, drawn from evaluation of the evidence. The focus is on low-income developing countries but is combined with a well-rounded look at developing countries, more generally, emerging markets, and developed countries as well. This book will be a valuable resource for economists and policy makers, particularly those in developing countries still grappling with large disparities between women and men. It will also prove useful to researchers and those who provide technical assistance and aid to countries on fiscal policies and tools for gender equality.
This course provides an introduction to the field of statistical learning; an essential toolset for modeling and understanding complex data sets that have emerged in finance, marketing, sales, telecommunication, and other business fields.
This course is the first series of the Data Science Toolbox or Applied Statistics. The course will focus on basic to intermediate statistical techniques. The course will discuss situations in which you would use each technique, the assumptions made by each method, how to set up the analysis using statistical software as well as how to interpret the results. This includes a broad range of techniques for exploring and summarizing data, as well as investigating and testing underlying relationships. You will gain an understanding of when and why to use these various techniques as well as how to apply them with confidence, and interpret their output, and graphically display the results using statistical software (i.e IBM SPSS, R, SAS)..
Applied Multivariate Statistical Concepts by
More comprehensive than other texts, this new book covers the classic and cutting edge multivariate techniques used in today's research. Ideal for courses on multivariate statistics/analysis/design, advanced statistics or quantitative techniques taught in psychology, education, sociology, and business, the book also appeals to researchers with no training in multivariate methods. Through clear writing and engaging pedagogy and examples using real data, Hahs-Vaughn walks students through the most used methods to learn why and how to apply each technique. A conceptual approach with a higher than usual text-to-formula ratio helps reader's master key concepts so they can implement and interpret results generated by today's sophisticated software. Annotated screenshots from SPSS and other packages are integrated throughout. Designed for course flexibility, after the first 4 chapters, instructors can use chapters in any sequence or combination to fit the needs of their students. Each chapter includes a 'mathematical snapshot' that highlights the technical components of each procedure, so only the most crucial equations are included. Highlights include: -Outlines, key concepts, and vignettes related to key concepts preview what's to come in each chapter -Examples using real data from education, psychology, and other social sciences illustrate key concepts -Extensive coverage of assumptions including tables, the effects of their violation, and how to test for each technique -Conceptual, computational, and interpretative problems mirror the real-world problems students encounter in their studies and careers -A focus on data screening and power analysis with attention on the special needs of each particular method -Instructions for using SPSS via screenshots and annotated output along with HLM, Mplus, LISREL, and G*Power where appropriate, to demonstrate how to interpret results -Templates for writing research questions and APA-style write-ups of results which serve as models -Propensity score analysis chapter that demonstrates the use of this increasingly popular technique -A review of matrix algebra for those who want an introduction (prerequisites include an introduction to factorial ANOVA, ANCOVA, and simple linear regression, but knowledge of matrix algebra is not assumed) -www.routledge.com/9780415842365 provides the text's datasets preformatted for use in SPSS and other statistical packages for readers, as well as answers to all chapter problems, Power Points, and test items for instructors 　
Applied multivariate statistics for the social sciences : analyses with SAS and IBM's SPSS by
Now in its 6th edition, the authoritative textbook Applied Multivariate Statistics for the Social Sciences, continues to provide advanced students with a practical and conceptual understanding of statistical procedures through examples and data-sets from actual research studies. With the added expertise of co-author Keenan Pituch (University of Texas-Austin), this 6th edition retains many key features of the previous editions, including its breadth and depth of coverage, a review chapter on matrix algebra, applied coverage of MANOVA, and emphasis on statistical power. In this new edition, the authors continue to provide practical guidelines for checking the data, assessing assumptions, interpreting, and reporting the results to help students analyze data from their own research confidently and professionally. Features new to this edition include: NEW chapter on Logistic Regression (Ch. 11) that helps readers understand and use this very flexible and widely used procedure NEW chapter on Multivariate Multilevel Modeling (Ch. 14) that helps readers understand the benefits of this "newer" procedure and how it can be used in conventional and multilevel settings NEW Example Results Section write-ups that illustrate how results should be presented in research papers and journal articles NEW coverage of missing data (Ch. 1) to help students understand and address problems associated with incomplete data Completely re-written chapters on Exploratory Factor Analysis (Ch. 9), Hierarchical Linear Modeling (Ch. 13), and Structural Equation Modeling (Ch. 16) with increased focus on understanding models and interpreting results NEW analysis summaries, inclusion of more syntax explanations, and　reduction in the number of SPSS/SAS dialogue boxes to guide students through data analysis in a more streamlined and direct approach Updated syntax to reflect newest versions of IBM SPSS (21) /SAS (9.3) A free online resources site at www.routledge.com/9780415836661 with data sets and syntax from the text, additional data sets, and instructor's resources (including PowerPoint lecture slides for select chapters, a conversion guide for 5th edition adopters, and answers to exercises). Ideal for advanced graduate-level courses in education, psychology, and other social sciences in which multivariate statistics, advanced statistics, or quantitative techniques courses are taught, this book also appeals to practicing researchers as a valuable reference. Pre-requisites include a course on factorial ANOVA and covariance; however, a working knowledge of matrix algebra is not assumed.
Applied Ordinal Logistic Regression Using Stata by
The first book to provide a unified framework for both single-level and multilevel modeling of ordinal categorical data, Applied Ordinal Logistic Regression Using Stata helps readers learn how to conduct analyses, interpret the results from Stata output, and present those results in scholarly writing. Using step-by-step instructions, this non-technical, applied book leads students, applied researchers, and practitioners to a deeper understanding of statistical concepts by closely connecting the underlying theories of models with the application of real-world data using statistical software. Available with Perusall--an eBook that makes it easier to prepare for class Perusall is an award-winning eBook platform featuring social annotation tools that allow students and instructors to collaboratively mark up and discuss their SAGE textbook. Backed by research and supported by technological innovations developed at Harvard University, this process of learning through collaborative annotation keeps your students engaged and makes teaching easier and more effective. Learn more.
Applied Regression Analysis and Generalized Linear Models by
Combining a modern, data-analytic perspective with a focus on applications in the social sciences, the Third Editionof Applied Regression Analysis and Generalized Linear Models provides in-depth coverage of regression analysis, generalized linear models, and closely related methods, such as bootstrapping and missing data. Updated throughout, this Third Edition includes new chapters on mixed-effects models for hierarchical and longitudinal data. Although the text is largely accessible to readers with a modest background in statistics and mathematics, author John Fox also presents more advanced material in optional sections and chapters throughout the book.
Applied Statistical Modeling by
This new four-volume set on Applied Statistical Modeling brings together seminal articles in the field, selected for their exemplification of the specific model type used, their clarity of exposition and their importance to the development of their respective disciplines. The set as a whole is designed to serve as a master class in how to apply the most commonly used statistical models with the highest level of methodological sophistication. It is in essence a user′s guide to statistical best-practice in the social sciences. This truly multi-disciplinary collection covers the most important statistical methods used in sociology, social psychology, political science, management science, media studies, anthropology and human geography. The articles are organised by model type into thematic sections that include selections from multiple disciplines. There are a total of thirteen sections, each with a brief introduction summarising common applications: Volume One: Control variables; Multicolinearity and variance inflation; Interaction models; Multilevel models Volume Two: Models for panel data; Time series cross-sectional analysis; Spatial models; Logistic regression Volume Three: Multinomial logit; Poisson regression; Instrumental variables Volume Four: Structural equation models; Latent variable models
Applied Statistics for Public and Nonprofit Administration by
As the first book ever published for public administration statistics courses, APPLIED STATISTICS FOR PUBLIC AND NONPROFIT ADMINISTRATION makes a difficult subject accessible to students and practitioners of public administration and to non-profit studies who have little background in statistics or research methods. Steeped in experience and practice, this landmark text remains the first and best in research methods and statistics for students and practitioners in public-and nonprofit-administration. All statistical techniques used by public administration professionals are covered, and all examples in the text relate to public administration and the nonprofit sector. Avoiding jargon and formula, this text uses a step-by-step approach that facilitates student learning.
Applied statistics in business and economics by 
Basic Statistics for Business and Economics by
“The 9th edition of Lind/Marchal/Wathen: Basic Statistics for Business and Economics, is a step-by-step approach that enhances student performance, accelerates preparedness and improves motivation for the student taking a business statistics course. The main objective of the text is to provide students majoring in all fields of business administration with an introductory survey of the many applications of descriptive and inferential statistics. The relevant approach taken in this text relates to the college students today as they will receive the information that is important to them in this class as well as their future careers. Understanding the concepts, seeing and doing plenty of examples and exercises, and comprehending the application of statistical methods in business and economics are the focus of this book. Connect is the only integrated learning system that empowers students by continuously adapting to deliver precisely what they need, when they need it, and how they need it, so that your class time is more engaging and effective.”--Publisher’s description.
Data analysis with SPSS : a first course in applied statistics by
Data Analysis with SPSS is designed to teach students how to explore data in a systematic manner using the most popular professional social statistics program on the market today. Written in ten manageable chapters, this book first introduces students to the approach researchers use to frame research questions and the logic of establishing causal relations. Students are then oriented to the SPSS program and how to examine data sets. Subsequent chapters guide them through univariate analysis, bivariate analysis, graphic analysis, and multivariate analysis. Students conclude their course by learning how to write a research report and by engaging in their own research project. Each book is packaged with a disk containing the GSS (General Social Survey) file and the States data files. The GSS file contains 100 variables generated from interviews with 2,900 people, concerning their behaviors and attitudes on a wide variety of issues such as abortion, religion, prejudice, sexuality, and politics. The States data allows comparison of all 50 states with 400 variables indicating issues such as unemployment, environment, criminality, population, and education. Students will ultimately use these data to conduct their own independent research project with SPSS. Note: MySearchLab does not come automatically packaged with this text. To purchase MySearchLab, please visit: www.mysearchlab.com or you can purchase a ValuePack of the text + MySearchLab with Pearson eText (at no additional cost). ValuePack ISBN-10: 0205863728 / ValuePack ISBN-13: 9780205863723
Foundations of Applied Statistical Methods by
This is a text in methods of applied statistics for researchers who design and conduct experiments, perform statistical inference, and write technical reports. These research activities rely on an adequate knowledge of applied statistics. The reader both builds on basic statistics skills and learns to apply it to applicable scenarios without over-emphasis on the technical aspects. Demonstrations are a very important part of this text. Mathematical expressions are exhibited only if they are defined or intuitively comprehensible. This text may be used as a self review guidebook for applied researchers or as an introductory statistical methods textbook for students not majoring in statistics.​ Discussion includes essential probability models, inference of means, proportions, correlations and regressions, methods for censored survival time data analysis, and sample size determination. The author has over twenty years of experience on applying statistical methods to study design and data analysis in collaborative medical research setting as well as on teaching. He received his PhD from University of Southern California Department of Preventive Medicine, received a post-doctoral training at Harvard Department of Biostatistics, has held faculty appointments at UCLA School of Medicine and Harvard Medical School, and currently a biostatistics faculty member at Massachusetts General Hospital and Harvard Medical School in Boston, Massachusetts, USA.
Robust nonlinear regression : with applications using R by
The first book to discuss robust aspects of nonlinear regression--with applications using R software Robust Nonlinear Regression: with Applications using R covers a variety of theories and applications of nonlinear robust regression. It discusses both parts of the classic and robust aspects of nonlinear regression and focuses on outlier effects. It develops new methods in robust nonlinear regression and implements a set of objects and functions in S-language under SPLUS and R software. The software covers a wide range of robust nonlinear fitting and inferences, and is designed to provide facilities for computer users to define their own nonlinear models as an object, and fit models using classic and robust methods as well as detect outliers. The implemented objects and functions can be applied by practitioners as well as researchers. The book offers comprehensive coverage of the subject in 9 chapters: Theories of Nonlinear Regression and Inference; Introduction to R; Optimization; Theories of Robust Nonlinear Methods; Robust and Classical Nonlinear Regression with Autocorrelated and Heteroscedastic errors; Outlier Detection; R Packages in Nonlinear Regression; A New R Package in Robust Nonlinear Regression; and Object Sets. The first comprehensive coverage of this field covers a variety of both theoretical and applied topics surrounding robust nonlinear regression Addresses some commonly mishandled aspects of modeling R packages for both classical and robust nonlinear regression are presented in detail in the book and on an accompanying website Robust Nonlinear Regression: with Applications using R is an ideal text for statisticians, biostatisticians, and statistical consultants, as well as advanced level students of statistics.
This course provides an introduction to the field of statistical learning; an essential toolset for modeling and understanding complex data sets that have emerged in finance, marketing, sales, telecommunication, and other business fields.
This course is the first series of the Data Science Toolbox or Applied Statistics. The course will focus on basic to intermediate statistical techniques. The course will discuss situations in which you would use each technique, the assumptions made by each method, how to set up the analysis using statistical software as well as how to interpret the results. This includes a broad range of techniques for exploring and summarizing data, as well as investigating and testing underlying relationships. You will gain an understanding of when and why to use these various techniques as well as how to apply them with confidence, and interpret their output, and graphically display the results using statistical software (i.e IBM SPSS, R, SAS)..
Applied and Computational Statistics by
Research without statistics is like water in the sand; the latter is necessary to reap the benefits of the former. This collection of articles is designed to bring together different approaches to applied statistics. The studies presented in this book are a tiny piece of what applied statistics means and how statistical methods find their usefulness in different fields of research from theoretical frames to practical applications such as genetics, computational chemistry, and experimental design. This book presents several applications of the statistics: A new continuous distribution with five parameters—the modified beta Gompertz distribution; A method to calculate the p-value associated with the Anderson–Darling statistic; An approach of repeated measurement designs; A validated model to predict statement mutations score; A new family of structural descriptors, called the extending characteristic polynomial (EChP) family, used to express the link between the structure of a compound and its properties. This collection brings together authors from Europe and Asia with a specific contribution to the knowledge in regards to theoretical and applied statistics.
Applied Regression and Modeling by
The book is divided into three parts - (1) prerequisite to regression analysis followed by a discussion on simple regression, (2) multiple regression analysis with applications, and (3) regression and modeling including the second order models, nonlinear regression, and interaction models in regressions. All these sections provide examples with complete computer analysis and instructions commonly used in modeling and analyzing these problems. The book deals with detailed analysis and interpretation of computer results. This will help readers to appreciate the power of computer in applying regression models. The readers will find that the understanding of computer results is critical to implementing regression and modeling in real world situation. The book is written for juniors, seniors and graduate students in business, MBAs, professional MBAs, and working people in business and industry. Managers, practitioners, professionals, quality professionals, quality engineers, and anyone involved in data analysis, business analytics, and quality and six sigma will find the book to be a valuable resource.
Applied Statistics by
Instructs readers on how to use methods of statistics and experimental design with R software Applied statistics covers both the theory and the application of modern statistical and mathematical modelling techniques to applied problems in industry, public services, commerce, and research. It proceeds from a strong theoretical background, but it is practically oriented to develop one's ability to tackle new and non-standard problems confidently. Taking a practical approach to applied statistics, this user-friendly guide teaches readers how to use methods of statistics and experimental design without going deep into the theory. Applied Statistics: Theory and Problem Solutions with R includes chapters that cover R package sampling procedures, analysis of variance, point estimation, and more. It follows on the heels of Rasch and Schott's Mathematical Statistics via that book's theoretical background--taking the lessons learned from there to another level with this book's addition of instructions on how to employ the methods using R. But there are two important chapters not mentioned in the theoretical back ground as Generalised Linear Models and Spatial Statistics. Offers a practical over theoretical approach to the subject of applied statistics Provides a pre-experimental as well as post-experimental approach to applied statistics Features classroom tested material Applicable to a wide range of people working in experimental design and all empirical sciences Includes 300 different procedures with R and examples with R-programs for the analysis and for determining minimal experimental sizes Applied Statistics: Theory and Problem Solutions with R will appeal to experimenters, statisticians, mathematicians, and all scientists using statistical procedures in the natural sciences, medicine, and psychology amongst others.
Business Statistics by
Packed with key definitions, concepts, and equations, our Business Statistics guide covers how to read and use data to make clear business decisions. This essential reference tool is written and organized for quick access to critical points allowing students and professionals to increase grades and sharpen skills of collecting, organizing, and summarizing data for business.
Computational Statistics and Applications by
Nature evolves mainly in a statistical way. Different strategies, formulas, and conformations are continuously confronted in the natural processes. Some of them are selected and then the evolution continues with a new loop of confrontation for the next generation of phenomena and living beings. Failings are corrected without a previous program or design. The new options generated by different statistical and random scenarios lead to solutions for surviving the present conditions. This is the general panorama for all scrutiny levels of the life cycles. Over three sections, this book examines different statistical questions and techniques in the context of machine learning and clustering methods, the frailty models used in survival analysis, and other studies of statistics applied to diverse problems.
A Course in Statistics with R by
Integrates the theory and applications of statistics using R A Course in Statistics with R has been written to bridge the gap between theory and applications and explain how mathematical expressions are converted into R programs. The book has been primarily designed as a useful companion for a Masters student during each semester of the course, but will also help applied statisticians in revisiting the underpinnings of the subject. With this dual goal in mind, the book begins with R basics and quickly covers visualization and exploratory analysis. Probability and statistical inference, inclusive of classical, nonparametric, and Bayesian schools, is developed with definitions, motivations, mathematical expression and R programs in a way which will help the reader to understand the mathematical development as well as R implementation. Linear regression models, experimental designs, multivariate analysis, and categorical data analysis are treated in a way which makes effective use of visualization techniques and the related statistical techniques underlying them through practical applications, and hence helps the reader to achieve a clear understanding of the associated statistical models. Key features: Integrates R basics with statistical concepts Provides graphical presentations inclusive of mathematical expressions Aids understanding of limit theorems of probability with and without the simulation approach Presents detailed algorithmic development of statistical models from scratch Includes practical applications with over 50 data sets
Data Forecasting and Segmentation Using Microsoft Excel by
This work guides you through basic statistics to test if your data can be used to perform regression predictions and time series forecasts. The exercises covered use real-life data from Kaggle such as demand for seasonal air tickets and credit card fraud detection. Youll learn how to apply the grouping K-means algorithm that helps you find segments of your data that are impossible to see with other analyses like business intelligence (BI) and pivot analysis. By analyzing groups returned by K-means, youll be able to detect the outliers that could indicate possible fraud or a bad function in the network packets.
Data science tools : R, Excel, KNIME & OpenOffice by
In the world of data science there are myriad tools available to analyze data. This book describes some of the popular software application tools along with the processes for downloading and using them in the most optimum fashion. The content includes data analysis using Microsoft Excel, KNIME, R, and OpenOffice (Spreadsheet). Each of these tools will be used to apply statistical concepts including confidence intervals, normal distribution, T-Tests, linear regression, histograms, and geographic analysis using real data from Federal Government sources. Features: Analyzes data using popular applications such as Excel, R, KNIME, and OpenOffice Covers statistical concepts including confidence intervals, normal distribution, T-Tests, linear regression, histograms, and geographic analysis Capstone exercises analyze data using the different software packages
Essential Statistics for Non-STEM Data Analysts by
Put your data science knowledge to work with this practical guide to statistics. You'll understand the working mechanism of each method used and find out how data science algorithms function. This book will help you learn the statistical techniques required for key model building and functioning using Python.
Even You Can Learn Statistics and Analytics: An Easy to Understand Guide by
This book discusses statistics and analytics using plain language and avoiding mathematical jargon. If you thought you couldnt learn these data analysis subjects because they were too technical or too mathematical, this book is for you! This edition delivers more everyday examples and end-of-chapter exercises and contains updated instructions for using Microsoft Excel. Youll use downloadable data sets and spreadsheet solutions, template-based solutions you can put right to work. Using this book, you will understand the important concepts of statistics and analytics, including learning the basic vocabulary of these subjects.
Fundamental Statistical Inference : A Computational Approach by
A hands-on approach to statistical inference that addresses the latest developments in this ever-growing field This clear and accessible book for beginning graduate students offers a practical and detailed approach to the field of statistical inference, providing complete derivations of results, discussions, and MATLAB programs for computation. It emphasizes details of the relevance of the material, intuition, and discussions with a view towards very modern statistical inference. In addition to classic subjects associated with mathematical statistics, topics include an intuitive presentation of the (single and double) bootstrap for confidence interval calculations, shrinkage estimation, tail (maximal moment) estimation, and a variety of methods of point estimation besides maximum likelihood, including use of characteristic functions, and indirect inference. Practical examples of all methods are given. Estimation issues associated with the discrete mixtures of normal distribution, and their solutions, are developed in detail. Much emphasis throughout is on non-Gaussian distributions, including details on working with the stable Paretian distribution and fast calculation of the noncentral Student's t. An entire chapter is dedicated to optimization, including development of Hessian-based methods, as well as heuristic/genetic algorithms that do not require continuity, with MATLAB codes provided. The book includes both theory and nontechnical discussions, along with a substantial reference to the literature, with an emphasis on alternative, more modern approaches. The recent literature on the misuse of hypothesis testing and p-values for model selection is discussed, and emphasis is given to alternative model selection methods, though hypothesis testing of distributional assumptions is covered in detail, notably for the normal distribution. Presented in three parts--Essential Concepts in Statistics; Further Fundamental Concepts in Statistics; and Additional Topics--Fundamental Statistical Inference: A Computational Approach offers comprehensive chapters on: Introducing Point and Interval Estimation; Goodness of Fit and Hypothesis Testing; Likelihood; Numerical Optimization; Methods of Point Estimation; Q-Q Plots and Distribution Testing; Unbiased Point Estimation and Bias Reduction; Analytic Interval Estimation; Inference in a Heavy-Tailed Context; The Method of Indirect Inference; and, as an appendix, A Review of Fundamental Concepts in Probability Theory, the latter to keep the book self-contained, and giving material on some advanced subjects such as saddlepoint approximations, expected shortfall in finance, calculation with the stable Paretian distribution, and convergence theorems and proofs.
A Gentle Introduction to Statistics Using SAS Studio in the Cloud by
Point and click your way to performing statistics! Many people are intimidated by learning statistics, but A Gentle Introduction to Statistics Using SAS Studio in the Cloud is here to help. Whether you need to perform statistical analysis for a project or, perhaps, for a course in education, psychology, sociology, economics, or any other field that requires basic statistical skills, this book teaches the fundamentals of statistics, from designing your experiment through calculating logistic regressions. Serving as an introduction to many common statistical tests and principles, it explains concepts in an intuitive way with little math and very few formulas.The book is full of examples demonstrating the use of SAS Studio's easy point-and-click interface accessed with SAS OnDemand for Academics, an online delivery platform for teaching and learning statistical analysis that provides free access to SAS software via the cloud. Topics included in this book are: How to access SAS OnDemand for Academics Descriptive statistics One-sample tests T tests (for independent or paired samples) One-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) N-way ANOVA Correlation analysis Simple and multiple linear regression Binary logistic regression Categorical data, including two-way tables and chi-square Power and sample size calculations Questions are provided to test your knowledge and practice your skills.
A Panorama of Statistics by
This book is a stimulating panoramic tour - quite different from a textbook journey - of the world of statistics in both its theory and practice, for teachers, students and practitioners. At each stop on the tour, the authors investigate unusual and quirky aspects of statistics, highlighting historical, biographical and philosophical dimensions of this field of knowledge. Each chapter opens with perspectives on its theme, often from several points of view. Five original and thought-provoking questions follow. These aim at widening readers' knowledge and deepening their insight. Scattered among the questions are entertaining puzzles to solve and tantalising paradoxes to explain. Readers can compare their own statistical discoveries with the authors' detailed answers to all the questions. The writing is lively and inviting, the ideas are rewarding, and the material is extensively cross-referenced. A Panorama of Statistics: Leads readers to discover the fascinations of statistics. Is an enjoyable companion to an undergraduate statistics textbook. Is an enriching source of knowledge for statistics teachers and practitioners. Is unique among statistics books today for its memorable content and engaging style. Lending itself equally to reading through and to dipping into, A Panorama of Statistics will surprise teachers, students and practitioners by the variety of ways in which statistics can capture and hold their interest. Reviews: "As befits the authors' statement that 'this is not a textbook', the structure is unusual. There are twenty-five chapters organised in five sections, each beginning with a brief perspective of a theme in statistics and finishing with five questions related to that theme. The answers provided to the questions, in section six, are as discursive and illuminating as the main body of the text. Even if you are pretty sure you know the answer, it is always worth checking what the authors have to say. Chances are that you will learn something every time. The glimpses and insights given into this enormous and far-reaching discipline succeed in being bewitching, entertaining and inviting; coverage was never the aim." "In summary, this splendid book lives up to the four 'p-values' of its title. It is panoramic in the scope of its survey of statistics, it is full of illuminating perspectives, it sets entertaining and challenging puzzles, and it explores fascinating paradoxes. Read it, enjoy it and learn from it." From Neil Sheldon, Teaching Statistics, volume 9, no. 2, May 2017
Principles of Applied Statistics by
Applied statistics is more than data analysis, but it is easy to lose sight of the big picture. David Cox and Christl Donnelly distil decades of scientific experience into usable principles for the successful application of statistics, showing how good statistical strategy shapes every stage of an investigation. As you advance from research or policy question, to study design, through modelling and interpretation, and finally to meaningful conclusions, this book will be a valuable guide. Over a hundred illustrations from a wide variety of real applications make the conceptual points concrete, illuminating your path and deepening your understanding. This book is essential reading for anyone who makes extensive use of statistical methods in their work.
Probability, Random Variables, Statistics, and Random Processes by
Probability, Random Variables, Statistics, and Random Processes: Fundamentals & Applications is a comprehensive undergraduate-level textbook. With its excellent topical coverage, the focus of this book is on the basic principles and practical applications of the fundamental concepts that are extensively used in various Engineering disciplines as well as in a variety of programs in Life and Social Sciences. The text provides students with the requisite building blocks of knowledge they require to understand and progress in their areas of interest. With a simple, clear-cut style of writing, the intuitive explanations, insightful examples, and practical applications are the hallmarks of this book. The text consists of twelve chapters divided into four parts. Part-I, Probability (Chapters 1 - 3), lays a solid groundwork for probability theory, and introduces applications in counting, gambling, reliability, and security. Part-II, Random Variables (Chapters 4 - 7), discusses in detail multiple random variables, along with a multitude of frequently-encountered probability distributions. Part-III, Statistics (Chapters 8 - 10), highlights estimation and hypothesis testing. Part-IV, Random Processes (Chapters 11 - 12), delves into the characterization and processing of random processes. Other notable features include: Most of the text assumes no knowledge of subject matter past first year calculus and linear algebra With its independent chapter structure and rich choice of topics, a variety of syllabi for different courses at the junior, senior, and graduate levels can be supported A supplemental website includes solutions to about 250 practice problems, lecture slides, and figures and tables from the text Given its engaging tone, grounded approach, methodically-paced flow, thorough coverage, and flexible structure, Probability, Random Variables, Statistics, and Random Processes: Fundamentals & Applications clearly serves as a must textbook for courses not only in Electrical Engineering, but also in Computer Engineering, Software Engineering, and Computer Science.
A Python Data Analyst’s Toolkit: Learn Python and Python-based Libraries with Applications in Data Analysis and Statistics by
Explore the fundamentals of data analysis, and statistics with case studies using Python. This book will show you how to confidently write code in Python, and use various Python libraries and functions for analyzing any dataset. The code is presented in Jupyter notebooks that can further be adapted and extended. This book is divided into three parts - programming with Python, data analysis and visualization, and statistics. You'll start with an introduction to Python - the syntax, functions, conditional statements, data types, and different types of containers. You'll then review more advanced concepts like regular expressions, handling of files, and solving mathematical problems with Python. The second part of the book, will cover Python libraries used for data analysis. There will be an introductory chapter covering basic concepts and terminology, and one chapter each on NumPy(the scientific computation library), Pandas (the data wrangling library) and visualization libraries like Matplotlib and Seaborn. Case studies will be included as examples to help readers understand some real-world applications of data analysis. The final chapters of book focus on statistics, elucidating important principles in statistics that are relevant to data science. These topics include probability, Bayes theorem, permutations and combinations, and hypothesis testing (ANOVA, Chi-squared test, z-test, and t-test), and how the Scipy library enables simplification of tedious calculations involved in statistics. You will: Further your programming and analytical skills with Python Solve mathematical problems in calculus, and set theory and algebra with Python Work with various libraries in Python to structure, analyze, and visualize data Tackle real-life case studies using Python Review essential statistical concepts and use the Scipy library to solve problems in statistics .
Robust Statistics : Theory and Methods (with R) by
A new edition of this popular text on robust statistics, thoroughly updated to include new and improved methods and focus on implementation of methodology using the increasingly popular open-source software R. Classical statistics fail to cope well with outliers associated with deviations from standard distributions. Robust statistical methods take into account these deviations when estimating the parameters of parametric models, thus increasing the reliability of fitted models and associated inference. This new, second edition of Robust Statistics: Theory and Methods (with R) presents a broad coverage of the theory of robust statistics that is integrated with computing methods and applications. Updated to include important new research results of the last decade and focus on the use of the popular software package R, it features in-depth coverage of the key methodology, including regression, multivariate analysis, and time series modeling. The book is illustrated throughout by a range of examples and applications that are supported by a companion website featuring data sets and R code that allow the reader to reproduce the examples given in the book. Unlike other books on the market, Robust Statistics: Theory and Methods (with R) offers the most comprehensive, definitive, and up-to-date treatment of the subject. It features chapters on estimating location and scale; measuring robustness; linear regression with fixed and with random predictors; multivariate analysis; generalized linear models; time series; numerical algorithms; and asymptotic theory of M-estimates. Explains both the use and theoretical justification of robust methods Guides readers in selecting and using the most appropriate robust methods for their problems Features computational algorithms for the core methods Robust statistics research results of the last decade included in this 2nd edition include: fast deterministic robust regression, finite-sample robustness, robust regularized regression, robust location and scatter estimation with missing data, robust estimation with independent outliers in variables, and robust mixed linear models. Robust Statistics aims to stimulate the use of robust methods as a powerful tool to increase the reliability and accuracy of statistical modelling and data analysis. It is an ideal resource for researchers, practitioners, and graduate students in statistics, engineering, computer science, and physical and social sciences.
SAS for R Users by
BRIDGES THE GAP BETWEEN SAS AND R, ALLOWING USERS TRAINED IN ONE LANGUAGE TO EASILY LEARN THE OTHER SAS and R are widely-used, very different software environments. Prized for its statistical and graphical tools, R is an open-source programming language that is popular with statisticians and data miners who develop statistical software and analyze data. SAS (Statistical Analysis System) is the leading corporate software in analytics thanks to its faster data handling and smaller learning curve. SAS for R Users enables entry-level data scientists to take advantage of the best aspects of both tools by providing a cross-functional framework for users who already know R but may need to work with SAS. Those with knowledge of both R and SAS are of far greater value to employers, particularly in corporate settings. Using a clear, step-by-step approach, this book presents an analytics workflow that mirrors that of the everyday data scientist. This up-to-date guide is compatible with the latest R packages as well as SAS University Edition. Useful for anyone seeking employment in data science, this book: Instructs both practitioners and students fluent in one language seeking to learn the other Provides command-by-command translations of R to SAS and SAS to R Offers examples and applications in both R and SAS Presents step-by-step guidance on workflows, color illustrations, sample code, chapter quizzes, and more Includes sections on advanced methods and applications Designed for professionals, researchers, and students, SAS for R Users is a valuable resource for those with some knowledge of coding and basic statistics who wish to enter the realm of data science and business analytics.
SPSS Statistics for Dummies by
The fun and friendly guide to mastering IBM's Statistical Package for the Social Sciences Written by an author team with a combined 55 years of experience using SPSS, this updated guide takes the guesswork out of the subject and helps you get the most out of using the leader in predictive analysis. Covering the latest release and updates to SPSS 27.0, and including more than 150 pages of basic statistical theory, it helps you understand the mechanics behind the calculations, perform predictive analysis, produce informative graphs, and more. You'll even dabble in programming as you expand SPSS functionality to suit your specific needs. Master the fundamental mechanics of SPSS Learn how to get data into and out of the program Graph and analyze your data more accurately and efficiently Program SPSS with Command Syntax Get ready to start handling data like a pro--with step-by-step instruction and expert advice!
Statistical Analysis with Missing Data by
An up-to-date, comprehensive treatment of a classic text on missing data in statistics The topic of missing data has gained considerable attention in recent decades. This new edition by two acknowledged experts on the subject offers an up-to-date account of practical methodology for handling missing data problems. Blending theory and application, authors Roderick Little and Donald Rubin review historical approaches to the subject and describe simple methods for multivariate analysis with missing values. They then provide a coherent theory for analysis of problems based on likelihoods derived from statistical models for the data and the missing data mechanism, and then they apply the theory to a wide range of important missing data problems. Statistical Analysis with Missing Data, Third Edition starts by introducing readers to the subject and approaches toward solving it. It looks at the patterns and mechanisms that create the missing data, as well as a taxonomy of missing data. It then goes on to examine missing data in experiments, before discussing complete-case and available-case analysis, including weighting methods. The new edition expands its coverage to include recent work on topics such as nonresponse in sample surveys, causal inference, diagnostic methods, and sensitivity analysis, among a host of other topics. An updated "classic" written by renowned authorities on the subject Features over 150 exercises (including many new ones) Covers recent work on important methods like multiple imputation, robust alternatives to weighting, and Bayesian methods Revises previous topics based on past student feedback and class experience Contains an updated and expanded bibliography The authors were awarded The Karl Pearson Prize in 2017 by the International Statistical Institute, for a research contribution that has had profound influence on statistical theory, methodology or applications. Their work "has been no less than defining and transforming." (ISI) Statistical Analysis with Missing Data, Third Edition is an ideal textbook for upper undergraduate and/or beginning graduate level students of the subject. It is also an excellent source of information for applied statisticians and practitioners in government and industry.
Statistics and Probability with Applications for Engineers and Scientists Using MINITAB, R and JMP by
Introduces basic concepts in probability and statistics to data science students, as well as engineers and scientists Aimed at undergraduate/graduate-level engineering and natural science students, this timely, fully updated edition of a popular book on statistics and probability shows how real-world problems can be solved using statistical concepts. It removes Excel exhibits and replaces them with R software throughout, and updates both MINITAB and JMP software instructions and content. A new chapter discussing data mining--including big data, classification, machine learning, and visualization--is featured. Another new chapter covers cluster analysis methodologies in hierarchical, nonhierarchical, and model based clustering. The book also offers a chapter on Response Surfaces that previously appeared on the book's companion website. Statistics and Probability with Applications for Engineers and Scientists using MINITAB, R and JMP, Second Edition is broken into two parts. Part I covers topics such as: describing data graphically and numerically, elements of probability, discrete and continuous random variables and their probability distributions, distribution functions of random variables, sampling distributions, estimation of population parameters and hypothesis testing. Part II covers: elements of reliability theory, data mining, cluster analysis, analysis of categorical data, nonparametric tests, simple and multiple linear regression analysis, analysis of variance, factorial designs, response surfaces, and statistical quality control (SQC) including phase I and phase II control charts. The appendices contain statistical tables and charts and answers to selected problems. Features two new chapters--one on Data Mining and another on Cluster Analysis Now contains R exhibits including code, graphical display, and some results MINITAB and JMP have been updated to their latest versions Emphasizes the p-value approach and includes related practical interpretations Offers a more applied statistical focus, and features modified examples to better exhibit statistical concepts Supplemented with an Instructor's-only solutions manual on a book's companion website Statistics and Probability with Applications for Engineers and Scientists using MINITAB, R and JMP is an excellent text for graduate level data science students, and engineers and scientists. It is also an ideal introduction to applied statistics and probability for undergraduate students in engineering and the natural sciences.
Statistics for Linguistics with R by
This is the third, newly revised and extended edition of this successful book (that has already been translated into three languages). Like the previous editions, it is entirely based on the programming language and environment R and is still thoroughly hands-on (with thousands of lines of heavily annotated code for all computations and plots). However, this edition has been updated based on many workshops/bootcamps taught by the author all over the world for the past few years: This edition has been didactically streamlined with regard to its exposition, it adds two new chapters - one on mixed-effects modeling, one on classification and regression trees as well as random forests - plus it features new discussion of curvature, orthogonal and other contrasts, interactions, collinearity, the effects and emmeans packages, autocorrelation/runs, some more bits on programming, writing statistical functions, and simulations, and many practical tips based on 10 years of teaching with these materials.
Statistics Super Review by
Need help with Statistics? Want a quick review or refresher for class? This is the book for you!REA's Statistics Super Review gives you everything you need to know!This Super Review can be used as a supplement to your high school or college textbook, or as a handy guide for anyone who needs a fast review of the subject.* Comprehensive, yet concise coverage - review covers the material that students must know about statistics. Each topic is presented in a clear and easy-to-understand format that makes learning easier.* Questions and answers for each topic - let you practice what you've learned and build your statistics skills.* End-of-chapter quizzes - gauge your understanding of the important information you need to know, so you'll be ready for any homework assignment, quiz, or test.Whether you need a quick refresher on the subject, or are prepping for your next exam, we think you'll agree that REA's Super Review provides all you need to know!
Understanding and Applying Basic Statistical Methods Using R by
Features a straightforward and concise resource for introductory statistical concepts, methods, and techniques using R Understanding and Applying Basic Statistical Methods Using R uniquely bridges the gap between advances in the statistical literature and methods routinely used by non-statisticians. Providing a conceptual basis for understanding the relative merits and applications of these methods, the book features modern insights and advances relevant to basic techniques in terms of dealing with non-normality, outliers, heteroscedasticity (unequal variances), and curvature. Featuring a guide to R, the book uses R programming to explore introductory statistical concepts and standard methods for dealing with known problems associated with classic techniques. Thoroughly class-room tested, the book includes sections that focus on either R programming or computational details to help the reader become acquainted with basic concepts and principles essential in terms of understanding and applying the many methods currently available. Covering relevant material from a wide range of disciplines, Understanding and Applying Basic Statistical Methods Using R also includes: Numerous illustrations and exercises that use data to demonstrate the practical importance of multiple perspectives Discussions on common mistakes such as eliminating outliers and applying standard methods based on means using the remaining data Detailed coverage on R programming with descriptions on how to apply both classic and more modern methods using R A companion website with the data and solutions to all of the exercises Understanding and Applying Basic Statistical Methods Using R is an ideal textbook for an undergraduate and graduate-level statistics courses in the science and/or social science departments. The book can also serve as a reference for professional statisticians and other practitioners looking to better understand modern statistical methods as well as R programming. Rand R. Wilcox, PhD, is Professor in the Department of Psychology at the University of Southern California, Fellow of the Association for Psychological Science, and an associate editor for four statistics journals. He is also a member of the International Statistical Institute. The author of more than 320 articles published in a variety of statistical journals, he is also the author eleven other books on statistics. Dr. Wilcox is creator of WRS (Wilcox' Robust Statistics), which is an R package for performing robust statistical methods. His main research interest includes statistical methods, particularly robust methods for comparing groups and studying associations.
Univariate, Bivariate, and Multivariate Statistics Using R by
A practical source for performing essential statistical analyses and data management tasks in R Univariate, Bivariate, and Multivariate Statistics Using R offers a practical and very user-friendly introduction to the use of R software that covers a range of statistical methods featured in data analysis and data science. The author-- a noted expert in quantitative teaching --has written a quick go-to reference for performing essential statistical analyses and data management tasks in R. Requiring only minimal prior knowledge, the book introduces concepts needed for an immediate yet clear understanding of statistical concepts essential to interpreting software output. The author explores univariate, bivariate, and multivariate statistical methods, as well as select nonparametric tests. Altogether a hands-on manual on the applied statistics and essential R computing capabilities needed to write theses, dissertations, as well as research publications. The book is comprehensive in its coverage of univariate through to multivariate procedures, while serving as a friendly and gentle introduction to R software for the newcomer. This important resource: Offers an introductory, concise guide to the computational tools that are useful for making sense out of data using R statistical software Provides a resource for students and professionals in the social, behavioral, and natural sciences Puts the emphasis on the computational tools used in the discovery of empirical patterns Features a variety of popular statistical analyses and data management tasks that can be immediately and quickly applied as needed to research projects Shows how to apply statistical analysis using R to data sets in order to get started quickly performing essential tasks in data analysis and data science Written for students, professionals, and researchers primarily in the social, behavioral, and natural sciences, Univariate, Bivariate, and Multivariate Statistics Using R offers an easy-to-use guide for performing data analysis fast, with an emphasis on drawing conclusions from empirical observations. The book can also serve as a primary or secondary textbook for courses in data analysis or data science, or others in which quantitative methods are featured.
Using Statistics for Better Business Decisions by
More and more organizations around the globe are expecting that professionals will make data-driven decisions. Employees, team leaders, managers, and executives that can think quantitatively should be in high demand. The goal of this book is to increase ability to identify a problem, collect data, organize, and analyze data that will help aid in making more effective decisions. This book will provide you with a solid foundation for thinking quantitatively within your company. To help facilitate this objective, this book follows two fictitious companies that encounter a series of business problems, while demonstrating how managers would use the concepts in the book to solve these problems and determine the next course of action. This book is for beginners and does not require prior statistical training. All computations will be completed using Microsoft Excel.
The Basic Entrepreneurship course provides a space and platform for self-discovery and opportunity discovery. The learners are expected to uncover their strengths in terms of an entrepreneurial founding team and learn the basics, such as opportunity discovery, value proposition, prototyping, competition analysis, and early customer insights. By the end of this course, the learners should be able to convert ideas into a Minimum Viable Product (MVP) and embrace an entrepreneurial skills and characteristics.
Building 21st Century Entrepreneurship by
Entrepreneurship develops around the world in accordance to the different cultural, political, economic and social contexts. Governments promote entrepreneurship as a way to improve economic growth. As capitalism changes, entrepreneurship also changes. This book describes some of the new profiles of entrepreneurs that are creating the entrepreneurial economy of the 21st Century. It presents entrepreneurship in a theoretical and pragmatic way in order to help readers to understand what entrepreneurship means today. Illustrated by socio-economic information and case studies of an international scope, two main questions are explicitly studied in this book: who are the new figures of entrepreneurs and how are they creating the companies of the future? The book is based on academic literature and serves as a reference to researchers interested in the evolution of entrepreneurship.
Creative industries and entrepreneurship : paradigms in transition from a global perspective by
This book analyses the relationship between creative and cultural industries, local economic development and entrepreneurship from a global perspective. In so doing, it investigates the evolving paradigm of creative industries and creative entrepreneurship and their related economy over time.Creative Industries and Entrepreneurship explores cultural and creative economics, management, entrepreneurship, international business, and urban and regional sciences, in both developed and newly emerging countries. The authors provide a framework to understand the evolving paradigm of creative industries and creative entrepreneurship while highlighting the distinction between 'first generation countries' such as the US, Canada, Australia and Europe, and 'second generation countries' in Asia, South America and North Africa. By adopting a multidisciplinary approach, the book develops a comprehensive overview of the composite phenomenon of the creative economy and its relationship with entrepreneurship.This inter-disciplinary work will appeal to researchers and scholars interested in creative industries, the creative economy and entrepreneurship, in addition to policy makers and managers within these areas. Readers will find an up-to-date presentation of existing and new research perspectives in these domains.
Critical Perspectives on Entrepreneurship by
Entrepreneurship is largely considered to be a positive force, driving venture creation and economic growth. Critical Perspectives on Entrepreneurship questions the accepted norms and dominant assumptions of scholarship on the matter, and reveals how they can actually obscure important questions of identity, ideology and inequality. The book's distinguished authors and editors explore how entrepreneurship study can privilege certain forms of economic action, whilst labelling other, more collective forms of organization and exchange as problematic. Demystifying the archetypal vision of the white, male entrepreneur, this book gives voice to other entrepreneurial subjectivities and engages with the tensions, paradoxes and ambiguities at the heart of the topic. This challenging collection seeks to further the momentum for alternate analyses of the field, and to promote the growing voice of critical entrepreneurship studies. It is a useful tool for researchers, advanced students and policy-makers.
Cultural entrepreneurship : the cultural worker's experience of entrepreneurship by
This book explores the lived experience of cultural entrepreneurship examining the challenges associated with cultural labour including the insecurities of managing precarious working conditions. Drawing on interviews conducted with cultural workers, Cultural Entrepreneurship focuses on how individuals articulate their experience of entrepreneurship in the cultural and creative industries. Noting the importance of place, the local cultural milieu is examined as a means of situating entrepreneurial practices through cultural and enterprise policies, local networks, and significant relationships. Within this framework, the cultural entrepreneurs¿ stories reveal means of subverting or re-interpreting identities and the possibility for ¿rethinking cultural entrepreneurship.¿ Aimed at researchers, academics and students investigating cultural entrepreneurship, cultural policy and cultural labour, Cultural Entrepreneurship will additionally be of value to creative industry consultants, cultural policymakers, and those setting up creative enterprises. Researchers from fields such as geography, investigating different aspects of the cultural industries in relation to cultural policy and place, will also find this book to be a useful contribution.
Digital Entrepreneurship by
Technology has enabled a new age of entrepreneurship as entrepreneurs find digital tools that enable new ventures to exploit commercial opportunities around the world. This textbook provides students with expert guidance on using technology platforms to start new ventures. With an award-winning approach, the author guides readers through the process of a lean startup, taking a "digital first" approach to entrepreneurship. Students using the book will emerge with enhanced understanding of different digital business models, analytical skills for digital ventures, and the confidence to move from prototype to product. Online resources such as slides, a sample syllabus, and exercises encourage the classroom to become an interactive and dynamic space.
The dynamics of entrepreneurial contexts : frontiers in European entrepreneurship research by
Context is everything in entrepreneurship research. This book compellingly demonstrates the ways in which the distinctive European cultural, societal and geographic environments enable research into new entrepreneurial phenomena. It also gives guidance as to how future research should endeavour to understand the influences of context. The Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Contexts explores the European methodological diversity encompassing various academic disciplines and research paradigms. Contributors suggest European entrepreneurship research should give priority to the local and individual to enable new research questions that are resonant with context. Finally, the book welcomes critical analyses of entrepreneurship that aim at questioning the taken-for-granted assumptions and analyses that increase our understanding of the counterproductive forms of entrepreneurship. Providing a unique insight into the emerging topics of entrepreneurship research, both European and international researchers will benefit from the different analytical and methodological perspectives provided to understand the differences, similarities and configurations of context. With a variety of regional and industry examples, postgraduates will significantly benefit from the overview of new and important research.
Entrepreneurship, Innovation and Education by
Entrepreneurship education is an area of growing importance within entrepreneurship research. This book critically discusses innovation and entrepreneurship in new and varied contexts in Europe.Entrepreneurship, Innovation and Education explores the need for researching innovation and learning in family firms, micro firms, SMEs and in rural and network contexts. The chapters offer new insights into the antecedents of business performance in SMEs by investigating social capital and marketing capabilities. The book includes a new typology for analysing entrepreneurship education programmes, discusses opportunities for embedding entrepreneurship in teacher education and explores entrepreneurship in the informal learning arenas in universities. This book includes a wide range of studies from different analytical and methodological perspectives and from various regional and industrial contexts. As such, it is a valuable tool for advanced students of European entrepreneurship. Researchers in entrepreneurship will also benefit from the up-to-date research analysis in this book.
Entrepreneurship: Ideas in Action Updated, Precision Exams Edition by
ENTREPRENEURSHIP: IDEAS IN ACTION 6E provides students with the knowledge needed to realistically evaluate their potential as a business owner. This text encourages students to examine all the major steps involved in starting a new business: Ownership, Strategy, Finance, and Marketing. As students complete the chapters, they will develop a business plan and learn what it takes to get an entrepreneurial venture off to a good start.
Entrepreneurship : the art, science, and process for success by Entrepreneurship : theory, process, practice by Entrepreneurship : the practice and mindset by
Winner of the 2018 Textbook & Academic Authors Association's The Most Promising New Textbook Award From Heidi Neck, one of the most influential thinkers in entrepreneurship education today, Chris Neck, an award-winning professor, and Emma Murray, business consultant and author, comes this ground-breaking new text. Entrepreneurship: The Practice and Mindset catapults students beyond the classroom by helping them develop an entrepreneurial mindset so they can create opportunities and take action in uncertain environments. Based on the world-renowned Babson Entrepreneurship program, this new text emphasizes practice and learning through action. Students learn entrepreneurship by taking small actions and interacting with stakeholders in order to get feedback, experiment, and move ideas forward. Students walk away from this text with the entrepreneurial mindset, skillset, and toolset that can be applied to startups as well as organizations of all kinds. Whether your students have backgrounds in business, liberal arts, engineering, or the sciences, this text will take them on a transformative journey. Interactive eBook also available--Save when you bundle it with the print version! Save when you bundle the print version with the interactive eBook version. Use bundle ISBN: 978-1-5063-7615-8. Learn more! SAGE coursepacks: Our Content Tailored to Your LMS Instructors! SAGE coursepacks makes it easy to import our quality instructor and student resource content into your school's learning management system (LMS). Intuitive and simple to use, SAGE coursepacks allows you to customize course content to meet your students' needs. Learn more. Thank you to our reviewers and contributors for all their hard work on this book.
Entrepreneurship : tools to start your own business by Entrepreneurship As Organizing by
This book draws together William B. Gartner's key contributions to entrepreneurship research over the past 25 years. An original introduction by the author offers a comprehensive overview and analysis of his work as it pertains to the development of entrepreneurship as a scholarly field, and the articles demonstrate the many ways in which his research has explored entrepreneurship in relation to individuals, firms, environments, and processes.
Entrepreneurship in Theory and Practice by
Aimed primarily at undergraduate students, this highly successful textbook provides the reader with a broad overview of the entrepreneurship phenomenon. It focuses on the emergence, evaluation, and organizing of entrepreneurial opportunities in various organizational contexts. This thoroughly revised second edition brings the reader up to date with the newest trends in the entrepreneurship field and includes four insightful new chapters, covering:* nascent entrepreneurship* design thinking* public entrepreneurship* entrepreneurship policy.New diagrams and figures have been added throughout to clarify key concepts and to clearly illustrate workflow relationships. With real-life international case stories by high profile entrepreneurship scholars, such as William B. Gartner, Saras Sarasvathy, Alain Fayolle, Benson Honig, the book highlights the paradoxes and dilemmas entrepreneurs may encounter on their entrepreneurial journey. Including student involvement, theory, paradoxes, actions, and exercises, all undergraduate students with or without prior entrepreneurship education can enjoy the many benefits, puzzles, and insights the book has to offer.
Exploring Entrepreneurship by
A detailed and critical analysis of the multiple types of entrepreneurship, helping students to understand the practical skills and theoretical concepts needed to create their very own entrepreneurial venture.Split into two parts, the book provides an even balance between theory and practice. Part 1 covers the practical activities involved in new entrepreneurial ventures, and Part 2 uses the latest research to explore entrepreneurship from different perspectives. The second edition features a new author, Catherine Wang, who brings specialist knowledge in entrepreneurial learning, ethnic minority entrepreneurship and international entrepreneurship. There are new chapters on the Varieties of Entrepreneurship, including social entrepreneurship (not-for-profit) and Intrapreneurship (employees within organizations) and Entrepreneurial Learning, which explores how entrepreneurs hone and develop their thinking. There is also a collection of new international case studies, including Dyson, Facebook, Made.com, and examples of entrepreneurship in China and Ghana. The book is complemented by a companion website featuring online resources for instructors and students, including PowerPoint Slides, additional mini case studies, multiple choice questions, video links, and revision tips.Suitable reading for students taking modules in Entrepreneurship or New venture creation at upper undergraduate and postgraduate levels.
Financiing Entrepreneurship and Innovation in Emerging Markets by
Financing Entrepreneurship and Innovation in Emerging Markets offers an original perspective on the links between macro data on innovation, data on micro-entrepreneurial processes and venture capital supply. The authors synthesize two disparate fields of research and thinking--innovation and entrepreneurship and economics--to illuminate how domestic companies compete and the business environment in which entrepreneurial firms operate. Its broad scope and firm linkages between processes at different levels leapfrogs research topics. For those investigating entrepreneurship and innovation in the early stages of economic development, this book demonstrates how micro and macro foundations of productivity, and hence economic growth and development, are inextricably intertwined.
Geography, Open Innovation and Entrepreneurship by
Developed countries must be incredibly innovative to secure incomes and welfare so that they may successfully compete against international rivals. This book focuses on two specific but interrelated aspects of innovation by incumbent firms and entrepreneurs, the role of geography and of open innovation. Geography, Open Innovation and Entrepreneurship discusses entrepreneurship from both theoretical and empirical viewpoints to provide readers with a wide range of cutting-edge and compelling studies. The authors highlight the critical importance of open innovation for performance and progress, putting forward determinants of economic growth and development rarely analysed in standard growth studies. Researchers and students will find this book useful for innovation and entrepreneurship studies. It is also a helpful tool for policymakers, planners and consultants involved in economic development and regional policies.
Handbook of Measures for International Entrepreneurship Research by
The Handbook of Measures for International Entrepreneurship Research is a user-friendly collection of multi-item measures developed and used in the research of international entrepreneurship and important areas related to it: international business, entrepreneurship, marketing, strategy, and innovation. Editors Nicole Coviello and Helena Yli-Renko carefully compiled 212 scales from over 820 possible measures using rigorous selection criteria. The scales fall into eight distinct categories:* Individual-level influences* Firm and team-level influences* External environmental influences* Relationships, networks, and social capital* Organizational learning* Capabilities* Orientation and strategy* Performance and innovation outcomesFor each scale, the book includes the following information to enable ease of use: summary, construct definition, description, source, development or adaptation procedures, sample, validity, scores, references, and scale items. This standout Handbook not only builds a compelling case for a more rigorous approach to research methods in international entrepreneurship research, but also explores the best practices in development, adaptation, use, and reporting of multi-item measures.Academic researchers in international entrepreneurship, international business, entrepreneurship, marketing, strategy, and/or innovation will find this reference tool a welcome addition to their survey research practices. Policy-makers conducting research in these areas will also appreciate this book.
Handbook of Research on International Entrepreneurship Strategy by
This impressive Handbook provides a dynamic perspective on the international entrepreneurial strategies of SMEs, including the role and experience of their founders, as well as the collaboration of these SMEs in networks with larger firms. The expert contributors from all over the world and the editors explore the origin and evolution of internationalizing SMEs, the changing history and the future outlook of this sector. They study the effects of different cultures on the origin and growth of entrepreneurship and SMEs. The Handbook also outlines the various types of Born Globals that emerge from different parts of the world. This book will prove essential reading for researchers and students of international business, entrepreneurship and SMEs. Founders of internationalizing SMEs will also learn about novel management practices, whilst educational institutions and governments will find invaluable insights on how to foster and support SMEs in their internationalization efforts.
Innovation and Entrepreneurship: Choices and Challenges in Knowledge Economy by
This book discusses practical issues of innovation and entrepreneurship. It first outlines the basic factors contributing to economic growth in the knowledge-based economy. Portraying wealth creation as taking scientific research results from lab to market, it identifies two interlinking components of the innovation process: turning scientific research to industrial technology and nurturing an eco-system conducive to technology business. Thus, it clarifies the position and role of four institutional players of the national innovation system: university (U), technology institute (T), government (G) and business (B). Making these players interact synergistically provides a fertile environment for innovation and entrepreneurship. The development of Silicon Valley, Hsinchu, Shenzhen and Singapore are illustrated as examples.For the technology entrepreneur, having a novel technology or unique product does not guarantee commercial success. It requires an effective business model, ability to execute business plan and entrepreneurial culture, all related to the soft power attributes of the entrepreneur team. The competitiveness of innovation and management of entrepreneurship are analyzed based on the concepts of Laozi and Confucius.Every entrepreneurship must learn to manage the challenges brought about by the changing business environment. The competitiveness and sustainability of a business is reflected by its ability to manage the change, both in bad and in good times. Every choice it makes will bring about new challenge. This is a definite, continuous and cyclic phenomenon occurring to all types of business. Some case examples of success or failure in managing challenges are given. They include: Alibaba Group, Ardentec IC testing, Cisco Systems, Delta Electronics, Eastman Kodak, Epistar HBLED, Fairchild Semiconductors, General Motors, GIANT carbon fiber bicycles, Tencent Holdings, TSMC, Volkswagen and others.This book is based on the author's practice and observation in technology and economic development especially in the Asia Pacific region during the post-1990s period. It is intended to be a reference of best practices for entrepreneurs, corporations and countries striving to make its mark in the knowledge-based economy.
Innovation engines : entrepreneurs and enterprises in a turbulent world by
In an uncertain economy where business risk is significant, the company tends to rely more on its environment than to invest, for example, in all steps of technological creation; This can be explained by the fact that investments in the acquisition (ownership) of production resources are less expensive than those implied in the formation of these resources; which also explains the attractiveness (in an open economy) of regions with abundant scientific and technical resources. To understand and analyze the innovation process in order to better design and launch new goods, services and technologies, one has to consider the creative dimension of the individual, the business and the organization in general. In new approaches to innovation, the entrepreneur and the company are analyzed through their skills, and their function of resource generation; Innovation thus becomes endogenous, gradual or radical, integrated in a complex process with many feedbacks and interactions. The innovative organization (small or large) is presented in this book as a dynamic system composed of specific and diverse skills (including those of the contractor, engineers or managers). By acquiring, combining and mobilizing these skills, the innovative agent (entrepreneur or company) can create technological resources and develop relations with its environment. Hence the importance of management in design, implementation, protection of intellectual property as well as of the development of new goods, services and technology, commercial and organizational models.
Institutional Case Studies on Necessity Entrepreneurship by
An estimated one billion individuals in both developed and developing nations can be defined as necessity entrepreneurs; individuals who have no other viable option for licit income than to start a small, income generating activity. However, the emphasis on providing business and leadership training to necessity entrepreneurs is only just gaining traction. This book provides the first-known global analysis dedicated exclusively to organizations from both the public and private sectors that are specifically involved with microenterprise education for necessity entrepreneurs. This companion volume to Necessity Entrepreneurs puts at the forefront the few organizations engaged in training necessity entrepreneurs - highlighting the efforts currently being made by policymakers, non-profit founders, and for-profit institutions individually (and independently) to try and find ways to educate and empower necessity entrepreneur​s. The authors provide a pragmatic synopsis and evaluate the efficacy of institutions involved in training entrepreneurs in developing nations all over the world.Featuring case studies from Harvard, BYU, and the largest organizations around the globe, this important work will be a vital read not only for scholars and researchers, but policymakers and NGO officials.
International Entrepreneurship by
Rich in examples from the real world, International Entrepreneurship illustrates how theory and practice go hand in hand. Specially designed for courses and tutors of International Entrepreneurship, this essential text discusses the opportunities and challenges facing internationalising entrepreneurial ventures. With clear and concise explanations of the current literature, the subject is explored from the different perspectives of social, cross-cultural and comparative entrepreneurship, as well as including analysis of the relationship to marketing and finance. Key features include: * A dedicated overview illustrating the state of the art from the point of view of International Entrepreneurship, rather than from a general business context, allowing students to build in-depth knowledge on the topic from a single resource* Interesting and accessible international case studies provide insight into how real companies handle modern issues, preparing students for future entrepreneurial ventures. Examples include ofo, Nokero, Wonderbly, FacilityLive and Blueseed* Flexibility of use for instructors to fit their own context and needs, particularly for integrating into current entrepreneurship or business courses* Further reading references and supplementary example boxes allow students to extend their knowledge outside the lecture hall and inspire a passion for the subject* Case studies inspire a variety of activities for both theoretical discussion and practical applications and can easily be enriched and updated. International Entrepreneurship is a much-needed text for all IE courses, as well as an ideal supplementary text for postgraduate students studying entrepreneurship, international business, management, and marketing.
Issues in Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management by
How different is the sharing economy from the traditional economy? What can entrepreneurs learn from failure? Can start-ups change the world? SAGE Business Researcher's Issues in Entrepreneurship offers an in-depth and nuanced look at a wide range of today's latest issues and controversies in entrepreneurship. This new collection of timely readings delves into current topics such as learning from failure, social entrepreneurship, flat management, crowdfunding, and more. Written with the rigor and immediacy of the best explanatory journalism, each issue provides deep, balanced, and authoritative coverage on the selected topic and key research, pointing students to reliable resources for further inquiry. These articles are perfect for outside reading assignments or in-class debates for any introductory entrepreneurship course.
New venture creation : entrepreneurship for the 21st century by Open innovation essentials for small and medium enterprises : a guide to help entrepreneurs in adopting the open innovation paradigm in their business by
Small and Medium Enterprises (SMEs) have to approach open innovation differently than large companies. This practical guide on open innovation is expressly for entrepreneurs and managers in SMEs. The authors provide strategies, techniques, and tricks of the trade enabling SMEs to practice open innovation systems profitability and enhance the long-term value of their company. Included are tools such as brokers, auctions, crowdsourcing, technology transfer, and spin-ups, making it useful for people already in business, starting businesses, or seeking supplemental material for courses.
Poverty and Entrepreneurship in Developed Economies by
This is the first in-depth examination of entrepreneurship and the poor within advanced economies. Entrepreneurship is presented as a source of empowerment that represents an alternative pathway out of poverty. The book explores the underlying nature of poverty and draws implications for new venture creation. This book fosters a richer dialog among academics, government officials, policy-makers, economic development professionals, bankers and the financial community, leaders of non-profit organizations, and others committed to moving beyond status quo solutions - committed to finding ways to help people create their own entrepreneurial pathways out of poverty.
Social Entrepreneurship:An Affirmative Critique by
Pascal Dey and Chris Steyaert provide a timely critique on the idea of social entrepreneurship and its reputation as a means for positive social change. The book uses different traditions and modes of critique to interrogate, disrupt and reimagine the concept of social entrepreneurship. Presented in five parts, each individual contribution uses a different critical perspective to analyse and assess social entrepreneurship in its mythological, ideological and performative constitution, looking for its democratic possibilities and alternative affirmations. Using varied analytical approaches, the resulting work highlights the need for a greater recognition of the unintended effects of social entrepreneurship and in doing so, adds nuance to a concept that has gone relatively unchallenged. In addition, each chapter identifies intriguing points for further research.Scholars in the fields of social entrepreneurship, management and organizational studies will find this a relevant and insightful work. Those with a wider scholarly interest in critical research, particularly in the humanities or social sciences, will also find the critical approaches compelling.
Social Innovation and Sustainable Entrepreneurship by
The rapid and formative rise in research on social innovation and entrepreneurship means that theoretical frameworks are still being created, while traditional notions of economic efficiency and social welfare are tested. The field is progressing fastest in the measurement and measuring of social entrepreneurial effectiveness. Social innovators, who draw from philanthropy, as well as capital markets, for financial resources, have adopted the lean start up as a paradigm for their organization logics. This collection showcases the myriad emerging philosophical, methodological, and theoretical approaches, many of which are led by practitioners. It is organized into five sections. The first section reports on theoretical approaches to researching sustainable entrepreneurship that are less familiar. The second section reports on research focusing on the entrepreneurial responses to problems of climate change. The third and fourth sections report on research investigating social entrepreneurial processes, and how opportunities are formed and exploited. The fifth section reports on the ethical dimensions of social innovation.Researchers, scholars, educators and policymakers will find this book a useful reference, with novel ideas for future research and discourse.
Sustainable Entrepreneurship and Social Innovation by
Sustainable entrepreneurship has attracted growing attention in both scholarly and practitioner circles. Focusing on generating social, environmental and business value, the notion has been raised more recently to address the contribution of entrepreneurial activities to sustainable economic and social development. Sustainable Entrepreneurship and Social Innovation builds on a theoretical framework that addresses related topics via a combination of insights from sustainability, policy, managerial, strategic, innovation and institutional perspectives. Providing empirical casework as well as a conceptual and theoretical framework, the book takes a global, interdisciplinary approach to the emergent field of sustainable entrepreneurship. The book highlights elements of sustainable entrepreneurship which have a societal impact as well as regional relevance and related aspects of innovation are also presented. Definitional issues are further elaborated in order to encompass the main inter-connected fields of study, sustainable entrepreneurship and social innovation. This book is an important resource for academic researchers, and postgraduate and advanced undergraduate students in the fields of entrepreneurship, innovation and sustainability.
Toward Entrepreneurial Community Development by
Toward Entrepreneurial Community Development is about developing entrepreneurial communities, and goes beyond theories of the firm to demonstrate how local and regional society contributes in important ways to the vitality of entrepreneurs. The literature is rich with insights about leadership and culture within SMEs, and the behaviours and attitudes of their founders, founding teams, and managers. Since most of the attention in the entrepreneurship literature is focused on firms, we wish to explore everyone else: The social environment surrounding the entrepreneur, and how leadership and culture outside the firm can have pervasive effects on the business. This book reaches across disciplinary boundaries, integrating and advancing knowledge on entrepreneurial community development. The book identifies actionable leadership strategies that can be used by literally anyone to help make a community or region a more culturally-supportive, interactive home for entrepreneurial minds. We draw from original research to compare high and low entrepreneurship communities, and present an emergent picture of how community-level actors can (or fail to) work together to support entrepreneurship in places that are culturally distant from the Silicon Valley (i.e., most places). Toward Entrepreneurial Community Development then offers techniques for entrepreneurial community leadership, including how to build lasting alliances, create an image, and harness the local culture for entrepreneurial advantage. The result is a book that provides the reader with the latest advancements and techniques in entrepreneurship development in a straight-forward, readable format. No matter the reader, Toward Entrepreneurial Community Development demonstrates how anyone, in any position, can lead a local entrepreneurship movement starting anywhere, anytime.
The Basic Entrepreneurship course provides a space and platform for self-discovery and opportunity discovery. The learners are expected to uncover their strengths in terms of an entrepreneurial founding team and learn the basics, such as opportunity discovery, value proposition, prototyping, competition analysis, and early customer insights. By the end of this course, the learners should be able to convert ideas into a Minimum Viable Product (MVP) and embrace an entrepreneurial skills and characteristics.
Building 21st Century Entrepreneurship by
Entrepreneurship develops around the world in accordance to the different cultural, political, economic and social contexts. Governments promote entrepreneurship as a way to improve economic growth. As capitalism changes, entrepreneurship also changes. This book describes some of the new profiles of entrepreneurs that are creating the entrepreneurial economy of the 21st Century. It presents entrepreneurship in a theoretical and pragmatic way in order to help readers to understand what entrepreneurship means today. Illustrated by socio-economic information and case studies of an international scope, two main questions are explicitly studied in this book: who are the new figures of entrepreneurs and how are they creating the companies of the future? The book is based on academic literature and serves as a reference to researchers interested in the evolution of entrepreneurship.
Contextualizing Entrepreneurship Theory by
As the breadth and empirical diversity of entrepreneurship research have increased rapidly during the last decade, the quest to find a "one-size-fits-all" general theory of entrepreneurship has given way to a growing appreciation for the importance of contexts. This promises to improve both the practical relevance and the theoretical rigor of research in this field. Entrepreneurship means different things to different people at different times and in different places and both its causes and its consequences likewise vary. For example, for some people entrepreneurship can be a glorious path to emancipation, while for others it can represent the yoke tethering them to the burdens of overwork and drudgery. For some communities it can drive renaissance and vibrancy while for others it allows only bare survival. In this book, we assess and attempt to push forward contemporary conceptualizations of contexts that matter for entrepreneurship, pointing in particular to opportunities generating new insights by attending to contexts in novel or underexplored ways. This book shows that the ongoing contextualization of entrepreneurship research should not simply generate a proliferation of unique theories - one for every context - but can instead result in better theory construction, testing and understanding of boundary conditions, thereby leading us to richer and more profound understanding of entrepreneurship across its many forms. Contextualizing Entrepreneurship Theory will critically review the current debate and existing literature on contexts and entrepreneurship and use this to synthesize new theoretical and methodological frameworks that point to important directions for future research.
Culture and Commerce : The Value of Entrepreneurship in Creative Industries by
Art and business are often described as worlds apart, even diametric opposites. And yet, these realms are close cousins in creative industries where firms bring cultural goods to market, attaching price tags to music, paintings, theater, literature, film, and fashion.Building on theories of value construction and cultural production, Culture and Commerce details the processes by which artistic worth is decoded, translated, and converted to economic value. Mukti Khaire introduces readers to three industry players: creators, producers (who bring to market and distribute cultural goods), and intermediaries (who critique and rave about them). Case studies of firms from Chanel and Penguin to tastemakers like the Pritzker Prize and The Sundance Institute illuminate how these professionals construct a vital value chain. Highlighting the role of "pioneer entrepreneurs"--who carve out space for radical, new product categories--Khaire illustrates how creative professionals influence our sense of value, shifting consumer behavior and our culture in deep, surprising ways.
The Entrepreneurial Adventure by
The Entrepreneurial Adventure is perfect for anyone with an interest in business or with aspirations to start their own business. The author outlines key principles of the entrepreneurial adventure and the business world, bringing it to life using case studies. This book contains useful and practical information about business and entrepreneurship gives a robust understanding of the theory and real-world implications of running a successful business. It describes and explains the whole process from understanding the implications and risks, the start-up stage through to future expansion. The authors clearly demonstrate that if the good business habits and practices described in this book are followed consistently, you really will achieve entrepreneurial success and the opportunities that come with it.
Entrepreneurial Behaviour by
Entrepreneurial Behaviour: Unveiling the Cognitive and Emotional Aspects of Entrepreneurshipprovides a range of scholarly explorations of how decisions permeate the success of entrepreneurial ventures throughout their life cycle. This bridges the gaps in current research on entrepreneurship and innovative behaviours with decision making and negotiation. The success, longevity, and survival of SMEs are deeply linked to the effectiveness of individual decision-making processes, and established firms need to develop an entrepreneurial decision-making processes to maintain competitive advantages in a continuously changing and increasingly turbulent environment. The book leads off with the core themes of the series and incorporates new perspectives around entrepreneurial emotions, passion and trust. Previous research has not studied in sufficient detail the negotiation processes in entrepreneurship. This edited work explores these negotiation processes in depth, while also providing a discussion forum for scholars interested in researching and understanding how decisions permeate the life of entrepreneurial ventures during their life cycle.
Entrepreneurial Valuation by
Value is a verb, and entrepreneurial valuation is the process of figuring out what others (should) value. The process is a challenging one, fraught with difficulties. If you are considering your own entrepreneurial journey, how do you start? How do you come up with a good idea? How do you know if your idea is good or if consumers would pay for it? Entrepreneurial Valuation brings to life cutting-edge research on value theory, challenging the prevailing wisdom that entrepreneurial valuation is as simple as asking consumers what they want. In fact, consumers often don't know what they (should) want. Value is a learning process, and consumers are learning what to want over time. Entrepreneurial Valuation will teach you how to follow consumers through this value learning process until you understand them enough to lead them on their journey.
Entrepreneurship and Development by
In analyzing the complex link between entrepreneurship, innovation and development in the context of the emerging world, this book offers a holistic reading of this triptych based on a theoretical foundation that is itself subject to controversy: the national system of innovative entrepreneurship. The "emerging" nature of the studied countries provides specific insights, and allows the theoretical developments to be fine-tuned to the current issues. In a context that makes competitive advantages transient, emerging markets can provide a real test case for responding in a structural and innovative way to social and economic challenges, thus ensuring the sustainable performance of their innovative entrepreneurial system. Entrepreneurship and Development advocates for the integration of the social and cultural history of a given country within the framework of public policies, and proposes more targeted actions for innovative entrepreneurial activities. Moreover, the education system must integrate the entrepreneurial culture and foster multidisciplinarity to support the transfer of knowledge to markets.
Entrepreneurship and Innovation Education by
This book is a compilation of tools, techniques and frameworks for use in the field of entrepreneurship and innovation (E&I) education. Developed and honed over the past two decades, these teaching approaches are combined with well-versed practical insight. As professors know all too well, the human brain cannot articulate more than three or four dimensions of a problem without the aid of what could be referred to as Âchecklists for thinkingÂ: frameworks (visual or otherwise) that help students think in terms of multiple variables affecting a problem. Entrepreneurship and Innovation Education provides a Âtoolbox of more than 50 frameworks for analyzing entrepreneurship and innovation problems, and for enabling effective decision-making. It is a useful guide for professors and students alike who are looking for an overview of available tools, methods and approaches to actively learn how to go from the visionary idea to the market.
Entrepreneurship Education by
The discussion around whether entrepreneurship can be taught is becoming obsolete as the number of entrepreneurship courses, specializations and degrees is rising at an unprecedented rate all over the world and the demand for entrepreneurial education teachers or instructors is constantly growing. The global community of entrepreneurial education proponents is enthusiastic about the possibility of spreading the idea of entrepreneurship, as it is believed to benefit societies and economies in addition to influencing human development on an individual level. The fervour is nurtured by public policies and the development of an enterprising culture in the public discourse. In this discourse, entrepreneurship is treated as a panacea for numerous social and economic problems. This book is a solid reference point for all who are interested in conducting research on entrepreneurial education or engaged in teaching entrepreneurship. It is a compendium of knowledge about entrepreneurial education as a research field, seen from the perspective of the last four decades, its complete contemporary history. It reviews the progress of the field from the outset to the present in terms of its socio-economic context, changes in the academic community, but also its research focus and methodological development. This uniquely comprehensive book is a resource of both knowledge on entrepreneurial education research and inspiration for future studies within the field. This timely and relevant book provides practical insights for educators when developing their teaching practice and will be of interest to entrepreneurship educators and entrepreneurship education researchers.
Entrepreneurship for Deprived Communities by
This study investigates barriers to developing enterprise in deprived communities, highlights trade-offs local authorities face and offers guidance that contributes to a model for developing a community-centered enterprise culture that is critical for reinvigorating disadvantaged groups. Alex Avramenko and Nikolai Mouraviev focus on deprived communities where entrepreneurship traditionally was extremely difficult to conceive and offer insights on under-researched issues, such as enablers of entrepreneurship by local government's integrated approach that blends opportunity generation with capacity and skill building, complemented by support services. They also focus on the formation of an enterprise culture that should become a foundation of policy, enablers and tools for revitalizing deprived communities.Chapters explore range of issues and examples, including rethinking the dynamics of micro enterprise, rural entrepreneurship, senior entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship in a cosmopolitan city, civic/community-centered entrepreneurship and lifestyle entrepreneurship.
Entrepreneurship in Policing and Criminal Contexts by
Entrepreneurship in Policing and Criminal Contextsexplores the contemporary and under researched themes of 'entrepreneurial policing' and 'entrepreneurialism in criminal justice contexts' which are emerging topics of both theoretical and practical interest in the current rapidly changing criminal justice environment. This volume of Contemporary Issues in Entrepreneurship Research critically opens up a new area of policing research, innovatively using theories of entrepreneurship, management and leadership, to illuminate a novel aspect of policing. Moreover, it presents a scholarly discussion about concepts and theories underpinning the topic. It is evident from readings that there are numerous crossovers in the literatures of entrepreneurship and policing because innovation, transformation and change are integral facets of both phenomena. This timely contribution spans theories of criminology, entrepreneurship and policing and as such is a seminal work which will engage practitioners, scholars and students of entrepreneurship and policing in thinking differently about how entrepreneurship can help change traditional thinking in relation to policing and criminal contexts.
Gamification for Innovators and Entrepreneurs by
Gamification for Innovators and Entrepreneurs is about an exciting, still emerging superpower. One that empowers you to use, repurpose and create games that will help solve the great societal and organisational challenges that companies, startups and nonprofits are facing today - games that are explicitly designed and can be iteratively improved to engage stakeholders, facilitate experimentation and actually drive innovation. What makes gamification a superpower is its use of powerful methods and techniques from diverse disciplines and traditions - like futures studies, user experience, agile management, design thinking or business design - in a new, action-oriented and engaging framework. Each game world is a safe, playful space, where groups are free to experiment in innovative and inclusive forms of collaboration. Gamification for Innovators and Entrepreneurs builds on insights and knowledge from over 150 leading experts in the field. It provides a rich collection of materials for innovators, entrepreneurs and game designers that allows you to dive deep into innovation and entrepreneurship, into games and gamification. You can build on 36 gamification design patterns - like dilemma solving, experiential learning, innovation markets and storytelling - and use a game design canvas to create your own innovation games. Or you can customize some of the 70+ games featured in the book that are already in use by innovators, entrepreneurs and professional trainers. Additional resources are provided for teachers and game facilitators. The superpower of gamification does not yield simplistic solutions - but the resources from Gamification for Innovators and Entrepreneurs will provide you with the means and the confidence to tackle some of the great challenges we are all facing today. An easily accessible and comprehensive overview on gamification and games in the context of innovation and entrepreneurship Draws on several collaborative research projects involving partners such as Lego, Deutsche Telekom, Lufthansa Systems, 3M, Danske Bank, and Nokia Systems. Extensive experience of the authors in the facilitation of games, their role as an enabler of learning and their potential to facilitate transformation. 36 reusable gamification design patterns, a five-step process and a game design canvas to create one's own innovation games Summaries and references of more than 70+ customizable games that are already in use by innovators, entrepreneurs and professional trainers Educational materials for teachers, trainers and game facilitators
Global Entrepreneurship by
The role that small- and medium-sized enterprises play in the economic development and growth of cities, regions and nations has been an increasing subject of debate and study for the last half century. This volume focuses on the opportunities and challenges that entrepreneurs and small- and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) face in a world of global competition. The papers therein provide an overview of successful strategies that global entrepreneurs and SMEs have employed that have allowed them to establish regional and international footprint and of how local resources, culture and managerial capabilities have contributed to startups' global success. In doing so it highlights original, edgy ideas and theoretical advances that will provide the foundation for future doctoral dissertations and other research projects on international entrepreneurship.
Introduction to Entrepreneurship by
Learn about entrepreneurship and what makes entrepreneurs successful, all while developing your entrepreneurial skills.
Making Ecopreneurs : Developing Sustainable Entrepreneurship by
The first edition of this book looked at the emergence of 'ecopreneurs' - environmental entrepreneurs gaining competitive advantage for their firms through understanding and utilising green issues. These green entrepreneurs have led the way in enabling market forces to generate economic growth whilst protecting the environment and encouraging sustainability. This new edition continues the examination of what distinguishes these green entrepreneurs from others. It draws on a diverse range of case studies embracing examples of both successful and unsuccessful ecopreneurial ventures on at least four continents. Contributions have been updated and a number of entirely new chapters describe sustainable business projects in places ranging from the USA , India, western Europe, UK, Australia, central America and New Zealand. Making Ecopreneurs, second edition, charts recent developments and remains highly relevant to researchers in the fields of sustainable business development and entrepreneurship, to policymakers within governments and NGOs, and to those running businesses.
Managing Technology Entrepreneurship and Innovation by
Managing Technology Entrepreneurship and Innovation is the first textbook for non-business based entrepreneurship courses, focussed on students with a background in science and technology. Its comprehensive, rigorous and yet accessible approach originates from the authors' considerable experience mentoring students as they turn their technological ideas into real-life business ventures. . The text is separated into three parts providing a roadmap for successful entrepreneurial projects: Part I focusses on how to create your venture, turning technology into businesses and how to link together entrepreneurship and innovation Part II shows you how to grow your venture and make it profitable, looking at the early development of academic spin-outs and how to adapt your technology to the customers' needs. Part III takes you through the day-to-day running on your business; whether to adopt a contingency or contextual approach, how to develop new products and services and alternative options for growth. With a wide range of practical steps, lists of things to consider and guidelines on how to turn your technology based ideas into a successful business, this text will be essential for all non-business students who need to understand entrepreneurship, management and innovation. It will also prove a useful introduction to all Masters-level students taking these subjects in business schools.
Open Innovation Essentials for Small and Medium Enterprises by
Small and Medium Enterprises (SMEs) have to approach open innovation differently than large companies. This practical guide on open innovation is expressly for entrepreneurs and managers in SMEs. The authors provide strategies, techniques, and Òtricks of the tradeÓ enabling SMEs to practice open innovation systems profitability and enhance the long-term value of their company. Included are tools such as brokers, auctions, crowdsourcing, technology transfer, and spin-ups, making it useful for people already in business, starting businesses, or seeking supplemental material for courses.
Peace Through Entrepreneurship by
Joblessness is the root cause of the global unrest threatening American security. Fostering entrepreneurship is the remedy. The combined weight of American diplomacy and military power cannot end unrest and extremism in the Middle East and other troubled regions of the world, Steven Koltai argues. Koltai says an alternative approach would work: investing in entrepreneurship and reaping the benefits of the jobs created through entrepreneurial startups. From 9/11 and the Arab Spring to the self-proclaimed Islamic caliphate, instability and terror breed where young people cannot find jobs. Koltai marshals evidence to show that joblessness--not religious or cultural conflict--is the root cause of the unrest that vexes American foreign policy and threatens international security. Drawing on Koltai’s stint as senior adviser for Entrepreneurship in Secretary Hillary Clinton’s State Department, and his thirty-year career as a successful entrepreneur and business executive, Peace through Entrepreneurship argues for the significant elevation of entrepreneurship in the service of foreign policy; not rural microfinance or mercantile trading but the scalable stuff of Silicon Valley and Sam Walton, generating the vast majority of new jobs in economies large and small. Peace through Entrepreneurship offers a nonmilitary, long-term solution at a time of disillusionment with Washington’s "big development” approach to unstable and underdeveloped parts of the world--and when the new normal is fear of terrorist attacks against Western targets, beheadings in Syria, and jihad. Extremism will not be resolved by a war on terror. The answer, Koltai shows, is stimulating entrepreneurial economic opportunities for the virtually limitless supply of desperate, unemployed young men and women leading lives of endless economic frustration.
Pilot to profit : navigating modern entrepreneurship to build your business using online marketing, social media, content marketing and sales by
Ready to generate sales, build brand buzz, and watch your cash flow soar? Entrepreneurs, prepare for takeoff! Pilot to Profit clears up the confusion of modern entrepreneurship--so you can build a smart, successful, and sustainable business with sky-high returns. If you find yourself overwhelmed with questions--Do I really need to be on Instagram, Facebook and Twitter? How do these other people command such high fees (and how can I)? How do I double my profits this year without doubling the work?--this book can provide answers to help you get unstuck, as well as proven strategies to help your business get found and turn connections into paying customers, whether you're an established enterprise or just starting out. Learn how to: Gain a stronger money mindset and stop sabotaging your ability to be paid what you're worth for the work you do Set your money-making "radar" on high alert Create a clearly defined business model that maximizes what comes in, with less effort put out Find the right channels to grow your business so you can reach more people Create content that raises your credibility and puts you on the map (because without great content, your business might never be found) Use email and social media to grow your fan base Lastly, you'll walk away understanding how to sell what you do, whom to sell it to, and precisely how to find and connect with those people. This book takes you step-by-step on your journey to building a successful, profitable business you love. With Pilot to Profit, you're officially cleared for takeoff.
Profit : Plan for It, Get It-The Entrepreneurs Handbook. by
If you want to take your business to the next level, then this book could lead you there. You most likely have a love for whatever area you have chosen as a focus for your business. This is a great start. However, many small business owners do not have the business and management background to make that business as profitable as it could be. In consulting with many of these small businesses, I found that a few simple business practices could be very beneficial to their growth. In this book, I will try to share some of these practices with you. This book is designed to help an entrepreneur increase his profit by introducing how he can use a simplified profit-and-loss statement of four to ten items as a tool to analyze his business from a financial perspective. He will be shown how he can use these items in a formula to help him plan and make decisions for future growth and profit. We will discuss skills and practices that have been used to improve sales, management, leadership, and planning skills. This book is designed to help you improve your profitability.
Sustainable Entrepreneurship by
Sustainable Entrepreneurship: How entrepreneurs create value from sustainable opportunitiespresents new frameworks to illustrate how entrepreneurs create value from sustainable opportunities and producing benefits for their business, society, and the environment. Employing research and analytical techniques from a wide variety of disciplines, including strategic management, regional studies, and innovation studies, Sustainable Entrepreneurship contributes to existing literature on this subject by delving deeply into the nature of sustainable entrepreneurial opportunities through the analysis of how contemporary wealth creators capitalize on those openings. Francesca Masciarelli and Simona Leonelli argue that entrepreneurship plays a crucial role in resolving ecological challenges through the creation of products, services and production methods that are simultaneously environmentally friendly and competitive on the market. This rigorous work offers unique new insights and represents a step towards the development of a more comprehensive analysis of sustainable entrepreneurship. By drawing on diverse perspectives, it demonstrates that the entrepreneur should consider the main sources of entrepreneurial opportunities and scrutinize the strategies and the local conditions that enable firms to create value.
Trailblazing in entrepreneurship : creating new paths for understanding the field by
In this book, the authors present a challenge for future research to build a stronger, more complete understanding of entrepreneurial phenomena. They argue that this more complete picture of entrepreneurial phenomena will likely come from scholars who undertake at least some trailblazing projects; from scholars who broaden the range of research questions, the potential outcomes of entrepreneurial action, and the selection and combination of research methods; and from researchers who avoid the endless debates about the margins of the field and its sub-fields or about whether one theoretical or philosophical lens is superior to another. This book offers suggestions for future research through a variety of topics including prosocial action, innovation, family business, sustainability and development, and the financial, social, and psychological costs of failure. It promises to make an important contribution to the development of the field and help academics, organizations, and society make useful contributions to the generation of entrepreneurial research.
Using Entrepreneurship and Social Innovation to Mitigate Wealth Inequality by
Economic inequality continues to contribute to political and social instability around the world. This instability stifles development and results in widening the wealth gap between the "haves" and "have nots," further eroding stability. It has been argued that entrepreneurship is a prime contributor to this vicious cycle. Using Entrepreneurship and Social Innovation to Mitigate Wealth Inequality contends that this is only true when the opportunity for entrepreneurship is limited to a few. The authors maintain that when entrepreneurship is open to anyone who is properly motivated, innovative, and has a goal of growth for their enterprise, it helps build wealth for a greater number of people. The concept of "social entrepreneurship" is introduced, where entrepreneurship becomes a vehicle for explicitly addressing community-based economic and social challenges using markets. The book uses examples of entrepreneurial projects and programs that have attempted to address inequality to discuss entrepreneurship as an economic development strategy and its role in addressing the challenges of economic inequality. It advocates thinking and acting systemically, creating and sustaining entrepreneurial support ecosystems, in order to generate the synergy required to scale-up development and transform our economies and provides a distinctive perspective on a pressing social and economic issue, with significant implications for the future of the United States and the world.
The Wiley Handbook of Entrepreneurship by
Written by leading scholars, The Wiley Handbook of Entrepreneurship provides a distinctive overview of methodological, theoretical and paradigm changes in the area of entrepreneurship research. It is divided into four parts covering history and theory, individual differences and creativity, organizational aspects of innovation including intrapreneurship, and macroeconomic aspects such as social entrepreneurship and entrepreneurship in developing countries. The result is a must-have resource for seasoned researchers and newcomers alike, as well as practitioners and advanced students of business, entrepreneurship, and social and organizational psychology.
This course, a business education subject requirement for business students in BSBA programs, provide: a) an overview of the Philippine tax system, b) computation of income tax for individuals and business enterprise, c) business and local taxes, d) significant tax concepts such as tax evasion, tax avoidance and, e) BIR programs and tax code provisions, including penalties for non-compliance and remedies provided for both the government and the taxpayer. The learner will acquire a working knowledge of the applications relevant to taxpayers whether as a salary-earner, private practitioner, business person or as an investor.
Basic principles of taxation and income tax by Handbook on income taxation in the Philippines by Income taxation : principles and laws with accounting applications by The law on transfer and business taxation : with illustrations, problems, and solutions by The new Philippine transfer and business taxes : [principles, law and problems] by Philippine law on local government taxation by Transfer and business taxation by Transfer and business taxation : principles and laws with accounting applications by This course, a business education subject requirement for business students in BSBA programs, provide: a) an overview of the Philippine tax system, b) computation of income tax for individuals and business enterprise, c) business and local taxes, d) significant tax concepts such as tax evasion, tax avoidance and, e) BIR programs and tax code provisions, including penalties for non-compliance and remedies provided for both the government and the taxpayer. The learner will acquire a working knowledge of the applications relevant to taxpayers whether as a salary-earner, private practitioner, business person or as an investor.
Advances in Taxation by
Volume 25 features eight articles. In the lead article, Savannah Guo, Sabrina Chi, and Kirsten Cook examine short selling as one external determinant of corporate tax avoidance and find that short interest is negatively associated with subsequent tax-avoidance levels and this effect is incremental to other factors identified by prior research. Next, Mark Bauman and Cathalene Rogers Bowler examine the effect of FIN48 on earnings management activity, by focusing on changes in the deferred tax asset valuation allowance. In the third article, Anthony Billings, Cheol Lee, and Jaegul Lee study whether the lowering of dividend taxes as part of the U.S. Jobs and Growth Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2003 resulted in an increase in dividend payouts at the expense of R&D spending. The fourth article by Brian Dowis and Ted Englebrecht examines reasonable compensation in closely-held corporations and the impact of gender, political affiliation, and family makeup on decisions made in the U.S. Tax Court. Then, a practice-related study by Sonja Pippin, Jeffrey Wong, and Richard Mason reports on a survey of Americans living abroad on the impact of tax rules explicitly designed for these individuals. They find that Americans living abroad experience the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act as negatively impacting their lives. The next three articles in this volume have an international focus. Zakir Akhand investigates the effects of the corporate sector on the effectiveness of selected tax compliance instruments in the context of large Bangladesh corporate taxpayers. K-Rine Chong and Murugesh Arunachalam examine the determinants of enforced tax compliance behaviour of Malaysian citizens with trust in the tax agency assumed to be a mediating variable. Lastly, Bitzenis and Vasileios investigate the effect of the economic downturn in Greece on the factors determining the level of tax morale through primary data from a European Union funded research project on the Greek shadow economy.
Demystifying AI for the Enterprise by
Artificial intelligence (AI) in its various forms -- machine learning, chatbots, robots, agents, etc. -- is increasingly being seen as a core component of enterprise business workflow and information management systems. The current promise and hype around AI are being driven by software vendors, academic research projects, and startups. However, we posit that the greatest promise and potential for AI lies in the enterprise with its applications touching all organizational facets. With increasing business process and workflow maturity, coupled with recent trends in cloud computing, datafication, IoT, cybersecurity, and advanced analytics, there is an understanding that the challenges of tomorrow cannot be solely addressed by today's people, processes, and products. There is still considerable mystery, hype, and fear about AI in today's world. A considerable amount of current discourse focuses on a dystopian future that could adversely affect humanity. Such opinions, with understandable fear of the unknown, don't consider the history of human innovation, the current state of business and technology, or the primarily augmentative nature of tomorrow's AI. This book demystifies AI for the enterprise. It takes readers from the basics (definitions, state-of-the-art, etc.) to a multi-industry journey, and concludes with expert advice on everything an organization must do to succeed. Along the way, we debunk myths, provide practical pointers, and include best practices with applicable vignettes. AI brings to enterprise the capabilities that promise new ways by which professionals can address both mundane and interesting challenges more efficiently, effectively, and collaboratively (with humans). The opportunity for tomorrow's enterprise is to augment existing teams and resources with the power of AI in order to gain competitive advantage, discover new business models, establish or optimize new revenues, and achieve better customer and user satisfaction.
Dynamics 365 Field Service: Implementing Business Solutions for the Enterprise by
Configure and customize Microsoft Dynamics 365 Field Services to help your organization deliver onsite service to customer locations. This book will guide you in setting up and implementing Dynamics 365 Field Services to automate workflow and schedule algorithms for mobile users.
The book starts with an introduction to Field Services and setting up your Dynamics 365 subscription. Next, you will configure your application. You are shown how to allocate work, manage resources, and move inventory. You will configure both Field Services and the new Field Services Mobile app. One of the main topics covered is applying security to both Field Services and the Field Services Mobile App and how to use both flavors of the application to implement effective solutions. You will go through examples to understand and apply the concepts and features for configuration of Field Services. You also will learn best practices for configuring and customizing Field Services.
After reading this book, you will be able to develop and implement enterprise-scale solutions using Dynamics 365 Field Services.
Enterprise Artificial Intelligence Transformation by
Enterprise Artificial Intelligence Transformation AI is everywhere. From doctor's offices to cars and even refrigerators, AI technology is quickly infiltrating our daily lives. AI has the ability to transform simple tasks into technological feats at a human level. This will change the world, plain and simple. That's why AI mastery is such a sought-after skill for tech professionals. Author Rashed Haq is a subject matter expert on AI, having developed AI and data science strategies, platforms, and applications for Publicis Sapient's clients for over 10 years. He shares that expertise in the new book, Enterprise Artificial Intelligence Transformation. The first of its kind, this book grants technology leaders the insight to create and scale their AI capabilities and bring their companies into the new generation of technology. As AI continues to grow into a necessary feature for many businesses, more and more leaders are interested in harnessing the technology within their own organizations. In this new book, leaders will learn to master AI fundamentals, grow their career opportunities, and gain confidence in machine learning. Enterprise Artificial Intelligence Transformation covers a wide range of topics, including: Real-world AI use cases and examples Machine learning, deep learning, and slimantic modeling Risk management of AI models AI strategies for development and expansion AI Center of Excellence creating and management If you're an industry, business, or technology professional that wants to attain the skills needed to grow your machine learning capabilities and effectively scale the work you're already doing, you'll find what you need in Enterprise Artificial Intelligence Transformation.
Global Perspectives on Income Taxation Law by
In Global Perspectives on Income Taxation Law, Reuven Avi-Yonah, Nicola Sartori, and Omri Marian cover basic, corporate and international tax law from a comparative perspective. The book both supplements readings in US tax law courses and serves as a textbook for a comparative tax law class. The book starts with a theoretical analysis of the field of comparative tax law. It then follows the usual order of topics covered in a basic tax course as taught in most U.S. law schools, and for each topic, the authors highlight possible alternatives or policy choices. The authors frequently consider the U.S. approach as a benchmark, comparing it with approaches used in other countries which form an interesting contrast, or a telling similarity. They consider the multiple purposes of studying comparative tax law: helping to advance successful tax reforms, cultural understanding, political values, legal harmonization, and a better understanding of domestic tax laws.
The Routledge Handbook of Taxation and Philanthropy by
The Routledge Handbook of Taxation and Philanthropy ventures into a territory that is still widely unexplored. It contains 30 academic contributions that aim to provide a better understanding of whether, why, and how philanthropic initiatives, understood as voluntary contributions for the common good, can and should be fostered by states through tax incentives. The topic has been addressed from a multidisciplinary and multicultural perspective - covering neuroeconomics, sociology, political science, psychology, affective sciences, philosophy, behavioral economy, and law - because of its global and multifaceted nature. It also contains the OECD report on Taxation and Philanthropy released in November 2020, which was prepared in this context as a result of a collaboration with the Geneva Centre for Philanthropy of the University of Geneva. The book is divided into four sections, exploring, respectively, the justification of tax incentives for philanthropy, theoretical and empirical insights about taxes, efficiency and donor behavior in that context, and tax incentives for cross-border philanthropy and for hybrid entities and social entrepreneurship. It is believed that this volume will be a landmark yet only the beginning of a journey in which a lot remains to be studied, learned, and said.
Taxation : The People’s Business by
Originally published in 1924, this book contains various explanations and views on the American tax system by the reformer Andrew Mellon. During his 11 years in office as Secretary of the Treasury, he cut income taxes, reduced public spending, and brought an end to the excess profits tax--all while reducing the federal debt left over from World War I. Mellon's views on taxation expressed within this book have appeared in letters to Committee of Congress and various organizations and individuals, and are used throughout to illustrate his points, whilst also serving to publish them in a compact form, in one volume. The book also includes various tables and documents of scholarly interest.
Taxation and the financial crisis by
The financial crisis has opened up a global debate on the taxation of the financial sector. A number of international policy initiatives, most notably by the G20, have called for major changes in the tax treatment of financial institutions and transactions as well as individuals working in the financial sector. This book examines how tax policies contributed to the financial crisis and whether taxation can play a role in the reform efforts under way to establish a sounder and safer financial system. The book looks at the pros and cons of various tax initiatives, including limiting the tax advantages to debt financing, special taxes on the financial sector and financial transactions taxes.
Taxation Essentials of LLCs and Partnerships by
This book helps addresses the tax consequences of the most common transactions engaged in by limited liability corporations (LLCs)and partnerships. You will develop a level of comfort with the basic conceptual framework underlying partnership and LLC taxation, as well as gain an explanation of the tax consequences associated with issues most frequently confronted by tax practitioners. Topics covered include: basic tax structure of partnerships and LLCs; electing to be taxed as a partnership: "check-the-box" rules; tax consequences of partnership or LLC formation; partnership distributions; compensatory payments to partners; at-risk and passive activity limits; profit and loss allocations: general rules and restrictions; and reporting taxable income for partnerships and LLCs.
Taxation in the Digital Economy by
A robust and efficient tax administration in a modern tax system requires effective tax policies and legislation. Policy frameworks should cover all aspects of tax administration and include the essential processes of capturing, processing, analyzing, and responding to information provided by taxpayers and others concerning taxpayers' affairs. By far the greatest challenges facing tax administrations in all countries are those posed by the continuing developments in the digital economy. Whereas societies are grappling to come to terms with the transitions from the third industrial or digital revolutions, revenue authorities grapple with the consequences for the sustainability of their tax bases and the efficient administration and collection of taxes. This book presents a critical review of the status of tax systems in Asia and the Pacific in the era of the digital economy. The book suggests how countries can maximize their domestic resource mobilization when confronted by the challenges that digitalization inevitably produces, as well as how they can best harness or take advantage of aspects of digitalization to serve their own needs. The full implications of the COVID-19 crisis are still too uncertain to predict, but it is clear that the crisis will accelerate the trend towards digitalization and also increase pressures on public finances. This, in turn, may shape the preference for, and the nature of, both multilateral and unilateral responses to the tax challenges posed by digitalization and the need to address them. This book will be a timely reference for those researching on taxation in digital economy and for policy makers. 　 The Open Access version of this book, available at www .taylorfrancis .com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non-Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license.
Welcome to BUSECON. This course will introduce you to the advanced concepts of supply and demand, elasticity, consumer’s behavior, production and cost in a market economy, input optimization and profit maximization problems in various market models. You will be taught how individual economic agents make decisions and how markets function, addressing questions like how a consumer may make optimal choices, how individual demands are formed, and how market demand can be derived. You will also learn how firms can make optimal input choices to minimize production costs. By the end of this course, you will have better appreciation of how individual economic agents make decisions and their market interactions, that will aid you in becoming better managers in the future.
Accounting and Business Economics by
The recent financial crisis has sparked debates surrounding the nature and role of accounting in informing capital markets and regulatory bodies about the financial performance and position of a firm. These debates have drawn attention to the broader implications of accounting for the economy and society. Accounting and Business Economics brings together leading international scholars to examine the current state of accounting theory and its fundamental connection with the economics and finance of firms, viewing the business entity from not only accounting, but also national, economic, social, political, juridical, anthropological, and moral points of view.
Business Analytics for Decision Making by
Business Analytics for Decision Making, the first complete text suitable for use in introductory Business Analytics courses, establishes a national syllabus for an emerging first course at an MBA or upper undergraduate level. This timely text is mainly about model analytics, particularly analytics for constrained optimization. It uses implementations that allow students to explore models and data for the sake of discovery, understanding, and decision making. Business analytics is about using data and models to solve various kinds of decision problems. There are three aspects for those who want to make the most of their analytics: encoding, solution design, and post-solution analysis. This textbook addresses all three. Emphasizing the use of constrained optimization models for decision making, the book concentrates on post-solution analysis of models. The text focuses on computationally challenging problems that commonly arise in business environments. Unique among business analytics texts, it emphasizes using heuristics for solving difficult optimization problems important in business practice by making best use of methods from Computer Science and Operations Research. Furthermore, case studies and examples illustrate the real-world applications of these methods. The authors supply examples in Excel®, GAMS, MATLAB®, and OPL. The metaheuristics code is also made available at the book's website in a documented library of Python modules, along with data and material for homework exercises. From the beginning, the authors emphasize analytics and de-emphasize representation and encoding so students will have plenty to sink their teeth into regardless of their computer programming experience.
Business Economics by
The Eurozone crisis and the age of austerity, as well as challenges to the environment as a result of economic growth have highlighted the need for a greater understanding of those facets of economics that are of most use to businesses and their decision makers. This book introduces all of the relevant theoretical aspects of the subject and applies them to real-life examples of economics that are of particular interest to students today, including: the impact of globalization; the way in which 'green' perspectives can be built into decision making and how the financial crisis has challenged economists, politicians and business people to rethink their existing ideas. Replete with illuminating case studies, and benefitting from features such as activities, review questions and further reading, Business Economics introduces the theory and practice of economics for non-specialist students new to the topic.
Business economics by
This introductory economics textbook is fully focused on the curriculum and pedagogical needs of business economics students. The classic ten principles approach to economics is retained and right at the outset the text considers the business environment so immediately establishing the book's business focus. Both microeconomics and macroeconomics are then comprehensively covered and each perspective is carefully mined for insights directly relevant to business economics students.
Business Economics by
What determines demand for Apple's iPad?How can whole countries go bust?Why did Tesco's UK profits fall?Featuring top practitioners from organizations including Deloitte, PricewaterhouseCoopers, Simon-Kucher and Partners and Mission Burrito, Business Economics offers students real insight into how economics is used in business and why it is relevant to their future careers.Renowned for its engaging style and clarity of explanation, students are carefully guided through economic concepts and models, with stimulating examples and questions to reinforce learning and test understanding. Video walkthroughs help explain more difficult economic concepts and give readers theopportunity to go back over what they have learnt.Packed full of engaging and topical cases which students can easily relate to, the author considers economics in the context of business and management, equipping students with the tools necessary to apply economics to business issues and decisions.For students* Full solutions to questions in the textbook* Video walkthroughs of economics concepts* Self-test questions* One step further material to stretch and challenge readersFor registered adopters of the textbook* Fully customizable Powerpoint slides* Case study teaching notes* Group exercise tasks* Test bank
Business Skills All-In-One for Dummies by
Find workplace success There are some things that will never go out of style, and good business skills are one of them. With the help of this informative book, you'll learn how to wear multiple hats in the workplace no matter what comes your way--without ever breaking a sweat. Compiled from eight of the best Dummies books on business skills topics, Business Skills All-in-One For Dummies offers everything you need to hone your abilities and translate them into a bigger paycheck. Whether you're tasked with marketing or accounting responsibilities--or anything in between--this all-encompassing reference makes it easier than ever to tackle your job with confidence. Manage a successful operation Write more effectively Work on the go with Microsoft Office 365 Deal with marketing, accounting, and projects with ease If you've ever dreamed about being able to juggle all your work responsibilities without ever dropping the ball, the book is for you.
Data Science for Business and Decision Making by
Data Science for Business and Decision Making covers both statistics and operations research while most competing textbooks focus on one or the other. As a result, the book more clearly defines the principles of business analytics for those who want to apply quantitative methods in their work. Its emphasis reflects the importance of regression, optimization and simulation for practitioners of business analytics. Each chapter uses a didactic format that is followed by exercises and answers. Freely-accessible datasets enable students and professionals to work with Excel, Stata Statistical Software®, and IBM SPSS Statistics Software®.
Decision Making and Business Performance by
How and to what extent do decisions affect business performance? Despite years of study by academic researchers and industry practitioners, there still remains a need to draw a clear and established connection between decision making and performance. By closely examining consequential business decisions made by key executives, this book offers a better understanding of business performance and recommendations for improved business practices.Through the use of case studies and interviews with business leaders based on 17 theorized measures of performance, this breakthrough study not only clarifies the impact of decisions on business performance, but also defines and distinguishes decisions that lead to successful and unsuccessful performance. Recommendations are made to optimize decision making for businesses of all sizes and projections about the future of decision making and performance are provided. This book can be used both as a reference source for academic researchers and students seeking further research on the subject, and as a practical guide for leaders and business professionals seeking advancement and better decision making within the industry.
Economics for business by
Offering an integrative approach, this book uses references to real-world examples to demonstrate how modern economics can illuminate the problems that businesses face every day. Thus, the text emphasizes economic reasoning as the solution to business problems.
Economics in Two Lessons by
A masterful introduction to the key ideas behind the successes--and failures--of free-market economics Since 1946, Henry Hazlitt's bestselling Economics in One Lesson has popularized the belief that economics can be boiled down to one simple lesson: market prices represent the true cost of everything. But one-lesson economics tells only half the story. It can explain why markets often work so well, but it can't explain why they often fail so badly--or what we should do when they stumble. As Nobel Prize-winning economist Paul Samuelson quipped, "When someone preaches 'Economics in one lesson,' I advise: Go back for the second lesson." In Economics in Two Lessons, John Quiggin teaches both lessons, offering a masterful introduction to the key ideas behind the successes--and failures--of free markets. Economics in Two Lessons explains why market prices often fail to reflect the full cost of our choices to society as a whole. For example, every time we drive a car, fly in a plane, or flick a light switch, we contribute to global warming. But, in the absence of a price on carbon emissions, the costs of our actions are borne by everyone else. In such cases, government action is needed to achieve better outcomes. Two-lesson economics means giving up the dogmatism of laissez-faire as well as the reflexive assumption that any economic problem can be solved by government action, since the right answer often involves a mixture of market forces and government policy. But the payoff is huge: understanding how markets actually work--and what to do when they don't. Brilliantly accessible, Economics in Two Lessons unlocks the essential issues at the heart of any economic question.
The Economics of Business Enterprise by
In its Fourth Edition, this textbook explores how economic activity is organised from a new institutional economics perspective. Using transactions costs as a continuing theme, the book delivers the necessary skills to understand the evolution of organisational forms and the strengths and weaknesses of different varieties of private and public governance.The importance of entrepreneurship is emphasised throughout. Public policy concerning competition, regulation and the public utilities is used to illustrate the involvement of subjective judgements about transactions costs in all types of organisational choice.Key features of the Fourth Edition: * Using impartial analysis, Martin Ricketts evaluates business enterprise through Neoclassical, Austrian and Evolutionary economics, allowing students to learn the strengths and weaknesses of each methodological perspective* Using a clear conceptual framework, the author explains principal-agent theory and the transactions costs paradigm in detail* The chapters are designed around a set of classic papers, giving students an understanding of the historical development of the discipline* Updated examples emphasise the applicability to different technological circumstances and the dynamic nature of studying economic organisation* Additional examples are included for teachers to further discussion or create extended seminar work. A key resource for advanced undergraduate courses or an excellent introductory text at graduate level, this Fourth Edition will provide students of economics, business and political economy with a greater awareness of how business enterprises operate and adapt in response to technological change and competition.
The Economics of Small Business by
This survey reviews research on the economics of small business, introducing key concepts for the understanding of the research, including some basic microeconomics, distribution functions, and concepts of entrepreneurship. Accessible to readers with elementary knowledge of economics and probability, the book is suitable as a text for an undergraduate course in the economics of small business. It also covers the economics of organization, the role of the family in small business, human capital and nonpecuniary motivation, together with the relationship of small business to entrepreneurship and growth. Public policy toward small business is discussed with an emphasis on the United States, together with comparisons and contrasts of many other countries.
Foundations of Business by
Foundations of Business, 3E gives students the comprehensive preparation they'll need to SUCCEED in today's competitive business world. By providing a brief survey of the major functional areas of business, including management, marketing, accounting, finance, economics, and information technology, this text introduces the reader to core business practices. In addition, the authors address other important concepts such as ethics and social responsibility, forms of ownership, small business and entrepreneurship, and international business. This edition is filled with cutting-edge content, including up-to-date information on the economic crisis, social networking, competition in the global marketplace, and the green movement, as well as suggestions on how to manage a business in the midst of economic ups and downs. An abundance of study aids is also available within the text and on the student companion website to help you achieve SUCCESS in the course and today's competitive business world.
The sentient enterprise : the evolution of business decision making by
Mohan and Oliver have been very fortunate to have intimate views into the data challenges that face the largest organizations and institutions across every possible industry--and what they have been hearing about for some time is how the business needs to use data and analytics to their advantage. They continually hear the same issues, such as: We're spending valuable meeting time wondering why everyone's data doesn't match up. We can't leverage our economies of scale while remaining agile with data. We need self-serve apps that let the enterprise experiment with data and accelerate the development process. We need to get on a more predictive curve to ensure long-term success. To really address the data concerns of today's enterprise, they wanted to find a way to help enterprises achieve the success they seek. Not as a prescriptive process--but a methodology to become agile and leverage data and analytics to drive a competitive advantage. You know, it's amazing what can happen when two people with very different perspectives get together to solve a big problem. This evolutionary guide resulted from the a-ha moment between these two influencers at the top of their fields--one, an academic researcher and consultant, and the other, a longtime analytics practitioner and chief product officer at Teradata. Together, they created a powerful framework every type of business can use to connect analytic power, business practices, and human dynamics in ways that can transform what is currently possible.
Welcome to BUSECON. This course will introduce you to the advanced concepts of supply and demand, elasticity, consumer’s behavior, production and cost in a market economy, input optimization and profit maximization problems in various market models. You will be taught how individual economic agents make decisions and how markets function, addressing questions like how a consumer may make optimal choices, how individual demands are formed, and how market demand can be derived. You will also learn how firms can make optimal input choices to minimize production costs. By the end of this course, you will have better appreciation of how individual economic agents make decisions and their market interactions, that will aid you in becoming better managers in the future.
Accounting and Business Economics by
The recent financial crisis has sparked debates surrounding the nature and role of accounting in informing capital markets and regulatory bodies about the financial performance and position of a firm. These debates have drawn attention to the broader implications of accounting for the economy and society. Accounting and Business Economics brings together leading international scholars to examine the current state of accounting theory and its fundamental connection with the economics and finance of firms, viewing the business entity from not only accounting, but also national, economic, social, political, juridical, anthropological, and moral points of view.
Behind every good decision : how anyone can use business analytics to turn data into profitable insight by
So you're not a numbers person? No worries! You say that you can't understand how to read, let alone implement, these complex software programs that crunch all the data and spit out . . . more data? Not a problem either! There is a costly misconception in business today--that the only data that matters is BIG data, and that elaborate tools and data scientists are required to extract any practical information. But actually, nothing could be further from the truth.In Behind Every Good Decision, authors and analytics experts Piyanka Jain and Puneet Sharma demystify the process of business analytics and demonstrate how professionals at any level can take the information at their disposal and in only five simple steps--using only Excel as a tool!--make the decision necessary to increase revenue, decrease costs, improve product, or whatever else is being asked of them at that time. Readers will learn how to:* Clarify the business question* Lay out a hypothesis-driven plan* Pull relevant data* Convert it to insights* Make decisions that make an impactPacked with examples and exercises, this refreshingly accessible book explains the four fundamental analytic techniques that can help solve a surprising 80 percent of all business problems. It doesn't take a numbers person to know that is a formula you need!
Business Analytics: a data driven decision making approach for business. by
This business analytics (BA) text discusses the models based on fact-based data to measure past business performance to guide an organization in visualizing and predicting future business performance and outcomes. It provides a comprehensive overview of analytics in general with an emphasis on predictive analytics. Given the booming interest in analytics and data science, this book is timely and informative. It brings many terms, tools, and methods of analytics together. The first three chapters provide an introduction to BA, importance of analytics, types of BA-descriptive, predictive, and prescriptive-along with the tools and models. Business intelligence (BI) and a case on descriptive analytics are discussed. Additionally, the book discusses on the most widely used predictive models, including regression analysis, forecasting, data mining, and an introduction to recent applications of predictive analytics-machine learning, neural networks, and artificial intelligence. The concluding chapter discusses on the current state, job outlook, and certifications in analytics.
Business and Economics by
Kuyper on the Positive Potential of Business In his vast treasury of writings, Abraham Kuyper addressed nearly every sphere of society, including politics, science, and the arts. But his views on business and economics are often overlooked because he rarely engaged with that sphere directly. Still, his doctrine of common grace has great significance for showing how Christ is at work in the workplace. In this anthology of essays, speeches, and reflections, we see Kuyper's attempts to think positively and creatively about the calling and potential of business. Included are his ideas about economic freedom, the eternal value of earthly work, stewardship and philanthropy, economic globalization, the workings of God's grace in business, and the social function of money.
Business Economics by
This first edition on Business Economics brings all the concepts related to economic activities of the country, welfare of the consumers also business houses? survival, competition and taking quality decisions. The textbook comprises essential features of the relevant chapters which are not included in the book. The book also includes significant and living examples mentioning practical aspects related to the subject. The academic aspect of the book will help the students to go into the deep of the subject with all practical orientation of the concepts involved such as?cost and its behaviour, price, demand and forecasting techniques etc. The book is highly reader-friendly with full of knowledge and growth into the aspiring field.
Business Liability and Economic Damages by
Businesses exist to provide goods and services to customers and in so doing they take risks. Among these risks is the chance of losing money in lawsuits filed by customers, employees, and others negatively impacted by the business. Insurance provides some protection against these liabilities, but lawsuits still take their toll. This book covers the subject of economic damages and its role in insurance claims and lawsuits against businesses. After reading and understanding this book, the reader will be able to identify economic damages as a component of business liability, describe the business risk posed by economic damages, explain the key determinants of economic damages, and estimate economic damages and business loss in a variety of cases.
The Business Model Innovation Process by
Business Model Innovation Process: Preparation, Organization and Management examines a range of critical questions that merit thoughtful interdisciplinary consideration, such as: Why do business models, and their innovation in particular, matter today? How can the process of business model innovation be understood, organized and managed adequately under increasingly volatile, uncertain, complex and ambiguous technological, business and geo-political conditions? What should decision-making and risk-management look like under these conditions, with managers whose rationality is bounded? The book offers a detailed account of the relatively unknown process of business model innovation by looking into the intersection of strategic, operations and innovation management, organizational design, decision-making and performance management. In doing so, this book addresses fundamental issues, and introduces new ideas and theoretical perspectives. In envisioning and thinking about various potential scenarios of business model innovation and understanding how to organize for each of these under different conditions, the book provides original arguments and suggestions for practitioners. For that purpose, the book also offers many compelling real-life examples of business models and their innovation. Combining theory and practice, this book is an essential read for researchers and academics of business model innovation, as well as strategic management, digital transformation, innovation management and organizational change. It will also be of direct interest to practitioners and business leaders seeking new perspectives to increase their competitive advantage.
Business strategy : a guide to effective decision-making by
The effectiveness of a good strategy well implemented determines a business' future success or failure. Yet history is full of strategic decisions, big and small, that were ill-conceived, poorly organized and consequently disastrous. This updated guide looks at the whole process of strategic decision-making, from vision, forecasting, and resource allocation, through to implementation and innovation. Strategy is about understanding where you are now, where you are heading and how you will get there. There is no room for timidity or confusion. Although the CEO and the board decide a company's overall direction, it is the managers at all levels of the organization who will determine how the vision can be transformed into action. In short, everyone is involved in strategy. But getting it right involves difficult choices: which customers to target, what products to offer, and the best way to keep costs low and service high. And constantly changing business conditions inevitably bring risks. Even after business strategy has been developed, a company must remain nimble and alert to change, and view strategy as an ongoing and evolving process. The message of this guide is simple: strategy matters, and getting it right is fundamental to business success.
Contemporary Issues in Business, Economics and Finance by
This special edition of Contemporary Studies in Economics and Financial Analysis offers a selection of carefully curated chapters from invited participants in the International Applied Social Science Congress 4-6 April 2019. In these chapters, expert authors tackle issues across a variety of economic and financial disciplines. Chapters include: the role of bankruptcy risk prediction in assuring the financial performance of Romanian industrial capitals; the effects of female employment on economic growth; perceived exchange rates and exchange rate management techniques; the European Union's anti-discrimination laws in sport; bank stability in Latvia; and many more. With vigorous academic rigour, the authors and editors to this volume bring to life a wide variety of economic and financial discussions, from theory to practice. For any financial or economic researcher, student, or practitioner, this is an unmissable volume of research.
Data-Driven Business Models for the Digital Economy by
Today the fastest growing companies have no physical assets. Instead, they create innovative digital products and new data-driven business models. They capture huge market share fast and their capitalizations skyrocket. The success of these digital giants is pushing all companies to rethink their business models and to start digitizing their products and services. Whether you are a new start-up building a digital product or service, or an employee of an established company that is transitioning to digital, you need to consider how digitization has transformed every aspect of management. Data-driven business models scale not through asset accumulation and product standardization, but through disaggregation of supply and demand. The winners in the new economy master the demand for one and the supply to millions. Throughout the book the author illustrates with examples and use cases how the market competition has changed and how companies adept to the new rules of the game. The economic levers of scale and scope are also different in the digital economy and companies have to learn new tactics how to achieve and sustain their competitive advantage. While data is at the core of all digital business models, the monetization strategies vary across products, services and business models. Our Monetization Matrix is a model that helps managers, marketers, sales professionals, and technical product designers to align the digital product design with the data-driven business model.
Decision Analysis for Managers, Second Edition : A Guide for Making Better Personal and Business Decisions by
Everybody has to make decisions-they are unavoidable. However, we receive little or no education or training on how to make decisions. Business decisions are difficult: which people to hire, which product lines or facilities to expand, which proposal to accept, how much R&D to invest in, which environmental projects are high priority, etc. Personal decisions (college, getting married, changing jobs, buying a house, retiring, dealing with a health problem) can be even more difficult. This book gives you the tools you need to#65533;Clarify and reach alignment on goals and objectives; Understand trade-offs associated with reaching those objectives; Develop and examine alternatives; Systematically analyze the effects of risk and uncertainty, and; Maximize the chances of achieving your goals. Success (getting what you want) depends on luck and good decision-making. You can't control your luck, but you can maximize your odds by making the best possible decisions, and this book gets you there. The author organizes and presents otherwise formal decision-making tools in an intuitively understandable fashion. The presentation is informal, but the concepts and tools are research-based and formally accepted. Whether you are a business owner, a manager or team leader, or a senior professional, these tools will help both your personal and your business life.
The Economics and Management of Small Business by
Despite the seemingly relentless march of the multinationals, small businesses continue to thrive across the globe and form a vital part of all successful economies. The Economics and Management of Small Business provides an international perspective on this important topic, and includes many useful pedagogical features such as questions for discussion, international case-studies and empirical research.nbsp; Graham Bannock's accessible writing style is key to the reader gaining a good understanding of this important area, and students of small business and entrepreneurship courses will find this book extremely useful.
Innovation and the arts : the value of humanities studies for business by
We live in the Age of Knowledge but we are heading towards the Age of Imagination. However, our current education systems still divide arts and business, juxtaposing them as different worlds, apparently ignoring the essential truth that imagination is the springboard of innovation. For business to continue to evolve, the barriers to creativity and innovation must be lowered. In Innovation and the Arts: The Value of Humanities Studies for Business, editors Piero Formica and John Edmondson bring together a cast of expert contributors to explore how arts education can transform future business and social endeavours by developing empathy and enhancing skills frequently identified as lacking in graduates entering the workplace. Looking at arts and humanities across the broad spectrum of business and social innovation, and in the context of business education, examples of entrepreneurial and innovative developments, and the nature of the innovative mind, the contributors show how underdeveloped empathy and creativity constrain innovation. Art is disruptive, and innovation requires disruption to thrive. By dwelling on the need for the convergence of business, innovation and the arts, Innovation and the Artshighlights the inestimable value of lowering the psychological, organizational and institutional barriers that keep them apart. For educators and practitioners, this is an in-depth discussion designed to stimulate awareness of the issues facing business education.
Introduction to Business Analytics, Second Edition by
This book presents key concepts related to quantitative analysis in business. It is targeted at business students (both undergraduate and graduate) taking an introductory core course. Business analytics has grown to be a key topic in business curricula, and there is a need for stronger quantitative skills and understanding of fundamental concepts. This second edition adds material on Tableau, a very useful software for business analytics. This supplements the tools from Excel covered in the first edition, to include Data Analysis Toolpak and SOLVER.
Managerial economics : tools for analyzing business strategy by
Each year, thousands of businesses file for bankruptcy protection because managers fail to efficiently organize the company's operations, misread market trends, pay inadequate attention to product quality, or misinterpret the activities and intentions of rival companies. Perhaps they fail to formulate optimal advertising or financing strategies, procure raw materials and components at least cost, or provide adequate incentives to motivate workers to put forth their best efforts. Managerial economics is the application of economic principles to topics of concern to managers. This textbook develops a framework for predicting managerial responses to changes in the business environment. It combines the various business disciplines with quantitative methods to identify optimal solutions to more efficiently achieve a firm's organizational objectives. The topics discussed in this textbook are readily accessible to students with a background in the principles of microeconomics and business mathematics. The selection and organizations of topics makes the textbook appropriate for use in a wide range of curricula by students with different backgrounds.
Power and influence of economists : contributions to the social studies of economics by
Economists occupy leading positions in many different sectors including central and private banks, multinational corporations, the state and the media, as well as serving as policy consultants on everything from health to the environment and security. Power and Influence of Economists explores the interconnected relationship between power, knowledge and influence which has led economics to be both a source and beneficiary of widespread power and influence. The contributors to this book explore the complex and diverse methods and channels that economists have used to exert and expand their influence from different disciplinary and national perspectives. Four different analytical views on the role of power and economics are taken: first, the role of economic expert discourses as power devices for the formation of influential expertise; second, the logics and modalities of governmentality that produce power/knowledge apparatuses between science and society; third, economists as involved in networks between academia, politics and the media; and forth, economics considered as a social field, including questions of legitimacy and unequal relations between economists based on the detention of various capitals. The volume includes case studies on a variety of national configurations of economics, such as the US, Germany, Italy, Switzerland, Greece, Mexico and Brazil, as well as international spaces and organisations such as the IMF. This book provides innovative research perspectives for students and scholars of heterodox economics, cultural political economy, sociology of professions, network studies, and the social studies of power, discourse and knowledge. "The Open Access version of this book, available at https://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/oa-edit/10.4324/9780367817084, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license."
The sentient enterprise : the evolution of business decision making by
Mohan and Oliver have been very fortunate to have intimate views into the data challenges that face the largest organizations and institutions across every possible industry--and what they have been hearing about for some time is how the business needs to use data and analytics to their advantage. They continually hear the same issues, such as: We're spending valuable meeting time wondering why everyone's data doesn't match up. We can't leverage our economies of scale while remaining agile with data. We need self-serve apps that let the enterprise experiment with data and accelerate the development process. We need to get on a more predictive curve to ensure long-term success. To really address the data concerns of today's enterprise, they wanted to find a way to help enterprises achieve the success they seek. Not as a prescriptive process--but a methodology to become agile and leverage data and analytics to drive a competitive advantage. You know, it's amazing what can happen when two people with very different perspectives get together to solve a big problem. This evolutionary guide resulted from the a-ha moment between these two influencers at the top of their fields--one, an academic researcher and consultant, and the other, a longtime analytics practitioner and chief product officer at Teradata. Together, they created a powerful framework every type of business can use to connect analytic power, business practices, and human dynamics in ways that can transform what is currently possible.
Startup Accelerators by
The must - read guidebook for entrepreneurs looking to get into accelerator programs and to build and scale their startups with speed Accelerator programs have become one of the most powerful and valuable resources for entrepreneurs seeking to learn rapidly, build powerful networks, raise capital, build their startups and do this at speed and scale. In recent years, the number of accelerator programs around the world has grown at an incredible rate, propelling startups such as AirBnB, Uber, DropBox, Reddit, and others -- many to billion-dollar valuations. The number of accelerators, the differences in accelerator program offerings and the unique benefits and costs of different accelerator locations makes choosing the right accelerator a challenge. Selecting the wrong accelerator, failing to be accepted in the right one, or not fully taking advantage of all the accelerator has to offer can be costly, sometimes fatal. With the stakes so high, entrepreneurs need to understand all their options, choose carefully and do the right things to maximize their chances of success. Startup Accelerators is the go to guide for any entrepreneur, providing a firsthand look into the acceptance criteria and inner workings of different accelerator programs. Written by entrepreneurs for entrepreneurs, this indispensable resource explains what different accelerator programs offer, how to get accepted, what to do during the program, how to raise money during accelerators, what to do after the program ends, and much more. Packed with real-world case studies and advice from leading experts on startup accelerator programs, this one-stop resource provides step-by-step guidance on the entire accelerator process. Reveals how accelerators help founders navigate different challenges in the startup journey Describes the differences in the benefits and costs of different accelerator programs Explains how to prepare accelerator applications Discloses what actions to take during an accelerator to make the most of it Depicts case studies of entrepreneurs' accelerator applications, experiences and outcomes across different accelerators Features interviews with accelerator program managers, founders who went through accelerators, and investors in companies going through or having gone through accelerators Includes insightful data and reflections from entrepreneurship education researchers and academics Startup Accelerators: A Field Guide will prove to be invaluable for startup founders considering or going through accelerators, as well as aspiring entrepreneurs, educators, and other startup accelerator stakeholders.
Text Analytics for Business Decisions by
With the rise in data science development, we now have many remarkable techniques and tools to extend data analysis from numeric and categorical data to textual data. Sifting through the open-ended responses from a survey, for example, was an arduous process when performed by hand. Using a case study approach, this book was written for business analysts who wish to increase their skills in extracting answers for text data in order to support business decision making. Most of the exercises use Excel, today's most common analysis tool, and R, a popular analytic computer environment. The techniques covered range from the most basic text analytics, such as key word analysis, to more sophisticated techniques, such as topic extraction and text similarity scoring. Companion files with numerous datasets are included for use with case studies and exercises. FEATURES: Organized by tool or technique, with the basic techniques presented first and the more sophisticated techniques presented later Uses Excel and R for datasets in case studies and exercises Features the CRISP-DM data mining standard with early chapters for conducting the preparatory steps in data mining Companion files with numerous datasets and figures from the text. The companion files are available online by emailing the publisher with proof of purchase at info@merclearning.com.
Building on Fundamentals of Accounting 1 and 2 taken by students during their senior high school, this course is expected to recall, identify, explain and illustrate various accounting concepts, principles and procedures related to sole proprietorship engaged in service and merchandising type of business. It will first examine students ability to process business transaction of service and merchandising business and be able to prepare basic financial statements.
In order to broaden students knowledge on accounting procedures for other business organization, Business Accounting 1 will focus and introduce accounting for both partnership and corporation type of business organization . The students will be taught various procedures and processing of business transactions related to partnership formation , results of operation , dissolution and liquidation. This course will also include discussion on corporate formation and students will be tasked to process stock transactions and construct an equity section of the statement of financial position and will also be required to do an stockholder’s equity analysis.
At the end of the term, the students are expected to prepare or construct basic financial statements with emphasis on the partnership capital statement and corporation equity section on the statement of financial position. The students learning experiences in this course will enhance their accounting foundation for entrepreneurial endeavor , augment their analytical skill, critical thinking and decision making as future entrepreneurs.
Accounting All-In-One for Dummies with Online Practice by
Your all-in-one accounting resource If you're a numbers person, it's your lucky day! Accounting jobs are on the rise -- in fact, the Bureau of Labor Statistics projects a faster-than-average growth rate of 11% in the industry through 2024. So, if you're seeking long-term job security while also pursuing your passion, you'll be stacking the odds in your favor by starting a career in accounting. Accountants don't necessarily lead a solitary life behind a desk in a bank. The field offers opportunities in auditing, budget analysis, financial accounting, management accounting, tax accounting, and more. In Accounting All-in-One For Dummies, you'll benefit from cream-of-the-crop content culled from several previously published books. It'll help you to flourish in whatever niche you want to conquer in the wonderful world of accounting. You'll also get free access to a quiz for each section of the book online. Report on financial statements Make savvy business decisions Audit and detect financial fraud Handle cash and make purchasing decisions Get free access to topic quizzes online If you're a student studying the application of accounting theories or a professional looking for a valuable desktop reference you can trust, this book covers it all.
Accounting and Business Economics by
The recent financial crisis has sparked debates surrounding the nature and role of accounting in informing capital markets and regulatory bodies about the financial performance and position of a firm. These debates have drawn attention to the broader implications of accounting for the economy and society. Accounting and Business Economics brings together leading international scholars to examine the current state of accounting theory and its fundamental connection with the economics and finance of firms, viewing the business entity from not only accounting, but also national, economic, social, political, juridical, anthropological, and moral points of view.
Accounting Building Business Skills by
Accounting: Building Business Skills 4th edition continues to provide students and academics with a well written and accessible textbook, with ample illustrations and applications to business, for a first course in accounting. The text is unique in the way it balances a "user" and "preparer" perspective and integrates real financial information to illustrate business decision choices and how decisions are made using accounting information. The pedagogical approach presented in the text has been tried and tested over many years, and provides a constructive framework for students to learn fundamental accounting concepts and processes. Through the use of real company information and financial statements students will quickly appreciate the use of accounting information. The textbook clearly outlines to students how to account for typical business transactions and prepare financial statements - such as a balance sheet, income statement, and statement of cash flows - that communicate the financing, operating, and investing activities of a business. Whether a student is required to study one accounting subject, as part of a wider business degree, or undertake a major study of accounting the text builds a strong conceptual understanding of accounting and will develop skills that can be applied to an accounting and business environment. The integral role of financial statements for decision making is also emphasised in this text and is reinforced throughout by the Decision Toolkit in each chapter. Students are provided with an extensive set of tools necessary to make business decisions based on financial information. The fourth edition is designed to engage and educate students.
Accounting business reporting for decision making by
While the sixth edition of Accounting: Business Reporting for Decision Making covers both preparer and user issues of business reporting, it predominantly explores and reinforces the principles of financial and management accounting from a user perspective. Accounting is presented as a decision-making tool for business rather than a record-keeping function. In developing the sixth edition of the text, the authors have carefully considered the positioning of the chapters and the flow of the learning objectives so that the order of the topics presented suits the sequence of topics covered in most accounting courses. This text is most suitable for introductory accounting units that focus on financial decision making in business, rather than the preparation of financial reports. It is also highly suited to first-year units in accounting in business degrees, MBA introductory accounting units and accounting service units.
Accounting Information Systems by
Accounting Information Systems: Understanding Business Processes is the fourth edition of the leading local textbook available to students who are required to study a subject on accounting information systems. A well established and widely used textbook, the new edition continues to detail the important role of accounting and information systems in business. As students of accounting are required to possess a firm understanding of accounting information systems and how they impact upon various core business processes the text explores the business processes that are central to many organisations, and explains the many issues associated with accounting information systems.
Business Accounting and Finance by
This text presents a clear, comprehensive and engaging text that is essential reading for anyone studying accounting and finance. Carefully structured to reflect the topics covered in most one or two semester modules, the book comprises three parts: financial accounting, management accounting and business finance.
Business Skills All-In-One for Dummies by
Find workplace success There are some things that will never go out of style, and good business skills are one of them. With the help of this informative book, you'll learn how to wear multiple hats in the workplace no matter what comes your way--without ever breaking a sweat. Compiled from eight of the best Dummies books on business skills topics, Business Skills All-in-One For Dummies offers everything you need to hone your abilities and translate them into a bigger paycheck. Whether you're tasked with marketing or accounting responsibilities--or anything in between--this all-encompassing reference makes it easier than ever to tackle your job with confidence. Manage a successful operation Write more effectively Work on the go with Microsoft Office 365 Deal with marketing, accounting, and projects with ease If you've ever dreamed about being able to juggle all your work responsibilities without ever dropping the ball, the book is for you.
Financial & managerial accounting : the basis for business decisions by
Offers a foundation for students who are learning basic accounting concepts. Giving equal weight to financial and managerial topics, this book includes an Accounting Cycle Presentation, managerial decision making, relevant pedagogy, and high quality, end-of-chapter material.
Financial accounting by
The tenth edition of Hoggett's Financial Accounting is a must-have for students who want to succeed in their unit and leave with a rich foundation of knowledge for their future study and career in the area of Accounting. With over 40 years' experience lead author John Hoggett alongside a team of experienced writers and subject-experts have designed a resource that is ideal for student's seeking a complete practical guide to Financial Accounting.The new edition leverages off the previous successes of the series and offers students an introductory but comprehensive description of the purpose, practice and process of contemporary international financial accounting in an Australian context. With the increased emphasis on the globalisation of business the material is ideal for the study of introductory accounting in a broad international context. Now available as a full colour printed textbook with an interactive e-text code included, it builds on the strengths of previous editions with a strong focus on the decision-making role of accounting, as well as on a student's acquisition of generic skills such as communication, analytical, problem solving, critical thinking and judgement skills. The technical skills required in the application of accounting concepts remain a core objective of the new edition.
Financial Accounting by
Financial accounting is the branch of accounting thought and practice concerned with preparing and providing information for external users of financial statements. This textbook helps students to understand the concepts that underpin the application of accounting theory to solve accounting problems. This international edition includes extracts from financial statements, definitions of key terms and exam examples. Unlike other textbooks, the author provides analysis of why accountants do what they do, and not just how. With such a wealth of accounting models and diagrams intertwined with this analysis, this book guides the reader through all the practicalities and concepts of financial accounting. Additional online questions, exercises and problems provide an opportunity to put this new-found knowledge into practice along the way. This book is an essential guide for students new to accountancy, and an equally useful tool for more experienced students and researchers.
Financial Accounting by
While many texts characterize themselves as having either a “user” approach or a “preparer” approach, Williams’ Financial Accounting is written for faculty who want to strike a balance between these approaches. Business majors will find relevance in the “Ethics, Fraud & Corporate Governance,” “Your Turn” and “Case in Point” boxes throughout the chapters while accounting majors will receive a firm grounding in accounting basics that will prepare them for their intermediate course.
Financial accounting : tools for business decision making by 
Financial accounting theory and analysis by 
Fundamentals of advanced accounting by 
Global financial accounting and reporting by
Global Financial Accounting and Reporting 4e provides a complete companion to financial accounting that takes management students with no previous knowledge of accounting from the mechanics of how financial records are structured through to being able to understand and analyze published consolidated financial statements. The book is global in its approach. It uses IFRS Standards as its basis and so reflects the rules followed by nearly all European listed companies and by an ever-increasing number of firms worldwide. Global Financial Accounting and Reporting is primarily aimed at future users of accounting information such as managers and analysts. It is therefore ideal for use at MBA level. It can also be used on financial accounting modules for business students at the undergraduate level.
QuickBooks 2015 : the best guide for small business by
Manage Your Small Business Finances with QuickBooks 2015 Set up a complete small business financial management system quickly and easily. Written by Certified QuickBooks ProAdvisors, QuickBooks 2015: The Best Guide for Small Business shows you how to maximize all of the software's powerful capabilities, including the new and improved features. Learn best practices for controlling your business's financial operations--processing invoices, tracking inventory, monitoring sales, managing payroll, and more. You'll also get tips for working with an accountant and organizing tax information. Run your small business efficiently and effectively using the tested techniques and valuable advice in this practical guide to QuickBooks 2015. Prepare and customize QuickBooks for your company Enter customers, vendors, and transactions Manage accounts payable and receivable Work with bank and credit card accounts Pay employees and payroll taxes Use QuickBooks budget and planning tools Manage inventory Secure your data Generate reports Prepare for tax time
QuickBooks 2019 All-In-One for Dummies by
The quickest way to do the books! Finances don't have to put you in a funk! With the help of this all-encompassing book, you'll get the easy-to-follow instruction you need to get your business' ducks in a row--without ever losing your cool. Whether you're a numbers person or have never spent much time with a calculator, you'll discover how to use QuickBooks 2019 to make it easier than ever to handle your finances. This value-priced reference combines eight content-rich mini-books into one complete package, providing the answers you need to get the most out of the latest version of QuickBooks. No stone is left unturned, giving you everything you need to turn what used to be harrowing tasks into simple items you can check off on your to-do list. Helps you use QuickBooks to ease accounting chores, financial management, and business planning Provides guidance from an industry expert Shows you how to set up a QuickBooks accounting system, load the master files lists, invoice customers, pay vendors, track inventory, manage cash and bank accounts, and more Gives helpful troubleshooting tips to make your accounting easy Your time is precious--why waste a minute when QuickBooks can make it easier? Get started today!
Starting a business all-in-one for dummies by
Starting a business? Don't sweat it! With all-new content and updates reflecting the latest laws, business climate, and startup considerations, Starting a Business All-In-One For Dummies, 2nd Edition, is the book you need if you're starting a business today. Inside, you'll find the most important practical advice you need to start any type of business from the ground up, distilled from 10 bestselling For Dummies business titles. Covering all startup business phases through the first year of operation, this guide will help you turn your winning idea into a winning business plan. You'll get simple step-by-step instructions as you go, all the way to marketing, branding, taxes, and human resources. Start up a dream business from scratch Write a winning business plan Secure financing Manage your risks successfully Navigate your first year of operation If you're a go-getter looking for a way to launch a great idea and be your own boss, Starting a Business All-In-One For Dummies prepares you to beat the odds and become successful in your sector.
Building on Fundamentals of Accounting 1 and 2 taken by students during their senior high school, this course is expected to recall, identify, explain and illustrate various accounting concepts, principles and procedures related to sole proprietorship engaged in service and merchandising type of business. It will first examine students ability to process business transaction of service and merchandising business and be able to prepare basic financial statements.
In order to broaden students knowledge on accounting procedures for other business organization, Business Accounting 1 will focus and introduce accounting for both partnership and corporation type of business organization . The students will be taught various procedures and processing of business transactions related to partnership formation , results of operation , dissolution and liquidation. This course will also include discussion on corporate formation and students will be tasked to process stock transactions and construct an equity section of the statement of financial position and will also be required to do an stockholder’s equity analysis.
At the end of the term, the students are expected to prepare or construct basic financial statements with emphasis on the partnership capital statement and corporation equity section on the statement of financial position. The students learning experiences in this course will enhance their accounting foundation for entrepreneurial endeavor , augment their analytical skill, critical thinking and decision making as future entrepreneurs.
Accounting and Business Economics by
The recent financial crisis has sparked debates surrounding the nature and role of accounting in informing capital markets and regulatory bodies about the financial performance and position of a firm. These debates have drawn attention to the broader implications of accounting for the economy and society. Accounting and Business Economics brings together leading international scholars to examine the current state of accounting theory and its fundamental connection with the economics and finance of firms, viewing the business entity from not only accounting, but also national, economic, social, political, juridical, anthropological, and moral points of view.
Accounting for Business Practicalities and Strategies by
This book is written for those who may be responsible for, or are generally interested in, the activities of organizations but do not have the knowledge to interpret the financial information that is available. As an owner of a business or a manager, you will deal with numbers of various types. This book is written for those who may be responsible for, or are generally interested in, the activities of organizations but do not have the knowledge to interpret the financial information that is available. The book identifies the types of organizations that generate financial information and explains how you can use it for your benefit. The early chapters focus on the information that is publicly available for large companies and demonstrate how to select and analyze the figures for decision making. The later chapters concentrate on the detailed management accounting information that is available internally for managers so that they can make decisions, investigate problems, and set performance targets. The final chapter, explores emerging and very pertinent issues such as "Can the organization obtain the basic resources to stay in business?" and "Are its activities harmful to the environment?"
Accounting For Fun and Profit : A Guide to Understanding Financial Statements by
Accounting is an economic information system, and can be thought of as the language of business. Accounting principles cannot be discovered; they are created, developed, or decreed and are supported or justified by intuition, authority, and acceptability. Managers have alternatives in their accounting choices; the decisions are political, and trade-offs will be made. Accounting information provides individuals, both inside and outside a firm, with a starting point to understand and evaluate the key drivers of a firm, its financial position, and performance. If you are managing a firm, investing in a firm, lending to a firm, or even working for a firm, you should be able to read the firm's financial statements and ask questions based on those statements. This book explains the fundamentals of financial statements. It is designed and meant to explain the language of accounting to non-accountants (i.e., those who hire accountants). After reading this book, you should be able to pick up an annual report, read it, understand much of it, and have a solid foundation to start asking questions about the firm. This book will show you that accounting can be informative and fun!
Accounting Terminology by
A bank for the "language of money" you need to know. Our author, expert and professor targeted the most important vocabulary for this critical subject in 6 laminated pages covering over 300 terms. Easy to access at a moment's notice for reviewing core concepts before exams, as a professional resource, or for general knowledge of an area that affects business as well as personal lives every day. Suggested uses: * Students/Teachers - reference for any business and accounting student * Personal - great crib sheet for personal investments, money managing, financial markets and government * Professionals - whether an entrepreneur or a CPA, keep a reference to the language of money by your side * Businesses - purchase as a give-away that will help you educate your clients, making for more productive discussions and relationships
Advances in Pacific Basin Business, Economics and Finance by
Advances in Pacific Basin Business, Economics, and Financeis an annual publication designed to focus on interdisciplinary research in finance, economics, accounting and management among Pacific Rim countries. All articles published have been reviewed and recommended by at least two members of the editorial board. Topics of interest include, but are not limited to, the following: Policies and Regulations on financial markets and financial institutions; Options, futures and other derivatives markets; Corporate finance and investment decisions; Fixed-Income securities and portfolio management; Insurance and risk management; Accounting, auditing and taxation; Marketing, management, and business strategies; Interdisciplinary issues on supply chain, finance, and marketing; Monetary and foreign exchange policy; Income, employment, and other economic policies among the Pacific Rim countries
Calling out COVID-19 : business strategies for surviving a 'Pompeii Event' by
This book is written for business owners, entrepreneurs, leadership, or management teams in public or third sector and professionals who are currently dealing with the COVID-19 epidemic. We are currently experiencing the second wave of an unprecedented global pandemic-the COVID-19 crisis, which is destroying established industries such as tourism and attributing to the death of millions of people worldwide. The authors believe that the pandemic is analogous to the ancient Roman tragedy of Pompeii when the citadel was buried under four to six meters (13 to 20 feet) of volcanic ash and pumice in the eruption of Mount Vesuvius in AD 79. This book is written for business owners, entrepreneurs, leadership, or management teams in public or third sector and professionals who are currently dealing with the COVID-19 epidemic. It offers tools and techniques located in the economics of innovation, other frameworks such as the Fraud Triangle, and the authors extensive experience including rigorous cash management, practical fraud prevention, and detection and advice on implementing and refining corporate governance structures. The book will also be of interest to postgraduate including MBA students and business researchers. The book concludes by summarizing the key theories that can be used to understand the impact of this Pompeii Event and pragmatic solutions to fight COVID-19. The authors argue that organizations rooted in foresight will survive and emerge as future trail blazers. An extensive appendix is also included which outlines the implications for financial reporting.
The Definitive Guide to Blockchain for Accounting and Business by
Blockchain: a disruptive technology, or a new chance for the business world? The answer is both. With potential to change how economic transactions are recorded, stored, and verified, blockchain is changing the very face of the accounting industry. Despite its ramifications, business students of today and the practicing accountants of tomorrow are not being adequately trained in this new technology, due to a lack of resources exploring it from an accountant and business expert's perspective. Through its discussion of real-world and 'use-cases' The Definitive Guide to Blockchain for Business and Accountingdistils an abstract technology into relatable experiences for business professionals. Including chapters from practicing professionals in the blockchain industry, The Definitive Guideshows readers how this innovative technology is changing the fundamentals of the business world. With international subject matter experts, this exciting new book includes perspectives from accountants, auditors, CEOs and CTOs on how blockchain is rewriting the future of the business and accounting world.
Financial Accounting by
Every German student of business administration needs to have a basic understanding of accounting according to German GAAP, and thanks to globalization many courses about German accounting are nowadays held in English to improve the language skills of the students. In addition many foreign subsidiaries of German companies have to prepare their part of consolidated financial statements according to German GAAP. So far, these professionals can rely on German literature only. The first part of the book offers a compact introduction to financial statements according to German GAAP, the second part comprises exercises on individual topics with solutions and case studies for in-depth and effective learning. This introduction provides ideal support for German-speaking students taking Englishspeaking lectures in the field and is furthermore valuable for professionals looking for explanations when preparing the data for consolidated financial statements. Includes exercises and case studies for practice Ideal textbook for students of German Universities attending English-speaking lectures in financial management Ideal introduction for professionals with a succinct explanation and additional support with a glossary and vocabulary
Financial Accounting by
Every German student of business administration needs to have a basic understanding of accounting according to German GAAP. Thanks to globalization, many courses in German accounting are nowadays conducted in English. In addition, many foreign subsidiaries of German companies have to prepare their part of consolidated financial statements according to German GAAP. So far students taking these accounting courses and professionals preparing these financial statements have had to rely on German literature only and did not have an English textbook to refer to that covers German GAAP accounting topics in detail. To fill this gap, the first edition of this book offered a compact introduction to financial statements according to German GAAP, and exercises on individual topics with solutions and case studies for in-depth and effective learning. The revised and extended second edition with updated references and text, adds a complete translation of the parts of the German Commercial Code that are directly relevant for accounting. Students and professionals can now go back to the original source when working out accounting problems. It provides ideal support for German-speaking students and is furthermore valuable for professionals looking for explanations when preparing the data for consolidated financial statements. Includes exercises and case studies for practice Ideal textbook for students of German universities attending English-speaking lectures in financial management Ideal introduction for professionals with succinct explanations and additional support in the form of a glossary and list of vocabulary terms
Forensic Accounting and Financial Statement Fraud by
The existence and persistence of high profile alleged financial statement fraud (FSF) have negatively affected the safety and soundness of financial markets and investors confident in public financial information. Forensic accounting has advanced as an important and rewarding field of accounting to prevent, detect and correct FSF. There has been significant demand for and intertest in forensic accounting as well substantial growth in both investigation and litigation services. The first volume addresses the relevance and importance of forensic accounting and fraud examination as well as the framework and structure of forensic accounting practices. The author presents an introduction to forensic accounting and financial statement fraud examination and their relevance and importance to businesses, financial markets, economies and society. Also discussed is forensic accounting opportunities, skills, and services; forensic accounting profession; and professional responsibilities and codes of conduct for forensic accountants. Finally, forensic accounting best practices, education, and research are touched on.
Gnucash 2.4 Small Business Accounting by
This book is a comprehensive beginner's guide that teaches you to use GnuCash from scratch with jargon-free step-by-step tutorials packed with tips. There are multiple choice questions to make learning more interesting and additional challenges thrown at the more adventurous user for a deep grasp of the topic. This book is written for you - the self-employed, the owner, partner or leader of micro-enterprises, home businesses, Small Office/Home Office (SOHO), and other small businesses - to help you maintain your books of accounts using GnuCash. This book is also for you - office-bearers of non-profits and students who want to learn accounting hands-on. If you are using a spreadsheet to maintain your business books and are wasting time, or you are handing over a shoe box of receipts to your high-priced accountant or are using another accounting application that is overkill for small business, get this book and download GnuCash.
Principles of Financial Accounting by
The University of North Georgia Press and Affordable Learning Georgia bring you Accounting I. Well-written and straightforward, Principles of Financial Accounting is a needed contribution to open source pedagogy in the business education world. Written in order to directly meet the needs of her students, this textbook developed from Dr. Christine Jonick's years of teaching and commitment to effective pedagogy.
The Routledge Companion to the Makers of Global Business by
The Routledge Companion to the Makers of Global Business draws together a wide array of state-of-the-art research on multinational enterprises. The volume aims to deepen our historical understanding of how firms and entrepreneurs contributed to transformative processes of globalization. This book explores how global business facilitated the mechanisms of cross-border interactions that affected individuals, organizations, industries, national economies and international relations. The 37 chapters span the Middle Ages to the present day, analyzing the emergence of institutions and actors alongside key contextual factors for global business development. Contributors examine business as a central actor in globalization, covering myriad entrepreneurs, organizational forms and key industrial sectors. Taking a historical view, the chapters highlight the intertwined and evolving nature of economic, political, social, technological and environmental patterns and relationships. They explore dynamic change as well as lasting continuities, both of which often only become visible - and can only be fully understood - when analyzed in the long run. With dedicated chapters on challenges such as political risk, sustainability and economic growth, this prestigious collection provides a one-stop shop for a key business discipline.
This course serves as an introduction to a) law and the legal system, b) obligations and contracts, c) business entities’ forms especially corporations and partnerships and, d) Intellectual Property Law. The selected relevant legal concepts will guide those in business dealings whether as a start-up entrepreneur or as a part of the partnership/corporate set-up. Each session is designed to cover both theoretical and practical applications of basic legal matters so that the learner will acquire the knowledge, argument skills and enhance values in this respect.
Anderson's Business Law and the Legal Environment by
Prepare to ace your business law course as the #1 summarized case business law text on the market today helps you grasp key legal concepts and principles. ANDERSON'S BUSINESS LAW & THE LEGAL ENVIRONMENT - COMPREHENSIVE EDITION, 23E reinforces your understanding through applications and examples of real-world dilemmas, issues, and problems. You�ll also find invaluable information and resources to assist you in studying for the CPA exam. Current, comprehensive, easy-to-understand and fascinating to read, ANDERSON�S BUSINESS LAW & THE LEGAL ENVIRONMENT helps you prepare you for class with all of the in-text and online resources you need to succeed in your business law course.
Anderson's Business Law and the Legal Environment, Comprehensive Volume by
In addition to preparing you to ace your business law course, ANDERSON'S BUSINESS LAW AND THE LEGAL ENVIRONMENT, COMPREHENSIVE VOLUME, 22nd Edition, provides information and resources to assist you in studying for the CPA exam. This #1 summarized case business law text on the market today helps you grasp key legal concepts and principles by reinforcing your understanding through applications and examples of real-world dilemmas, issues, and problems. Current, comprehensive, easy-to-understand and fascinating to read, ANDERSON'S BUSINESS LAW will help you prepare you for class and give you all the resources you need to succeed in your business law course.
Business, the internet and the law by 
Business Law by
BUSINESS LAW: TEXT AND CASES--AN ACCELERATED COURSE delivers a concise, authoritative treatment of business law topics typically covered in a one-semester business law course. The text also provides an ideal blend of classic black-letter law and cutting-edge coverage of contemporary issues and cases. The text�s strong student orientation makes the law accessible, interesting, and relevant, and the cases, content, and features represent the latest developments in business law. An excellent assortment of included cases ranges from precedent-setting landmarks to important recent decisions. In addition, numerous features and exercises help students master the material and apply what they have learned to real-world issues. Ethical, global, e-commerce, digital, and corporate themes are integrated throughout; for example, new Digital Update features affecting the law are included throughout this edition. Specific text features that students will find valuable include: NUMBERED EXAMPLES, CASE IN POINTS, SAMPLE ANSWERS, NEW STUDENT-FRIENDLY CONCEPT SUMMARY DESIGN, and EXHIBITS.
Business law 2014 by
This book is a comprehensive text which provides a clear and current appreciation of the main rules and legal principles encountered in a course for non-lawyers. It considers the legal environment in which businesses must operate in all states and territories.
Business Law and the Regulation of Business by
Praised by students for its accurate and straightforward coverage of the law, BUSINESS LAW AND THE REGULATION OF BUSINESS illustrates how legal concepts can be applied to common business situations. This book's comprehensive, yet succinct approach provides the depth of coverage ideal for business success and CPA exam preparation without the technical jargon. Choose Mann/Roberts' BUSINESS LAW AND THE REGULATION OF BUSINESS, 11TH EDITION for the business law presentation you can trust, understand and retain for long-term business success.
Business Law Today, Standard by
Interesting, clear, and applied, BUSINESS LAW TODAY: STANDARD EDITION, 11E is the ideal guide to the law and what it means in the business world -- from contracts and secured transactions to warranties and government regulations. Easy to understand with an engaging writing style that is matched by vibrant visuals, BUSINESS LAW TODAY: STANDARD EDITION covers contemporary topics that impact not only the business world, but also your life. You examine the financial crisis and its impact on business law, identity theft, immigration law, and diversity issues. Fascinating features and intriguing cases highlight the practicality of the concepts you are learning. In addition, numerous learning support resources provide tools that address various learning styles.
Employment Law for Business by 
The entrepreneur's guide to law and strategy by
Business Insider calls The ENTREPRENEUR�S GUIDE �perhaps the most useful business book you can ever read� and lists it among twenty-five must-read books for entrepreneurs. THE ENTREPRENEUR�S GUIDE TO LAW AND STRATEGY, 5E examines stages of starting a business -- from start-up and growth to public offering, while highlighting legal preparations and pitfalls. Cutting-edge examples show how legally astute entrepreneurs can strategically increase realizable value, deploy resources, and manage risk. The book discusses leaving your job, hiring former coworkers, competing with a former employer, workplace legislation, product liability, and bankruptcy. You examine current issues including today�s workforce in the �gig� economy, �crowdsourcing� capital and social media, computer hacking and identity theft. Legal discussion integrates with core strategic concepts, such as Porter�s Five Forces, the resource-based view of the firm, the value proposition, activities in the value chain and more.
Essentials OF Business Law by
No other text conveys such a passion for this profoundly important discipline. Delivering the material in their signature engaging style, the authors pepper their writing with a focus on human conflict that illustrates legal issues from the business manager's perspective. While more brief than traditional business law texts, ESSENTIALS OF BUSINESS LAW, 5TH Edition provides solid coverage of the core topics, especially contracts.
Essentials of business law. by Essentials of Philippine business law by 
International Business Law and Its Environment by
Today, no business is purely domestic. Even the smallest local firms are affected by global competition and world events. INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS LAW AND ITS ENVIRONMENT, 10E delivers complete, reader-friendly coverage of the legal implications and ramifications of doing business internationally. You examine the cultural, political, economic, and ethical issues today's global business managers face. With a focus on trade, the licensing of intellectual property, and foreign direct investment, you examine the three major forms of doing business in a foreign country. Real examples, precedent-setting cases, managerial implications, and ethical considerations show how to apply key principles. From the legal relationship between parties in an international business transaction to managing risk to the special challenges of conducting business in emerging economies, this edition helps you understand the most common practices and critical issues in global business law.
International Business Law and Its Environment by
Today most people agree that no business is purely domestic and that even the smallest local firms are affected by global competition and world events. INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS AND ITS LEGAL ENVIRONMENT is designed to deliver comprehensive, yet accessible, coverage of the legal implications and ramifications of doing business internationally, along with the related cultural, political, economic, and ethical issues faced by global business managers. Focusing on trade, the licensing of intellectual property, and foreign direct investment, the authors present the three major forms of doing business in a foreign country through real-world examples, precedent-setting cases, managerial implications, and ethical considerations. From the legal relationship between parties in an international business transaction to managing risk to learning the special challenges of doing business in emerging economies, the 9th Edition helps students understand the most common practices and critical issues in global business law.
Law and Ethics in the Business Environment by
Climate change. Telematic surveillance. The gig economy. Transgender rights at work. Food security. Native advertising. Now you can take a closer look at the hot topics impacting business law and ethics today as you examine real applications in the thought-provoking LAW AND ETHICS IN THE BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT, 9E. This edition dives into current controversies and makes classroom discussion with your instructor and peers come alive. Content prompts you to carefully consider recent, important court cases, while readings challenge you to think critically about contemporary legal and ethical dilemmas. Interactive assignments, such as role play, mock trials, and negotiation exercises, sharpen your ability to tackle tough problems and communicate effectively.
Law for Business by
Overview: Law for Business has set the standard as an easy-to-read textbookthat provides students with the tools for understanding the legal environment of business.This, the 12th edition, has not strayed from that winning formula. The text goes wellbeyond merely identifying the current legal rules and regulations affecting business byoffering insights into new developments and trends that promise to greatly affect the futureof both domestic and international businesses. The result is a comprehensive, yet concise,treatment of the legal issues of fundamental importance to business students and the businessprofession.Feedback from faculty and students alike confirms that they particularly like the clearexposition, the careful selection and editing of high-interest cases, and the text’s attractiveand readable design.
The law on transfer and business taxation : with illustrations, problems, and solutions by 
Smith and Roberson's Business Law by
The most complete, credible, and authentic business law text available, the Sixteenth Edition of SMITH & ROBERSON'S BUSINESS LAW by Richard A. Mann and Barry S. Roberts continues a long tradition of accuracy, thoroughness, and consistent coverage of the latest issues and emerging trends. This updated classic delivers a comprehensive, detailed presentation of business law that covers all topics included in the business law section of the certified public accountant (CPA) exam. In addition, this text covers the legal responsibilities and liabilities of accountants section and the corporate governance portion of business environment and concepts section of the CPA Exam. The cases--located at the end of each chapter--offer an excellent mix of landmark and current decisions and are edited to preserve a large portion of the language of the court. Proven, comprehensive, and completely up-to-date, this trusted and thorough text will challenge and engage your students--and ensure they leave your class with a solid understanding of modern business law.
Transfer and business taxation : principles and laws with accounting applications by This course serves as an introduction to a) law and the legal system, b) obligations and contracts, c) business entities’ forms especially corporations and partnerships and, d) Intellectual Property Law. The selected relevant legal concepts will guide those in business dealings whether as a start-up entrepreneur or as a part of the partnership/corporate set-up. Each session is designed to cover both theoretical and practical applications of basic legal matters so that the learner will acquire the knowledge, argument skills and enhance values in this respect.
AI Concepts for Business Applications by
The business world has been hearing about Artificial Intelligence (AI) and blockchain. AI was the superstar topic of conversations at the World Economic Forum in Davos, Switzerland this past January 2019. Here, Nick Brestoff, a former attorney who now holds eight (8) patents for business applications that use AI and the breakthrough form of AI -- "deep learning," provides his readers with a "no math" explanation of deep learning that's followed by numerous applications in a wide variety of contexts. In this book, he opens the door to his journey of understanding and innovation, all in an effort to empower his readers to come up with business-relevant innovations of their own.
Betting the Company : Complex Negotiation Strategies for Law and Business by
Where the fate of a company is on the line in a negotiation, legal and business teams must work seamlessly to reach a successful conclusion. Unfortunately, there's often a gap between lawyers, who are typically untrained in business strategy, and business executives, who lack basic knowledge of contract law and regulations.In Betting the Company: Complex Negotiation Strategies for Law and Business, Andrew Trask and Andrew DeGuire offer a thorough introduction to enable lawyers and business people to understand the theoretical concepts and to apply practical tools to conduct a successful, multi-faceted negotiation. The authors, both of whom have extensive experience conducting high-stakes negotiation, explain the different strategic considerations negotiators face, from the pressures on individuals representing a larger group to the difficulties that arise from clashes of corporate culture. They also discuss the specific challenges raised by negotiations that involve multiple parties, multiple issues, and take place over longer periods of time. Throughout this illuminating book, Trask and DeGuire provide concrete, practical advice on how best to guide companies through the most difficult negotiations.
Business Law by
This comprehensive textbook provides a thorough and accessible introduction to business law for the non-law student. Packed with up-to-date and relevant examples, it demonstrates the real applicability of the law to the business world, making it an invaluable companion for all those tackling business law for the first time.Whether you're a would-be entrepreneur or looking to a career in management, this book gives you the solid base you need to make confident business decisions in the future. Designed for non-lawyers, Business Law is written in a clear and easy-to-follow style which avoids excessive legal terminology and presents the need-to-know facts and cases.Fully referenced throughout and with an accompanying Online Resource Centre, Business Law combines accurate legal detail with strong learning tools such as self-test questions, chapter summaries and key definitions, helping you successfully navigate your way through this often complex subject.
Business Liability and Economic Damages, Second Edition by
This book covers the subject of economic damages and its role in insurance claims, lawsuits, and injunctions against businesses. Businesses exist to provide goods and services to customers, and in doing so, they take risks. Among these risks is the chance of losing money in lawsuits filed by customers, employees, and others negatively impacted by the business. Insurance provides some protection against these liabilities, but lawsuits still take their toll. This book covers the subject of economic damages and its role in insurance claims, lawsuits, and injunctions against businesses. This book will help the reader to identify economic damages as a component of business liability, describe the business risk posed by economic damages, explain some key determinants of economic damages, and estimate economic damages and business loss in a variety of cases.
Business Negotiations and the Law by
Business Negotiations and the Law: The Protection of Weak Professional Parties in Standard Form Contracting aims to explore the issues surrounding contract negotiations between entrepreneurs and other professionals when one of the parties does not have the same level of bargaining power as the other. The need to protect weaker parties from unfair contract terms exists not only in relationships between businesses and consumers, but in business to business contracts also. This book focuses on the problem of small enterprises, independent contractors and other professional weak parties and examines these from a European point of view. There are significant differences between Member States as to decisions regarding regulatory context on the protection of weaker professional parties in asymmetrical contractual situations. However, European businesses are overwhelmingly smaller in size, so protecting weaker parties becomes key in facilitating successful and efficient negotiations. The book provides a critical and comparative overview of the area and recent regulatory developments, both to clarify the direction that European legislation is heading, and to explore the tools needed to assure the effectiveness of the common market. This text will be of interest to policy makers, researchers of European legislation, and students of commercial and business law.
The Business Privacy Law Handbook by
This authoritative handbook serves as your one-stop guide to understanding and complying with the complex, evolving world of corporate privacy law. You find guidance on collecting and using customer information, learn how to comply with data protection laws and understand the industry-specific obligations of banks, healthcare providers, communications companies and other lines of business.
Corporate Citizen : New Perspectives on the Globalized Rule of Law by
The contributors to Corporate Citizen explore the legal frameworks and standards of conduct for multinational corporations. In a globalized world governed by domestic and international law, these corporations can be everywhere and nowhere at once, reaping financial benefits and enjoying the protections of investor-state arbitration but rarely being held accountable for the economic, environmental, and human rights harms they may have caused. Given the far-reaching power and success of the transnational corporation, and the many legal tools allowing these companies to avoid liability, how can governments protect their citizens? Broad-ranging in perspective, colourful and thought-provoking, the chapters in Corporate Citizen make the case that because the success of corporate global citizenship risks undermining national and international democratic governance, the multinational corporation must be more closely scrutinized and controlled - in the service of humanity and the protection of the natural environment.
Covid-19 and Business Law by
Harmonisation of law, a term that refers to an effort to bring two different legal traditions in harmony with one another, has developed a rather negative connotation over time when mentioned in the context of Shari'ah and common law. Harmonisation began to be looked at as an attempt by one legal system to impose its values on the other. A major reason for that is the lack of understanding of the scope to which these two legal traditions converge. One of the principal findings of this book is that Shari'ah and common law have many more commonalities than differences. As a result, the need for harmonisation between the two might have been exaggerated. The similarities do not need to be harmonised. Rather, they need to be acknowledged and appreciated. If the differences between Shari'ah and common law, which undoubtedly exist as evidenced in this book, are approached from the position of appreciation for commonalities, the ambiance to reconcile the differences would be more conducive to the harmonisation process which would, in that case, be reflective of compromise. This book is intended to help readers better understand Shari'ah and common law and aid harmonization efforts when needed.
Equipment leasing and financing : a product sales and business profit strategy by
This book explains how companies that sell equipment and other products can increase product sales and add an additional profit center by establishing their own innovative leasing and financing operation. Industry data shows that the need for equipment and other product financing has evolved over the past few decades to where now nine out of ten U.S. companies use leasing or other forms of third party financing to acquire the equipment or other products they need. For market-aggressive companies offering products for sale, having an available in-house customer product leasing and financing program as a product marketing strategy can dramatically increase their ability to close product sales. In the past, establishing an in-house financing activity was difficult and expensive, requiring unique and substantial additional business operational and financing components in addition to an extensive learning curve. This is no longer the case. In recent years, there have been wide-spread market advances surrounding the financing of equipment and other products that enable forward-thinking companies to cost-effectively establish their own in-house product financing activity, using readily available, state-of the-art financing software programs, and third-party back-office services to manage any part of the financing process. This book will provide a product vendor with the turnkey know how it needs to assess the viability of establishing an in-house equipment financing operation, as well as the various considerations needed to set up and run its own cost-effective and profitable product financing activity.
Innovation and Development in Business Law by
This volume contains the scientific papers presented at the Tenth International Conference ,,Perspectives of Business Law in the Third Millennium"" that was held on 8 November 2019 in online format on Zoom. The conference is organized each year by the Faculty of Law of the Bucharest University of Economic Studies together with the Society of Juridical and Administrative Sciences. The scientific studies included in this volume are grouped into five chapters: Commercial law; Labor law; Criminal law; European and international law. The present volume is addressed to practitioners, researchers, st.
Law, Economics, and Conflict by
In Law, Economics, and Conflict, Kaushik Basu and Robert C. Hockett bring together international experts to offer new perspectives on how to take analytic tools from the realm of academic research out into the real world to address pressing policy questions. As the essays discuss, political polarization, regional conflicts, climate change, and the dramatic technological breakthroughs of the digital age have all left the standard tools of regulation floundering in the twenty-first century. These failures have, in turn, precipitated significant questions about the fundamentals of law and economics. The contributors address law and economics in diverse settings and situations, including central banking and the use of capital controls, fighting corruption in China, rural credit markets in India, pawnshops in the United States, the limitations of antitrust law, and the role of international monetary regimes. Collectively, the essays in Law, Economics, and Conflict rethink how the insights of law and economics can inform policies that provide individuals with the space and means to work, innovate, and prosper—while guiding states and international organization to regulate in ways that limit conflict, reduce national and global inequality, and ensure fairness. Contributors: Kaushik Basu; Kimberly Bolch; University of Oxford; Marieke Bos, Stockholm School of Economics; Susan Payne Carter, US Military Academy at West Point; Peter Cornelisse, Erasmus University Rotterdam; Gaël Giraud, Georgetown University; Nicole Hassoun, Binghamton University; Robert C. Hockett; Karla Hoff, Columbia University and World Bank; Yair Listokin, Yale Law School; Cheryl Long, Xiamen University and Wang Yanan Institute for Study of Economics (WISE); Luis Felipe López-Calva, UN Development Programme; Célestin Monga, Harvard University; Paige Marta Skiba, Vanderbilt Law School; Anand V. Swamy, Williams College; Erik Thorbecke, Cornell University; James Walsh, University of Oxford. Contributors: Kimberly B. Bolch, Marieke Bos, Susan Payne Carter, Peter A. Cornelisse, Gaël Giraud, Nicole Hassoun, Karla Hoff, Yair Listokin, Cheryl Long, Luis F. López-Calva, Célestin Monga, Paige Marta Skiba, Anand V. Swamy, Erik Thorbecke, James Walsh
The Law and Economics of Patent Damages, Antitrust, and Legal Process by
Law and economics research has had an enormous impact on the laws of contracts, torts, property, crimes, corporations, and antitrust, as well as public regulation and fundamental rights. The Law and Economics of Patent Damages, Antitrust, and Legal Process examines several areas of important research by a variety of international scholars. It contains technical papers on the appropriate way to estimate damages in patent disputes, as well as methods for evaluating relevant markets and vertically integrated firms when determining the competitive effects of mergers and other actions. There are also papers on the implication of different legal processes, regulations, and liability rules on consumer welfare, which range from the impact of delays in legal decisions in labour cases in France to issues of criminal liability related to the use of artificial intelligence. This volume of Research in Law and Economicsis a must-read for researchers and professionals of patent damages, antitrust, labour, and legal process.
The Law in Plain English for Small Business by
Starting a small business is easy. Doing it right is not. Every decision you make today directly impacts your future success. Careful planning is crucial for identifying your goals and creating a path to achievement. Understanding the many legal obligations as well as legal protections available to you is key. The Law (In Plain English)® for Small Business is your one-stop guide for making the right decision every time. It covers the topics that concern you the most and provides clear and accurate explanations of the laws affecting your small business. All the basic tools needed to begin operations are included such as- - Incorporating - Advertising - Taxes - Licenses - Trademarks - Insurance _______________________________________________________________________________ It also keeps an eye on the future by examining such unique issues as- - Franchising - Succession Planning - Multilevel Marketing - eBusiness Considerations _____________________________________________________________________________ No matter what stage your business is at, it is never too late to get on track. So, whether you are thinking about opening a small business, wanting to make sure that you do it right, or ready to expand to the next level-The Law (In Plain English)® for Small Business has everything you need!
The Manager's Guide to Cybersecurity Law : Essentials for Today's Business by
In today's litigious business world, cyber-related matters could land you in court. As a computer security professional, you are protecting your data, but are you protecting your company? While you know industry standards and regulations, you may not be a legal expert. Fortunately, in a few hours of reading, rather than months of classroom study, Tari Schreider's The Manager's Guide to Cybersecurity Law: Essentials for Today's Business, lets you integrate legal issues into your security program. Tari Schreider, a board-certified information security practitioner with a criminal justice administration background, has written a much-needed book that bridges the gap between cybersecurity programs and cybersecurity law. He says, "My nearly 40 years in the fields of cybersecurity, risk management, and disaster recovery have taught me some immutable truths. One of these truths is that failure to consider the law when developing a cybersecurity program results in a protective façade or false sense of security." In a friendly style, offering real-world business examples from his own experience supported by a wealth of court cases, Schreider covers the range of practical information you will need as you explore - and prepare to apply - cybersecurity law. His practical, easy-to-understand explanations help you to: Understand your legal duty to act reasonably and responsibly to protect assets and information. Identify which cybersecurity laws have the potential to impact your cybersecurity program. Upgrade cybersecurity policies to comply with state, federal, and regulatory statutes. Communicate effectively about cybersecurity law with corporate legal department and counsel. Understand the implications of emerging legislation for your cybersecurity program. Know how to avoid losing a cybersecurity court case on procedure - and develop strategies to handle a dispute out of court. Develop an international view of cybersecurity and data privacy - and international legal frameworks. Schreider takes you beyond security standards and regulatory controls to ensure that your current or future cybersecurity program complies with all laws and legal jurisdictions. Hundreds of citations and references allow you to dig deeper as you explore specific topics relevant to your organization or your studies. This book needs to be required reading before your next discussion with your corporate legal department.
A manager's guide to employment law : how to protect your company and yourself by
Managers at all levels are constantly challenged to do more with fewer employees, to motivate diverse groups of people, and to face up to tough people problems in their workforces. An important key to managers' success is accomplishing these goals while protecting themselves and their companies from legal liability. Yet some in management tend to blame legal requirements for hindering progress toward solving problems. U.S. law, however, provides managers with broad discretion in many employment situations and in most cases helps ensure that managers perform their essential functions in a way that is fundamentally fair while still supporting company goals. A Manager's Guide to Employment Law will help managers make day-to-day decisions on how best to manage their employees and handle issues of legal liability. Expert author Dana Muir identifies the subtle and unnecessary mistakes managers make that cause legal headaches and shows how becoming familiar with basic principles of employment law will enable them to develop an internal compass to help make the right decisions. Each chapter focuses on legal concepts of broad application in today's workplace, providing real examples of problems managers face and offering strategies for addressing those problems.
Women, business and the law 2018. by
How can governments ensure that women have the same employment and entrepreneurship opportunities as men? One important step is to level the legal playing field so that the rules for operating in the worlds of work and business apply equally regardless of gender. Women, Business and the Law 2018, the fifth edition in a series, examines laws affecting women’s economic inclusion in 189 economies worldwide. It tracks progress that has been made over the past two years while identifying opportunities for reform to ensure economic empowerment for all. The report updates all indicators as of June 1, 2017 and explores new areas of research, including financial inclusion.
Women, Business and the Law 2019 : a Decade of Reform. by
The World Bank Group’s Women, Business and the Law examines laws and regulations affecting women’s prospects as entrepreneurs and employees across 187 economies. Its goal is to inform policy discussions on how to remove legal restrictions on women and promote research on how to improve women’s economic inclusion. Women, Business and the Law 2019: A Decade of Reform introduces a new index measuring legal rights for women throughout their working lives in 187 economies. The index is composed of 35 data points grouped into eight indicators. The data covers a 10-year period not only to understand the current situation but to see how laws affecting women’s equality of opportunity have evolved over time. The index assesses economic rights at milestones spanning the arc of a woman’s working life: the ability to move freely; starting a job; getting paid; legal capacity within marriage; having children; running a business; managing assets; and getting a pension.
This course intends to align the skills of business majors to address the ever-changing needs of their respective fields by understanding, appreciating and applying corporate communications principles to scenarios that are close to real-life situations as possible while keeping in mind current organizational trends. Furthermore, the subject aims to bridge the needs of the organization in managing its communication lines with different stakeholders using an interdisciplinary perspective highlighting concepts from the following areas: management, human behavior, public relations, audio-visual communications, organizational communications, and organizational planning and development.
In addition, the student will be introduced to trends in the field of organizational communication which can further develop their interest in people management and communication. Overall, the students would have a thorough understanding of the dynamics of corporate communication as an integrative and on-going process critical to ethical management and globalization.
Communicating Corporate Social Responsibility by
This book offers a groundbreaking collection of chapters in the emerging field of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Communication. After outlining a theoretical framework, the themed sections cover: (1) Communication in CSR: The Communicative Role, Strategy and Evaluation; (2) CSR Discourses and Corporate Reporting; (3) CSR Online Communication and Social Media; (4) The Role of Stakeholders in CSR Communication: Managers, Employees and Consumers. The 18 chapters explore the theory, practice and issues involved in communicating CSR and make for fascinating reading. An international approach is taken with leading academics and consultants from Australia, Germany, UK, the Netherlands, Poland, Singapore, USA, Sweden, Switzerland and France. The anonymously peerreviewed chapters are theoretically informed and supported with practicebased realworld insights. Rich and detailed they describe, explain and analyse the "why", "what", "when" and "how" of communicating about CSR. As well as furthering theory and academic debate the book will help inform policy and practice. Leading edge, topical and current this book will be essential reading for corporate communicators, business practitioners, academics, students and all those interested in the subjects of CSR and Communication.
Communicating Corporate Social Responsibility in the Digital Era by
Although literature on corporate social responsibility is vast, research into the use and effectiveness of various communications through digital platforms about such corporate responsibility is scarce. This gap is surprising; communicating about corporate social responsibility initiatives is vital to organizations that increasingly highlight their corporate social responsibility initiatives to position their corporate brands for both consumers and other stakeholders. Yet these organizations still sometimes rely on traditional methods to communicate, or even decide against communicating at all, because they fear triggering stakeholders' skepticism or cynicism. A systematic, interdisciplinary examination of corporate social responsibility communication through digital platforms therefore is necessary, to establish an essential definition and up-to-date picture of the field. This research anthology addresses the above objectives. Drawing on marketing, management, and communication disciplines, among others, this anthology examines how organizations construct, implement, and use digital platforms to communicate about their corporate social responsibility and thereby achieve their organizational goals. The 21 chapters in this anthology reflect six main topic sections: Challenges and opportunities for communicating corporate social responsibility through digital platforms. Moving toward symmetry and interactivity in digital corporate social responsibility communication. Fostering stakeholder engagement in and through digital corporate social responsibility communication. Leveraging effective digital corporate social responsibility communication. Digital activism and corporate social responsibility. Digital methodologies and corporate social responsibility.
Communication Strategies for Corporate Leaders by
Communication is key to success in every aspect of life and ever so in a competitive business environment. This book examines managerial communication from seminal theoretical and demonstrative vantage points through interdisciplinary amalgamation of sciences and the liberal arts. It presents new paradigms of managerial communication in the form of manoeuvres that can act as game changers in tug-of-war business situations, including difficult negotiations, conflicts and interpersonal dissonance that characterise the day-to-day corporate workplace tenor. This volume: Develops persuasion strategies based on argumentation tactics derived, for example, from legal cross-examination. Introduces 'problematisation' and 'deconstruction' as effective communication tools into mainstream managerial discourse. Employs Harvard Business School cases to demonstrate problem-solving skills, which will further serve as guide to writing business reports, plans and proposals. Positions business writing methods as taxonomical tenets that can help tackle complex business scenarios. Draws business diagnostic procedures from diverse fields such as Sherlock Holmes from popular culture, and Jared M. Diamond from ecology. This book will be a significant resource for business communication practitioners, especially corporate managers and leaders, sales and marketing professionals, and policymakers. It will be of interest to teachers and students alike, in business communication, organization behaviour, human resource management and marketing communications. It will act as a useful aid for classroom efficacy for teachers and academics.
Conducting business across borders : effective communication in English with non-native speakers by
Most misunderstandings boil down to language-how we use words and how we say them. If this is true within our own language, when we communicate across cultures the problem becomes far more critical. However, because we know we are of different cultures, we tend to blame misunderstandings on differences in culture, ignoring the fact that we may simply have misinterpreted what the other person has said to us, or we may not have been clear in what we said to that person. This book provides suggestions for how to communicate in English with non-native speakers and aims to minimize such misunderstandings. The communication process is analyzed from the non-native perspective and should help readers understand the difficulties and frustrations that non-natives encounter in their communications with native speakers.
Contemporary perspectives on corporate marketing : contemplating corporate branding, marketing and communications in the twenty-first century by
Corporate marketing and corporate communications are topics that have grown in scholarly and practical importance in these last decades. Fields such as branding, marketing communications and public relations have all contributed to this boost. Whilst there is a large amount of literature on each of these disciplines, there is little systematic development from the perspective of corporate marketing and corporate communication studies, although these two have the most to contribute to how companies manage their brands, image and corporate identities in the 21st Century. This book seeks to redress this balance and provide insights, via case studies or histories, on issues such as nation branding, managing multiple corporate identities during merger and acquisitions and establishing a company's CSR and green image. Scholars from various disciplines within the fields of public relations, branding, marketing and corporate identity have come together in Contemporary Perspectives on Corporate Marketing to offer the latest approaches and studies in these areas. As such, it will become a platform for developments in the field and serve as a respected reference resource for corporate marketing and corporate communication studies.
Corporate Communication by
Used by nearly 25,000 students in over 50 countries, this book incorporates current thinking and developments on corporate communication from both the academic and practitioner worlds. Combining a comprehensive theoretical foundation with numerous practical guidelines, insights will assist managers (or soon to be managers) in their day-to-day work and in their strategic and tactical communication decisions. With cases and examples from across the globe including Apple, BMW, Uber, L'Oréal and Starbucks, the new edition is updated to include more material on social media, employee communication, leadership communication and anti-corporate activism.The Fifth Edition of Corporate Communication is supported by a Companion Website and includes Full text SAGE journal articles, glossary, web links for each chapter, author-selected videos relevant to the key themes and hot topics, an authors' blog and author videos for students as well as case study notes, PowerPoint slides, and additional case studies for lecturers.Suitable for students at advanced undergraduate and postgraduate levels on business management, marketing, corporate communication, public relations or business communications programmes as well as practitioners in the field.
Corporate Communication by
Corporate Communication, 6th Edition shows readers the importance of creating a coordinated corporate communication system, and describes how organizations benefit from important strategies and tools to stay ahead of the competition. Throughout the book, cases and examples of company situations relate to the chapter material. These cases provide readers with the opportunity to participate in real decisions that managers had to make on a variety of real problems.
Corporate Communication by
Corporate Communication: A Marketing Viewpoint offers an overview of the framework, key concepts, strategies and techniques from a unique marketing perspective. While other textbooks are limited to a managerial or PR perspective, this book provides a complete, holistic overview of the many ways communication can add value to an organization. Step by step, this text introduces the main concepts of the field, including discipline and function frameworks, corporate identity, corporate and employer branding, corporate social responsibility, stakeholder management, storytelling, corporate associations, identification, commitment and acceptability. In order to help reinforce key learning points, grasp the essential facts and digest and retain information, the text offers a comprehensive pedagogy, including: chapter summaries; a list of key words and concepts; case studies and questions at the end of each chapter. Principles are illustrated through a wealth of real life examples, drawn from a variety of big, small, global and local companies such as BMW Group, Hidria, Lego, Mercator, Krka, Barilla, Domino's Pizza, Gorenje, Si Mobil, BP, Harley-Davidson and Coca-Cola. This exciting new textbook is essential reading for all professional corporate marketing and communication executives, as well as undergraduate and postgraduate students of marketing and public relations, not to mention managers who need a complete and accurate view of this increasingly important subject.
Essential Communications Skills for Managers, Volume One by
The purpose of this book is to provide practicing and aspiring managers and students of management a practical and comprehensive reference source for communicating on the job with all people in all situations. This "how-to" book provides readers with the essential knowledge, attitudes, and skills to perform the communicating aspects of their routine and special duties. The information is presented in two volumes and each topic is divided into "Things to Know" and "Things to Do."
From corporate to social media : critical perspectives on corporate social responsibility in media and communication industries by
The corporate and the social are crucial themes of our times. In the first decade of the twenty-first century, both individual lives and society were shaped by capitalist crisis and the rise of social media. But what marks the distinctively social character of "social media"? And how does it relate to the wider social and economic context of contemporary capitalism? The concept of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) is based on the idea that a socially responsible capitalism is possible; this suggests that capitalist media corporations can not only enable social interaction and cooperation but also be socially responsible. This book provides a critical and provocative perspective on Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) in media and communication industries. It examines both the academic discourse on CSR and actual corporate practices in the media sector, offering a double critique that reveals contradictions between corporate interests and social responsibilities. Marisol Sandoval's political economic analysis of Apple, AT&T, Google, HP, Microsoft, News Corp, The Walt Disney Company and Vivendi shows that media and communication in the twenty-first century are confronted with fundamental social responsibility challenges. From software patents and intellectual property rights to privacy on the Internet, from working conditions in electronics manufacturing to hidden flows of eWaste - this book encourages the reader to explore the multifaceted social (ir)responsibilities that shape commercial media landscapes today. It makes a compelling argument for thinking beyond the corporate in order to envision and bring about truly social media. It will interest students and scholars of media studies, cultural industry studies, sociology, information society studies, organization studies, political economy, business and management.
The Handbook of Communication and Corporate Reputation by
With the latest insights from the world of communication studiesinto the nature of corporate reputation, this new addition toWiley-Blackwell?s series of handbooks on communication andmedia reflects the growing visibility of large businesses?ethical profiles, and tracks the benefits that positive publicattitudes can bring. Serves as the definitive research collection for a fast-growingfield featuring contributions by key international scholars Brings together state-of-the-art communication studies insightson corporate reputation Identifies and addresses the lacunae in the researchliterature Applies new theoretical frameworks to corporate reputation
The handbook of communication and corporate social responsibility by
"This book represents the definitive research collection for corporate social responsibility communication, offering cross-disciplinary and international perspectives from the top scholars in the field. Addresses a gap in the existing CSR literature Demonstrates the relevance of effective CSR communication for the management of organizations The 28 contributions come from top scholars in public relations,
Handbook of the International Political Economy of the Corporation by
Over the past few decades, corporations have been neglected in studies of international political economy (IPE). Seeking to demystify them, what they are, how they behave and their goals and constraints, this Handbook introduces the corporation as a unit of analysis for students of IPE. Providing critical discussion of their global and domestic power, and highlighting the ways in which corporations interact with each other and with their socio-political environment, this Handbook presents a thorough and up-to-date overview of the main debates around the role of corporations in the global political economy. Bringing together international contributors, this Handbook provides a nuanced and global perspective on the IPE of corporations. With a multidisciplinary introduction to corporations from an IPE perspective, this Handbook investigates the role of the corporation in the twenty-first century and highlights the complexities of corporations and the environments in which they exist. Chapters provide insights into corporations' internal structures, how they are embedded in their national environments and how their transnational relations are structured, as well as their position in the global economy. Carefully written and edited to ensure accessibility, the Handbook of the International Political Economy of the Corporationis a crucial resource for students of IPE seeking to deepen their understanding of the discipline as well as for postgraduate scholars who need reference material within which to frame their research. Contributors:C. Bakir, M.V. Balestro, T.L. Berge, D. Bohle, L. Campling, W.K. Carroll, J. Clifton, F. de Beule, D. Díaz-Fuentes, A. Dienes, M. Ebenau, S. Eckert, J. Eckhardt, D. Finchelstein, D. Fuchs, B. Ganson, J.-C. Graz, C. Gregoratti, T. Gumbert, H. Hveem, O.C. Iheduru, A. Jakli , D. Kinderman, J. Klinkhammer, H.-A. Lee, C. May, L. Mondi, G. Morgan, A. Nölke, S. Pinto, M. Pohlmann, A. Rebérioux, A. Roberts, G. Roudaut, J.P. Sapinski, V. Scepanovic, B. Selwyn, S. Tornhill, A. Wennmann, M.A. Witt, J. Woods, K. Young
Organizational Communication by
While traditional in its coverage of the major research traditions that have developed over the past 100 years, Organizational Communicationis the first textbook in the field that is written from a critical perspective while providing a comprehensive survey of theory and research in organizational communication. Extensively updated and incorporating relevant current events, the Second Editionfamiliarizes students with the field of organizational communication--historically, conceptually, and practically--and challenges them to critically reflect on their common sense understandings of work and organizations, preparing them for participation in 21st-century organizational settings. Linking theory with practice, Dennis K. Mumby and new co-author Timothy R. Kuhn skillfully explore the significant role played by organizations and corporations in constructing our identities.
Organizational Communication by
ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION: APPROACHES AND PROCESSES presents organizational communication from both a communication and managerial perspective. Professor Miller's clear writing style and consistent use of examples and case studies result in a text that you'll find easy to understand.
Organizational Communication by
While traditional in its coverage of the major research traditions that have developed over the past 100 years, Organizational Communicationis the first textbook in the field that is written from a critical perspective while providing a comprehensive survey of theory and research in organizational communication. Extensively updated and incorporating relevant current events, the Second Editionfamiliarizes students with the field of organizational communication--historically, conceptually, and practically--and challenges them to critically reflect on their common sense understandings of work and organizations, preparing them for participation in 21st-century organizational settings. Linking theory with practice, Dennis K. Mumby and new co-author Timothy R. Kuhn skillfully explore the significant role played by organizations and corporations in constructing our identities.
The Oxford Handbook of Corporate Law and Governance by
Corporate law and corporate governance have been at the forefront of regulatory activities across the world for several decades now, and are subject to increasing public attention following the Global Financial Crisis of 2008. The Oxford Handbook of Corporate Law and Governance provides the global framework necessary to understand the aims and methods of legal research in this field. Written by leading scholars from around the world, the Handbook contains a rich variety of chapters that provide a comparative and functional overview of corporate governance. It opens with the central theoretical approaches and methodologies in corporate law scholarship in Part I, before examining core substantive topics in corporate law, including shareholder rights, takeovers and restructuring, and minority rights in Part II. Part III focuses on new challenges in the field, including conflicts between Western and Asian corporate governance environments, the rise of foreign ownership, and emerging markets. Enforcement issues are covered in Part IV, and Part V takes a broader approach, examining those areas of law and finances that are interwoven with corporate governance, including insolvency, taxation, and securities law as well as financial regulation. Now in paperback, the Handbook is a comprehensive, interdisciplinary resource placing corporate law and governance in its wider context, and is essential reading for scholars, practitioners, and policymakers in the field.
Public Relations Theory by
The comprehensive guide to applied PR theory in the 21st century Public Relations Theory explores the central principles and theoretical components of public relations and their practical applications in actual situations. This informative text helps readers to understand the concepts, approaches, and perspectives of PR theory and learn development methods, implementation strategies, management techniques, and more. Chapters written by recognized experts on each topic provide readers with knowledge on how, when, and why appropriate theories are applied. Focusing on how organizations and individuals integrate theory in a public relations framework, each chapter explains one function, explores its potential challenges and opportunities, provides an example of the function in practice, and offers discussion questions and additional reading suggestions. Unique in structure, this text arranges chapters by function, rather than theory, allowing readers to see how multiple theories can be applied to each public relations function and how theories can be used in different professional settings. Comprehensive treatment of topics including social and emerging media, globalization, public diplomacy, corporate and investor relations, and others ensures relevant and timely coverage of contemporary PR issues. Demonstrates how public relations theory is applied in real-world practice Illustrates how successfully applied public relations theories lead to positive outcomes Discusses the relevance of public relations with accessible and engaging language Offers multiple perspectives from leading international public relations scholars Includes pedagogical tools including chapter discussion questions, practical examples, tables, and suggested reading lists Public Relations Theory: Application and Understanding is suitable for instructors and graduate and advanced undergraduate students in courses on public relations theory, as well as practitioners seeking further knowledge on the most current developments in the field.
Reputation management : the key to successful public relations and corporate communication by
Reputation Management is a how-to guide for students and professionals, as well as CEOs and other business leaders. It rests on the premise that reputation can be measured, monitored, and managed. Organized by corporate communication units including media relations, employee communication, government relations, and investor relations, the book provides a field-tested guide to corporate reputation problems such as leaked memos, unfair treatment by the press, and negative rumors, and focuses on practical solutions. Each chapter is fleshed out with the real-world experience of the authors and contributors, who come from a wide range of professional corporate communication backgrounds. Updates to the third edition include: Global content has been incorporated and expanded throughout the book, rather than being restricted to only one chapter. Opening vignettes, examples, and case studies have been updated in each chapter. Additional case studies and examples with an international focus have been added.
Strategic Organizational Communication by
Surveying a wide variety of disciplines, this fully-revised 7th edition offers a sophisticated and engaging treatment of the rapidly expanding field of organizational communication Places organizations and organizational communication within a broader social, economic, and cultural context Applies a global perspective throughout, including thoughtful consideration of non-Western forms of leadership, as well as global economic contexts Offers a level of sophistication and integration of ideas from a variety of disciplines that makes this treatment definitive Updated in the seventh edition: Coverage of recent events and their ethical dimensions, including the bank crisis and bailouts in the US and UK Offers a nuanced, in-depth discussion of technology, and a new chapter on organizational change Includes new and revised case studies for a fresh view on perennial topics, incorporating a global focus throughout Online Instructors' Manual, including sample syllabi, tips for using the case studies, test questions, and supplemental case studies
Writing for the workplace : business communication for professionals by
Employers consider communication one of the most critical skills for workers today. Written to address the needs of both students entering the workforce and business professionals looking to improve their written communication, Writing for the Workplace is a matter-of-fact, how-to guide that provides strategies for effective professional communication. From targeted emails and convincing long reports to winning presentations and engaging résumés, this concise book offers busy readers easy-to-follow strategies that will improve their workplace writing. The first section of the book addresses writing in today's fast-paced business and professional contexts and discusses writing as a process; professional writing style; writing tools; characteristics of effective workplace communication; and basic document design. The second section is a more detailed exploration of common written genres in the workplace including email messages, letters, social media, short and long reports, presentations, and employment communication. Each section includes sample documents and examines organization, tone, and genre elements. Helpful checklists and easily scannable text make the book accessible and readable.
This course intends to align the skills of business majors to address the ever-changing needs of their respective fields by understanding, appreciating and applying corporate communications principles to scenarios that are close to real-life situations as possible while keeping in mind current organizational trends. Furthermore, the subject aims to bridge the needs of the organization in managing its communication lines with different stakeholders using an interdisciplinary perspective highlighting concepts from the following areas: management, human behavior, public relations, audio-visual communications, organizational communications, and organizational planning and development.
In addition, the student will be introduced to trends in the field of organizational communication which can further develop their interest in people management and communication. Overall, the students would have a thorough understanding of the dynamics of corporate communication as an integrative and on-going process critical to ethical management and globalization.
Case Studies in Organizational Communication by
This book integrates ethical theory and practice to help strengthen readers' awareness, judgment and action in organizations by exploring ethical dilemmas in a diverse range of well-known business cases. This volume is a crucial step toward addressing ethical issues, providing a rich and diverse overview of an increasingly important concern for organizations in contemporary society. Key Features: * explores some of the most important examples of organizational ethics today: case studies include discussions of dilemmas faced by NASA, Coca-Cola, Mitsubishi, Wal-Mart, the Catholic Church, the war in Iraq, and the tobacco and pharmaceutical industries * examines a range of ethical dilemmas in diverse organizations: the cases look at a variety of emerging issues in the workplace, such as work/family balance, racism, sexual harassment, offshoring and telecommuting * offers greater coherence and structure than other case books: the consistent case structure allows instructors and students greater opportunity to compare and contrast cases on comparable terms. In addition, the book includes extensive instructional materials, often neglected in other case study books. Instructors unfamiliar with the cases are provided with additional pedagogical materials, including a case summary and discussion questions. Designed for advanced undergraduate and graduate courses in Organizational Communication, this book will be an invaluable resource not only for students but also for anyone interested in ethics, in general, and in organizational ethics, specifically.
Communicating Corporate Social Responsibility by
This book offers a groundbreaking collection of chapters in the emerging field of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Communication. After outlining a theoretical framework, the themed sections cover: (1) Communication in CSR: The Communicative Role, Strategy and Evaluation; (2) CSR Discourses and Corporate Reporting; (3) CSR Online Communication and Social Media; (4) The Role of Stakeholders in CSR Communication: Managers, Employees and Consumers. The 18 chapters explore the theory, practice and issues involved in communicating CSR and make for fascinating reading. An international approach is taken with leading academics and consultants from Australia, Germany, UK, the Netherlands, Poland, Singapore, USA, Sweden, Switzerland and France. The anonymously peerreviewed chapters are theoretically informed and supported with practicebased realworld insights. Rich and detailed they describe, explain and analyse the "why", "what", "when" and "how" of communicating about CSR. As well as furthering theory and academic debate the book will help inform policy and practice. Leading edge, topical and current this book will be essential reading for corporate communicators, business practitioners, academics, students and all those interested in the subjects of CSR and Communication.
Communication for Consultants by
From the moment of their first client engagement, consultants in all fields face communication opportunities and challenges. No matter what their focus may be--professional services, accounting, technology, operations, human resources, manufacturing, or marketing--consultants drive change. That change, from its initial definition through its development and deployment, must be precisely communicated to a variety of audiences and through a variety of mediums. Most business communication books do a good job leading professional writers and presenters through the basics of audience, organization, formatting, and mechanics. But, only few focus on a specific business role, such as that of a consultant, and give guidance for communicating during all stages of a project. From the pre-engagement process, to the actual engagement, to the post-engagement follow-up, consultants are challenged by the variety of audiences whose roles continually shift throughout a project. This book guides a current or would-be consultant through the various phases of a typical engagement and gives practical advice and direction on written and oral communication throughout a project. Current and future consultants in all fields will gain specific knowledge about writing and presenting to a variety of audiences including clients, team members, managers, and executives.
Contemporary Perspectives on Corporate Marketing : Contemplating Corporate Branding, Marketing and Communications in the 21st Century by
Corporate marketing and corporate communications are topics that have grown in scholarly and practical importance in these last decades. Fields such as branding, marketing communications and public relations have all contributed to this boost. Whilst there is a large amount of literature on each of these disciplines, there is little systematic development from the perspective of corporate marketing and corporate communication studies, although these two have the most to contribute to how companies manage their brands, image and corporate identities in the 21st Century. This book seeks to redress this balance and provide insights, via case studies or histories, on issues such as nation branding, managing multiple corporate identities during merger and acquisitions and establishing a company's CSR and green image. Scholars from various disciplines within the fields of public relations, branding, marketing and corporate identity have come together in Contemporary Perspectives on Corporate Marketing to offer the latest approaches and studies in these areas. As such, it will become a platform for developments in the field and serve as a respected reference resource for corporate marketing and corporate communication studies.
Discourse Perspectives on Organizational Communication by
Discourse Perspectives in Organizational Communication brings together researchers from the social sciences and humanities to look at discourse and how it shapes organizations and their social actors. Unlike others in the field, this book assumes that language creates and constitutes reality, rather than simply mirroring or describing it. This collection illustrates the variety of organizational phenomena that might be studied and the range of epistemological and methodological approaches that might be used in discourse analysis techniques.
Essential Communications Skills for Managers by
The purpose of this book is to provide practicing and aspiring managers and students of management a practical and comprehensive reference source for communicating on the job with all people in all situations. This "how-to" book provides readers with the essential knowledge, attitudes, and skills to perform the communicating aspects of their routine and special duties. The information is presented in two volumes and each topic is divided into "Things to Know" and "Things to Do."
The Handbook of Communication and Corporate Reputation by
With the latest insights from the world of communication studies into the nature of corporate reputation, this new addition to Wiley-Blackwell's series of handbooks on communication and media reflects the growing visibility of large businesses' ethical profiles, and tracks the benefits that positive public attitudes can bring. Serves as the definitive research collection for a fast-growing field featuring contributions by key international scholars Brings together state-of-the-art communication studies insights on corporate reputation Identifies and addresses the lacunae in the research literature Applies new theoretical frameworks to corporate reputation
Managing Corporate Communications in the Age of Restructuring, Crisis and Litigation by
Corporate executives, lawyers, and board of directors suffer from groupthink when confronted with a crisis, restructuring or litigation, which results in a communications meltdown that hurts a company's number one asset—its reputation. This failure to understand how to communicate in distressed situations results in lost credibility and trust on a global basis in front of many target audiences: customers, employees, vendors, business partners, the media, analysts covering the company, lenders, bankers, regulatory agencies, and elected officials.This book gives examples of corporations who failed to communicate in a crisis, litigation, or restructuring in this era of financial meltdowns. By analyzing real-life examples (Lehman Brothers, BP, Toyota, MGA/Mattel, etc.), it offers innovative solutions and communications strategies for decision makers to help avoid groupthink and keep good reputations intact. If you are a CEO, CFO, general counsel, board of director, or part of the C-suite, understanding how to communicate in a distressed situation is crucial. A public relations nightmare might be just around the corner. Be prepared!
People-Centric Skills : Interpersonal and Communication Skills for Auditors and Business Professionals by
Business Professionals, to be Truly Effective and Advance in their Careers, Must Master their People-Centric Skills. People-Centric Skills: Interpersonal and Communication Skills for Auditors and Business Professionals is a comprehensive guide to the "soft skills" that make technical professionals more effective. People-Centric Skills aim to improve all aspects of personal interactions, relationship development, and communication. These skills are as essential to success as are technical capabilities. This is the story of a leading internal audit department taking that next step to becoming a world-class audit organization in a fictional company. The foundation of that next step is developing their People-Centric Skills. The book demonstrates the impact that interpersonal and communication skills - whether good or bad - have on an auditor's effectiveness, job, and career. Readers will be able to empathize with the characters, and relate to the real-life situations in which they find themselves. Each chapter features a summary of key People-Centric points and guidelines that will help readers apply what they've learned to their own projects and departments. In a 2013 study sponsored by the Institute of Internal Auditors ("IIA"), the seven key attribute areas identified to be a successful auditor include relationship building, partnering, communications, teamwork, diversity, continuous learning and integrity. Unfortunately, most professionals never obtain these skills as part of their college degrees, certifications and other ongoing training. They are left to their own devices when it comes to developing these talents. The book follows an easy-to-read fictional narrative to highlight areas for improvement, and uses common scenarios to illustrate how to apply the lessons. People-Centric Skills: Interpersonal and Communication Skills for Auditors and Business Professionals focuses on many of these critical attributes. Topics include: Conflict Management Coaching and Mentoring Building an Effective Team and Team Dynamics Team Leadership Partnering and Relationship Building Effective Meeting Practices Brainstorming and Multivoting Assessing Corporate Culture Active Listening Non-verbal Communications Consensus Building These skills apply not only to internal auditors but also transfer across a broad range of business professions and industries, and from professional to personal life. They open doors, establish effective relationships, improve effectiveness, and can turn a "no" into a "yes." They are the true differentiator in advancing a career. For an auditor to be truly effective, great people skills are one of the most important tools in the box. People-Centric Skills: Interpersonal and Communication Skills for Auditors and Business Professionals is a straightforward guide to getting along, getting what you want in a constructive manner, and becoming a world-class professional.
Public Relations Theory by
The comprehensive guide to applied PR theory in the 21st century Public Relations Theory explores the central principles and theoretical components of public relations and their practical applications in actual situations. This informative text helps readers to understand the concepts, approaches, and perspectives of PR theory and learn development methods, implementation strategies, management techniques, and more. Chapters written by recognized experts on each topic provide readers with knowledge on how, when, and why appropriate theories are applied. Focusing on how organizations and individuals integrate theory in a public relations framework, each chapter explains one function, explores its potential challenges and opportunities, provides an example of the function in practice, and offers discussion questions and additional reading suggestions. Unique in structure, this text arranges chapters by function, rather than theory, allowing readers to see how multiple theories can be applied to each public relations function and how theories can be used in different professional settings. Comprehensive treatment of topics including social and emerging media, globalization, public diplomacy, corporate and investor relations, and others ensures relevant and timely coverage of contemporary PR issues. Demonstrates how public relations theory is applied in real-world practice Illustrates how successfully applied public relations theories lead to positive outcomes Discusses the relevance of public relations with accessible and engaging language Offers multiple perspectives from leading international public relations scholars Includes pedagogical tools including chapter discussion questions, practical examples, tables, and suggested reading lists Public Relations Theory: Application and Understanding is suitable for instructors and graduate and advanced undergraduate students in courses on public relations theory, as well as practitioners seeking further knowledge on the most current developments in the field.
Reputation Management : The Key to Successful Public Relations and Corporate Communication by
Reputation management is the most important theme in public relations and corporate communication today. John Doorley and Helio Fred Garcia argue that most CEOs don't actually pay much heed to reputation and this is to their peril. This book is a how-to guide for professionals and students in public relations and corporate communication, as well as for CEOs and other leaders. It rests on the premise that reputation can be measured, monitored, and managed. Organized by corporate communication units (media relations, employee communication, government relations, and investor relations, for example), the book provides a field-tested guide to corporate reputation problems such as leaked memos, unfair treatment by the press, and negative rumors - and it is this rare book that focuses on practical solutions. Each chapter is fleshed out with real-world experience by the authors and their contributors who come from a wide range of professional corporate communication backgrounds. This new edition features new and updated examples throughtout, two new chapters on social media and public relations consulting, a new textbox feature in each chapter relating key communication theories to the practice of public relations and corporate communication, expanded coverage of global issues, and a new Companion Website at: www.routledge.com/textbooks/doorley, featuring lecture materials for instructors and extensive learning resources for students and professionals.
This course focuses on the core cost concepts and provide a framework for how cost accounting and cost management help managers make decisions in a manufacturing type of business. Furthermore, it includes traditional cost control systems such as job order and process costing and includes detailed study of manufacturing cost accounts and reports.
The course also includes introduction to alternative costing methods used such as activity-based and just-in-time costing. It will also deal with profit planning, cost, volume and profit analysis including profit performance and measurement.
At the end of the term, the learners are expected to be equipped of various tools related to costing, profit analysis and pricing techniques for a manufacturing business, that will aid them to enhance their analytical , critical thinking, decision making and entrepreneurial skills.
Accounting : information for business decisions by
A business focused introduction to Accounting for all students - not just those intending to be Accounting majors. Lead students through the real-world business cycle and how accounting information informs decision-making. Students learn how to base decisions on two kinds of accounting information - managerial and financial. Departing from the traditional approach taken by other introductory accounting textbooks, students apply both managerial and financial approaches within the topics examined in each chapter. The conversational writing engages students in the theoretical content and how it applies to contemporary real-world scenarios. The new edition updates includes the fully integrated Cafe Revive case study. Students follow a retail coffee business through the book to learn about applying accounting issues in the real world.
Accounting for Decision Making and Control by
This work encourages students to evaluate and solve business problems through a conceptual framework, business orientation focusing on how organisations work, balance between concepts and practice and the strongest problem material available.
Competition and Cost Accounting by
The central theme of Competition and Cost Accounting is that strategic considerations may make it desirable for a firm to have divisions and product managers internalize something other than their true costs. In the case of transfer prices, a high transfer price serves as a means of promoting tacit collusion. When transfer prices are not observable to the rival firm, decentralization, motivated by the superior knowledge of divisions about their own costs, can promote tacit collusion. In the case of product cost measurement, an inferior cost allocation system that just spreads costs evenly can promote tacit collusion. The authors show that it may not be an equilibrium for firms to adopt a more accurate cost system or compete in multiple markets. The strategic nature of their interaction with their rivals may influence their cost and cost accounting choices in surprising ways. After an introduction, the authors analyze the strategic value of transfer prices in both Bertrand and Cournot settings. They demonstrate the importance of observability and commitment, and show that even in the absence of observability and commitment, decentralization to exploit the private information of upstream managers can have strategic consequences through double marginalization. These strategic effects become stronger with observability and commitment. They also analyze the strategic value of cost allocation systems in both Bertrand and Cournot settings before concluding the monograph.
Cost-Benefit Analysis by
The fourth edition of Cost-Benefit Analysis is an authoritative, market-leading textbook that provides a practical introduction to cost-benefit analysis through problem solving. The text uses a consistent application of a nine-step framework for interpreting a cost-benefit analysis. This edition has been fully revised, updated and re-organized to provide the material more effectively. It presents application over abstract theory and clear discussion over mathematics to appeal to a larger, more diverse audience.
Cost accounting and control by
Suitable for managerial accounting student, this text deals with cost accounting/cost management. It includes author-written supplements, examples, and end-of-chapter material.
Cost accounting for dummies by
The easy way to get a grip on cost accounting Critical in supporting strategic business decisions and improving profitability, cost accounting is arguably one of the most important functions in the accounting field. For business students, cost accounting is a required course for those seeking an accounting degree and is a popular elective among other business majors. Cost Accounting For Dummies tracks to a typical cost accounting course and provides in-depth explanations and reviews of the essential concepts you'll encounter in your studies: how to define costs as direct materials, direct labor, fixed overhead, variable overhead, or period costs; how to use allocation methodology to assign costs to products and services; how to evaluate the need for capital expenditures; how to design a budget model that forecast changes in costs based on expected activity levels; and much more. Tracks to a typical cost accounting course Includes practical, real-world examples Walks you though homework problems with detailed, easy-to-understand answers If you're currently enrolled in a cost accounting course, this hands-on, friendly guide gives you everything you need to master this critical aspect of accounting.
Cost and Management Accounting by
This international best-seller provides a clear and accessible introduction to cost and management accounting. Colin Drury's renowned authoring expertise blends theory and practice and the text encompasses all the basic topics needed on an introductory course. Now in its seventh edition, Cost and Management Accounting has been carefully updated to ensure it precisely fits the latest course and examination requirements.
Cost and optimization in government : an introduction to cost accounting, operations management, and quality control by
The careful management of costs and operations are two of the most essential elements of operating any successful organization, public or private. While the private sector is driven by profit-maximizing incentives to keep costs to a minimum, the public sector's mission and goals are guided by a different set of objectives: to provide a wide range of essential goods and services to maintain social order, improve public health, revitalize the economy, and, most importantly, to improve the quality of life for its citizens. Although the objectives are different, it is just as important for public decision makers to make the best use of available resources by keeping the cost of operation to a minimum. This book demonstrates that with a careful emphasis on cost accounting, operations management, and quality control, all organizations and governments can increase efficiency, improve performance, and prepare to weather hard times.　 This book is divided into three parts: Part I offers thorough coverage of cost fundamentals, with an emphasis on basic cost concepts, cost behavior, cost analysis, cost accounting, and cost control. Part II examines optimization in costs and operations in government including traditional or classical optimization with applications in inventory management and queuing, followed by mathematical programming and network analysis. Finally, Part III explores special topics in cost and optimization, in particular those related to games and decisions, productivity measurement, and quality control. Simple, accessible language and explanations are integrated throughout, and examples have been drawn from government so that readers can easily relate to them. Cost and Optimization in Government is required reading for practicing public managers and students of public administration in need of a clear, concise guide to maximizing public resource efficiency.
Fundamentals of Cost Accounting by
Fundamentals of Cost Accountingprovides a direct, realistic, and efficient way to learn cost accounting, integrated with new technology learning tools. Fundamentals is short (approximately 700 pages) making it easy to cover in one semester. The authors have kept the text concise by focusing on the key concepts students need to master. The Decision opening vignettes and Business Application boxes show realistic applications of these concepts throughout. All chapters conclude with a Debrief that links the topics in the chapter to the decision problem faced by the manager in the opening vignette. Comprehensive end-of-chapter material provides students with all the practice they need to fully learn each concept. McGraw-Hill Connect Accounting Plus provides students every advantage as they strive to understand the key concepts of cost accounting and its role in business. Connect Accounting Plus offers a complete digital solution with a robust online learning and homework management system, an integrated media-rich eBook, assignable end-of-chapter material, algorithmic functionality, and reporting capabilities. Contained within Connect Accounting is McGraw-Hill’s adaptive learning system, LearnSmart, which is designed to help students learn faster, study more efficiently, and retain more knowledge for greater success.
Management and cost accounting by
Includes European and Harvard Business School cases, this book has been adapted to suit a UK/European syllabus. The Euro is used as the reference currency throughout the text, whilst a range of individual currencies are used in the questions.
Principles of Cost Accounting by
Discover how readable and relevant cost accounting can be with PRINCIPLES OF COST ACCOUNTING, 17E. This edition packs the essentials you need to know in a unique 10-chapter format that is well organized, practical, and concise. You gain a thorough understanding of cost concepts, cost behavior, and cost accounting techniques as they apply to manufacturing and service businesses.To ensure understanding, the book introduces concepts in small, manageable sections that are immediately reinforced with proven questions, demonstration problems, practice exercises, and self-study quizzes. You master the fundamentals of job order costing and process costing before progressing to more advanced topics, such as budgeting, standard costing and variance analysis, costing for service businesses, and cost analysis for management decisions.Focus on skills that will take you far in today's competitive job market as you learn how to determine the costs of products and services and how to set effective selling prices. Learn techniques to measure the performance of managers and discover how to use accounting to achieve organization's goals. Find the relevant approach you need with the most up-to-date presentation of accounting skills in PRINCIPLES OF COST ACCOUNTING, 17E and corresponding CengageNOW online homework tools.
Strategic Cost Analysis by
Increasing business competition is compelling managers not only to develop realistic and achievable strategies but also to analyze goals in financial terms and to evaluate performance. This book explains in simple language the methods and techniques of cost analysis that can be applied strategically at any level in an organization.
Teaching Benefit-Cost Analysis by
Teaching Benefit-Cost Analysis is a unique look at the insights of internationally recognized teachers, researchers and practitioners addressing a difficult and controversial subject. Each chapter presents a self-contained module that includes guidance to additional resources, and many contain class exercises to provide detail and inspiration that extends beyond the scope of standard textbooks.The social evaluation of public investments by governments, international organizations and non-profits is an expanding field that encompasses both new and established areas of social policy. This book expands on the methods and issues central to the study of benefit-cost analysis, with specific topics including risk, societal distribution of impacts, limited versus national effects, the statistical value of a life and more. This book's focus on classroom engagement makes it a valuable resource for teachers of benefit-cost analysis. Its attention to foundational and advanced concepts will be of interest to undergraduate or Master's-level students of public policy, economics and related areas, as well as professional economists who apply benefit-cost analysis in their work.
This course focuses on the core cost concepts and provide a framework for how cost accounting and cost management help managers make decisions in a manufacturing type of business. Furthermore, it includes traditional cost control systems such as job order and process costing and includes detailed study of manufacturing cost accounts and reports.
The course also includes introduction to alternative costing methods used such as activity-based and just-in-time costing. It will also deal with profit planning, cost, volume and profit analysis including profit performance and measurement.
At the end of the term, the learners are expected to be equipped of various tools related to costing, profit analysis and pricing techniques for a manufacturing business, that will aid them to enhance their analytical , critical thinking, decision making and entrepreneurial skills.
Activity Based Costing for Construction Companies by
Activity Based Cotsting for Construction Companies provides guidelines on how overhead costs can be managed for using Activity Based Costing (ABC), providing gains in contractor competiveness. Illustrated with a range of case studies and examples it also presents a map that shows construction contractors how to implement ABC to calculate overhead costs accurately, identifying non or low-value added operations which can then be improved.
Basic Cost Benefit Analysis for Assessing Local Public Projects by
The cost benefit technique is so often referenced in government policy that a correct understanding is necessary for officials entrusted with public decisions. This book presents essential elements for understanding, interpreting, and conducting cost benefit analysis (CBA) in the context of local government. If you're charged with preparing numerical analyses to assess the worthiness of a specific policy proposal, you'll need this book to understand how costs and benefits are identified and analyzed in terms of economic efficiency and resource allocation. CBA is rooted in and has little or no value apart from the economic concepts of cost and resource efficiency. This book is designed to teach the correct use and interpretation of cost benefit analysis, while advising you of CBA's limitations and pitfalls. Case studies, presented in the final chapters of this book, represent typical proposals confronted by local officials. The book also includes instructions for using computer spreadsheets to build basic cost benefit models and an appendix on the step-by-step process of discounting future costs and benefits.
Cost and Management Accounting by
Management accounting is a fast growing and high value subject and all commerce and business graduates must possess knowledge of concepts, techniques and practices of this subject. It helps in planning and controlling of business operations and also in management decision making, which in turn assists in profit maximisation for the business. This book is an attempt to provide the students with through understanding or the management accounting concepts, methods and techniques. The subject matter has been presented in a systematic and intelligible manner with liberal use of numerical illustrations, charts and diagrams so as to make it interesting and sustain readers` interest. The book has been divided into nine chapters as per the curriculum of GGSIP University and UGC Model Curriculum. Based on the conviction that students can really learn management accounting by solving problems, the theory and problems approach has been adopted to fully meet all the examination needs of the students in this volume. Thus part from well organised theory, this book has sufficiently large number of solved problems and illustrations and unsolved problems with answers and hints, apart from objective type questions and selected theory questions. This will help students tackle examination questions with ease. The theory questions and practical problems and illustrations have been mostly selected from B.Com., BBA, CA, CS, ICWA and other examinations.
Cost and Optimization in Government : An Introduction to Cost Accounting, Operations Management, and Quality Control by
The careful management of costs and operations are two of the most essential elements of operating any successful organization, public or private. While the private sector is driven by profit-maximizing incentives to keep costs to a minimum, the public sector's mission and goals are guided by a different set of objectives: to provide a wide range of essential goods and services to maintain social order, improve public health, revitalize the economy, and, most importantly, to improve the quality of life for its citizens. Although the objectives are different, it is just as important for public decision makers to make the best use of available resources by keeping the cost of operation to a minimum. This book demonstrates that with a careful emphasis on cost accounting, operations management, and quality control, all organizations and governments can increase efficiency, improve performance, and prepare to weather hard times.　 This book is divided into three parts: Part I offers thorough coverage of cost fundamentals, with an emphasis on basic cost concepts, cost behavior, cost analysis, cost accounting, and cost control. Part II examines optimization in costs and operations in government including traditional or classical optimization with applications in inventory management and queuing, followed by mathematical programming and network analysis. Finally, Part III explores special topics in cost and optimization, in particular those related to games and decisions, productivity measurement, and quality control. Simple, accessible language and explanations are integrated throughout, and examples have been drawn from government so that readers can easily relate to them. Cost and Optimization in Government is required reading for practicing public managers and students of public administration in need of a clear, concise guide to maximizing public resource efficiency.
Quality Management and Accounting in Service Industries by
The process of globalisation in world markets, and the growing number of enterprises competing with one another in terms of the products and services they offer, naturally leads to the improved efficiency of management systems. Efficiency is required in order for these entities to maintain competitiveness. To assess the efficiency of their management systems, enterprises use quality cost calculation. This book fills the research gap concerned with the scientific study of the quality cost calculation, with regard to service companies. It offers the authors' concept of using the cost of quality calculation as a tool for assessing the efficiency of the management systems of service companies. The book consists of six chapters that present both a theoretical and an empirical part. In the theoretical part, the following issues are discussed: quality costs; the evolution of quality cost calculation; quality cost calculation models and their applications to date; and the specific way in which service companies operate. The practical part presents the authors' model of quality cost calculation along with the adopted assumptions and cost structure, as well as the research methodology and verification of the use of the developed model in a selected service company. The research gives credence to the role and importance of this tool in economic practice. The book will be desired reading by both theoreticians and practitioners of quality management and accounting. It is also a valuable resource for master's and doctoral students wishing to broaden their knowledge of quality costs and their calculation in the fields of economics and management. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license.
Strategic Cost Analysis by
Increasing business competition is compelling managers not only to develop realistic and achievable strategies but also to analyze goals in financial terms and to evaluate performance. Whether in manufacturing, service, or the non-profit sector managers need to know the key methods and techniques of cost analysis. The interaction of the organisation's activities, the influences of the external world and the responsibilities of managers need to be captured in financial terms to plan, control and make decisions. Sales managers, production managers, HR managers, amongst others, are recipients of financial information which they are expected to understand. They need to appreciate the impact of their decisions on costs, selling prices, investment decisions and profit. They must be able to analyse, communicate and act on financial information to be a valuable member of the management team. This text explains in simple language the methods and techniques of cost analysis that can be applied strategically at any level in an organization. The busy manager will find that the cost information provided will help them plan and control the activities for which they are responsible and also make strategic decisions in the most effective way. Whether you are in a manufacturing or service organisation, the book will help you to answer the four questions: What did it cost? What should it have cost? How can we improve? What is our next strategic move? No prior knowledge of accounting or statistics is required. The book defines all key terms and emphasizes the essential knowledge of analyzing cost in a strategic context.
Strategic Cost Analysis, Second Edition by
Increasing business competition is compelling managers not only to develop realistic and achievable strategies but also to analyze goals in financial terms and to evaluate performance. But where do you, as a manager, learn about the key methods and techniques of strategic cost analysis? This text explains in simple language the methods and techniques of cost analysis that can be applied strategically at any level in an organization--be it manufacturing, service, or the nonprofit sector. Since the interaction of the organization's activities, the influences of the external world, and your responsibilities as a manager need to be captured in financial terms to help plan, control, and make decisions, this book is what you'll require in today's world.
Strategic Cost Transformation : Using Business Domain Management to Improve Cost Data, Analysis, and Management by
Strategic Cost Transformation offers a new framework, business domain management, which creates a comprehensive picture of your organization for improved cash based decision-making. Your product costs $2.86 to make. What does the number tell you about your operations, how effectively they were run, demand, or how much money you spent on capacity? Nothing. Shouldn't you know? Accounting information creates a limited picture of operations and true cash performance. Strategic Cost Transformation offers a new framework, business domain management, which creates a comprehensive picture of your organization for improved cash based decision-making.
True Cost Accounting for Food by
This book explains how True Cost Accounting is an effective tool we can use to address the pervasive imbalance in our food system. Calls are coming from all quarters that the food system is broken and needs a radical transformation. A system that feeds many yet continues to create both extreme hunger and diet-related diseases, and one which has significant environmental impacts, is not serving the world adequately. This volume argues that True Cost Accounting in our food system can create a framework for a systemic shift. What sounds on the surface like a practice relegated to accountants is ultimately a call for a new lens on the valuation of food and a new relationship with the food we eat, starting with the reform of a system out of balance. From the true cost of corn, rice and water, to incentives for soil health, the chapters economically compare conventional and regenerative, more equitable farming practices in and food system structures, including taking an unflinching look at the true cost of cheap labour. Overall, this volume points towards the potential for our food system to be more human-centred than profit-centred and one that has a more respectful relationship to the planet. It sets forth a path forward based on True Cost Accounting for food. This path seeks to fix our current food metrics, in policy and in practice, by applying a holistic lens that evaluates the actual costs and benefits of different food systems, and the impacts and dependencies between natural systems, human systems, agriculture and food systems. This volume is essential reading for professionals and policymakers involved in developing and reforming the food system, as well as students and scholars working on food policy, food systems and sustainability.
This course is a study of the current practices and policies pertaining to the development, implementation and maintenance of environmental management systems (EMS) in an organization. ISO standards will be examined and case studies will be used to highlight the key factors involved with EMS implementation. The process of assessing environmental impacts and aspects and implementing continuous improvement measures will be addressed. Comparable health and safety management systems will be examined to reinforce management system concepts.
BIM for Construction Health and Safety by
What is BIM and how does it affect the health and safety professional? How are BIM technologies used on a practical level? What opportunities are there for the use of BIM in the health and safety arena? This concise and practical guide aims to answer all these questions and more. The health and safety role is evolving towards collaboration, structured data and sharing of information as BIM - the incarnation of these sensibilities - increasingly underpins construction practice. As the industry begins to see how these two topics can and should intersect this guide provides context and practical advice by explaining the basic principles of BIM, how it will shape the health and safety professional's role and what tools and processes will need to be embedded in the future. It also highlights the wealth of opportunities that BIM provides to improve health and safety standards and effective coordination - the means to exploit the potential of BIM.
Business and the Natural Environment by
The fields of corporate environmentalism, green business and corporate sustainability have grown significantly over the past twenty-five years, such that the academic research domains of business decision-making, accounting, organizational behaviour, and the protection of the natural environment have developed into maturing areas of study within the management sciences. Business and the Natural Environment: A Research Overview is a summary of the research thus far on this topic, offering a structure for understanding its emergence and growth, the multiple facets that make up its present state and a glimpse into the future of where it may be going. Along the way, the authors provide a compendium of its important works to help situate the interested reader in the landscape of the field. One important element of this work is its topical relevance; issues of environmental protection (and more recently sustainability) are critically important in today's worlds of business, policy, and public understanding. Scholars who choose to enter this domain have much to offer of societal value while at the same time, entering a non-fully legitimate research stream that can lead to academic success (such as tenure). This shortform book provides a research map for both new scholars who wish to enter the field and more seasoned researchers who wish to understand one view of the landscape and how they might fit within it. This expert survey of the existing literature brings the research story into the age of the Anthropocene and is essential primary reading.
Effective Environmental, Health, and Safety Management Using the Team Approach by
An important and highly actionable blueprint for optimum workplacesafety Health and safety management is an ongoing concern in today'sworkplace. Effective Environmental, Health, and Safety ManagementUsing the Team Approach provides today's safety professionals withan excellent resource for protecting their organizations' mostimportant resource-their employees. The author, a seasoned healthand safety professional, provides a blueprint for installing asystem that's been proven to reduce illness and injury on any job,in any industry, with a simple, logical approach that comparessafety management to production and quality control-issues today'smanagers readily understand. The system uses a team approach to get every level of anorganization involved in the process of managing safety issues,with the ultimate goal being the development of a safety culture inwhich every employee has a personal interest in protecting theirlives, their property, and their environment. An ideal resource for industry managers as well as graduate-levelcourses in workplace safety and health, this text offers suchspecial features as: * Important checklists, including OSHA-required training,OSHA-required inspections, and OSHA-required postings andlabeling * Numerous health and safety resources, Web site addresses, andcontact information for related organizations * Real-world examples that illustrate important health and safetyissues * Helpful charts and forms to facilitate implementation of the teamapproach * Frequently asked questions and answers for users of the system
Environmental and Natural Resource Economics by
Environmental issues are of fundamental importance, and a broad approach to understanding the relationship of the human economy and the natural world is essential. In a rapidly changing policy and scientific context, this new edition of Environmental and Natural Resource Economics reflects an updated perspective on modern environmental topics. Now in its fourth edition, this book includes new material on climate change, the cost-competitiveness of renewable energy, global environmental trends, and sustainable economies. The text provides a balanced treatment of both standard environmental economics and ecological economics, based on the belief that these two approaches are complementary. Several chapters focus on the core concepts of environmental economics, including the theory of externalities, the management of public goods, the allocation of resources across time, environmental valuation, and cost-benefit analysis. Material on ecological economics includes such topics as macroeconomic scale, entropy, and "green" national accounting. Topical chapters focus on: energy; climate change; water resources; international trade; forests; fisheries; and agriculture, with an emphasis on designing effective policies to promote sustainability and a "green" economy. Harris and Roach's premise is that a pluralistic approach is essential to understand the complex nexus between the economy and the environment. This perspective, combined with its emphasis on real-world policies, is particularly appealing to both instructors and students. This is the ideal text for classes on environmental, natural resource, and ecological economics.
Environmental Innovation and Ecodesign by
The end of the post-war economic boom was marked by the recognition of the environmental problem with the oil crises of the 1970s and, in 1972, the first major UN conference devoted to the human environment. Successive international meetings have resulted in a context where technical change, innovation and industry have assumed a central place in the creation of a new model of society. Against this consensus, the author demonstrates from economic analysis and wide-ranging examples that the environmental innovation doctrine and ecodesign methods remain fragile and can lead to paradoxical results.
Ergonomics and Human Factors in Safety Management by
Accident prevention is a common thread throughout every aspect of our society. However, even with the most current technological developments, keeping people safe and healthy, both at workplaces and at other daily activities, is still a continual challenge. When it comes to work environments, ergonomics and human factors knowledge can play an important role and, therefore, must be included in, or be a part of, the safety management as a cross-disciplinary area concerned with the understanding of actual work situations and potential variables. This multidisciplinary approach will ultimately ensure the safety, health, and well-being of all collaborators. The main goal of this book is to present theories and models, and to describe practices to foster and promote safer work and working environments. This book offers: · Examples of field practices that can be reproduced in other scenarios · Applications of new methods for risk assessment · Methods on how to apply and integrate human factors and ergonomics in accident prevention and safety management · Coverage of human factors and ergonomics in safety culture · New methods for accident analysis This book is a compilation of contributions from invited authors organized in three main topics from eleven countries and is intended to cover specific aspects of safety and human factors management ranging from case studies to the development of theoretical models. Hopefully, the works presented in the book can be an inspiration for translating research into useful actions and, ultimately, making a relevant and tangible contribution to the safety of our daily and work settings.
The Facility Manager's Guide to Environmental Health and Safety by
Addressing everything from the history of the federal agencies that enforce the regulations to the requirements of the regulations themselves, this new book provides facility managers with a comprehensive instruction manual for understanding and complying with the major Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), and Department of Transportation (DOT) regulations. Whether you manage a chemical facility, a warehouse, or an office building, you'll learn what your roles and responsibilities are and how to address your facility's environmental health and safety issues. In addition to discussing such legal requirements as recordkeeping, respiratory protection, hazardous waste management and training, hazard communication, and emergency response, author Brian Gallant provides practical recommendations for establishing and implementing safety and health procedures. He also provides nearly two dozen checklists, forms, and sample documents to help you establish and maintain a successful environmental health and safety program, including a safety meeting report template, a fire prevention audit checklist, a hazardous waste area weekly inspection checklist, and a Chemical Use in Facility Areas Self-Audit checklist.
Green Supply Chain Management by
This book gives students a thorough overview of the environmental issues that impact the supply chain and details strategic methods of addressing the political, social, technological, market, and economic concerns that have caused organizations to reconsider their impact. Readers will learn how to integrate the fields of operations management, procurement and purchasing, logistics, and marketing into a successful green supply chain, looking outward to form sustainable partnerships rather than focusing their efforts within the company. Each chapter describes a function or dimension of green supply chains, supplemented with short vignettes to ground the theory in practice. The authors examine various industries, including electronics, food products, and manufacturing, and draw on case studies from the Americas, Europe, Asia, and Oceania, allowing students to compare and contrast domestic and international practices. Blending industry insights with the latest academic thinking, they also consider hot button topics like global-local relationships, the role of third parties, green multitier supplier management, and blockchain technology management. Conclusive chapter summaries and plenty of visual aids help readers retain the information they need to improve environmental performance within, and beyond their organizations. Green Supply Chain Management is an excellent introduction to the topic for students and practitioners of supply chain management and environmental sustainability.
Guidelines for Integrating Management Systems and Metrics to Improve Process Safety Performance by
This book combines the synergies between performance improvement systems to help ensure safe and reliable operations, streamline procedures and cross-system auditing, and supporting regulatory and corporate compliance requirements. Many metrics are common to more than one area, such that a well-designed and implemented integrated management system will reduce the load on the Process Safety, SHE, Security and Quality groups, and improve manufacturing efficiency and customer satisfaction. Systems to improve performance include: process safety; traditional safety, health and environment; and, product quality. Chapters include: Integrating Framework; Securing Support & Preparing for Implementation; Establishing Common Risk Management Systems - How to Integrate PSM into Other EH; Testing Implementation Approach; Developing and Agreeing on Metrics; Management Review; Tracking Integration Progress and Measuring Performance; Continuous Improvement; Communication of Results to Different Stakeholders; Case Studies; and Examples for Industry.
Industrial safety management : hazard identification and risk control by 
Innovation in Environmental Leadership by
Innovation in Environmental Leadership offers innovative approaches to leadership from a post-industrial and ecological vantage point. Chapters in this collection are written by leading scholars and practitioners of environmental leadership from around the globe, and are informed by a variety of critical perspectives, including post-heroic approaches, systems thinking, and the emerging insights of Critical Leadership Studies (CLS). By taking the natural environment seriously as a foundational context for leadership, Innovation in Environmental Leadership offers fresh insights and compelling visions of leadership pertinent to 21st century environmental and social challenges. Concepts and understandings of leadership emerged as part of an extractive industrial system; this work asks its readers to re-think what leadership looks like in an ecologically sustainable biological system. This book provides fresh insights and critical perspectives on the vibrant and growing field of environmental leadership. It shows the latest state of knowledge on the topic and will be of interest both to students at an advanced level, academics and reflective practitioners. It addresses the topics with regard to leadership theory and environmental leadership and will be of interest to researchers, academics, and students in the fields of sustainability, environmental ethics, natural resource management, environmental studies, business management, public policy, and environmental management.
ISO 9001:2008 for Small Businesses by
Small businesses face many challenges today, including the increasing demand by larger companies for ISO compliance. Compliance is a challenging task for any organisation and can often be time consuming and costly, particularly for small businesses who are unlikely to have quality assurance experts on the payroll. However, it is still possible to achieve compliance without the need for expensive consultancy or training that takes you out of the office! Ray Tricker has already guided hundreds of businesses through the challenge and this, the 5th edition of his life-saving ISO guide, has been rewritten and refined following 5 years' field use of working with the standard. The one area that an organisation (particularly a small business) always wants to know is ¿how much is it going to cost to implement and operate a QMS compliant with ISO 9001: 2008 ¿ and is it going to be worth the trouble?!¿ Due to popular demand, Edition 5 now includes a brand new chapter on the cost of implementing ISO 9001:2008. This edition provides: Relevant examples that put the concepts and requirements of the standard into a real-life context Down to earth explanations to help you determine what you need to work in compliance with and/or achieve certification to ISO 9001:2008 An example of a complete, generic, Quality Management System consisting of a Quality Manual plus a whole host of Quality Processes, Quality Procedures and Work Instructions Access to a free, software copy of this generic QMS files (available from the author) to give you a starting-point from which to develop your own documentation. ISO 9001:2008 is the most widely followed quality management standard and the rewards can be great, opening up new business opportunities, as well as bringing real improvements to your processes and outputs.
Leading with Safety by
Building on years of research and experience in the field, Leading with Safety redefines organizational safety as an activity that both leads other performance areas and in turn must be led. Thomas Krause poses the question, "What does it take to be a great safety leader?" -- and answers with a comprehensive new model for understanding safety leadership as it affects organizational culture and safety climate. Leading with Safety defines the practices, tools, and systems essential to creating an injury-free workplace, including the role of employees at each level, special considerations for coaching the senior executive leader, and the two crucial aspects of human performance that every leader needs to know. Ending with inspiring real-world examples or organizations that have put these tools into practice, Leading with Safety is written for any leader who wants to lead with safety toward a more robust, productive and effective organization.
Management of occupational health and safety by 
Managing Natural Resources by
Managing the natural environment is fundamental to many businesses, yet management scholars have understudied how natural resources are acquired and deployed, how they constrain and challenge strategy and innovation, and how they differ from more conventionally studied resources in management. This book captures leading and thought-provoking conceptual and empirical contributions on how organizations (ought to) interact with such natural resources. Utilizing a distinctly managerial approach, the chapter authors explore topics such as inter-organizational relationships, strategic responses, and risk and resilience at the interface of the natural environment. By applying and extending management theories such as resource dependence, transaction costs, the resource-based view, dynamic capabilities and imprinting in a natural resource context, the authors open up multiple avenues for future research. At the same time, they seek to actively build a global community of management scholars interested in natural resources. Multidisciplinary in approach and clear in execution, this book will be of interest to students and researchers studying natural resource management and policy, policymakers from regional, national, and trans-national bodies, as well as leaders of environment focused NGOs. Contributors include:B. Bastian, H. Burgers, M. Bystrowska, B. Crawford, C. Dean, G. George, J. Good, B. Grøgaard, S. Gurtner, Y. Hu, F. Keller, R.P. Lee, T.L. Liak, S. Mehra, V.V. Miller, F. Paetzold, A.C. Presse, M.J. Pisani, R. Reinhardt, U.H. Richter, L. Schiffer, S.J.D. Schillebeeckx, C.L. Tucci, C. Van der Byl, K.A. Wigger, M. Workman. F. Zarea Fazlelahi
Philippine National Standard : information technology : security techniques : guidelines for privacy impact assessment : PNS ISO/IEC 29134:2018 by
"The Philippine National Standard is identical with International Standard ISO/IEC 29134:2017, Information technology -- Security techniques -- Guidelines for privacy impact assessment. It was approved for adoption as Philippine National Standard by Bureau of Philippine Standards upon the recommendation of the Subcommittee on IT Security Techniques (SC 1) and the Technical Committee on Information Technology (BPS/TC 60)."--National Foreword.
Philippine National Standard : risk management - guidelines : PNS ISO 31000:2018 by
"The Philippine National Standard is identical with International Standard ISO 31000:2018, Risk management - Guidelines. It was approved for adoption as a Philippine National Standard by the Bureau of Philippine Standards. Within the text of the standard, the words "International Standard" shall mean "Philippine National Standard". This standard cancels and replaces PNS ISO 31000:2010 (ISO published 2009)."--National Foreword.
Reference number ISO 31000:2018(E)
ICS 03.100.01
Principles of Environmental Economics and Sustainability by
Principles of Environmental Economics and Sustainability was the first textbook to make a serious attempt to systematically integrate ecological and economic principles. It successfully introduced ecological perspectives to the study of environmental economics while maintaining the integrity of the standard economic approach. In this new edition this notion continues to be embraced while also offering readers several further features, including greater in-depth coverage of the economics of climate change, expanded reference sections, and an updated and expanded "review and discussion questions" section. The unique integration of both mainstream and ecological approaches which this textbook provides proves particularly illuminating in relation to the following topics: economics of climate change environmental valuation cost-benefit analysis and the environment sustainability in theory and practice limits to growth the role of technology the business case for environmental sustainability. Written in a clear and accessible way, this key textbook is an excellent resource for all students of environmental economics. With study tools including learning objectives, case studies, and charts and graphs, this volume uses real-world examples to engage both students and academics within the field. This text also accompanied by a Companion Website including resources for both students and instructors. Here you will find student study questions, interactive quizzes, and an instructor manual composed of lecture PowerPoint templates.
Process Safety Management by
The continued prevalence of major incidents (most recently the 2010 BP Gulf of Mexico Oil Spill) and preponderance of workplace fatalities and injuries as well as Process Safety Management (PSM) Incidents, globally, begs the question: why do incidents continue to occur in today's technologically advanced era? More importantly, with 80-85 percent of incidents being repeated, the more obvious questions are: Why do organizations fail to learn from prior incidents internal to the business? Why do organizations fail to learn from their peers and other same industry players? Why do organizations fail to learn from the incidents and experiences of other industries? Process Safety Management: Leveraging Networks and Communities of Practice for Continuous Improvement provides a road map organizations can use to identify and setup critical networks for preventing catastrophic incidents and for sharing knowledge in an organized manner within the organization to enhance business performance. The book helps organizations establish centers of excellence by activating networks for generating best practices and practical solutions to workplace business, and safety challenges. The book covers the full range of activation of networks including identifying members, defining goals and objectives, and prioritizing work through leadership and stewardship of networks. It addresses all elements of effective safety management and includes simple, easy-to-follow processes that bring about lasting changes to workplace safety. It also highlights the health and safety needs of both Generation X and Generation Y who currently inherit the workplace but are very different in learning behaviors and experience levels. In a thin margins business environment characterized by scarce resources, operational discipline and excellence drives stakeholder confidence and corporate performance. Detailing the practical application of tested principles and practices, this book provides a simple path forward for organizations to recognize the benefits of networks and to proactively establish and support them within organizations to generate continuous and sustained improvement in work practices, procedures, and business performance.
Safety-I and safety-II : the past and future of safety management by
Safety has traditionally been defined as a condition where the number of adverse outcomes was as low as possible (Safety-I). From a Safety-I perspective, the purpose of safety management is to make sure that the number of accidents and incidents is kept as low as possible, or as low as is reasonably practicable. This means that safety management must start from the manifestations of the absence of safety and that - paradoxically - safety is measured by counting the number of cases where it fails rather than by the number of cases where it succeeds. This unavoidably leads to a reactive approach based on responding to what goes wrong or what is identified as a risk - as something that could go wrong. Focusing on what goes right, rather than on what goes wrong, changes the definition of safety from 'avoiding that something goes wrong' to 'ensuring that everything goes right'. More precisely, Safety-II is the ability to succeed under varying conditions, so that the number of intended and acceptable outcomes is as high as possible. From a Safety-II perspective, the purpose of safety management is to ensure that as much as possible goes right, in the sense that everyday work achieves its objectives. This means that safety is managed by what it achieves (successes, things that go right), and that likewise it is measured by counting the number of cases where things go right. In order to do this, safety management cannot only be reactive, it must also be proactive. But it must be proactive with regard to how actions succeed, to everyday acceptable performance, rather than with regard to how they can fail, as traditional risk analysis does. This book analyses and explains the principles behind both approaches and uses this to consider the past and future of safety management practices. The analysis makes use of common examples and cases from domains such as aviation, nuclear power production, process management and health care. The final chapters explain the theoret
Safety can't be measured : an evidence-based approach to improving risk reduction by
The British Prime Minister has avowed to 'kill off the health and safety culture' which he described as 'a monster'. Nonetheless, industries face ever increasing public expectation and legislative pressure to improve safety when, actually, rates of safety improvement have slowed to a standstill. In Safety Can't Be Measured, Andrew Townsend suggests the main reason for the stagnation of safety improvement is the failure to recognise the evolution in accident causation and to evolve with it. He severely criticises some aspects of current day management of occupational safety and contends that everyone is trying to continuously improve something in which improvement cannot be measured, so the received wisdom underpinning safety management and regulation is not evidence-based and much of it is misguided. What is measured is the absence of safety - through incidents, injuries and the occurrence of ill health. We cannot continue to justify these ways of doing things, and claiming success by association, without admitting there might be other explanations. In this series of short chapters, occupational health and safety is put in context by demystifying the research, regulation and management of health and safety. Using evidence, Townsend challenges orthodox dogma by demonstrating that currently unused data could help deduce how safety really works, and thus support alternative thought processes from which new approaches to risk reduction and safety management could emerge.
Safety Management in Small and Medium Sized Enterprises (SMEs) by
Safety is an important aspect of everyday business operations. It can have an impact on the operations of an enterprise as well as the wellbeing of the workers. Literature shows that SMEs face extra problems in this area due to limited resources and lack of knowledge. A potential accident on the premises, in many cases, has devastating consequences. SMEs make up the vast majority of private companies in the EU and beyond. Despite the importance of the issue, the information found in literature is scattered and often not aimed at SMEs. This book aims to gather the latest information and become the full reference point for designing and adopting an appropriate safety strategy for SMEs.
Security Management for Occupational Safety by
How far would or should you go to feel secure? While everyone wants safety and security, the measures to achieve it are often viewed of as intrusive, unwanted, a hassle, and limiting to personal and professional freedoms. Yet, when an incident occurs, we can never have enough security. Security Management for Occupational Safety provides a framework through which occupational safety practitioners can critically examine their organizational environments and make them safer while assuming a best possible relationship between obtrusion and necessity. This book examines the diverse factors involved in occupational management--planning, people, budget, information, and preparedness--to present an accurately balanced picture of safety functions. It uses a critical thinking approach to interpreting data as a tool for providing more effective occupational safety management. The book discusses core security management competencies of planning, organizing, staffing, and leading while providing a process to critically analyze those functions. It stresses the benefits of using a methodical critical thinking process in building a comprehensive safety management system, addressing information security, cyber security, energy-sector security, chemical security, and general security management utilizing a critical thinking framework. The author doesn't focus on how to secure, guard, or protect. While there are commonalities in many aspects of occupational risks and hazards, all are going to be unique. Instead, he guides you through each stage of critical thinking, emphasizing the ability to articulate the differing aspects of business and security management by reasoning through complex problems in the changing organizational landscape. The book not only provides fundamental concepts in security but it also creates informed, critical, and creative security managers who communicate effectively in their environment and make informed well-thought-out judgments to tailor a security program to fit a specific organization.
Urban logistics : management, policy and innovation in a rapidly changing environment by
Approximately 80 per cent of European and American citizens live in an urban environment. Due to their large populations and extensive commercial establishments, urban areas require large quantities of goods and services for commercial and domestic use. This results in increasing levels of demand for freight transport services. Freight transport in towns and cities is a major contributor to environmental impacts, particularly to local air pollution and noise. Urban Logistics addresses public policy makers, freight transport companies and receivers of supplies, providing them with the information and guidance to affect change in the logistics of the city.Urban Logistics is written by an outstanding team of international editors combining their expertise and using their research from leading business schools in Sweden and the US. There are also valuable contributions from academics and industry experts from companies and universities from all over the world. The book includes clear examples of initiatives that work and business case developments, as well as toolkits for policymakers and managers who are devising new initiatives. There is an in-depth examination of different aspects of urban logistics, such as retail logistics for cities, urban food supply chains, services and the special logistics requirements involved, construction, waste management and e-commerce and home delivery. There is also a focus on networks and partnerships and an analysis of innovation as a new constant.
This course is a study of the current practices and policies pertaining to the development, implementation and maintenance of environmental management systems (EMS) in an organization. ISO standards will be examined and case studies will be used to highlight the key factors involved with EMS implementation. The process of assessing environmental impacts and aspects and implementing continuous improvement measures will be addressed. Comparable health and safety management systems will be examined to reinforce management system concepts.
Advanced Safety Management by
Provides guidance to managers, safety professionals, educators and students on having operational risk management systems that meet the requirements of Z10. Emphasizes Management Leadership and Employee Involvement, the most important section in Z10, with particular reference to contributions that employees can make. A new provision was added to Z10 on Risk Assessment which along with Avoidance of Human Error is addressed. Revised and expanded coverage of Management of Change and The Procurement Process New chapters cover Macro Thinking - The Socio-Technical Model; Safety Professionals as Culture Change Agents; Prevention through Design, and A Primer on System Safety
Basic Guide to System Safety by
This book provides guidance on including prevention through design concepts within an occupational safety and health management system. Through the application of these concepts, decisions pertaining to occupational hazards and risks can be incorporated into the process of design and redesign of work premises, tools, equipment, machinery, substances, and work processes including their construction, manufacture, use, maintenance, and ultimate disposal or reuse. These techniques provide guidance for a life-cycle assessment and design model that balances environmental and occupational safety and health goals over the life span of a facility, process, or product. The new edition is expanded to include primer information on the use of safety assurance techniques in design and construction.
Business Continuity Management System : A Complete Guide to Implementing ISO 22301 by
A business continuity management system (BCMS) is a management framework that prepares the organization by developing business continuity strategies to meet its business and statutory obligations during an incident. It is about optimizing service availability and preserving business performance to secure future growth in the market. Business Continuity Management System offers a complete guide to establishing a fit-for-purpose business continuity capability in your organization. Structured in line with the principles of ISO22301 (the International Standard for business continuity management) and with current best practice, this user-friendly book covers the whole life cycle of developing, establishing, operating and evaluating a BCMS initiative. It is aimed at new and seasoned business continuity practitioners involved in business continuity activities in their organizations, whatever the size and sector. It includes proven techniques and easy-to-use methodologies that specifically support the implementation of those requirements specified in ISO 22301. Pragmatic approaches supported by in-depth explanations guide you to assess and improve your organization's BCMS performance. This is the first book to offer an end-to-end solution that addresses all aspects of implementing an effective BCMS. Business Continuity Management System is intended to act as a catalyst to accelerate progress on the journey from business continuity management and risk management to the creation and implementation of a business continuity management system, both by enhancing the BCM and risk competence of individual readers and by contributing to shared knowledge in implementing ISO 22301 in organizations.
Elements of Environmental Management by
Elements of Environmental Management is an interdisciplinary textbook that integrates corporate environmental strategy with environmental economics, environmental law, and environmental engineering.
Guidelines for Integrating Management Systems and Metrics to Improve Process Safety Performance by
This book combines the synergies between performance improvement systems to help ensure safe and reliable operations, streamline procedures and cross-system auditing, and supporting regulatory and corporate compliance requirements. Many metrics are common to more than one area, such that a well-designed and implemented integrated management system will reduce the load on the Process Safety, SHE, Security and Quality groups, and improve manufacturing efficiency and customer satisfaction. Systems to improve performance include: process safety; traditional safety, health and environment; and, product quality. Chapters include: Integrating Framework; Securing Support & Preparing for Implementation; Establishing Common Risk Management Systems - How to Integrate PSM into Other EH; Testing Implementation Approach; Developing and Agreeing on Metrics; Management Review; Tracking Integration Progress and Measuring Performance; Continuous Improvement; Communication of Results to Different Stakeholders; Case Studies; and Examples for Industry.
Handbook of Occupational Safety and Health by
Occupational safety and health- safe work in a safe environment. The challenge, of course, is how to make this happen and make it happen economically. A comprehensive study presenting the state of the art in the field, Handbook of Occupational Safety and Health provides a wide range of methods along with specific criteria for assessing hazard and e
Handbook of Safety Principles by
Presents recent breakthroughs in the theory, methods, and applications of safety and risk analysis for safety engineers, risk analysts, and policy makers Safety principles are paramount to addressing structured handling of safety concerns in all technological systems. This handbook captures and discusses the multitude of safety principles in a practical and applicable manner. It is organized by five overarching categories of safety principles: Safety Reserves; Information and Control; Demonstrability; Optimization; and Organizational Principles and Practices. With a focus on the structured treatment of a large number of safety principles relevant to all related fields, each chapter defines the principle in question and discusses its application as well as how it relates to other principles and terms. This treatment includes the history, the underlying theory, and the limitations and criticism of the principle. Several chapters also problematize and critically discuss the very concept of a safety principle. The book treats issues such as: What are safety principles and what roles do they have? What kinds of safety principles are there? When, if ever, should rules and principles be disobeyed? How do safety principles relate to the law; what is the status of principles in different domains? The book also features: * Insights from leading international experts on safety and reliability * Real-world applications and case studies including systems usability, verification and validation, human reliability, and safety barriers * Different taxonomies for how safety principles are categorized * Breakthroughs in safety and risk science that can significantly change, improve, and inform important practical decisions * A structured treatment of safety principles relevant to numerous disciplines and application areas in industry and other sectors of society * Comprehensive and practical coverage of the multitude of safety principles including maintenance optimization, substitution, safety automation, risk communication, precautionary approaches, non-quantitative safety analysis, safety culture, and many others The Handbook of Safety Principles is an ideal reference and resource for professionals engaged in risk and safety analysis and research. This book is also appropriate as a graduate and PhD-level textbook for courses in risk and safety analysis, reliability, safety engineering, and risk management offered within mathematics, operations research, and engineering departments. NIKLAS MÖLLER, PhD, is Associate Professor at the Royal Institute of Technology in Sweden. The author of approximately 20 international journal articles, Dr. Möller's research interests include the philosophy of risk, metaethics, philosophy of science, and epistemology. SVEN OVE HANSSON, PhD, is Professor of Philosophy at the Royal Institute of Technology. He has authored over 300 articles in international journals and is a member of the Royal Swedish Academy of Engineering Sciences. Dr. Hansson is also a Topical Editor for the Wiley Encyclopedia of Operations Research and Management Science. JAN-ERIK HOLMBERG, PhD, is Senior Consultant at Risk Pilot AB and Adjunct Professor of Probabilistic Riskand Safety Analysis at the Royal Institute of Technology. Dr. Holmberg received his PhD in Applied Mathematics from Helsinki University of Technology in 1997. CARL ROLLENHAGEN, PhD, is Adjunct Professor of Risk and Safety at the Royal Institute of Technology. Dr. Rollenhagen has performed extensive research in the field of human factors and MTO (Man, Technology, and Organization) with a specific emphasis on safety culture and climate, event investigation methods, and organizational safety assessment.
Industrial Environmental Management by
Provides aspiring engineers with pertinent information and technological methodologies on how best to manage industry's modern-day environment concerns This book explains why industrial environmental management is important to human environmental interactions and describes what the physical, economic, social, and technological constraints to achieving the goal of a sustainable environment are. It emphasizes recent progress in life-cycle sustainable design, applying green engineering principles and the concept of Zero Effect Zero Defect to minimize wastes and discharges from various manufacturing facilities. Its goal is to educate engineers on how to obtain an optimum balance between environmental protections, while allowing humans to maintain an acceptable quality of life. Industrial Environmental Management: Engineering, Science, and Policy covers topics such as industrial wastes, life cycle sustainable design, lean manufacturing, international environmental regulations, and the assessment and management of health and environmental risks. The book also looks at the economics of manufacturing pollution prevention; how eco-industrial parks and process intensification will help minimize waste; and the application of green manufacturing principles in order to minimize wastes and discharges from manufacturing facilities. Provides end-of-chapter questions along with a solutions manual for adopting professors Covers a wide range of interdisciplinary areas that makes it suitable for different branches of engineering such as wastewater management and treatment; pollutant sampling; health risk assessment; waste minimization; lean manufacturing; and regulatory information Shows how industrial environmental management is connected to areas like sustainable engineering, sustainable manufacturing, social policy, and more Contains theory, applications, and real-world problems along with their solutions Details waste recovery systems Industrial Environmental Management: Engineering, Science, and Policy is an ideal textbook for junior and senior level students in multidisciplinary engineering fields such as chemical, civil, environmental, and petroleum engineering. It will appeal to practicing engineers seeking information about sustainable design principles and methodology.
Leading to Occupational Health and Safety : How Leadership Behaviours Impact Organizational Safety and Well-Being. by
Leading to Occupational Health and Safety brings together prominent researchers to explore the pervasive roles that leaders play in determining the health, safety and mental well-being of employees in organizations. The first text to directly link organizational leadership behaviours with health and safety outcomes, covering theory, research and evidence-based best practice Argues that a leader's impact can be far more far-reaching than is commonly realized, and examines the effects of leadership on safety, physical wellness and wellbeing, and psychological wellbeing Explores the theoretical underpinnings of effective leadership styles and behaviors, and advances both research and practice in order to encourage better leadership and healthier, safer organizations Features contributions from internationally known and respected researchers including Sharon Clarke, Kara Arnold, Fred Luthans, Ståle Einarsen, Julian Barling, and Emma Donaldson-Feilder
Occupational Safety and Health Management by
The text of this book contains brief explanations on the rules and regulations on occupational safety and health (OSH), as expressed in Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) 1994 and Factories and Machinery Act (FMA) 1967.The text is divided into 10 modules, beginning with a module on selected issues in OSH, then on the duties of various categories of person, safety, health, welfare, training, enforcement, notification procedures, emergency preparations, and guides to OSH management. Instructions and directives arising from the issues are laid out with supporting legislative provisions.The book is written in simple non-technical and non-legalistic fashion and without lengthy discussions on any topic.The use of English enables readers to find the right flavour in reading the rules and regulations.
Risk-Reduction Methods for Occupational Safety and Health by
This book covers system safety methods related to occupational health and safety. It argues for anticipating hazards, risk reduction strategies for hazards processes, and making sure workers' tasks correspond to human capabilities. To this end, the text provides pro-active methods for identifying hazards, assessing risk, analyzing hazards, using tools from system safety, conducting post-incident investigations, considering human errors, applying risk reduction strategies, and managing process safety. While emphasizing methods suitable for all countries, it includes references to U.S. military and Department of Energy documents, as well as a discussion of fault-tree construction.
Safety-I and Safety-Ii the Past and Future of Safety Management by
This book analyses and explains the principles behind Safety-I and Safety-II and approaches and considers the past and future of safety management practices. The analysis makes use of common examples and cases from domains such as aviation, nuclear power production, process management and health care. The final chapters explain the theoretical and practical consequences of the new, Safety-II perspective on day-to-day operations as well as on strategic management (safety culture).
Safety Cases and Safety Reports Meaning Motivation and Management by
The safety case and its associated reports are becoming a mechanism for achieving safety goals, a valuable decision-support asset and a vital industrial liability management tool. This book provides a concentrated source document for assessing and constructing safety cases and safety case reports - from understanding their purposes, through their development and on to their presentation.
Safety cultures, safety models : taking stock and moving forward by
This chapter, co-written by the industrial members of the FonCSI
“strategic analysis” group, gives an overview of the various contexts and histories
of safety culture/safety models throughout the four industries represented, and
summarizes the main questions and issues arising from an industrial point of view.
In brief, in a context of high industrial risks—both in terms of process safety and
occupational safety—two main topics emerge for discussion: (i) the question of the
co-existence of several safety models: what to choose and according to what criteria
from the panel of tools available? And (ii) the specific notion of “safety culture”:
what more does the concept bring, and how to apprehend it in complex industrial
organisations? Eventually, the expression “safety cloud” is used to illustrate the
overall feeling of confusion in the industrial world: the current perception is one of
a nebulous offer of various models and tools, the choice of which appears difficult
to rationalize and adapt to a company’s specifics and local issues. As an introduction to more academic discussions, this chapter thus sets the tone and hopes to
shed light on some unanswered industrial questions.
Safety Management : a Comprehensive Approach to Developing a Sustainable System. by
With annual cost in excess of $150 billion from workplace related illnesses and injuries, any knowledge that can reduce this burden contributes to the overall welfare of the work force and business performance. Yet, there are many key areas of opportunities that have not yet been discussed in the literature, such as approaches to improving contract
System Safety : Human - Technical Facility - Environment by
The magazine's publications deal with issues related to work safety. Both in the area of occupational health and safety, organization of the workplace (technical aspects) and the environment (environmental factors in working conditions). The publications presented combine legal requirements in the field of work safety with the technical solutions that are designed to meet the minimum requirements. They present and analyze the requirements of technological processes carried out at workplaces. Sociological issues are also carried out in the analyzes, in the scope of training and creating a safety culture within production enterprises. Scope Subject areas, suitable for publication, include the following fields: Health and safety management systems Technological safety The role of the human factor in occupational health and safety management systems Safety of technical facilities operation (safety engineering) Environmental safety management Safety management of products and services Management of occupational risk Economical aspects of occupational health and safety Legal aspects of health and safety at work Safety in material engineering Safety in civil engineering Product quality and user safety Safety logistics Safety in innovation and their transfer Knowledge and information management 7th International Conference SYSTEM SAFETY HUMAN - TECHNICAL FACILITY - ENVIRONMENT e-Book ISBN: 978-3-11-060540-2 8th International Conference SYSTEM SAFETY HUMAN - TECHNICAL FACILITY - ENVIRONMENT e-Book ISBN: 978-83-957204-3-7 Archiving Sciendo archives the contents of this journal in Portico - digital long-term preservation service of scholarly books, journals and collections. Plagiarism Policy The editorial board is participating in a growing community of Similarity Check System's users in order to ensure that the content published is original and trustworthy. Similarity Check is a medium that allows for comprehensive manuscripts screening, aimed to eliminate plagiarism and provide a high standard and quality peer-review process.
Enterprise Inventory Management and Control
Welcome to Export Inventory Management. This course will develop your skills to determine potentially exportable products, raw materials, production, skilled manpower sourcing, product design and development, and technical services needed by exporters. It focuses on both strategic issues and practical application for data analysis and business decision making. The course exposes the students to quality control techniques to discuss and select products that meet world-class standards, the qualities and potentials of non-traditional export products, and various types of prohibited and regulated products. Ultimately, this develops student’s appreciation of the high level Filipino craftsmanship prepared to serve the global market, and of the collective strength and ingenuity for the success of Filipino export entrepreneurs.
Demand-Driven Inventory Optimization and Replenishment by
Remove built-in supply chain weak points to more effectively balance supply and demand Demand-Driven Inventory Optimization and Replenishment shows how companies can support supply chain metrics and business initiatives by removing the weak points built into their inventory systems. Beginning with a thorough examination of Just in Time, Efficient Consumer Response, and Collaborative Forecasting, Planning, and Replenishment, this book walks you through the mathematical shortcuts set up in your management system that prevent you from attaining supply chain excellence. This expanded second edition includes new coverage of inventory performance, business verticals, business initiatives, and metrics, alongside case studies that illustrate how optimized inventory and replenishment delivers results across retail, high-tech, men's clothing, and food sectors. Inventory optimization allows you to avoid out-of-stock situations without impacting the bottom line with excessive inventory maintenance. By keeping just the right amount of inventory on hand, your company is better able to meet demand without sacrificing the cost-effectiveness of other supply chain strategies. The trick, however, is determining "just the right amount"--and this book provides the background and practical guidance you need to do just that. Examine the major supply chain strategies of the last 30 years Remove the shortcuts that prohibit supply chain excellence Optimize your supply/demand balance in any vertical Overcome systemic weaknesses to strengthen the bottom line Inventory optimization is benefitting companies around the world, as exemplified here by case studies involving Matas, PWT, Wistron, and Amway. When inefficiencies are built into the system, it's only smart business to identify and remove them--and implement a new streamlined process that runs like a well-oiled machine. Demand-Driven Inventory Optimization and Replenishment is an essential resource for exceptional supply chain management.
Essentials of Inventory Management by
Inventory management is about more than counting what you've got. It's about understanding business realities and making decisions that balance current demand with future needs. Author Max Muller teaches readers how to do this while keeping overhead and operating costs at a minimum by maximizing productivity in key areas--from physical stock issues to problem identification and resolution to technologies like RFID and other automated inventory mechanisms. Novice and veteran managers alike will gain ultra-practical tips and tricks on topics including forecasting and replenishment strategies, retail vs manufacturing inventories, materials requirements planning, formulas for calculating quantities and schedules, and supply chain risk management. Complete with detailed examples, handy tools, and a revised and expanded chapter analyzing "Why Inventory Systems Fail and How to Fix Them," the second edition of Essentials of Inventory Management is perfect for both instructional and on-the-job use. Inventory management is complex, but it can be simplified. With up-to-date insights to maximize productivity, identify and solve issues quickly, forecast and replenish, incorporate automation, and much more, this nontechnical yet thorough guide will teach you how to manage inventory as a physical reality--and maximize its monetary value.
Export Practice and Management by
The market leader in its field, retailing in over 200 countries, this internationally renowned text is firmly established as the essential guide to export practice and management. Now in its fifth edition, Export Practice and Management continues to focus on developing an export strategy in a pragmatic, professional and profitable manner in a competitive international environment. The contents have been thoroughly updated and reflect the many changes in the constantly-evolving global marketplace. It takes full account of future trends in the conduct of international trade and its increasing complexity. Export Practice and Management is ideal for students of International Business and Management and International Marketing. Practitioners will also find this book invaluable when completing professional examinations such as the Chartered Institute of Marketing, the Chartered Institute of Purchasing and Supply, the Institute of Export, the Institute of Chartered Shipbrokers and the Chartered Institute of Logistics and Transport.
Handbook of Research on International Entrepreneurship Strategy by
This impressive Handbook provides a dynamic perspective on the international entrepreneurial strategies of SMEs, including the role and experience of their founders, as well as the collaboration of these SMEs in networks with larger firms. The expert contributors from all over the world and the editors explore the origin and evolution of internationalizing SMEs, the changing history and the future outlook of this sector. They study the effects of different cultures on the origin and growth of entrepreneurship and SMEs. The Handbook also outlines the various types of Born Globals that emerge from different parts of the world. This book will prove essential reading for researchers and students of international business, entrepreneurship and SMEs. Founders of internationalizing SMEs will also learn about novel management practices, whilst educational institutions and governments will find invaluable insights on how to foster and support SMEs in their internationalization efforts.
Import / Export Kit for Dummies by
Your easy-to-follow primer on the exciting world of import/export With an increased focus on global trade, this new edition of Import/Export Kit For Dummies provides entrepreneurs and small- to mid-sized businesses with the critical, entry-point information they need to begin exporting their products around the world--as well as importing goods to sell. Inside, you'll find the most up-to-date information on trade regulations, where to turn for additional guidance on seamlessly navigating the dreaded red tape, and much more. With significant changes in technology, expanding economics, and international trade agreements, the global marketplace continues to grow and change rapidly. In fact, companies that do business internationally are proven to grow faster and fail less often than companies that don't. This authoritative reference is packed with everything you need to get started, so why not get in on the game while the going is good? Gets you up to speed on the lingo of international business Shows you how to follow guidelines for developing a successful business and marketing plan Helps you understand distributor and agent agreement outlines Offers unprecedented insight on pinpointing the right markets for your import/export business Importing and exporting goods is a valuable way to expand your business and take part in the global economy, and this hands-on, friendly guide shows you how.
International Marketing and Export Management by
International Marketing and Export Management 7th edition offers an accessible and authoritative perspective on international marketing with a strong export management orientation, comprehensively describing the evolving competitive landscape as created by technological advances and international trade patterns. The seventh edition retains its clear and informed coverage of the opportunities for companies of all sizes and in all industries in the export of goods, services, intellectual property and business models. Written in a no-nonsense style, the bookhas been updated to offer the most up-to-date discussion of the literature in the area, as well as new and engaging cases and examples in every chapter. The book is ideal for undergraduate and postgraduate students taking modules in International Marketing and Export Marketing/International Trade. It will also be used as a supplementary text on International Business courses.
Inventory and Production Management in Supply Chains, Fourth Edition by
Authored by a team of experts, the new edition of this bestseller presents practical techniques for managing inventory and production throughout supply chains. It covers the current context of inventory and production management, replenishment systems for managing individual inventories within a firm, managing inventory in multiple locations and firms, and production management. The book presents sophisticated concepts and solutions with an eye towards today's economy of global demand, cost-saving, and rapid cycles. It explains how to decrease working capital andnbsp;how to deal with coordinating chains across boundaries.
Inventory Best Practices by
The latest and most important information for best practices inthe inventory function Inventory Best Practices, Second Edition offers thelatest and most important information on advanced techniques andstrategies to improve on the accuracy of all ongoing inventories,configure a warehouse for optimum counting efficiencies, andmore. Explains the difference between different types of distressedmerchandise for disposal purposes Shows how to maximize the efficiency of inventory trackingsystems by shifting selected inventory items into floor stock Examines inventory picking, storage, transactions as well aswarehouse layouts, and inventory measurement Inventory Best Practices, Second Edition will not onlyshow professionals how to cut their business costs but willdemonstrate how to optimize their company's effectiveness aswell.
Inventory management : advanced methods for managing inventory within business systems by
Effective inventory management can increase revenue, reduce costs, and improve cash flows. Endorsed by Institute of Operations Management and CILT, Inventory Management shows managers how to take control of their inventory system and ensure operations run smoothly. Looking beyond the complexity and theory of inventory management, Geoff Relph and Catherine Milner focus on the most important decisions managers need to make when managing inventory. They examine how inventory management should work, how to control it, and how to balance it, through their use of revolutionary k-curve methodology. They include case studies from various industries, looking at inventory management in diverse areas such as supermarkets and aerospace. Online resources include an appendix of figures, a chapter breakdown of figures and a bonus chapter about the supporting materials.
Service management : operations, strategy, information technology by
This title contains current examples from the field of technology. It also covers global operations and the need for continuous improvement in the quality and productivity in the service industry.
Enterprise Inventory Management and Control
Welcome to Export Inventory Management. This course will develop your skills to determine potentially exportable products, raw materials, production, skilled manpower sourcing, product design and development, and technical services needed by exporters. It focuses on both strategic issues and practical application for data analysis and business decision making. The course exposes the students to quality control techniques to discuss and select products that meet world-class standards, the qualities and potentials of non-traditional export products, and various types of prohibited and regulated products. Ultimately, this develops student’s appreciation of the high level Filipino craftsmanship prepared to serve the global market, and of the collective strength and ingenuity for the success of Filipino export entrepreneurs.
Achieving Inventory Accuracy : a Guide to Sustainable Class A Excellence in 120 Days. by 
Application of Optimization in Production, Logistics, Inventory, Supply Chain Management and Block Chain by
The evolution of industrial development since the 18th century is now experiencing the fourth industrial revolution. The effect of the development has propagated into almost every sector of the industry. From inventory to the circular economy, the effectiveness of technology has been fruitful for industry. The recent trends in research, with new ideas and methodologies, are included in this book. Several new ideas and business strategies are developed in the area of the supply chain management, logistics, optimization, and forecasting for the improvement of the economy of the society and the environment. The proposed technologies and ideas are either novel or help modify several other new ideas. Different real life problems with different dimensions are discussed in the book so that readers may connect with the recent issues in society and industry. The collection of the articles provides a glimpse into the new research trends in technology, business, and the environment.
Basics of Inventory Management by
This book contains a logistics approach to inventory management-from the warehouse through the distribution system, from the supplier to the customer.
Demand-Driven Inventory Optimization and Replenishment by
Remove built-in supply chain weak points to more effectively balance supply and demand Demand-Driven Inventory Optimization and Replenishment shows how companies can support supply chain metrics and business initiatives by removing the weak points built into their inventory systems. Beginning with a thorough examination of Just in Time, Efficient Consumer Response, and Collaborative Forecasting, Planning, and Replenishment, this book walks you through the mathematical shortcuts set up in your management system that prevent you from attaining supply chain excellence. This expanded second edition includes new coverage of inventory performance, business verticals, business initiatives, and metrics, alongside case studies that illustrate how optimized inventory and replenishment delivers results across retail, high-tech, men's clothing, and food sectors. Inventory optimization allows you to avoid out-of-stock situations without impacting the bottom line with excessive inventory maintenance. By keeping just the right amount of inventory on hand, your company is better able to meet demand without sacrificing the cost-effectiveness of other supply chain strategies. The trick, however, is determining "just the right amount"--and this book provides the background and practical guidance you need to do just that. Examine the major supply chain strategies of the last 30 years Remove the shortcuts that prohibit supply chain excellence Optimize your supply/demand balance in any vertical Overcome systemic weaknesses to strengthen the bottom line Inventory optimization is benefitting companies around the world, as exemplified here by case studies involving Matas, PWT, Wistron, and Amway. When inefficiencies are built into the system, it's only smart business to identify and remove them--and implement a new streamlined process that runs like a well-oiled machine. Demand-Driven Inventory Optimization and Replenishment is an essential resource for exceptional supply chain management.
Dynamic Programming and Inventory Control by
This book presents a unified theory of dynamic programming and Markov decision processes and its application to a major field of operations research and operations management: inventory control. Models are developed in discrete time as well as in continuous time. For continuous time, this book concentrates only on models of interest to inventory control. For discrete time, the focus is mainly on infinite horizon models. The book also covers the difference between impulse control and continuous control. Ergodic control is considered in the context of impulse control, and some simple rules currently used in practice are justified. Chapter 2 introduces some of the classical static problems which are preliminary to the dynamic models of interest in inventory control. This book is not a general text on control theory and dynamic programming, in that the systems dynamics are mostly limited to inventory models. For these models, however, it seeks to be as comprehensive as possible, although finite horizon models in discrete time are not developed, since they are largely described in existing literature.On the other hand, the ergodic control problem is considered in detail, and probabilistic proofs as well as analytical proofs are provided. The techniques developed in this work can be extended to more complex models, covering additional aspects of inventory control.
Essentials of Inventory Management by
Inventory management is about more than counting what you've got. It's about understanding business realities and making decisions that balance current demand with future needs-while keeping overhead and operating costs to a minimum. Now in its Second Edition, Essentials of Inventory Management gives inventory professionals the information they need to maximize productivity in key areas, from physical stock issues to problem identification and resolution to technologies like RFID and other automated inventory mechanisms. Perfect for novice and veteran managers alike, this ultra-practical book covers topics such as: Forecasting and replenishment strategies * Differences between retail and manufacturing inventories * Materials requirements planning and just-in-time inventory systems * Simple formulas for calculating quantities and schedules * Management of inventory as a physical reality and a monetary value * Supply chain risk management Complete with detailed examples, handy tools, and a revised and expanded chapter analyzing "Why Inventory Systems Fail and How to Fix Them," this nontechnical yet thorough guide is perfect for both instructional and on-the-job use.
Joint Pricing and Inventory Control under Reference Price Effects by
In this work, we address the problem of simultaneously determining a pricing and inventory replenishment strategy under reference price effects. This reference price effect models the fact that consumers not only react sensitively to the current price, but also to deviations from a reference price formed on the basis of past purchases. Immediate effects of price reductions on profits have to be weighted against the resulting losses in future periods. By providing an analytical analysis and numerical simulations we study how the additional dynamics of the consumers' willingness to pay affect an optimal pricing and inventory control model and whether a simple policy such as a base-stock-list-price policy holds in such a setting.
The practitioner's guide to POLCA : the production control system for high-mix, low-volume and custom products by
POLCA (Paired-cell Overlapping Loops of Cards with Authorization) is a card-based visual control system that manages the flow of jobs through the shop floor: at each operation, it controls which job should be worked on next to meet delivery targets. POLCA ensures that upstream operations use their capacity effectively by working on jobs that are needed downstream, while at the same time preventing excessive work-in-process (WIP) build-ups when bottlenecks appear unexpectedly. POLCA is particularly suited to companies manufacturing high-mix, low-volume and customized products. Such companies struggle with long lead times, late deliveries, and daily expediting to meet delivery dates. ERP systems are not designed to deal with this highly variable environment, and add-on software such as Finite Capacity Scheduling systems can require complex installation. Also, the Kanban system does not work well with low-volume or custom production. POLCA has delivered impressive results in such environments. It does not require any complex software implementation: it can be used without an ERP system or it can seamlessly complement an existing ERP system. This book: Provides a step-by-step roadmap on how to implement POLCA; invaluable for both companies that wish to implement POLCA as well as consultants and academics advising such companies. Explains the concepts in practical and easy-to-understand terms by showing detailed shop-floor examples. Includes more than 100 illustrations for understanding how POLCA works as well as for elaborating on details of the implementation steps. Contains case studies written by company owners and executives documenting their POLCA implementation process and the results achieved in various industries in six countries.
Single Period Inventory Control and Pricing by
The price-setting newsvendor model is used to address the single period joint pricing and inventory control problem. The objective is to set the optimal price and replenishment quantity of a single product in order to maximize the expected profit. Products with a short selling season and relatively long replenishment lead times such as fashion goods are the most relevant application areas of the model. The focus of the work is the generalization of the model with respect to the modeling of uncertainty in demand. The author presents an analytical and empirical study which compares different demand models with a more flexible model based on price and inventory optimization. She concludes that using a general model can increase the profits significantly.
Enterprise Logistics and Distribution
Welcome to the Export Logistics Management! Guided by the values of faith, zeal for service and communion in mission, the course will orient the export management you to the concepts and activities involved in the supply chain system. It will prepare you to be conscious of the tasks that facilitate the efficient flow of resources from purchasing to distribution. This will make you realize that as future export managers you should be keen and observant of the processes involved to be effective (passionate for excellence). The course will expose you to the necessity of cooperation and coordination of all manpower involved and the duty of the manager to be responsive to the needs of each department (God-loving). All these can help in preparing you to aspire to make your future company competitive and compliant of the government regulations (Patriotic).
The course provides a fundamental understanding of all subject fields of logistics and supply chain management. Further, as a field of science, it focuses on designing and controlling efficient and effective material flows either by individual or networks of companies. The changing business conditions and relevant issues like: globalization; business outsourcing process (BPOs) to low cost countries like the Philippines; consolidations of logistics service providers and manufacturing companies are topics included in the course.
Consumer Logistics by
Digital technology has changed the way we work, socialize, shop, play and learn. This book offers a stimulating exploration of how digitization has begun transforming the prevailing global logistics system into a self-service and sharing economy, and ultimately provides a vision of the monumental changes likely to overflow into the business landscape. Consumer Logistics thoughtfully assesses the challenges posed to businesses as the Internet of Things, 3D printing and other yet-to-come technologies start to connect humans and physical objects in forms that will further transform lifestyles. Through a review of the evolutionary journey of logistics management, this book argues that the fourth wave of global logistics is fast giving way to the fifth wave of consumer logistics, which will see consumers adapt to the seamless offline-online purchasing experience brought by Omnichannel Retailing. By considering how logistics and digital technologies will interact to redefine consumer logistics, Peter J. Rimmer and Booi Hon Kam argue that this outcome is likely to reflect the character of the sixth great logistics wave: personal logistics. Thought-provoking, and contemporary in topic, this book will be of great value to business people interested in future trends, logistics professionals and operators, as well as academics and students worldwide working on logistics, supply chains and digital transformations.
Driving Risk and Spend Out of the Global Supply Chain by
Driving Risk and Spend Out of the Global Supply Chain provides a complete picture of the various risks multinational firms face when they operate overseas and engage in foreign purchasing and sales, import and export trade, and global logistics. Thomas A. Cook, a subject matter expert on global trade management, supplies readers with step-by-step guidance on how to develop an airtight global risk strategy. This second book in The Global Warrior Series presents a blueprint and operational strategy for executives to consider when charged with the responsibility of reducing risks and costs in their global supply chains. The book reviews a number of key factors, including: The key issues that impact risk and spend in all supply chains How to develop effective risk management strategies, tactics, and action plans Managing requests for proposal (RFPs) to achieve desired results with minimal compromise Risk versus insurance and cargo loss control Business model development for a cost reduction program Maintaining best practices while reducing risks and costs Sarbanes-Oxley issues for public companies How to achieve world-class status in international trade The book examines all the areas where spend can be reduced and details a specific strategy to help readers reduce spend without compromising values. Providing the most comprehensive and up-to-date compilation of material and tactics currently available for international business professionals, the text supplies a clear understanding of the steps readers must take before taking any action to reduce risk and spend in their import, export, and domestic supply chain operations.
E-logistics : managing your digital supply chains for competitive advantage by
E-logistics serves as the nerve system for the whole supply chain and enables smooth information flow within and between organizations. This contributed book focuses on the strategic role of e-logistics in today's dynamic global environment. In E-Logistics international experts from both academia and industry examine how competitiveness and productivity in transport, logistics and supply chain management can be improved using e-logistics systems and technologies. A variety of successful e-logistics business approaches are discussed covering a range of commercial sectors and transport modes. Separate chapters consider e-logistics developments for air freight; rail freight; road freight; sea transport and port systems. Subsequent chapters address in depth support systems for B2C and B2B e-commerce and e-fulfilment, warehouse management, RFID, electronic marketplaces, global supply network visibility, and service chain automation. Industry case studies are used to support the discussion. The book also investigates emerging technologies in e-logistics and considers what the future might hold in this rapidly changing and developing field.
Finance and Risk Management for International Logistics and the Supply Chain by
Finance and Risk Management for International Logistics and the Supply Chain presents a detailed overview of financial and risk management tools, activity-based costing, and multi-criteria decision-making, providing comprehensive guidance for those researching and working in logistics and supply chain management. The book breaks new ground, combining the expertise of leading authorities to analyze and navigate the funding components for these critical transportation functions. As the international logistics and supply chain transportation fields have recently received heavy investments, this research and the theory behind it provide a timely update on risk management, finance and legal and environmental impacts. Users will find sections that address the wide-ranging issues related to this emerging field that are presented from an international and holistic perspective.
Global Logistics and Supply Chain Management by
Think of the many different products and services that are purchased and consumed each day - how do they reach the end-user? What does this cost? What happens when something goes wrong? Logistics and Supply Chain Management (SCM) are the areas of study which help us to explore and answer these questions. Today they play a very important role in underpinning the success of many organisations across the public and private sectors and impact how we live our lives. While the origins of logistics and SCM are firmly embedded in the manufacturing domain, the successful applications of logistics and SCM principles and practices are becoming increasingly relevant in the services area also - see for example, the many changes that have recently been driven into healthcare systems and airlines. Global Logistics and Supply Chain Management, now in its third edition, provides essential reading for anybody studying SCM and logistics. Encompassing both practical and strategic perspectives, it takes a truly global perspective, recognising the transnational nature of logistics activities in today's world. Key features of this new and extended third edition include: 18 up-to-date chapters on all aspects of logistics and SCM, including coverage of emerging and important topics such as security, technology and automation in logistics, supply chain data flows, logistics and the internet of everything, sustainability, supply chain vulnerability and trade facilitation. New chapters include one on management science applications, which provides an easy and clear introduction to key quantitative techniques that can be applied to logistics and SCM. 12 updated case studies, including new case studies on air cargo, port-city logistics, automobile manufacturing logistics and logistics infrastructure appraisal.
Global Logistics Management by
Global Logistics Management focuses on the evolution of logistics in the last two decades, and highlights recent developments from a worldwide perspective. The book details a wide range of application-oriented studies, from metropolitan bus routing problems to relief logistics, and introduces the state of the art on some classical applications. The book addresses typical logistic problems, most specifically the vehicle routing problem (VRP), followed by a series of analyses and discussions on various logistics problems plaguing airline and marine systems. The text addresses problems encountered in continuous space, and discusses the issue of consolidation, scheduling, and replenishment decisions together with routing. It proposes a methodology that supports decision making at a tactical and operational level associated with daily inventory management, and also examines the three-echelon logistic network. This material provides numerous examples and additional topics that include: An analysis for the airline industry and a novel approach for airline logistics including fare pricing and seat inventory control The berth-crane allocation problem in container terminals A marine system logistics application Ice navigation problems and factors that affect ice navigation Pharmaceutical warehouse route design problems An application in healthcare logistics in which medical suppliers are evaluated through a fuzzy linguistic representation model A real data-driven simulation model that outputs a new shuttle system A model that integrates routing and batching problems Joint replenishment and transportation problems Global Logistics Management clearly illustrates logistic problems encountered in many different application areas, and provides you with the latest advances in classical applications.
Green Supply Chain Management by
This book gives students a thorough overview of the environmental issues that impact the supply chain and details strategic methods of addressing the political, social, technological, market, and economic concerns that have caused organizations to reconsider their impact. Readers will learn how to integrate the fields of operations management, procurement and purchasing, logistics, and marketing into a successful green supply chain, looking outward to form sustainable partnerships rather than focusing their efforts within the company. Each chapter describes a function or dimension of green supply chains, supplemented with short vignettes to ground the theory in practice. The authors examine various industries, including electronics, food products, and manufacturing, and draw on case studies from the Americas, Europe, Asia, and Oceania, allowing students to compare and contrast domestic and international practices. Blending industry insights with the latest academic thinking, they also consider hot button topics like global-local relationships, the role of third parties, green multitier supplier management, and blockchain technology management. Conclusive chapter summaries and plenty of visual aids help readers retain the information they need to improve environmental performance within, and beyond their organizations. Green Supply Chain Management is an excellent introduction to the topic for students and practitioners of supply chain management and environmental sustainability.
The Handbook of Logistics and Distribution Management by
Get a complete coverage on all the key aspects of distribution, logistics and supply chain planning and management with clear and straightforward explanations from the definitive guide to supply chain philosophy, strategy and the practicalities of logistics and distribution. The Handbook of Logistics and Distribution Management is a step-by-step guide to setting up and managing supply chains to add maximum value to the organizations they serve. Benefiting from the author team's years of practical experience in some of the most challenging environments across the world (from developed economies to third-world countries and war zones), this book will enthuse students and be an invaluable desk reference throughout their careers. Packed with worked examples and real-world data, The Handbook of Logistics and Distribution Management offers complete coverage on all the key aspects of distribution, logistics and supply chain planning and management with clear and straightforward explanations. This is not a compilation of work drawn from a disparate collection of research papers and miscellaneous projects, but a logical and complete view of how supply chains fit together, including minute details of distribution and logistics. This fully revised 6th edition of The Handbook of Logistics and Distribution Management provides solutions to today's key challenges. With new material on international freight forwarding, environmental best practice, cool chain, intermodal shipping and outsourcing and a new, detailed index of contents. New online resources include lecture slides (tables, images and formulae from the text), glossary of terms, weblinks, blog articles, video interviews and infographics.
The Handbook of Logistics and Distribution Management by
The Handbook of Logistics and Distribution Management provides an introduction to fundamental elements of modern logistics and distribution. It explores all stages of the supply chain from raw materials through to the final distribution of the finished product. This handbook covers vital areas, including: concepts of logistics and distribution; planning for logistics; procurement and inventory decisions; warehousing and storage; freight transport; and operational management. The 5th edition of The Handbook of Logistics and Distribution Management has been radically updated to reflect the latest advances in logistics and covers new topics studied on academic and professional courses. There are brand new chapters on humanitarian logistics, multichannel fulfilment and reverse logistics, as well as detailed discussion of the latest trends and issues that confront logistics. The Handbook of Logistics and Distribution Management is a practical handbook and an essential reference for logistics and supply chain practitioners as well as students undertaking professional examinations and degrees in the field of logistics and supply chain.
Logistics by
As a first destination for Bac + 4 and above students, but also for teachers and researchers, this book presents in 42 sheets - from 4 to 5 pages each - the fundamental elements to the setting up of a logistics. Indeed, many books exist in logistics, but they usually focus on the development of a particular theme. In this case, the logistics in 42 sheets offers an overview of the key elements to consider for the implementation of a logistics. And to go further, each sheet offers a bibliography "development" themes and subtopics.
Managing logistics and supply chain challenges : Singapore insights and perspectives by 
Managing operations across the supply chain by 
Managing Supply Chain and Logistics by
Managing Supply Chain and Logistics: Competitive Strategy for a Sustainable Future explores practical ways of investing in a sustainable future through real-world cases which demonstrate various supply chain management strategies and tactics. By applying viable value creation strategies, operational models, decision-making techniques, and information technology, the author provides in-depth analyses of new initiatives such as collaborative planning, forecasting, and replenishment (CPFR); demonstrates competitive approaches to managing flows of material, information and fund in supply chain; and illustrates creative methods to apply data science and business intelligence. This book also promotes cross-functional decision-making, problem solving skills and offers a feasible approach to managing a volatile business. Readers will find this book a valuable resource to solve supply chain management practical problems with a sustainable future in mind.
Operations and supply chain management by 
Principles of Supply Chain Management by
Examine the latest practices, trends, and emerging developments as PRINCIPLES OF SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT: A BALANCED APPROACH, 5E guides you step-by-step through the management of all supply chain activity. You review issues related to both domestic and global supply chains as comprehensive, one-of-a-kind coverage encompasses important processes in operations, purchasing, logistics, as well as process integration. A balanced approach follows the natural flow through the supply chain. Well-organized chapters demonstrate the practical applications of supply chain management in today's workplace with the help of intriguing SCM Profiles and interesting real business examples. Relevant end-of-chapter questions, problems, and new cases help you put what you learn into practice as you sharpen your management skills.
Purchasing and Supply Chain Management by
For too long, business has focused on short-term cost advantages through low-cost country sourcing with little regard for the longer-term implications of global sustainability. Purchasing and Supply Chain Management, Second Edition, not only fully addresses the environmental, social and economic challenges of how companies manage purchasing and supply chains, but also delves deeper into emerging areas such as modern slavery, digital technologies and circular supply chains. In addition to explaining the basic principles and processes of both purchasing and supply chain management, the book evaluates how to develop strategic and sustainable purchasing and supply chain management. Our key message is that purchasing and supply chain management needs to focus on value creation rather than cost cutting. This requires the development of new purchasing and supply chain models that involve circular supply structures, supply chain transparency and collaboration with new stakeholders in traditional sourcing and supply chain settings. Aimed at students, educators and practitioners the book integrates sustainability into each chapter as a core element of purchasing and supply chain management. This second edition incorporates new examples and case studies from industry throughout, striking a balance between theoretical frameworks and guidelines for implementation in practice.
Supply chain logistics management by 
Supply chain management : a global perspective by
Supply chain management, rapidly-advancing and growing ever more important in the global business climate, requires an intense understanding of both underlying principles and practical techniques. Including both a broad overview of supply chain management and real-world examples of SCM in companies ranging from small to large, this book provides students with both the foundational material required to understand the subject matter and practical tips that demonstrate how the latest techniques are being applied. Spanning functional boundaries, this well-regarded book is now in its second edition and has quickly become a standard course text at many universities. This newest edition continues to provide a balanced, integrative, and business-oriented viewpoint of the material, and deeply explores how SCM is intertwined with other organizational functions. New material has been added to address the importance of big data analytics in SCM, as well as other technological advances such as 3-D printing, cloud computing, machine learning, driverless vehicles, the Internet of Things, RFID, and others.
Supply chain management : a logistics perspective by
This current textbook can be checked out for 2-hours at the Library Desk. If it is unavailable, you may place a hold to get on the waiting list.
Supply Chain Management and Logistics in Construction by
The construction logistics manager plays an increasingly central role in the construction process. In fact, their decisions can crucially affect the success or failure of a project. Recognition of the critical role they play has spurred evermore interest in this budding field amongst both researchers and practitioners. An accessible text on construction logistics, Supply Chain Management and Logistics in Construction provides essential guidance and expert advice for construction managers, as well as researchers and students in the field. This important new title looks at arrangements with suppliers, the use of returnable packaging and off-site manufacture and assembly, IT systems used to manage the supply chain and logistics operations, such as delivery management systems, warehouse management systems and material planning and forecasting systems. It also considers aspects of the contractual relationships between client, developer, main contractor and lower-tier contractors, all of which have an impact on how the supply chain is managed. In addition to providing a range of fresh ground-breaking case studies, the book features contributions from leading experts in the field who have been involved in projects with companies such as TFL, BAA, The Red Cross, as well as big construction programmes such as the Olympics and Cross Rail.
Supply Chain Management for Dummies by
Everyone can impact the supply chain Supply Chain Management For Dummies helps you connect the dots between things like purchasing, logistics, and operations to see how the big picture is affected by seemingly isolated inefficiencies. Your business is a system, made of many moving parts that must synchronize to most efficiently meet the needs of your customers'and your shareholders. Interruptions in one area ripple throughout the entire operation, disrupting the careful coordination that makes businesses successful; that's where supply chain management (SCM) comes in. SCM means different things to different people, and many different models exist to meet the needs of different industries. This book focuses on the broadly-applicable Supply Chain Operations Reference (SCOR) Model: Plan, Source, Make, Deliver, Return, and Enable, to describe the basic techniques and key concepts that keep businesses running smoothly. Whether you're in sales, HR, or product development, the decisions you make every day can impact the supply chain. This book shows you how to factor broader impact into your decision making process based on your place in the system. Improve processes by determining your metrics Choose the right software and implement appropriate automation Evaluate and mitigate risks at all steps in the supply chain Help your business function as a system to more effectively meet customer needs We tend to think of the supply chain as suppliers, logistics, and warehousing'but it's so much more than that. Every single person in your organization, from the mailroom to the C-suite, can work to enhance or hinder the flow. Supply Chain Management For Dummies shows you what you need to know to make sure your impact leads to positive outcomes.
Sustainable Logistics and Supply Chain Management by
Sustainable Logistics and Supply Chain Management is the essential guide to the principles and practices of sustainable logistics operations. Based on extensive research, this book covers the whole scope of sustainable logistics. The case studies, with particular attention for use in a teaching context, relate the theoretical concepts to practice and what is happening 'on the ground'. Sustainable Logistics and Supply Chain Management examines all the key areas in sustainable logistics and supply chain management, including: sustainable product design and packaging; sustainable purchasing and procurement; environmental impact of freight transport; sustainable warehousing and storage; and much more. Sustainable Logistics and Supply Chain Management is a highly accessible guide to sustainable supply chain management. It provides an excellent insight into the topic that will help managers, students, and scholars grasp the fundamentals of green supply and logistics management. A vital teaching resource for courses on sustainable logistics, this revised edition includes valuable supporting online materials.
Urban Logistics by
Approximately 80 per cent of European and American citizens live in an urban environment. Due to their large populations and extensive commercial establishments, urban areas require large quantities of goods and services for commercial and domestic use. This results in increasing levels of demand for freight transport services. Freight transport in towns and cities is a major contributor to environmental impacts, particularly to local air pollution and noise. Urban Logistics addresses public policy makers, freight transport companies and receivers of supplies, providing them with the information and guidance to affect change in the logistics of the city.Urban Logistics is written by an outstanding team of international editors combining their expertise and using their research from leading business schools in Sweden and the US. There are also valuable contributions from academics and industry experts from companies and universities from all over the world. The book includes clear examples of initiatives that work and business case developments, as well as toolkits for policymakers and managers who are devising new initiatives. There is an in-depth examination of different aspects of urban logistics, such as retail logistics for cities, urban food supply chains, services and the special logistics requirements involved, construction, waste management and e-commerce and home delivery. There is also a focus on networks and partnerships and an analysis of innovation as a new constant.
Enterprise Logistics and Distribution
Welcome to the Export Logistics Management! Guided by the values of faith, zeal for service and communion in mission, the course will orient the export management you to the concepts and activities involved in the supply chain system. It will prepare you to be conscious of the tasks that facilitate the efficient flow of resources from purchasing to distribution. This will make you realize that as future export managers you should be keen and observant of the processes involved to be effective (passionate for excellence). The course will expose you to the necessity of cooperation and coordination of all manpower involved and the duty of the manager to be responsive to the needs of each department (God-loving). All these can help in preparing you to aspire to make your future company competitive and compliant of the government regulations (Patriotic).
The course provides a fundamental understanding of all subject fields of logistics and supply chain management. Further, as a field of science, it focuses on designing and controlling efficient and effective material flows either by individual or networks of companies. The changing business conditions and relevant issues like: globalization; business outsourcing process (BPOs) to low cost countries like the Philippines; consolidations of logistics service providers and manufacturing companies are topics included in the course.
Contemporary Issues in Supply Chain Management and Logistics by
This book is a collection of chapters on issues we face today in the world of supply chain management. While there are a number of college textbooks related to specific areas within logistics and supply chain issues, there are very few general supply chain management "trends" books. Contemporary Issues in Supply Chain Management and Logistics consists of seven dynamic, current and informative chapters that cover a variety of cutting-edge supply chain topics of use to both graduate students, and professionals working in the field. The book contains new, original research papers written by academics from the fields of engineering, transportation, marketing, and supply chain management and logistics.
Introduction to Logistics Systems Management by
Introduction to Logistics Systems Management is the fully revised and enhanced version of the 2004 prize-winning textbook Introduction to Logistics Systems Planning and Control, used in universities around the world. This textbook offers an introduction to the methodological aspects of logistics systems management and is based on the rich experience of the authors in teaching, research and industrial consulting. This new edition puts more emphasis on the organizational context in which logistics systems operate and also covers several new models and techniques that have been developed over the past decade. Each topic is illustrated by a numerical example so that the reader can check his or her understanding of each concept before moving on to the next one. At the end of each chapter, case studies taken from the scientific literature are presented to illustrate the use of quantitative methods for solving complex logistics decision problems. An exhaustive set of exercises is also featured at the end of each chapter. The book targets an academic as well as a practitioner audience, and is appropriate for advanced undergraduate and graduate courses in logistics and supply chain management, and should also serve as a methodological reference for practitioners in consulting as well as in industry.
Last Mile Logistics for Disaster Relief Supply Chain Management by
Due to the latest catastrophes caused by both man and nature, humanitarian logistics has received increasing interest from academics, practitioners and specialists. These interests are increased as well by an expanding market of disaster relief and by the fact that disaster relief supply chains are complex and dynamic, not to mention that they have a lot of uncertainties that make operations very complicated. Especially in disaster relief, the supply chains have to be fast, agile and flexible in order to rapidly provide the appropriate amount, and type of emergency supplies, to minimize human suffering or death. The last mile distribution is the final stage of the disaster relief supply chain, i.e. the delivery of relief supplies from local distribution centres to beneficiaries affected by disasters.The aim of this paper is to give an overview of supply chains in disaster relief, identify the main problems of the last mile distribution in disaster relief operations, describe optimization possibilities of the private sector, and examine the applicability for disaster situations. Auszug aus dem Text Text Sample: Chapter 2.2.3, Inadequate Use of Technology: In the private sector use of technology has been implemented in nearly every category. IT systems are a key factor for global operations inside and in between companies and they helped decision makers to create new ways of efficiencies. In the humanitarian sector, the use of technology is still not common for most relief organizations and their operations. A survey of the Fritz Institute showed that during the Tsunami in the Indian ocean 2004 just about one out of four logisticians had access to any tracking and tracing software and the majority was still working with manual processes or excel spreadsheets for updates and tracking of goods. In result, nearly half of the respondents stated that they received accurate and timely information about the supply flow. Also communication systems and the use of the Internet could have a big impact, as the information flow inside an organization and the information flow to other organizations, donors, media and the outside world could be accelerated. This could have a big impact for the front-line workers, who would have on-time data that improves operations in nearly every aspect. 2.2.4, Lack of Institutional Learning: Reflection and the exchange of knowledge is one key factor for the improvement of supply chains and personal improvement. However, in the humanitarian sector this reflection is most of the times not done because aid workers are assigned to the next mission immediately after a crisis is dealt with. Therefore lessons learned are commonly lost or remain just as a personal experience, which is not given to colleagues or the next generation. Additionally the humanitarian sector has an extreme high turnover rate of field staff. About 33% in average and up to 80% for field logistics leave their job after just one year. This high turnover rate, mostly caused by burnout, lets most experiences be lost, because leaving staff isn’t transferring their experience at all.
Literature Reviews in Supply Chain Management and Logistics by
The objective of this e-book was to generate systematic literature reviews in the field of logistics and supply chain management. As Meredith (1993, p. 8) states, systematic literature reviews are responsible for "integrating a number of different works on the same topic, summarizing the common elements, contrasting the differences, and extending the work in some fashion." Through robust and structured methodologies (Denyer and Tranfield, 2009; Rousseau et al., 2008; Smithey, 2012) our ulterior motive was to set an agenda for future research on important SCM and logistics topics. Accordingly, the articles in this e-book identify new gaps in the literature, raise new research questions and develop propositions for further investigation. We were particularly insistent that authors offered directions for future research and thus detailed directions and propositions are advanced within each paper. We are positive that the goals articulated at the outset of this endeavor have been achieved. We also believe that this e-book will prove to be rather useful for researchers interested in conducting systematic literature reviews in the future. While there is significant overlap in methodology utilized in these papers, there are also some idiosyncratic aspects.
Logistics Clusters by
How logistics clusters can create jobs while providing companies with competitive advantage. Why is Memphis home to hundreds of motor carrier terminals and distribution centers? Why does the tiny island-nation of Singapore handle a fifth of the world's maritime containers and half the world's annual supply of crude oil? Which jobs can replace lost manufacturing jobs in advanced economies? Some of the answers to these questions are rooted in the phenomenon of logistics clusters--geographically concentrated sets of logistics-related business activities. In this book, supply chain management expert Yossi Sheffi explains why Memphis, Singapore, Chicago, Rotterdam, Los Angeles, and scores of other locations have been successful in developing such clusters while others have not. Sheffi outlines the characteristic "positive feedback loop" of logistics clusters development and what differentiates them from other industrial clusters; how logistics clusters "add value" by generating other industrial activities; why firms should locate their distribution and value-added activities in logistics clusters; and the proper role of government support, in the form of investment, regulation, and trade policy. Sheffi also argues for the most important advantage offered by logistics clusters in today's recession-plagued economy: jobs, many of them open to low-skilled workers, that are concentrated locally and not "offshorable." These logistics clusters offer what is rare in today's economy: authentic success stories. For this reason, numerous regional and central governments as well as scores of real estate developers are investing in the development of such clusters. View a trailer for the book at: http://techtv.mit.edu/videos/22284-logistics-clusters-yossi-sheffi
Logistics competencies, skills, and training : a global overview by
Despite the spread of automation and new supply chain management paradigms, logistics remains dependent on a rather specific set of skills and competencies, whether for managerial, administrative, or blue-collar jobs, such as trucking or warehousing. This dependence implies that the logistical performance of businesses, industries, and nation states is strongly influenced by the quantity and quality of the workforce. Insufficient resources of a competent and properly trained workforce in logistics adversely affect the quality of service, reduce productivity in sectors dependent on logistics, and ultimately reduce trade competitiveness. While other interventions that affect logistics performance—such as international infrastructures, trade corridors, regulations, and services—have already been reviewed extensively, this report is the first to cover the contributions of human resources and explore how to develop skills and improve competencies, especially in developing countries. The study proposes a framework for the skills needed according to the logistics activity (such as transportation or warehousing) or the type and level of responsibility. Based on several sources, including recent surveys carried out by the World Bank and the Kühne Logistics University, the report uncovers where the skills constraints are according to the type of job or countries. Findings include that logistics is an industry struggling to hire skilled workers, although with differences between developed countries (where trucker shortages are more acute) and developing economies (where managerial shortages are more widespread). Typically, blue-collar logistics jobs have lower status and lower pay than blue-collar jobs in other industries; they are thus less attractive for skilled workers. In developing countries with a potentially available workforce, lack of vocational preparation for careers in logistics means that less-skilled workers are not easily re-skilled. Logistics tasks at the upper end of the occupational hierarchy and those with high information technology content often require an upskilling of employees to keep pace with new technology. Yet the problem is not confined to recruitment. The surveys point to limited resources, money, and staff time allocated to training, especially in developing countries. Realizing the promise of quality jobs from the growth of logistics worldwide requires a coordinated effort by logistics companies, professional associations, training providers, and policy makers. Through a combination of facilitation, regulation, advice, financial instruments, and land use planning, governments can exert significant influence.
Logistics Management An Analytics-based Approach. by
This book illustrates and explains a wide range of practical logistics strategies and analytic techniques to facilitate decision-making across functions such as manufacturing, warehousing, transportation, and inventory management. Logistics professionals must utilize a broad array of analytic techniques and approaches for decision-making. Effective use of analytics requires an understanding of both fundamental and advanced logistics decision-making techniques and methodologies. Further, logistics professionals must organize and view these analytics-based decision support tools through well-structured planning frameworks. In this book, we illustrate and explain a wide range of practical logistics strategies and analytic techniques to facilitate decision-making across functions such as manufacturing, warehousing, transportation and inventory management. We also describe how to organize these analytics-based tools and strategies through logistics frameworks that span strategic, tactical and operational planning and scheduling decisions. This book is intended for logistics professionals to use as a reference document that offers ideas and guidance for addressing specific logistics management decisions and challenges, and it will also serve as a valuable resource or secondary text for graduate and advanced undergraduate students.
Logistics Operations and Management by
This book provides a comprehensive overview of how to strategically manage the movement and storage of products or materials from any point in the manufacturing process to customer fulfillment. Topics covered include important tools for strategic decision making, transport, packaging, warehousing, retailing, customer services and future trends. An introduction to logistics Provides practical applications Discusses trends and new strategies in major parts of the logistic industry
Mastering Import and Export Management by
With billions of dollars generated annually, importing and exporting is a potentially lucrative arena for growth--and a bewildering tangle of rules and regulations. Packed with hundreds of cost-effective strategies, ready-to-use forms, and valuable checklists, the second edition of Mastering Import & Export Management explains how to efficiently--and legally--navigate the complex world of international trade. From the big picture of pinpointing the best markets to the nitty-gritty of packing a container, this sweeping guide examines how to spot potential risks, apply quality control procedures, prepare documentation accurately, and more. This revised and updated edition addresses how best to handle recent crises like the earthquakes and tsunami in Japan, the economic downturn, or political instability in countries like Egypt, Tunisia, Bahrain, and Libya. It also covers every new compliance and security regulation, as well as evolving best practices, including: * C-TPAT guidelines * Incoterms * In-house compliance programs * Freight cost-reduction tips * Beefed-up TSA regulations * Improved technology options * President Obama's new export initiatives. It's an indispensable resource for today's complex and changing global marketplace.
Modeling and Simulation of Logistics Flows 2 by
Volume 2 begins with an introduction and 4 chapters implementing software tools on cases of practical applications and it ends with a conclusion: The various tools used in this volume Operational research with a spreadsheet Dashboards with spreadsheets and pivot tables Scheduling and planning with a project manager The traffic simulation The conclusion shows the new features that are expected to emerge on spreadsheets as well as project managers, developments and convergences between traffic simulators and new infrastructure that are emerging on road networks. Annex 1 focuses on the installation Solver in Microsoft Excel and Annex 2 focuses on the installation of the Java Development Kit.
Retail Logistics by
The logistics function has always been central to retail firms’ performance because it co-ordinates the product and information flows from suppliers and manufacturers to retailers and, finally, to consumers (Bourlakis, 1998). However, over the few years we have witnessed a major transformation in retail logistics, driven by changes in demand and stimulated by technologies such as e-commerce, mobile commerce, tracking and tracing, and data analytics. These changes have led to the development of multi-channel and omni-channel offerings (Rao et al., 2009), which are altering business models and forcing retailers and manufacturers to rethink the way they reach customers. Similarly, we have seen the rise of ethical customers who are putting pressure on retailers to improve their environmental and social credentials (Mena, et al. 2011; Spence and Bourlakis, 2009).Managing these challenges requires significant investments in warehousing, distribution and retail infrastructure. The development of fulfillment centers, dark stores, home delivery networks, new transport technologies and customer collection points are all responses to these changes. These developments are also creating new challenges such as the dramatic increase in customer returns and the associated cost and availability implications (Ettouzani, et al. 2012).The logistics and SCM research community has been active in helping retailer organizations understand these changes in the marketplace and their implications for retail logistics theory and practice. However, the dynamic nature of the phenomenon means that it is necessary to continuously investigate new developments and understand their impact on retail logistics. To this end, over the last two years, IJPDLM has published a number of papers that address various retailing issues. Topics include demand management in the grocery industry (Alftan et al., 2015), retail out-of-stocks (Ehrenthal et al., 2014), on shelf availability (Moussaoui et al., 2016), the use of data aggregation to mask the bullwhip effect (Jin et al., 2015), reverse logistics (Hazen et al., 2014; Morgan, Richey and Autry, 2016) and sustainability in e-commerce (Mangiaracina et al., 2015). This Special Issue further addresses the growing opportunities for research in the field of retail logistics.Twenty seven papers were received for this Special Issue and seven have been selected for publication based on the rigor of the research methods and the relevance and value of the findings for both academic and practitioner communities. The chosen papers cover a wide range of subjects including omni-channel logistics, product returns, e-tailing, inventory management, and the management of ‘unsaleable’ products. These papers incorporate various research methodologies using empirical data to produce insightful findings in relation to challenges and opportunities in contemporary retail logistics.
Supply Chain Management and Transport Logistics by
The enterprise-focused framework of supply chain, which an overwhelming majority of books on supply chain management (SCM) have adopted, falls short in explaining recent developments in the real world, especially the so-called Wal-Mart model, in which a 'factory' is a virtual logistics network of multiple international manufacturing firms. The book fills the gap and examines supply chain and transport logistics. The book also includes the development of a unified methodological framework which underpins all the characteristics of the interrelationship between supply chain management and logistics. It covers many aspects of the important and innovative developments well. The book offers a unique coverage of integrated logistics of navigation, aviation and transportation. The book not only answers the urgent need for a book on supply chain management and transport logistics but also highlights the central role of supply chain logistics in the emerging fields of sustainable (green), humanitarian and maritime supply chains and the importantance of studying supply chain management together with transport logistics. It also explains the difference between supply chain logistics and manufacturing logistics. It is a useful reference for those in the industry as well as for those taking related courses.
Sustainable Logistics by
This book will bring a state of the art overview of the research done in sustainable logistics. It will be structured along the four A's of sustainable logistics:- 1 Awareness: it is important that companies and policy makers are aware of the effects of their activities and policies. New methods to estimate the effects of the logistic activities and the change towards more sustainable ways will be covered. 2 Avoidance: transport can be avoided by a better collaboration between actors (vertically and horizontally. Papers covering this topic will be introduced here. 3 Acting and shifting the goods to more environmental friendly modes or to the non peak hours. 4 Anticipation of new technologies: the use of more environmental friendly vehicles (electric,.LNG,..) within the logistic chain.
Sustainable Urban Logistics by
Urban logistics has been a subject of interest to researchers and practitioners for more than 20 years in France and Europe, and more than 40 in the United States. Nevertheless, the subject remains difficult to address by a lack of unification in the definitions and proposed methods but also by what makes its great richness: the diversity of actors and the pluridisciplinarity of the methods and techniques available. This book, which synthesizes more than 10 years of personal research on the subject, but also experience within different teams and projects, intends to bring a unified vision (and more and more followed at the international level) on logistics planning Urban development. It begins with an overview of research in urban logistics and then describes and defines the main components: flows, actors, infrastructures, management components, technologies, regulations and financing actions. A unified vision of these elements as well as the definition of sustainable urban logistics is proposed. Then, the book presents the basics of planning and managing sustainable urban logistics. First, the basics of the before-after analysis are introduced, not only for the experiments but also for the simulation of scenarios. To carry out this type of analysis, two main groups of methods are needed: methods for estimating flows and methods for calculating evaluation indicators. The book presents the main global standards and dominant models for the estimation of the urban freight transport demand, i.e. of freight transport needs in urban areas. Then it presents the methods for estimating and simulating transport and distribution schemes (i.e. transport supply) as well as a proposal for integrated supply-demand modeling. All these methods are presented for immediate application to practitioners, accompanied by summary tables and parameters necessary for their implementation. As far as evaluation is concerned, the book presents a framework for the choice of sustainable indicators and scorecards. Second, the main methods for economic, environmental, social and accessibility assessment are presented. They are accompanied by tables and figures necessary for their implementation. Finally, the main applications of the proposed methods are introduced. The book is meant to be a practical guide to applying the main methods from scientific research to a practical context, and presents examples of quantified and explained application. It is thus the first book that summarizes and presents the main unified methods to help the different decision-makers to implement them in their actions of planning and management of the urban logistics and the transport of goods in town.
Towards Innovative Freight and Logistics by
Freight transport faces a dual challenge: it must satisfy the demands of globalized trade and meet environmental requirements. In this context, innovation is a crucial topic to enable the transition from the current transportation and logistics system to a sustainable system. This book provides an overview of the latest technological innovations in Europe and worldwide, based on ICT and new vehicle concepts, for all modes and all scales (urban, regional, national or international). The authors consider innovation supply, the process of innovation and innovative business models. Some perspectives and solutions are proposed on the deployment of innovation, specifically concerning the transformation of the organization of the system and the relationships between industry, governmental players, operators and users.
Welcome to Export Production Facilities Management! This course is designed for learners to acquire the requisite skills for effective facilities management which provides a coordinated, comprehensive, preventive maintenance and repair services for qualitative service delivery for all departmental facilities within an organization. Facilities Management is responsible for design, construction, renovation, maintenance, repair, and operation of facilities, grounds, and utilities.
BIM for Facility Managers by
A practical look at extending the value of BuildingInformation Modeling (BIM) into facility management--from theworld's largest international association for professional facilitymanagers Building owners and facility managers are discovering thatBuilding Information Modeling (BIM) models of buildings are deepreservoirs of information that can provide valuable spatial andmechanical details on every aspect of a property. When usedappropriately, this data can improve performance and save time,effort, and money in running and maintaining the building duringits life cycle. It can also provide information for futuremodifications. For instance, a BIM could reveal everything from themanufacturer of a light fixture to its energy usage to maintenanceinstructions. BIM for Facility Managers explains how BIM can be linkedto facility management (FM) systems to achieve very significantlife-cycle advantages. It presents guidelines for using BIM in FMthat have been developed by public and private owners such as theGSA. There is an extensive discussion of the legal and contractualissues involved in BIM/FM integration. It describes how COBie canbe used to name, capture, and communicate FM-related data todownstream systems. There is also extensive discussion ofcommercial software tools that can be used to facilitate thisintegration. This book features six in-depth case studies that illustrate howBIM has been successfully integrated with facility management inreal-life projects at: Texas A&M Health Science Center USC School of Cinematic Arts MathWork's new campus Xavier University State of Wisconsin Facilities University of Chicago Library renovation BIM for Facility Managers is an indispensable resourcefor facility managers, building owners, and developers alike.
Facilities Management by
Facilities management continues to expand and develop in terms of the volume and diversity of commercial activity, with a significant influence upon organisational success and goal achievement. The two previous editions of Facilities Management have become established as key sources for all facilities management courses and forward thinking facilities managers, providing a strong blend of research-informed opportunities and practical, balanced advice for strategically orientated practitioners. This third edition builds on those foundations, focussing on the driving idea that excellent facilities management demands a responsive and dynamic approach to the positive impacts facilities can have on users operating within a world in flux. Within this overarching theme the book considers numerous contemporary issues facing facilities managers, within a framework that covers organisation, technology and process.
Facilities Management and the Business of Managing Assets by
The importance of facilities management to the effective operation of all businesses is now widely accepted. Where there continues to be debate is on what constitutes a successful approach, and how much attention it should be given within an overall business plan. Drawing on both research and current practice, this book provides a systematic, innovative, and business-focused approach to the management of facilities assets. The reader will discover why and how to use facility assets to achieve business goals and strategies by aligning them as a resource. Striking a balance between management and technical aspects, the book covers: the basics of facilities asset management and the key elements of a systematic management approach the key supporting capabilities for facilities management as a business function a framework for considering strategic alignment of facilities assets and associated services with business needs the role of life-cycle asset management and its contribution to business resource management. The message of this book and the benefits it can bring to businesses everywhere make it essential reading for executives as well as facilities managers. Its detailed explanations of all of the key concepts involved, and lists of recommended further reading also make it an excellent resource for those new to the industry, and for students of property or facilities management.
Facility Integrity Management by
Facility Integrity Management: Effective Principles and Practices for the Oil, Gas and Petrochemical Industries presents the information needed to completely understand common failures in the facility integrity management process. By understanding this more comprehensive approach, companies will be able to better identify shortcomings within their respective system that they did not realize existed. To introduce this method, the book provides managers and engineers with a model that ensures major process incidents are avoided, aging facilities are kept in a safe and reliable state and are operating at maximum levels, and any gaps within the integrity management system are identified and addressed, such as the all too common fragmented reliability programs. The book approaches oil and gas facility management from a universal perspective, effectively charting out existing oil and gas facilities and their associated work processes, including maintenance, operations, and reliability, and then reconstructs them in order to optimize the way integrity is managed, creating a synergy across the various elements. Easy to read, packed with practical applications applied to real process plant scenarios such as key concepts, process flow charts, handy checklists, real-world case studies and a dictionary, provides a high quality guide for a breakdown free facility, maximizing productivity and return to shareholders.
The Facility Management Handbook by
The wide-ranging umbrella of facility management covers everything from technology systems to disaster recover planning to zoning compliance to furnishings to ground maintenance . . . and that's just getting started. It is a multidisciplinary function that requires a deep knowledge of the entire business and physical planning cycle. Undoubtedly, the sheer scope of duties requires a far-reaching reference for staying abreast of the latest innovations and best practices. The Facility Management Handbook is the answer.With insightful overviews, case studies, and practical guidelines pave the way for successful planning, budgeting, real estate transactions, construction, emergency preparedness, security, operations, maintenance, and more, the thoroughly revised fourth edition examines cutting-edge technologies and includes new information on:* Building Information Modeling (BIM)* Contracting and project management methods* FASB and IASB requirements* Distributed working * Sustainability reporting* And much moreThe Facility Management Handbook is the one-stop resource every facility manager must have to master a broad scope of duties while staying current on innovations and best practices.
International Facility Management by
This up-to-date compilation of topics on the maturity and changes occurring within facility management worldwide offers insights into the growth and development of FM and its impact on today's business organisations. International Facility Management presents a comprehensive and diverse collection of topics that provides current, cutting edge research in the evolving field of FM. The editors here offer a holistic approach to both the study and the practice of facility management, incorporating the perspective of scholars and practitioners from across the globe. Topics covered deal with the changes occurring in the field today and include key research areas for both academics and practitioners. The focus is on actual practice of FM organizations - rather than on what FM should be - and the authors examine the latest techniques, models and case studies to provide a unique exploration of the new global world of facility management. Chapters here cover the changing spectrum of topics including sustainability and energy conservation, and workplace transitions for greater collaboration. The international scope and emphasis on maturity and professionalism of the field further sets this book apart from its competitors.
Sustainable Retrofit and Facilities Management by
Governments across the globe are setting targets for reducing their carbon emissions. For example, the UK Government has committed to an eighty per cent reduction by 2050, whennbsp;twenty-eight million buildings that currently exist will still be standing; this represents a challenge to improve the energy efficiency of more than one building per minute between now and 2050! This is a problem that needs tackling worldwide and is a challengenbsp;to both thenbsp;refurbishment sector of the global construction industry and to those who own and operate existing buildings. Sustainable Retrofit and Facilities Management provides comprehensive guidance to those involved in the refurbishment and management of existing buildings on minimizing carbon emissions, water consumption and waste to landfill, along with enhancing the long term sustainability of a building. Practical guidance is provided on measures that can be used to improve the efficiency and sustainability of existing buildings, through both good management and refurbishment. Also explored is the relationship between the refurbishment of existing buildings, facility management and the wider community infrastructure. The book looks at management tools such as post occupancy evaluation, building health checks, energy management software, green building management toolkits and green leases. Illustrated throughout with case studies and examples of best practice, this is a must-have handbook for engineers, architects, developers, contractors and facility managers.
Technology for Facility Managers by
From BIM (building information modeling) to RFID (radio frequency identification) to BAS (building automation and control systems), facility managers of today's commercial buildings are often asked to work with a variety of technologies without any experience in IT. This new book is a welcome primer for facility managers and engineers. Each chapter covers a different technology and includes specific and helpful case studies. Authored by the International Facility Management Association (IFMA), this unique resource is also a practical textbook for candidates studying for IFMA certification.
Total Facility Management by
The importance of effective facility management in enabling organizations to function efficiently is widely recognized. The fourth edition of Total Facility Management offers a comprehensive treatment of what facility management means to owners, operators, tenants, facility managers and professional advisors, as well as containing advice on how facilities can be better managed from a number of perspectives. It consolidates current best practice, defines and develops emergent areas and offers a pathway for the future development of facility management. The facility management body of knowledge now benefits from the publication of several national and international standards, none of which were available when earlier editions of the book were published. The opportunity has been taken to modify the structure and content of this new edition to align it with these standards to provide readers and their organizations with a comprehensive treatment of the subject. Greater emphasis has been given to facility planning, especially the briefing stage in the design of a new or refurbished facility; design for operability; stakeholder management; outsourcing; procurement; transition; performance management; environmental management; sustainability; maintenance management; information management and building information modelling (BIM). Throughout the book, the links between facility management practice and the organisation's business objectives are emphasised. Readers worldwide will find this fourth edition a valuable and thought-provoking blend of the principles and practice of facility management.
Welcome to Export Production Facilities Management! This course is designed for learners to acquire the requisite skills for effective facilities management which provides a coordinated, comprehensive, preventive maintenance and repair services for qualitative service delivery for all departmental facilities within an organization. Facilities Management is responsible for design, construction, renovation, maintenance, repair, and operation of facilities, grounds, and utilities.
BIM for Facility Managers by
A practical look at extending the value of BuildingInformation Modeling (BIM) into facility management--from theworld's largest international association for professional facilitymanagers Building owners and facility managers are discovering thatBuilding Information Modeling (BIM) models of buildings are deepreservoirs of information that can provide valuable spatial andmechanical details on every aspect of a property. When usedappropriately, this data can improve performance and save time,effort, and money in running and maintaining the building duringits life cycle. It can also provide information for futuremodifications. For instance, a BIM could reveal everything from themanufacturer of a light fixture to its energy usage to maintenanceinstructions. BIM for Facility Managers explains how BIM can be linkedto facility management (FM) systems to achieve very significantlife-cycle advantages. It presents guidelines for using BIM in FMthat have been developed by public and private owners such as theGSA. There is an extensive discussion of the legal and contractualissues involved in BIM/FM integration. It describes how COBie canbe used to name, capture, and communicate FM-related data todownstream systems. There is also extensive discussion ofcommercial software tools that can be used to facilitate thisintegration. This book features six in-depth case studies that illustrate howBIM has been successfully integrated with facility management inreal-life projects at: Texas A&M Health Science Center USC School of Cinematic Arts MathWork's new campus Xavier University State of Wisconsin Facilities University of Chicago Library renovation BIM for Facility Managers is an indispensable resourcefor facility managers, building owners, and developers alike.
Facilities Management by
This book will cover the essential role and responsibilities of the facilities manager as it pertains to building maintenance. Facilities management is a broad-based discipline that calls into play architectural, construction, engineering, and management and human skills, particularly for running and maintaining commercial, institutional, academic, and industrial buildings. If you're a newcomer to facilities management you will find this book an excellent introduction to managing maintenance. Already an established professional? You'll be able to brush up on the latest technological and regulatory trends affecting how complex facilities should be successfully maintained by way of risk assessment. The book contains ample, ready-to-use assessment forms and resources for extended practical information. Highlights include: Coverage of key components of facilities maintenance management including risk management, building safety, operations and purchasing, staffing, and more. Guidance on new trends including 'lean building maintenance' and Green Building specs (Green Spec) like LEED as well as guidance on legal contracts, safety regulations, energy efficiency, and more. The author also details specific management guidance by building type including apartments, office buildings, hotels and resorts, government buildings, schools, transport facilities, and many others.
Facilities Management by
Facilities Management sets out a new framework for the discipline of facilities management which challenges many of the norms and which sets out new methods for optimising the performance of a business. Successful facilities managers need a range of skills and need to be able to devise a range of innovative strategies for the future of the organisations in which they work. This new book follows on directly from Keith Alexander's ground-breaking textbook Facilities Management and focuses on four new themes which have been identified as keys to the new strategy: organisational change and learning, innovation, performance and the knowledge workplace.
Facilities Manager's Desk Reference by
An invaluable source of highly relevant, practical information on the all the principal FM services, written for the practicing facilities manager in an easily readable, concise format. To help the facilities manager meet the needs of their organisation, the Facilities Manager's Desk Reference provides the facilities manager with an invaluable source of highly relevant, practical information on the all the principal FM services, as well as information on legal compliance issues, the development of strategic policies and tactical best practice information. Fully updated over the first edition, and presented in an easily readable, concise format with a clear practitioner perspective, the book covers both hard and soft facilities management issues. It will be a first point of reference for all busy facilities managers, saving them time by providing access to the information needed to ensure the safe, effective and efficient running of any facilities function. Fully updated over the 1st edition, it contains all the essential data covering the principal FM services Highly practical, aimed at the busy FM practitioner Saves time by bringing together essential, useful and practical information Benefits students whose courses do not prepare them for the practicalities of professional practice
The Facility Management Handbook by
Loaded with procedures, checklists, guidelines, samples, and templates, The Facilitator's Fieldbook covers all the key areas of successful team management, including establishing ground rules, planning meetings and agendas, brainstorming, resolving conflict, making decisions, and helping groups optimize their time. The completely revised third edition of this longtime go-to resource for novice and experienced facilitators provides new team-building exercises as well as updated information on virtual meetings, mediation, strategic planning, and much more. You'll also gain tips on maintaining the tone and flow of meetings, and will learn to determine when to delegate projects to individuals rather than assembling a group. Collaborative projects have become an increasingly prevalent feature of modern business strategies and workplace dynamics. But intentional, strategic facilitation is essential to making sure these groups and teams are effective. The Facilitator's Fieldbook provides readers the comprehensive tools and knowledge they need to help their teams--and, ultimately, their organizations--succeed.
Green facilities handbook : simple & profitable strategies for managers by 
Industrial Composting : Environmental Engineering and Facilities Management by
The ultimate in recycling, composting has been in use in some form since ancient times. A well-managed composting facility should exist as a good neighbor contributing to ecology. However, since local populations often perceive risks if a composting facility is built nearby, composting facilities must be designed and operated with minimal odor, dus
International Facility Management by
This up-to-date compilation of topics on the maturity and changes occurring within facility management worldwide offers insights into the growth and development of FM and its impact on today's business organisations. International Facility Management presents a comprehensive and diverse collection of topics that provides current, cutting edge research in the evolving field of FM. The editors here offer a holistic approach to both the study and the practice of facility management, incorporating the perspective of scholars and practitioners from across the globe. Topics covered deal with the changes occurring in the field today and include key research areas for both academics and practitioners. The focus is on actual practice of FM organizations - rather than on what FM should be - and the authors examine the latest techniques, models and case studies to provide a unique exploration of the new global world of facility management. Chapters here cover the changing spectrum of topics including sustainability and energy conservation, and workplace transitions for greater collaboration. The international scope and emphasis on maturity and professionalism of the field further sets this book apart from its competitors.
Sustainable Retrofit and Facilities Management by
Governments across the globe are setting targets for reducing their carbon emissions. For example, the UK Government has committed to an eighty per cent reduction by 2050, whennbsp;twenty-eight million buildings that currently exist will still be standing; this represents a challenge to improve the energy efficiency of more than one building per minute between now and 2050! This is a problem that needs tackling worldwide and is a challengenbsp;to both thenbsp;refurbishment sector of the global construction industry and to those who own and operate existing buildings. Sustainable Retrofit and Facilities Management provides comprehensive guidance to those involved in the refurbishment and management of existing buildings on minimizing carbon emissions, water consumption and waste to landfill, along with enhancing the long term sustainability of a building. Practical guidance is provided on measures that can be used to improve the efficiency and sustainability of existing buildings, through both good management and refurbishment. Also explored is the relationship between the refurbishment of existing buildings, facility management and the wider community infrastructure. The book looks at management tools such as post occupancy evaluation, building health checks, energy management software, green building management toolkits and green leases. Illustrated throughout with case studies and examples of best practice, this is a must-have handbook for engineers, architects, developers, contractors and facility managers.
Technology for Facility Managers : The Impact of Cutting-Edge Technology on Facility Management by
From BIM (building information modeling) to RFID (radio frequency identification) to BAS (building automation and control systems), facility managers of today's commercial buildings are often asked to work with a variety of technologies without any experience in IT. This new book is a welcome primer for facility managers and engineers. Each chapter covers a different technology and includes specific and helpful case studies. Authored by the International Facility Management Association (IFMA), this unique resource is also a practical textbook for candidates studying for IFMA certification.
Total Facility Management by
The importance of effective facility management in enabling organizations to function efficiently is widely recognized. The fourth edition of Total Facility Management offers a comprehensive treatment of what facility management means to owners, operators, tenants, facility managers and professional advisors, as well as containing advice on how facilities can be better managed from a number of perspectives. It consolidates current best practice, defines and develops emergent areas and offers a pathway for the future development of facility management. The facility management body of knowledge now benefits from the publication of several national and international standards, none of which were available when earlier editions of the book were published. The opportunity has been taken to modify the structure and content of this new edition to align it with these standards to provide readers and their organizations with a comprehensive treatment of the subject. Greater emphasis has been given to facility planning, especially the briefing stage in the design of a new or refurbished facility; design for operability; stakeholder management; outsourcing; procurement; transition; performance management; environmental management; sustainability; maintenance management; information management and building information modelling (BIM). Throughout the book, the links between facility management practice and the organisation's business objectives are emphasised. Readers worldwide will find this fourth edition a valuable and thought-provoking blend of the principles and practice of facility management.
Welcome to the exciting course of Export Marketing! The Philippines has opened avenues for greater economic opportunities through its present government leadership taking advantage of the economic, political and social changes that have occurred over the last decade which have dramatically altered the landscape of global business. Scenarios such as the emerging markets in Easter Europe, Asia and Latin America, where more than 75 percent of the world trade over the next twenty years is expected to occur; the continuing privatization and deregulation of telecommunication throughout the world; the European Monetary Union and the switch from local country currencies to one monetary unit for Europe; as well as the utilization of the Internet as a major international business tool for research, advertising, communications, exporting and marketing are global drivers for export marketing.
As global economic growth occurs, understanding of marketing in all cultures is now increasingly important. International marketing addresses global issues and describes concepts relevant to all international marketers, regardless of the extent of their international involvement. This in turn creates a well-informed, critical, and proactive students and practitioners who understand, analyze and strategize to take advantage of this challenging milieu.
Advanced International Trade by
Trade is a cornerstone concept in economics worldwide. This updated second edition of the essential graduate textbook in international trade brings readers to the forefront of knowledge in the field and prepares students to undertake their own research. In Advanced International Trade, Robert Feenstra integrates the most current theoretical approaches with empirical evidence, and these materials are supplemented in each chapter by theoretical and empirical exercises. Feenstra explores a wealth of material, such as the Ricardian and Heckscher-Ohlin models, extensions to many goods and factors, and the role of tariffs, quotas, and other trade policies. He examines imperfect competition, offshoring, political economy, multinationals, endogenous growth, the gravity equation, and the organization of the firm in international trade. Feenstra also includes a new chapter on monopolistic competition with heterogeneous firms, with many applications of that model. In addition to known results, the book looks at some particularly important unpublished results by various authors. Two appendices draw on index numbers and discrete choice models to describe methods applicable to research problems in international trade. Completely revised with the latest developments and brand-new materials, Advanced International Trade is a classic textbook that will be used widely by students and practitioners of economics for a long time to come. Updated second edition of the essential graduate textbook Current approaches and a new chapter on monopolistic competition with heterogeneous firms Supplementary materials in each chapter Theoretical and empirical exercises Two appendices describe methods for international trade research
Building an Import / Export Business by
This bestselling, up-to-date guide shows you how to start your own import/export business, from researching a raw idea to a successful launch to ongoing, profitable business operations. Complete with real-life examples from importers and exporters, it helps you every step of the way, from targeting a market and preparing a business plan to dealing with foreign currencies, shipping procedures, customs requirements, and more. It also shares tips to help you take advantage of NAFTA and other trade pacts, plus online resources to help you start and grow your business.
Dynamics of international business : comparative perspectives of firms, markets and entrepreneurship by
The Dynamics of International Business offers a comparative, chronological overview of the strategic and structural evolution of international firms. Organized around eras of global economic development, the text synthesizes research on the internationalization of firms, highlighting crucial turning points in the evolution of the international economy. A particular emphasis is placed on the relationship between historical evidence and the theoretical frameworks available for its interpretation. Each period is illustrated by a selection of short case studies from a variety of industry sectors, including the Levant Company, Nestlé, Singer, Saint Gobain and NEC. An essential textbook for courses in business and economic history, this book will also be a valuable resource for scholars and students of international business more generally.
Export/Import Procedures and Documentation by
International business is more complex today than ever before. Customs and export control requirements, distributors versus agents, payment mechanisms, insurance, transportation . . . Even the most seasoned professionals can find themselves in need of guidance through this never-ending sea of rules, regulations, and paperwork--for multiple countries!Featuring dozens of sample contracts, procedures, checklists, and ready-to-use forms, Export/Import Procedures and Documentation is an authoritative voice in the ever-changing, often-confusing world of international laws and regulations. The revised fifth edition contains new and expanded information on topics including: * Corporate oversight and compliance* Valuation* The Export Control Reform Act* Licensing requirements and exceptions* International Commerce Trade Terminology* The shifting definition of "Country of Origin"* Specialized exporting and importing* And moreYou no longer have to worry about all the dos, don'ts, and details of the vast world of importing/exporting. This all-in-one global-business resource has done it for you already.
The Export Marketing Imperative by
Increasing competition to boost revenues leave limited growth options for some companies, prompting many to turn towards international markets. This work walks readers through the entire exporting process - offering a comprehensive coverage of the various facets of exporting, including pricing, channel management, and marketing plans/strategies.
Export Marketing Strategy by
This book describes the steps necessary to achieve success in export marketing. It is a step-by-step guide to the art and science of export marketing, from initial discovery to researching new markets, to the financial aspects, to managing ongoing operations. It is written for small to mid-size firms as a primer, and as a reference for larger firms already involved in exporting as a guide to higher levels of success. If you manage a small or mid-size business that is interested in exporting; this comprehensive book will put you firmly on the path toward success. Achievement in export marketing is not easy, and this guide presents a strategic process from the very first steps of discovery all the way to managing your export operations. After reading it, you will be able to apply the practical information and begin the process with confidence. Key Features -Details all aspects of export marketing from discovery to management of operations. -Provides step-by-step instructions for each part of the process. -Analyzes the legal and financial aspects as well as supply chain logistics. -Explains how to budget for exporting, and whether or not it is even fiscally responsible to export. -The most comprehensive book available on this subject.
Export Now by
Learn how your business can tap into foreign markets In Export Now, two international business experts revealthe secrets to taking your company global. Offering a real-lifestrategy that businesses of any size can use to expand their reacharound the world, this book is the ultimate guide to identifying,evaluating, and profiting from global opportunities. Essential reading for any company looking to expand abroad, thebook explains the five essentials of international growth. Allbusinesses know they need to get into new markets, but the lack offamiliarity, the cultural and language gaps, and the differences inbusiness practices can be intimidating?this book solves theseproblems, giving you everything you need to grow. The ultimate handbook for any business looking to goglobal Explains the five essentials of international expansion Written by two experts with years of experience building globalbusinesses around the world Guiding you through the how to's of going global, ExportNow is your one-stop resource for expanding your businessoverseas.
Export Practice and Management by
The market leader in its field, retailing in over 200 countries, this internationally renowned text is firmly established as the essential guide to export practice and management. Now in its fifth edition, Export Practice and Management continues to focus on developing an export strategy in a pragmatic, professional and profitable manner in a competitive international environment. The contents have been thoroughly updated and reflect the many changes in the constantly-evolving global marketplace. It takes full account of future trends in the conduct of international trade and its increasing complexity. Export Practice and Management is ideal for students of International Business and Management and International Marketing. Practitioners will also find this book invaluable when completing professional examinations such as the Chartered Institute of Marketing, the Chartered Institute of Purchasing and Supply, the Institute of Export, the Institute of Chartered Shipbrokers and the Chartered Institute of Logistics and Transport.
Import / Export Kit for Dummies by
Your easy-to-follow primer on the exciting world of import/export With an increased focus on global trade, this new edition of Import/Export Kit For Dummies provides entrepreneurs and small- to mid-sized businesses with the critical, entry-point information they need to begin exporting their products around the world--as well as importing goods to sell. Inside, you'll find the most up-to-date information on trade regulations, where to turn for additional guidance on seamlessly navigating the dreaded red tape, and much more. With significant changes in technology, expanding economics, and international trade agreements, the global marketplace continues to grow and change rapidly. In fact, companies that do business internationally are proven to grow faster and fail less often than companies that don't. This authoritative reference is packed with everything you need to get started, so why not get in on the game while the going is good? Gets you up to speed on the lingo of international business Shows you how to follow guidelines for developing a successful business and marketing plan Helps you understand distributor and agent agreement outlines Offers unprecedented insight on pinpointing the right markets for your import/export business Importing and exporting goods is a valuable way to expand your business and take part in the global economy, and this hands-on, friendly guide shows you how.
International business by
"Balancing authoritative theory and meaningful practice, International Business engages students on the subject of conducting business in international markets. The authors' descriptions and ideas of international business are enhanced with contemporary examples, scenarios, and cases that help students effectively apply what they've learned. Now in its 16th Edition, International Businessremains one of the best-selling and most authoritative international business texts available. As rigorous and practical as ever, this edition remains current through updated author-written cases, including seven entirely new cases, streamlined writing, and expanded coverage of relevant global changes."-- Provided by publisher.
International business : perspectives from developed and emerging markets by
This book provides students with a balanced perspective on business in a global environment, exploring implications for multinational companies in developed and emerging markets. This is the first text of its kind to emphasize strategic decision making as the cornerstone of its approach while focusing on emerging markets. Traditional topics, like foreign exchange markets and global competition, are contrasted with emerging operations, like Chinese market intervention and Islamic finance, to provide students with an understanding of successful business strategy. Readers learn to develop and implement these strategies across cultures, and across economic, legal, and religious institutions, in order to cope with competitive players in the global landscape. Application-based chapters open with reading goals and conclude with case studies and discussion questions to encourage a practical understanding of strategy. With in-depth analyses and recommended strategies, this edition provides students of international business with the skills they need for success on the global stage. A companion website features an instructor's manual, test bank, PowerPoint slides, and useful links for instructors as well as practice quizzes, flashcards, and web resources for students.
International Marketing by
Expanding an organisation internationally presents both opportunities and challenges as marketing departments seek to understand different buying behaviours, power relations, preferences, loyalties and norms. International Marketing offers a uniquely adaptable strategy framework for firms of all sizes that are looking to internationalise their business, using Carl Arthur Solberg's tried and tested Nine Strategic Windows model. Compact and readable, this practical text offers the reader insights into: The globalisation phenomenon Partner relations And Strategic positioning in international markets. Solberg has also created a brand new companion website for the text, replete with additional materials and instructor resources. This functional study, complete with case studies that demonstrate how the theory translates to practice, is an ideal introduction to international marketing for advanced undergraduates and postgraduates in business and management. It also offers a pragmatic toolkit for managers and marketers that are seeking to expand their business into new territories.
International Marketing by
Pioneers in the field, Cateora, Gilly, and Graham continue to set the standard in this 18th edition of International Marketing with their well-rounded perspective of international markets that encompass history, geography, language, and religion as well as economics, which helps students see the cultural and environmental uniqueness of any nation or region. The dynamic nature of the international marketplace is reflected in the number of substantially improved and expanded topics in this 18th, including the following over 100 new academic articles and their findings. All data, text, photos and images have been updated for currency, as has the corresponding content within McGraw-Hill Education's Connect with adaptive SmartBook. Additional updates include: NEW Cases: New cases accompany the 18e, enlivening the material in the book and class discussions while broadening a student's critical thinking skills. These cases bring forth many of the topics discussed in the chapters and demonstrate how these concepts are dealt with in the real world. These cases can be assigned in Connect and SmartBook. Optionally, a case booklet can be create using McGraw-Hill CREATE. Crossing Borders Boxes: These invaluable boxes offer anecdotal company examples. These entertaining examples are designed to encourage critical thinking and guide students through topics ranging from ethical to cultural to global issues facing marketers today. 4-Color Design: New color maps and exhibits allow for improved pedagogy and a clearer presentation of international symbols and cultural meanings in marketing and advertising. In addition, photos that depend on full color for maximum impact easily bring many global examples to life.
International Marketing and Export Management by
International Marketing and Export Management 7th edition offers an accessible and authoritative perspective on international marketing with a strong export management orientation, comprehensively describing the evolving competitive landscape as created by technological advances and international trade patterns. The seventh edition retains its clear and informed coverage of the opportunities for companies of all sizes and in all industries in the export of goods, services, intellectual property and business models. Written in a no-nonsense style, the bookhas been updated to offer the most up-to-date discussion of the literature in the area, as well as new and engaging cases and examples in every chapter. The book is ideal for undergraduate and postgraduate students taking modules in International Marketing and Export Marketing/International Trade. It will also be used as a supplementary text on International Business courses.
International Trade by
Trade impacts on the lives of all global citizens, influencing the range of commodities available for consumption and where those commodities are produced. Driven increasingly by market exchange, trade shapes the nature of work and how the costs and benefits of that work are distributed around the world. Economic growth and development are closely associated with the flows of goods and services between countries. International Trade: The Basics offers an accessible and engaging introduction to contemporary debates on international trade, inviting readers to explore the connections between national political economies within a globally integrated world. Topics covered include: Why nations trade Globalization and transnational production networks Transnational governance The emergence of Asia as a major trade region Ethical trade and environmental sustainability Trade in solar energy, services and ideas. Featuring case studies and social media links that help to illustrate key concepts, this book is an essential read for anyone seeking to understand how trade varies between regions, affects relationships between countries and influences a country's social, political and economic life.
International Trade by
McLaren?s International Trade covers all of theconventional theory that students are expected to learn, butpresents it in a modern and unique way. Aiming to teach studentshow to use economic theory instead of merelymemorizing economic theory, International Tradeintroduces each topic with a real-world policy problem followed bythe models and theories in an applied approach. This approachencourages more student engagement with the material and fosters aview of model theory as a tool for understanding the world. Thetext is designed well for undergraduate students but can be used inMBA, and Masters of Public Administration courses in internationaleconomics.
International Trade and Labor Markets by
This volume collects theoretical papers on the labor market effects of international trade that Udo Kreickemeier has published, together with different co-authors, over the past decade. Many contributions contained in this volume feature labor market imperfections that give rise to involuntary unemployment, and in those contributions, the question of how trade affects aggregate employment typically takes center stage in the analysis. Another recurring theme in many papers is the link between international trade and the income distribution within countries. The channels explored in the different papers include union wage premia, exporter wage premia due to firm-level rent sharing, and ability premia to entrepreneurs that are able to capitalize on their high productivity in global markets.
International Trade in Goods by
For a couple of years, more and more micro-econometric studies in international trade use data on exports and imports on goods that are based on transaction level data collected by the customs. These data cover detailed information on the goods traded, its value, its weight, and the country of destination (for exports) or origin (for imports). In contrast to data from surveys of firms that were used in empirical studies in the past, these data do not only focus on 'who trades and how much', but also on 'who trades how much of which goods of which value and which weight with firms from which countries'. These transaction data have been used in empirical studies that shed light on various aspects of trade in goods for the first time. This book contains a comprehensive survey of the international literature and selected studies that report results for Germany, the third largest exporter and importer of goods in the world market.
Mastering Import and Export Management by
With billions of dollars generated annually, importing and exporting is a potentially lucrative arena for growth--and a bewildering tangle of rules and regulations. Packed with hundreds of cost-effective strategies, ready-to-use forms, and valuable checklists, the second edition of Mastering Import & Export Management explains how to efficiently--and legally--navigate the complex world of international trade. From the big picture of pinpointing the best markets to the nitty-gritty of packing a container, this sweeping guide examines how to spot potential risks, apply quality control procedures, prepare documentation accurately, and more. This revised and updated edition addresses how best to handle recent crises like the earthquakes and tsunami in Japan, the economic downturn, or political instability in countries like Egypt, Tunisia, Bahrain, and Libya. It also covers every newcompliance and security regulation, as well as evolving best practices, including: * C-TPAT guidelines * Incoterms * In-house compliance programs * Freight cost-reduction tips * Beefed-up TSA regulations * Improved technology options * President Obama's new export initiatives. It's an indispensable resource for today's complex and changing global marketplace.
Welcome to the exciting course of Export Marketing! The Philippines has opened avenues for greater economic opportunities through its present government leadership taking advantage of the economic, political and social changes that have occurred over the last decade which have dramatically altered the landscape of global business. Scenarios such as the emerging markets in Easter Europe, Asia and Latin America, where more than 75 percent of the world trade over the next twenty years is expected to occur; the continuing privatization and deregulation of telecommunication throughout the world; the European Monetary Union and the switch from local country currencies to one monetary unit for Europe; as well as the utilization of the Internet as a major international business tool for research, advertising, communications, exporting and marketing are global drivers for export marketing.
As global economic growth occurs, understanding of marketing in all cultures is now increasingly important. International marketing addresses global issues and describes concepts relevant to all international marketers, regardless of the extent of their international involvement. This in turn creates a well-informed, critical, and proactive students and practitioners who understand, analyze and strategize to take advantage of this challenging milieu.
A Business Framework for International Commercialization of Innovative Construction Products by
Businesses, consumers, industry groups, and governments understand the importance of innovation for continued economic success and improvements in quality of life. However, innovation remains an opaque topic. A paradox exists in the construction industry at-large; using innovation is vital yet challenges the value to individual organizations. This paradox is supported by a landscape that includes a sizeable graveyard of failed attempts at innovation on grand and small scales. As a result, ÒA Business Framework for International Commercialization of Innovative Construction ProductsÓ is the next book in a series looking at solutions to innovation adoption in a resistant industry. The study in this book relies on sequential explanatory mixed-method research design. Such methodologies utilize distinct phases in order to gain insight into the commercialization processes. Findings suggest perceived versus actual risks and barriers to the international commercialization process for an integral product to the construction process. Based on the identified barriers, the researchers develop market-based strategies that are incorporated into common business practices for residential construction innovation.
DHL : From Startup to Global Upstart by
DHL: From Startup to Global Upstart is the story of a startup that became the first worldwide logistics service organization, fighting regulation, trade restrictions, customs, and many other technical issues to develop processes that have stood the test of time to become the accepted norm in delivery throughout the world. It is a story of using "soft powers," persuasion, and ingenuity, working with, and around, emerging technologies to eliminate barriers to success. This book provides an extraordinary look into how a little startup with grit and perseverance succeeded in the face of overwhelming odds and revolutionized many of what are now accepted transportation and supply chain practices. Po Chung, DHL International co-founder, and Roger Bowie, former DHL Worldwide Services Director, discuss how DHL paved the way for one day international package delivery and how they have maintained their global leadership position against powerful American titans.
Entrepreneurship in International Marketing by
"The latest volume in the Advances in International Marketing series is a fresh addition to the international marketing literature, expanding the current knowledge in several significant ways. Divided in to two sections, the first part of Vol. 25 addresses important issues concerning entrepreneurship in the international market. Pulling together papers authored by well-known scholars they look at issues such as born-global firms' evolution, market orientation, alliance capabilities, customer orientation, and performance in the global market. Collectively, these papers shed significant new light on the role of entrepreneurship in born-global firms and exporting firms. The second part of Entrepreneurship in International Marketing brings together a collection of papers dealing with contemporary international marketing issues, including the conceptual domain of international marketing, global brands and luxury brands in emerging markets, international retail supply chains, and exit behaviour of FDI firms."
Exporting by
This book equips readers to optimize genuine export opportunities. Globalization or international development is more vital than ever for business survival, let alone growth. This book equips readers to optimize genuine export opportunities. It addresses the fears and risks associated with exporting and reassures readers that international growth is available to any business that conducts in-depth research, adopts the right attitude, and develops a comprehensive strategy. Readers are challenged to consider seven key business considerations facing them when seeking success in export markets: product and service adaptation, comprehensive communication, portable protected branding, high-performance tradeshows, optimized go-to-market channels, fit-for-purpose internal organization, and controlled effective cashflow. This concise book serves time-starved small to medium enterprise (SME) entrepreneurs, owners, and directors in any industry anywhere in the world who seek international or global development and those studying or teaching international business.
Export Now by
Learn how your business can tap into foreign markets In Export Now, two international business experts revealthe secrets to taking your company global. Offering a real-lifestrategy that businesses of any size can use to expand their reacharound the world, this book is the ultimate guide to identifying,evaluating, and profiting from global opportunities. Essential reading for any company looking to expand abroad, thebook explains the five essentials of international growth. Allbusinesses know they need to get into new markets, but the lack offamiliarity, the cultural and language gaps, and the differences inbusiness practices can be intimidating?this book solves theseproblems, giving you everything you need to grow. The ultimate handbook for any business looking to goglobal Explains the five essentials of international expansion Written by two experts with years of experience building globalbusinesses around the world Guiding you through the how to's of going global, ExportNow is your one-stop resource for expanding your businessoverseas.
Global marketing management by
"A little more than 20 years have passed since we published the first edition of this book. Over the past two decades, we have continued to receive many messages as well as user reviews on Amazon.com, among others, from instructors, students, and business executives around the world who used the previous editions of our Global Marketing Management. Their comments have been very favorable. Thanks to the increased desire in many parts of the world for access to our book in their own languages, our book has been translated into Chinese, Japanese, Portuguese, and Spanish. However, we just cannot be sitting on our laurels. As the world around us has been constantly changing, the content and context of our book also have to change to reflect the climate of the time"-- Provided by publisher.
Global trade strategies : interacting with trade institutions and business by
This book willenable the reader to develop global strategies based on trade information and trade flows analysis. Developing global business strategies in today's competitive and disruptive environment calls for greater interaction between the business sector and government. Among the instruments available today are various market analytic tools. These tools, coupled with new business models, not only provide a competitive edge but also becomes a necessity to survive in the global ever changing trade environment. This book concerns everyone dealing with market selection, market strategies, and trade policy. The reader will be able to develop global strategies based on trade information and trade flows analysis. An analysis of the most competitive countries in world trade shows the importance of pro-business policies, access to modern infrastructures, investment in research, and increased productivity. The authors explain how to design practical strategies in a global context, greater competition and uncertainty due to the introduction of new business models.
International Marketing by
The global financial crisis has accelerated the shift of economic power from the West to the East. The emerging markets have become the main engine of global economic growth and firms from emerging markets are playing an increasingly important role in global competition. This volume of "Advances in International Marketing" is focused on issues that have been largely ignored by the main stream literature in international marketing to emerging markets and by firms from emerging markets. The papers presented report a variety of studies examining: international marketing behaviour of firms from emerging markets; market environments and consumer behaviour in emerging markets; and, MNCs' international marketing in emerging markets. Collectively they offer significant insight into emerging markets and point to new directions for future research.
International Marketing (RLE International Business) : Strategy and Management by
This book is a basic text for international marketing courses. It introduces the different elements of the international marketing mix and sets these in context. It discusses the firm's strategic position: how it is orientated at present to take advantage of international marketing opportunities and how its strategy is developing. It: Stresses the wide differences between different overseas markets and the importance of handling sensitively particular local features. Examines the need to structure the whole business organisation in the right way and make international marketing effective Discusses the importance of communication and control Throughout case studies are used to highlight particular issues.
International marketing : theory and practice from developing countries by 
International Marketing in Fast Changing Environment by
Volume 24 of Advances in International Marketing, guest-edited by Professors Jean, Chiou and Zou, considers the impact of major trends in external and internal environments of the firm on international marketing. Major themes include: emerging market firms? innovation, technology-enabled marketing innovation, global account management, knowledge sharing in international alliances, internationalization of small and entrepreneurial firms, export marketing channels, global companies and issues of national culture on consumers? Evaluation of MNEs performance and teaching international marketing to students. Papers in part one focus on innovation from emerging markets, including the impact of technological innovation on management innovation in terms of global account management in emerging markets firms and the impact of context on international strategic alliance knowledge transfer and innovation. Part two combines studies with a small- and medium-sized firm perspective and a focus on entrepreneurship. Part 3 looks at export marketing issues, such as sales subsidiaries, foreign channel selection and dependence on export channel co-ordination. Part 4 is devoted to globalization and culture issues, including the dimensions of a global company and the impact of pervasion of national culture on consumers? Evaluation of MNEs performance. Part 5 deals with the effectiveness of alternative teaching methods of international marketing.
Japanese exports and foreign direct investment : imperfect competition in international markets by
This book addresses the question of how competition takes place in international manufacturing industries. It examines patterns of rivalry among firms from different countries across national boundaries and their influences on international trade and investment. By using various data on Japanese firms in manufacturing industries from the late 1950s through the early 2000s, the first part of this book presents a series of empirical analyses that examines effects of market structure on export pricing, linkages of domestic and foreign market structures on trade performance, and patterns of oligopolistic interactions among firms from different countries in exporting. The second part of this book deals with the impact of strategic interactions on foreign direct investment. In particular, the book examines 'bunching' in foreign direct investment, strategic interactions in intra-industry cross-market foreign direct investment, and their effects on entry patterns and post-entry performance.
Mastering Import and Export Management by
With billions of dollars generated annually, importing and exporting is a potentially lucrative arena for growth--and a bewildering tangle of rules and regulations. Packed with hundreds of cost-effective strategies, ready-to-use forms, and valuable checklists, the second edition of Mastering Import & Export Management explains how to efficiently--and legally--navigate the complex world of international trade. From the big picture of pinpointing the best markets to the nitty-gritty of packing a container, this sweeping guide examines how to spot potential risks, apply quality control procedures, prepare documentation accurately, and more. This revised and updated edition addresses how best to handle recent crises like the earthquakes and tsunami in Japan, the economic downturn, or political instability in countries like Egypt, Tunisia, Bahrain, and Libya. It also covers every new compliance and security regulation, as well as evolving best practices, including: * C-TPAT guidelines * Incoterms * In-house compliance programs * Freight cost-reduction tips * Beefed-up TSA regulations * Improved technology options * President Obama's new export initiatives. It's an indispensable resource for today's complex and changing global marketplace.
Memories and Adventures and Western Wanderings by
This volume brings together Memories and Adventures, Conan Doyle's full-length autobiography vieiwing his life chiefly from the Spiritualist perspective of his later years, and Western Wanderings, a series of sketches of America and Canada which form his only significant pre-WWI autobiographical work.
The Regulation of International Trade by
A detailed examination of WTO agreements regulating trade in goods, discussing legal context, policy background, economic rationale, and case law. The General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT) has extended its institutional arsenal since the Kennedy round in the early 1960s. The current institutional design is the outcome of the Uruguay round and agreements reached in the ongoing Doha round (begun in 2001). One of the institutional outgrowths of GATT is the World Trade Organization (WT0), created in 1995. In this book, Petros Mavroidis offers a detailed examination of WTO agreements regulating trade in goods, discussing legal context, policy background, economic rationale, and case law. Each chapter examines a given legal norm and its subsequent practice. In particular, he discusses agreements dealing with customs clearance; "contingent protection" instruments, which allow WTO members unilaterally to add to the negotiated amount of protection when a certain contingency (for example, dumping) has occurred; TBT (Technical Barriers to Trade) and SPS (Sanitary and Phyto-sanitary Measures) agreements, both of which deal with such domestic instruments as environmental, health policy, or consumer information; the agreement on Trade Related Investment Measures (TRIM); sector-specific agreements on agriculture and textiles; plurilateral agreements (binding a subset of WTO membership) on government procurement and civil aviation; and transparency in trade relations. This book's companion volume examines the GATT regime for international trade.
The Volatility of International Trade Flows in the 21st Century by
After investment, exports and imports are the most volatile components of aggregate demand within countries. Moreover, the volatility of growth and the volatility of trade flows tend to move together; they declined from the 1990s until 2009, followed by an increase since 2009. This paper explores the drivers of such movements in trade-flow volatility. The analysis decomposes trade growth into six components to study their contribution to the overall volatility of trade flows, and presents three findings. First, trade volatility is mostly explained by a factor common to all countries, country-specific factors, and changes in the gravity-related characteristics of a country's trading partners. Product composition and the identity of trading partners appear to be less important in explaining volatility. Second, the pre-2009 decline in volatility and the post-2009 increase in volatility appear to be driven by different factors. The former is mostly explained by a steady decline in the variance of country-specific factors. In contrast, the latter appears to be driven mainly by an increase in the volatility of factors common to all countries. Third, trade diversification is a likely force behind the steady decline in trade volatility driven by country-specific factors, especially in developing countries.
Win-win : how international trade can help meet the sustainable development goals by
The Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), adopted in 2015, are expected to chart a course for development over the next 15 years. The 17 SDGs cover poverty, health, sustainable development, and the environment, among others, but not trade. This book shows that international trade can contribute to achieving all SDGs. It maps out a triple-win scenario where good trade policy (i) spurs international trade, (ii) contributes to development, and (iii) helps achieve the SDGs.
Export Productions and Operation Management
Welcome to Production and Operations Management. This course will introduce you to the value created by operations in any business organizations. It focuses on both strategic issues and practical application for data analysis and business decision making. In this course, you will learn the exciting concepts from how the products and services are born and created to how products and services are able to reach the end customers. The most exciting part of the course is that you will enhance your critical thinking skills and develop your technical competencies in solving operations problems using different models and theories.
Advanced International Trade by
Trade is a cornerstone concept in economics worldwide. This updated second edition of the essential graduate textbook in international trade brings readers to the forefront of knowledge in the field and prepares students to undertake their own research. In Advanced International Trade, Robert Feenstra integrates the most current theoretical approaches with empirical evidence, and these materials are supplemented in each chapter by theoretical and empirical exercises. Feenstra explores a wealth of material, such as the Ricardian and Heckscher-Ohlin models, extensions to many goods and factors, and the role of tariffs, quotas, and other trade policies. He examines imperfect competition, offshoring, political economy, multinationals, endogenous growth, the gravity equation, and the organization of the firm in international trade. Feenstra also includes a new chapter on monopolistic competition with heterogeneous firms, with many applications of that model. In addition to known results, the book looks at some particularly important unpublished results by various authors. Two appendices draw on index numbers and discrete choice models to describe methods applicable to research problems in international trade. Completely revised with the latest developments and brand-new materials, Advanced International Trade is a classic textbook that will be used widely by students and practitioners of economics for a long time to come. Updated second edition of the essential graduate textbook Current approaches and a new chapter on monopolistic competition with heterogeneous firms Supplementary materials in each chapter Theoretical and empirical exercises Two appendices describe methods for international trade research
Export/Import Procedures and Documentation by
International business is more complex today than ever before. Customs and export control requirements, distributors versus agents, payment mechanisms, insurance, transportation . . . Even the most seasoned professionals can find themselves in need of guidance through this never-ending sea of rules, regulations, and paperwork--for multiple countries!Featuring dozens of sample contracts, procedures, checklists, and ready-to-use forms, Export/Import Procedures and Documentation is an authoritative voice in the ever-changing, often-confusing world of international laws and regulations. The revised fifth edition contains new and expanded information on topics including: * Corporate oversight and compliance* Valuation* The Export Control Reform Act* Licensing requirements and exceptions* International Commerce Trade Terminology* The shifting definition of "Country of Origin"* Specialized exporting and importing* And moreYou no longer have to worry about all the dos, don'ts, and details of the vast world of importing/exporting. This all-in-one global-business resource has done it for you already.
International Trade in Goods by
For a couple of years, more and more micro-econometric studies in international trade use data on exports and imports on goods that are based on transaction level data collected by the customs. These data cover detailed information on the goods traded, its value, its weight, and the country of destination (for exports) or origin (for imports). In contrast to data from surveys of firms that were used in empirical studies in the past, these data do not only focus on 'who trades and how much', but also on 'who trades how much of which goods of which value and which weight with firms from which countries'. These transaction data have been used in empirical studies that shed light on various aspects of trade in goods for the first time. This book contains a comprehensive survey of the international literature and selected studies that report results for Germany, the third largest exporter and importer of goods in the world market.
An Introduction to Operations Management by
An Introduction to Operations Management: The Joy of Operations covers the core topics of operations management, including product and service design, processes, capacity planning, forecasting, inventory, quality, supply chain management, and project management. Das provides a clear, connected, and current view of operations management and how it relates to a firm's strategic goals. Students will benefit from the real-world scenarios that foster an understanding of operations management tasks. Without relying heavily on statistics and mathematical derivations, the book offers applied models and a simple, predictable chapter format to make it easy to navigate. Students of introductory operations management courses will love this practical textbook. A companion website features an instructor's manual with test questions, as well as additional exercises and examples for in-class use.
Matching supply with demand : an introduction to operations management by 
OM - Operatinal Management by
Created through a "student-tested, faculty-approved" review process with input from more than 150 students and faculty, Collier/Evans' OM5 provides a streamlined introduction to the core concepts, techniques, and applications of contemporary operations management. This concise, engaging, and accessible text includes a full suite of integrated learning tools--including flashcards, cases, datasets, games, and quizzes--in a convenient and affordable package perfect for today's diverse learners. OM5 provides the latest examples featuring companies students will recognize from the news as well as videos for every chapter, case studies and end-of-chapter problems with exciting new material online. Five additional chapters online enable readers to delve further into the quantitative aspects of operations management.
OM 6 by
Learn operations and supply chain management YOUR way with OM! Whether you choose print only, online only, or a print with online OM combination, you get cutting-edge coverage that reflects the latest research and practices from the field. OM6's easy-reference, paperback textbook presents course content through visually engaging chapters as well as tear-out Chapter Review Cards that consolidate the best review material into a ready-made study tool. With the textbook or on its own, OM Online allows easy exploration of OM topics anywhere, anytime -- including on your device! Collect your notes and create StudyBits(tm) from interactive content as you go so you can more easily remember key concepts. Then use preset study resources or personalize the product through easy-to-use tags and filters to prioritize your study time. Make and review flashcards, review related content, and track your progress with Concept Tracker -- all in one place and at an affordable price!
Operations and Supply Chain Management by Operations and supply chain management by 
Operations Management by
Stevenson's Operations Management features integrated, up-to-date coverage of current topics and industry trends, while preserving the core concepts that have made the text the market leader in this course for over a decade. Stevenson's careful explanations and approachable format support students in understanding the important operations management concepts as well as applying tools and methods with an emphasis on problem solving. Through detailed examples and solved problems, short cases and readings on current issues facing businesses, the Twelfth Edition continues to offer more support for 'doing Operations' than any other.
Operations Management, 1e by
Cachon 1e is designed for undergraduate students taking an introductory course in operations management. This text will share many of the strengths of Matching Supply with Demand: An Introduction to Operations Management (3e). Operations Management by Cachon comprehensively spans the relevant domain of topics, is accessible to a typical undergraduate student (i.e., limited real world business experience), incorporates the latest research and knowledge, and provides thorough pedagogical support for instructors along with innovative learning support for students. Connect is the only integrated learning system that empowers students by continuously adapting to deliver precisely what they need, when they need it, and how they need it, so that your class time is more engaging and effective.
Operations management in the supply chain : decisions and cases by
Operations Management in the Supply Chain: Decisions and Cases is an ideal book for the instructor seeking a short text with cases. This book employs a cross-functional perspective that emphasizes strategy and critical thinking, appealing to non-majors and practical for use in an MBA level or undergraduate course in operations management. The size and focus of the book also make the text attractive for the cross-functional curriculum where students are required to purchase more than one text. The eighteen cases offer variety in length and rig∨ and several are from Ivey, Stanford, and Darden. This mix makes the book appropriate for both undergraduates and MBA students.
Principles of Operations Management by
For undergraduate Operations Management courses. This Global Edition has been edited to include enhancements making it more relevant to students outside the United States A broad, practical introduction to operations, reinforced with an extensive collection of practice problems. Principles of Operations Management presents a broad introduction to the field of operations in a realistic and practical manner, while offering the largest and most diverse collection of problems on the market. For a more comprehensive version with the business analytic modules at the end of the text, see Heizer/Render's Operations Management, 11e.
Production and operations management by 
Production and Operations Management Systems by
Since the beginning of mankind on Earth, if the "busyness" process was successful, then some form of benefit sustained it. The fundamentals are obvious: get the right inputs (materials, labor, money, and ideas); transform them into highly demanded, quality outputs; and make it available in time to the end consumer. Illustrating how operations relate to the rest of the organization, Production and Operations Management Systems provides an understanding of the production and operations management (P/OM) functions as well as the processes of goods and service producers. The modular character of the text permits many different journeys through the materials. If you like to start with supply chain management (Chapter 9) and then move on to inventory management (Chapter 5) and then quality management (Chapter 8), you can do so in that order. However, if your focus is product line stability and quick response time to competition, you may prefer to begin with project management (Chapter 7) to reflect the continuous project mode required for fast redesign rapid response. Slides, lectures, Excel worksheets, and solutions to short and extended problem sets are available on the Downloads / Updates tabs. The project management component of P/OM is no longer an auxiliary aspect of the field. The entire system has to be viewed and understood. The book helps students develop a sense of managerial competence in making decisions in the design, planning, operation, and control of manufacturing, production, and operations systems through examples and case studies. The text uses analytical techniques when necessary to develop critical thinking and to sharpen decision-making skills. It makes production and operations management (P/OM) interesting, even exciting, to those who are embarking on a career that involves business of any kind.
Export Productions and Operation Management
Welcome to Production and Operations Management. This course will introduce you to the value created by operations in any business organizations. It focuses on both strategic issues and practical application for data analysis and business decision making. In this course, you will learn the exciting concepts from how the products and services are born and created to how products and services are able to reach the end customers. The most exciting part of the course is that you will enhance your critical thinking skills and develop your technical competencies in solving operations problems using different models and theories.
E-Enabled Operations Management by
Although the theory of operations management has been presented in many textbooks published in the last two decades, the subject of e-enabled operations management is rather short of easily accessible literature. The approach to operations management described in this book is unusual with respect to what is found in standard textbooks. Information and Communication Technologies (ICT) impact the ways firms are organised and managed, and as a consequence change the practical means used to conduct business operations. The features of this book are threefold. System approach to business modelling: Business activities, controlling functions and associated information systems are described within a coherent analytical system framework allowing a clear understanding of the various current control and costing concepts. Operations costing is not usually included in textbooks as part of operations management, but it should be. Cost targeting has become an integral part of good practice of business management. Validity of models: Apparently simple models are analyzed in depth. Students must be fully aware of the assumptions made when models are formulated and of their conditions of validity. Applying a model implies automatically that assumptions of a sort are taken for granted. Logistics, procurement and quality management: These three business functions are critical key success factors for managing e-enabled supply chains from suppliers to customers. That is why their main tools are introduced in this document.
Global Production Networks : Operations Design and Management by
The phenomenon of globalization has increased in recent decades due to the opening of borders in Eastern Europe and the sudden emergence of other countries in the global trade economy. Yet, the process of becoming global to get access to growing markets or to achieve quality, service, and/or cost advantages from the reconfigured Value Chains is one
Logistics management : an analytics-based approach by
This book illustrates and explains a wide range of practical logistics strategies and analytic techniques to facilitate decision-making across functions such as manufacturing, warehousing, transportation, and inventory management. Logistics professionals must utilize a broad array of analytic techniques and approaches for decision-making. Effective use of analytics requires an understanding of both fundamental and advanced logistics decision-making techniques and methodologies. Further, logistics professionals must organize and view these analytics-based decision support tools through well-structured planning frameworks. In this book, we illustrate and explain a wide range of practical logistics strategies and analytic techniques to facilitate decision-making across functions such as manufacturing, warehousing, transportation and inventory management. We also describe how to organize these analytics-based tools and strategies through logistics frameworks that span strategic, tactical and operational planning and scheduling decisions. This book is intended for logistics professionals to use as a reference document that offers ideas and guidance for addressing specific logistics management decisions and challenges, and it will also serve as a valuable resource or secondary text for graduate and advanced undergraduate students.
Operations and Production Systems with Multiple Objectives by
The first comprehensive book to uniquely combine the three fields of systems engineering, operations/production systems, and multiple criteria decision making/optimization Systems engineering is the art and science of designing, engineering, and building complex systems--combining art, science, management, and engineering disciplines. Operations and Production Systems with Multiple Objectives covers all classical topics of operations and production systems as well as new topics not seen in any similiar textbooks before: small-scale design of cellular systems, large-scale design of complex systems, clustering, productivity and efficiency measurements, and energy systems. Filled with completely new perspectives, paradigms, and robust methods of solving classic and modern problems, the book includes numerous examples and sample spreadsheets for solving each problem, a solutions manual, and a book companion site complete with worked examples and supplemental articles. Operations and Production Systems with Multiple Objectives will teach readers: How operations and production systems are designed and planned How operations and production systems are engineered and optimized How to formulate and solve manufacturing systems problems How to model and solve interdisciplinary and systems engineering problems How to solve decision problems with multiple and conflicting objectives This book is ideal for senior undergraduate, MS, and PhD graduate students in all fields of engineering, business, and management as well as practitioners and researchers in systems engineering, operations, production, and manufacturing.
Operations Management by
Quintessential reference to business operations filled with key terms, equations, graphs, processes, models, and more. A perfect tool for any student of business, working professional, or business owner. The business knowledge compressed into six pages can be found nowhere else for this price.
Operations management : emerging trend in the digital era by 
Operations Management and Data Analytics Modelling by
Operations Management and Data Analytics Modelling: Economic Crises Perspective addresses real operation management problems in thrust areas like the healthcare and energy management sectors and Industry 4.0. It discusses recent advances and trends in developing data-driven operation management-based methodologies, big data analysis, application of computers in industrial engineering, optimization techniques, development of decision support systems for industrial operation, the role of a multiple-criteria decision-making (MCDM) approach in operation management, fuzzy set theory-based operation management modelling and Lean Six Sigma. Features Discusses the importance of data analytics in industrial operations to improve economy Provides step-by-step implementation of operation management models to identify best practices Covers in-depth analysis using data-based operation management tools and techniques Discusses mathematical modelling for novel operation management models to solve industrial problems This book is aimed at graduate students and professionals in the field of industrial and production engineering, mechanical engineering and materials science.
Operations Management for Dummies by
The plain language guide to getting things running smoothly in the world of business Operations management is all about efficiency, and Operations Management For Dummies is all about efficiently teaching you what you need to know about this business hot topic. This book tracks typical operations management MBA courses, and it will help you un-muddle concepts like process mapping, bottlenecks, Lean Production, and supply chain management. Learn to step into a business, see what needs improving, and plug in the latest tools and ideas to shape things up in any industry. This latest edition covers, you guessed it, digital transformation. Technology is completely upending operations management, and Dummies walks you through the latest, so you can stay at the front of the pack. Other new stuff inside: supply chain traceability, ethical sourcing and carbon footprint, business resiliency, and modularizing the supply chain. It's all here! Optimize operations and increase revenue with strategies and ideas that make businesses run better and cheaper Get easy-to-understand explanations of complex topics and theories in operations management Learn how operations management is affected by digital transformation and sustainability concerns Evaluate, design, improve, and scale all sorts of processes, regardless of business size or area of operation Businesses can't operate successfully without effective operations and supply management. That makes Operations Management For Dummies a must--for MBA students and business professionals alike.
Research Methods for Operations Management by
Research Methods for Operations Management, second edition is a toolkit of research approaches primarily for advanced students and beginner researchers but also a reference book for any researcher in OM. Many students begin their career in research limited by the one or few approaches taken by their department. The concise, accessible overviews found here equip them with an understanding of a variety of methods and how to use them, enabling them to tailor their research project to their own strengths and goals. The more seasoned researcher will find comprehensive descriptions and analyses on a wide variety of research approaches. This updated and enhanced edition responds to the latest developments in OM, including the growing prominence of services and production of intangible products, and the increasing use of secondary data and of mixed approaches. Alternative research approaches are included and explored to help with the early planning of research. This edition also includes expanded literature review and analysis to guide students towards the next steps in their reading, and more detailed step-by-step advice to tie theory with the researcher's own practice. Including contributions from an impressive range of the field's leading thinkers in OM research, this is a guide that no-one embarking on an OM research project should be without.
RFID for the Supply Chain and Operations Professional, Second Edition by
RFID (radio-frequency identification) is increasing its presence in our personal and business lives--you name it and RFID is likely to be finding its way there. RFID has many advantages over other auto-ID technologies, including its ability to read tags at the item level while the items are still in boxes and pallets and out of line of sight. In addition, RFID tags are reusable, which helps reduce the costs associated with an RFID system. RFID is a technology that can provide decision makers with real-time information to result in better and timelier decisions. It can help increase efficiency, security, and asset control. This second edition contains updated information on the technology and its uses, new and updated examples, and a new case study. This book provides readers with no prior knowledge of RFID with the basics of the technology, guidelines for considering its use, examples of how RFID is being used effectively in a variety of organizations, and guidelines for implementing an RFID system.
Sustainable Operations Management. by
Increasingly, organisations are interested in managing corporate social responsibility (CSR) and sustainability as part of their operations management (OM). OM practices and research must respond to demands to address sustainability. This response is triggered by climate change and other environmental concerns, the well-being of workers and communities, and other broad social demands. We define sustainable OM as the pursuit of social, economic and environmental objectives – the triple bottom line [TBL] – within operations of a specific firm and operational linkages that extend beyond the firm to include the supply chain and communities. Many different aspects of OM can be considered from a sustainability perspective. These aspects encompass product design and eco-design, adoption of environmental and social standards, process improvement and lean operations, purchasing, supply chain management (SCM), logistics including recycling and closed-loop systems, performance measurement, and risk management. Given the growth, importance and pervasiveness of OM sustainability concerns, a special issue focusing on these efforts is overdue. This need for currency is a reason for this special issue in the International Journal of Operations and Production Management (IJOPM).
Export Product Management and Development
Welcome to the exciting course of EXPRMGT! In this subject you will be exposed to a variety of approaches in coming up with tangible project (product) proposal that you can use for your course capstone project or final academic requirement. Moreover, this subject will serve as a window of opportunities for you to discover the use of abundant local raw materials and explore ways of converting these resources to an exportable product – a practical and profitable contribution to the growth of Philippine export business today.
Decision-Making for New Product Development in Small Businesses by
What goes on in a small firm that lives or dies by its capacity to innovate? How are decisions made on new product development, and how does that feed into the ecological, social and financial sustainability of the firm? This book answers the questions through an in-depth look at a small business that manufactures high-end carpet yarn. Using advanced analytical techniques to interrogate rich qualitative data, the book draws together established theories of decision-making and new product development, coupled with thinking about business sustainability to improve our understanding of this important area of business practice. The book further reinforces the importance and role of organizational learning in organizational decision-making, based on novel analysis of empirically developed qualitative data.
Designing Supply Chains New Product Development by
This book deals with the design of a supply chain supporting a Research and Development (R&D) product that will be taken to a large-scale commercialization phase. Because supply chains themselves in recent years have become a source of sustainable competitive advantage, they are a topic of great interest to business professionals. While the literature on supply-chain management is extensive, the same cannot be said for supply-chain design in general and R&D supply chains in particular. This book is based on our experience designing an R&D supply chain for a Fortune Global 10 energy company. R&D supply chains are oftentimes developed without the process discipline and rigor that typically characterize the development of other products emerging from R&D programs. As such, this text serves to bridge the gap for everyday practitioners involved in R&D efforts in addition to anyone looking to improve the overall effectiveness and efficiency of their supply chain.
Design thinking : new product development essentials from the PDMA by
Develop a more systematic, human-centered, results-oriented thought process Design Thinking is the Product Development and Management Association's (PDMA) guide to better problem solving and decision-making in product development and beyond. The second in the New Product Development Essentials series, this book shows you how to bridge the gap between the strategic importance of design and the tactical approach of design thinking. You'll learn how to approach new product development from a fresh perspective, with a focus on systematic, targeted thinking that results in a repeatable, human-centered problem-solving process. Integrating high-level discussion with practical, actionable strategy, this book helps you re-tool your thought processes in a way that translates well beyond product development, giving you a new way to approach business strategy and more. Design is a process of systematic creativity that yields the most appropriate solution to a properly identified problem. Design thinking disrupts stalemates and brings logic to the forefront of the conversation. This book shows you how to adopt these techniques and train your brain to see the answer to any question, at any level, in any stage of the development process. Become a better problem-solver in every aspect of business Connect strategy with practice in the context of product development Systematically map out your new product, service, or business Experiment with new thought processes and decision making strategies You can't rely on old ways of thinking to produce the newest, most cutting-edge solutions. Product development is the bedrock of business --whether your "product" is a tangible object, a service, or the business itself -- and your approach must be consistently and reliably productive. Design Thinking helps you internalize this essential process so you can bring value to innovation and merge strategy with reality.
Flexible Product Development by
In this landmark book, Preston Smith attributes the recent decline in innovation to pressure from financial markets that drives management toward rigid development approaches such as phased development processes, Six Sigma, and project office. These processes have unintentionally (but effectively) made changes during development more difficult, disruptive, and expensive, while the need for change continues at an accelerating pace. Flexible Product Development is a hands-on resource that provides the tools and strategies needed to restore flexibility to any organization and remove the obstacles that stand in the way of responsive new product development. Preston Smith introduces approaches that can enhance development process flexibility by creating and maintaining development options, delaying decisions, and, in general, reducing the cost of change. Step-by-step, he explains the basics of flexible product development, provides a broad array of flexibility-enhancing tools, and guides the reader in modifying the organization's values to embrace this new way of operating.
Frugal Innovation and the New Product Development Process by
This book explores the new product development process of firms developing frugal innovation for the base-of-the-pyramid (BOP) markets in developing countries. Frugal innovations are products characterised by an affordable price-point, durability, usability and core functionalities that are highly adapted to BOP consumers' needs. Frugal products have the potential to drive the development progress and living standards of low-income consumers. With an innovation framework developed from worldwide frugal case studies, this book provides detailed insights through two in-depth start-up firms in Indonesia that have successfully launched frugal products for the low-income market. These two start-ups have addressed two major development challenges for not just Indonesia, but also the global BOP market - traditional methods of cooking and access to clean drinking water. A detailed roadmap is developed from insights into the processes and management decisions of these two start-ups and combined with previous studies on frugal products. Providing a detailed roadmap across the different phases and stages of the new product development process when developing frugal products, this book will be insightful to not only innovators but also investors and government agencies supporting their activities. two start-ups and combined with previous studies on frugal products. Providing a detailed roadmap across the different phases and stages of the new product development process when developing frugal products, this book will be insightful to not only innovators but also investors and government agencies supporting their activities.
Handbook of Research on New Product Development by
New products are the major driver of revenue growth in today's dynamic business environment. In this Handbook, the world's foremost experts on new product development bring together the latest thinking on this vitally important topic. These thought-leading authors organize knowledge into useful and insightful frameworks, covering all aspects of new product development: companies, collaborators, customers, context, markets, and performance. The contributors delve into a broad range of topics, covering each one deeply and comprehensively. Careful attention to the development of these topics make it a fantastic single-source reference for state-of-the-art knowledge on new product development, including comprehensive sets of questions and discussion topics to inspire future research.Managers will benefit from the Handbook by expanding their knowledge of new product development, and for researchers, the book provides a comprehensive look at the current research, as well as offering opportunities to continue expanding on this body of knowledge.
Innovation Management and New Product Development by
This booknbsp;is suitable for undergraduates and postgraduates on a wide range of courses from marketing, strategic management, business studies and engineering. The subject of innovation management is often treated as a series of separate specialism#146;s, rather than an integrated task. The main aim of this book, however, is to bring together the areas of innovation management and new product development and to keep a strong emphasis on innovation as a management process. Written in an accessible style, this title sets three key areas for the student: Innovation management, managing technology and knowledge and new product development. As innovation continues to be at the forefront of economic and political debate about how to improve the competitiveness of economies and firms, Innovation Management and New Product Development will give you some insight into the problems faced by firms as they try to develop innovative products that will help them survive and prosper.nbsp;This new edition includes new large sections on entrepreneurship, process innovation and counterfeit and imitation. Also this edition includes brand new cases covering new developments in the industry including CSI-DNA Fingerprinting, folding shipping containers.
International Marketing by
Now in its second edition, International Marketing continues to provide its trademark integrated approach that explores marketing concepts in depth within a truly international context. The authors discuss five key factors that impact any international marketing venture - culture, language, political/legal systems, economic systems, and technological differences - in relation to the core marketing concepts of markets, products, pricing, distribution (place), and promotion. The book also covers sustainability and bottom-of-the-pyramid issues within each chapter with rich illustrations and examples from both multinational companies and smaller local concerns. New to the second edition: More global focus through new examples, case studies and the experience brought by new co-author, Barbara Czarnecka Brand new chapter on Culture & Cross-Cultural Marketing, including political unrest and the recent return to nationalism (e.g. Brexit and the Trump presidency) and further coverage of developing countries New coverage of digital advances and social media marketing Updated theory and methods, including Service Dominant Logic (S-DL), Consumer Culture Theory (CCT), and Netnography Additional videos supplementing the comprehensive online resource package for students and lecturers A wealth of online resources complement this book. These include a test bank of 50-65 questions per chapter, PowerPoint slides, sample syllabi, interactive maps, country fact sheets, flashcards, SAGE journal articles, and guidelines for developing a marketing plan.
International Trade in Goods by
For a couple of years, more and more micro-econometric studies in international trade use data on exports and imports on goods that are based on transaction level data collected by the customs. These data cover detailed information on the goods traded, its value, its weight, and the country of destination (for exports) or origin (for imports). In contrast to data from surveys of firms that were used in empirical studies in the past, these data do not only focus on 'who trades and how much', but also on 'who trades how much of which goods of which value and which weight with firms from which countries'. These transaction data have been used in empirical studies that shed light on various aspects of trade in goods for the first time. This book contains a comprehensive survey of the international literature and selected studies that report results for Germany, the third largest exporter and importer of goods in the world market.
Inventory and Production Management in Supply Chains, Fourth Edition by
Authored by a team of experts, the new edition of this bestseller presents practical techniques for managing inventory and production throughout supply chains. It covers the current context of inventory and production management, replenishment systems for managing individual inventories within a firm, managing inventory in multiple locations and firms, and production management. The book presents sophisticated concepts and solutions with an eye towards today's economy of global demand, cost-saving, and rapid cycles. It explains how to decrease working capital andnbsp;how to deal with coordinating chains across boundaries.
Lean driven innovation : powering product development at the Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company by
In 2005, Goodyear's research and development (R&D) engine was not performing up to its full potential. The R&D organization developed high-quality tires, but the projects were not always successful. Goodyear embarked on a major initiative to transform its innovation creation processes by learning, understanding, and applying lean product development principles. Within five years, Goodyear saw its product development cycle times slashed by 70 percent, on-time delivery performance rise close to 100 percent, and throughput improve three-fold - all achieved with no increase in the R&D budget. Lean-Driven Innovation: Powering Product Development at The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company describes in great detail how the Goodyear team was able to achieve such significant improvements. Revealing the ups and downs of this successful transformation, the book shares experiences of how this seismic change was managed, how people were engaged, and how Goodyear dramatically reinvigorated its product development and innovation processes--and, in the process, delivered substantial more value to customers and to the company. The book also explains how lean product development helped Goodyear dramatically improve revenue by having every new product available when the market needed it. Presenting wide-ranging perspectives from all levels of leadership, this book is ideal for anyone in R&D daring to take on a lean initiative in R&D or who is struggling with a lean transformation that is not delivering to its full potential. Since the book focuses on universal lean principles, it is as insightful to other manufacturing and nonmanufacturing disciplines in any industry as well. The book presents invaluable insights gained by the author during his 36 years within Goodyear, of which 10 have been directly involved in trying to develop, implement, and sustain lean to achieve the company's business objectives. It distills ideas, practices, failures, and successes into key principles that lean product development practitioners can easily implement. After reading this book, you will gain a practical path for applying lean to the innovation processes of your organization, including where to begin and what to do, regardless of the industry and the status of your transformation. Watch Norbert Majerus discuss Lean-Driven Innovation at: https://youtu.be/yIlJEMJIcyA
Leveraging constraints for innovation : new product development essentials from the PDMA by
Provides managers with actionable insight into a select set of innovation constraints and how to best deal with them This PDMA Essentials Book, the third in this series, provides a framework of individual, organizational, and market and societal constraints that guides managers in identifying specific constraints related to their innovation activities and provides them with corresponding tools and practices to overcome and leverage those constraints. Written by a team of international innovation experts, Leveraging Constraints for Innovation: New Product Development Essentials from the PDMA is presented in three parts. The first part, Individual Constraints, provides insights into how to: simultaneously solve social and commercial needs for greater creativity; apply a multi-stage approach to overcome knowledge sharing in teams; and anticipate and account for psychographic differences among customers during product launch. In the second part, Organizational Constraints, insights emerge that provide guidance on how to: identify and solve for sources of innovation constraints within the company; implement and manage virtual NPD teams; and effectively organize new service development in professional services. The last part, Market Constraints, examines how to: adapt firm capabilities to overcome constraints preventing consumers in low-end and under-resourced markets from purchasing new products; implement inclusive innovation strategies to address markets constrained by underdeveloped infrastructures; develop solutions for women and other disadvantaged market traders in emerging markets. This book: Is a single comprehensive volume that covers the full spectrum of constraint-related strategies and techniques in a coherent, integrated fashion Provides a set of frameworks, techniques, and tools that can be immediately implemented by individuals across firms Offers how-to knowledge on specific tools and methods as applied to innovating products and services when facing constraints as well as for the development of new business models Integrates problem- and solution-based knowledge to enable companies to develop sustainable growth strategies by leveraging constraints and restrictions toward innovation strategies, processes and offerings Leveraging Constraints for Innovation: New Product Development Essentials from the PDMA is an ideal book for all product development professionals, including marketers, engineers, project managers, and business managers in both startups and well-established firms, and from a broad range of industries from heavy manufacturing to the service sector.
The mastery of innovation : a field guide to lean product development by
What do Ford Motor Company, Steelcase, Scania, Goodyear, Novo Nordisk, and Philips Electronics have in common? They all need to get their best ideas to market as fast as possible. They need to achieve the mastery of innovation. When these companies needed to accelerate time-to-market, get more new products to customers, and improve their ROI from investments in R&D, they turned to Lean Product Development to help them master the process of innovation. By adapting Lean ideas to their specific product development challenges, they learned how to focus innovation on the problems that would maximize customer and business value, and deliver on their best ideas. Winner of a Shingo Research and Professional Publication Award! The Mastery of Innovation: A Field Guide to Lean Product Development describes the experiences of 19 companies that have achieved significant results from Lean Product Development. Their stories show that Lean Product Development delivers results: Ford Motor Company completely reinvented its Global Product Development System and put decades of knowledge about automotive design at its engineers' fingertips DJO Global, a medical device company, more than tripled the number of products they released to the market and cut development time by 60% Playworld Systems cut time-to-market in half-twice The diverse set of North American and European case studies in this book range from very small product development organizations (three engineers) to very large (more than 10,000). Some of the industries represented include automotive, medical devices, industrial products, consumer electronics, pharmaceuticals, scientific instruments, and aerospace. These companies have generously shared their knowledge about Lean Product Development to help you get your best ideas to market faster.
Materials and Sustainable Development by
This book, from noted materials selection authority Mike Ashby, provides a structure and framework for analyzing sustainable development and the role of materials in it. The aim is to introduce ways of exploring sustainable development to readers in a way that avoids simplistic interpretations and approaches complexity in a systematic way. There is no completely "right" answer to questions of sustainable development - instead, there is a thoughtful, well-researched response that recognizes concerns of stakeholders, the conflicting priorities and the economic, legal and social aspects of a technology as well as its environmental legacy. The intent is not to offer solutions to sustainability challenges but rather to improve the quality of discussion and enable informed, balanced debate.
The Mcgraw-Hill 36-Hour Course Product Development by
Learn the Secrets Behind World-Class Product Development In a world overloaded with new products and services, making a single offering stand out is a Herculean task. Or is it? Market leaders are developing innovative processes that all but guarantee the success of their new products--and now their secrets areavailable to you. The McGraw-Hill 36-Hour Course: Product Development gives you the critical edge in a product-saturated world. Presenting the most current marketing tools and best practices, it provides proven methods behind successful product development, along with case studies from the most creative companies of our time--Apple, Google, Cisco, Toyota, Pixar, and many others. In less than a week, you'll be an expert on: Creating a value proposition that motivates a customerto buy your new product Protecting intellectual property to sustain a competitive advantage Creating a budget and securing the capital you need Managing the design, fabrication, integration, anddelivery processes Master the essentials of product development Maximize your study time Measure your progress with chapter tests and a free online exam Earn a Certificate of Achievement online Designed as an easy, self-paced "course" complete with chapter-ending quizzes and an online final exam, The McGraw-Hill 36-Hour Course: Product Development puts you on the fast track to making your dream product a success.
New Product Development for Dummies by
The global consumer product market is exploding. In 2006 alone,150,000 new products were brought to market. Now for the bad news:of those, fewer than 5% were hits, and fewer than 15% will evenexist five years from now. Written for small business owners and entrepreneurs looking foran inside track on new product development, New ProductDevelopment for Dummies offers you a unique opportunity tolearn from two consummate insiders the secrets of successfullydeveloping, marketing and making a bundle from a new product orservice. You learn proven techniques for sizing up market potentialand divining customer needs. You get tested-in-the-trenchesstrategies for launching a new product or service. And you get afrank, in-depth appraisal of the most challenging issues facing newproduct developers today, including the need to collaborate withglobal partners, optimizing technology development for a21st century marketplace, getting start-up capital in anincreasingly competitive environment, and much more. Key topicscovered include: Developing a winning NPD strategy Generating bold new ideas for products and services Understanding what your customers really want Keeping projects on track, on budget, and on-time Building effective cross-functional teams Planning and executing a blockbuster launch Collaborating with global partners Maximizing your chances for success No matter what size or type of business you?re in, thisbook provides you with an unbeatable competitive advantage in thebooming global marketplace for new products and services.
Open innovation : new product development essentials from the PDMA by
A clear, practical guide to implementing Open Innovation for new product development Open Innovation: New Product Development Essentials from the PDMA is a comprehensive guide to the theory and practice of the Open Innovation method. Written by experts from the Product Development and Management Association, the book packages a collection of Open Innovation tools in a digestible and actionable format. Real-world case studies drawn from the authors' own successes and failures illustrate the concepts presented, providing accurate representation of the opportunities and challenges of Open Innovation implementation. Key tools are presented with a focus on immediate applications for business, allowing NPD professionals to easily discern where this cutting edge development method can push innovation forward. Open Innovation assumes that companies can and should use both internal and external ideas and paths to market, permeating the boundaries between firm and environment. Innovations transfer outward and inward through purchase, licensing, joint ventures, and spin-offs, allowing companies to expand beyond their own research and dramatically improve productivity through collaboration. PDMA Essentials provides practical guidance on exploiting the Open Innovation model to these ends, with clear guidance on all aspects of the new product development process. Topics include: Product platforming and idea competitions Customer immersion and interaction Collaborative product design and development Innovation networks, rewards, and incentives Many practitioners charged with innovation have only a vague understanding of the specific tools available for Open Innovation, and how they might be applied. As the marketplace shifts dramatically to keep pace with changing consumer behaviors, remaining relevant increasingly means ramping up innovation processes. PDMA Essentials provides the tools NPD practitioners need to implement a leading innovation method, and drive continued growth.
The PDMA Handbook of New Product Development by
The completely revised and updated "bible"of new product development: The PDMA Handbook of New Product Development, Second Edition. The PDMA Handbook of New Product Development, Second Edition provides a comprehensive, updated picture of what you as a manager need to know for effective new product development. The book's concise, map-like detail acts as a compass, offering practical information pertaining to every stage of the product development process -- from idea generation to launch to the end of the life cycle. Whether you're a novice or an expert, this edition is ideal as it provides both fundamentals and reliable information on advanced and emerging concepts such as accelerated product development, new product development globalization and benchmarking, and Web-based concept development.
Product Innovation by
Increasing pressures to produce new products faster and cheaper are resulting in huge efforts to streamline and restructure the traditional new product development (NPD) process. The purpose of the book is to describe, assess and apply the latest constructs, methods, techniques and processes to enable managers, professionals, and practitioners to be more effective in designing, developing and commercializing new products and services. It provides guidance and support in formulating and executing NPD programs for business practitioners and MBA students. The book is written from an Integrated Product Development (IPD) perspective, linking all aspects of marketing, costing and manufacturing into the development process even before the first prototype is built. It covers the advanced tools necessary to achieve this such as virtual prototyping and fully integrated business systems, and explains the changes needed to organizational structure and thinking.
Product Management for Dummies by
Your one-stop guide to becoming a product management prodigy Product management plays a pivotal role in organizations. In fact, it's now considered the fourth most important title in corporate America--yet only a tiny fraction of product managers have been trained for this vital position. If you're one of the hundreds of thousands of people who hold this essential job--or simply aspire to break into a new role--Product Management For Dummies gives you the tools to increase your skill level and manage products like a pro. From defining what product management is--and isn't--to exploring the rising importance of product management in the corporate world, this friendly and accessible guide quickly gets you up to speed on everything it takes to thrive in this growing field. It offers plain-English explanations of the product life cycle, market research, competitive analysis, market and pricing strategy, product roadmaps, the people skills it takes to effectively influence and negotiate, and so much more. Create a winning strategy for your product Gather and analyze customer and market feedback Prioritize and convey requirements to engineering teams effectively Maximize revenues and profitability Product managers are responsible for so much more than meets the eye--and this friendly, authoritative guide lifts the curtain on what it takes to succeed.
Export Product Management and Development
Welcome to the exciting course of EXPRMGT! In this subject you will be exposed to a variety of approaches in coming up with tangible project (product) proposal that you can use for your course capstone project or final academic requirement. Moreover, this subject will serve as a window of opportunities for you to discover the use of abundant local raw materials and explore ways of converting these resources to an exportable product – a practical and profitable contribution to the growth of Philippine export business today.
Agile product and project management : a step-by -step guide to building the right products by
Use this comprehensive Agile product and project management guide with real-world case studies and examples for self-learning or as a student textbook. Whether you are a CEO or a student, this book will take you from Agile delivery to team topology and product-market fit. Agile delivery is becoming a mainstream project management framework, increasing demand for an understanding of modern related concepts. Agile Product and Project Management covers IT delivery and project management basics while approaching IT as a customer-centric product delivery ecosystem. The book covers two major topics: building the RIGHT product and building the product RIGHT. Each chapter builds on the materials in the previous chapter. Terminology and exercises are introduced sequentially. The book takes you on a journey from identifying a product using Agile principles to delivering and iterating on this process, step-by-step. The final chapter provides practical advice on role-based interviews, career progression, professional certifications and affiliations, and communities of practice. You'll Learn The Objectives and Key Results (OKR) framework, which explains why every project has to align with organizational objectives and how these objectives are used to measure project success Agile (Scrum, Kanban, XP), Waterfall, and hybrid product and project management practices, and how to apply the "working backwards" framework from the customer to IT projects The Lean Startup framework of product design, based on the "build-measure-learn" feedback loop, and compared with Waterfall requirements gathering and project scope management Design Thinking and customer research practices The product backlog taxonomy (epic, user story, subtask, bug, etc.), prioritization techniques, ongoing backlog maintenance, and stakeholder communication Major aspects of IT delivery, including Agile teams, roles, frameworks, and success criteria Waterfall planning and Scrum, in detail, including its Sprint structure, artifacts, roles, and ceremonies (meetings) as well as a comparison of Agile scaling frameworks Case studies of modern technology leaders, from startups to FAANG Examples of release plans and delivery reports based on actual projects in a wide range of companies, ways to minimize technical debt, implement DevOps, and establish quality management practices for software products Effective ways of managing dependencies and delivering products that delight customers and made the Silicon Valley giants successful and allowed for rapid business growth Who This Book Is For Graduate students specializing in computer science, information systems, project management, and related management areas; practitioners seeking professional development; and project management professionals looking to grow their careers into Agile product and project management.
Design Thinking : New Product Development Essentials from the PDMA by
Develop a more systematic, human-centered, results-oriented thought process Design Thinking is the Product Development and Management Association's (PDMA) guide to better problem solving and decision-making in product development and beyond. The second in the New Product Development Essentials series, this book shows you how to bridge the gap between the strategic importance of design and the tactical approach of design thinking. You'll learn how to approach new product development from a fresh perspective, with a focus on systematic, targeted thinking that results in a repeatable, human-centered problem-solving process. Integrating high-level discussion with practical, actionable strategy, this book helps you re-tool your thought processes in a way that translates well beyond product development, giving you a new way to approach business strategy and more. Design is a process of systematic creativity that yields the most appropriate solution to a properly identified problem. Design thinking disrupts stalemates and brings logic to the forefront of the conversation. This book shows you how to adopt these techniques and train your brain to see the answer to any question, at any level, in any stage of the development process. Become a better problem-solver in every aspect of business Connect strategy with practice in the context of product development Systematically map out your new product, service, or business Experiment with new thought processes and decision making strategies You can't rely on old ways of thinking to produce the newest, most cutting-edge solutions. Product development is the bedrock of business --whether your "product" is a tangible object, a service, or the business itself -- and your approach must be consistently and reliably productive. Design Thinking helps you internalize this essential process so you can bring value to innovation and merge strategy with reality.
Digital Product Management by
With this practical guide, you'll learn how to understand the needs of external customers without requirements elicitation or sign-offs, the difference between customer and business value, and why you need to create both. You'll discover how to respond to changes in the market and the actions of competitors. You'll understand how to develop new products, launch them into the market, and how to deliver business outcomes through the maturity and eventual retirement of your product.
Global Production Networks : Operations Design and Management by
The phenomenon of globalization has increased in recent decades due to the opening of borders in Eastern Europe and the sudden emergence of other countries in the global trade economy. Yet, the process of becoming global to get access to growing markets or to achieve quality, service, and/or cost advantages from the reconfigured Value Chains is one
Lean Product Management : Successful products from fuzzy business ideas by
A guide to product management exploring the best practices: identifying the impact-driven product, planning for success, setting up and measuring time-bound metrics, and developing a lean product roadmap. Key Features Identifying Impact-Driven Products Investing in Key Business Outcomes Value mapping to maintain a lean product backlog Utilizing time-bound product metrics Eliminating process waste Book Description Lean Product Management is about finding the smartest way to build an Impact Driven Product that can deliver value to customers and meet business outcomes when operating under internal and external constraints. Author, Mangalam Nandakumar, is a product management expert, with over 17 years of experience in the field. Businesses today are competing to innovate. Cost is no longer the constraint, execution is. It is essential for any business to harness whatever competitive advantage they can, and it is absolutely vital to deliver the best customer experience possible. The opportunities for creating impact are there, but product managers have to improvise on their strategy every day in order to capitalize on them. This is the Agile battleground, where you need to stay Lean and be able to respond to abstract feedback from an ever shifting market. This is where Lean Product Management will help you thrive. Lean Product Management is an essential guide for product managers, and to anyone embarking on a new product development. Mangalam Nandakumar will help you to align your product strategy with business outcomes and customer impact. She introduces the concept of investing in Key Business Outcomes as part of the product strategy in order to provide an objective metric about which product idea and strategy to pursue. You will learn how to create impactful end-to-end product experiences by engaging stakeholders and reacting to external feedback. What you will learn How do you execute ideas that matter? How can you define the right success metrics? How can you plan for product success? How do you capture qualitative and quantitative insights about the product? How do you know whether your product aligns to desired business goals? What processes are slowing you down? Who this book is for If you are leading a team that is building a new product, then this book is for you. The book is targeted at product managers, functional leads in enterprises, business sponsors venturing into new product offerings, product development teams, and start-up founders.
The Mastery of Innovation : A Field Guide to Lean Product Development by
What do Ford Motor Company, Steelcase, Scania, Goodyear, Novo Nordisk, and Philips Electronics have in common? They all need to get their best ideas to market as fast as possible. They need to achieve the mastery of innovation.When these companies needed to accelerate time-to-market, get more new products to customers, and improve their ROI from in
Open Innovation : New Product Development Essentials from the PDMA by
A clear, practical guide to implementing Open Innovation for new product development Open Innovation: New Product Development Essentials from the PDMA is a comprehensive guide to the theory and practice of the Open Innovation method. Written by experts from the Product Development and Management Association, the book packages a collection of Open Innovation tools in a digestible and actionable format. Real-world case studies drawn from the authors' own successes and failures illustrate the concepts presented, providing accurate representation of the opportunities and challenges of Open Innovation implementation. Key tools are presented with a focus on immediate applications for business, allowing NPD professionals to easily discern where this cutting edge development method can push innovation forward. Open Innovation assumes that companies can and should use both internal and external ideas and paths to market, permeating the boundaries between firm and environment. Innovations transfer outward and inward through purchase, licensing, joint ventures, and spin-offs, allowing companies to expand beyond their own research and dramatically improve productivity through collaboration. PDMA Essentials provides practical guidance on exploiting the Open Innovation model to these ends, with clear guidance on all aspects of the new product development process. Topics include: Product platforming and idea competitions Customer immersion and interaction Collaborative product design and development Innovation networks, rewards, and incentives Many practitioners charged with innovation have only a vague understanding of the specific tools available for Open Innovation, and how they might be applied. As the marketplace shifts dramatically to keep pace with changing consumer behaviors, remaining relevant increasingly means ramping up innovation processes. PDMA Essentials provides the tools NPD practitioners need to implement a leading innovation method, and drive continued growth.
The PDMA Handbook of New Product Development by
New Product Development is one of the most important challenges facing organizations today. The Product Development and Management Association (PDMA) Handbook of New Product Development 3rd Edition provides an exceptional review of cutting edge topics for both new and experienced product development leaders. It offers a comprehensive and updated guide to the practices, processes and tools critical to achieving and sustaining new product/service development success in today's world, delivering valuable information about the fundamentals as well as emerging practices such as venturing, virtual product development and the use of social media in NPD. As the premier global advocate for professionals and organizations working in the fields of new product/service development, PDMA has assembled in the Handbook unique content on the critical aspects of product development success including its 2012 Best Practices Research, Lessons Learned from its Outstanding Corporate Innovator Award Winners and keys to success from organizations with proven innovation track records. The 3rd Edition is an essential reference for anyone with responsibility for product development activities, from novices looking for fundamentals to experts seeking insights on emerging concepts, and is relevant for all functions and all product/service industries.
Product Management for AI by
The increasing push to develop products that integrate AI puts the intersection of AI and product management into sharp focus. AI brings many challenges to traditional product management, including nondeterministic outcomes and the potential for bias against particular groups. These problems aren't insurmountable, but they're real, and they cause many projects to fail before they're deployed. In this report, authors Justin Norman, Pete Skomoroch, and Mike Loukides present four in-depth essays to help business leaders, AI specialists, and data scientists examine what makes AI different. Once you're familiar with the issues, you'll be better prepared to anticipate and solve the problems you face as you develop an AI project and shepherd it into production. Originally published in O'Reilly Radar, each of these essays provides helpful supporting examples. Essays include: "What You Need to Know about Product Management for AI," by Pete Skomoroch and Mike Loukides "Practical Skills for the AI Product Manager," by Pete Skomoroch, Mike Loukides, and Justin Norman "Bringing an AI Product to Market," by Pete Skomoroch, Mike Loukides, and Justin Norman "AI Product Management after Deployment," Mike Loukides and Justin Norman.
Product Management in Practice by
Product management has become a critical function for modern organizations, from small startups to corporate enterprises. And yet, the day-to-day work of product management remains largely misunderstood. In theory, product managers are high-flying visionaries who build products that people love. In practice, they're hard-working facilitators who bring clarity and focus to their teams. In this thoroughly revised and expanded edition, Matt LeMay provides real-world guidance for current and aspiring product managers. Updated for the era of remote and hybrid work, this book provides actionable answers to product management's most persistent and confounding questions, starting with: What exactly am I supposed to do all day? With this book, you'll learn: What the day-to-day work of product management entails--and how to excel at it Why no job title or description will resolve the ambiguity of your role How to bridge the false dichotomy between "strategy" and "execution" Why the temptation to focus on decks and documentation can be bad for your team (and for you) How to prioritize your time and pick your battles
Welcome to Export Services (EXSERVS)! This subject prepares you for exploiting business opportunities in the service sector. You will devise and construct means, tactics and methods to viably undertake marketing of services. As such, you will create strategies and approaches to ensure the continued profitability of your service export business. More importantly, you will discover services as an equally lucrative avenue to drive your company’s growth and profitability.
Export now : five keys to entering new markets by
Learn how your business can tap into foreign markets In Export Now, two international business experts revealthe secrets to taking your company global. Offering a real-lifestrategy that businesses of any size can use to expand their reacharound the world, this book is the ultimate guide to identifying,evaluating, and profiting from global opportunities. Essential reading for any company looking to expand abroad, thebook explains the five essentials of international growth. Allbusinesses know they need to get into new markets, but the lack offamiliarity, the cultural and language gaps, and the differences inbusiness practices can be intimidating?this book solves theseproblems, giving you everything you need to grow. The ultimate handbook for any business looking to goglobal Explains the five essentials of international expansion Written by two experts with years of experience building globalbusinesses around the world Guiding you through the how to's of going global, ExportNow is your one-stop resource for expanding your businessoverseas.
Global Marketing by
This textbook introduces students to the important concepts of global marketing today, and their managerial implications. Designed to be shorter than many other textbooks, Global Marketing focuses on getting to the point faster. Increasingly, marketing activities must be integrated at a global level. Yet, the enduring influence of culture requires marketers to adapt local strategies in light of cultural differences. Global Marketing takes a similar strategic approach, recognizing the need to address both the forces of globalization and those of localization. Other key features include: Coverage of often overlooked topics, such as the competitive rise of China's state-owned enterprises; the importance of diasporas as target markets; and the emerging threat to legitimate marketers from transnational criminal organizations A chapter dedicated to understanding global and local competitors, setting the stage for ongoing discussion of both buyers and competitors in an increasingly competitive global marketplace Extensive real-life examples and cases from developed and emerging markets, including insights into the often-overlooked markets of Africa, Latin America, and the Middle East Written in a student-friendly style, previous editions have received praise from both students and instructors. This edition continues to build on this strong foundation, making this the book of choice for students of global marketing classes.
Global Marketing Management System by
This is the second edition of the Global Marketing Management System (GMMS). The GMMS approach (GMMS book + GMMSO4 software) provides a rigorous theoretical base and a comprehensive, systematic and integrative planning process designed to guide students and managers alike through the decision-making process of a company seeking global market opportunities.The book aims to provide a structure, platform, tools and a systematic step-by-step process designed to support the creation of a strategic and applied oriented methodology to global business planning and strategy formulation. It introduces the GMMS process as a demonstration of a successful application of using web-based tools in teaching international business. The book also facilitates the ability of students to enhance their understanding of decision making in international management and bridge the gap between theory and practice.
Import / Export Kit for Dummies by
Your easy-to-follow primer on the exciting world ofimport/export With an increased focus on global trade, this new edition ofImport/Export Kit For Dummies provides entrepreneurs andsmall- to mid-sized businesses with the critical, entry-pointinformation they need to begin exporting their products around theworld?as well as importing goods to sell. Inside, you'll findthe most up-to-date information on trade regulations, where to turnfor additional guidance on seamlessly navigating the dreaded redtape, and much more. With significant changes in technology, expanding economics, andinternational trade agreements, the global marketplace continues togrow and change rapidly. In fact, companies that do businessinternationally are proven to grow faster and fail less often thancompanies that don't. This authoritative reference is packed witheverything you need to get started, so why not get in on the gamewhile the going is good? Gets you up to speed on the lingo of internationalbusiness Shows you how to follow guidelines for developing a successfulbusiness and marketing plan Helps you understand distributor and agent agreementoutlines Offers unprecedented insight on pinpointing the right marketsfor your import/export business Importing and exporting goods is a valuable way to expand yourbusiness and take part in the global economy, and this hands-on,friendly guide shows you how.
International business : competing in the global marketplace by
Charles Hill draws on his experience in teaching, writing, and global consulting to create an up-to-date, thought-provoking text on international business. Many issues in international business are complex, so, the text explores the pros and cons of economic theories, government policies, business strategies, organizational structures, etc.
International Marketing by
Pioneers in the field, Cateora, Gilly, and Graham continue to set the standard in this 18th edition of International Marketing with their well-rounded perspective of international markets that encompass history, geography, language, and religion as well as economics, which helps students see the cultural and environmental uniqueness of any nation or region. The dynamic nature of the international marketplace is reflected in the number of substantially improved and expanded topics in this 18th, including the following over 100 new academic articles and their findings. All data, text, photos and images have been updated for currency, as has the corresponding content within McGraw-Hill Education's Connect with adaptive SmartBook. Additional updates include: NEW Cases: New cases accompany the 18e, enlivening the material in the book and class discussions while broadening a student's critical thinking skills. These cases bring forth many of the topics discussed in the chapters and demonstrate how these concepts are dealt with in the real world. These cases can be assigned in Connect and SmartBook. Optionally, a case booklet can be create using McGraw-Hill CREATE. Crossing Borders Boxes: These invaluable boxes offer anecdotal company examples. These entertaining examples are designed to encourage critical thinking and guide students through topics ranging from ethical to cultural to global issues facing marketers today. 4-Color Design: New color maps and exhibits allow for improved pedagogy and a clearer presentation of international symbols and cultural meanings in marketing and advertising. In addition, photos that depend on full color for maximum impact easily bring many global examples to life.
International Trade in Goods by
For a couple of years, more and more micro-econometric studies in international trade use data on exports and imports on goods that are based on transaction level data collected by the customs. These data cover detailed information on the goods traded, its value, its weight, and the country of destination (for exports) or origin (for imports). In contrast to data from surveys of firms that were used in empirical studies in the past, these data do not only focus on 'who trades and how much', but also on 'who trades how much of which goods of which value and which weight with firms from which countries'. These transaction data have been used in empirical studies that shed light on various aspects of trade in goods for the first time. This book contains a comprehensive survey of the international literature and selected studies that report results for Germany, the third largest exporter and importer of goods in the world market.
Introduction to Global Business by
The global business environment is rapidly changing due to shifts in geopolitical alliances, active support of global international institutions in promoting market-oriented economic reforms, and advances in the development and use of information technology. INTRODUCTION TO GLOBAL BUSINESS, 2e addresses these challenges by providing a comprehensive analysis of the global business environment and lays the foundation for the functional tools used to better prepare you to manage the global business landscape. The text flows smoothly and clearly from concept to application, asking you to apply those learning skills into real-world personal and professional applications. The specialized author team introduces globalization through unparalleled scholarship and a world-view presentation of the fundamental pillars of the global business environment -- culture, ethics, economics, and information technology. Ensure that you understand the procedures and concepts you need to know with MindTap for INTRODUCTION TO GLOBAL BUSINESS. MindTap, an online course management and learning system, combines the best of current technology to save time in planning and managing your course and assignments.
Key skills for professionals : how to succeed in professional services by
Key Skills for Professionals will help you understand and develop the skills you need to be truly professional in a fiercely competitive environment. The areas covered in this book are useful not only to those qualifying for a profession but also for those people who are already working in a professional services business. Practising and demonstrating these skills effectively will help you in your day-to-day work, and could enhance your career progression. Based on their knowledge, experience and expertise, the authors first explain the theory and applicability of each skill area and then provide practical and realistic advice as to how to apply those skills in the working environment on a daily basis. Each chapter explains appropriate management tools and theories in plain language using practical exercises, realistic and relevant case studies and tools for analysing self-awareness, communication styles, financial and commercial awareness and effective writing. The book also contains useful summaries and ideas for further reading.
Marketing Plans for Services by
Marketing Plans for Services, Third Edition is written in a pragmatic, action-orientated style and each chapter has examples of marketing planning in practice. The authors highlight key misunderstandings about marketing and the nature of services and relationship marketing. The marketer is taken step-by-step through the key phases of the marketing planning process and alerted to the barriers that can prevent a service organization being successful in introducing marketing planning. Practical frameworks and techniques are suggested for undertaking the marketing planning process and implementing the principles covered. The world renowned authors also tackle key organizational aspects relating to marketing planning which can have a profound impact on its ultimate effectiveness. These include: marketing intelligence systems; market research; organization development stages; marketing orientation. Marketing Plans for Services is for marketers in the service sector and students of marketing. "Marketing Plans for Services is clearly the premier text in the field. From an explanation of 'why' services are driving all marketing activities to 'measuring the results', and all things in between, this new and updated text explains why and how 'services' are the key elements for most all 21st century organizations. Follow the masters of service marketing to marketplace success." Professor Don Schultz, Northwestern University "McDonald, Frow and Payne have worked extensively with a wide range of service businesses across the globe in successfully realising their growth opportunities. This experience shows in this practical text which contains all one needs to know in developing and implementing successful marketing plans for service organizations. This book represents a tested roadmap for planning services marketing success and combines an excellent balance of key concepts, frameworks and tools with practical advice. Their proven step-by-step marketing planning system for services and the examples of marketing plans make this a 'must have' book that should be on the desk of any forward-thinking services marketer." Mark Veyret, Global Business Development Leader, PricewaterhouseCoopers "Marketing planning is crucial today where increased competition, complexity and the internet forces you to redefine your marketing strategy and focus more clearly on what is required to achieve improved results. If not, you will not succeed in meeting these challenges. McDonald, Frow and Payne are internationally recognized authorities in marketing planning and services marketing. Based on their extensive experience across in helping organizations from a wide range of service sectors, this book gives you the practical 'how to' skills to successfully implement strategic marketing plans." Bob Barker, Vice President of Corporate Marketing and Digital Engagement, Alterian
Mastering Import and Export Management by
With billions of dollars generated annually, importing and exporting is a potentially lucrative arena for growth--and a bewildering tangle of rules and regulations. Packed with hundreds of cost-effective strategies, ready-to-use forms, and valuable checklists, the second edition of Mastering Import & Export Management explains how to efficiently--and legally--navigate the complex world of international trade. From the big picture of pinpointing the best markets to the nitty-gritty of packing a container, this sweeping guide examines how to spot potential risks, apply quality control procedures, prepare documentation accurately, and more. This revised and updated edition addresses how best to handle recent crises like the earthquakes and tsunami in Japan, the economic downturn, or political instability in countries like Egypt, Tunisia, Bahrain, and Libya. It also covers every newcompliance and security regulation, as well as evolving best practices, including: * C-TPAT guidelines * Incoterms * In-house compliance programs * Freight cost-reduction tips * Beefed-up TSA regulations * Improved technology options * President Obama's new export initiatives. It's an indispensable resource for today's complex and changing global marketplace.
Principles of services marketing by
Covering management of the service counter and recovery from service failure, customer care, and information as a source of competitive advantage, this text is introduced by a discussion of the difference between goods and service marketing.
Reboot : probably more than you ever wanted to know about starting a global business by
Shoes of Prey launched in 2009. It allowed people to design their dream shoes online, get them expertly manufactured, and have them shipped to anywhere in the world within two weeks. The startup broke even at two months, hit multi-million dollar revenues in under two years, raised tens of millions in funding from top-tier investors and shipped to more than 100 countries. All the metrics pointed to huge scalability. To a huge business. To a huge success. But it didn't succeed. In 2018 the business failed. And this is that story. Reboot tells the truth of what it is like to be at the helm of a global business. From the high highs of besting Karl Lagerfeld on global awards to the low lows of closing the doors on your dream, join author Jodie Fox on a raw journey as she reveals for the first time the story behind the story of fashion darling Shoes of Prey. This incredible ride will share lessons on raising capital, building a brand, finding suppliers, doing business in China and, most importantly, how to learn and grow from your successes and your mistakes and be ready every day to reboot for the next challenge.
Service Management by
Over 75% of graduates currently find work in the service industries, but there are very few books that deal specifically with the subject of service management. This third edition of Services Management provides a comprehensive insight into the industry and its' importance in today's economies. The book is based on three central strands of services management: customers, employees and operations. The final part of the book addresses the issue of performance management and service strategy. Based on a series of research workshops with academics and practitioners at the Service Management Centre, De Vlerick School of Management, University of Ghent, the authors have produced in-depth case studies and survey research to help students to develop a thorough understanding of the specific challenges and issues of service management today. Services Management third edition is ideal for Service Management students within a Business or Tourism degree, but also of great interest to operations, management, marketing and general business students
Service Management and Marketing by
Written by a leading pioneer in the field, the revised and updated fourth edition of this successful text examines service management and management in service competition from the point of view of the service profit logic. It focuses on adopting service logic in the management of service firms as well as of product manufacturers which want to become service providers. With a wide base of examples, Christian Grönroos draws on decades of experience to explain how to manage any organization as a service business and move closer to current and future customers. Service logic and service management are all about customer-focused outside-in management, using current academic research and business practice to make organizations more successful in the service-based economy. The author has created a unique set of YouTube video lectures, one per chapter, to enhance the chapter topics and further bring the concepts to life: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ok5aU-aB3VI&list=PLGI2ZA6GM9FsuxR0RV9VATJjLfPEzQVh- nbsp;
Services marketing by
This text is well known for its authoritative presentation and strong instructor support. The new 6th edition continues to deliver on this promise. Contemporary services marketing concepts and techniques are presented in an Australian and Asia-Pacific context. In this edition, the very latest ideas in the subject are brought to life with new and updated case studies covering the competitive world of services marketing. New design features and a greater focus on Learning Objectives in each chapter make this an even better guide to Services Marketing for students. The strategic marketing framework gives instructors maximum flexibility in teaching.
Services Marketing by
With the rise in deregulated service-based economies in developed countries over the last forty years, an understanding of the marketing of services is essential to the marketing student, researcher, and practitioner. This four-volume collection is structured around the evolution of services marketing scholarship from 1970 to the present, giving an unprecedented, detailed account of the relationship between the theory and practice of services marketing and the changing social, economic, and technical environments over time.Each volume takes a distinct time period and theme as its subject. Volumes one to three offer the last word on services marketing research of the 20th century, with volume four looking towards a unified marketing approach for the current century.Volume 1 treats the evolutionary stages of research that established the credibility of services marketing.Volume 2 treats the period in which service marketing became recognized as a sub-discipline of marketing, with its own boundaries and debates.Volume 3 treats the scholarship of the late twentieth-century which started to foreshadow changing consumer experiences brought about by technology.Volume 4 treats the service-dominant logic of marketing with a focus on the debates seeking to eliminate the division between business-to-business marketing and business-to-consumer marketing.
Services Marketing by
Examine the use of services marketing as a competitive tool from a uniquely broad perspective with SERVICES MARKETING: CONCEPTS, STRATEGIES, AND CASES, 5E. Using a reader-friendly, streamlined structure, this book explores services marketing not only as an essential focus for service firms, but also as a competitive advantage for companies that market tangible products. Real examples feature businesses from industries both within and beyond the nine service economy supersectors: education and health services, financial activities, government, information, leisure and hospitality, professional and business services, transportation and utilities, wholesale and retail trade, and "other services." Cutting-edge data addresses current issues, such as sustainability, technology, and the global market, give you valuable insights for business success. A new online format additional features and flexibility to keep you up to date with the latest advances.
Services marketing : integrating customer focus across the firm by 
Services marketing : people, technology, strategy by
This comprehensive text provides a managerial overview of services by combining conceptual rigor with practical applications.
Services Marketing Interactive Approach by
Interactive Services Marketing covers the essentials of services marketing--with particular emphasis on the theater model and the impact of technology. The text features a dynamic approach to human interactions--both in face-to-face communication and in connections through technology. The Third Edition focuses on interactions in service environments. The concise text is fully supported by a robust web site, enabling instructors to reinforce the emphasis on technology and allowing students to interact with both the printed text and online material. Pedagogical tools include chapter-opening vignettes, margin notes, end-of-chapter summaries and conclusions, exercises, and Internet activities. Available with InfoTrac® Student Collections http://gocengage.com/infotrac.
Welcome to Export Services (EXSERVS)! This subject prepares you for exploiting business opportunities in the service sector. You will devise and construct means, tactics and methods to viably undertake marketing of services. As such, you will create strategies and approaches to ensure the continued profitability of your service export business. More importantly, you will discover services as an equally lucrative avenue to drive your company’s growth and profitability.
Exporting : key considerations for international business growth : products, communication, brands, trade shows, channels, culture, and cash by
This book equips readers to optimize genuine export opportunities. Globalization or international development is more vital than ever for business survival, let alone growth. This book equips readers to optimize genuine export opportunities. It addresses the fears and risks associated with exporting and reassures readers that international growth is available to any business that conducts in-depth research, adopts the right attitude, and develops a comprehensive strategy. Readers are challenged to consider seven key business considerations facing them when seeking success in export markets: product and service adaptation, comprehensive communication, portable protected branding, high-performance tradeshows, optimized go-to-market channels, fit-for-purpose internal organization, and controlled effective cashflow. This concise book serves time-starved small to medium enterprise (SME) entrepreneurs, owners, and directors in any industry anywhere in the world who seek international or global development and those studying or teaching international business.
Exporting Services by
The past two decades have seen exciting changes with developing countries emerging as exporters of services. Technological developments now make it easier to trade services across borders. But other avenues are being exploited: tourists visit not just to sightsee but also to be treated and educated, service providers move abroad under innovative new schemes, and some developing countries defy traditional notions by investing abroad in services.'Exporting Services: A Developing Country Perspective' takes a brave approach, combining exploratory econometric analysis with detailed case studies of representative countries: Brazil, Chile, the Arab Republic of Egypt, India, Kenya, Malaysia, and the Philippines. Two questions lead the analysis: How did these developing countries succeed in exporting services? What policy mix was successful and what strategies did not deliver the expected results? The analysis evaluates the role of three sets of factors: First, the fundamentals, which include a country's factor endowments, infrastructure, and institutional quality; second, policies affecting trade, investment, and labor mobility in services; and third, proactive policies in services designed to promote exports or investment. The case studies illustrate the complex nature of reforms and policy making in the service sector as well as the benefits of well-implemented reforms. Although success seems to be explained by a set of conditions that are difficult to replicate, common features can also be identified. Several countries have adopted policies to support exports, especially exports of information technology-related services. This resource will be valuable for policy makers, experts, and academics who are engaged in efforts to reform service and investment policies in their own country.
Export now : five keys to entering new markets by
Learn how your business can tap into foreign markets In Export Now, two international business experts revealthe secrets to taking your company global. Offering a real-lifestrategy that businesses of any size can use to expand their reacharound the world, this book is the ultimate guide to identifying,evaluating, and profiting from global opportunities. Essential reading for any company looking to expand abroad, thebook explains the five essentials of international growth. Allbusinesses know they need to get into new markets, but the lack offamiliarity, the cultural and language gaps, and the differences inbusiness practices can be intimidating?this book solves theseproblems, giving you everything you need to grow. The ultimate handbook for any business looking to goglobal Explains the five essentials of international expansion Written by two experts with years of experience building globalbusinesses around the world Guiding you through the how to's of going global, ExportNow is your one-stop resource for expanding your businessoverseas.
The Future of Global Business by
In the fast-paced world of global business, success is marked by the ability to stay on top of currents events, to recognize new trends, and　to react quickly to　change. This book offers contributions by global marketing authorities to help you understand this rapidly changing international environment and respond to opportunities and perils.　 Editors Michael R. Czinkota and Ilkka A. Ronkainen use their years of experience in policy, business, and academia to provide these readings noted for their currency, relevancy, and scholarly depth.
Global innovation : developing your business for a global market by
Companies planning to expand their export business base or to enter international markets for the first time need to focus their strengths and match them with market opportunities. The process of interaction, integration between people, companies, governments and nations is driven by international trade and investment, which in turn is aided by technology and innovation. A company's success is likely to be founded or reinforced by innovation which will need to be protected and supported by expert advice or partnerships. Global Innovation offers encouragement to innovators, advice on essential preparation for exporters and export strategy including a five-point approach to identifying priority markets. The book is spilt into three parts: Part One: ENCOURAGING INNOVATORS Part Two: PREPARING TO EXPORT Part Three: ADDRESSING TARGET MARKETS. The book also includes details of priority markets for export such as United States, France, Japan, Germany, China and more. With foreword by Chris Southworth, Secretary General, ICC United Kingdom and contribution from key industry experts such as Coventry University, Basck, BExA, Patentgate, TAIO, and Chartered Institute of Procurement and Supply to name a few, this is an indispensable guide for business to expand their goods, services, process and IP's into the global market.
Global Trade in Services : Fear, Facts and Offshoring by
The service sector is large and growing. Additionally, international trade in services is growing rapidly. Yet there is a dearth of empirical research on the size, scope and potential impact of services trade. The underlying source of this gap is well-known-official statistics on the service sector in general, and trade in services in particular, lack the level of detail available for the manufacturing sector in many dimensions. Because services are such a large and important component of the US economy, understanding the implications of increased trade in services is crucial to the trade liberalization agenda going forward. In this path-breaking book, J. Bradford Jensen conducts primary research using a range of data sources to produce the most detailed and robust portrait available on the size, scope, and potential impact of trade in services on the US economy. Jensen presents new evidence on the prevalence of service firm participation in international trade. He finds that, in spite of US comparative advantage in service activities, service firms' export participation lags manufacturing firms. Jensen evaluates the impediments to services trade and finds evidence that there is considerable room for liberalization-especially among the large, fast-growing developing economies. The policy recommendations coming out of this path-breaking study are quite clear. The United States should not fear trade in services. It should be pushing aggressively for services trade liberalization. Because other advanced economies have similar comparative advantage in service, the United States should make common cause with the European Union and other advanced economies to encourage the large, fast-growing developing economies to liberalize their service sectors through multilateral negotiations in the General Agreement on Trade in Services and the Government Procurement Agreement. Jensen notes that the coming global infrastructure building boom is of historic proportions and provides an enormous opportunity for US service firms if the proper policies are in place. Increased trade in services might help rebalance the global economy, and both developed and developing economies would benefit from the productivity-enhancing reallocation brought by increased trade in services.
The Indonesian economy : trade and industrial policies by
Against the backdrop of growing anti-globalisation sentiments and increasing fragmentation of the production process across countries, this book addresses how the Indonesian economy should respond and how Indonesia should shape its trade and industrial policies in this new world trade environment. The book introduces evaluation not on tariffs but on new trade instruments such as non-tariff measures (SPS, TBT, export measures and beyond border measures), and looks at industrial policies from a broader perspective such as investment, accessing inputs, labour, services, research and innovation policies. "The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/10.4324/9781315161976, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license."
Innovation and Export by
The concepts of innovation and export are traditionally considered in isolation, both within companies and within the support organizations dedicated to them. As a result, within this broad research field, very little academic work has focused on how to implement their relationship at an operational level. This book proposes a joint diagnostic tool for SMEs, highlighting good practices to be mastered in order to simultaneously improve innovation and export performance, in the form of a virtuous circle. Innovation and Export focuses on the integration of innovation and export into the strategic management of SMEs, for which the use of synergies is a powerful lever to overcome any difficulties in mobilizing significant resources.
In Search for the Soul of International Business by
A New World Order has begun for trade and globalization. Inundated with constant information, new concepts, and endless data, individuals are caught in the whirlwind of a fast-paced world, often without the ability to stop and think, particularly when it comes to issues of the soul. I consider the soul the center of our activities and inspirations. If one says of an individual, "his soul has left him," one connotes death. This also will apply to societies and corporations. Are we willing to permit the gradual march toward solitude with all the accompanying sharp cutting edges? Will the balloon go up? The reader can judge. I hope to supply the content here. With a foreword by Ambassador Laszlo Szabo, a preface by the Rev. Horkan, and the humorous yet pensive illustrations by award-winning cartoonist David Clark, this book increases one's ability to gain a comprehensive understanding of the most pressing international business and trade issues that the world faces today.
International Business in a VUCA World by
'IB theory and IB theorists have a long way to go to produce clarity of analysis, clear policy prescriptions and guidance for managers in a world where VUCA factors seem to be increasingly bedevilling the world of theory, managerial practice and public policy.' - Peter Buckley (in this volume) This fourteenth volume in the PIBR series is dedicated to Professor Peter Buckley, OBE, whose creative contributions to IB theory and practice over many decades are unmatched. His scientific oeuvre has continued to grow, both in depth and breadth, and reflects an evolving level of scholarly resilience that has kept pace with the increasing Volatility, Uncertainty, Complexity and Ambiguity (VUCA) characteristics of the modern environment of international business. The VUCA dimensions of the business environment that face both managers and policy makers are amplified by a wide variety of unpredictable social, economic, political and technological forces, such as: inter alia, the (post-great-recession) rise of populism; growing anti-European sentiment in the European Union; increasing protectionism; a slowdown in growth of emerging markets; the rise of the digital economy, and many more. These trends affect the competitive position of nations and firms. The present volume focuses on the threats and opportunities created by the VUCA-trends for multinational enterprises (MNEs), small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs), and international new ventures (INVs), along the following five headings: IB scholarship in a VUCA world. New Perspectives on the Interplay between Firms and the Non-Market. New Governance Challenges in International Business. New Contexts for Newly Internationalizing Firms. Contemporary Management Perspectives in IB Research.
Key skills for professionals : how to succeed in professional services by
Key Skills for Professionals will help you understand and develop the skills you need to be truly professional in a fiercely competitive environment. The areas covered in this book are useful not only to those qualifying for a profession but also for those people who are already working in a professional services business. Practising and demonstrating these skills effectively will help you in your day-to-day work, and could enhance your career progression. Based on their knowledge, experience and expertise, the authors first explain the theory and applicability of each skill area and then provide practical and realistic advice as to how to apply those skills in the working environment on a daily basis. Each chapter explains appropriate management tools and theories in plain language using practical exercises, realistic and relevant case studies and tools for analysing self-awareness, communication styles, financial and commercial awareness and effective writing. The book also contains useful summaries and ideas for further reading.
Marketing Plans for Services by
Marketing Plans for Services, Third Edition is written in a pragmatic, action-orientated style and each chapter has examples of marketing planning in practice. The authors highlight key misunderstandings about marketing and the nature of services and relationship marketing. The marketer is taken step-by-step through the key phases of the marketing planning process and alerted to the barriers that can prevent a service organization being successful in introducing marketing planning. Practical frameworks and techniques are suggested for undertaking the marketing planning process and implementing the principles covered. The world renowned authors also tackle key organizational aspects relating to marketing planning which can have a profound impact on its ultimate effectiveness. These include: marketing intelligence systems; market research; organization development stages; marketing orientation. Marketing Plans for Services is for marketers in the service sector and students of marketing. "Marketing Plans for Services is clearly the premier text in the field. From an explanation of 'why' services are driving all marketing activities to 'measuring the results', and all things in between, this new and updated text explains why and how 'services' are the key elements for most all 21st century organizations. Follow the masters of service marketing to marketplace success." Professor Don Schultz, Northwestern University "McDonald, Frow and Payne have worked extensively with a wide range of service businesses across the globe in successfully realising their growth opportunities. This experience shows in this practical text which contains all one needs to know in developing and implementing successful marketing plans for service organizations. This book represents a tested roadmap for planning services marketing success and combines an excellent balance of key concepts, frameworks and tools with practical advice. Their proven step-by-step marketing planning system for services and the examples of marketing plans make this a 'must have' book that should be on the desk of any forward-thinking services marketer." Mark Veyret, Global Business Development Leader, PricewaterhouseCoopers "Marketing planning is crucial today where increased competition, complexity and the internet forces you to redefine your marketing strategy and focus more clearly on what is required to achieve improved results. If not, you will not succeed in meeting these challenges. McDonald, Frow and Payne are internationally recognized authorities in marketing planning and services marketing. Based on their extensive experience across in helping organizations from a wide range of service sectors, this book gives you the practical 'how to' skills to successfully implement strategic marketing plans." Bob Barker, Vice President of Corporate Marketing and Digital Engagement, Alterian
Mastering Import and Export Management by
With billions of dollars generated annually, importing and exporting is a potentially lucrative arena for growth--and a bewildering tangle of rules and regulations. Packed with hundreds of cost-effective strategies, ready-to-use forms, and valuable checklists, the second edition of Mastering Import & Export Management explains how to efficiently--and legally--navigate the complex world of international trade. From the big picture of pinpointing the best markets to the nitty-gritty of packing a container, this sweeping guide examines how to spot potential risks, apply quality control procedures, prepare documentation accurately, and more. This revised and updated edition addresses how best to handle recent crises like the earthquakes and tsunami in Japan, the economic downturn, or political instability in countries like Egypt, Tunisia, Bahrain, and Libya. It also covers every newcompliance and security regulation, as well as evolving best practices, including: * C-TPAT guidelines * Incoterms * In-house compliance programs * Freight cost-reduction tips * Beefed-up TSA regulations * Improved technology options * President Obama's new export initiatives. It's an indispensable resource for today's complex and changing global marketplace.
Service Marketing in Ghana by
Service Marketing in Ghana focuses on important service and customer management themes like the nature of services and their marketing challenges, challenges to the attainment of customer-oriented business cultures in Ghana, the building of business-to-business relationships, development of service marketing strategies; as well as knowing, assessing and managing your customers. The book provides important tips on raising the customer orientation culture of all businesses operating in Ghana. The book is written for junior, mid-level and senior management personnel across all organisations and business associations in Ghana; and Africa. It is also written for students who aspire to be practising managers one day. It is a must read and is especially highly recommended for professionals in diverse sectors aspiring to become service champions. Sectors that are likely to benefit from the book include the NGO community, banking, ICT, education, engineering, hospitality, manufacturing, health, public administration, public sector, insurance, aviation, microfinance, shipping, postal and courier services. Service Marketing in Ghana, a maiden publication of the Centre for Sustainability and Enterprise Development at the University of Ghana Business School, is jointly published with Adonis & Abbey Publishers (London).
Services for trade competitiveness by
Recognizing that services affect the ability of countries and their firms to compete on international markets, the World Bank’s Trade and Regional Integration Unit has developed an extensive work program to promote the performance of countries’ domestic services sectors, including services trade. Services for Trade Competitiveness presents selected applications of new methodologies that were developed to assess the competitiveness of countries’ services sectors, discern the types of barriers to services that exist in the regulatory environment, and identify the resulting policy implications. Its assessments are designed for a wide audience, including policy makers in developing countries and development practitioners in international organizations, policy-making institutions, and academia. The purpose of this book is to help developing countries make informed policy choices to increase their chances of benefiting from the increasing prominence of services in international trade.
Management Accounting offers real world tools for decision making within the context of entrepreneurial and organizational strategy. Both financial and non -financial information is integrated for better strategic, organizational and operational decisions. The course objective is to offer today’s managers’ effective tools to use comparatively when considering alternative strategies and making decisions in keeping an entity competitive.
Analysis for financial management by 
Basic finance : an introduction to financial institutions, investments, and management by
Combing up-to-the-minute coverage with best practices from the field, BASIC FINANCE: AN INTRODUCTION TO FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS, INVESTMENTS, AND MANAGEMENT, 12Eillustrates how all three primary aspects of finance -- investments, financial institutions, and corporate finance -- are interrelated to give you a solid foundation in the essentials of finance. Extremely reader friendly, each chapter offers a concise, self-contained treatment of specific concepts or institutions. Comprehensive coverage of time value of money uses equations, interest tables, and financial calculator keystrokes to ensure your understanding of this key topic that permeates finance. In addition, numerous hands-on problems, financial calculation illustrations, an Excel appendix, and the MindTap digital solution help you put what you learn into practice and maximize your success.
Contemporary Financial Management by
Packed with current examples from companies you know, CONTEMPORARY FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT, 14e, equips you with the knowledge and skills to enhance enterprise value, manage risk, and effectively manage cash flow. Completely up to date with the latest developments from the field, the text explores the international aspects of financial management, the ethical behavior of managers, the unique finance-related concerns of entrepreneurs, and the effects of the 2008-2009 recession. Chapter-opening "Financial Challenges," integrative cases, and other learning features highlight critical concepts and enable you to apply what you learn to real-world practice. Excel templates allow you to use technology to achieve financial management objectives.
Contemporary Financial Management (with Thomson ONE - Business School Edition 6-Month Printed Access Card) by
This successful text provides a comprehensive and contemporary introduction to financial management, focusing on value creation, risk management, and effectively managing cash flows, the international aspects of financial management, the ethical context of managerial decision-making, and the increased impact of the Internet in business practice. Content has been added or enhanced to reflect the effects of the 2008-2009 recession on companies and investors.
Essentials of financial management by 
Financial Management by
This book combines the fundamentals of finance with relevance and effectiveness. It allows for the practice of this subject and covers all the programs of business schools, universities' finance courses, and engineering schools. This book is a relevant tool to acquire all the knowledge required for examination success and the achievement of proven practical competences.
Financial Management by
The only text to strike a balance between solid financial theory and practical applications, Brigham/Ehrhardt�s FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND PRACTICE, 15e gives you a thorough understanding of the essential concepts you need to develop and implement effective financial strategies. The book begins with a presentation of corporate finance fundamentals before progressing to discussions of specific techniques used to maximize the value of a firm. It also explores the recent financial and economic crises and the role of finance in the business world. With its relevant and engaging presentation, numerous examples, and emphasis on Excel usage, this text serves as a complete reference tool for you in your academic or business career. The 15th edition is also available with MindTap Finance to help you to become First in Finance.
Financial management : theory and practice by 
Foundations of financial management by 
Fundamentals of Financial Management by
Gain a focused understanding of today's corporate finance and financial management with the market-leading approach in Brigham/Houston's FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT, CONCISE EDITION, 8E. This book's unique balance of clear concepts, contemporary theory, and practical applications helps readers better understand the concepts and reasons behind corporate budgeting, financing, and working capital decision making. Numerous practical examples, proven end-of-chapter applications, and Integrated Cases demonstrate theory in action, while Excel® Spreadsheet Models help readers master this software tool. It's a book designed to put each reader first in finance.
Fundamentals of Financial Management by
Updated with the latest trends, developments, and practices from the field, Brigham/Houston's FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT, 15e equips you with a thorough understanding of today's corporate finance and financial management. This longtime market leader offers insight into federal debt, the ongoing recovery of financial markets, and other emerging issues straight from today's headlines. Clear explanations and real-world examples help you understand the "what" and the "why" of corporate budgeting, financing, working capital decision making, forecasting, valuation, and Time Value of Money, while hands-on exercises, cases, Excel Spreadsheet Models, and digital resources like MindTap let you put theory into action.
Fundamentals of Financial Management by
Updated with the latest trends, developments, and practices from the field, Brigham/Houston's FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT, 15e equips you with a thorough understanding of today's corporate finance and financial management. This longtime market leader offers insight into federal debt, the ongoing recovery of financial markets, and other emerging issues straight from today's headlines. Clear explanations and real-world examples help you understand the "what" and the "why" of corporate budgeting, financing, working capital decision making, forecasting, valuation, and Time Value of Money, while hands-on exercises, cases, Excel Spreadsheet Models, and digital resources like MindTap let you put theory into action.
Intermediate Financial Management by
The only book written specifically for Intermediate or Advanced Corporate Finance courses, Brigham/Daves' INTERMEDIATE FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT, 12E couples in-depth discussions of core issues with current coverage of the topics that are reshaping finance today. This comprehensive, student-friendly text from trusted finance authors Gene Brigham and Phillip Daves provides a unique balance of theory and practical applications to help you understand the financial problems facing businesses--and the best solutions. The authors use corporate valuation as a unifying theme to emphasize the theoretic groundwork for value maximization and the practical skills to analyze business decisions. Real-world business examples, integrated Mini-Cases, end-of-chapter problems, and Excel spreadsheet models illustrate how financial theory in practice leads to stronger financial decisions.
International Financial Management by
This new and fully updated edition of International Financial Management blends theory, data analysis, examples and practical case situations to equip students and business leaders with the analytical tools they need to make informed financial decisions and manage the risks that businesses face in today's competitive global environment. Combining theory and practice, the authors offer the reader a multitude of real-world examples and case studies, emphasising fundamental concepts, principles and analytical theories to enable students to understand not only what to do when confronted with an international financial decision, but why that choice is the correct one. Features include: real data analysis - all fully updated for the third edition; extended cases illustrating practical application of theory; point-counterpoints offering insight into contentious issues; concept boxes that explore and illustrate key concepts; and end-of-chapter questions. Suitable for M.B.A and advanced undergraduate business students taking a course in international financial management or international finance.
International financial management by
Designed for students taking courses in international finance, international finance management, multinational finance and multinational financial management, this book offers a variety of real-life examples, both numerical and institutional, that demonstrate the use of financial analysis and reasoning in solving international financial problems.
International Financial Management by
Coupling in-depth coverage of essential theory with practical applications, Madura's INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT, 13e, builds on the fundamental principles of corporate finance to provide the timely information and contemporary insights you need to prosper in today's global business environment. This best-seller introduces international finance with a focus on the important role that modern multinational corporations play in global commerce and discusses a wide range of managerial topics using a strong corporate perspective. Clear explanations, real-world applications, relevant examples, self-tests, and hands-on applications help you maximize your course success. In addition, MindTap Finance enables you to connect with your instructor, organize coursework, and access a range of study tools, including an e-book and apps -- all in one place.
International financial management by 
International Financial Management by
International Financial Management provides students with a foundation for analysis that will serve them well in their careers ahead. The decision-making process is presented through the text with the goal of teaching students how to make informed managerial decisions in an evolving global financial landscape. And new to this edition, McGraw-Hill's Connect® empowers students by continually adapting to deliver precisely what they need, when they need it, and how they need it, so your class time is more engaging and effective.
Introduction to Finance by
Introduction to Finance, 17th Edition offers students a balanced introduction to the three major areas of finance: institutions and markets, investments, and financial management. Updated to incorporate recent economic and financial events, this new edition is an ideal textbook for first courses in finance--reviewing the discipline's essential concepts, principles, and practices in a clear, reader-friendly manner. Students gain an integrated perspective of finance by learning how markets and institutions influence, and are influenced by, individuals, businesses, and governments. Designed to impart financial literacy to readers with no previous background in the subject, the text provides a solid foundation for students to build upon in later courses in financial management, investments, or financial markets. Equations and mathematical concepts are kept to a minimum, and include understandable, step-by-step solutions. Divided into three parts, the book explains financial markets, discusses the functions of financial systems, reviews savings and investments in different sectors, describes accounting concepts and organizational structures, and more. Real-world examples featured throughout the text help students understand important concepts and appreciate the role of finance in various local, national, and global settings.
Practical Financial Management by
Let a professor who used to be a financial executive and CFO introduce you to today's most important financial management topics within the pages of PRACTICAL FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT, Eighth Edition. Author William R. Lasher uses his experience as a CFO to give you an insider's look into the issues and challenges facing financial managers every day. From hidden agendas to decision maker biases and their effect on the analyses of financial proposals, you will see principles in action in this dynamic text. You will examine the latest developments, like activist investors who put pressure on companies to change their ways and behavioral finance which uses psychological ideas to explain financial markets.Dr. Lasher keeps the presentation as relevant and practical as it is engaging with a thorough approach that's ideal for today's business students. He has made the necessary mathematics simple and easy to follow and included lots of worked out examples to show you how to do homework problems. Develop the first-hand understanding of financial management you'll need for your future success with PRACTICAL FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT, Eighth Edition.
Practical Financial Management (with Thomson ONE - Business School Edition 6-Month Printed Access Card) by
Let an actual CFO introduce you to today's most important financial management topics within the pages of PRACTICAL FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT, Seventh Edition. Author William R. Lasher uses his experience as a former, successful CFO to give you an insider's look into the issues and challenges facing financial managers every day. From hidden agendas to decision maker's biases and their effect on the analyses of financial proposals, you will see principles in action in this dynamic text. You will examine the latest developments, including a new discussion on IPOs as a broad topic, and the sale of Facebook stock and its fallout in particular.Dr. Lasher keeps the presentation as relevant and practical as it is engaging with a thorough approach that is ideal for today's business students. He has replaced advanced formulas with everyday math in theory sections, complete with numerous worked-out examples and graphical as well as intuitive presentations. With Thomson ONE--Business School Edition exercise, you even gain research experience using the same financial tool that professional brokers and Wall Street analysts trust every day. Develop the first-hand understanding of financial management you need for future success with PRACTICAL FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT, Seventh Edition.
Management Accounting offers real world tools for decision making within the context of entrepreneurial and organizational strategy. Both financial and non -financial information is integrated for better strategic, organizational and operational decisions. The course objective is to offer today’s managers’ effective tools to use comparatively when considering alternative strategies and making decisions in keeping an entity competitive.
Accounting for Financial Instruments by
Accounting for Financial Instruments is about the accounting and regulatory framework associated with the acquisition and disposal of financial instruments; how to determine their value; how to manage the risk connected with them; and ultimately compile a business valuation report. Specifically, the book covers the following topics, amongst others: Accounting for Investments; Bills of exchan≥ Management of Financial Risks; Financial Analysis (including the Financial Analysis Report); Valuation of a business (including the Business Valuation Report) and Money laundering. Accounting for Financial Instruments fills a gap in the current literature for a comprehensive text that brings together relevant accounting concepts and valid regulatory framework, and related procedures regarding the management of financial instruments (investments), which are applicable in the modern business world. Understanding financial risk management allows the reader to comprehend the importance of analysing a business concern. This is achieved by presenting an analytical framework to illustrate that an entity's performance is greatly influenced by its external and internal environments. The analysis of the external environment examines factors that impact an entity's operational activities, strategic choices, and influence its opportunities and risks. The analysis of the internal environment applies accounting ratio analysis to an entity's financial statements to examine various elements, including liquidity, profitability, asset utilisation, investment, working capital management and capital structure. The objective of the book is to provide a fundamental knowledge base for those who are interested in managing financial instruments (investments) or studying banking and finance or those who wish to make financial services, particularly banking and finance, their chosen career. Accounting for Financial Instruments is highly applicable to both professional accountants and auditors and students alike.
Contemporary Issues in Bank Financial Management by
Contemporary Issues in Financial Services special edition includes studies by the University of Malta, MSc Banking and Finance graduates and the respective lecturers, on financial services within particular countries or regions and studies of particular themes such as credit risk management, fund management and evaluation, forex hedging using derivatives and sovereign fixed income portfolios.
Entrepreneurial Financial Management by
This new edition presents an applied, realistic view of entrepreneurial finance for today's entrepreneur. The book provides an integrated set of concepts and applications, drawing from entrepreneurship, finance, and accounting. The book's contents are designed to follow the life cycle of a new business venture. Topics are presented in a logical order, as entrepreneurs will likely face them as they begin the process of business start-up and move into growing the business. A comprehensive financial statements template is included with the book. This tool allows for the application of many of the concepts to actual businesses, and will be a valuable supplement to the process of developing a full business plan. The templates are available for unlimited free downloads at www.drjeffcornwall.com.
Essentials of financial management by
Essentials of Financial Management is an Open Access e-textbook (paperback edition also available) suitable for students with limited knowledge of finance and financial markets. It answers the main questions of a corporate entity, such as how businesses finance their activities, how they select projects to invest in, the distribution of net cash flow and, of increasing importance, how businesses manage price risk relating to cost of goods sold or a decline in revenue. In providing invaluable guidance to finance, management and business students, Essentials of Financial Management employs two main philosophies: that finance is a real-life subject and that finance is a numerical subject, which is why this brilliant e-textbook contains real world examples as well as numerous Excel spreadsheet solutions for students to download and use.
Financial Management in Academic Libraries by
In its first eight chapters, with tables, figures, data application, and exercises throughout, Financial Management in Academic Libraries: Data-Driven Planning and Budgeting covers the various stages and topics involved in managing budgets: planning; the types of budgets used in academic institutions; the overall budgeting process as well as a specific process in program budgeting; managing a budget during the fiscal year and its aftermath; and providing reports on the budget. The ninth chapter introduces general concepts to help address budget reduction strategies, potential fraud, and financial best practices. And the final chapter elevates the discussion from financial management to financial leadership, the articulation of a detailed vision, and the realignment of the budget with the promises specified in that vision. Financial Management in Academic Libraries explores the connection between financial management and accountability, effectiveness, efficiency, and sustainability, and demonstrates how to capture them in a realistic, data-supported budget. Among the different units of an academic institution, the library has an advantage in that its managers can link these concepts to the library’s infrastructure, its staffing, collections, services, and technology. Focusing on these components can enable everyone in the library to work to achieve organizational sustainability over time and advocate for their place in the institution.
Financial Management of Flood Risks by
Disasters present a broad range of human, social, financial, economic and environmental impacts, with potentially long-lasting, multi-generational effects. The financial management of these impacts is a key challenge for individuals and governments in developed and developing countries. G20 Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors and APEC Finance Ministers have recognised the importance and priority of disaster risk management strategies and, in particular, disaster risk assessment and risk financing. The OECD has supported the development of strategies for the financial management of natural and man-made disaster risks, under the guidance of the OECD High-Level Advisory Board on Financial Management of Large-scale Catastrophes and the OECD Insurance and Private Pensions Committee. This work has included the elaboration of an OECD Recommendation on Good Practices for Mitigating and Financing Catastrophic Risks and a draft Recommendation on Disaster Risk Financing Strategies; The Financial Management of Flood Risk extends this work by applying the lessons from the OECD's analysis of disaster risk financing practices and the development of its guidance to the specific case of floods.
Financial Ratios by
Financial ratios are an important technique of the financial analysis of a business organization. Effective financial management is the key to running a financially successful business. Ratio analysis is critical for helping you understand financial statements, for identifying trends over time, and for measuring the overall financial health of your business. Lenders and potential investors often rely on ratio analysis for making lending and investing decisions. This book aims to not only develop an understanding of the concepts of financial ratios but also to provide the students a practical insight into the application of financial ratios for decision making and control. It analyzes the financial statements of corporate enterprises in India in diverse sectors with the help of financial ratios in order to facilitate the learning process.
Fundamentals of Financial Management by
Updated with the latest trends, developments, and practices from the field, Brigham/Houston's FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT, 15e equips you with a thorough understanding of today's corporate finance and financial management. This longtime market leader offers insight into federal debt, the ongoing recovery of financial markets, and other emerging issues straight from today's headlines. Clear explanations and real-world examples help you understand the "what" and the "why" of corporate budgeting, financing, working capital decision making, forecasting, valuation, and Time Value of Money, while hands-on exercises, cases, Excel Spreadsheet Models, and digital resources like MindTap let you put theory into action.
International Corporate Finance (RLE International Business) : Markets, Transactions and Financial Management by
This thorough, comprehensive introduction to international financial management provides an expert guide to the workings of international capital markets, the financing of international business, the complexities of international taxation and the use of financial instruments such as swaps and options. Written by professionals, the book guides the reader through each key topic, targeting the issues underpinning successful financial strategy in the global markets of the 1990s.
Public Financial Management and Its Emerging Architecture by
The first two decades of the twenty-first century have witnessed an influx of innovations and reforms in public financial management. The current wave of reforms is markedly different from those in the past, owing to the sheer number of innovations, their widespread adoption, and the sense that they add up to a fundamental change in the way governments manage public money. This book takes stock of the most important innovations that have emerged over the past two decades, including fiscal responsibility legislation, fiscal rules, medium-term budget frameworks, fiscal councils, fiscal risk management techniques, performance budgeting, and accrual reporting and accounting. Not merely a handbook or manual describing practices in the field, the volume instead poses critical questions about innovations; the issues and challenges that have appeared along the way, including those associated with the global economic crisis; and how the ground can be prepared for the next generation of public financial management reforms.
As the countries of the world converge and create for themselves a “global community,” the complexities and challenges arising from this massive shift in the geopolitical, economic, technological, and socio-cultural state requires a new level of understanding and an altogether different mindset as to how individuals and business entities must adjust, compete, and survive in this new and demanding global milieu.
The course takes these issues into account and consequently aims to develop in the student a “global perspective” of business; one that is cognizant of the interrelationships between local business practices and international business policies and issues. This global viewpoint then becomes the cornerstone for informed, logical, and strategically intelligent business decisions and approaches; enabling the student to become a truly competent and mature practitioner of international business.
Business-to-business : a global network perspective by
Contemporary business-to-business (B2B) industries consist of networks of customers, competitors and other stakeholders. Firms which manage their relationships with these important stakeholders are more likely to enjoy a sustained competitive advantage in the international business environment. This book is the first to provide a comprehensive overview of the field from a broad and accessible perspective. The authors bring an authoritative, scholarly understanding to the subject, taking readers through the entire process of creating, developing and maintaining B2B networks. Case studies illustrating each chapter include: Apple, Panasonic, Johnson & Johnson, Epson and Samsung. In providing a single and explicit established academic framework for understanding business networks in a global setting, this book is vital reading for students and researchers involved with international management, international marketing and strategic management.
Business to business marketing management : a global perspective by
Business to business markets are considerably more challenging than consumer markets and as such demand a more specific skillset from marketers. Buyers, with a responsibility to their company and specialist product knowledge, are more demanding than the average consumer. Given that the products themselves may be highly complex, this often requires a sophisticated buyer to understand them. Increasingly, B2B relationships are conducted within a global context. However all textbooks are region-specific despite this growing move towards global business relationships - except this one. This textbook takes a global viewpoint, with the help of an international author team and cases from across the globe. Other unique features of this insightful study include: placement of B2B in a strategic marketing setting; full discussion of strategy in a global setting including hypercompetition; full chapter on ethics and CSR early in the text; and detailed review of global B2B services marketing, trade shows, and market research. This new edition has been fully revised and updated with a full set of brand new case studies and features expanded sections on digital issues, CRM, and social media as well as personal selling. More selective, shorter, and easier to read than other B2B textbooks, this is ideal for introduction to B2B and shorter courses. Yet, it is comprehensive enough to cover all the aspects of B2B marketing any marketer needs, be they students or practitioners looking to improve their knowledge.
Foundations of Global Business by 
Global 3 : global business by
Learn Global Business YOUR Way with GLOBAL3! GLOBAL3's easy-reference, paperback textbook presents course content through visually-engaging chapters as well as Chapter Review Cards that consolidate the best review material into a ready-made study tool. With the textbook or on its own, GLOBAL Online allows easy exploration of GLOBAL3 anywhere, anytime - including on your device! Collect your notes and create StudyBits(tm) from interactive content as you go to remember what's important. Then, either use preset study resources, or personalize the product through easy-to-use tags and filters to prioritize your study time. Make and review flashcards, review related content, and track your progress with Concept Tracker, all in one place and at an affordable price!
Global Business by
Discover success in global business today with the most strategic approach to international business topics and unique coverage not found in other texts. GLOBAL BUSINESS, 4th Edition, is the first global business book that answers the big question, "What determines the success and failure of firms around the globe?" Globally renowned scholar and author Mike Peng integrates both an institution-based view and resource-based view in every chapter, bringing an unparalleled continuity and strategic approach to the learning process. The book combines an inviting, conversational style with the latest research and examples that reflect the most recent global developments. A wealth of business cases from Mike Peng and other respected international experts delve into how companies throughout the world have expanded globally. All-new video cases that cover each chapter's opening case and closing case, world maps that connect geography and culture to business decisions, and unique global debate sections that draw you into cutting-edge international discussions help you learn to think independently and view business challenges from a truly global perspective. With GLOBAL BUSINESS, 4th Edition, you view business through the eyes of a true world citizen and gain the understanding you need to become an effective manager within today's global business landscape.
Global Business by
Discover success in global business today with the most strategic approach to international business topics and unique coverage not found in other books. Written by renowned international instructor and author Mike Peng, GLOBAL BUSINESS is the first truly global business book to answer the big question, "What determines the success and failure of firms around the globe?" This edition blends both an institutional-based view and resource-based view throughout every chapter for an unparalleled continuity in the learning process. The book combines an inviting, conversational style with the latest research and examples throughout every chapter. A comprehensive set of cases from Mike Peng and other respected international experts examine how companies throughout the world have expanded globally. All-new video cases, world maps, and unique global debate sections help readers view business challenges from a truly global perspective. Available with InfoTrac Student Collections http://gocengage.com/infotrac.
Global Business Ethics by
Corporate social responsibility, sustainability and acting ethically are all accepted business aims, but their meaning and implementation in a global context is far less clear-cut. Global Business Ethics cuts through the confusion to provide a coherent basis for ethical decision-making within the complications of the international business landscape. Underpinned by theory and including worked-through examples of ethical dilemmas and their solutions, this textbook will guide the reader beyond theory to real-world business decisions. Practical tools such as decision trees and suggested principles to apply in dilemma situations give readers the skills and confidence to tackle the ethical challenges they face. Global Business Ethics offers a unique working code of ethics provided as a model with guidance to readers for adaptation and implementation. Case studies include: Walmart, Hershey's, Citibank, Ford, Nike, Johnson & Johnson, Harley-Davidson, The Body Shop and Procter and Gamble. A chapter on the legal aspects of ethics provides guidance on the complex relationship between law and ethics in international business. The final part takes an in-depth look at the practical application of ethics in business life. Covering all the major theories of ethics, including an examination of the role of quantification of ethics, Global Business Ethics demonstrates how their principles can be applied to inform better business decisions. Online supporting resources for this book include instructor's manual, lecture slides and appendices.
Global Business Intelligence by
Global Business Intelligence refers to an organization's ability to gather, process and analyze pertinent international information in order to make optimal business decisions in a timely manner. With a challenging economic and geopolitical environment, companies and executives need to be adept at information gathering in order to manage emerging challenges and gain competitive advantages. This book Global Business Intelligence assembles a cast of international experts and thought leaders and explores the implications of business intelligence on contemporary management. Global Business Intelligence will be a key resource for researchers, academics, students and policy makers alike in the fields of International Business & Management, Business Strategy, and Geopolitics as well as related disciplines like Political Science, Economics, and Geography.
Global Business Today by
Charles Hill’s Global Business Today, 8e has become the most widely used text in the International Business market because its: Current—it is comprehensive and up-to-date. Application Rich—it goes beyond an uncritical presentation and shallow explanation of the body of knowledge. Relevant—it focuses on managerial implications. Integrated—it maintains a tight, integrated flow between chapters, and incorporates ancillary resources that enliven the text and making it easier to teach. Our research has shown that students and instructors alike enjoy the interesting, informative, and accessible writing style of GBT – so much so that the writing has become Charles Hill’s trademark. The author’s passion and enthusiasm for the international business arena is apparent on every page. In addition to boxed material which provides deep illustrations in every chapter, Hill carefully weaves interesting anecdotes into the narrative of the text to engage the reader.
International business by
"Balancing authoritative theory and meaningful practice, International Business engages students on the subject of conducting business in international markets. The authors' descriptions and ideas of international business are enhanced with contemporary examples, scenarios, and cases that help students effectively apply what they've learned. Now in its 16th Edition, International Businessremains one of the best-selling and most authoritative international business texts available. As rigorous and practical as ever, this edition remains current through updated author-written cases, including seven entirely new cases, streamlined writing, and expanded coverage of relevant global changes."-- Provided by publisher.
International Business by
In this brand new textbook, Peter J. Buckley, Peter Enderwick, and Adam R. Cross bring a wealth of experience and a truly global approach to the study of international business. A thorough grounding in economic and international business theory is complemented by examples and extended casesfrom six continents.The Global Factory framework, developed by Peter J. Buckley, is used throughout the book to form an overarching, coherent and accessible model for understanding how businesses operate globally. The framework brings together economics and other perspectives, including social anthropology, politicaleconomy, and management, to explain how international businesses integrate to produce goods and services, and places international business theories firmly in their global context.An international range of examples and extended cases link theory to management practices throughout, preparing students for the challenges faced in the real world of business. Engaging examples include internationally-recognised multi-national enterprises such as Apple, Airbnb, and Uber, as well ascompanies from emerging markets such as Laos, Brazil, and Ethiopia.Opening cases discuss real challenges confronted by international businesses and invite students to devise their own solutions. Closing cases and IB Insights allow students to engage and reflect on international business practices at real, global companies.Additional learning features include Topics for Debate, which encourage students to view international business through a critical lens, and Research Insights, which provide commentary on seminal international business research, and introduce students to key scholarship.The accompanying online resources provide superior ready-to-use support for both students and lecturers:For students:* Links to seminal articles as highlighted in the Research Insights feature, with commentary encouraging students to critique them* Internet activities to develop skills in research, data collection, and analysis* Web links to sources of data accompanied by a brief critical commentary and user guide* Multiple-choice questions with instant feedback* IB decision-aidsFor lecturers:* Additional shorter and longer case studies with exemplar answers* Links to video clips including a short paragraph of critical commentary* Comprehensive customisable PowerPoint slides* Test bank* Tutorial activities* Suggested assignment and discussion questions* Instructor's manual including guidance from the authors on the case study questions, IB challenges, and Topics for Debate features
International Business by
This book provides students with a balanced perspective on business in a global environment, exploring implications for multinational companies in developed and emerging markets. This is the first text of its kind to emphasize strategic decision making as the cornerstone of its approach while focusing on emerging markets. Traditional topics, like foreign exchange markets and global competition, are contrasted with emerging operations, like Chinese market intervention and Islamic finance, to provide students with an understanding of successful business strategy. Readers learn to develop and implement these strategies across cultures, and across economic, legal, and religious institutions, in order to cope with competitive players in the global landscape. Application-based chapters open with reading goals and conclude with case studies and discussion questions to encourage a practical understanding of strategy. With in-depth analyses and recommended strategies, this edition provides students of international business with the skills they need for success on the global stage. A companion website features an instructor's manual, test bank, PowerPoint slides, and useful links for instructors as well as practice quizzes, flashcards, and web resources for students.
International Business - Competing in the Global Marketplace by
Market-defining since it was introduced, International Business: Competing in the Global Marketplace by Charles W. L. Hill, sets the standard. Hill draws upon his experience to deliver a complete solution-print and digital--for instructors & students by being: Integrated - Progression of Topics Application Rich - Strong on Strategy Current - Thought Provoking Relevant - Actual Practice of International Business
International business : competing in the global marketplace by 
Introduction to Global Business by
The global business environment is rapidly changing because of shifts in geopolitical alliances, active roles of global institutions, and advances in information technology. Gaspar et al. INTRODUCTION TO GLOBAL BUSINESS, 1e introduces the comprehensive foundational and functional tools to better prepare students for a global business landscape. As part of the functional approach, the text flows smoothly and clearly from concept to application, asking students to implement their learning into real-world personal and professional applications. The specialized author team introduces globalization through unparalleled scholarship and a world-view presentation of the fundamental pillars of the global landscape - culture, ethics, economic, and information technology. The purpose of this book is to introduce students to these principles in an engaging, current, and relevant way in the hope that they may develop the knowledge for successful careers in a globalized business landscape. Available with InfoTrac® Student Collections http://gocengage.com/infotrac.
Introduction to Global Business by
The global business environment is rapidly changing due to shifts in geopolitical alliances, active support of global international institutions in promoting market-oriented economic reforms, and advances in the development and use of information technology. INTRODUCTION TO GLOBAL BUSINESS, 2e addresses these challenges by providing a comprehensive analysis of the global business environment and lays the foundation for the functional tools used to better prepare you to manage the global business landscape. The text flows smoothly and clearly from concept to application, asking you to apply those learning skills into real-world personal and professional applications. The specialized author team introduces globalization through unparalleled scholarship and a world-view presentation of the fundamental pillars of the global business environment -- culture, ethics, economics, and information technology. Ensure that you understand the procedures and concepts you need to know with MindTap for INTRODUCTION TO GLOBAL BUSINESS. MindTap, an online course management and learning system, combines the best of current technology to save time in planning and managing your course and assignments.
Navigating Global Business by
Navigating Global Business integrates and synthesizes all available country cluster studies into a nested meta-structure accompanied by eco-cultural correlates that distinguish amongst clusters. The broad range of analyses will appeal to researchers and practitioners, seasoned multi-firm executives, those in small firms seeking internationalization, and anyone intrigued by the greater question of human diversity. The book covers key work-related cultural dimensions for much of the world, and includes examples of applications in most business areas. Also exhibited are the correlates of culture, some of which, such as language and religion, speak to the origin of cultural variations in addition to illustrating key variants of the global terrain. Finally, the authors examine how patterns might have changed over time, providing a rigorous and realistic assessment of the fruits of globalization.
Purchasing and Supply Chain Management by
For too long, business has focused on short-term cost advantages through low-cost country sourcing with little regard for the longer-term implications of global sustainability. Purchasing and Supply Chain Management, Second Edition, not only fully addresses the environmental, social and economic challenges of how companies manage purchasing and supply chains, but also delves deeper into emerging areas such as modern slavery, digital technologies and circular supply chains. In addition to explaining the basic principles and processes of both purchasing and supply chain management, the book evaluates how to develop strategic and sustainable purchasing and supply chain management. Our key message is that purchasing and supply chain management needs to focus on value creation rather than cost cutting. This requires the development of new purchasing and supply chain models that involve circular supply structures, supply chain transparency and collaboration with new stakeholders in traditional sourcing and supply chain settings. Aimed at students, educators and practitioners the book integrates sustainability into each chapter as a core element of purchasing and supply chain management. This second edition incorporates new examples and case studies from industry throughout, striking a balance between theoretical frameworks and guidelines for implementation in practice.
Reboot : probably more than you ever wanted to know about starting a global business by
Shoes of Prey launched in 2009. It allowed people to design their dream shoes online, get them expertly manufactured, and have them shipped to anywhere in the world within two weeks. The startup broke even at two months, hit multi-million dollar revenues in under two years, raised tens of millions in funding from top-tier investors and shipped to more than 100 countries. All the metrics pointed to huge scalability. To a huge business. To a huge success. But it didn't succeed. In 2018 the business failed. And this is that story. Reboot tells the truth of what it is like to be at the helm of a global business. From the high highs of besting Karl Lagerfeld on global awards to the low lows of closing the doors on your dream, join author Jodie Fox on a raw journey as she reveals for the first time the story behind the story of fashion darling Shoes of Prey. This incredible ride will share lessons on raising capital, building a brand, finding suppliers, doing business in China and, most importantly, how to learn and grow from your successes and your mistakes and be ready every day to reboot for the next challenge.
Supply chain management : a global perspective by 
Winning Global Markets by
A new marketing paradigm focuses on the concentrated economic power of 600 global cities. City-Centered Marketing: Why Local is the Future of Global Business is a compelling practical analysis of a new direction of marketing within the context of intensifying urbanization and the shift of global economy from West to East. Philip Kotler, one of the world's foremost marketing experts, and his brother Milton, an international marketing strategist, explain why the future of marketing must focus on top global cities and their metro regions, and not squandered resources on small cities. Marketing is city-centered activity. 600 global cities will contribute 65 percent of the global GDP of $67 trillion by 2025. The top 100 cities will contribute 25 percent of GDP, and 440 of these top 600 cities will be in the developing world. Top cities have to improve their marketing prowess in compete for the right companies and settling on the best terms. By 2025, the vast majority of consuming and middle-income households will be in developing regions. While New York, Los Angeles, and Chicago will remain major players because of high per-capita GDP and capital and intellectual assets, companies will pay more attention to growing city regions in the developing world. Multinational businesses must change the culture of their headquarters, divisions and branches, as well as their value chain stakeholders to take advantage of these market changes. The book details the strategies for sustainable growth with topics like: Resource allocation in developed versus developing city markets Shifting the focus to city regions instead of central governments The rise of new multinational corporations from developing economies Declining consumer and business growth in developed cities Cities in China, Brazil, India, and throughout the Middle East and Latin America are rising to become major players in the global marketplace. Philip and Milton Kotler argue that an inversion is taking place, and top cities are growing economically faster than their national rate of growth. These emerging city markets are critical to company growth , and City-Centered Marketing: Why Local is the Future of Global Business provides the vital information and guidelines that companies need to plan accordingly.
As the countries of the world converge and create for themselves a “global community,” the complexities and challenges arising from this massive shift in the geopolitical, economic, technological, and socio-cultural state requires a new level of understanding and an altogether different mindset as to how individuals and business entities must adjust, compete, and survive in this new and demanding global milieu.
The course takes these issues into account and consequently aims to develop in the student a “global perspective” of business; one that is cognizant of the interrelationships between local business practices and international business policies and issues. This global viewpoint then becomes the cornerstone for informed, logical, and strategically intelligent business decisions and approaches; enabling the student to become a truly competent and mature practitioner of international business.
Entrepreneurial marketing : global perspectives by
This title presents important theoretical developments with regard to research at the entrepreneurship and marketing interface. The editors have invited acknowledged authors working in this exciting discipline, from around the world, to divulge and present in a comprehensive format, a book which addresses critical issues for businesses, both small and large, from a global perspective.
Global Business by
Globalization has been under extreme pressure in the wake of the financial crisis. Multinational firms are weighing the costs and benefits of international scale and scope, and are increasingly under pressure to hire local, to source local, and to pay taxes domestically. At the same time global competitive pressures have intensified. This book reviews international business practices from the multinational firm perspective, and provides pathways forward concerning competitiveness and sustainability in global markets. What sets this book apart from others is that the benefits and pitfalls of globalization are addressed. Chapter coverage focuses on the functional areas of the business and how they are impacted by international expansion. Practical case studies supplement chapter coverage and highlight both positive and negative developments in the global business arena. Readers should expect to be challenged on what will be the limits of the multinational firm in the future, and how multinational firms can continue to prosper while at the same time adhere to sustainable business initiatives. Equally useful to both undergraduate and graduate students of international business as well as professional development programs, Global Business: Competitiveness and Sustainability provides a necessary tonic for dealing with today's troubled seas of globalization.
Global Business and Corporate Governance by
The after World War II businesses are creating new standards of social enhancement, education and research where the commanding force is the human enterprise--by far a better vehicle of progress than the state-supported developmental initiatives. For example, we are witnessing that the top 500 companies command the equivalent of more than 40% of the worldâe(tm)s GNP, that employ less than one hundredth of the worldâe(tm)s population, that seek employees âeoehappinessâe?, that aim to rules of meritocracy and that operate globally. These companies result in a new societal status quo that necessitates an improved understanding of the modern era business management and its corporate governance. The goal of this book is to familiarize a broad range of students, professors, business executives and other interested parties with the cutting-edge trends and practices of todayâe(tm)s managerial activities. This text aims to highlight the tools used by the global corporations by addressing the means that will make future managers successful in their corporate operations; additionally, it aims to pioneer a philosophy and an economic thinking showcasing the era of corporate governance and the need of self-actualization of its managers.
Global trade strategies : interacting with trade institutions and business by
This book willenable the reader to develop global strategies based on trade information and trade flows analysis. Developing global business strategies in today's competitive and disruptive environment calls for greater interaction between the business sector and government. Among the instruments available today are various market analytic tools. These tools, coupled with new business models, not only provide a competitive edge but also becomes a necessity to survive in the global ever changing trade environment. This book concerns everyone dealing with market selection, market strategies, and trade policy. The reader will be able to develop global strategies based on trade information and trade flows analysis. An analysis of the most competitive countries in world trade shows the importance of pro-business policies, access to modern infrastructures, investment in research, and increased productivity. The authors explain how to design practical strategies in a global context, greater competition and uncertainty due to the introduction of new business models.
The Growth of Global Business (RLE International Business) by
In this book leading contributors look at the development of the evolutionary approach to international business, the internationalization of service industries and the implications of the changing face of Europe for international business in the 1990s. Providing an excellent blend of theory, analysis and case-study material, this volume is a vital resource for students of international business and related fields.
The Growth of International Business (RLE International Business) by
This book integrates the work of economists, management scientists and business historians. It applies the related concepts of transaction costs, internalisation, corporate strategy and market structure to explain the historical process of corporate growth in the international economy. Each chapter is written by a scholar who has specialized in a particular aspect of the growth of international business.
International Business Handbook by
The focus of the book is understanding international influences that affect international business, and relevant aspects of the world environment. These aspects are economic, physical, sociocultural, political, legal and technological and include the cultures of foreign business organizations. Each chapter is written by an expert in the field who has been involved in international business in that area. The purpose of each chapter is to enable effective performance in the international business arena. An integrated system view of the country or region and how managers can obtain success in that area is provided. Global in its coverage this book provides information on global trends, different regions and their consumer cultures and business customs, as well as methods of entry and global strategies.
International Business in a VUCA World by
'IB theory and IB theorists have a long way to go to produce clarity of analysis, clear policy prescriptions and guidance for managers in a world where VUCA factors seem to be increasingly bedevilling the world of theory, managerial practice and public policy.' - Peter Buckley (in this volume) This fourteenth volume in the PIBR series is dedicated to Professor Peter Buckley, OBE, whose creative contributions to IB theory and practice over many decades are unmatched. His scientific oeuvre has continued to grow, both in depth and breadth, and reflects an evolving level of scholarly resilience that has kept pace with the increasing Volatility, Uncertainty, Complexity and Ambiguity (VUCA) characteristics of the modern environment of international business. The VUCA dimensions of the business environment that face both managers and policy makers are amplified by a wide variety of unpredictable social, economic, political and technological forces, such as: inter alia, the (post-great-recession) rise of populism; growing anti-European sentiment in the European Union; increasing protectionism; a slowdown in growth of emerging markets; the rise of the digital economy, and many more. These trends affect the competitive position of nations and firms. The present volume focuses on the threats and opportunities created by the VUCA-trends for multinational enterprises (MNEs), small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs), and international new ventures (INVs), along the following five headings: IB scholarship in a VUCA world. New Perspectives on the Interplay between Firms and the Non-Market. New Governance Challenges in International Business. New Contexts for Newly Internationalizing Firms. Contemporary Management Perspectives in IB Research.
New Insights on Trust in Business-To-Business Relationships by
Trust plays a crucial role in all societies, particularly within the Business-to-Business context where inter-firm relationships, impelled by globalization and the extended enterprise, require a much higher degree of trust to succeed. This 26th volume of Advances in Business Marketing and Purchasingexamines the value of trust within the B2B context to provide a better understanding of its importance in organizations. New Insights on Trust in Business-to-Business Relationships: A Multi-Perspective Approachapplies different theoretical and methodological perspectives to the mechanisms and processes that promote trust between customer and supplier in contexts such as e-commerce, high involvement relationships, industrial service and international cultures. The authors identify the consistencies and distinctions of antecedents, processes, and consequences of trust in various B2B contexts and offer alternative approaches that contribute to a better understanding of the subtleties and multi-faceted nature of trust and trust-related management. The book provides advanced original insights on trust for researchers and practitioners working within Management, Purchasing and B2B Marketing, and offers practical tools to build lasting and successful business relationships.
Reboot : probably more than you ever wanted to know about starting a global business by
Shoes of Prey launched in 2009. It allowed people to design their dream shoes online, get them expertly manufactured, and have them shipped to anywhere in the world within two weeks. The startup broke even at two months, hit multi-million dollar revenues in under two years, raised tens of millions in funding from top-tier investors and shipped to more than 100 countries. All the metrics pointed to huge scalability. To a huge business. To a huge success. But it didn't succeed. In 2018 the business failed. And this is that story. Reboot tells the truth of what it is like to be at the helm of a global business. From the high highs of besting Karl Lagerfeld on global awards to the low lows of closing the doors on your dream, join author Jodie Fox on a raw journey as she reveals for the first time the story behind the story of fashion darling Shoes of Prey. This incredible ride will share lessons on raising capital, building a brand, finding suppliers, doing business in China and, most importantly, how to learn and grow from your successes and your mistakes and be ready every day to reboot for the next challenge.
Small world, big market : global business by
Small World, Big Market: Global Business provides an overview of the development of international business with special emphasis on oil production, an essential part of economic development. The book focuses on major trade patterns, including the Silk Road that connected China with Europe beginning at the turn of the millennium; the Chinese Tribute Trade that connected China to Southeast Asia, Africa, and the Mideast beginning in the thirteenth century; the spice trade between Southeast Asia and India by the early fifteenth century; and European-dominated world trade. This volume examines gold and silver trade from the Americas to Europe in the sixteenth century, and also covers the development of the Americas, together with existing African slave trade throughout Eurasia, giving rise to the expansion of African slave. Budd Hebert also discusses common principles and personal character tools for bringing together diverse cultures to facilitate international business. Small World, Big Market culminates by highlighting selected trends that impact international business.
Startupland : how three guys risked everything to turn an idea into a global business by
The real story of what it takes to risk it all and go for broke. Conventional wisdom says most startups need to be in Silicon Valley, started by young engineers around a sexy new idea, and backed by VC funding. But as Mikkel Svane reveals in Startupland, the story of founding Zendesk was anything but conventional. Founded in a Copenhagen loft by three thirty-something friends looking to break free from corporate doldrums, Zendesk Inc. is now one of the hottest enterprise software companies, still rapidly growing with customers in 150 countries. But its success was anything but predestined. With revealing stories both funny and frank, Mikkel shares how he and his friends bravely left secure jobs to start something on their own, how he almost went broke several times, how they picked up themselves and their families to travel across the world to California and the unknown, and how the three friends were miraculously still together for Zendesk's IPO and (still growing) success. Much like Zendesk's mission itself--to remove friction, barriers, and mystery in order to make customer service easier and more approachable--Startupland removes some of the myths about startups and startup founders. Mikkel's advice, hard-won through experience, often bucks conventional wisdom and entrepreneurial tropes. He shares why failure (whether fast or slow) is awful, why a seemingly boring product or idea can be the most exciting, why giving back to the community is as important as the bottom line. From how to hire right (look for people who are not offended by swearing) to which personas generate the highest response rates, Mikkel answers the most pressing questions from the perspective of someone still in the trenches and willing to share the hard truth, warts and all. While there are books by consultants who tell you how to build businesses, or by entrepreneurs now running billion-dollar businesses, there are few books from people still in the trenches who acutely remember the difficult daily decisions, the thrill (and fears) of the early days, the problems that scale with growing a business, and the reason why they all went on the adventure in the first place. Startupland is indispensable reading for all entrepreneurs who want to make their ideas the next big thing. The book will inspire and empower you to follow your own dream and create your own story.
The Third Industrial Revolution in Global Business by
The essays in this volume probe the impact the digital revolution has had, or sometimes failed to have, on global business. Has digital technology, the authors ask, led to structural changes and greater efficiency and innovation? While most of the essays support the idea that the information age has increased productivity in global business, the evidence of a 'revolution' in the ways industries are organized is somewhat more blurred, with both significant discontinuities and features which persist from the 'second' industrial revolution.
The Wellbeing of Women in Entrepreneurship by
Women accomplish nearly two-thirds of total work around the world (including household duties), comprise one-third of the formal labor force, but women receive one-tenth of the world's income and own only one-hundredth of the world's property. Entrepreneurship is a vehicle for advancing the lives of women around the world. This book brings together 49 distinguished entrepreneurship scholars to provide a unique global vision of the wellbeing of women entrepreneurs necessary for fostering sustainable development and inclusive societies. Although gender inequality is an important issue, solutions leading to gender parity are far from reaching ideal levels in the formal workplace and globally. Meanwhile the number of women involved in entrepreneurship is growing exponentially because there are more opportunities for women to own a business and be their own boss. This offers women the most desirable and flexible working conditions that better align with women's lifestyles and multiple family responsibilities. However, entrepreneurial activities are demanding and complex; compared to men, women face special challenges that deserve close attention. This book presents research and programs to effectively support women entrepreneurs in reaching levels of wellbeing required to ensure business sustainability and personal prosperity. Offering a diversity perspectives from around the globe, The Wellbeing of Women in Entrepreneurship is of great interest to academics and practitioners working in teaching and research in disciplines including business management, entrepreneurship, oganizational change, human centered management, human resources, sustainable development, and women's studies.
The Wiley Handbook of Global Workplace Learning by
Inclusive Guide Provides Practical Applications for Workplace Education Theory from Diverse Perspectives The Wiley Handbook of Global Workplace Learning explores the field of workplace education using contributions from both experts and emerging scholars in industry and academia. Unlike many previously published titles on the subject, the Handbook focuses on offering readers a truly global overview of workplace learning at a price point that makes it accessible for independent researchers and Human Resources professionals. Designed to strike a balance between theory and practice, the Handbook provides a wealth of information on foundational topics, theoretical frameworks, current and emerging trends, technological updates, implementation strategies, and research methodologies. Chapters covering recent research illustrate the importance of workplace learning topics ranging from meditation to change management, while others give pragmatic and replicable applications for the design, promotion, and implementation of impactful learning opportunities for employees at any company, regardless of industry. A sampling of topics addressed includes: "Using an Experiential Learning Model to Design an Assessment Framework for Workplace Learning" "Measuring Innovative Thinking and Acting Skills as Workplace-Related Professional Competence" Multiple chapters specifically addressing international business, such as "Competency in Globalization and Intercultural Communication", "Global Strategic Planning" and "Global Talent Management" Research and recommendations on bridging generational and cultural divides as well as addressing employee learning disabilities With its impressive breadth of coverage and focus on real-world problem solving, this volume serves as a comprehensive tool for examining and improving practices in global workplace learning. It will prove to be a valuable resource for students and recent graduates entering the workforce and for those working in Human Resources and related fields.
Winning global markets by
A new marketing paradigm focuses on the concentrated economic power of 600 global cities. City-Centered Marketing: Why Local is the Future of Global Business is a compelling practical analysis of a new direction of marketing within the context of intensifying urbanization and the shift of global economy from West to East. Philip Kotler, one of the world's foremost marketing experts, and his brother Milton, an international marketing strategist, explain why the future of marketing must focus on top global cities and their metro regions, and not squandered resources on small cities. Marketing is city-centered activity. 600 global cities will contribute 65 percent of the global GDP of $67 trillion by 2025. The top 100 cities will contribute 25 percent of GDP, and 440 of these top 600 cities will be in the developing world. Top cities have to improve their marketing prowess in compete for the right companies and settling on the best terms. By 2025, the vast majority of consuming and middle-income households will be in developing regions. While New York, Los Angeles, and Chicago will remain major players because of high per-capita GDP and capital and intellectual assets, companies will pay more attention to growing city regions in the developing world. Multinational businesses must change the culture of their headquarters, divisions and branches, as well as their value chain stakeholders to take advantage of these market changes. The book details the strategies for sustainable growth with topics like: Resource allocation in developed versus developing city markets Shifting the focus to city regions instead of central governments The rise of new multinational corporations from developing economies Declining consumer and business growth in developed cities Cities in China, Brazil, India, and throughout the Middle East and Latin America are rising to become major players in the global marketplace. Philip and Milton Kotler argue that an inversion is taking place, and top cities are growing economically faster than their national rate of growth. These emerging city markets are critical to company growth , and City-Centered Marketing: Why Local is the Future of Global Business provides the vital information and guidelines that companies need to plan accordingly.
The course will help students analyze the strategic management perspective of family businesses specifically its practice, functions, issues, operations, and dynamics. These will be discussed using topics ranging from strengths and weaknesses of family businesses, managing family business conflict, management of succession, professionalization, strategic planning, and family businesses in an international context among others.
The Economics of Small Business by
This survey reviews research on the economics of small business, introducing key concepts for the understanding of the research, including some basic microeconomics, distribution functions, and concepts of entrepreneurship. Accessible to readers with elementary knowledge of economics and probability, the book is suitable as a text for an undergraduate course in the economics of small business. It also covers the economics of organization, the role of the family in small business, human capital and nonpecuniary motivation, together with the relationship of small business to entrepreneurship and growth. Public policy toward small business is discussed with an emphasis on the United States, together with comparisons and contrasts of many other countries.
The endurance of family businesses : a global overview by
The Endurance of Family Businesses is a collection of essays offering an overview of the importance and resilience of family-controlled large businesses. Much of economic and business history research neglects family businesses, considering them an inefficient form of business organization. These essays discuss the strengths of family businesses: the ways family firms have managed, financed and governed their corporations, as well as the way in which they structure their relationship with the external environment, from the government to the company's stakeholders. Family businesses have learned new ways of organizing their resources and using their accumulated know-how for new markets and institutional environments. This volume combines the expertise of well-known scholars who specialize in business history, economic history, management and consulting, to provide an interdisciplinary perspective on family businesses. Contributors provide a global view by taking into account Asian, American and European experiences.
Entrepreneurship across generations : narrative, gender and learning in family business by
Entrepreneurship across Generations examines dimensions of identity, gender and learning to understand the complex fabric of family business. An interpretation of narratives from two generations in five families constitutes entrepreneurship as an inherently social, rather than individual, phenomenon. This enriching book explains how entrepreneurial capacity is shared between generations, showing how learning is embedded within everyday social practice in the family and the business. It explores patriarchal practice and gendered entrepreneurial identities in family business. The author challenges dominant discourses of entrepreneurship. She argues that entrepreneurial identities are mediated by narrative and subject to constant negotiation within and across generations. With a new perspective on entrepreneurship, this insightful study will be essential and supplementary reading for students and practitioners within the field of entrepreneurship and family business.
Entrepreneurship in Family Business by
This book presents an excellent analysis of how a family business is different from other forms of organization and especially its peculiarities in relation to entrepreneurship. Focusing on small and medium-sized second-generation Chinese family businesses this book provides an in-depth analysis on the relationship between the firms' family attributes - or "familiness" as conceptualized in this book - and entrepreneurial processes, which leads to different outcomes. Eight cases from China are presented in this book and a dual-level approach is proposed for research on entrepreneurship in family businesses, emphasising both firm processes and the role of individual owner-managers. Readers will also find several useful policy and practice-oriented perspectives in this book.
Family Business by
FAMILY BUSINESS provides the next generation of family business owners with the knowledge and skills needed for the successful management and leadership of the family enterprise. The author, Ernesto Poza, uses both text and cases to explore a diverse set of family firms, examining the interrelationships between the owners, the family, and the management team. FAMILY BUSINESS, at its core, is a practical book that presents management and family practices to model success as well as an honest look at the advantages and challenges facing family enterprises. With an emphasis on leadership and positioning for the future, FAMILY BUSINESS illustrates how the family enterprise can achieve sustained growth and continuity through generations. Available with InfoTrac® Student Collections http://gocengage.com/infotrac.
Family Business by
This new major work answers the growing global need for a resource that captures and presents a comprehensive overview of the literature in the field of family business. The last three decades have witnessed a dramatic increase in research on family businesses, as institutions have increasingly recognized that family businesses represent the most common form of business organization and a large part of the GDP in most countries. Scholars in the field have started to address critical questions such as: · Why do family firms deserve special research attention? · Are family firms really different from other business organizations? If so, how? And, so what? · Is there a shared definition of family firms? And, of family in business? · Are behavioral and governance issues that need attention in family enterprises any different from other firms? This four-volume work addresses these key concerns and provides a rich picture of what we know about family businesses and enterprising families, as well as including critical reflections on major areas and contributions. Volume One: Scope, Boundaries and Impact of Family BusinessVolume Two: The Business FamilyVolume Three: The Family BusinessVolume Four: Governance and Behavioural Issues in Family Business
Family Business by
Until the early 1980s, serious academic research on family businesses was sparse, to say the least. The scholarship that did exist was primarily based on anecdotal evidence, and mostly biased toward the negative effects of family involvement, particularly in terms of nepotism and family feuds undermining a firm's performance and familial relationships. Considered at best an example for how not to manage a business, family business was deemed not worthy of scientific attention. This has changed dramatically over the past three decades and this new Routledge Major Works collection provides users with background knowledge about the foundations of family-business theory and research, as well as a sense of its theoretical and empirical variety. Edited and with a new introduction by a team of leading scholars, the four volumes assemble the very best and most influential works in family business to provide an authoritative research resource.
Family enterprise : understanding families in business and families of wealth by
A thorough explanation of how family enterprises work The family enterprise, whether an operating business, a family office, or both, is the backbone of the US and international economies. These enterprises cut across industries and geographies and can be first-generation entrepreneurial companies or multi-generational businesses with family offices. This book offers a foundation in and understanding of how family enterprises work, including working definitions and the key characteristics of family enterprises, as well as useful concepts for working with and in family enterprises, either as a professional or as a family member. Written by the experts at the Family Firm Institute, a global network of professionals, educators, researchers, and owners of family enterprises An ideal resource for professionals in law, finance, management, and behavioral science, family office and fund managers, and others interested in an multidisciplinary approach to this field
Family Firms and Institutional Contexts by
Family firms represent over 90 per cent of businesses globally, and play a significant role in the economies of many nations. This innovative book takes an interdisciplinary, cross-national approach to the study of family firms as institutions as well as the relationship between family firms and external institutions. In doing so, it demonstrates the impact of these interactions both on the firms and institutions themselves and on the wider economic context. Featuring in-depth analysis of original research, chapters take both theoretical and empirical approaches to explore the family firm as an organization, and include several key case studies. At a micro level, the social and cultural unit of the family and its behaviour is investigated, and at a macro level, external institutional contexts are examined to explain and theorise firms' behaviours and strategies, covering areas such as innovation, competitiveness and reputation. The book provides important conceptual insights and critical empirical research, as well as ideas for future research agendas. Family Firms and Institutional Contexts will be a critical read for scholars and doctoral students in business and management, particularly those with an interest in family firms. Policymakers and practitioners in these areas will also find its insights of practical relevance.
Gender and Family Entrepreneurship by
This book focuses on gender and family entrepreneurship, as they are interrelated concepts particularly important in today's global society. The book highlights the significance of the role of gender in the development and growth of family businesses. It helps readers understand the role of family dynamics in business, particularly in terms of succession planning, strategic development and internationalization. Often, both gender and family entrepreneurship are studied independently, but this book aims to marry both perspectives with a novel approach. This creates a synergy between gender and family entrepreneurship that increases the potential value to entrepreneurship scholarship, policy and business practice. This edited book is a useful and insightful addition to the entrepreneurship field.
he entrepreneur's choice : cases on family business in India by
Micro, small and medium enterprises (MSMEs) are integral to the economic policy framework of India, and promote innovation, competition and equitable economic development. Comprehensively examining the management of family businesses among MSMEs, this book: * discusses business strategy, corporate and personal values, vision, mission, stakeholder expectations, and strategic response to external factors along with their social and environmental orientation; * includes 22 case studies drawn from varied sectors such as pharmaceuticals, food processing, engineering, and blood banking; * documents rich experiences of Indian entrepreneurs and their unique entrepreneurial approaches towards management of social enterprises, loss-making firms in the public sector, corporate social responsibility, succession planning, and innovation. The book will prove essential to students and scholars of business, entrepreneurship and management, and entrepreneurs and managers working in MSMEs, especially young entrepreneurs as well as the general reader.
The Landscape of Family Business by
The Landscape of Family Business expands upon groundbreaking research to offer owners, consultants, and academics a new holistic way to view family business.What are the important outcomes in family business? What are the relationships among those outcomes? And, what does an overall pattern of outcome relationships reveal about family business? Based on 12 years of family business research, this book presents answers to these questions in the form of a Map of the Landscape of Family Business. In addition, leading scholars provide reviews and make recommendations to researchers and practitioners about each of the seven clusters revealed in the map - Governance, Performance, Social and Economic Impact, Strategy, Family Dynamics, Family Business Roles, and Succession.Clear and concise, with a focus on relationships in family business, this insightful book is both an enjoyable and informative read and will prove to be an asset to every bookshelf. Scholars, academics and family business owners and managers are sure to find The Landscape of Family Business an invaluable resource.
Managing the Family Business by
This innovative textbook covers the most important challenges facing family businesses. Practice-inspired and research-based, it emphasizes both practice and theory along with concepts, cases and reflection questions to illustrate key topics.This text discusses the relevance of family firms across the globe, their unique strengths and weaknesses, their governance, strategic management, the succession process, drivers of long-term success and interpersonal dynamics. Taking a holistic and international perspective, the book combines management concepts, research findings, practical examples and case studies to provide a unique source of insight and inspiration for students and practitioners in the most prominent type of business organization in the world.This textbook's comprehensive coverage of topics and combination of didactical formats makes it ideal for students studying family firms, and a useful reference for professors, advisors, and practitioners as well.
Myths and mortals : family business leadership and succession planning by
Establish credibility as the new family business leader Myths & Mortals, Family Business Leadership and Succession Planning provides insights and strategies for successors of family businesses. Successors often find themselves in the shadow of their parents making it difficult to establish credibility in the family business and tap into their own strengths. The stress of emulating a parent begins to clash with who they are and who they want to be as a leader. Written by internationally known business strategist and succession planning expert Andrew Keyt, this guide shows you how to establish credibility, take your place at the head of the table, and run your business your way. In groundbreaking research, Keyt interviewed more than 25 successors of family business legends including Massimo Ferragamo, Bill Wrigley Jr., Christie Hefner, and John Tyson to find out how they overcame the challenges successors commonly face.The analysis from that study formed the basis for the strategies presented here--to help you win the loyalty of those stuck in the old way of doing business, and still focused on their former leader's vision. You'll learn how to take charge without sacrificing your own leadership style, and how to get everyone on board with your vision for the business. Growing up in the shadow of legendary family business leaders creates a unique challenge for successors to the leadership position. You cannot remove the emotional power of family dynamics from the business, but you can change how you choose to react to it. To be successful, you need to create a sense of identity and credibility, and step out of the shadows of your forbears. This guide provides strategies for doing just that, so you can take the reins and be the effective leader your business needs. Overcome the obstacles successors commonly face Win over those still loyal to their former leader Build your own credibility, separate from your parents Develop your own leadership style and do business your way Credibility is elemental to business leadership, but establishing that credibility is the successor's biggest challenge. Myths & Mortals, Family Business Leadership and Succession Planning helps you plan around the obstacles and avoid common missteps so you can lead more effectively right out of the gate.
The SAGE Handbook of Family Business by
For the first time, this Handbook captures the conceptual map and state-of-the-art thinking on family business - an area which has seen rapid global growth in both research and education in the last two decades. Edited by the leading figures in the field, with contributions and editorial board support from the most prominent names in family business, the Handbook reflects on the development and present status of the field in terms of applied theories, methods, chosen research issues and theoretical contributions. By including critical reflections and presenting possible alternative perspectives and theories, The SAGE Handbook of Family Business also contributes to the framing of future family business studies.
Ten Commandments for Family Business by
Family business: we live it, we breathe it, yet we do not understand its significance entirely. This book helps in understanding the phenomenon of family business better. The 10 commandments in this book work like a handbook for business families to refer to and act upon.
Understanding the Family Business by
The purpose of this book is to provide readers with an introductory overview of family business, the most prevalent form of business in the world. The differences between family and nonfamily businesses are emphasized in this book. This book has several key audiences and can be used as a supplemental text for university undergraduate or graduate level courses such as small business management, introduction to business, entrepreneurship, or family studies. Members of family businesses will benefit from the book as an introduction to the unique nature of family businesses. Professional advisors to family firms, such as accountants, attorneys, bankers, insurance providers, and financial services professionals, may develop a better understanding of their clients. Suppliers to family businesses will gain insight to this important business customer. Much of the literature on family business is from the United States; an attempt has been made to present relevant international information as well. Chapter 1 defi nes and provides an overview of family business. Chapter 2 explores the many differences between a family-owned business and a nonfamily-owned business. Chapter 3 explores the major family business theories. Chapter 4 discusses how family fi rms make business decisions. Chapter 5 explores the signifi cant issues prevalent in a family fi rm. Chapter 6 explores the most problematic issue in family fi rms: succession or the transfer of ownership to the next generation. Chapter 7 focuses on effective family business governance and use of advisors and boards. Chapter 8 explores key success tips for long-lasting family firms. Chapter 9 discusses trends and further research in family business.
The course will help students analyze the strategic management perspective of family businesses specifically its practice, functions, issues, operations, and dynamics. These will be discussed using topics ranging from strengths and weaknesses of family businesses, managing family business conflict, management of succession, professionalization, strategic planning, and family businesses in an international context among others.
Borrowed from Your Grandchildren : The Evolution of 100-Year Family Enterprises by
Families share how they have maintained and grown their wealth from generation to generation. While creating wealth is a wonderful achievement, business families are also concerned with how their wealth is used to support their values, the lives of their children and the well-being of the community. Over several generations, families who are successful in growing their wealth have been able to reinvent themselves and their business in the face of significant environmental transformations and internal differences cause by family dynamics. Borrowed from my Grandchildren is a fascinating look at how large, long-lasting business families succeed across generations. Author Dennis T. Jaffe, one of the leading architects of the field of family enterprise consulting, has interviewed members of successful, well known, 100-year family enterprises from 20 countries, who serve as role models for those wishing to see their wealth positively impact their children, employees, and communities. Half continue to own their legacy business and others have gone on to become family offices with a portfolio of shared assets, but all these families have sustained their values and identity as a family over more than three generations. Offering the collected wisdom of nearly 100 global business families, this insightful book shares the real-life stories of partners in business and wealth management over three of more generations. Families that generate rather than reduce their wealth across generations, known as Generative Families, focus on engaging across generations and develop collaborative governance for both family and business to ensure responsible stewardship from one generation to the next. This unique resource: Presents real-life stories of families sustaining wealth over generations Explores both the successes and failures of retaining family wealth Includes rare private insights from members of prominent wealthy families Examines the nature of global family enterprises and their evolution over generations Discusses the financial, human, and social dimensions of wealth Borrowed from my Grandchildren: The Evolution of Stewardship in 100-Year Families is an essential read for family members, non-family executives, family offices, estate planning lawyers, family business consultants, trust officers, philanthropic and foundation advisors, financial advisors, financial planners, CPAs, and other finance professionals.
Building Family Business Champions by
Building Family Business Champions provides a theoretically sound and practical framework for understanding the challenges that family businesses face. Drawing on three decades of consulting with more than 250 companies, their own experience running a family-owned firm, and sound research, Eric G. Flamholtz and Yvonne Randle explain that the success of these companies hinges upon the dual management of family functionality and the company's infrastructure. They present a set of managerial tools for planning, structuring the business, measuring performance, and managing culture. After laying this groundwork, they attend to issues that uniquely pertain to these companies, such as succession and the challenges of familial dysfunction. Finally, the book offers a set of short self-assessments that can be used in any family business. Richly illustrated with stories of companies at various stages of growth from around the globe, this book provides a comprehensive guide for building businesses that thrive from generation to generation.
Coaching In the Family Owned Business by
This book aims to showcase scholarly work from leading coaching psychologists and coaches from different parts of the world, with an expectation that each author will provide thoughtful analysis of group dynamics, family systems and psychotherapeutic approach to family business coaching. The book will thus provide both a theoretical groundwork and a practical application of group dynamic issues to family business coaching practices. The book is expected to provide a key reference book for family businesses, practitioners, business coaches, researchers, postgraduate students and coaching profession. It is believed to serve as an essential compendium for the coaching psychology, and a useful groundwork to understanding group dynamics of a family business. It is also expected to provide practitioner's input in family business coaching practices, with specific reference to knowledge enhancement, and developing innovative and reflective coaching practices appropriate to family businesses around the world. The book offers a new outlook of partnership between group dynamics and family businesses in diverse settings. The book has thus a far-reaching goal to benefit coaching profession at a global level.
De Gruyter Handbook of Business Families by
The management field increasingly recognizes that most firms in the world are family firms and that these entities operate differently from the non-family firms on which most of our current management theories are based. The De Gruyter Handbook of Business Families brings together work from leading academics who explore emerging research themes relevant to business families, particularly drawing in new insights from adjacent disciplines that can advance the family business field. The handbook challenges the traditional notion of the "single firm-single family" that has characterized most early research on family business. Recognizing that families may simultaneously own or control multiple businesses as well as substantial wealth beyond these firms in the form of financial and non-financial assets, this handbook focuses on business families rather than the narrower construct of family business. The contributions in this handbook explore the relatively neglected dynamics between individuals with family ties that shape the interaction between family and business; business families with multiple businesses; how business families adopt formal rules and processes around their joint activities; and the institutionalization of wealth and business families in society. The De Gruyter Handbook of Business Families fills a gap in the family business research literature and is an essential reference work for researchers and graduate-level students in the area of business families.
The dragon network : inside stories of the most successful Chinese family businesses by
What's driving the burgeoning global Chinese family businesses? Chinese family businesses are the driving force behind Asia's economic prosperity. As the world becomes more global they have had to adapt to the new environment. This timely book draws on an extensive regional survey to reveal the key players and the strategies that will drive their success going forward. The book discusses and analyzes the business life and achievements of some prominent overseas Chinese family businesses in Asia and reveals their life philosophies, their business journey, and their family role in business. Includes analysis regarding how the senior Chinese generations prepare their children to run the business in the future Reveals that flexibility, ability to adapt to changing business environments, and resilience contribute to the success of many overseas Chinese family businesses Offers illustrative examples of successful family businesses from Malaysia, Indonesia, The Philippines, and China Based in solid research and filled with illustrative examples, The Dragon Network offers an inside look at how family businesses succeed and thrive in Asia.
Dynastic planning : a 7-step approach to family business succession planning and related conflict management by
This book is designed to be a guide to demystify the journey leading to preserving family legacy. It is based on the fact that a family business is a partnership among its members, and that the most successful family business succession plan is the one devised by the family itself. In this book, the author shares his unique experience working with hundreds of business families and next-generation family business entrepreneurs from across the world. His 7-Step Methodology(tm) offers an innovative and a systemic approach to family business succession planning and related conflict management. It focuses on the importance of maintaining an open dialogue among family members, and it paves the way to a structured conversation among those interested in achieving an orderly transfer of wealth from one generation to another. The author further discusses the elements that traditionally cause tensions among partners who happen to be family members, and offers solutions that have been tried and tested over two decades and that are based on real-life examples and success stories. This text is designed for families in business who wish to start a succession planning conversation and to family business advisors invited to facilitate such a conversation.
The Endurance of Family Businesses : a Global Overview by
The Endurance of Family Businesses is a collection of essays offering an overview of the importance and resilience of family-controlled large businesses. Much of economic and business history research neglects family businesses, considering them an inefficient form of business organization. These essays discuss the strengths of family businesses: the ways family firms have managed, financed and governed their corporations, as well as the way in which they structure their relationship with the external environment, from the government to the company's stakeholders. Family businesses have learned new ways of organizing their resources and using their accumulated know-how for new markets and institutional environments. This volume combines the expertise of well-known scholars who specialize in business history, economic history, management and consulting, to provide an interdisciplinary perspective on family businesses. Contributors provide a global view by taking into account Asian, American and European experiences.
Engaged ownership : a guide for owners of family businesses by
Successful ownership transition requires effective decision making at the top Engaged Ownership is the definitive owner's guide to the family enterprise. Whether you're taking over a family business, family office, or trust, this book shows you how to work effectively with the management and board to keep the enterprise moving in the right direction. The first guide of its kind written from the owner's perspective, this book is designed to help owners who are truly committed to growing all forms of capital be successful in their role. You'll learn the time-tested process that helps you 'unstick' decision-making, become engaged and effective, and manage the transfer from owner control to shared ownership while minimizing risk. Improve communication and relationships with the board, and ensure that every stakeholder understands your strategies and vision for the future. You'll allay the fears that frequently accompany ownership transfers, and inspire a sense of teamwork that leads to sustainable success generation after generation. As the Baby Boomers retire, business founders and entrepreneurs worldwide are transferring ownership of privately held enterprises to their children in record numbers. It can be a complex and difficult-to-navigate time for everyone involved. This book helps you smooth the way to a successful transition, and transcend the owner's traditionally passive role. Learn to work effectively with management and the board Get everyone on the same page in terms of vision and direction Build relationships that lead to forward-thinking decision making Succeed in the ownership role by bringing your expertise to the fore Ownership transfer often triggers a radical change in family enterprise, and if poorly managed, can turn a business in the wrong direction. Engaged Ownership shows you how to build a dynamic and effective partnership with trustees, board, and management, and become a successful steward of the family's financial, human, social, and operational capital.
Family Business and Local Development in Iberoamerica by
Family Business and Local Development in Iberoamerica
Family Business and Regional Development by
This book explores the relationship between families, firms, and regions and the extent to which these relationships contribute to regional economic and social development. Although family business participation in economic activities has been a common phenomenon since pre-industrial societies, and its importance has evolved throughout time and across spatial contexts, the book suggests that these factors have often been neglected in family business and regional studies. Taking this research gap into account, the book aims to deepen our understanding of the role family firms play in the regional economy. In particular, it explores two seldom studied questions. Firstly, what role do family firms play in regional development? Secondly, how do different spatial regional contexts shape family firm operations and performance? Family Business and Regional Development presents a model of "spatial familiness" and uses themes such as productivity, networks and competitiveness to shed new light on family businesses. Moreover, it approaches the juxtaposition between family business and regional studies to encourage the cross-fertilisation of ideas, theories, and research methods between the two fields. Bringing together leading experts in entrepreneurship, regional economics, and economic geography, this book will be a valuable reading for advanced students, researchers and policymakers interested in family firms, regional studies and economic geography.
Family Business Governance by
This book presents research-based information to provide the reader a deeper understanding of the complex nature of family owned businesses, their problems and challenges, and the unique governance structures and mechanisms that have been developed to properly guide a family business to greater effectiveness. Family business is the most prevalent form of business organization in the world. Much of the existing literature on family and corporate governance focuses on the larger and often publicly owned corporations instead of the unique and special issues of the much more prevalent privately held (usually smaller) family businesses. This book presents research-based information to provide the reader a deeper understanding of the complex nature of family owned businesses, their problems and challenges, and the unique governance structures and mechanisms that have been developed to properly guide a family business to greater effectiveness. For the family, such structures include having family meetings, a family council, and a family constitution. For the business, the board of directors provides experienced and knowledgeable advice and recommendations, as well as oversight and monitoring activities. For the owners, a shareholder's council and an annual shareholder meeting allows increased communication and voting on decisions. These family governance mechanisms have been shown to increase communication, reduce conflict, and improve decision making and professionalism. Each governance tool will be explored in depth. The audience for this book is family business owners, consultants, practitioners, and family business scholars. Cases will provide readers an opportunity to apply their learning to real business problems.
Family Enterprise + Online Assessment Tool: Understanding Families in Business and Families of Wealth by
A thorough explanation of how family enterprises work The family enterprise, whether an operating business, a family office, or both, is the backbone of the US and international economies. These enterprises cut across industries and geographies and can be first-generation entrepreneurial companies or multi-generational businesses with family offices. This book offers a foundation in and understanding of how family enterprises work, including working definitions and the key characteristics of family enterprises, as well as useful concepts for working with and in family enterprises, either as a professional or as a family member.Written by the experts at the Family Firm Institute, a global network of professionals, educators, researchers, and owners of family enterprisesAn ideal resource for professionals in law, finance, management, and behavioral science, family office and fund managers, and others interested in an multidisciplinary approach to this field
The Family in Business by
Family businesses are a breed unto themselves. Though they share many features in common with other business models, they possess unique traits that clearly differentiate them. Similarly, though consultation to family buisnesses is in many respects what other businesses experience when seeking assistance, those features that set family business consultation apart are so distinctive that failure to honor and understand them can (and does) too often lead to disaster. The needs of those family members seeking consultation share a portrait in some ways similar to those in non-FOBs, but in a majority of situations are so distinctive and potentially explosive that disaster lurks on the edges, ready to appear if not respected. The audience of this book are both consultants to family businesses and family members who are looking for such assistance. Both require knowledge of each other's spheres of experience and perspective for effective consultation to occur - for the consultant, an awareness of family dynamics as intertwined with family business; for family members, a clarification of what can be expected and delivered. In addition to the interface between family dynamics and the family's business, we will explore the key tasks in family business consultation: succession planning, selection of the successor, conflict resolution, defining the role of family members in the business, how to involve the management team in succession planning, determining what happens after succession and building a board of advisors.
Reputation Management and Family Business by
Corporate reputation is important in gaining long-term competitive advantage and building company value. Thus, the author points out the need to manage reputation, which, due to its complex nature and multidimensional character, is a serious and difficult challenge. The author develops a strategic model for family business reputation management. The book presents the review, systematization and synthesis of views on the notion of reputation and its role in building company value, the determinants of reputation; the identification of the characteristics and distinguishing factors of family businesses, areas of reputation building and resources involved in family business reputation building processes; and the description of determinants, components and processes in the field of corporate reputation management, and the identification of key links between them. It also identifies the key elements of the concept of family business reputation management and the relationship between them and practical recommendations for the use of reputation management concepts in improving the functioning of family businesses. The developed model can undoubtedly be seen as a pioneering contribution to research into the competitiveness of enterprises. The book will therefore be useful to researchers, students and managers who are interested in decision-making in family businesses, entrepreneurship and small business management, and leadership studies.
The Sage handbook of family business by
For the first time, this Handbook captures the conceptual map and state-of-the-art thinking on family business - an area which has seen rapid global growth in both research and education in the last two decades.
Strategic Family Wealth Management : Managing the Business of Family Wealth. by
A new, more comprehensive approach to long-term family wealth management More Than Money provides a high-level, integrated approach to preserving both financial resources and family harmony. Research has shown a failure rate of 70 percent in long-term multigenerational wealth management, and contrary to popular assumption, only five percent of that failure is due to bad investment, poor tax planning, or inadequate performance by legal and financial advisors. The number-one reason family wealth management fails is the family itself; poor communication, lack of trust, divergent visions, and a failure to prepare succeeding generations will tear down the resources the family has worked so hard to build. Traditional wealth management cannot fix this. Instead, this book offers a fresh approach that integrates strategic and tactical wealth management to align the family's assets with the family members. With helpful tools and advice drawn from a real-world understanding of family complexities, you'll improve your ability to preserve your family's resources over multiple generations. With an expert's perspective on the real forces behind successful family wealth management, this book provides a clear model and a practical roadmap for long-term financial preservation. Develop a shared family vision and mission Improve communication and trust among members Merge strategic and tactical planning Ensure the longevity of your family's wealth The wealth management sphere tends to focus on taxes, investments, banking, and estate planning, but little thought is given to the people themselves--this overlooks the fact that individual family members are the most critical factor in multigenerational wealth management, and fails to provide solutions. More Than Money merges traditional strategies with family dynamics, communication, governance, and preparation to help your resources last for generations to come.
Succession and the transfer of social capital in Chinese family businesses by
This is the first systematic study of the succession process of Chinese family businesses which reveals what is truly happening during the time of hand-over. In explaining the features of the Chinese way of succession, special attention is paid to the transfer of social capital and guanxi, among other cultural and socioeconomic contexts, which could impact the behaviours and decisions of the family business stakeholders. Carefully selected 63 cases of family firms and the authentic words and experiences of the founders and their second generation are of high relevance in helping the readers to understand Chinese family businesses and their successions as well as to learn from their successes or failures.
Work-Family Triangle Synchronization by
"I need to check with my partner" is a common response of an employee to his manager, emphasizing the tug of war between the employee's spouse and the workplace. The challenges in the fields of work and family have been the focus of researchers for decades. Frameworks for work-family conflict, work-family enrichment, and work-family balance have been put forth in light of the complexity of the interface. Yet the relationship between the three stakeholders managing the interface (manager, employee, and spouse), has not received the attention it deserves. Work-Family Triangle Synchronization takes a holistic look into the triangle of forces involved in the conflict: the manager, the employee, and the employee's spouse at home. Using the therapeutic triangle relationship framework, it elaborates on the dynamic of work-family triangles and offers a structured process for designing a psychological contract among the three players. This process is termed work-family triangle synchronization (WFTS). Based on the authors' 20 years of academic research and field experience in the organizational and family domains this book introduces a novel synchronization model, methodology, and compelling tools. Personal anecdotes and stories make the text accessible and understandable, accompanying the reader step by step in the task of developing a synchronized work-family triangle psychological contract, as both a diagnostic and a management tool.
Management and Organizational Leadership
The course intends to showcase the management and organizational leadership skills of students through articulation of their personal and professional learning applied in various learning assessments. Activities aim to inculcate analytical thinking and expression with the intention to foster lifelong learning skills among students.
Critical Systems Thinking and the Management of Complexity by
From the winner of the INCOSE Pioneer Award 2022 The world has become increasingly networked and unpredictable. Decision makers at all levels are required to manage the consequences of complexity every day. They must deal with problems that arise unexpectedly, generate uncertainty, are characterised by interconnectivity, and spread across traditional boundaries. Simple solutions to complex problems are usually inadequate and risk exacerbating the original issues. Leaders of international bodies such as the UN, OECD, UNESCO and WHO -- and of major business, public sector, charitable, and professional organizations -- have all declared that systems thinking is an essential leadership skill for managing the complexity of the economic, social and environmental issues that confront decision makers. Systems thinking must be implemented more generally, and on a wider scale, to address these issues. An evaluation of different systems methodologies suggests that they concentrate on different aspects of complexity. To be in the best position to deal with complexity, decision makers must understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various approaches and learn how to employ them in combination. This is called critical systems thinking. Making use of over 25 case studies, the book offers an account of the development of systems thinking and of major efforts to apply the approach in real-world interventions. Further, it encourages the widespread use of critical systems practice as a means of ensuring responsible leadership in a complex world. The INCOSE Pioneer Award is presented to someone who, by their achievements in the engineering of systems, has contributed uniquely to major products or outcomes enhancing society or meeting its needs. The criteria may apply to a single outstanding outcome or a lifetime of significant achievements in effecting successful systems. Comments on a previous version of the book: Russ Ackoff: 'the book is the best overview of the field I have seen' JP van Gigch: 'Jackson does a masterful job. The book is lucid ...well written and eminently readable' Professional Manager (Journal of the Chartered Management Institute): 'Provides an excellent guide and introduction to systems thinking for students of management'
Disruptive Leadership by
Disruptive leadership is a topic generating intense interest. Companies all over the world are trying to upend their industry through innovative products and services. Becoming a disruptive organization, however, is easier said than done. Even more difficult is being a company that continually disrupts. Is it possible to discern a code for how companies can achieve this? In this highly readable and engaging book, a disruptive leadership framework is proposed in which caring deeply is placed at the center of the model. By turning care into a focal point, a triphasic model is proposed that moves from the personal sphere (individual), to the corporate arena (organizational), and then to the global stage (impact). Nine keys are identified along this path for how companies can realize organizational excellence. While care may seem like a soft concept in the rough and tumble world of business, it is argued how it is actually an inspired manner for providing direction, structure, and know-how that leads to powerful outcomes. Apple is profiled as a leading example of leveraging what is termed the technology of caring deeply. Other companies, such as Nike, IKEA, Zappos, Starbucks are also profiled. Finally, a leadership canvas is provided to help activate the lessons shared in the book.
Financial cybersecurity risk management : leadership perspectives and guidance for systems and institutions by
Understand critical cybersecurity and risk perspectives, insights, and tools for the leaders of complex financial systems and markets. This book offers guidance for decision makers and helps establish a framework for communication between cyber leaders and front-line professionals. Information is provided to help in the analysis of cyber challenges and choosing between risk treatment options. Financial cybersecurity is a complex, systemic risk challenge that includes technological and operational elements. The interconnectedness of financial systems and markets creates dynamic, high-risk environments where organizational security is greatly impacted by the level of security effectiveness of partners, counterparties, and other external organizations. The result is a high-risk environment with a growing need for cooperation between enterprises that are otherwise direct competitors. There is a new normal of continuous attack pressures that produce unprecedented enterprise threats that must be met with an array of countermeasures. Financial Cybersecurity Risk Management explores a range of cybersecurity topics impacting financial enterprises. This includes the threat and vulnerability landscape confronting the financial sector, risk assessment practices and methodologies, and cybersecurity data analytics. Governance perspectives, including executive and board considerations, are analyzed as are the appropriate control measures and executive risk reporting. What You'll Learn Analyze the threat and vulnerability landscape confronting the financial sector Implement effective technology risk assessment practices and methodologies Craft strategies to treat observed risks in financial systems Improve the effectiveness of enterprise cybersecurity capabilities Evaluate critical aspects of cybersecurity governance, including executive and board oversight Identify significant cybersecurity operational challenges Consider the impact of the cybersecurity mission across the enterprise Leverage cybersecurity regulatory and industry standards to help manage financial services risks Use cybersecurity scenarios to measure systemic risks in financial systems environments Apply key experiences from actual cybersecurity events to develop more robust cybersecurity architectures Who This Book Is For Decision makers, cyber leaders, and front-line professionals, including: chief risk officers, operational risk officers, chief information security officers, chief security officers, chief information officers, enterprise risk managers, cybersecurity operations directors, technology and cybersecurity risk analysts, cybersecurity architects and engineers, and compliance officers
Global Leadership by
This text focuses on leading across cultural, economic, social, national, and political boundaries simultaneously. Global Leadership presents the field's latest studies and practices in a succinct and engaging style that helps scholars, managers, and students grasp the complexities of being a global leader. The authors begin by explaining the conceptual differences between general leadership and global leadership before examining the various dimensions of the global leadership field, and how it will develop in the future. Users of previous editions will notice that the book has been restructured into five new parts to provide a better conceptual flow. Other new features include: A new chapter on talent management and its relationship to global leadership processes. Updates to the chapter on global leadership development, including material on international service learning approaches and other "best practice" examples. Significant updates to the chapters on responsible global leadership and leading global teams, accounting for recent advances in both disciplines. This edition will prove a useful guide for graduate students of global leadership, international business, and general leadership classes as well as scholars and managers seeking a thorough understanding of the field today. PowerPoint slides and a list of suggested cases are available to further assist instructors.
The Jossey-Bass Handbook of Nonprofit Leadership and Management by
The go-to nonprofit handbook, updated and expanded for today's leader The Jossey-Bass Handbook of Nonprofit Leadership and Management is the bestselling professional reference and leading text on the functions, processes, and strategies that are integral to the effective leadership and management of nonprofit and nongovernmental organizations. Now in its fourth edition, this handbook presents the most current research, theory, and practice in the field of nonprofit leadership and management. This practical, relevant guide is invaluable to the effective practice of nonprofit leadership and management, with expanded attention to accountability, transparency, and organizational effectiveness. It also extensively covers the practice of social entrepreneurship, presented via an integrative perspective that helps the reader make practical sense of how to bring it all together. Nonprofit organizations present unique opportunities and challenges for meeting the needs of societies and their communities, yet nonprofit management is more complex and challenging than ever. This Handbook provides a framework to help you lead and manage efficiently and effectively in this new environment. Building on solid current scholarship, the handbook provides candid, practical guidance from nationally-recognized leaders who share their insights on: The relationship between board performance and organizational effectiveness Managing internal and external stakeholder relationships Financial viability and sustainability and how to enhance both for the long term Strategies to successfully attract, retain, and mobilize the very best of staff and volunteers The fourth edition of the handbook also includes content relevant to associations and membership organizations. The content of the handbook is supplemented and enriched by an extensive set of online supplements and tools, including reading lists, web references, checklists, PowerPoint slides, discussion guides, and sample exams. Running your nonprofit or nongovernmental organization effectively in today's complex and challenging environment demands more knowledge and skill than ever, deployed in a thoughtful and pragmatic way. Grounded in the most useful modern scholarship and theory, and explained from the perspective of effective practice, The Jossey-Bass Handbook of Nonprofit Leadership and Management is a pivotal resource for successful nonprofit leaders in these turbulent times.
Leader Interpersonal and Influence Skills by
This edited volume explores different models, conceptualizations, and measures of leader interpersonal and influence "soft skills" that are so necessary for effective leadership. These include the communication skills, persuasion skills, political savvy, and emotional abilities used by leaders to inspire, motivate, and move followers toward the accomplishment of goals. The book emanates from the two-day-long 21st Kravis-de Roulet leadership conference, which brought together top scholars working in this area. The intent of the conference and this edited volume is to increase understanding of the interpersonal and influence skills, or "soft skills," of the leader, to highlight state-of-the-art research on the topic, and to provide clear, research-based guidelines for the development of leader skills.Chapter authors are recognized experts in their respective areas, and each section of the book will be introduced by an editor-authored chapter reviewing the specific topic area in brief.
Leadership by
This accessible and comprehensive textbook draws on the reader's own experience of leadership in an employment context. The text adopts a critical and thematic approach to the discussion of core debates and emerging topics, while offering a wealth of case studies and other learning tools to help students put leadership theory into practice.
Leadership & management : theory & practice by
This market-leading textbook provides students with rigorous information while balancing the key topics with a practical approach, through real-life case studies, examples and problem-solving techniques. It uses everyday business terms and language, putting management in a context that makes it easy to understand for all types of learners. Leadership & Management: Theory & Practice enables students to strengthen skills in areas such as managing poor performance, being more directive, and solving problems permanently. It is noted for its application across industry sectors and different types of business. -- Publishers website.
Leadership and Change Management by
A leader's role in the management of change is a critical issue for successful outcomes of strategic initiatives. Globalization and economic instability have prompted an increase in organizational changes related to downsizing and restructuring in order to improve financial performance and organizational competitiveness. Researchers agree that a leader's inability to fully understand what is needed in order to guide their organization through successful change can be a reason for failure. Proper planning and management of change can reduce the likelihood of failure, promote change effectiveness, and increase employee engagement. Yet, change in organizations must be viewed as a continuous activity that affects both organizational and individual outcomes. If change management can be considered as an event induced by socio-cultural factors, the cultural variable gains greater significance when applied to the quality of the relationship between a leader and their team. Many organizations today are on the verge of internationalization. It is here that the cultural context can affect behaviors and, in the same way, leadership style. The research presented in this book by an eminent group of scholars explores the influence of culture - ethnic, regional, religious - on how leaders manage change within organizations.
The Leadership of Organizational Change by
Understanding both leadership and change have been recurrent and popular themes within the business, management and organization studies literature. However, our understanding of leadership and organizational change in combination is far more limited. The Leadership of Organizational Change offers a critical review of the evolution of leadership and organizational change for the past thirty-five years, taking stock of what we know, identifying what we do not know, and establishing how the study of the leadership of change should advance. In the late seventies and early eighties, as interest in managing and leading change was fuelled by the competitive threat of Asia in general and Japan in particular as perceived by western businesses and governments, Burns (1978) writing in his landmark book Leadership at this time, referred to an intellectual crisis: "The crisis of leadership today is the mediocrity or irresponsibility of so many of the men and women in power, but leadership rarely rises to the full need for it. The fundamental crisis underlying mediocrity is intellectual. If we know all too much about our leaders, we know far too little about leadership." While the study of managing change has benefitted from sustained critical scrutiny, particularly in the last decade, it is believed that this is to have been at the expense of critical scrutiny of leading change. The Leadership of Organizational Change critically reviews how the study of leading change has advanced since 1978 and the crisis of intellectual mediocrity.
Measuring Leadership Development: Quantify Your Program's Impact and ROI on Organizational Performance by
Prove the financial value of your programs--so funders can't say no "Not measuring the impact of leadership development is like dieting without weighing-in. This outstanding book offers a very logical and practical approach to measuring the impact of leadership development." --Dave Ulrich, Professor, University of Michigan, Ross School of Business, and partner, The RBL Group "This book explains many of the reasons why current leadership development practices miss the mark. A must-read for anyone who wishes to implement a meaningful strategy for developing leaders in their organization." --Rajeev Peshawaria, Executive Director and CEO, iclif Leadership and Governance Centre "Leadership development is an area we instinctively know we need in organizations, but we struggle with how to link it to results. Patti, Jack, and Rebecca make measurement a clear and simple process." --Whitney Hischier, Assistant Dean, Center for Executive Education, University of California, Berkeley, Haas School of Business "Measuring Leadership Development is one of the best business road maps I've seen in quite some time. These three doctors of philosophy offer the right prescription for ailing corporations in today's business climate. I highly recommend it as an essential navigational tool in any corporate handbook." --Marshall Goldsmith, million-selling author of the New York Times bestsellers MOJO and What Got Your Here Won't Get You There "In addition to synthesizing and integrating various streams of information into something meaningful and compelling, the authors outline the fundamental questions that anyone who truly cares about making a difference should answer and they also provide pragmatic approaches and applications to insure high impact." --Teresa Roche, Vice President and Chief Learning Officer, Agilent Technologies About the Book: Leadership development is one of the driving forces behind strong organizational performance. However, when executives look to run their organizations leaner, they view it as a luxury. Now, Measuring Leadership Development gives talent managers a full toolkit for presenting their leadership development programs in terms of identifiable business benefits, including--for the first time--an accurate bottom line for return on investment in the program. Jack and Patti Phillips have set the standard for ROI Methodology, and here, with Rebecca Ray, they show you how to measure, in real numbers, the impact a leadership development program has on an organization. This complete package gives you sought-after advice for developing leaders with a conveniently measurable, results-based approach as well as the tools you need to collect, analyze, and report relevant data. With this one-of-a-kind book, you can get up and running fast to: Design, deliver, and sustain a periodic ROI evaluation process Provide executives and stakeholders with the confirmable data they demand in terms they understand Use your evaluation data to drive improvement in your organization Effectively value the ROI of a leadership development program using the same standard ratio accountants use for equipment and buildings Colorful case studies from some of the world's best-known companies illustrate how to establish best practices and avoid common pitfalls. You will turn to this book again and again for its authoritative, go-to advice and techniques. Take the lead in improving your company's performance with Measuring Leadership Development.
The open organization : a new era of leadership and organizational development by
What is it that makes certain organizations more successful? Organization design and its management has long been the fixation of leaders and scholars alike. Cracking the code to the perfect organizational ecosystem appears to be the dividing line between great success and mediocrity. The 21st century launched with great volatility and a level of cultural and global diversity unknown by previous generations. This instability demands new approaches and methods for the delivery of products, services and ideas. We can no longer afford to run organizations with 19th and 20th century ideas. The pressures of shifting demographics, culture and technology require new approaches to organizational leadership and structures. Welcome to the era of the Open Organization. The Open Organization: A New Era of Leadership and Organizational Development, by Dr Philip A Foster, is divided into three distinct parts; the first explores the foundations of an Open Organization, covering the evolution of leadership and organization theories from the beginning of known time through to the 21st century; the second discusses the elements of such an organization, presenting the ecosystem of an Open System with its structure, culture and decision-making functions, while the third examines the 21st century organization, questioning ¿who should go Open¿ and reviewing the reality of creating this type of organization, understanding control and resistance and addressing the matter of bringing about change.
Organizational Culture and Leadership by
The book that defined the field, updated and expanded for today's organizations Organizational Culture and Leadership is the classic reference for managers and students seeking a deeper understanding of the inter-relationship of organizational culture dynamics and leadership. Author Edgar Schein is the 'father' of organizational culture, world-renowned for his expertise and research in the field; in this book, he analyzes and illustrates through cases the abstract concept of culture and shows its importance to the management of organizational change. This new fifth edition shows how culture has become a popular concept leading to a wide variety of research and implementation by various organizations and expands the focus on the role of national cultures in influencing culture dynamics, including some practical concepts for how to deal with international differences. Special emphasis is given to how the role of leadership varies with the age of the organization from founding, through mid-life to old age as the cultural issues vary at each stage. How culture change is managed at each stage and in different types of organizations is emphasized as a central concern of leader behavior.. This landmark book is considered the defining resource in the field. Drawing on a wide range of research, this fifth edition contains 25 percent new and revised material to provide the most relevant new concepts and perspectives alongside the basic culture model that has helped to define the field. Dig into assumptions and typologies to decipher organizational culture Learn how culture begins, thrives, or dies with leadership Manage cultural change effectively and appropriately Understand the leader's role in managing disparate groups The resurgence of interest in organizational culture has spurred an awakening in research, and new information is continuously coming to light. Outdated practices are being replaced by more effective methods, and the resulting shift affects organizations everywhere. Organizational Culture and Leadership is an essential resource for scholars, consultants and leaders seeking continuous improvement in the face of today's business realities.
Performance Leadership by
A fearsome aspect of management is the performance appraisal. It has become a byword for unfairness and irritation among employees. Some management writers are even proposing in doing away with it. We agree that the current method of appraisal is unsustainable and counterproductive. In this book, we discuss Performance LeadershipTM - the idea of leading employee performance, which should be the focus of management. Just doing appraisal or evaluation is not enough. Managers must incorporate the entire model of performance management and use it to lead within their workgroup, department, or organization. We walk managers through the steps of Performance Leadership, discussing the benefits and pitfalls of each step. The idea of making performance management work as a leadership style is new and simple, but it takes dedication to complete the task. This book is valuable for supervisors, managers, human resource staff, and others - anyone who needs to manage performance
Scaling Leadership by
Transform Your Organization by Scaling Leadership How do senior leaders, in their own words, describe the most effective leaders--the ones that get results, grow the business, enhance the culture and leave in their wake a trail of other really effective leaders? Conversely, how do senior leaders describe the kind of leader that undercuts the organization's capacity and capability to create its future? This book, based on groundbreaking research, shows how senior leaders describe and develop leadership that works, that does not, that scales, and that limits scale. Is your leadership built for scale as you advance in today's volatile, uncertain, dynamic, and disruptive business environment? This context puts a premium on a very particular kind of leadership--High-Creative leadership capable of rapidly growing the organization while simultaneously transforming it into more agile, innovative, adaptive and engaging workplace. The research presented in this book suggests that senior leaders can describe the High-Creative leadership with surprising clarity. They also describe with equal precision the High-Reactive leadership that cancels itself out and seriously limits scale. Which type of leader are you? You scale your leadership by increasing the multiple on your leadership in three ways. First, by developing the strengths that differentiate the most effective leaders from the strengths deployed by the most Reactive and ineffective leaders. And second, by increasing your leadership ratio--the ratio of most the effective strengths to the most damaging liabilities. Third, by developing High-Creative leaders all around you. Scaling Leadership provides a proven framework for magnifying agile and scalable leadership in your organization. Scalable leadership drives forward-momentum by multiplying high-achieving leaders at scale so that growth, productivity and innovation increase exponentially. Creative leaders multiply their strengths beyond technical competence by leading in deep relationship, with radical humanity, passion and integrity. Drawing upon decades of solid research and experience enhancing individual capability and collective leadership effectiveness with Fortune 500 companies and government agencies, the authors provide an innovative and efficient framework to help you: Take stock of your own personal balance of leadership strengths and weaknesses Scale your leadership in deep relationship and high integrity Proliferate high-achievers throughout your organization's leadership system Identify ineffective leadership and course-correct quickly Transform your organization by transforming leadership Scaling Leadership is an invaluable tool for executives, managers, and leaders in business, academia, nonprofit organizations, and more. This innovative resource provides effective techniques, real-world examples, and expert guidance for organizations seeking to improve performance, align and execute strategies, and transform their business with scalable leadership capability.
Thinkers 50 Leadership: Organizational Success Through Leadership by
The World's Leading Business Minds on Today's Most Critical Challenges Featuring Jim Collins, Daniel Goleman, Marshall Goldsmith, Stew Friedman, and others "Thinkers50 is . . . the Oscars for ideas." -- Professor Costas Markides, London Business School Stuart Crainer and Des Dearlove, creators of Thinkers50, have personally interviewed top leaders from businesses around the globe--from CEOs of multinationals to successful sports coaches to people on the front linesof education. In Thinkers50 Leadership, the authors cull thebest practices and most intriguing insights of today's top leadership experts to give you an edge on the competition. Chapters include: Crucibles of Leadership Level 5 Leadership The Real Thing Charisma and the Dark Side Followership Where Leaders Meet the World Leaders at Work Each book in the Thinkers50 series providesauthoritative explanations of the concepts, ideas, and practices that are making a difference today, including specific examples and cases drawn from the original sources. The concept of leadership was once reserved for politics and the military. But as the authors write, "Leadership is now multifaceted rather than simply summed up in the dread words 'command and control.' Leadership is about feelings. Leadership is about emotions. Leadership is about those who follow. Leadershipis about the people touched by the actions of leaders." An in-depth exploration of a fascinating subject,Thinkers50 Leadership reveals the most innovativetheories and concepts on the subject from the world's top leadership experts.
Value Stream Mapping: How to Visualize Work and Align Leadership for Organizational Transformation by
Winner of The Shingo Research and Professional Publication Award! Align your leadership team to deliver the highest possible value to your customers Too many organizations today suffer from silo-centric behavior and intra-organizational conflict. Yet most don't understand what's holding them back from achieving outstanding performance. Value stream mapping--an essential but underusedmethodology--is a proven approach to help you visualize and resolve disconnects, redundancies, and gaps in your value delivery system. More than merely a tool to eliminateoperational waste, value stream mapping is a highly effective means to transform leadership thinking, define strategy and priorities, and create customer-centric work flow. In this detailed guide, business performance improvement experts Karen Martin and Mike Osterling present a practical way to deeply understand how work gets done--in any environment--and how to design improvedwork systems. You'll learn how to: Prepare and engage your leadership team in the transformation process Gain a deep understanding about your current work systems and the related barriers to delivering value Design a future state that enables outstanding performance on all fronts Adopt the new design and lay the foundation for continued improvement Whether you are a novice, an experienced improvement practitioner, or a leader, Value Stream Mapping will help you design and operate your business more effectively. And if your organization already uses value stream mapping, this book will help you improve yourtransformation efforts. In today's rapid-fire business environment, there are too many problems to be solved and too many opportunities to be leveraged to operate without a highly effective means for accomplishing the important work to be done.Value stream mapping is the missing link in business management and, properly executed, has the power to address many business woes.
Women, Business and Leadership by
This book explores the range of challenges faced by women in business and leadership today, identifying how far we need to progress before women in business experience the same level of advancement as men. Including a range of different viewpoints, the book analyses women's position at work from three perspectives: the constraints affecting women's career advancements, gender-specific challenges to women in leadership roles, and women's experiences of undertaking these roles while trying to maintain a work-life balance. By highlighting the specific disadvantages relating to gender, chapters outline the extent of change needed culturally, as well as through policy and attitude, if women are to achieve parity with their male counterparts. Researchers and students of gender in management, leadership and organisation studies will find this a thought provoking read, particularly those studying work-family balance and the future paths to breaking the glass ceiling for women in business. Contributors include: V. Aggelou, Y. Ang, A.-S. Antoniou, M. Apergi, V. Bevan, S. Bisom-Rapp, R. Burke, P. Burkinshaw, S. Carter, K. Clayton-Hathway, N. Drosos, E. Dunn, U. Fasbender, A. Furnham, C. Gatrell, F.H. Gerpott, E. Hamilton, B. Hawkins, J. Kampa, C.-T. Kechagias, L. Lavaysse, K. Otto, S. Perera Sanjee, P. Perrewe, N. Peyton, J.C. Potwora, T. Probst, I. Rittenhofer, M. Sargeant, S. Schlamp, R. Sealy, R. Searle, C. Tully, R. Ventouratou, S. Voelpel, L. Weis, K. White, L.-D. Wojtas
Management and Organizational Leadership
The course intends to showcase the management and organizational leadership skills of students through articulation of their personal and professional learning applied in various learning assessments. Activities aim to inculcate analytical thinking and expression with the intention to foster lifelong learning skills among students.
21st century skills for non-profit managers : a practical guide on leadership and management by
Over the last 30 years nonprofit organizations have grown massively in capacity, scope, and authority across the world. With growing demand for services, there are numerous opportunities for nonprofits to respond innovatively and sustainably. Any experienced nonprofit manager knows the role is sometimes frustrating but always exhilarating, working with people and empowering them. Severe funding cuts make this more testing, but new prospects are appearing. If you are new to management or the sector, you need a book describing good practice to inform and guide you. Managing a small nonprofit, requires you to multitask, manage your time and prioritize tasks, while taking on extra responsibilities, you need new skills such as fundraising, all covered in this book. This book covers essential aspects (staffing, communications, charity governance, donations, corporate social responsibility, crowdfunding). With useful case studies, resources and links, it avoids jargon and intellectualizing. Topics include effective business planning, empowering staff and clients, writing successful fundraising applications and preparing government tenders for the U.S. and UK. Don used his experience as a nonprofit manager, volunteer, staffer, fundraiser, community fund overseer, trustee and consultant to make the book relevant, topical and helpful.
100 More Great Leadership : From successful leaders to managers around the world. by
Do you inspire people's basic emotions? Do you welcome ideas from every source? Do you let people make their own decisions? Are you prepared to think the unthinkable? Leadership is one of the most complex and demanding roles that anyone can be called on to undertake. In modem organisations, executives are expected to deliver leadership from the very outset of their careers. Following on from its bestselling predecessor 100 Great Leadership Ideas, this new volume draws on the opinions of more than 130 modern business leaders, thinkers and commentators to explore what they agree are the most valuable ideas for today's aspiring leaders. Successful leaders stress the need for constant innovation, and try to create organisational structures that encourage an entrepreneurial mindset. They enable colleagues to take control of their business objectives, and encourage them to provide their own leadership at various levels of the organisation. Modern leaders dedicate their time and effort to bringing out the best in other people, and use the wisdom of the organisation to find the most successful way to achieve their vision for the future. 100 More Great Leadership Ideas offers the collected wisdom of the very best modern business leaders as a source of practical inspiration for leaders in organisations around the world. Book jacket.
Critical Systems Thinking and the Management of Complexity by
From the winner of the INCOSE Pioneer Award 2022 The world has become increasingly networked and unpredictable. Decision makers at all levels are required to manage the consequences of complexity every day. They must deal with problems that arise unexpectedly, generate uncertainty, are characterised by interconnectivity, and spread across traditional boundaries. Simple solutions to complex problems are usually inadequate and risk exacerbating the original issues. Leaders of international bodies such as the UN, OECD, UNESCO and WHO -- and of major business, public sector, charitable, and professional organizations -- have all declared that systems thinking is an essential leadership skill for managing the complexity of the economic, social and environmental issues that confront decision makers. Systems thinking must be implemented more generally, and on a wider scale, to address these issues. An evaluation of different systems methodologies suggests that they concentrate on different aspects of complexity. To be in the best position to deal with complexity, decision makers must understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various approaches and learn how to employ them in combination. This is called critical systems thinking. Making use of over 25 case studies, the book offers an account of the development of systems thinking and of major efforts to apply the approach in real-world interventions. Further, it encourages the widespread use of critical systems practice as a means of ensuring responsible leadership in a complex world. The INCOSE Pioneer Award is presented to someone who, by their achievements in the engineering of systems, has contributed uniquely to major products or outcomes enhancing society or meeting its needs. The criteria may apply to a single outstanding outcome or a lifetime of significant achievements in effecting successful systems. Comments on a previous version of the book: Russ Ackoff: 'the book is the best overview of the field I have seen' JP van Gigch: 'Jackson does a masterful job. The book is lucid ...well written and eminently readable' Professional Manager (Journal of the Chartered Management Institute): 'Provides an excellent guide and introduction to systems thinking for students of management'
Exploring Leadership : Individual, Organizational, and Societal Perspectives by
Are leaders born or made? Does each society get the leaders it deserves? How-and why-is leadership 'rhetoric' different from leadership in reality? l l Leadership is one of the most talked about yet least understood concepts in current business and society. This book explores how theoretical models and views of leadership have evolved over time; how leadership can be investigated from individual, organizational, and societal perspectives; and perennial dilemmas andemerging approaches in Leadership Studies. Positioning its discussion within a multidisciplinary framework that touches on management, sociology, philosophy, anthropology, history, literature, and politics, this book examines and critiques the common assumptions that inform the ways in which leadersand leadership are recognized, rewarded, and developed. It provides a valuable and thought-provoking overview for students and academics interested in leadership and management, practising leaders, leadership development consultants, and policy makers.
Financial cybersecurity risk management : leadership perspectives and guidance for systems and institutions by
Understand critical cybersecurity and risk perspectives, insights, and tools for the leaders of complex financial systems and markets. This book offers guidance for decision makers and helps establish a framework for communication between cyber leaders and front-line professionals. Information is provided to help in the analysis of cyber challenges and choosing between risk treatment options. Financial cybersecurity is a complex, systemic risk challenge that includes technological and operational elements. The interconnectedness of financial systems and markets creates dynamic, high-risk environments where organizational security is greatly impacted by the level of security effectiveness of partners, counterparties, and other external organizations. The result is a high-risk environment with a growing need for cooperation between enterprises that are otherwise direct competitors. There is a new normal of continuous attack pressures that produce unprecedented enterprise threats that must be met with an array of countermeasures. Financial Cybersecurity Risk Management explores a range of cybersecurity topics impacting financial enterprises. This includes the threat and vulnerability landscape confronting the financial sector, risk assessment practices and methodologies, and cybersecurity data analytics. Governance perspectives, including executive and board considerations, are analyzed as are the appropriate control measures and executive risk reporting. What You'll Learn Analyze the threat and vulnerability landscape confronting the financial sector Implement effective technology risk assessment practices and methodologies Craft strategies to treat observed risks in financial systems Improve the effectiveness of enterprise cybersecurity capabilities Evaluate critical aspects of cybersecurity governance, including executive and board oversight Identify significant cybersecurity operational challenges Consider the impact of the cybersecurity mission across the enterprise Leverage cybersecurity regulatory and industry standards to help manage financial services risks Use cybersecurity scenarios to measure systemic risks in financial systems environments Apply key experiences from actual cybersecurity events to develop more robust cybersecurity architectures Who This Book Is For Decision makers, cyber leaders, and front-line professionals, including: chief risk officers, operational risk officers, chief information security officers, chief security officers, chief information officers, enterprise risk managers, cybersecurity operations directors, technology and cybersecurity risk analysts, cybersecurity architects and engineers, and compliance officers
Fundamentals of Level Three Leadership by
What does it take to become an effective executive? Anyone with that dream goal will want to know the answers to the six questions around which this book is organized: Who are you? What's your strategic story? Can you sell your story? Can you organize to help not hinder? Are you a Change Master? Can you transform intangible asset pools into tangible financial results? For easy apprehension, this unusual volume presents 140 concepts, one per short chapter each with an explanation, examples, visual diagrams, and challenging questions. Participants in 200+ three to five day seminars worldwide (US, Canada, Europe, Africa, Asia, South America and the Middle East) have been energized by these concepts and their applications to their careers and personal lives.
Hiring for fit : a key leadership skill by
Hiring for Fit goes to the heart of what fit really means and provides expert insight for anyone involved in making hiring decisions. A key skill for any leader is the ability to hire a great team, and this skill requires a considerable depth of knowledge of the complex subject of fit. Most organizations talk about the need to hire for fit, but many go about hiring in the wrong way because their leaders don't fully understand the concept of fit. Hiring for Fit goes to the heart of what fit really means and provides expert insight for anyone involved in making hiring decisions. The author studied the personality traits and attributes of successful hires and developed a comprehensive system to hire the right fit for any role. The entire process is an application of her unique Trait Alignment Protocol (TAP), which is the key to identifying fit and maintaining fit over the long term. By applying the thorough and practical fit strategy described in the book, leaders will gain expertise in the complex subject of fit, replace seat-of-the-pants hiring with a reliable process, gain confidence in assessing a candidate's fit, make well-founded hiring decisions that avoid common hiring pitfalls, and pave the way for effective employee retention and advancement and for succession planning.
The Jossey-Bass Handbook of Nonprofit Leadership and Management by
The go-to nonprofit handbook, updated and expanded for today's leader The Jossey-Bass Handbook of Nonprofit Leadership and Management is the bestselling professional reference and leading text on the functions, processes, and strategies that are integral to the effective leadership and management of nonprofit and nongovernmental organizations. Now in its fourth edition, this handbook presents the most current research, theory, and practice in the field of nonprofit leadership and management. This practical, relevant guide is invaluable to the effective practice of nonprofit leadership and management, with expanded attention to accountability, transparency, and organizational effectiveness. It also extensively covers the practice of social entrepreneurship, presented via an integrative perspective that helps the reader make practical sense of how to bring it all together. Nonprofit organizations present unique opportunities and challenges for meeting the needs of societies and their communities, yet nonprofit management is more complex and challenging than ever. This Handbook provides a framework to help you lead and manage efficiently and effectively in this new environment. Building on solid current scholarship, the handbook provides candid, practical guidance from nationally-recognized leaders who share their insights on: The relationship between board performance and organizational effectiveness Managing internal and external stakeholder relationships Financial viability and sustainability and how to enhance both for the long term Strategies to successfully attract, retain, and mobilize the very best of staff and volunteers The fourth edition of the handbook also includes content relevant to associations and membership organizations. The content of the handbook is supplemented and enriched by an extensive set of online supplements and tools, including reading lists, web references, checklists, PowerPoint slides, discussion guides, and sample exams. Running your nonprofit or nongovernmental organization effectively in today's complex and challenging environment demands more knowledge and skill than ever, deployed in a thoughtful and pragmatic way. Grounded in the most useful modern scholarship and theory, and explained from the perspective of effective practice, The Jossey-Bass Handbook of Nonprofit Leadership and Management is a pivotal resource for successful nonprofit leaders in these turbulent times.
Leader Evolution by
Most individuals who move into leadership positions expe-rience the modern day version of trial by ordeal. It's sink or swim. To reduce the learning curve and create a more effec-tive process, this book describes a road map for leadership development, a series of four stages that expand personal competence as well as create a broader impact on the orga-nization or business. Each stage requires unique changes in thinking, perspective taking, and behavior, both those needed to acquire as well as those needed to jettison. The book is a pragmatic approach for self-motived individuals to take con-trol of their professional development by giving them the concepts, tools, techniques, and assignments to develop their leadership effectiveness where it counts the most--on the job. While highly relevant to new and existing managers, the book is ideally suited for technical professionals and leaders in technical organizations looking to develop critical lead-ership skills distinct from technical expertise. The concepts and principles are directed toward the individual for on-the-job application, however, this also serves as an organi-zational and leadership development resource for Executive MBA programs, as well as a blueprint for in-house leadership development programs.
Leadership Insights by
This book provides young leaders or future high-potentials the guidance needed for how to deal with the challenges of leading teams in modern organizations. Leading ones first team can be a daunting and sometimes overwhelming experience, requiring self-reflection, self-discipline, communication, and organizational skills as well as no small amount of guts and values. This book provides young leaders or future high-potentials the guidance needed for how to deal with the challenges of leading teams in modern organizations. Understanding the power of strengths-based leadership using clear two-way communication and, in particular, identifying with one's own leadership philosophy are central themes in this book. It highlights the typical mistakes made by first-time leaders and offers theoretical and practical advice to deal with the difficulties of management.
Leadership Lessons from Compelling Contexts by
Research into leadership often focuses on standard business organizations. We know little about these proposed models apply to leadership in other contexts, such as the military, sports, film and television industries or religious organizations. Here, we deliberately reverse the idea of investigating how standard models fit into non-standard contexts; we want to know what leadership lessons can be drawn from compelling yet understudied contexts. Research and theory from four types of contexts are presented: Those characterized by high levels of competition, such as sport, those in which the generation of innovation and creativity is crucial e.g. film and television, high-risk contexts such as the military and aviation, and those where fostering the well-being of others is at the core. To summarize, as much as we can learn about leadership from standard business organizations and apply it to unusual contexts, the same applies the other way round: Idiosyncrasies of compelling contexts teach us fundamental lessons about leadership which are also applicable to other settings.
Level-up leadership : engaging leaders for success : leadership lessons from over 20 years of training executives by
Level Up Leadership is the first book with applied leadership development in one comprehensive read. Sharing knowledge gained by the author for over twenty years, this book will change your way of thinking about leadership in a profound and advantageous way. is the first book with applied leadership development in one comprehensive read, gained by the author over twenty-years. This book will change your way of thinking about leadership in a profound and advantageous way. How? The book is designed to train your mind to think and act as an authentic leader. Your professional demeanor will enhance as you master the six factors covered in this book. There are a plethora of leadership competencies that can be mastered. However, this book focuses on six that every leader must master to be successful. In addition to the seven chapters, four complimentary case studies apply your knowledge and leadership competency. Engaging leaders for success begins with your own personal skill development. Aspiring leaders will learn to develop skills that followers are eager to learn. Do not waste another moment, buy this book and watch your skills increase exponentially. The additional resource materials are expansive. Make this day be the day that you begin to earn the credential of executive leader. After reading this book, you will become a certified leader. Read it then contact me. I guarantee it!
Organizational Culture and Leadership by
The book that defined the field, updated and expanded for today's organizations Organizational Culture and Leadership is the classic reference for managers and students seeking a deeper understanding of the inter-relationship of organizational culture dynamics and leadership. Author Edgar Schein is the 'father' of organizational culture, world-renowned for his expertise and research in the field; in this book, he analyzes and illustrates through cases the abstract concept of culture and shows its importance to the management of organizational change. This new fifth edition shows how culture has become a popular concept leading to a wide variety of research and implementation by various organizations and expands the focus on the role of national cultures in influencing culture dynamics, including some practical concepts for how to deal with international differences. Special emphasis is given to how the role of leadership varies with the age of the organization from founding, through mid-life to old age as the cultural issues vary at each stage. How culture change is managed at each stage and in different types of organizations is emphasized as a central concern of leader behavior.. This landmark book is considered the defining resource in the field. Drawing on a wide range of research, this fifth edition contains 25 percent new and revised material to provide the most relevant new concepts and perspectives alongside the basic culture model that has helped to define the field. Dig into assumptions and typologies to decipher organizational culture Learn how culture begins, thrives, or dies with leadership Manage cultural change effectively and appropriately Understand the leader's role in managing disparate groups The resurgence of interest in organizational culture has spurred an awakening in research, and new information is continuously coming to light. Outdated practices are being replaced by more effective methods, and the resulting shift affects organizations everywhere. Organizational Culture and Leadership is an essential resource for scholars, consultants and leaders seeking continuous improvement in the face of today's business realities.
Performance Leadership by
A fearsome aspect of management is the performance appraisal. It has become a byword for unfairness and irritation among employees. Some management writers are even proposing in doing away with it. We agree that the current method of appraisal is unsustainable and counterproductive. In this book, we discuss Performance LeadershipTM - the idea of leading employee performance, which should be the focus of management. Just doing appraisal or evaluation is not enough. Managers must incorporate the entire model of performance management and use it to lead within their workgroup, department, or organization. We walk managers through the steps of Performance Leadership, discussing the benefits and pitfalls of each step. The idea of making performance management work as a leadership style is new and simple, but it takes dedication to complete the task. This book is valuable for supervisors, managers, human resource staff, and others - anyone who needs to manage performance!
Scaling Leadership by
Transform Your Organization by Scaling Leadership How do senior leaders, in their own words, describe the most effective leaders--the ones that get results, grow the business, enhance the culture and leave in their wake a trail of other really effective leaders? Conversely, how do senior leaders describe the kind of leader that undercuts the organization's capacity and capability to create its future? This book, based on groundbreaking research, shows how senior leaders describe and develop leadership that works, that does not, that scales, and that limits scale. Is your leadership built for scale as you advance in today's volatile, uncertain, dynamic, and disruptive business environment? This context puts a premium on a very particular kind of leadership--High-Creative leadership capable of rapidly growing the organization while simultaneously transforming it into more agile, innovative, adaptive and engaging workplace. The research presented in this book suggests that senior leaders can describe the High-Creative leadership with surprising clarity. They also describe with equal precision the High-Reactive leadership that cancels itself out and seriously limits scale. Which type of leader are you? You scale your leadership by increasing the multiple on your leadership in three ways. First, by developing the strengths that differentiate the most effective leaders from the strengths deployed by the most Reactive and ineffective leaders. And second, by increasing your leadership ratio--the ratio of most the effective strengths to the most damaging liabilities. Third, by developing High-Creative leaders all around you. Scaling Leadership provides a proven framework for magnifying agile and scalable leadership in your organization. Scalable leadership drives forward-momentum by multiplying high-achieving leaders at scale so that growth, productivity and innovation increase exponentially. Creative leaders multiply their strengths beyond technical competence by leading in deep relationship, with radical humanity, passion and integrity. Drawing upon decades of solid research and experience enhancing individual capability and collective leadership effectiveness with Fortune 500 companies and government agencies, the authors provide an innovative and efficient framework to help you: Take stock of your own personal balance of leadership strengths and weaknesses Scale your leadership in deep relationship and high integrity Proliferate high-achievers throughout your organization's leadership system Identify ineffective leadership and course-correct quickly Transform your organization by transforming leadership Scaling Leadership is an invaluable tool for executives, managers, and leaders in business, academia, nonprofit organizations, and more. This innovative resource provides effective techniques, real-world examples, and expert guidance for organizations seeking to improve performance, align and execute strategies, and transform their business with scalable leadership capability.
Strengths Oriented Leadership by
This book is about talent, strengths and positive psychology. Everyone is naturally talented in certain areas and if we get the opportunity to use our talents at work and develop them into strengths then we can work better, faster and far more productively. Bees search for pollen and they find it in the beautiful, successful, growing things around us: flowers. Flies search for rotting trash, bacteria and ugliness. Do you want to go through life like a fly or like a bee? These pages present the overwhelming scientific evidence that strengths-based leadership and collaboration lead to more productivity, more innovation, better well-being at work, lower absenteeism, and better health. Learning to recognize your talents, leverage them into strengths and, mitigate your weaknesses will change the way you and your colleagues work.
The Successful New CEO : The Core Leadership Principles That Will Guide Your First Year by
This book is for anyone on the pointy part of the organizational pyramid, whatever your title is. The Successful New CEO is organized into four parts: Becoming an Executive: Leaders can only lead out of who they are. How do you become the kind of person who successfully and gracefully inhabits this role? Seven Essential Executive Skills: The skills that earned you the role may not be what you need in that role. What are the critical leadership skills that become even more important as a CEO? Leading Your Leadership Team: CEOs head up leadership teams. How do you lead a confident, capable leader? How do you build a team out of leaders? First Things: Where do you start? How do you quickly build credibility and engagement? What is too fast or too slow? The Successful New CEO will help you quickly gain the confidence of others, successfully address the inevitable issues you will discover, score early wins, and set the course for a fruitful future.
Tools and Techniques of Leadership and Management by
Many of today's books on the tools and techniques of leadership and management provide descriptions of long lists for use in decision-making, leading, coaching and project management. This book takes a completely different approach. It contests the claims that the tools and techniques are based on evidence and explains why human activities of leading and managing are simply not amenable to scientific proof and consequently, why long-term futures of organizations are unpredictable. The book undertakes a critical exploration of just what these tools and techniques are about; showing that while they may lead to competent performance they cannot go further to expert performance because expertise involves going beyond rules and procedures. Ralph Stacey investigates the many questions that are thrown up as a result of this new approach. Questions such as: How do we apply this new way of thinking? What are the practical tools and techniques it gives us? What is the role of leaders in an unpredictable world? How does complexity affect the way organizations are structured and function? This book will be relevant to students on courses and modules that deal with leadership, decision-making and organizational development and behaviour as well as professional leaders and managers who want to develop their own understanding and techniques.
Comparative International Employment Law (ASEAN)
This is a foundation course for comparative international employment law in the ASEAN region specifically on employment relationships, incidents, issues and related legal concepts. All activities and discussions aim to broaden the students’ perspective on the theoretical and practical impact of the ASEAN international employment law leading to sound assessment and solution to identified issues.
ASEAN's external agreements : law, practice and the quest for collective action by
ASEAN is coming of age as an international actor and international treaty-maker. To date, more than two hundred external agreements and other instruments have been concluded in the name of ASEAN. This book provides the first systematic account of the legal framework governing ASEAN's burgeoning external relations practice. It focuses in depth on ASEAN's wide-ranging mandate to promote its values and principles in the wider region and beyond, as well as the highly intergovernmental, and at times haphazard, handling of the bloc's relations with the outside world. Furthermore, it reveals that there are two basic meanings of ASEAN in its international dealings, which have important implications under international law: ASEAN as an international organisation with its own legal personality and ASEAN as the collectivity of its member states. This timely and thoughtful book is a valuable resource for practitioners and scholars of international law, ASEAN law, international relations, regional integration and governance.
ASEAN as an Actor in International Fora by
ASEAN as an Actor in International Fora addresses a blind spot in ASEAN research and in comparative regionalism studies by assessing why, how, when and to what extent ASEAN member governments achieve a collective presence in global fora. Written for academic researchers and practitioners working in areas such as international relations, political science and international law, it examines ASEAN's negotiating behavior with a novel four-point cohesion typology. The authors argue that ASEAN's 'cognitive prior' and its repository of cooperation norms have affected ASEAN's negotiation capacities, formats, strategies and cohesion in international fora. Using two case studies - one on ASEAN's cohesion in the WTO agricultural negotiations and one on UN negotiations on forced labor in Myanmar - they examine ASEAN's collective actions at different stages of negotiation, in different issue areas and in different negotiating fora. The book concludes by providing recommendations for strengthening ASEAN's international negotiation capacities.
ASEAN Economic Cooperation and Integration by
ASEAN economic cooperation and integration have come a long way since the organisation's early days, when cooperation was more political and diplomatic than economic in nature. ASEAN now constitutes the most ambitious organisation of regional cooperation and integration in the developing world. This book investigates the economics of various ASEAN and ASEAN-centric economic integration initiatives, focusing in particular on the ASEAN Economic Community (AEC). In addition to assessing the potential effects of the AEC on the economies of the ten ASEAN member states via changes in trade, foreign direct investment and economic structure, this book underscores the implementation challenges ASEAN faces as it completes the AEC project. It also considers the AEC in the context of the Regional Comprehensive Economic Partnership (RCEP). This comprehensive study is written for academic researchers and students, as well as for policy makers in ASEAN as they chart the future policy path of the region.
The ASEAN Miracle by
The Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) is a miracle. In an era of growing cultural pessimism, there is a pervasive belief that different civilizations cannot function together. Yet the ten countries of ASEAN are a thriving counter-example of coexistence. Here, more than 625 million people live together in peace. In 1967, leaders from Indonesia, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, and Thailand struck a landmark agreement, forming ASEAN. They had realized that political and economic cooperation would bring greater stability and prosperity to the region. Fifty years and five additional countries later, the alliance has remained one of the world's most successful collaborations. Kishore Mahbubani and Jeffery Sng explain how this partnership has benefited the ten member countries and why it should serve as a model for other regions of the world, challenging our assumptions about international cooperation. As the world turns to Asia and the United States and China jostle for dominance, the ASEAN region will have an undeniably powerful role in shaping our global systems. Mahbubani and Sng offer an important primer for understanding this immensely successful--and woefully underappreciated--regional organization.
The Development of the Rule of Law in ASEAN by
An interdisciplinary work that comparatively studies rule of law practices and the relationship between the rule of law and regional integration, a topic largely explored in European integration. By looking at the function of the rule of law in ASEAN rather than what it 'means' measured on normative conception, the book situates the rule of law in broader institutional and political processes in the member states and in regional relations to show the motivations of member states in adopting a peculiar type of regional architecture. It asks whether forging the rule of law in the region can help build it internally for member states. The book revisits discourses on the 'spill-over' of economic integration, the impact of globalization in reshaping the state and generating new tools of the rule of law. It makes a comprehensive comparison - the European Union, Africa Union and MERCOSUR - showing the uneven pathways to rule of law in various contexts.
Employment Law for Business by 
Employment Law for Human Resource Practice by
Packed with cutting-edge cases and hands-on applications, Walsh's EMPLOYMENT LAW FOR HUMAN RESOURCE PRACTICE, 6E explains the major issues and rules of employment law in understandable terms. You learn how laws impact your career, as a manager or employee. The text addresses legal issues for each stage of employment, from hiring and managing to firing. Current news stories, hypothetical situations, and real cases help you understand how legal concepts apply to the actual workplace. Each chapter ends with a summary of practical advice for managers. Coverage addresses the most important topics of employment law including the latest legislation, regulations and case law. You learn how to prevent discrimination and harassment, accommodate disabled employees, provide family and medical leave, comply with wage and hour laws, and avoid wrongful terminations and other common legal issues.
The Foundation of the ASEAN Economic Community by
ASEAN has undertaken the complex task of creating a single economic entity for Southeast Asia by 2015 in the form of the ASEAN Economic Community (AEC), but without regulators or supranational institutions, its implementation has been an inconsistent process. Through comparisons with the EU and NAFTA, this book illustrates the shortcomings of the current system, enabling readers to understand both the potential of regional economic development in ASEAN and its foundational and institutional deficiencies. The authors' analysis of trade in goods and services, investment, and dispute resolution in the AEC indicates that without strong regional institutions, strong dispute resolution or a set of norms, full and effective implementation of the AEC is unlikely to result. The book offers clear solutions for the ASEAN institutions to help the AEC reach its full potential. Written by two leading practitioners, this insightful book will interest policymakers, students and researchers.
From community to compliance : the evolution of monitoring obligations in ASEAN by
In the past decade, the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) has transformed from a periodic meeting of ministers to setting ambitious goals of becoming a Community by 2015. ASEAN is now the most important regional organisation in the history of the continent of Asia. An important tension in this transformation is the question of whether the 'ASEAN way' - defined by consultation and consensus, rather than enforceable obligations - is consistent with the establishment of a community governed by law. This book examines the growing interest in following through on international commitments, in particular monitoring implementation and compliance. Key barriers remain, in particular the lack of resources and ongoing resistance to accepting binding obligations. It remains to be seen whether these trends herald a more measured approach to decision-making in ASEAN. Written for practitioners and researchers alike, this important book provides the first systematic survey of monitoring within ASEAN.
From treaty-making to treaty-breaking : models for ASEAN external trade agreements by
From Treaty-Making to Treaty-Breaking is the first high-level analysis of ASEAN's external trade agreements with non-ASEAN states. It clearly sets out the intended, and unintended, consequences of ASEAN's prevailing method of treaty making, with suggested guidelines for the future. The book begins by asking whether ASEAN trade agreements follow worldwide trends in the substantive content of such agreements. It raises questions such as: to what extent is it possible to continue concluding trade agreements through individual member states?; what are the legal consequences - from negotiation and conclusion (treaty-making) through to possible breach of the agreements (treaty-breaking)?; should ASEAN resort to mixed treaty-making? This study does not seek to give a definitive answer to these questions, rather it opens up the topic to readers by suggesting different possible models for ASEAN trade agreements. This thought-provoking book will appeal to anyone interested in trade negotiations and trade agreements, particularly in Asia.
Globalization, Outsourcing and Labour Development in ASEAN by
Due to technical advances in production and communication technology, outsourcing - contracting out production of intermediate materials and services - has affected the economic growth of the ASEAN region. This new book fills an important gap in the literature looking at the impact outsourcing has on labour markets, its subtle effects on regional economies and policy implications. Shandre Thangavelu and Aekapol Chongvilaivan investigate various impacts of outsourcing on labour markets, such as its effects on labour productivity, skill upgrading, human capital, and training, in ASEAN economies with a focus on the experience of the two ASEAN countries as a global hub of outsourcing: Singapore and Thailand. This book approaches these research inquiries by developing several econometric models, including primal production functions and dual cost functions, among others. The empirical evidence this book reveals provides interesting insights into and implications on labour and industry development.
International Business Law and Its Environment by
Today most people agree that no business is purely domestic and that even the smallest local firms are affected by global competition and world events. INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS AND ITS LEGAL ENVIRONMENT is designed to deliver comprehensive, yet accessible, coverage of the legal implications and ramifications of doing business internationally, along with the related cultural, political, economic, and ethical issues faced by global business managers. Focusing on trade, the licensing of intellectual property, and foreign direct investment, the authors present the three major forms of doing business in a foreign country through real-world examples, precedent-setting cases, managerial implications, and ethical considerations. From the legal relationship between parties in an international business transaction to managing risk to learning the special challenges of doing business in emerging economies, the 9th Edition helps students understand the most common practices and critical issues in global business law.
International Human Rights Law Documents by
This accessible collection of important international human rights documents is an essential resource for students and researchers of international human rights law. In addition to standard instruments such as the Universal Declaration, the 1966 United Nations Covenants and the European Convention and its Protocols, the volume also features topics and documents such as all core UN human rights treaties and their protocols, key international labour instruments and the obligations of the global financial organisations and multi-national corporations. Taking a broad and historical approach, the collection also incorporates Inter-American, African, Asian and Arab instruments alongside older UN documents and numerous soft law documents. Its approach reflects the diverse nature of international human rights law and the courses which now seek to teach it. This book is also valuable for students of international law, global governance and other courses which discuss the law of international human rights.
International Intellectual Property and the ASEAN Way by
The Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) is actively seeking ways for member countries to enhance their individual economic development within the context of overall regional advancement. Central to this is the creation of a regional intellectual property framework. This book examines the efforts to move beyond sovereign protections of intellectual property rights and establish meaningful inter-state cooperation on intellectual property issues. Rather than aim for IP harmonization, ASEAN recognizes its internal diversity and pursues an agenda of 'IP Interoperability'. The essays in this collection examine the unique dynamics of 'interoperability', analyzing the administration of intellectual property in a part of the world that is of increasing importance. The book enables the reader to compare and contrast the ASEAN model to other approaches in regional cooperation, such as Europe and Latin America, and also explores private international law as a potential vehicle for interoperability.
The Regionalisation of Competition Law and Policy Within the ASEAN Economic Community by
This edited volume of essays examines a wide range of issues related to the regionalisation of competition policy in South East Asia, where the ten member states of ASEAN have launched the ASEAN Economic Community (AEC). Written by a diverse group of academics, practitioners and policy-makers, this book explore issues such as the role of competition policy in facilitating the market-integration ambitions of the ASEAN member states, the challenges arising from divergences in the national competition law regimes of the ASEAN member states, and the absence of a supranational legal framework and the future of competition policy in light of the AEC Blueprint 2025. Given the nexus between regional competition policy and regional market integration, this book will be of particular interest to lawyers, economists and policymakers working in the fields of competition law and regional trade law.
Rules of origin in ASEAN : a way forward by
Rules of Origin in ASEAN is the first in-depth exploration of the complex rules of origin in ASEAN's trade agreements. Written by two leading practitioners, it explains with clarity the existing ASEAN Rules of Origin (RoO) practices and their administration regimes in a comparative context and provide a recommendation for reform. The ASEAN RoOs can be simplified by imparting transparency and predictability to the legal drafting, focusing on a calculation method based on value of materials and lowering the regional value content required to qualify as ASEAN origin. The administration of ASEAN RoOs can be improved by expanding the use of self-certification, moving away from document-based verification to more modern post-entry audit and trade facilitation approaches. This is a timely and important topic which will be insightful to practitioners, policymakers and businesses in understanding how commerce and trade are conducted in Southeast Asia.
Towards a rules-based community : an ASEAN legal service by
In 2007, ASEAN adopted the ASEAN Charter, which stated its ambition to become a 'rules-based' community respecting the rule of law. In order to fulfil this objective, it is vital that the necessary legal infrastructure has effective legal support. This book helps readers to understand the need for and role of such a legal service. To begin with, it explores the way ASEAN and its various institutions have evolved. The current situation with respect to the making of rules and settlement of disputes is then analysed, drawing not only on published primary and secondary materials, but also on the experience of diplomats, officials and legal officers. Finally, the authors draw on their practical experiences, as former attorney-general of an ASEAN member state and former head of the European Council legal service, to make recommendations on how an ASEAN Legal Service might be organised.
Comparative International Employment Law (ASEAN)
This is a foundation course for comparative international employment law in the ASEAN region specifically on employment relationships, incidents, issues and related legal concepts. All activities and discussions aim to broaden the students’ perspective on the theoretical and practical impact of the ASEAN international employment law leading to sound assessment and solution to identified issues.
Asean in transformation : how technology is changing jobs and enterprises by
"The report presents a detailed analysis of how technology is transforming five key labour-intensive and economically prominent sectors in ASEAN: the automotive and auto parts; electrical and electronics; textiles, clothing and footwear; business process outsourcing; and retail sectors. It also highlights findings from extensive enterprise and student surveys as well as stakeholder interviews conducted in ASEAN and beyond. It is clear that technologies - both current and forthcoming - will increase productivity, render some occupations obsolete and create new ones. The real question lies in whether ASEAN can take advantage of the benefits technology offers and if it can also adequately prepare its workforce."--Extracted from ILO website.
The ASEAN Miracle by
The Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) is a miracle. In an era of growing cultural pessimism, there is a pervasive belief that different civilizations cannot function together. Yet the ten countries of ASEAN are a thriving counter-example of coexistence. Here, more than 625 million people live together in peace. In 1967, leaders from Indonesia, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, and Thailand struck a landmark agreement, forming ASEAN. They had realized that political and economic cooperation would bring greater stability and prosperity to the region. Fifty years and five additional countries later, the alliance has remained one of the world's most successful collaborations. Kishore Mahbubani and Jeffery Sng explain how this partnership has benefited the ten member countries and why it should serve as a model for other regions of the world, challenging our assumptions about international cooperation. As the world turns to Asia and the United States and China jostle for dominance, the ASEAN region will have an undeniably powerful role in shaping our global systems. Mahbubani and Sng offer an important primer for understanding this immensely successful--and woefully underappreciated--regional organization.
Consumer Protection in e-Retailing in ASEAN by
This book examines how consumers are protected on the online marketplace in the context of ASEAN countries. While many sectors have been badly affected by the COVID-19 pandemic, e-retailing is one of the booming sectors during this period. Actually, the e-retailing sector was already booming even before the global pandemic. Although e-retailing offers many opportunities for businesses and consumers, there are several issues associated with e-consumer protection. This book examines how consumers are protected on the online marketplace in the context of ASEAN countries. Specifically, this project: (i) Discusses the six issues of e-consumer protection (e.g., information about transaction, product quality, privacy, security, redress, and jurisdiction); (ii) Examines the policy/governance approach adopted by different sectors to address the issues of e-consumer protection; and (iii) Proposes a multi-sector governance framework for e-consumer protection. Three short case studies on Lazada in Singapore, Shopee in Vietnam, and Zalora in Malaysia are also included to illustrate how well-known e-retailers protect their e-customers. Overall, this book is interdisciplinary, including research on consumer protection, governance, management, and policy/regulation. It provides sources of information and knowledge which focus on both theoretical and practical aspects of e-consumer protection in ASEAN countries. Also, the roles from different sectors are examined to produce comprehensive findings and analysis of the governance process.
Defensive Relativism: The Use of Cultural Relativism in International Legal Practice by
Defensive Relativism describes how governments around the world use cultural relativism in legal argument to oppose international human rights law. Defensive relativist arguments appear in international courts, at the committees established by human rights treaties, and at the United Nations Human Rights Council. The aim of defensive relativist arguments is to exempt a state from having to apply international human rights law, or to stop international human rights law evolving, because it would interfere with cultural traditions the state deems important. It is an everyday occurrence in international human rights law and defensive relativist arguments can be used by various types of states. The end goal of defensive relativism is to allow a state to appear human rights compliant while at the same time not implementing international human rights law. Drawing on a range of materials, such as state reports on the Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination Against Women (CEDAW) and cases from the European Court of Human Rights involving freedom of religion, this book provides a definitive survey of defensive relativism. Crucially, Frederick Cowell argues, defensive relativism is not about alternative practices of human rights law, or debates about the origins or legitimacy of human rights as a concept. Defensive relativism is instead a variety of tactical argument used by states to justify ignoring international human rights law. Yet, as Cowell concludes, defensive relativism can't be removed from the law, as it is a reflection of unresolved tensions about the nature of what it means for rights to be universal.
E-Commerce, Competition and ASEAN Economic Integration by
The e-commerce market has grown rapidly within the ASEAN region in recent years. This trend is expected to continue in the future given the region's large population base, rising middle-class and improvements in connectivity. This edited volume examines the current state of e-commerce in ASEAN countries. It highlights some of the key domestic and cross-border challenges faced by ASEAN member states in developing e-commerce. These challenges include the regulatory and legal environment in which e-commerce firms operate across ASEAN, and the supporting infrastructure in ASEAN member states."A comprehensive snapshot of the latest emerging regulatory, policy and consumer issues. It's essential reading for anyone working in this field. E-commerce is fundamentally altering the way in which businesses are being conducted, both within and between ASEAN countries. More than just an alternate distribution channel, online trading offers new opportunities and challenges for consumers, businesses, regulators and policymakers. How do markets operate in the new paradigm? How should regulators and governments ensure that dynamic competitive economies evolve, instead of descending into anti-competitive structures? And how are markets evolving in different parts of Southeast Asia? All of these issues--and much more--are discussed in here. The editors are to be congratulated for assembling a range of insightful perspectives from across ASEAN. These are issues that will affect the region for many years to come. The lessons here are timely and timeless." --Michael Schaper Ph.D., Deputy Chairman, Australian Competition and Consumer Commission, 2008-18
East Asian Labor and Employment Law by
This book deals with international labor and employment law in the East Asia Region (EA), particularly dealing with China, South Korea and Japan. It explores and explains the effects of globalization and discusses the role played by international labor law as it affects lawyers, business, labor, labor unions and human resource management, and the labor issues that can arise in dealing in EA trade and investment. The text, and the readings (from area experts), are organized and written to provide the reader with, first, a broad understanding and insight into the global dimensions of the fast-emerging area of labor and employment issues (e.g., global legal standards and their interplay with domestic and foreign laws); and second, to show how these laws and approaches play out in specific EA countries (comparing global approaches with the specific laws of each country on four common agenda items: regulatory administration, workers' rights, trade unions and dispute resolution).
An evolving ASEAN by
The formation of ASEAN in 1967 was originally driven by political and security concerns. In the decades that followed, ASEAN’s scope evolved to include an ambitious and progressive economic agenda. In December 2015, the ASEAN Economic Community (AEC) was formally launched. Although AEC has enjoyed some notable successes, its vision of economic integration has yet to be fully realized. The publication reviews the evolution of ASEAN economic integration and assesses the major achievements. It also examines the challenges that have emerged during the past decade and provides recommendations on how to overcome them.
Globalization, Outsourcing and Labour Development in ASEAN by
Due to technical advances in production and communication technology, outsourcing - contracting out production of intermediate materials and services - has affected the economic growth of the ASEAN region. This new book fills an important gap in the literature looking at the impact outsourcing has on labour markets, its subtle effects on regional economies and policy implications. Shandre Thangavelu and Aekapol Chongvilaivan investigate various impacts of outsourcing on labour markets, such as its effects on labour productivity, skill upgrading, human capital, and training, in ASEAN economies with a focus on the experience of the two ASEAN countries as a global hub of outsourcing: Singapore and Thailand. This book approaches these research inquiries by developing several econometric models, including primal production functions and dual cost functions, among others. The empirical evidence this book reveals provides interesting insights into and implications on labour and industry development.
Law and Justice in a Globalized World by
The book consists of a selection of papers presented at the Asia-Pacific Research Conference on Social Sciences and Humanities. It contains essays on current legal issues in law and justice, and their role and transformation in a globalizing world. Topics covered include human rights, criminal law, good governance, democracy, foreign investment, and regional integration. The conference focused on Asia and the Pacific, two regions where law has taken an important position in creating and shaping the regional integrations, new legal institutions, and norms. This reconfirms the idea that the legal system is extremely important in the global world. This book provides new insights and new horizons on how law and justice took part in globalizing human interaction, especially in the Asia-Pacific region.
Non-Traditional Security Issues in ASEAN : Agendas for Action by
Non-Traditional Security Issues in ASEAN examines the current state of governance of non-traditional security challenges confronting the ASEAN region. The book takes an issue-specific approach to investigating how ASEAN states and societies govern many of the pressing non-traditional security issues, such as climate change, food security, environmental protection, humanitarian assistance and disaster response, health security, nuclear security, and human trafficking and forced displacement.With non-traditional security as an established concept in the policy and scholarly communities in ASEAN, this book moves beyond securitization and focuses on capacity-building, regional cooperation and institutions for dealing with non-traditional security challenges in the region. Through the development of a comprehensive analytical framework that examines the processes of governing non-traditional security problems, the editors put together chapters that identify some of the major gaps and challenges in managing many of the pressing security issues in Southeast Asia.Non-Traditional Security Issues in ASEAN provides a systemic assessment of the state of governance of the most pressing challenges in the region. The authors analyse the ways in which particular issues are addressed at national and regional levels and by different stakeholders. In spite of the differences among various non-traditional security issues, the analysis of the chapters converge on three core themes for enhancing governance, which include engagement of multiple actors, effective enforcement of national and regional laws and regulations, and better coordination between different actors. As such, Non-Traditional Security Issues in ASEAN contributes to policy making by highlighting the key agendas that call for national action and promoting and deepening regional cooperation in governing non-traditional security."A timely publication. Climate change, food security, health security, disaster response are key issues affecting the shared vulnerability of ASEAN and its people. This book shows why these and similar non-traditional threats are urgent agendas for Southeast Asia and best addressed through regional cooperation." -- Dr Noeleen Heyzer, United Nations Under-Secretary-General (2007-15)
The role of international administrative law at international organizations by
The Role of International Administrative Law at International Organizations', edited by Peter Quayle, is centred on the law of employment relations at international organizations, and divided into four parts. It examines the interplay between international administrative law and the jurisdictional immunities of international organizations. It explores the principles and practice of resolving employment related disputes at intergovernmental institutions. It considers the dynamic development of international administrative tribunals. It examines international administrative law as the basis for the effectiveness and integrity of international organizations. Together academics, jurists and practitioners portray the employment law that governs the international civil service and the resulting accountability of the United Nations, UN Specialized Agencies, and international financial institutions, like the World Bank and IMF. Also available in Open Access.
Skilled labor mobility and migration : challenges and opportunities for the ASEAN economic community by
One of the primary objectives of the ASEAN Economic Community (AEC), established in 2015, was to boost skilled labor mobility within the region. This insightful book takes stock of the existing trends and patterns of skilled labor migration in the ASEAN. It endeavors to identify the likely winners and losers from the free movement of natural persons within the region through counterfactual policy simulations. Finally, it discusses existing issues and obstacles through case studies, as well as other sectoral examples.
International Business Agreement
The course will discuss basic importance of the global business environment in their area of expertise. It will also explain the interrelation of government and business across boarders and the economic dynamics between countries/regions, including a general overview of the international monetary system, international trade and foreign direct investment. the course will also discuss the strategy of international business and review a few cases studies that epitomize the issues involved in today’s global world.
Advanced International Trade by
Trade is a cornerstone concept in economics worldwide. This updated second edition of the essential graduate textbook in international trade brings readers to the forefront of knowledge in the field and prepares students to undertake their own research. In Advanced International Trade, Robert Feenstra integrates the most current theoretical approaches with empirical evidence, and these materials are supplemented in each chapter by theoretical and empirical exercises. Feenstra explores a wealth of material, such as the Ricardian and Heckscher-Ohlin models, extensions to many goods and factors, and the role of tariffs, quotas, and other trade policies. He examines imperfect competition, offshoring, political economy, multinationals, endogenous growth, the gravity equation, and the organization of the firm in international trade. Feenstra also includes a new chapter on monopolistic competition with heterogeneous firms, with many applications of that model. In addition to known results, the book looks at some particularly important unpublished results by various authors. Two appendices draw on index numbers and discrete choice models to describe methods applicable to research problems in international trade. Completely revised with the latest developments and brand-new materials, Advanced International Trade is a classic textbook that will be used widely by students and practitioners of economics for a long time to come. Updated second edition of the essential graduate textbook Current approaches and a new chapter on monopolistic competition with heterogeneous firms Supplementary materials in each chapter Theoretical and empirical exercises Two appendices describe methods for international trade research
Business : its legal, ethical, and global environment by
Discover how laws and ethical issues are critical to all business decisions as you review business situations from today's headlines and more with the comprehensive and realistic BUSINESS: ITS LEGAL, ETHICAL, AND GLOBAL ENVIRONMENT, 11E. Learning both the law and ethical standards in the context of business dilemmas provides you with the insight and analytical skills that today's employers want. More than 200 real-world scenarios help you understand the what, why, and how of legal issues as you explore the various areas of law. You will not only understand that copyright infringement violates the law, but you will also be able to list examples of similar businesses violations, such as Monster Energy using Beastie Boys music in an online video. Packed with active learning features, this edition illustrates just how law and ethics apply to issues in the business world today. MindTap online solution is also available to help you prepare for this course.
The Development of International Business by
The Development of International Business offers an extensive understanding of contemporary international business through detailed, engaging discussion of the development of the multinational enterprise (MNE) over the past half-century.By providing an analytically informed basis for understanding MNEs, two parallel strands of analysis in International Business (IB) are reviewed: the 'theoretical' and the 'practical'. Firstly, Robert Pearce identifies how the practical restructuring of the MNE as an organisational form has responded to changes in the wider global economy and how this evolution has interacted with the enrichment of theory on the topic. Secondly, by tracing the persisting dynamics of the MNE's structure and strategic positioning, he demonstrates the use of these systems and how they can help to understand and organise the future evolution of not only MNEs but of international business as a whole.Highly accessible with an informed overview of the entire IB subject area, The Development of International Business is an essential text for students and academics of business, management, economics and development. More generally, business leaders, economists and politicians will value the exceptional insight into the progression of international business and its future.
Dynamics of International Business by
The Dynamics of International Business offers a comparative, chronological overview of the strategic and structural evolution of international firms. Organized around eras of global economic development, the text synthesizes research on the internationalization of firms, highlighting crucial turning points in the evolution of the international economy. A particular emphasis is placed on the relationship between historical evidence and the theoretical frameworks available for its interpretation. Each period is illustrated by a selection of short case studies from a variety of industry sectors, including the Levant Company, Nestlé, Singer, Saint Gobain and NEC. An essential textbook for courses in business and economic history, this book will also be a valuable resource for scholars and students of international business more generally.
The Essence of International Trade Theory by
This textbook aims to explain the principles in international trade theory and show how some useful trade models work. The book concentrates on two fundamental issues in international trade, that is, the 'determinants of trade patterns' and the 'welfare gains from trade' in various economic environments. Chapters 1 through 3 assume perfect competition and explore the workings of the Ricardian model, the Heckscher-Ohlin-Samuelson model, the Specific Factors model and more recent development of the Eaton-Kortum model. Chapter 4 examines various welfare criteria and their relation to the 'social utility function' and, then, proves the basic gains-from-trade proposition. Chapters 5 and 6 examine the implications of imperfect competition using a unified oligopolistic model and variations of the monopolistically competitive model. The roles of the strategic interaction among firms, the economies of scale, product differentiation, the heterogeneity of firms, and the geographic distribution of agents will be highlighted. Chapter 7 deals with some trade policy issues such as the effects of tariffs, the relation of tariffs to other policy measures, and the so-called strategic trade policies.
Foreign Direct Investment by
As the world continues to recover from one of the most dramatic financial crises in a generation, expanding corporations are increasingly, yet cautiously, seeking out international investment opportunities. At the heart of this fragile investment recovery lie trust and confidence. With an unprecedented number of investment promotion agencies and economic development organisations now competing for the attention and business of a more cautious and discerning investor audience, smart approaches to strategic differentiation, communication, engagement and investment services are becoming increasingly critical if these agencies and organisations are to succeed. At the same time, transparent and responsible approaches to investment, coupled with effective, compelling advocacy, are increasingly important to the success of companies' investment projects. Daniel Nicholls' Foreign Direct Investment offers an exploration of some of the key trends, issues and practices that are shaping the global FDI landscape. Along the way he provides insight into how economic developers and investors alike can make the most of their opportunities and mitigate reputational and communications challenges that can impede or hinder a successful investment. By presenting perspectives and priorities from both sides, Daniel Nicholls' book bridges the 'investment gap' by giving its readers an important insight into what matters to the other side. This book represents a smart investment for anyone involved.
Foreign Direct Investment, Trade and Economic Growth by
This volume examines the opportunities and challenges in Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) and trade, particularly service trade, for developing and emerging economies in a globalised world. Using comprehensive case studies from India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) and other South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation (SAARC) countries, it explores various channels through which trade and FDI affect the process of economic growth and development. In particular, it determines growth trajectories impelled by service trade (such as telecommunications, transport, finance and distribution), where developing countries are playing an increasingly significant role. It also discusses value chains and production networks in the backdrop of the financial crisis of 2008. Combining theoretical and empirical tools, rigorous methodology and latest data, this work will serve as an important resource for formulation of international trade and economic policies in developing countries. It will be of special interest to students, researchers and policy makers dealing with international trade and FDI, and those in economics, commerce, business & management and political science.
Foundations of Global Business by 
The Future of Foreign Direct Investment and the Multinational Enterprise by
Foreign direct investment (FDI) has soared and multinational enterprises (MNEs) have grown in numbers and complexity as globalization has intensified. This volume takes stock of important new issues relating to FDI and MNEs in a changing world. Contributors are distinguished international business scholars who have written specifically for the book in their areas of expertise. The volume focuses on four key areas: How do managers and firms make internationalization decisions? How does the national origin of MNEs affect their competitive advantages and strategies, particularly those spawned by emerging markets? How is the scope of MNEs changing, in terms of what gets done inside and outside the firm, product vs. geographic diversification, manufacturing vs. services, and the pace of internationalization? And finally, what can or should governments do to harness MNEs for the greater good? In each area, authors propose interesting and important questions for further research. The volume is a Festschrift to Yair Aharoni of Tel Aviv University, whose pioneering research, including the seminal book, The Foreign Investment Decision Process (1966), helped launch the systematic study of FDI and MNEs almost fifty years ago.
Global 3 : global business by
Learn Global Business YOUR Way with GLOBAL3! GLOBAL3's easy-reference, paperback textbook presents course content through visually-engaging chapters as well as Chapter Review Cards that consolidate the best review material into a ready-made study tool. With the textbook or on its own, GLOBAL Online allows easy exploration of GLOBAL3 anywhere, anytime - including on your device! Collect your notes and create StudyBits(tm) from interactive content as you go to remember what's important. Then, either use preset study resources, or personalize the product through easy-to-use tags and filters to prioritize your study time. Make and review flashcards, review related content, and track your progress with Concept Tracker, all in one place and at an affordable price!
Global Business by
Discover success in global business today with the most strategic approach to international business topics and unique coverage not found in other texts. GLOBAL BUSINESS, 4th Edition, is the first global business book that answers the big question, "What determines the success and failure of firms around the globe?" Globally renowned scholar and author Mike Peng integrates both an institution-based view and resource-based view in every chapter, bringing an unparalleled continuity and strategic approach to the learning process. The book combines an inviting, conversational style with the latest research and examples that reflect the most recent global developments. A wealth of business cases from Mike Peng and other respected international experts delve into how companies throughout the world have expanded globally. All-new video cases that cover each chapter's opening case and closing case, world maps that connect geography and culture to business decisions, and unique global debate sections that draw you into cutting-edge international discussions help you learn to think independently and view business challenges from a truly global perspective. With GLOBAL BUSINESS, 4th Edition, you view business through the eyes of a true world citizen and gain the understanding you need to become an effective manager within today's global business landscape.
Global Business Intelligence by
Global Business Intelligence refers to an organization's ability to gather, process and analyze pertinent international information in order to make optimal business decisions in a timely manner. With a challenging economic and geopolitical environment, companies and executives need to be adept at information gathering in order to manage emerging challenges and gain competitive advantages. This book Global Business Intelligence assembles a cast of international experts and thought leaders and explores the implications of business intelligence on contemporary management. Global Business Intelligence will be a key resource for researchers, academics, students and policy makers alike in the fields of International Business & Management, Business Strategy, and Geopolitics as well as related disciplines like Political Science, Economics, and Geography.
Globalizing innovation : state institutions and foreign direct investment in emerging economies by
The impact of host country institutions and policy on innovation by multinational firms in emerging economies. In the past, multinational firms have looked to developing countries as sources of raw materials, markets, or production efficiencies, but rarely as locations for innovation. Today, however, R&D facilities and other indicators of multinational-linked innovation are becoming more common in emerging economies. In this book, Patrick Egan investigates patterns of inward foreign direct investment (FDI) in developing countries, considering the impact of host country institutions and policy on the innovative activities undertaken by multinational firms. He examines the uneven spread of innovation-intensive foreign direct investment and emerging sectoral distributions, then develops a number of arguments about the determinants of multinational innovation in developing countries. Firms are attracted by a country's supply of skilled labor and are often eager to innovate close to new markets; but, Egan finds, host country institutions and the configuration of the host country's investment policies have a strong impact on firm decisions and evolving country investment profiles. Egan uses econometric analysis to identify determinants of multinational innovation, and examines differences among state institutions as a key variable. He then offers a detailed case study, assessing Ireland's attempts to use foreign direct investment in innovation as a catalyst for development. While FDI is a potential vehicle for industrial upgrading, Egan cautions, it is neither necessary nor sufficient for development. Furthermore, innovation-intensive investments are not likely to develop linkages with local actors or otherwise embed themselves in host economies in the absence of active, discriminating policies channeled through coherent and coordinated institutions.
International Business by
For courses in International Business. This Global Edition has been edited to include enhancements making it more relevant to students outside the United States An innovative teaching and learning system that captures the spirit of International Business. Based on the authors' collective teaching and working experience-as well as discussions with hundreds of practitioners, students, and faculty-International Business: The New Realities is a complete teaching and learning system that seamlessly integrates cases, exercises, and videos.
International business by
"An adaptation of International business : competing in the global marketplace, tenth edition by Charles W.L. Hill, published by arrangement with McGraw-Hill Education."
International Business by
This book provides students with a balanced perspective on business in a global environment, exploring implications for multinational companies in developed and emerging markets. This is the first text of its kind to emphasize strategic decision making as the cornerstone of its approach while focusing on emerging markets. Traditional topics, like foreign exchange markets and global competition, are contrasted with emerging operations, like Chinese market intervention and Islamic finance, to provide students with an understanding of successful business strategy. Readers learn to develop and implement these strategies across cultures, and across economic, legal, and religious institutions, in order to cope with competitive players in the global landscape. Application-based chapters open with reading goals and conclude with case studies and discussion questions to encourage a practical understanding of strategy. With in-depth analyses and recommended strategies, this edition provides students of international business with the skills they need for success on the global stage. A companion website features an instructor's manual, test bank, PowerPoint slides, and useful links for instructors as well as practice quizzes, flashcards, and web resources for students.
International business by
"Balancing authoritative theory and meaningful practice, International Business engages students on the subject of conducting business in international markets. The authors' descriptions and ideas of international business are enhanced with contemporary examples, scenarios, and cases that help students effectively apply what they've learned. Now in its 16th Edition, International Businessremains one of the best-selling and most authoritative international business texts available. As rigorous and practical as ever, this edition remains current through updated author-written cases, including seven entirely new cases, streamlined writing, and expanded coverage of relevant global changes."-- Provided by publisher.
International Business by
The third edition of International Business offers an action-focused, practical approach to the topic, helping students understand the global business environment and its repercussions for executives. The book provides thorough coverage of the field, delving into fundamental concepts and theory; the cultural, political, and economic environment; international business strategies; and even functional management areas. More comprehensive than competing books, International Business includes: Strengthened, expanded global cases, examples, and 'industry' and 'country' mini-cases that give students practical insight into the ways companies actually behave within a competitive, global environment Updated coverage of key trends that impact how international business functions, including the drivers of globalization, e-commerce and the impact of the Internet, and international entrepreneurship New material on technology issues, the impact of the financial crisis, and problems in the EU Expanded discussion of the skills and strategies students need to succeed in today's international business environment, including dynamic capabilities, foreign direct investment, and market entry strategies Also featuring a companion website with a test bank, Powerpoint slides, and instructor's manual, this book is ideal for undergraduate and graduate students and instructors of any international business course.
International Business - Competing in the Global Marketplace by
Market-defining since it was introduced, International Business: Competing in the Global Marketplace by Charles W. L. Hill, sets the standard. Hill draws upon his experience to deliver a complete solution-print and digital--for instructors & students by being: Integrated - Progression of Topics Application Rich - Strong on Strategy Current - Thought Provoking Relevant - Actual Practice of International Business
International Business and Sustainable Development by
Sustainable development is one of the key challenges of our time. It has social, ecological and economic dimensions, which makes it also a multi-faceted and complex problem. International Business scholars have stressed that the Multinational Enterprise should be considered the most important vehicle through which sustainable development occurs in developing countries. However, actual study of the topic remains fraught with theoretical and empirical caveats. This eighth volume in the Progress in International Business Research series includes new texts from a number of leading scholars and opinion leaders in the area. Contributors develop new levels of analysis (in particular global value chains or the partnership strategies of firms) that present promising areas for new theoretical and empirical insights. Whilst authors from leading international institutes are brought together in this volume, younger scholars with innovative ideas also offer valuable insights.
International Business Strategy by
With stagnated demand in many home economies, the need to internationalize and exploit foreign market opportunities has never been more paramount for businesses to succeed at a global level. However, this process raises a number of questions, such as: can firms use their knowledge of one market in the next? Can firms pursue internationalization on several fronts at the same time? How should firms handle cultural and institutional differences between markets? This textbook provides students with the core research in international business and strategy, including organization, efficiency, external relationships and the challenges found in an increasingly multicultural world. Each part begins with a presentation of the issues and controversies faced in that particular area, followed by a synthesis of the research which provides avenues for future research. To facilitate and encourage further debate and learning, each part also includes at least one original case study. Compiled by two of the World's leading scholars of international business, and supplemented with critical commentaries and a range of integrative case studies, this comprehensive textbook provides advanced students of international business and strategy with a resource that will be invaluable in their studies and beyond.
International Trade by
Trade impacts on the lives of all global citizens, influencing the range of commodities available for consumption and where those commodities are produced. Driven increasingly by market exchange, trade shapes the nature of work and how the costs and benefits of that work are distributed around the world. Economic growth and development are closely associated with the flows of goods and services between countries. International Trade: The Basics offers an accessible and engaging introduction to contemporary debates on international trade, inviting readers to explore the connections between national political economies within a globally integrated world. Topics covered include: Why nations trade Globalization and transnational production networks Transnational governance The emergence of Asia as a major trade region Ethical trade and environmental sustainability Trade in solar energy, services and ideas. Featuring case studies and social media links that help to illustrate key concepts, this book is an essential read for anyone seeking to understand how trade varies between regions, affects relationships between countries and influences a country's social, political and economic life.
International Trade in Goods by
For a couple of years, more and more micro-econometric studies in international trade use data on exports and imports on goods that are based on transaction level data collected by the customs. These data cover detailed information on the goods traded, its value, its weight, and the country of destination (for exports) or origin (for imports). In contrast to data from surveys of firms that were used in empirical studies in the past, these data do not only focus on 'who trades and how much', but also on 'who trades how much of which goods of which value and which weight with firms from which countries'. These transaction data have been used in empirical studies that shed light on various aspects of trade in goods for the first time. This book contains a comprehensive survey of the international literature and selected studies that report results for Germany, the third largest exporter and importer of goods in the world market.
Introduction to Global Business by
The global business environment is rapidly changing due to shifts in geopolitical alliances, active support of global international institutions in promoting market-oriented economic reforms, and advances in the development and use of information technology. INTRODUCTION TO GLOBAL BUSINESS, 2e addresses these challenges by providing a comprehensive analysis of the global business environment and lays the foundation for the functional tools used to better prepare you to manage the global business landscape. The text flows smoothly and clearly from concept to application, asking you to apply those learning skills into real-world personal and professional applications. The specialized author team introduces globalization through unparalleled scholarship and a world-view presentation of the fundamental pillars of the global business environment -- culture, ethics, economics, and information technology. Ensure that you understand the procedures and concepts you need to know with MindTap for INTRODUCTION TO GLOBAL BUSINESS. MindTap, an online course management and learning system, combines the best of current technology to save time in planning and managing your course and assignments.
Introduction to Global Business by
The global business environment is rapidly changing because of shifts in geopolitical alliances, active roles of global institutions, and advances in information technology. Gaspar et al. INTRODUCTION TO GLOBAL BUSINESS, 1e introduces the comprehensive foundational and functional tools to better prepare students for a global business landscape. As part of the functional approach, the text flows smoothly and clearly from concept to application, asking students to implement their learning into real-world personal and professional applications. The specialized author team introduces globalization through unparalleled scholarship and a world-view presentation of the fundamental pillars of the global landscape - culture, ethics, economic, and information technology. The purpose of this book is to introduce students to these principles in an engaging, current, and relevant way in the hope that they may develop the knowledge for successful careers in a globalized business landscape. Available with InfoTrac® Student Collections http://gocengage.com/infotrac.
Navigating Global Business by
Navigating Global Business integrates and synthesizes all available country cluster studies into a nested meta-structure accompanied by eco-cultural correlates that distinguish amongst clusters. The broad range of analyses will appeal to researchers and practitioners, seasoned multi-firm executives, those in small firms seeking internationalization, and anyone intrigued by the greater question of human diversity. The book covers key work-related cultural dimensions for much of the world, and includes examples of applications in most business areas. Also exhibited are the correlates of culture, some of which, such as language and religion, speak to the origin of cultural variations in addition to illustrating key variants of the global terrain. Finally, the authors examine how patterns might have changed over time, providing a rigorous and realistic assessment of the fruits of globalization.
Reboot : probably more than you ever wanted to know about starting a global business by
Shoes of Prey launched in 2009. It allowed people to design their dream shoes online, get them expertly manufactured, and have them shipped to anywhere in the world within two weeks. The startup broke even at two months, hit multi-million dollar revenues in under two years, raised tens of millions in funding from top-tier investors and shipped to more than 100 countries. All the metrics pointed to huge scalability. To a huge business. To a huge success. But it didn't succeed. In 2018 the business failed. And this is that story. Reboot tells the truth of what it is like to be at the helm of a global business. From the high highs of besting Karl Lagerfeld on global awards to the low lows of closing the doors on your dream, join author Jodie Fox on a raw journey as she reveals for the first time the story behind the story of fashion darling Shoes of Prey. This incredible ride will share lessons on raising capital, building a brand, finding suppliers, doing business in China and, most importantly, how to learn and grow from your successes and your mistakes and be ready every day to reboot for the next challenge.
International Business Agreement
The course will discuss basic importance of the global business environment in their area of expertise. It will also explain the interrelation of government and business across boarders and the economic dynamics between countries/regions, including a general overview of the international monetary system, international trade and foreign direct investment. the course will also discuss the strategy of international business and review a few cases studies that epitomize the issues involved in today’s global world.
Creative Solutions to Global Business Negotiations, Third Edition by
Practical and user friendly, the author describes all the key elements needed to negotiate deals that are doable, profitable, and sustainable. Based on decades of teaching and consultancies around the world, the author provides a useful guide for business executives operating in today's digitalized global economy. This latest edition will help readers enhance their preparation, anticipate objections, create value for tangibles/intangibles, and avoid cultural blunders to reach mutually beneficial outcomes. By sharpening negotiation skills, business executives will be able to interact more effectively with their counterparts in the fast changing global business environment and the rising influence of third parties. Practical and user friendly, the author describes all the key elements needed to negotiate deals that are doable, profitable, and sustainable.
Foreign Direct Investment by
As the world continues to recover from one of the most dramatic financial crises in a generation, expanding corporations are increasingly, yet cautiously, seeking out international investment opportunities. At the heart of this fragile investment recovery lie trust and confidence. With an unprecedented number of investment promotion agencies and economic development organisations now competing for the attention and business of a more cautious and discerning investor audience, smart approaches to strategic differentiation, communication, engagement and investment services are becoming increasingly critical if these agencies and organisations are to succeed. At the same time, transparent and responsible approaches to investment, coupled with effective, compelling advocacy, are increasingly important to the success of companies' investment projects. Daniel Nicholls' Foreign Direct Investment offers an exploration of some of the key trends, issues and practices that are shaping the global FDI landscape. Along the way he provides insight into how economic developers and investors alike can make the most of their opportunities and mitigate reputational and communications challenges that can impede or hinder a successful investment. By presenting perspectives and priorities from both sides, Daniel Nicholls' book bridges the 'investment gap' by giving its readers an important insight into what matters to the other side. This book represents a smart investment for anyone involved.
Foreign Direct Investment, Trade and Economic Growth by
This volume examines the opportunities and challenges in Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) and trade, particularly service trade, for developing and emerging economies in a globalised world. Using comprehensive case studies from India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) and other South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation (SAARC) countries, it explores various channels through which trade and FDI affect the process of economic growth and development. In particular, it determines growth trajectories impelled by service trade (such as telecommunications, transport, finance and distribution), where developing countries are playing an increasingly significant role. It also discusses value chains and production networks in the backdrop of the financial crisis of 2008. Combining theoretical and empirical tools, rigorous methodology and latest data, this work will serve as an important resource for formulation of international trade and economic policies in developing countries. It will be of special interest to students, researchers and policy makers dealing with international trade and FDI, and those in economics, commerce, business & management and political science.
Foreign Direct Investment and Human Development by
This book presents original research that examines the growth of international investment agreements as a means to attract foreign direct investment (FDI) and considers how this affects the ability of capital-importing countries to pursue their development goals. The hope of countries signing such treaties is that foreign capital will accelerate transfers of technologies, create employment, and benefit the local economy through various types of linkages. But do international investment agreements in fact succeed in attracting foreign direct investment? And if so, are the sovereignty costs involved worth paying? In particular, are these costs such that they risk undermining the very purpose of attracting investors, which is to promote human development in the host country? This book uses both economic and legal analysis to answer these questions that have become central to discussions on the impact of economic globalization on human rights and human development. It explains the dangers of developing countries being tempted to 'signal' their willingness to attract investors by providing far-reaching protections to investors' rights that would annul, or at least seriously diminish, the benefits they have a right to expect from the arrival of FDI. It examines a variety of tools that could be used, by capital-exporting countries and by capital-importing countries alike, to ensure that FDI works for development, and that international investment agreements contribute to that end. This uniquely interdisciplinary study, located at the intersection of development economics, international investment law, and international human rights is written in an accessible language, and should attract the attention of anyone who cares about the role of private investment in supporting the efforts of poor countries to climb up the development ladder.
The Future of Foreign Direct Investment and the Multinational Enterprise by
Foreign direct investment (FDI) has soared and multinational enterprises (MNEs) have grown in numbers and complexity as globalization has intensified. This volume takes stock of important new issues relating to FDI and MNEs in a changing world. Contributors are distinguished international business scholars who have written specifically for the book in their areas of expertise. The volume focuses on four key areas: How do managers and firms make internationalization decisions? How does the national origin of MNEs affect their competitive advantages and strategies, particularly those spawned by emerging markets? How is the scope of MNEs changing, in terms of what gets done inside and outside the firm, product vs. geographic diversification, manufacturing vs. services, and the pace of internationalization? And finally, what can or should governments do to harness MNEs for the greater good? In each area, authors propose interesting and important questions for further research. The volume is a Festschrift to Yair Aharoni of Tel Aviv University, whose pioneering research, including the seminal book, The Foreign Investment Decision Process (1966), helped launch the systematic study of FDI and MNEs almost fifty years ago.
Global Business by
Globalization has been under extreme pressure in the wake of the financial crisis. Multinational firms are weighing the costs and benefits of international scale and scope, and are increasingly under pressure to hire local, to source local, and to pay taxes domestically. At the same time global competitive pressures have intensified. This book reviews international business practices from the multinational firm perspective, and provides pathways forward concerning competitiveness and sustainability in global markets. What sets this book apart from others is that the benefits and pitfalls of globalization are addressed. Chapter coverage focuses on the functional areas of the business and how they are impacted by international expansion. Practical case studies supplement chapter coverage and highlight both positive and negative developments in the global business arena. Readers should expect to be challenged on what will be the limits of the multinational firm in the future, and how multinational firms can continue to prosper while at the same time adhere to sustainable business initiatives. Equally useful to both undergraduate and graduate students of international business as well as professional development programs, Global Business: Competitiveness and Sustainability provides a necessary tonic for dealing with today's troubled seas of globalization.
Global Business and Corporate Governance by
This book presents a new era where the main force forsocial change, research, education, economic betterment,and even employee happiness is the global enterprise.So many businesses today are "global," thoughoften with conflicting priorities and potential civilizationclashes. Companies may operate in a practicallyborderless world, seeking ideas and talents globally, butwithout proper knowledge and preparation, it is oneendless struggle.Inside, you'll learn many global business-related issuesranging from historical matters to the realities ofthe 21st century--from local cultures to global organizationsand from political, legal, and economic topicsto accounting, finance, marketing, and managementperspectives. This book directs your attention to criticalbusiness challenges in addition to the need of corporategovernance at all levels. These issues include howit all relates to the environment and the structure of thecorporation.Whether you're already out in the CEO world, or astudent in upper-level undergraduate or graduate study,or executive education, this book gives you numerouscombinations of how-to-do projects with philosophicalperspectives of a new and challenging era.
Global Business Strategy by
Global Business Strategy looks at the opportunities and risks associated with staking out a global competitive presence and introduces the fundamentals of global strategic thinking. The authors demonstrate how a company should change and adapt its domestic business model to achieve a competitive advantage as it expands globally. Our framework includes a company's business model, the strategic decisions a company needs to make as it globalizes its operations, and globalization strategies for creating a competitive advantage. A business model has four principal dimensions: market participation, the value proposition, the supply chain infrastructure, and its management model.
Global business strategy : multinational corporations venturing into emerging markets by
This book presents theories and case studies for corporations in developed nations, including Japan, for designing strategies to maximize opportunities and minimize threats in business expansion into developing nations. The case studies featured here focus on Asia, including China and India, and use examples of Japanese manufacturers. Five case studies are provided, including Hitachi Construction Machinery and Shiseido in China and Maruti Suzuki in India. These cases facilitate the reader?s understanding of the business environments in emerging economies. This volume is especially recommended for businesspeople responsible for international business development, particularly in China and India. In addition, the book serves as a useful resource for students in graduate-level courses in international management.
Global trade strategies : interacting with trade institutions and business by
This book willenable the reader to develop global strategies based on trade information and trade flows analysis. Developing global business strategies in today's competitive and disruptive environment calls for greater interaction between the business sector and government. Among the instruments available today are various market analytic tools. These tools, coupled with new business models, not only provide a competitive edge but also becomes a necessity to survive in the global ever changing trade environment. This book concerns everyone dealing with market selection, market strategies, and trade policy. The reader will be able to develop global strategies based on trade information and trade flows analysis. An analysis of the most competitive countries in world trade shows the importance of pro-business policies, access to modern infrastructures, investment in research, and increased productivity. The authors explain how to design practical strategies in a global context, greater competition and uncertainty due to the introduction of new business models.
The Growth of International Business (RLE International Business) by
This book integrates the work of economists, management scientists and business historians. It applies the related concepts of transaction costs, internalisation, corporate strategy and market structure to explain the historical process of corporate growth in the international economy. Each chapter is written by a scholar who has specialized in a particular aspect of the growth of international business.
International Business Handbook (RLE International Business) by
The focus of the book is understanding international influences that affect international business, and relevant aspects of the world environment. These aspects are economic, physical, sociocultural, political, legal and technological and include the cultures of foreign business organizations. Each chapter is written by an expert in the field who has been involved in international business in that area. The purpose of each chapter is to enable effective performance in the international business arena. An integrated system view of the country or region and how managers can obtain success in that area is provided. Global in its coverage this book provides information on global trends, different regions and their consumer cultures and business customs, as well as methods of entry and global strategies.
International Trade and Economic Growth by
Unlike any other text on international trade, this groundbreaking book focuses on the dynamic long-run relationship between trade and economic growth rather than the static short-run relationship between trade and economic efficiency. The authors begin with well-known theory on international trade, and then take the student into more recent and less well-known work, all with a careful balance between empirical and theoretical perspectives. A valuable teaching tool for courses in international economics, economic growth, and economic development at both the undergraduate and graduate levels, the book uses some very modest algebra, calculus, and statistics. However, most analytical discussions are built around diagrams in order to make the text accessible to students with a variety of social science backgrounds. An Instructor's Manual is available to professors who adopt the text.
Issues in global business : selections from sage business researcher by
Issues in Global Business is a single-volume reference that offers relevant perspectives and explains impacts of current events such as COVID-19, Brexit, and immigration across industries and regions. Topics covered include the on-demand economy, global manufacturing, Bitcoin, data security, and more. Coupled with a comprehensive overview of the business landscape around the world by Dr. Mamoun Benmamoun, an assistant professor at the Boeing Institute of International Business at Saint Louis University, this book provides students with the essential information they need to assess business practices through an international lens.
The Legal Protection of Foreign Investment by
The law of foreign investment is at a crossroads. In the wake of an unprecedented global financial crisis and a sharp surge of investment arbitration cases, states around the world are reflecting on the pros and cons of the current liberal investment regime and exploring new ways ahead. This book brings together leading investment lawyers from more than 20 main jurisdictions of the world to tackle the challenge of producing a first comparative study of foreign investment law. Based on the General and National Reports presented at the 'Protection of Foreign Investment' Session at the 18th International Congress of the International Academy of Comparative Law (Washington DC, July 2010), the book is a unique resource for investment lawyers. Part I of the book presents a comparative overview of key aspects of foreign investment protection in the world today, including admission, investment contracts, treatment standards, tax regime and incentives, performance requirement, property and expropriation, monetary transfer and dispute settlement. Part II presents in-depth and detailed accounts of the investment laws of more than 20 jurisdictions, including Argentina, Australia, Canada, China, Croatia, Czech Republic, Ethiopia, France, Germany, Greece, Italy, Japan, South Korea, Macau, Peru, Portugal, Russia, Singapore, Slovenia, Turkey, the UK and the USA.The book will be an invaluable guide to legal and business communities with an interest in the law and practice of foreign investment in the world in general and in these jurisdictions in particular.
Outward Foreign Direct Investment in ASEAN by
The level of outward foreign direct investment (OFDI) flows from ASEAN countries has increased rapidly in past two decades. This book examines OFDI trends and patterns in the ASEAN region including the impact of the ASEAN Economic Community. It also provides analyses of country policies affecting OFDI and the drivers of OFDI in Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore and Vietnam. Myanmar is studied as an investment frontier for other ASEAN countries. "The dynamic economies of Southeast Asia have historically been very large recipients of foreign direct investment (FDI). As global capital markets have opened up, and these economies have developed their technological and commercial capabilities, in more recent years Southeast Asia has emerged as a significant source of outward FDI both within the region and beyond. This important volume, by a group of leading regional scholars, offers a timely, comprehensive, accessible and authoritative analysis of this phenomenon." -- Hal Hill, H.W. Arndt Professor of Southeast Asian Economies, Arndt-Corden Department of Economics, Crawford School of Public Policy, Australian National University "A timely, rich and comprehensive study filling a major gap in the literature on the increasingly important phenomenon of foreign investment flowing out from regions including developing and middle-income countries." -- Luke Nottage, Professor of Comparative and Transnational Business Law; Associate Director, Centre for Asian and Pacific Law at the University of Sydney
Reboot : probably more than you ever wanted to know about starting a global business by
Shoes of Prey launched in 2009. It allowed people to design their dream shoes online, get them expertly manufactured, and have them shipped to anywhere in the world within two weeks. The startup broke even at two months, hit multi-million dollar revenues in under two years, raised tens of millions in funding from top-tier investors and shipped to more than 100 countries. All the metrics pointed to huge scalability. To a huge business. To a huge success. But it didn't succeed. In 2018 the business failed. And this is that story. Reboot tells the truth of what it is like to be at the helm of a global business. From the high highs of besting Karl Lagerfeld on global awards to the low lows of closing the doors on your dream, join author Jodie Fox on a raw journey as she reveals for the first time the story behind the story of fashion darling Shoes of Prey. This incredible ride will share lessons on raising capital, building a brand, finding suppliers, doing business in China and, most importantly, how to learn and grow from your successes and your mistakes and be ready every day to reboot for the next challenge.
The regulation of international trade. Volume 2, The WTO agreements on trade in goods by
A detailed examination of WTO agreements regulating trade in goods, discussing legal context, policy background, economic rationale, and case law. The General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT) has extended its institutional arsenal since the Kennedy round in the early 1960s. The current institutional design is the outcome of the Uruguay round and agreements reached in the ongoing Doha round (begun in 2001). One of the institutional outgrowths of GATT is the World Trade Organization (WT0), created in 1995. In this book, Petros Mavroidis offers a detailed examination of WTO agreements regulating trade in goods, discussing legal context, policy background, economic rationale, and case law. Each chapter examines a given legal norm and its subsequent practice. In particular, he discusses agreements dealing with customs clearance; "contingent protection" instruments, which allow WTO members unilaterally to add to the negotiated amount of protection when a certain contingency (for example, dumping) has occurred; TBT (Technical Barriers to Trade) and SPS (Sanitary and Phyto-sanitary Measures) agreements, both of which deal with such domestic instruments as environmental, health policy, or consumer information; the agreement on Trade Related Investment Measures (TRIM); sector-specific agreements on agriculture and textiles; plurilateral agreements (binding a subset of WTO membership) on government procurement and civil aviation; and transparency in trade relations. This book's companion volume examines the GATT regime for international trade.
Regulations of Foreign Investment by
The main aim of this book is to assess the importance of international rules for foreign direct investment and the major challenges to international harmonization of those rules. Particular attention is paid to the most controversial and contentious issues with the view of appraising the prospects for establishing global rules. The book is divided into three parts; the first part includes papers assessing the role of national and international legislation with further distinction being made between bilateral, regional and multilateral legal frameworks. The second part addresses regulatory issues of technology transfer, labor, environment, subsidies and investment incentives, national security, public services and sovereign wealth funds. The final part looks at the experience of some international fora in addressing these issues and at some theoretical and conceptual problems of rule harmonization. The papers have been written by legal and economic scholars from leading universities.
Shariah Investment Agreement by
Risk-sharing investment is currently the buzz word in Islamic finance. However, there is an incongruence in applying multilayered and opaque Tijarah contracts for investment purposes. This has contributed to the divergence between Shariah and Common Law and caused tremendous problems and systemic legal risks to Islamic finance. The authors of Shariah Investment Agreement introduce a legal tool in the form of a Shariah Investment Agreement carefully drafted to ensure that it is Shariah-compliant and can be applied in Common Law jurisdictions as well, so as to allow for the execution of risk-sharing investment in Islamic finance. It details the building blocks and key considerations that must be noted when drafting such agreements so the investor and investee will know what to expect when entering into such a contract. Proper implementation of the Shariah Investment Agreement will pave a clear route to a harmonious convergence between Shariah and Common Law and lead to Islamic finance developing further to become a stronger, unstoppable force in the finance industry.
Small world, big market : global business by
Small World, Big Market: Global Business provides an overview of the development of international business with special emphasis on oil production, an essential part of economic development. The book focuses on major trade patterns, including the Silk Road that connected China with Europe beginning at the turn of the millennium; the Chinese Tribute Trade that connected China to Southeast Asia, Africa, and the Mideast beginning in the thirteenth century; the spice trade between Southeast Asia and India by the early fifteenth century; and European-dominated world trade. This volume examines gold and silver trade from the Americas to Europe in the sixteenth century, and also covers the development of the Americas, together with existing African slave trade throughout Eurasia, giving rise to the expansion of African slave. Budd Hebert also discusses common principles and personal character tools for bringing together diverse cultures to facilitate international business. Small World, Big Market culminates by highlighting selected trends that impact international business.
Trading spaces : foreign direct investment regulation, 1970-2000 by
This book is the first comprehensive study of foreign direct investment (FDI) liberalization. Political economy FDI research has long focused on how host-country politics influence the supply of FDI, or how firms choose to invest. By contrast, this book focuses on the politics of FDI demand: the sources of citizens' preferences for FDI inflows and countries' foreign ownership restrictions. Professor Sonal S. Pandya's theory of FDI regulation identifies how FDI redistributes income within host countries, raises local wages, and creates competition for local firms. Empirical tests also emphasize the central role of multinational cooperations' productive assets in shaping the politics of FDI. These tests feature an original dataset of annual country-industry foreign ownership regulations that spans more than one hundred countries during the period 1970-2000. This book highlights the economic and political foundations of global economic integration and supplies the tools to understand the growing economic conflicts between advanced economics and large emerging markets such as China and India.
Win-win : how international trade can help meet the sustainable development goals by
The Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), adopted in 2015, are expected to chart a course for development over the next 15 years. The 17 SDGs cover poverty, health, sustainable development, and the environment, among others, but not trade. This book shows that international trade can contribute to achieving all SDGs. It maps out a triple-win scenario where good trade policy (i) spurs international trade, (ii) contributes to development, and (iii) helps achieve the SDGs.
Winning global markets : how businesses invest and prosper in the world's high-growth cities by
A new marketing paradigm focuses on the concentrated economic power of 600 global cities. City-Centered Marketing: Why Local is the Future of Global Business is a compelling practical analysis of a new direction of marketing within the context of intensifying urbanization and the shift of global economy from West to East. Philip Kotler, one of the world's foremost marketing experts, and his brother Milton, an international marketing strategist, explain why the future of marketing must focus on top global cities and their metro regions, and not squandered resources on small cities. Marketing is city-centered activity. 600 global cities will contribute 65 percent of the global GDP of $67 trillion by 2025. The top 100 cities will contribute 25 percent of GDP, and 440 of these top 600 cities will be in the developing world. Top cities have to improve their marketing prowess in compete for the right companies and settling on the best terms. By 2025, the vast majority of consuming and middle-income households will be in developing regions. While New York, Los Angeles, and Chicago will remain major players because of high per-capita GDP and capital and intellectual assets, companies will pay more attention to growing city regions in the developing world. Multinational businesses must change the culture of their headquarters, divisions and branches, as well as their value chain stakeholders to take advantage of these market changes. The book details the strategies for sustainable growth with topics like: Resource allocation in developed versus developing city markets Shifting the focus to city regions instead of central governments The rise of new multinational corporations from developing economies Declining consumer and business growth in developed cities Cities in China, Brazil, India, and throughout the Middle East and Latin America are rising to become major players in the global marketplace. Philip and Milton Kotler argue that an inversion is taking place, and top cities are growing economically faster than their national rate of growth. These emerging city markets are critical to company growth , and City-Centered Marketing: Why Local is the Future of Global Business provides the vital information and guidelines that companies need to plan accordingly.
In the past four decades, there has been a great amount of fundamental shift from local business to global business. Gone were the days when economies are limited to its local market and production facilities, isolated from each other by distance, time zones, language, religion, and culture. With the help of the Internet, much has been accomplished by business organizations around the world by making them part of an interdependent and integrated global economic system. In this course, we will take a close look at the theories and their basic issues. We will explore the dynamic changes in international trade, investment, and political systems that prod Globalization and how it is altering the competitive playing field.
Business to business marketing management : a global perspective by
Business to business markets are considerably more challenging than consumer markets and as such demand a more specific skillset from marketers. Buyers, with a responsibility to their company and specialist product knowledge, are more demanding than the average consumer. Given that the products themselves may be highly complex, this often requires a sophisticated buyer to understand them. Increasingly, B2B relationships are conducted within a global context. However all textbooks are region-specific despite this growing move towards global business relationships - except this one. This textbook takes a global viewpoint, with the help of an international author team and cases from across the globe. Other unique features of this insightful study include: placement of B2B in a strategic marketing setting; full discussion of strategy in a global setting including hypercompetition; full chapter on ethics and CSR early in the text; and detailed review of global B2B services marketing, trade shows, and market research. This new edition has been fully revised and updated with a full set of brand new case studies and features expanded sections on digital issues, CRM, and social media as well as personal selling. More selective, shorter, and easier to read than other B2B textbooks, this is ideal for introduction to B2B and shorter courses. Yet, it is comprehensive enough to cover all the aspects of B2B marketing any marketer needs, be they students or practitioners looking to improve their knowledge.
The Development of International Business by
The Development of International Business offers an extensive understanding of contemporary international business through detailed, engaging discussion of the development of the multinational enterprise (MNE) over the past half-century.By providing an analytically informed basis for understanding MNEs, two parallel strands of analysis in International Business (IB) are reviewed: the 'theoretical' and the 'practical'. Firstly, Robert Pearce identifies how the practical restructuring of the MNE as an organisational form has responded to changes in the wider global economy and how this evolution has interacted with the enrichment of theory on the topic. Secondly, by tracing the persisting dynamics of the MNE's structure and strategic positioning, he demonstrates the use of these systems and how they can help to understand and organise the future evolution of not only MNEs but of international business as a whole.Highly accessible with an informed overview of the entire IB subject area, The Development of International Business is an essential text for students and academics of business, management, economics and development. More generally, business leaders, economists and politicians will value the exceptional insight into the progression of international business and its future.
Dynamics of International Business by
The Dynamics of International Business offers a comparative, chronological overview of the strategic and structural evolution of international firms. Organized around eras of global economic development, the text synthesizes research on the internationalization of firms, highlighting crucial turning points in the evolution of the international economy. A particular emphasis is placed on the relationship between historical evidence and the theoretical frameworks available for its interpretation. Each period is illustrated by a selection of short case studies from a variety of industry sectors, including the Levant Company, Nestlé, Singer, Saint Gobain and NEC. An essential textbook for courses in business and economic history, this book will also be a valuable resource for scholars and students of international business more generally.
Foundations of Global Business by Global 3 : global business by
Learn Global Business YOUR Way with GLOBAL3! GLOBAL3's easy-reference, paperback textbook presents course content through visually-engaging chapters as well as Chapter Review Cards that consolidate the best review material into a ready-made study tool. With the textbook or on its own, GLOBAL Online allows easy exploration of GLOBAL3 anywhere, anytime - including on your device! Collect your notes and create StudyBits(tm) from interactive content as you go to remember what's important. Then, either use preset study resources, or personalize the product through easy-to-use tags and filters to prioritize your study time. Make and review flashcards, review related content, and track your progress with Concept Tracker, all in one place and at an affordable price!
Global Business by
Discover success in global business today with the most strategic approach to international business topics and unique coverage not found in other texts. GLOBAL BUSINESS, 4th Edition, is the first global business book that answers the big question, "What determines the success and failure of firms around the globe?" Globally renowned scholar and author Mike Peng integrates both an institution-based view and resource-based view in every chapter, bringing an unparalleled continuity and strategic approach to the learning process. The book combines an inviting, conversational style with the latest research and examples that reflect the most recent global developments. A wealth of business cases from Mike Peng and other respected international experts delve into how companies throughout the world have expanded globally. All-new video cases that cover each chapter's opening case and closing case, world maps that connect geography and culture to business decisions, and unique global debate sections that draw you into cutting-edge international discussions help you learn to think independently and view business challenges from a truly global perspective. With GLOBAL BUSINESS, 4th Edition, you view business through the eyes of a true world citizen and gain the understanding you need to become an effective manager within today's global business landscape.
Global Business Intelligence by
Global Business Intelligence refers to an organization's ability to gather, process and analyze pertinent international information in order to make optimal business decisions in a timely manner. With a challenging economic and geopolitical environment, companies and executives need to be adept at information gathering in order to manage emerging challenges and gain competitive advantages. This book Global Business Intelligence assembles a cast of international experts and thought leaders and explores the implications of business intelligence on contemporary management. Global Business Intelligence will be a key resource for researchers, academics, students and policy makers alike in the fields of International Business & Management, Business Strategy, and Geopolitics as well as related disciplines like Political Science, Economics, and Geography.
International Business by
This book provides students with a balanced perspective on business in a global environment, exploring implications for multinational companies in developed and emerging markets. This is the first text of its kind to emphasize strategic decision making as the cornerstone of its approach while focusing on emerging markets. Traditional topics, like foreign exchange markets and global competition, are contrasted with emerging operations, like Chinese market intervention and Islamic finance, to provide students with an understanding of successful business strategy. Readers learn to develop and implement these strategies across cultures, and across economic, legal, and religious institutions, in order to cope with competitive players in the global landscape. Application-based chapters open with reading goals and conclude with case studies and discussion questions to encourage a practical understanding of strategy. With in-depth analyses and recommended strategies, this edition provides students of international business with the skills they need for success on the global stage. A companion website features an instructor's manual, test bank, PowerPoint slides, and useful links for instructors as well as practice quizzes, flashcards, and web resources for students.
International business by
"An adaptation of International business : competing in the global marketplace, tenth edition by Charles W.L. Hill, published by arrangement with McGraw-Hill Education."
International Business by
For courses in International Business. This Global Edition has been edited to include enhancements making it more relevant to students outside the United States An innovative teaching and learning system that captures the spirit of International Business. Based on the authors' collective teaching and working experience-as well as discussions with hundreds of practitioners, students, and faculty-International Business: The New Realities is a complete teaching and learning system that seamlessly integrates cases, exercises, and videos.
International Business by
The third edition of International Business offers an action-focused, practical approach to the topic, helping students understand the global business environment and its repercussions for executives. The book provides thorough coverage of the field, delving into fundamental concepts and theory; the cultural, political, and economic environment; international business strategies; and even functional management areas. More comprehensive than competing books, International Business includes: Strengthened, expanded global cases, examples, and 'industry' and 'country' mini-cases that give students practical insight into the ways companies actually behave within a competitive, global environment Updated coverage of key trends that impact how international business functions, including the drivers of globalization, e-commerce and the impact of the Internet, and international entrepreneurship New material on technology issues, the impact of the financial crisis, and problems in the EU Expanded discussion of the skills and strategies students need to succeed in today's international business environment, including dynamic capabilities, foreign direct investment, and market entry strategies Also featuring a companion website with a test bank, Powerpoint slides, and instructor's manual, this book is ideal for undergraduate and graduate students and instructors of any international business course.
International business by
"Balancing authoritative theory and meaningful practice, International Business engages students on the subject of conducting business in international markets. The authors' descriptions and ideas of international business are enhanced with contemporary examples, scenarios, and cases that help students effectively apply what they've learned. Now in its 16th Edition, International Businessremains one of the best-selling and most authoritative international business texts available. As rigorous and practical as ever, this edition remains current through updated author-written cases, including seven entirely new cases, streamlined writing, and expanded coverage of relevant global changes."-- Provided by publisher.
International Business - Competing in the Global Marketplace by
Market-defining since it was introduced, International Business: Competing in the Global Marketplace by Charles W. L. Hill, sets the standard. Hill draws upon his experience to deliver a complete solution-print and digital--for instructors & students by being: Integrated - Progression of Topics Application Rich - Strong on Strategy Current - Thought Provoking Relevant - Actual Practice of International Business
International business : environments & operations by
"Balancing authoritative theory and meaningful practice, International Business engages students on the subject of conducting business in international markets. The authors' descriptions and ideas of international business are enhanced with contemporary examples, scenarios, and cases that help students effectively apply what they've learned. Now in its 16th Edition, International Businessremains one of the best-selling and most authoritative international business texts available. As rigorous and practical as ever, this edition remains current through updated author-written cases, including seven entirely new cases, streamlined writing, and expanded coverage of relevant global changes."-- Provided by publisher.
International Business and Sustainable Development by
Sustainable development is one of the key challenges of our time. It has social, ecological and economic dimensions, which makes it also a multi-faceted and complex problem. International Business scholars have stressed that the Multinational Enterprise should be considered the most important vehicle through which sustainable development occurs in developing countries. However, actual study of the topic remains fraught with theoretical and empirical caveats. This eighth volume in the Progress in International Business Research series includes new texts from a number of leading scholars and opinion leaders in the area. Contributors develop new levels of analysis (in particular global value chains or the partnership strategies of firms) that present promising areas for new theoretical and empirical insights. Whilst authors from leading international institutes are brought together in this volume, younger scholars with innovative ideas also offer valuable insights.
International Business Strategy by
With stagnated demand in many home economies, the need to internationalize and exploit foreign market opportunities has never been more paramount for businesses to succeed at a global level. However, this process raises a number of questions, such as: can firms use their knowledge of one market in the next? Can firms pursue internationalization on several fronts at the same time? How should firms handle cultural and institutional differences between markets? This textbook provides students with the core research in international business and strategy, including organization, efficiency, external relationships and the challenges found in an increasingly multicultural world. Each part begins with a presentation of the issues and controversies faced in that particular area, followed by a synthesis of the research which provides avenues for future research. To facilitate and encourage further debate and learning, each part also includes at least one original case study. Compiled by two of the World's leading scholars of international business, and supplemented with critical commentaries and a range of integrative case studies, this comprehensive textbook provides advanced students of international business and strategy with a resource that will be invaluable in their studies and beyond.
International management : a stakeholder approach by
This innovative textbook applies a practical and engaging approach to the rapidly evolving field of international management. Students will learn the many complexities that managers must address when making decisions in the global marketplace. Covering a range of leadership challenges, including environmental change, social responsibility, global strategies, communication organizational change and human resources. International Managementidentifies the responsibilities and obligations of managers in the age of globalization. Key features include: Critical chapters on global corporate governance, corporate compliance and global environmental issues, which invite students to consider some of the ways in which global businesses affect the world around us Thirteen global case studies exploring the mechanisms of some of the world's leading business performers, including Patek Philippe, Nestlé, Adidas, Bombardier and the BBC, giving students the opportunity to further their understanding by identifying theory in practice Comprehensive opening vignettes framing each case study to facilitate classroom discussion. This is an ideal core textbook for use in undergraduate international management courses as well as an introductory text at postgraduate level. It also offers supplementary reading for strategic management or general management classes.
International Marketing by
Pioneers in the field, Cateora, Gilly, and Graham continue to set the standard in this 18th edition of International Marketing with their well-rounded perspective of international markets that encompass history, geography, language, and religion as well as economics, which helps students see the cultural and environmental uniqueness of any nation or region. The dynamic nature of the international marketplace is reflected in the number of substantially improved and expanded topics in this 18th, including the following over 100 new academic articles and their findings. All data, text, photos and images have been updated for currency, as has the corresponding content within McGraw-Hill Education's Connect with adaptive SmartBook. Additional updates include: NEW Cases: New cases accompany the 18e, enlivening the material in the book and class discussions while broadening a student's critical thinking skills. These cases bring forth many of the topics discussed in the chapters and demonstrate how these concepts are dealt with in the real world. These cases can be assigned in Connect and SmartBook. Optionally, a case booklet can be create using McGraw-Hill CREATE. Crossing Borders Boxes: These invaluable boxes offer anecdotal company examples. These entertaining examples are designed to encourage critical thinking and guide students through topics ranging from ethical to cultural to global issues facing marketers today. 4-Color Design: New color maps and exhibits allow for improved pedagogy and a clearer presentation of international symbols and cultural meanings in marketing and advertising. In addition, photos that depend on full color for maximum impact easily bring many global examples to life.
Introduction to Global Business by
The global business environment is rapidly changing because of shifts in geopolitical alliances, active roles of global institutions, and advances in information technology. Gaspar et al. INTRODUCTION TO GLOBAL BUSINESS, 1e introduces the comprehensive foundational and functional tools to better prepare students for a global business landscape. As part of the functional approach, the text flows smoothly and clearly from concept to application, asking students to implement their learning into real-world personal and professional applications. The specialized author team introduces globalization through unparalleled scholarship and a world-view presentation of the fundamental pillars of the global landscape - culture, ethics, economic, and information technology. The purpose of this book is to introduce students to these principles in an engaging, current, and relevant way in the hope that they may develop the knowledge for successful careers in a globalized business landscape. Available with InfoTrac® Student Collections http://gocengage.com/infotrac.
Introduction to Global Business by
The global business environment is rapidly changing due to shifts in geopolitical alliances, active support of global international institutions in promoting market-oriented economic reforms, and advances in the development and use of information technology. INTRODUCTION TO GLOBAL BUSINESS, 2e addresses these challenges by providing a comprehensive analysis of the global business environment and lays the foundation for the functional tools used to better prepare you to manage the global business landscape. The text flows smoothly and clearly from concept to application, asking you to apply those learning skills into real-world personal and professional applications. The specialized author team introduces globalization through unparalleled scholarship and a world-view presentation of the fundamental pillars of the global business environment -- culture, ethics, economics, and information technology. Ensure that you understand the procedures and concepts you need to know with MindTap for INTRODUCTION TO GLOBAL BUSINESS. MindTap, an online course management and learning system, combines the best of current technology to save time in planning and managing your course and assignments.
Navigating Global Business by
Navigating Global Business integrates and synthesizes all available country cluster studies into a nested meta-structure accompanied by eco-cultural correlates that distinguish amongst clusters. The broad range of analyses will appeal to researchers and practitioners, seasoned multi-firm executives, those in small firms seeking internationalization, and anyone intrigued by the greater question of human diversity. The book covers key work-related cultural dimensions for much of the world, and includes examples of applications in most business areas. Also exhibited are the correlates of culture, some of which, such as language and religion, speak to the origin of cultural variations in addition to illustrating key variants of the global terrain. Finally, the authors examine how patterns might have changed over time, providing a rigorous and realistic assessment of the fruits of globalization.
Reboot : probably more than you ever wanted to know about starting a global business by
Shoes of Prey launched in 2009. It allowed people to design their dream shoes online, get them expertly manufactured, and have them shipped to anywhere in the world within two weeks. The startup broke even at two months, hit multi-million dollar revenues in under two years, raised tens of millions in funding from top-tier investors and shipped to more than 100 countries. All the metrics pointed to huge scalability. To a huge business. To a huge success. But it didn't succeed. In 2018 the business failed. And this is that story. Reboot tells the truth of what it is like to be at the helm of a global business. From the high highs of besting Karl Lagerfeld on global awards to the low lows of closing the doors on your dream, join author Jodie Fox on a raw journey as she reveals for the first time the story behind the story of fashion darling Shoes of Prey. This incredible ride will share lessons on raising capital, building a brand, finding suppliers, doing business in China and, most importantly, how to learn and grow from your successes and your mistakes and be ready every day to reboot for the next challenge.
The Routledge Companion to International Entrepreneurship by
The domain of international entrepreneurship has continued to gain momentum in an era that sees entrepreneurship and globalization as critical issues in the world of business. Given the flourish of new research in this area, there is a need to provide an up-to-date perspective on the field and its future. This volume draws together a team of experts purposely selected from both the entrepreneurship and international business fields to present a comprehensive resource on the cutting-edge conversations within international entrepreneurship. This prestigious reference book will offer students and researchers an introduction to leading scholarship in international entrepreneurship and also serve as a catapult for future research.
Working internationally : expatriation, migration and other global work by
Managing expatriates and other 'traditional' internationally mobile workers is a significant part of many academic programmes and the focus of some specialist ones. But we cannot answer the big questions about working internationally if we exclude from our teaching people who do not fit into our usual conceptions and assumptions about who it is that organisations employ. Written by two of the most frequently published authors in the field, this is the only textbook to specialise in all the widely-accepted types of international work such as high-status expatriation, international business travel, short-term project work, and international commuting, while also covering the management of low-status expatriates, qualified immigrants, economic and low-skilled migrants, and refugees. Topics include cost effective global HRM, value and return on investment, localisation, home- and host-based compensation, talent management, human rights, safety and security, and duty of care - all examined from the differing perspectives of organisational practitioners and international workers and their families. In nine clear chapters, this book covers everything that a teacher or student of expatriation and global mobility needs to know, with each chapter written specifically as a primer for teaching sessions. Chapters are research-led and data driven, outlining current research on the topic. Included for each chapter are learning objectives, chapter summaries, key theories, detailed reference lists, additional reading lists, high-quality diagrams and tables, class activities, and reflective questions suitable for exam preparation. Supplemented with consulting reports and surveys that are highly applicable to (working) MBA students, this is the ideal textbook for any contemporary course in expatriate management or international HRM needing to take it to the next level.
In the past four decades, there has been a great amount of fundamental shift from local business to global business. Gone were the days when economies are limited to its local market and production facilities, isolated from each other by distance, time zones, language, religion, and culture. With the help of the Internet, much has been accomplished by business organizations around the world by making them part of an interdependent and integrated global economic system. In this course, we will take a close look at the theories and their basic issues. We will explore the dynamic changes in international trade, investment, and political systems that prod Globalization and how it is altering the competitive playing field.
Adapting to environmental challenges : new research in strategy and international business by
The global business environment is as turbulent as ever and organizations must adapt to the changing conditions to survive and persevere. Adapting To Environmental Challenges: New Research In Strategy And International Businessprovides new promising insights on the effects of middle management involvement in adaptive strategy-making processes and applications of interactive control systems in the pursuit of more durable corporate outcomes. The empirical evidence suggests that responsible corporate behaviour drives higher market-valuations of firms and the application of green technologies is associated with more sustainable performance outcomes. For international organizations that operate across a multiplicity of cultural contexts, the ability to manage responsible corporate behavior must be interpreted in the local contexts and not only in a headquarter context, which is the norm. Hence, multinational managers must appreciate and understand the cultural differences to disentangle the managerial challenges in dynamic global markets where resource-poor firms can forge their international market positions by offering advantageous value-to-price trade-offs induced by supportive cultural values. Adapting To Environmental Challenges: New Research In Strategy And International Businessprovide new relevant perspectives and insights to understand strategic adaptation in international business contexts based on corporate responsible behavior and cultural sensitivity as the ingredients for agile operations and a resilient multinational organization.
Economic Transition and International Business by
Economic Transition and International Business brings together academic experts in International Business and sheds new light on the international phenomenon of transitions in the worldwide economy. It includes both academic investigations as well as in-depth empirical studies. The purpose of the book is to investigate how international transitions reshape the environment, as they reallocate and renew activities, and create new strategies for actors and stakeholders. It provides essential insights into a number of contextual changes that organisations are facing internationally, and is structured around three complementary themes. In the first part, recent economic and financial crises are analysed and presented as revealing transitions for the business world. In the second part, the impact of these transitions is assessed at the level of various key economic players in today's societies (states, business networks, companies, associations, etc.). In the third part, certain decision-making and managerial transitions are retained to illustrate the new deal linked to international transitions. This book is recommended reading for scholars and students in management and economics, as well as international business managers. They will find insightful information, either theoretical or practical, including various countries impacted by socio-economic transitions.
Exporting : key considerations for international business growth : products, communication, brands, trade shows, channels, culture, and cash by
This book equips readers to optimize genuine export opportunities. Globalization or international development is more vital than ever for business survival, let alone growth. This book equips readers to optimize genuine export opportunities. It addresses the fears and risks associated with exporting and reassures readers that international growth is available to any business that conducts in-depth research, adopts the right attitude, and develops a comprehensive strategy. Readers are challenged to consider seven key business considerations facing them when seeking success in export markets: product and service adaptation, comprehensive communication, portable protected branding, high-performance tradeshows, optimized go-to-market channels, fit-for-purpose internal organization, and controlled effective cashflow. This concise book serves time-starved small to medium enterprise (SME) entrepreneurs, owners, and directors in any industry anywhere in the world who seek international or global development and those studying or teaching international business.
Fundamentals of International Business by
Fundamentals of International Business is the fourth edition of International Business by Dr Sumati Varma. The content of the book has been revised and mapped to the latest syllabus by the UGC under the CBCS system.
Global Business by
Globalization has been under extreme pressure in the wake of the financial crisis. Multinational firms are weighing the costs and benefits of international scale and scope, and are increasingly under pressure to hire local, to source local, and to pay taxes domestically. At the same time global competitive pressures have intensified. This book reviews international business practices from the multinational firm perspective, and provides pathways forward concerning competitiveness and sustainability in global markets. What sets this book apart from others is that the benefits and pitfalls of globalization are addressed. Chapter coverage focuses on the functional areas of the business and how they are impacted by international expansion. Practical case studies supplement chapter coverage and highlight both positive and negative developments in the global business arena. Readers should expect to be challenged on what will be the limits of the multinational firm in the future, and how multinational firms can continue to prosper while at the same time adhere to sustainable business initiatives. Equally useful to both undergraduate and graduate students of international business as well as professional development programs, Global Business: Competitiveness and Sustainability provides a necessary tonic for dealing with today's troubled seas of globalization.
Global Business and Corporate Governance by
This book presents a new era where the main force forsocial change, research, education, economic betterment,and even employee happiness is the global enterprise.So many businesses today are "global," thoughoften with conflicting priorities and potential civilizationclashes. Companies may operate in a practicallyborderless world, seeking ideas and talents globally, butwithout proper knowledge and preparation, it is oneendless struggle.Inside, you'll learn many global business-related issuesranging from historical matters to the realities ofthe 21st century--from local cultures to global organizationsand from political, legal, and economic topicsto accounting, finance, marketing, and managementperspectives. This book directs your attention to criticalbusiness challenges in addition to the need of corporategovernance at all levels. These issues include howit all relates to the environment and the structure of thecorporation.Whether you're already out in the CEO world, or astudent in upper-level undergraduate or graduate study,or executive education, this book gives you numerouscombinations of how-to-do projects with philosophicalperspectives of a new and challenging era.
Global business strategy : multinational corporations venturing into emerging markets by
This book presents theories and case studies for corporations in developed nations, including Japan, for designing strategies to maximize opportunities and minimize threats in business expansion into developing nations. The case studies featured here focus on Asia, including China and India, and use examples of Japanese manufacturers. Five case studies are provided, including Hitachi Construction Machinery and Shiseido in China and Maruti Suzuki in India. These cases facilitate the reader?s understanding of the business environments in emerging economies. This volume is especially recommended for businesspeople responsible for international business development, particularly in China and India. In addition, the book serves as a useful resource for students in graduate-level courses in international management.
Global trade strategies : interacting with trade institutions and business by
This book willenable the reader to develop global strategies based on trade information and trade flows analysis. Developing global business strategies in today's competitive and disruptive environment calls for greater interaction between the business sector and government. Among the instruments available today are various market analytic tools. These tools, coupled with new business models, not only provide a competitive edge but also becomes a necessity to survive in the global ever changing trade environment. This book concerns everyone dealing with market selection, market strategies, and trade policy. The reader will be able to develop global strategies based on trade information and trade flows analysis. An analysis of the most competitive countries in world trade shows the importance of pro-business policies, access to modern infrastructures, investment in research, and increased productivity. The authors explain how to design practical strategies in a global context, greater competition and uncertainty due to the introduction of new business models.
The Growth of International Business (RLE International Business) by
This book integrates the work of economists, management scientists and business historians. It applies the related concepts of transaction costs, internalisation, corporate strategy and market structure to explain the historical process of corporate growth in the international economy. Each chapter is written by a scholar who has specialized in a particular aspect of the growth of international business.
A guide to financing mechanisms in international business transactions by
This book outlines features of international business transactions, and discusses their various associated risks. For the successful completion of an international business transaction, depending on its terms, both parties need access to funds. This text deals with financing mechanisms mainly in the international sale of goods and in overseas construction projects. Concerning financing international sale of goods, it discusses export working capital financing, documentary credit, negotiation of bills of exchange, export factoring, and international forfaiting. Concerning financing an overseas.
In Search for the Soul of International Business by
A New World Order has begun for trade and globalization. Inundated with constant information, new concepts, and endless data, individuals are caught in the whirlwind of a fast-paced world, often without the ability to stop and think, particularly when it comes to issues of the soul. I consider the soul the center of our activities and inspirations. If one says of an individual, "his soul has left him," one connotes death. This also will apply to societies and corporations. Are we willing to permit the gradual march toward solitude with all the accompanying sharp cutting edges? Will the balloon go up? The reader can judge. I hope to supply the content here. With a foreword by Ambassador Laszlo Szabo, a preface by the Rev. Horkan, and the humorous yet pensive illustrations by award-winning cartoonist David Clark, this book increases one's ability to gain a comprehensive understanding of the most pressing international business and trade issues that the world faces today.
International Business Handbook (RLE International Business) by
The focus of the book is understanding international influences that affect international business, and relevant aspects of the world environment. These aspects are economic, physical, sociocultural, political, legal and technological and include the cultures of foreign business organizations. Each chapter is written by an expert in the field who has been involved in international business in that area. The purpose of each chapter is to enable effective performance in the international business arena. An integrated system view of the country or region and how managers can obtain success in that area is provided. Global in its coverage this book provides information on global trends, different regions and their consumer cultures and business customs, as well as methods of entry and global strategies.
International Business in a VUCA World by
'IB theory and IB theorists have a long way to go to produce clarity of analysis, clear policy prescriptions and guidance for managers in a world where VUCA factors seem to be increasingly bedevilling the world of theory, managerial practice and public policy.' - Peter Buckley (in this volume) This fourteenth volume in the PIBR series is dedicated to Professor Peter Buckley, OBE, whose creative contributions to IB theory and practice over many decades are unmatched. His scientific oeuvre has continued to grow, both in depth and breadth, and reflects an evolving level of scholarly resilience that has kept pace with the increasing Volatility, Uncertainty, Complexity and Ambiguity (VUCA) characteristics of the modern environment of international business. The VUCA dimensions of the business environment that face both managers and policy makers are amplified by a wide variety of unpredictable social, economic, political and technological forces, such as: inter alia, the (post-great-recession) rise of populism; growing anti-European sentiment in the European Union; increasing protectionism; a slowdown in growth of emerging markets; the rise of the digital economy, and many more. These trends affect the competitive position of nations and firms. The present volume focuses on the threats and opportunities created by the VUCA-trends for multinational enterprises (MNEs), small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs), and international new ventures (INVs), along the following five headings: IB scholarship in a VUCA world. New Perspectives on the Interplay between Firms and the Non-Market. New Governance Challenges in International Business. New Contexts for Newly Internationalizing Firms. Contemporary Management Perspectives in IB Research.
International Trade and Economic Growth by
Unlike any other text on international trade, this groundbreaking book focuses on the dynamic long-run relationship between trade and economic growth rather than the static short-run relationship between trade and economic efficiency. The authors begin with well-known theory on international trade, and then take the student into more recent and less well-known work, all with a careful balance between empirical and theoretical perspectives. A valuable teaching tool for courses in international economics, economic growth, and economic development at both the undergraduate and graduate levels, the book uses some very modest algebra, calculus, and statistics. However, most analytical discussions are built around diagrams in order to make the text accessible to students with a variety of social science backgrounds. An Instructor's Manual is available to professors who adopt the text.
The regulation of international trade. Volume 2, The WTO agreements on trade in goods by
A detailed examination of WTO agreements regulating trade in goods, discussing legal context, policy background, economic rationale, and case law. The General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT) has extended its institutional arsenal since the Kennedy round in the early 1960s. The current institutional design is the outcome of the Uruguay round and agreements reached in the ongoing Doha round (begun in 2001). One of the institutional outgrowths of GATT is the World Trade Organization (WT0), created in 1995. In this book, Petros Mavroidis offers a detailed examination of WTO agreements regulating trade in goods, discussing legal context, policy background, economic rationale, and case law. Each chapter examines a given legal norm and its subsequent practice. In particular, he discusses agreements dealing with customs clearance; "contingent protection" instruments, which allow WTO members unilaterally to add to the negotiated amount of protection when a certain contingency (for example, dumping) has occurred; TBT (Technical Barriers to Trade) and SPS (Sanitary and Phyto-sanitary Measures) agreements, both of which deal with such domestic instruments as environmental, health policy, or consumer information; the agreement on Trade Related Investment Measures (TRIM); sector-specific agreements on agriculture and textiles; plurilateral agreements (binding a subset of WTO membership) on government procurement and civil aviation; and transparency in trade relations. This book's companion volume examines the GATT regime for international trade.
Research methods in international business by
Showcasing methodological rigour and state-of-the-art methods as hallmarks of modern international business (IB) research, this book offers a collection of the most relevant and highly cited research methods articles from the Journal of International Business Studies (JIBS). Each piece is accompanied by a new Commentary written by experts in the field; some also include Further Reflections by the original authors. Encompassing both qualitative and quantitative approaches, this comprehensive volume explores research design, testing and reporting, as well as specific methodological issues such as endogeneity, common method variance, and theorising from case studies. With recommendations for best practices relating to interaction effects, hypothesis testing, and replicability, this book is a unique and up-to-date reference source on the latest research methods and practices in international business. The book will also be essential reading for those studying any sub-discipline of IB research, including international economics, entrepreneurship, finance, management and marketing.
Small world, big market : global business by
Small World, Big Market: Global Business provides an overview of the development of international business with special emphasis on oil production, an essential part of economic development. The book focuses on major trade patterns, including the Silk Road that connected China with Europe beginning at the turn of the millennium; the Chinese Tribute Trade that connected China to Southeast Asia, Africa, and the Mideast beginning in the thirteenth century; the spice trade between Southeast Asia and India by the early fifteenth century; and European-dominated world trade. This volume examines gold and silver trade from the Americas to Europe in the sixteenth century, and also covers the development of the Americas, together with existing African slave trade throughout Eurasia, giving rise to the expansion of African slave. Budd Hebert also discusses common principles and personal character tools for bringing together diverse cultures to facilitate international business. Small World, Big Market culminates by highlighting selected trends that impact international business.
Win-win : how international trade can help meet the sustainable development goals by
The Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), adopted in 2015, are expected to chart a course for development over the next 15 years. The 17 SDGs cover poverty, health, sustainable development, and the environment, among others, but not trade. This book shows that international trade can contribute to achieving all SDGs. It maps out a triple-win scenario where good trade policy (i) spurs international trade, (ii) contributes to development, and (iii) helps achieve the SDGs.
Winning global markets : how businesses invest and prosper in the world's high-growth cities by
A new marketing paradigm focuses on the concentrated economic power of 600 global cities. City-Centered Marketing: Why Local is the Future of Global Business is a compelling practical analysis of a new direction of marketing within the context of intensifying urbanization and the shift of global economy from West to East. Philip Kotler, one of the world's foremost marketing experts, and his brother Milton, an international marketing strategist, explain why the future of marketing must focus on top global cities and their metro regions, and not squandered resources on small cities. Marketing is city-centered activity. 600 global cities will contribute 65 percent of the global GDP of $67 trillion by 2025. The top 100 cities will contribute 25 percent of GDP, and 440 of these top 600 cities will be in the developing world. Top cities have to improve their marketing prowess in compete for the right companies and settling on the best terms. By 2025, the vast majority of consuming and middle-income households will be in developing regions. While New York, Los Angeles, and Chicago will remain major players because of high per-capita GDP and capital and intellectual assets, companies will pay more attention to growing city regions in the developing world. Multinational businesses must change the culture of their headquarters, divisions and branches, as well as their value chain stakeholders to take advantage of these market changes. The book details the strategies for sustainable growth with topics like: Resource allocation in developed versus developing city markets Shifting the focus to city regions instead of central governments The rise of new multinational corporations from developing economies Declining consumer and business growth in developed cities Cities in China, Brazil, India, and throughout the Middle East and Latin America are rising to become major players in the global marketplace. Philip and Milton Kotler argue that an inversion is taking place, and top cities are growing economically faster than their national rate of growth. These emerging city markets are critical to company growth , and City-Centered Marketing: Why Local is the Future of Global Business provides the vital information and guidelines that companies need to plan accordingly.
Legal Business and Risk Management
The course studies Philippine Laws dealing with Exports. The legal and procedural frame work for embarking on export operations is discussed with a view to anticipating issues in the business.
The course likewise discusses laws that promote and affect exports. Legal concepts and factual scenarios that an exporter will encounter shall also be considered. It will also take into account various type of risk associated with an export business and provide possible solutions to address those risk.
Potential issues in the export business shall be studied with a view to presenting proactive legal remedies. A practical approach shall be employed to provide the students with a legal and procedural framework for embarking on export operations.
Anderson's Business Law and the Legal Environment by
Prepare to ace your business law course as the #1 summarized case business law text on the market today helps you grasp key legal concepts and principles. ANDERSON'S BUSINESS LAW & THE LEGAL ENVIRONMENT - COMPREHENSIVE EDITION, 23E reinforces your understanding through applications and examples of real-world dilemmas, issues, and problems. You'll also find invaluable information and resources to assist you in studying for the CPA exam. Current, comprehensive, easy-to-understand and fascinating to read, ANDERSON'S BUSINESS LAW & THE LEGAL ENVIRONMENT helps you prepare you for class with all of the in-text and online resources you need to succeed in your business law course.
Big data : a business and legal guide by
Big Data: A Business and Legal Guide supplies a clear understanding of the interrelationships between Big Data, the new business insights it reveals, and the laws, regulations, and contracting practices that impact the use of the insights and the data. Providing business executives and lawyers (in-house and in private practice) with an accessible primer on Big Data and its business implications, this book will enable readers to quickly grasp the key issues and effectively implement the right solutions to collecting, licensing, handling, and using Big Data. The book brings together subject matter experts who examine a different area of law in each chapter and explain how these laws can affect the way your business or organization can use Big Data. These experts also supply recommendations as to the steps your organization can take to maximize Big Data opportunities without increasing risk and liability to your organization. Provides a new way of thinking about Big Data that will help readers address emerging issues Supplies real-world advice and practical ways to handle the issues Uses examples pulled from the news and cases to illustrate points Includes a non-technical Big Data primer that discusses the characteristics of Big Data and distinguishes it from traditional database models Taking a cross-disciplinary approach, the book will help executives, managers, and counsel better understand the interrelationships between Big Data, decisions based on Big Data, and the laws, regulations, and contracting practices that impact its use. After reading this book, you will be able to think more broadly about the best way to harness Big Data in your business and establish procedures to ensure that legal considerations are part of the decision.
Business : its legal, ethical, and global environment by
Discover how laws and ethical issues are critical to all business decisions as you review business situations from today's headlines and more with the comprehensive and realistic BUSINESS: ITS LEGAL, ETHICAL, AND GLOBAL ENVIRONMENT, 11E. Learning both the law and ethical standards in the context of business dilemmas provides you with the insight and analytical skills that today's employers want. More than 200 real-world scenarios help you understand the what, why, and how of legal issues as you explore the various areas of law. You will not only understand that copyright infringement violates the law, but you will also be able to list examples of similar businesses violations, such as Monster Energy using Beastie Boys music in an online video. Packed with active learning features, this edition illustrates just how law and ethics apply to issues in the business world today. MindTap online solution is also available to help you prepare for this course.
Business Risk Management by
A comprehensive and accessible introduction to modernquantitative risk management. The business world is rife with risk and uncertainty, and riskmanagement is a vitally important topic for managers. The best wayto achieve a clear understanding of risk is to use quantitativetools and probability models. Written for students, this bookhas a quantitative emphasis but is accessible to those without astrong mathematical background. Business Risk Management: Models and Analysis Discusses novel modern approaches to risk management Introduces advanced topics in an accessible manner Includes motivating worked examples and exercises (includingselected solutions) Is written with the student in mind, and does not assumeadvanced mathematics Is suitable for self-study by the manager who wishes to betterunderstand this important field. Aimed at postgraduate students, this book is also suitable forsenior undergraduates, MBA students, and all those who have ageneral interest in business risk.
Employment and Labor Law by
Whether you are majoring in business or another non-legal professions, EMPLOYMENT AND LABOR LAW, 9E offers the ideal comprehensive introduction to employment and labor relations. This book uses excerpts from real law cases to illustrate how labor-related disputes arise and are resolved in the courts. Eye-opening features, such as The Working Law and Ethical Dilemma, demonstrate how labor legislation and ethical decision-making impact employees at all levels of organizations today -- from hourly workers to owners. You review the most up-to-date information on the NLRB and EEOC, the Fair Labor Standards Act, President Obama's executive orders regarding undocumented immigrants and LGBT rights, Obamacare, the Defense of Marriage Act, and other employee-benefits developments. You also study issues relevant to you, such as FLSA and NLRB rights for unpaid interns, teaching assistants, and student-athletes. No other book combines such balanced coverage with a student-friendly approach.
Enterprise Risk Management by
Winner of the 2017 Most Promising New Textbook Award by Textbook & Academic Authors Association (TAA)! Practical guide to implementing Enterprise Risk Management processes and procedures in government organizations Enterprise Risk Management: A Guide for Government Professionals is a practical guide to all aspects of risk management in government organizations at the federal, state, and local levels. Written by Dr. Karen Hardy, one of the leading ERM practitioners in the Federal government, the book features a no-nonsense approach to establishing and sustaining a formalized risk management approach, aligned with the ISO 31000 risk management framework. International Organization for Standardization guidelines are explored and clarified, and case studies illustrate their real-world application and implementation in US government agencies. Tools, including a sample 90-day action plan, sample risk management policy, and a comprehensive implementation checklist allow readers to immediately begin applying the information presented. The book also includes results of Hardy's ERM Core Competency Survey for the Public Sect∨ which offers an original in-depth analysis of the Core Competency Skills recommended by federal, state and local government risk professionals. It also provides a side-by-side comparison of how federal government risk professionals view ERM versus their state and local government counterparts. Enterprise Risk Management provides actionable guidance toward creating a solid risk management plan for agencies at any risk level. The book begins with a basic overview of risk management, and then delves into government-specific topics including: U.S. Federal Government Policy on Risk Management Federal Manager's Financial Integrity Act GAO Standards for internal control Government Performance Results Modernization Act The book also provides a comparative analysis of ERM frameworks and standards, and applies rank-specific advice to employees including Budget Analysts, Program Analysts, Management Analysts, and more. The demand for effective risk management specialists is growing as quickly as the risk potential. Government employees looking to implement a formalized risk management approach or in need of increasing their general understanding of this subject matter will find Enterprise Risk Management a strategically advantageous starting point.
Essentials of Enterprise Risk Management by
Enterprise risk management has never been as topical. The 2008 financial crisis, ever-present cyber-security threats, market volatility, increasing regulation, climate change, stakeholder activism and changing workforce demographics are just a few of the factors creating a focus on enterprise risk management. This book lays out the basics of enterprise risk management in a common sense and highly applicable manner. This book, intended for general managers of all levels, board of directors, students of risk management and others who need to be concerned about risk management and strategy, provides a solid base for understanding best practice in risk management. It gives readers the concepts and tools to excel in the current dynamic risk management environment and make risk management a value-adding activity within their organization.
Essentials of Philippine business law : notes and cases by 
The Essentials of Risk Management by
The definitive guide to quantifying risk vs. return--fully updated to reveal the newest, most effective innovations in financial risk management since the 2008 financial crisis Written for risk professionals and non-risk professionals alike, this easy-to-understand guide helps you meet the increasingly insistent demand to make sophisticated assessments of companies' risk exposure. It provides the latest methods for: Measuring and transferring credit risk Increasing risk-management transparency Implementing an organization-wide Enterprise risk Management (ERM) approach Michel Crouhy is head of research and development at NATIXIS and the founder and president of the NATIXIS Foundation for Quantitative Research. Dan Galai is the Abe Gray Professor of Finance and Business Administration at the School of Business Administration, the Hebrew University in Jerusalem. Robert Mark is the Founding Chief Executive Officer of Black Diamond Risk which provides corporate governance, risk management consulting, risk software tools, and transaction services.
The Failure of Risk Management by
A practical guide to adopting an accurate risk analysis methodology The Failure of Risk Management provides effective solutionstosignificantfaults in current risk analysis methods. Conventional approaches to managing risk lack accurate quantitative analysis methods, yielding strategies that can actually make things worse. Many widely used methods have no systems to measure performance, resulting in inaccurate selection and ineffective application of risk management strategies. These fundamental flaws propagate unrealistic perceptions of risk in business, government, and the general public. This book provides expert examination of essential areas of risk management, including risk assessment and evaluation methods, risk mitigation strategies, common errors in quantitative models, and more. Guidance on topics such as probability modelling and empirical inputs emphasizes the efficacy of appropriate risk methodology in practical applications. Recognized as a leader in the field of risk management, author Douglas W. Hubbard combines science-based analysis with real-world examples to present a detailed investigation of risk management practices. This revised and updated second edition includes updated data sets and checklists, expanded coverage of innovative statistical methods, and new cases of current risk management issues such as data breaches and natural disasters. Identify deficiencies in your current risk management strategy and take appropriate corrective measures Adopt a calibrated approach to risk analysis using up-to-date statistical tools Employ accurate quantitative risk analysis and modelling methods Keep pace with new developments in the rapidly expanding risk analysis industry Risk analysis is a vital component of government policy, public safety, banking and finance, and many other public and private institutions. The Failure of Risk Management: Why It's Broken and How to Fix It is a valuable resource for business leaders, policy makers, managers, consultants, and practitioners across industries.
Financial Cybersecurity Risk Management by
Understand critical cybersecurity and risk perspectives, insights, and tools for the leaders of complex financial systems and markets. This book offers guidance for decision makers and helps establish a framework for communication between cyber leaders and front-line professionals. Information is provided to help in the analysis of cyber challenges and choosing between risk treatment options. Financial cybersecurity is a complex, systemic risk challenge that includes technological and operational elements. The interconnectedness of financial systems and markets creates dynamic, high-risk environments where organizational security is greatly impacted by the level of security effectiveness of partners, counterparties, and other external organizations. The result is a high-risk environment with a growing need for cooperation between enterprises that are otherwise direct competitors. There is a new normal of continuous attack pressures that produce unprecedented enterprise threats that must be met with an array of countermeasures. Financial Cybersecurity Risk Management explores a range of cybersecurity topics impacting financial enterprises. This includes the threat and vulnerability landscape confronting the financial sector, risk assessment practices and methodologies, and cybersecurity data analytics. Governance perspectives, including executive and board considerations, are analyzed as are the appropriate control measures and executive risk reporting. What You'll Learn Analyze the threat and vulnerability landscape confronting the financial sector Implement effective technology risk assessment practices and methodologies Craft strategies to treat observed risks in financial systems Improve the effectiveness of enterprise cybersecurity capabilities Evaluate critical aspects of cybersecurity governance, including executive and board oversight Identify significant cybersecurity operational challenges Consider the impact of the cybersecurity mission across the enterprise Leverage cybersecurity regulatory and industry standards to help manage financial services risks Use cybersecurity scenarios to measure systemic risks in financial systems environments Apply key experiences from actual cybersecurity events to develop more robust cybersecurity architectures Who This Book Is For Decision makers, cyber leaders, and front-line professionals, including: chief risk officers, operational risk officers, chief information security officers, chief security officers, chief information officers, enterprise risk managers, cybersecurity operations directors, technology and cybersecurity risk analysts, cybersecurity architects and engineers, and compliance officers
Fundamentals of Risk Management by
This fifth edition of Fundamentals of Risk Management is a comprehensive introduction to commercial and business risk for students and risk professionals. Providing extensive coverage of the core frameworks of business continuity planning, enterprise risk management and project risk management, this is the definitive guide to dealing with the different types of risk an organization faces. With relevant international case examples including Ericsson, Network Rail and Unilever, the book provides a full analysis of changes in contemporary risk areas including supply chain, cyber risk, risk culture and appetite, improvements in risk management documentation and statutory risk reporting. Now revised to be completely aligned with the recently updated ISO 31000 and COSO ERM Framework, this comprehensive text reflects developments in regulations, reputation risk, loss control and the value of insurance as a risk management method. Also including a thorough overview of international risk management standards and frameworks, strategy and policy, Fundamentals of Risk Management is the definitive text for those beginning or considering a career in risk. Online supporting resources include lecture slides with figures, tables and key points from the book.
Implementing Enterprise Risk Management by
A practical, real-world guide for implementing enterprise risk management (ERM) programs into your organization Enterprise risk management (ERM) is a complex yet critical issue that all companies must deal with in the twenty-first century. Failure to properly manage risk continues to plague corporations around the world. ERM empowers risk professionals to balance risks with rewards and balance people with processes. But to master the numerous aspects of enterprise risk management, you must integrate it into the culture and operations of the business. No one knows this better than risk management expert James Lam, and now, with Implementing Enterprise Risk Management: From Methods to Applications, he distills more than thirty years' worth of experience in the field to give risk professionals a clear understanding of how to implement an enterprise risk management program for every business. Offers valuable insights on solving real-world business problems using ERM Effectively addresses how to develop specific ERM tools Contains a significant number of case studies to help with practical implementation of an ERM program While Enterprise Risk Management: From Incentives to Controls, Second Edition focuses on the "what" of ERM, Implementing Enterprise Risk Management: From Methods to Applications will help you focus on the "how." Together, these two resources can help you meet the enterprise-wide risk management challenge head on--and succeed.
International Business Law and Its Environment by
Today, no business is purely domestic. Even the smallest local firms are affected by global competition and world events. INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS LAW AND ITS ENVIRONMENT, 10E delivers complete, reader-friendly coverage of the legal implications and ramifications of doing business internationally. You examine the cultural, political, economic, and ethical issues today's global business managers face. With a focus on trade, the licensing of intellectual property, and foreign direct investment, you examine the three major forms of doing business in a foreign country. Real examples, precedent-setting cases, managerial implications, and ethical considerations show how to apply key principles. From the legal relationship between parties in an international business transaction to managing risk to the special challenges of conducting business in emerging economies, this edition helps you understand the most common practices and critical issues in global business law.
Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management (with Stock-Trak Coupon) by
One book gives you a solid understanding of how derivatives are used to manage the risks of financial decisions. Extremely reader friendly, market-leading INTRODUCTION TO DERIVATIVES AND RISK MANAGEMENT (WITH STOCK-TRAK COUPON), 10e is packed with real-world examples while keeping technical mathematics to a minimum. With a blend of institutional material, theory, and practical applications, the book delivers detailed coverage of options, futures, forwards, swaps, and risk management as well as a balanced introduction to pricing, trading, and strategy. The financial information throughout reflects the most recent changes in the derivatives market--one of the most volatile sectors in the financial world. New "Taking Risk in Life" features illustrate the application of risk management in real-world financial decisions. In addition, Stock-Trak software is available with each new text, giving you hands-on practice managing a hypothetical portfolio.
The Legal Environment of Business by
Comprehensive, authoritative, and cutting-edge, THE LEGAL ENVIRONMENT OF BUSINESS combines a classic black letter law approach with an interesting and accessible reader-friendly format. The cases, content, and features of the exciting new ninth edition have been thoroughly updated to represent the latest developments in the business law environment. An excellent assortment of cases ranges from precedent-setting landmarks to important recent decisions, and ethical, global, and corporate themes are integrated throughout. In addition, numerous features and exercises help you master key concepts and apply what you've learned to real-world issues, and the book offers an unmatched range of support resources, including innovative online review tools.
The Legal Environment of Business by
Now you can examine the practical structure and function of the legal system from the perspective of the professional non-lawyer with the popular THE LEGAL ENVIRONMENT OF BUSINESS, 13E. Readable cases summarize background facts and lower court holdings. Case decisions appear in the words of the court itself but are edited to include only key issues relevant to understanding the legal reasoning. In addition to reviewing the structure of today's legal system, the book places strong emphasis on the nuts and bolts of legal rules that directly impact business today. Clear, concise coverage of a wide range of topics introduces critical points of law using business-specific examples and realistic scenarios. The authors' readable style complements their extensive knowledge of domestic and international business to make this a favorite among students, like you. To complement this edition, MindTap online solution is available to help you prepare for this course.
Managers and the legal environment : strategies for business by
With new cases and examples torn from the headlines, MANAGERS AND THE LEGAL ENVIRONMENT: STRATEGIES FOR BUSINESS, 9E equips you with the legal knowledge and risk management techniques for success as a business manager. Cutting-edge coverage and a strategic approach teach you to enhance realizable value, redeploy resources, and manage legal and business risk. Up-to-date coverage addresses the rights of workers at firms, like Uber, in the "gig" economy; the right of employers to restrict employees' social media; ethics of compensating workers who are tipped; law to protect children's safety on the Internet; Fourth Amendment concerns in searches of cell location; rules governing "crowdfunding"; and the ramifications of the EU's "right to be forgotten." You learn to use legal tools to create value, attain business objectives, resolve legal issues, manage risk, and handle legal disputes.
Operational Risk Management by
The Authoritative Guide to the Best Practices in Operational Risk Management Operational Risk Management offers a comprehensive guide that contains a review of the most up-to-date and effective operational risk management practices in the financial services industry. The book provides an essential overview of the current methods and best practices applied in financial companies and also contains advanced tools and techniques developed by the most mature firms in the field. The author explores the range of operational risks such as information security, fraud or reputation damage and details how to put in place an effective program based on the four main risk management activities: risk identification, risk assessment, risk mitigation and risk monitoring. The book also examines some specific types of operational risks that rank high on many firms' risk registers. Drawing on the author's extensive experience working with and advising financial companies, Operational Risk Management is written both for those new to the discipline and for experienced operational risk managers who want to strengthen and consolidate their knowledge.
Philippine National Standard : risk management - guidelines : PNS ISO 31000:2018 by
"This document is for use by people who create and protect value in organizations by managing risks, making decisions, setting and achieving objectives and improving performance."--Introduction.
Project Risk Management by
It's not exactly news that putting the concepts of risk management into action can help make a project more successful. In fact, a solid understanding of risk management is a vital component of any project management professional's training, regardless of the industry in which he or she might work. In today's fast-paced, constantly changing, and extremely competitive environment, risk management is more important than ever for businesses hoping to find their footing in the global market. In Project Risk Management: A Practical Implementation Approach, author Michael M. Bissonette not only provides insights into the best ways to implement the traditional techniques of risk management, but also explores innovative new methods that can help modern organizations build their culture, improve financial performance, and ultimately achieve greater success in all of their projects.
Quantitative Risk Management by
This book provides the most comprehensive treatment of the theoretical concepts and modelling techniques of quantitative risk management. Whether you are a financial risk analyst, actuary, regulator or student of quantitative finance, Quantitative Risk Management gives you the practical tools you need to solve real-world problems. Describing the latest advances in the field, Quantitative Risk Management covers the methods for market, credit and operational risk modelling. It places standard industry approaches on a more formal footing and explores key concepts such as loss distributions, risk measures and risk aggregation and allocation principles. The book's methodology draws on diverse quantitative disciplines, from mathematical finance and statistics to econometrics and actuarial mathematics. A primary theme throughout is the need to satisfactorily address extreme outcomes and the dependence of key risk drivers. Proven in the classroom, the book also covers advanced topics like credit derivatives. Fully revised and expanded to reflect developments in the field since the financial crisis Features shorter chapters to facilitate teaching and learning Provides enhanced coverage of Solvency II and insurance risk management and extended treatment of credit risk, including counterparty credit risk and CDO pricing Includes a new chapter on market risk and new material on risk measures and risk aggregation
Risk Management by
Risk management practices are growing both in number and complexity in businesses, notably driven by new regulatory standards that feature risk management at their core. Although large businesses are more likely to adopt a formal, holistic approach to risk management, the stakes are just as high for SMEs. Risk management in SMEs can contribute to a certain organizational, entrepreneurial and partnership dynamic which constitutes a real opportunity to evolve practices and improve performance. This book offers varied responses to this question by combining conceptual approaches, empirical illustrations and the associated managerial implications.
Risk Management by
This new edition of Risk Management: Concepts and Guidance supplies a look at risk in light of current information, yet remains grounded in the history of risk practice. Taking a holistic approach, it examines risk as a blend of environmental, programmatic, and situational concerns. Supplying comprehensive coverage of risk management tools, practices, and protocols, the book presents powerful techniques that can enhance organizational risk identification, assessment, and management--all within the project and program environments. Updated to reflect the Project Management Institute's A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK® Guide), Fifth Edition, this edition is an ideal resource for those seeking Project Management Professional and Risk Management Professional certification. Emphasizing greater clarity on risk practice, this edition maintains a focus on the ability to apply "planned clairvoyance" to peer into the future. The book begins by analyzing the various systems that can be used to apply risk management. It provides a fundamental introduction to the basics associated with particular techniques, clarifying the essential concepts of risk and how they apply in projects. The second part of the book presents the specific techniques necessary to successfully implement the systems described in Part I. The text addresses project risk management from the project manager's perspective. It adopts PMI's perspective that risk is both a threat and an opportunity, and it acknowledges that any effective risk management practice must look at the potential positive events that may befall a project, as well as the negatives. Providing coverage of the concepts that many project management texts ignore, such as the risk response matrix and risk models, the book includes appendices filled with additional reference materials and supporting details that simplifying some of the most complex aspects of risk management.
Risk Management and Simulation by
The challenges of the current financial environment have revealed the need for a new generation of professionals who combine training in traditional finance disciplines with an understanding of sophisticated quantitative and analytical tools. Risk Management and Simulation shows how simulation modeling and analysis can help you solve risk management problems related to market, credit, operational, business, and strategic risk. Simulation models and methodologies offer an effective way to address many of these problems and are easy for finance professionals to understand and use. Drawing on the author's extensive teaching experience, this accessible book walks you through the concepts, models, and computational techniques. How Simulation Models Can Help You Manage Risk More Effectively Organized into four parts, the book begins with the concepts and framework for risk management. It then introduces the modeling and computational techniques for solving risk management problems, from model development, verification, and validation to designing simulation experiments and conducting appropriate output analysis. The third part of the book delves into specific issues of risk management in a range of risk types. These include market risk, equity risk, interest rate risk, commodity risk, currency risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, and strategic, business, and operational risks. The author also examines insurance as a mechanism for risk management and risk transfer. The final part of the book explores advanced concepts and techniques. The book contains extensive review questions and detailed quantitative or computational exercises in all chapters. Use of MATLAB® mathematical software is encouraged and suggestions for MATLAB functions are provided throughout. Learn Step by Step, from Basic Concepts to More Complex Models Packed with applied examples and exercises,
Legal Business and Risk Management
The course studies Philippine Laws dealing with Exports. The legal and procedural frame work for embarking on export operations is discussed with a view to anticipating issues in the business.
The course likewise discusses laws that promote and affect exports. Legal concepts and factual scenarios that an exporter will encounter shall also be considered. It will also take into account various type of risk associated with an export business and provide possible solutions to address those risk.
Potential issues in the export business shall be studied with a view to presenting proactive legal remedies. A practical approach shall be employed to provide the students with a legal and procedural framework for embarking on export operations.
Artificial Intelligence for Risk Management by
Artificial Intelligence (AI) for Risk Management is about using AI to manage risk in the corporate environment. The content of this work focuses on concepts, principles, and practical applications that are relevant to the corporate and technology environments. The authors introduce AI and discuss the different types, capabilities, and purposes-including challenges. With AI also comes risk. This book defines risk, provides examples, and includes information on the risk-management process. Having a solid knowledge base for an AI project is key and this book will help readers define the knowledge base needed for an AI project by developing and identifying objectives of the risk-knowledge base and knowledge acquisition for risk. This book will help you become a contributor on an AI team and learn how to tell a compelling story with AI to drive business action on risk.
Corporate Foreign Exchange Risk Management by
A practical and accessible guide that demystifies ForEx risk for managers in all areas of business Virtually any organisation active in the global economy is impacted by fluctuations in foreign exchange (FX or ForEx) markets. Managers need to understand this increasingly complex issue and measure their firm's exposure to risk. Corporate Foreign Exchange Risk Management is an in-depth yet accessible guide on effective ForEx exposure management. Designed for professionals responsible for managing a profit & loss or balance sheet influenced by ForEx fluctuations, it enables risk managers to navigate the interconnected worlds of financial management and economics. This innovative guide integrates academic discussion of the economics of risk management decisions and pragmatic advice for various situations in which performance measures affected by accounting standards are paid considerable attention. Readers are provided with the tools and knowledge required to handle a broad range of issues related to ForEx risk management. Clear, non-technical chapters demystify concepts that often appear complicated and confusing to managers. Written by globally-recognised experts in corporate finance, risk management and international business, this book: Employs a reader-friendly narrative style to explain complex concepts Provides a clear, actionable risk management strategy which can be used in a variety of businesses Places all concepts in relatable, real-world contexts Explains important academic research to practitioners in plain English Includes effective pedagogical tools and explanations, straightforward examples and end-of-chapter summaries which highlight key points Corporate Foreign Exchange Risk Management is a must-read for any manager who deals with corporate exposure to ForEx risk, as well as analysts wishing to better understand the relation between corporate performance and ForEx fluctuations and students of corporate risk management.
Corporate Risk Management by
An updated review of the theories and applications of corporate risk management After the financial crisis of 2008, issues concerning corporate risk management arose that demand new levels of oversight. Corporate Risk Management is an important guide to the topic that puts the focus on the corporate finance dimension of risk management. The author--a noted expert on the topic--presents several theoretical models appropriate for various industries and empirically verifies theoretical propositions. The book also proposes statistical modeling that can evaluate the importance of different risks and their variations according to economic cycles. The book provides an analysis of default, liquidity, and operational risks as well as the failures of LTCM, ENRON, and financial institutions that occurred during the financial crisis. The author also explores Conditional Value at Risk (CVaR), which is central to the debate on the measurement of market risk under Basel III. This important book: Includes a comprehensive review of the aspects of corporate risk management Presents statistical modeling that addresses recent risk management issues Contains an analysis of risk management failures that lead to the 2008 financial crisis Offers a must-have resource from author Georges Dionne the former editor of The Journal of Risk and Insurance Corporate Risk Management provides a modern empirical analysis of corporate risk management across industries. It is designed for use by risk management professionals, academics, and graduate students.
Employee risk management : how to protect your business reputation and reduce your legal liability by
Employee Risk Management presents a straightforward, legally-grounded process that will enable employers to identify, manage and reduce the potential threats that come with every employee - as well as with anyone else who works for the organization, including contractors, volunteers, interns and temps. It covers everything from recruitment through to the end of the employment relationship. Readers will learn how to protect against threats as diverse as: managing employee social media use, an ageing workforce, remote working risks, data security and data protection. Online supporting resources for this book include downloadable whitepapers and a social media checklist template.
Empowered Enterprise Risk Management by
In this book, two experts on the topic raise the question of why many ERM programmes end up as box-checking silos with almost no connection to important decision-making processes, whereas others are empowered and end up having a profound impact on the firm's culture, governance structures, and strategy process. The book establishes a path to empowered ERM by drawing on insights from theory and hard-won lessons from practice. Success factors enabling this transition are thoroughly discussed in a start-to-finish narrative describing the theoretical underpinnings of ERM, its proven best practices, and onto more advanced topic such as risk budgeting and the integration of ERM into strategic decision-making.
Enterprise Risk Management by
Enterprise Risk Management: A Common Framework for the Entire Organization discusses the many types of risks all businesses face. It reviews various categories of risk, including financial, cyber, health, safety and environmental, brand, supply chain, political, and strategic risks and many others. It provides a common framework and terminology for managing these risks to build an effective enterprise risk management system. This enables companies to prevent major risk events, detect them when they happen, and to respond quickly, appropriately, and resiliently. The book solves the problem of differing strategies, techniques, and terminology within an organization and between different risk specialties by presenting the core principles common to managing all types of risks, while also showing how these principles apply to physical, financial, brand, and global strategy risks. Enterprise Risk Management is ideal for executives and managers across the entire organization, providing the comprehensive understanding they need, in everyday language, to successfully navigate, manage, and mitigate the complex risks they face in today's global market. Provides a framework on which to build an enterprise-wide system to manage risk and potential losses in business settings Solves the problem of differing strategies, techniques, and terminology within an organization by presenting the core principles common to managing all types of risks Offers principles which apply to physical, financial, brand, and global strategy risks Presents useful, building block information in everyday language for both managers and risk practitioners across the entire organization
Enterprise Security Risk Management by
As a security professional, have you found that you and others in your company do not always define "security" the same way? Perhaps security interests and business interests have become misaligned. Brian Allen and Rachelle Loyear offer a new approach: Enterprise Security Risk Management (ESRM). By viewing security through a risk management lens, ESRM can help make you and your security program successful. In their long-awaited book, based on years of practical experience and research, Brian Allen and Rachelle Loyear show you step-by-step how Enterprise Security Risk Management (ESRM) applies fundamental risk principles to manage all security risks. Whether the risks are informational, cyber, physical security, asset management, or business continuity, all are included in the holistic, all-encompassing ESRM approach which will move you from task-based to risk-based security. How is ESRM familiar? As a security professional, you may already practice some of the components of ESRM. Many of the concepts - such as risk identification, risk transfer and acceptance, crisis management, and incident response - will be well known to you. How is ESRM new? While many of the principles are familiar, the authors have identified few organizations that apply them in the comprehensive, holistic way that ESRM represents - and even fewer that communicate these principles effectively to key decision-makers. How is ESRM practical? ESRM offers you a straightforward, realistic, actionable approach to deal effectively with all the distinct types of security risks facing you as a security practitioner. ESRM is performed in a life cycle of risk management including: Asset assessment and prioritization. Risk assessment and prioritization. Risk treatment (mitigation). Continuous improvement. Throughout Enterprise Security Risk Management: Concepts and Applications, the authors give you the tools and materials that will help you advance you in the security field, no matter if you are a student, a newcomer, or a seasoned professional. Included are realistic case studies, questions to help you assess your own security program, thought-provoking discussion questions, useful figures and tables, and references for your further reading. By redefining how everyone thinks about the role of security in the enterprise, your security organization can focus on working in partnership with business leaders and other key stakeholders to identify and mitigate security risks. As you begin to use ESRM, following the instructions in this book, you will experience greater personal and professional satisfaction as a security professional - and you'll become a recognized and trusted partner in the business-critical effort of protecting your enterprise and all its assets.
Enterprising China : business, economic, and legal developments since 1979 by
China has undergone a remarkable transition over the past thirty years from a centrally-planned economy to a more market oriented one. The transformation of business in China has been correspondingly evident. This book gives an interdisciplinary analysis of the evolution of business development in China and the 'marketization' of industry during this period within a complex framework of legal, political, and economic reform aims.The book includes twelve original business case studies to provide industry-specific analysis of the overarching macroeconomic and legal developments. It examines both domestic enterprise reform in China and the evolving treatment of foreign firms in the context of both corporate laws and economic policies, and how business is likely to evolve as economic and legal reforms rapidly increase during the twenty-first century, notably with regard to China's increasing global integration.
The Failure of Risk Management by
A practical guide to adopting an accurate risk analysis methodology The Failure of Risk Management provides effective solutionstosignificantfaults in current risk analysis methods. Conventional approaches to managing risk lack accurate quantitative analysis methods, yielding strategies that can actually make things worse. Many widely used methods have no systems to measure performance, resulting in inaccurate selection and ineffective application of risk management strategies. These fundamental flaws propagate unrealistic perceptions of risk in business, government, and the general public. This book provides expert examination of essential areas of risk management, including risk assessment and evaluation methods, risk mitigation strategies, common errors in quantitative models, and more. Guidance on topics such as probability modelling and empirical inputs emphasizes the efficacy of appropriate risk methodology in practical applications. Recognized as a leader in the field of risk management, author Douglas W. Hubbard combines science-based analysis with real-world examples to present a detailed investigation of risk management practices. This revised and updated second edition includes updated data sets and checklists, expanded coverage of innovative statistical methods, and new cases of current risk management issues such as data breaches and natural disasters. Identify deficiencies in your current risk management strategy and take appropriate corrective measures Adopt a calibrated approach to risk analysis using up-to-date statistical tools Employ accurate quantitative risk analysis and modelling methods Keep pace with new developments in the rapidly expanding risk analysis industry Risk analysis is a vital component of government policy, public safety, banking and finance, and many other public and private institutions. The Failure of Risk Management: Why It's Broken and How to Fix It is a valuable resource for business leaders, policy makers, managers, consultants, and practitioners across industries.
Financial Cybersecurity Risk Management by
Understand critical cybersecurity and risk perspectives, insights, and tools for the leaders of complex financial systems and markets. This book offers guidance for decision makers and helps establish a framework for communication between cyber leaders and front-line professionals. Information is provided to help in the analysis of cyber challenges and choosing between risk treatment options. Financial cybersecurity is a complex, systemic risk challenge that includes technological and operational elements. The interconnectedness of financial systems and markets creates dynamic, high-risk environments where organizational security is greatly impacted by the level of security effectiveness of partners, counterparties, and other external organizations. The result is a high-risk environment with a growing need for cooperation between enterprises that are otherwise direct competitors. There is a new normal of continuous attack pressures that produce unprecedented enterprise threats that must be met with an array of countermeasures. Financial Cybersecurity Risk Management explores a range of cybersecurity topics impacting financial enterprises. This includes the threat and vulnerability landscape confronting the financial sector, risk assessment practices and methodologies, and cybersecurity data analytics. Governance perspectives, including executive and board considerations, are analyzed as are the appropriate control measures and executive risk reporting. What You'll Learn Analyze the threat and vulnerability landscape confronting the financial sector Implement effective technology risk assessment practices and methodologies Craft strategies to treat observed risks in financial systems Improve the effectiveness of enterprise cybersecurity capabilities Evaluate critical aspects of cybersecurity governance, including executive and board oversight Identify significant cybersecurity operational challenges Consider the impact of the cybersecurity mission across the enterprise Leverage cybersecurity regulatory and industry standards to help manage financial services risks Use cybersecurity scenarios to measure systemic risks in financial systems environments Apply key experiences from actual cybersecurity events to develop more robust cybersecurity architectures Who This Book Is For Decision makers, cyber leaders, and front-line professionals, including: chief risk officers, operational risk officers, chief information security officers, chief security officers, chief information officers, enterprise risk managers, cybersecurity operations directors, technology and cybersecurity risk analysts, cybersecurity architects and engineers, and compliance officers
Knowledge in Risk Assessment and Management by
Exciting new developments in risk assessment and management Risk assessment and management is fundamentally founded on the knowledge available on the system or process under consideration. While this may be self-evident to the laymen, thought leaders within the risk community have come to recognize and emphasize the need to explicitly incorporate knowledge (K) in a systematic, rigorous, and transparent framework for describing and modeling risk. Featuring contributions by an international team of researchers and respected practitioners in the field, this book explores the latest developments in the ongoing effort to use risk assessment as a means for characterizing knowledge and/or lack of knowledge about a system or process of interest. By offering a fresh perspective on risk assessment and management, the book represents a significant contribution to the development of a sturdier foundation for the practice of risk assessment and for risk-informed decision making. How should K be described and evaluated in risk assessment? How can it be reflected and taken into account in formulating risk management strategies? With the help of numerous case studies and real-world examples, this book answers these and other critical questions at the heart of modern risk assessment, while identifying many practical challenges associated with this explicit framework. This book, written by international scholars and leaders in the field, and edited to make coverage both conceptually advanced and highly accessible: Offers a systematic, rigorous and transparent perspective and framework on risk assessment and management, explicitly strengthening the links between knowledge and risk Clearly and concisely introduces the key risk concepts at the foundation of risk assessment and management Features numerous cases and real-world examples, many of which focused on various engineering applications across an array of industries Knowledge of Risk Assessment and Management is a must-read for risk assessment and management professionals, as well as graduate students, researchers and educators in the field. It is also of interest to policy makers and business people who are eager to gain a better understanding of the foundations and boundaries of risk assessment, and how its outcomes should be used for decision-making.
Legal data for banking : business optimisation and regulatory compliance by
A practical, informative guide to banks' major weakness Legal Data for Banking defines the legal data domain in the context of financial institutions, and describes how banks can leverage these assets to optimise business lines and effectively manage risk. Legal data is at the heart of post-2009 regulatory reform, and practitioners need to deepen their grasp of legal data management in order to remain compliant with new rules focusing on transparency in trade and risk reporting. This book provides essential information for IT, project management and data governance leaders, with detailed discussion of current and best practices. Many banks are experiencing recurrent pain points related to legal data management issues, so clear explanations of the required processes, systems and strategic governance provide immediately-relevant relief. The recent financial crisis following the collapse of major banks had roots in poor risk data management, and the regulators' unawareness of accumulated systemic risk stemming from contractual obligations between firms. To avoid repeating history, today's banks must be proactive in legal data management; this book provides the critical knowledge practitioners need to put the necessary systems and practices in place. Learn how current legal data management practices are hurting banks Understand the systems, structures and strategies required to manage risk and optimise business lines Delve into the regulations surrounding risk aggregation, netting, collateral enforceability and more Gain practical insight on legal data technology, systems and migration The legal contracts between firms contain significant obligations that underpin the financial markets; failing to recognise these terms as valuable data assets means increased risk exposure and untapped business lines. Legal Data for Banking provides critical information for the banking industry, with actionable guidance for implementation.
Liquidity Risk Management by
The most up-to-date, comprehensive guide on liquidity risk management--from the professionals Written by a team of industry leaders from the Price Waterhouse Coopers Financial Services Regulatory Practice, Liquidity Risk Management is the first book of its kind to pull back the curtain on a global approach to liquidity risk management in the post-financial crisis. Now, as a number of regulatory initiatives emerge, this timely and informative book explores the real-world implications of risk management practices in today's market. Taking a clear and focused approach to the operational and financial obligations of liquidity risk management, the book builds upon a foundational knowledge of banking and capital markets and explores in-depth the key aspects of the subject, including governance, regulatory developments, analytical frameworks, reporting, strategic implications, and more. The book also addresses management practices that are particularly insightful to liquidity risk management practitioners and managers in numerous areas of banking organizations. Each chapter is authored by a Price Waterhouse Coopers partner or director who has significant, hands-on expertise Content addresses key areas of the subject, such as liquidity stress testing and information reporting Several chapters are devoted to Basel III and its implications for bank liquidity risk management and business strategy Includes a dedicated, current, and all-inclusive look at liquidity risk management Complemented with hands-on insight from the field's leading authorities on the subject, Liquidity Risk Management is essential reading for practitioners and managers within banking organizations looking for the most current information on liquidity risk management.
Mastering risk management : a practical guide to understanding and managing risk by
"A practical guide, from the basic techniques, through to advanced applications, showing you what risk management is, and how you can develop a successful strategy for your company."-- Publisher's description.
Operational Risk Management by
The Authoritative Guide to the Best Practices in Operational Risk Management Operational Risk Management offers a comprehensive guide that contains a review of the most up-to-date and effective operational risk management practices in the financial services industry. The book provides an essential overview of the current methods and best practices applied in financial companies and also contains advanced tools and techniques developed by the most mature firms in the field. The author explores the range of operational risks such as information security, fraud or reputation damage and details how to put in place an effective program based on the four main risk management activities: risk identification, risk assessment, risk mitigation and risk monitoring. The book also examines some specific types of operational risks that rank high on many firms' risk registers. Drawing on the author's extensive experience working with and advising financial companies, Operational Risk Management is written both for those new to the discipline and for experienced operational risk managers who want to strengthen and consolidate their knowledge.
Operational Risk Management by
To remain viable, let alone competitive, organizations must manage risks. In this book, we explore the concept of operational risk as well as the mechanisms used to diminish the impact and occurrence of risks: the organizational control system. Since the scope and scale of operational risks are unique to each organization, our objective is to explain the theory behind why and how managers respond to the unique combination of threats that challenge their organization. We emphasize employee management and the complexities surrounding the design of management controls, incentive systems in particular, because risks related to employee actions are faced by virtually every organization. Overall, we provide empirically grounded insights into the process of diagnosing operational risks as well as designing, implementing and maintaining a control system that properly manages those risks.
Risk Management by
This book is the English edition of the German third edition, which has proven to be a standard work on the subject of risk management. The English edition extends the scope of use to the English-language bachelor's and master's degree courses in economics and for potential use (especially as a reference work) in the professional practice of risk management. The subject of the book is company-wide risk management based on the Value at Risk concept. This includes quantitative and qualitative risk measurement, risk analysis based on the RoRaC and various management tools for risk control. Other topics covered are the peculiarities of the various risk types, e.g. risk management of the effects of climate change, the global financial crisis and risk reporting. The book is rounded off by a comprehensive case study, in which all aspects are summarized. The volume is thus an indispensable standard work for students and practitioners.
Risk Management by
Risk management practices are growing both in number and complexity in businesses, notably driven by new regulatory standards that feature risk management at their core. Although large businesses are more likely to adopt a formal, holistic approach to risk management, the stakes are just as high for SMEs. Risk management in SMEs can contribute to a certain organizational, entrepreneurial and partnership dynamic which constitutes a real opportunity to evolve practices and improve performance. This book offers varied responses to this question by combining conceptual approaches, empirical illustrations and the associated managerial implications.
Risk Management for Events by
Risk Management for Events is a comprehensive and practical guide that supports academic and professional development programs to prepare individuals for entering or advancement in the international events industry. Events of all types are produced every day for all manner of purposes, attracting all sorts of people. Creating and managing the environment in which these people will gather carries with it awesome responsibilities -- legal, ethical, and financial. To provide a safe and secure setting and to operate in a manner that ensures that the hosting organizations or individuals achieve their objectives in a proper and profitable way, event risk management must be fully integrated into all event plans and throughout the event management process. This new edition has been revised and updated to include: New case studies and examples from a wide range of international destinations and different types of events. Updated statistics and data throughout. New content on emergent risk, on-site decision-making, terrorism, and public health, including the COVID-19 pandemic, and corruption within events. Updated online material, including a case study archive and weblinks to useful resources. This will be an invaluable resource for all those studying events management.
Risk Management for Nonprofit Organizations by
Risk Management for Nonprofit Organizations is a straightforward, yet comprehensive guide that can be used to easily communicate effective risk management ideas among the various stakeholders who comprise a nonprofit organization. This book positions risk management as a key element in successfully managing a nonprofit organization. Risk management in nonprofits has several unique characteristics that distinguish it from risk management in for-profit organizations. The authors present and explain specifically tailored strategies and tactics for risk management in nonprofits. Risk Management for Nonprofit Organizations is a straightforward, yet comprehensive guide that can be used to easily communicate effective risk management ideas among the various stakeholders who comprise a nonprofit organization. This is a book that can be used to educate and inform nonprofit professionals as well as the nonprofessional volunteers who are so critical to the operations of many nonprofits. It is a tool that will enhance both understanding and communication of risk management principles. Written in clear, jargon-free language, it is a resource that can be read by board members, professional nonprofit managers, volunteers, and other stakeholders of the nonprofit organization. As a tool for building a common appreciation and understanding of risk management, this book has the potential to become a valuable asset for the nonprofit organization.
Risk management in crisis : winners and losers during the COVID-19 pandemic by
Risk management is a domain of management which comes to the fore in crisis. This book looks at risk management under crisis conditions in the COVID-19 pandemic context. The book synthesizes existing concepts, strategies, approaches and methods of risk management and provides the results of empirical research on risk and risk management during the COVID-19 pandemic. The research outcome was based on the authors' study on 42 enterprises of different sizes in various sectors, and these firms have either been negatively affected by COVID-19 or have thrived successfully under the new conditions of conducting business activities. The analysis looks at both the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the selected enterprises and the risk management measures these enterprises had taken in response to the emerging global trends. The book puts together key factors which could have determined the enterprises' failures and successes. The final part of the book reflects on how firms can build resilience in challenging times and suggests a model for business resilience. The comparative analysis will provide useful insights into key strategic approaches of risk management. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/oa-mono/10.4324/9781003131366/ has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license.
Strategic Risk Management by
STRATEGIC RISK MANAGEMENT Having just experienced a global pandemic that sent equity markets into a tailspin in March 2020, risk management is a more relevant topic than ever. It remains, however, an often poorly understood afterthought. Many portfolios are designed without any thought given to risk management before they are handed off to a dedicated--but separate--risk management team. In Strategic Risk Management: Designing Portfolios and Managing Risk, Campbell R. Harvey, Sandy Rattray, and Otto Van Hemert deliver a reimagining of the risk management process. The book envisions a marriage between the investment and risk processes, an approach that has proven successful at the world''s largest publicly listed hedge fund, Man Group. The authors provide readers with a new framework for portfolio design that includes defensive strategies, drawdown risk controls, volatility targeting, and actively timing rebalancing trades. You will learn about how the book''s new approach to risk management fared during the recent market drawdown at the height of the COVID-19 pandemic. You will also discover why the traditional risk weighting approach only works on certain classes of assets. The book shows you how to accurately evaluate the costs of defensive strategies and which ones offer the best and most cost-effective protection against market downturns. Finally, you will learn how to obtain a more balanced return stream by targeting volatility rather than a constant notional exposure and gain a deeper understanding of concepts like portfolio rebalancing. Perfect for people working in the asset management industry and financial policy makers, Strategic Risk Management: Designing Portfolios and Managing Risk will also earn a place in the libraries of economics and finance scholars, as well as casual readers who take an active approach to investing in their savings or pension assets. PRAISE FOR STRATEGIC RISK MANAGEMENT "Strategic Risk Management shows how to fully embed risk management into the portfolio management process as an equal partner to alpha. This should clearly be best practice for all asset managers." --Jase Auby, Chief Investment Officer, the Teacher Retirement System of Texas "This book shows the power of integrating risk and investment management, rather than applying risk management as an afterthought to satisfy set limits. I was pleased to shepherd some of the key ideas in this book through the publication process at The Journal of Portfolio Management." --Frank J. Fabozzi, Editor, The Journal of Portfolio Management "Financial markets today are quite different from those of the last century. Understanding leverage, correlations, tails, and other risk parameters of a portfolio is at least as important as work on signals and alpha. In that sense, bringing risk management from ''control'' to ''front office'' should be a priority for asset managers. This book explains how to do it." --Marko Kolanovic, Chief Global Market Strategist, J.P. Morgan A powerful new approach to risk management in volatile and uncertain markets While the COVID-19 pandemic threw the importance of effective risk management into sharp relief, many investment firms hang on to a traditional and outdated model of risk management. Using siloed and independent portfolio management and risk monitoring teams, these firms miss out on the opportunities presented by integrated risk management. Strategic Risk Management: Designing Portfolios and Managing Risk delivers a fresh approach to risk management in difficult market conditions. The accomplished author team advocates for the amalgamation of portfolio design and risk monitoring teams, incorporating risk management into every aspect of portfolio design. The book provides a roadmap for the crucial aspects of portfolio design, including defensive strategies, drawdown risk controls, volatility targeting, and actively timing rebalancing trades. You will discover how these techniques helped the authors achieve remarkable results during the market drawdown in the midst of the COVID-19 pandemic and how they can help you protect your assets against unpredictable--but inevitable--future bear markets. Ideal for professionals in the asset management industry, Strategic Risk Management: Designing Portfolios and Managing Risk is a valuable resource for financial policy makers, economics and finance scholars, and anyone with even a passing interest in taking an active role in investing for their future.
This is an integration course for business administration majors. It provides the student with an overview of different business and corporate strategies used by companies to achieve competitive advantage in the industry it chooses to operate. It also includes analysis of corporate environments and the study of concept, theories, and other emerging frameworks used for strategic formulation and analysis.
Contemporary Issues in Strategic Management by
Traditional narratives on strategic management no longer fulfil the needs of students, practitioners, consultants and business owners operating within contemporary society. This textbook provides a differentiated approach to the topic, highlighting the dichotomy between theory and practice, and guiding readers towards an understanding of the future of strategic management. Moving beyond the short-sighted goal of profit maximization, Contemporary Issues in Strategic Management shines a light on measures that really matter, such as value. A wealth of global examples provide an illustration of competitive advantage from market-based and state-based perspectives, giving an insight into the activities that lead to the formation of successful and unsuccessful strategies. Written by two distinguished scholars in the field, this global textbook is essential reading for postgraduate students of strategic management worldwide.
Essentials of strategic management : the quest for competitive advantage by 
Essentials of strategic management : the quest for competitive advantage by 
Nonmarket Strategic Management by
Strategic management has traditionally concerned itself with delivering objectives based on an assessment of resources and the market environment. However, there are many actors considered 'outside' the firm that inevitably shape the dynamics within the market. Nonmarket strategies entail social, political, and legal arrangements that reinforce or enable market strategies, providing a comprehensive approach to improving performance and gaining a competitive advantage. This book introduces nonmarket strategic management within these contexts. Divided into two parts, the first part offers theories and managerial support for coping with the complex business realities surrounded by social, political and legal spheres; the second part presents examples of the challenges firms in the nonmarket environment. These examples show how firms can strategically manage and work with social, political and regulatory stakeholders to achieve their goals. Written by two leading scholars in the area, this book is essential reading for business students, managers and leaders.
Research Methods for Strategic Management by
The field of strategic management has developed significantly since its birth from "business policy" and "business planning" in the 1960s. Pioneering studies were essentially normative, prescriptive, and often based on in-depth case studies. The evolution of strategic management into a respected field of academic study resulted from the adoption of research methods previously employed in economics. Today, research in strategic management is likely to employ a mixture of methods borrowed from related and unrelated disciplines, such as politcal sciences, psychology, neuroscience, and behavioral economics, which can be confusing to researchers new to the field. This book provides the reader with a broad introduction to the array of qualitative and quantitative research methods required to investigate strategic management. Throughout the book, strong emphasis is placed on practical applications that transcend the mere analysis of the theoretical roots of single research methods. The underlying result is a book that encourages and aids readers to "learn by doing" - in applying the implications of each chapter to their own research. This text is vital reading for postgraduate students and researchers focused on business strategy.
Strategic Management by
Examine strategic management with the market-leading text that sets the standard for the most intellectually rich, practical analysis of strategic management. Written by respected experts Hitt, Ireland, and Hoskisson, the 12th edition of STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT is steeped in cutting-edge research featuring more than 500 emerging and leading companies, and reveals trends that you can implement immediately to succeed in your field. You'll discover how to integrate the classic industrial organization model with a resource-based view of the firm to give you a complete understanding of how today's businesses use strategic management to establish competitive advantages and create value for stakeholders in the global marketplace. The freshly reimagined MindTap learning solution provides you with real-world activities that will prepare you to excel as a leader and outperform rivals.
Strategic Management by
Strategy is often the capstone class in a business education - dealing with the big questions of what companies decide to do - innovate, diversify, acquire or even to employ a range of these strategies. Benefitting from an international author team, the latest edition of this textbook stands out in its global perspective. With an emphasis on value creation, integration of financial considerations alongside coverage of areas that are often missed in competitor texts, such as financial implications for strategy, corporate governance and business ethics. The book also integrates a wide range of in-depth case studies, including Siemens AG, Intel, the Volkswagen Group, PerkinElmer and the Tata Group. Supplemented by a wide range of cutting edge online case studies and other internet resources, this text will provide students and their instructors with everything they need to succeed in this tough environment.
Strategic management by
"Strategic Management: Awareness and Change provides a comprehensive introduction to modern strategy and is essential reading for those who will become future managers as well as managers in practice. Following the 'analysis, choice, implementation' model the book moves from examining the strategy process as a whole, through the three approaches to strategy, strategy formulation and growth and retrenchment issues, finally concluding with an exploration of strategy implementation."--Publisher's description.
Strategic Management by
Strategic Management: Concepts 2e by Frank T. Rothaermel combines quality and user-friendliness with rigor and relevance by synthesizing theory, empirical research, and practical applications in this new edition, which is designed to prepare students for the types of challenges they will face as managers in the globalized and turbulent business environment of the 21st century. With a single, strong voice that weaves together classic and cutting-edge theory with in-chapter cases and strategy highlights, to teach students how companies gain and sustain competitive advantage. OneBook...OneVoice...OneVision
Strategic Management by
Organizational success crucially depends on having a superior strategy and effectively implementing it. Companies that outperform their rivals typically have a better grasp of what customers value, who their competitors are, and how they can create an enduring competitive advantage. Successful strategies re ect a solid grasp of relevant forces in the external and competitive environment, a clear strategic intent, and a deep understanding of a company's core competencies and assets. Generic strategies rarely propel a rm to a leadership position. Knowing where to go and nding carefully considered, creative ways of getting there are the hallmarks of successful strategy.
Strategic Management - Theory by
This comprehensive and engaging text presents the complexities of strategic management through up-to-date scholarship and hands-on applications. Highly respected authors Hill, Schilling, and Jones integrate cutting-edge research on topics including competitive advantage, corporate governance, diversification, strategic leadership, technology and innovation, and corporate social responsibility through both theory and case studies. Based on real-world practices and current thinking in the field, the 12th edition features an increased emphasis on the changing global economy and its role in strategic management. When paired with this student-centric text, the MindTap learning solution will prepare the next generation of strategic leaders.
Strategic management : competitiveness & globalization : concepts by
Examine strategic management with the market-leading text that sets the standard for the most intellectually rich, yet thoroughly practical, analysis of strategic management today. Written by highly respected experts Hitt, Ireland, and Hoskisson, STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT: COMPETITIVENESS AND GLOBALIZATION, CONCEPTS AND CASES, Eleventh Edition, combines the latest cutting-edge research and strategic management trends with ideas from some of today's most prominent scholars. This is the only text that integrates the classic industrial organization model with a resource-based view of the firm to give you a complete understanding of how today's businesses use strategic management to establish a sustained competitive advantage.A strong global focus and examples from more than 600 emerging and leading companies place ideas into context within an inviting, practical presentation. A wealth of learning features and more than 30 all-new compelling cases examine a broad range of critical issues confronting managers today. Engaging video cases, CengageNOW online learning tools, and a complete electronic business library help keep your study current and relevant. STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT: COMPETITIVENESS AND GLOBALIZATION provides the solid understanding you need to effectively apply strategic management tools and techniques for increased performance and tomorrow's competitive advantage.
Strategic Management: Concepts and Cases by
Examine strategic management with the market-leading book that sets the standard as today's most intellectually rich, practical analysis of strategic management. Written by prominent management scholars and award-winning instructors, Hitt/Ireland/Hoskisson's STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT: COMPETITIVENESS AND GLOBALIZATION, 13E incorporates cutting-edge research and new examples from more than 600 companies to reveal how firms effectively use the strategic management process. This edition combines a classic industrial organization model with a resource-based view of the firm to demonstrate how businesses establish competitive advantages and create value for stakeholders in the global marketplace. You study how firms govern themselves, the value of strategic alliances to global companies and the value firms create by melding strategic management and entrepreneurial behaviors when competing. MindTap online learning solution is also available with new real-world activities designed to help you outperform and excel as a strategic leader.
Strategic management : text and cases by 
Strategic Management: Theory by
This leading strategy text presents the complexities of strategic management through up-to-date scholarship and hands-on applications. Highly respected authors Charles Hill, Gareth Jones, and Melissa Schilling integrate cutting-edge research on topics including corporate performance, governance, strategic leadership, technology, and business ethics. Based on real-world practices and current thinking in the field, the eleventh edition of STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT features an increased emphasis on the changing global economy and its role in strategic management.
Strategic Management Communication for Leaders by
Succeed in the business world and this course with STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION! Easy to read and concise, this text includes numerous exercises so you can test your understanding of key concepts and principles. Critical Thinking and Responsible Communication boxes are just a few of the tools integrated throughout the text to will help you master the material and succeed in the business communications course.
Strategic Management in Nonprofit Organizations by
Nonprofit organizations are complex and distinctive organizational entities. The literature of strategic management poses some interesting challenges and is only partially developed to inform decision making for nonprofit managers. Strategic Management in Nonprofit Organizations uses a strategic management framework to consider key decisions that nonprofit managers and volunteer leaders confront as they plan and work to position their organizations for optimal success. Key Features- Fills a gap in the current literature by providing a thorough examination of management and planning issues experienced by nonprofit managers,including challenges such as muted markets and specific performance expectations. - Blends together theoretical, empirical, and normative literature with descriptive stories of managing in the sector. - Suggests some optimal practices for managers who want to strengthen their organizations.- Perfect for graduate students in nonprofit management programs.- Supported by a complete package of instructor ancillary materials including an Instructor's Manual, PowerPoints, and Test BankContents: Chapter 1 Nature of Nonprofit Organizations Chapter 2 Framing Strategic Choices Chapter 3 External Environment Chapter 4 Internal Capabilities Chapter 5 Public Benefit Strategies Chapter 6 Analysis of the Task Environment Chapter 7 Corporate Strategy, Structures, and Planning Chapter 8 Service Strategies Chapter 9 Social and Political Strategies Chapter 10 Financial Resource Strategies Chapter 11 Inter-Organizational Relationships Chapter 12 Strategic Leadership
The Strategic Management of Information Systems by
A comprehensively updated revision of a book regarded by many as one the leading and authoritative titles for practitioners, academics and students in the domain of information systems and technology (IS/IT) strategy. Presents a structured framework with tools, techniques and ways of thinking which provide a practical approach to building a digital strategy, expressed primarily in the language of business and management. Brings together the implications of the significant advances in IT and the most useful current thinking, research, and experiences concerning the business impact and strategic opportunities created by IS/IT. Peppard and Ward discuss the key questions that managers have to grapple with of where, when and how to invest in IS/IT, which is why a IS/IT (or digital) strategy is required.
Strategic management of technological innovation by
This book approaches the subject of innovation management as a strategic process. It is organized to mirror the strategic management process used in most strategy textbooks, progressing from assessing the competitive dynamics of a situation to strategy formulation, to strategy implementation.
This is an integration course for business administration majors. It provides the student with an overview of different business and corporate strategies used by companies to achieve competitive advantage in the industry it chooses to operate. It also includes analysis of corporate environments and the study of concept, theories, and other emerging frameworks used for strategic formulation and analysis.
Artificial Intelligence for Asset Management and Investment by
Make AI technology the backbone of your organization to compete in the Fintech era The rise of artificial intelligence is nothing short of a technological revolution. AI is poised to completely transform asset management and investment banking, yet its current application within the financial sector is limited and fragmented. Existing AI implementations tend to solve very narrow business issues, rather than serving as a powerful tech framework for next-generation finance. Artificial Intelligence for Asset Management and Investment provides a strategic viewpoint on how AI can be comprehensively integrated within investment finance, leading to evolved performance in compliance, management, customer service, and beyond. No other book on the market takes such a wide-ranging approach to using AI in asset management. With this guide, you'll be able to build an asset management firm from the ground up--or revolutionize your existing firm--using artificial intelligence as the cornerstone and foundation. This is a must, because AI is quickly growing to be the single competitive factor for financial firms. With better AI comes better results. If you aren't integrating AI in the strategic DNA of your firm, you're at risk of being left behind. See how artificial intelligence can form the cornerstone of an integrated, strategic asset management framework Learn how to build AI into your organization to remain competitive in the world of Fintech Go beyond siloed AI implementations to reap even greater benefits Understand and overcome the governance and leadership challenges inherent in AI strategy Until now, it has been prohibitively difficult to map the high-tech world of AI onto complex and ever-changing financial markets. Artificial Intelligence for Asset Management and Investment makes this difficulty a thing of the past, providing you with a professional and accessible framework for setting up and running artificial intelligence in your financial operations.
Creating strategic value : applying value investing principles to corporate management by
"The principles of value investing have resonated with savvy practitioners in the world of finance for a long time. In Creating Strategic Value, Joseph Calandro Jr. explores how the core ideas and methods of value investing can be profitably applied to corporate strategy and management. Calandro builds from an analysis of traditional value investing concepts to their strategic applications. He surveys value investing's past, present, and future, drawing on influential texts, from Graham and Dodd's time-tested works to more recent studies, to reveal potent managerial lessons. He explains the theoretical aspects of value-investing-consistent approaches to corporate strategy and management and details how they can be successfully employed through practical case studies that demonstrate value realization in action. Calandro analyzes the applicability of key ideas such as the margin of safety principle to corporate strategy in a wide range of areas beyond stocks and bonds. He highlights the importance of an "information advantage"--Knowing something that your competitors either do not know or choose to ignore-and explains how corporate managers can apply this key value investing differentiator. Offering expert insight into the use of time-tested value investing principles in new fields, Creating Strategic Value is an important book for corporate strategy and management practitioners at all levels as well as for students and researchers"-- Provided by publisher
Entrepreneurial Strategic Management by
This managerial book goes beyond the traditionalthoughts on this subject. It brings you a challenging dimension:Create an entrepreneurial organization and youwill exceed in the realization of your goals and objectives.The entrepreneurial organization thrives on developinginnovation, customer retention, productivity, and growth.Your role and that of other managers has changed dramaticallyin the last decade because two powerful new forceshave joined in the environment. A new social awarenessand demographic shift in the work force coupled with ashrinking of markets in a technological and global landscapedemands new ways of planning, organizing, anddirecting organizations. ESM argues the need for implementationas the force majeure in fulfilling strategic plansand the engagement of the whole organization in strategicmanagement to achieve organizational goals.Inside, you'll be introduced to a new approach to understandingthe economic marketplace in four quadrantsor fields where each determines what strategic responsesare needed to thrive in those fields and which directionthe organization is to go if it is to survive and grow. Thisbook lays out the cycle of corporate products and servicesfrom profitable innovation to decline and failure and offersthe executive a road map to renovate and build theorganization.
Financial and Strategic Management for Nonprofit Organizations by
The highly acclaimed Financial and Strategic Management for Nonprofit Organizations provides an encyclopedic account of all the key financial, legal, and managerial issues facing nonprofit executives. This is today's definitive single-source text and reference for managing any nonprofit organization. Designed for both professional and graduate student readers, this work thoroughly addresses all key aspects of building managerial skill and promoting imagination and innovation in organizations across the nonprofit spectrum. Herrington J. Bryce presents every technique and concept in the context of today's public policies, leading practices, laws, norms, and expectations. Herrington J. Bryce was a senior economist at the Urban Institute, a Brookings Economic Policy Fellow, a Fellow at the Institute of Politics at Harvard and a visiting professor in regional economics and planning at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. He taught micro economic theory and public finance at Clark University in Worcester, Massachusetts, and was director of the program in legal and budget studies at the University College at the University of Maryland. He currently teaches courses at the College of William & Mary in nonprofits but mostly in corporate financial strategy and cost management--heavily reflected in this text. He has published extensively and has served on many state, local and federal government advisory committees. He has a PhD in economics from the Maxwell School at Syracuse University, and a CLU and ChFC from the American College.
Mastering Strategic Management by
Mastering Strategic Management is designed to enhance student engagement in three innovative ways. The first is through visual adaptations of the key content in the book. It is well documented that many of today's students are visual learners. To meet students' wants and needs (and thereby create a much better teaching experience for professors), Mastering Strategic Management contains multiple graphic concept pages in ever section of every chapter of the book. Think of graphic concept pages as almost like info-graphics for key concepts in each section. This feature sets Mastering Strategic Management apart from any strategic management book on the market today. The second way the authors capture student interest through their textbook is by using a real-world company as the running example in each chapter. For example, Chapter 1 in Mastering Strategic Management utilizes Blackberry to harness the conceptual coverage of the chapter in a running, corporate, application to which students will relate. The third inventive way Mastering Strategic Management holds the attention of strategic management students is through the "strategy at the movies" feature in each chapter that links course concepts with a popular motion picture. The first Canadian Edition is an adaptation of Mastering Strategic Management. Adaptations include Canadian specific content, images and references, removal of copyright images, and inclusion of ancillary resources in the Appendix (Chapter PowerPoints).
Short introduction to strategic management by
The Short Introduction to Strategic Management provides an authoritative yet accessible account of strategic management and its contemporary challenges. It explains the roots and key rationales of the strategy field, discussing common models, tools and practices, to provide a complete overview of conventional analytical techniques in strategic management. Andersen extends the discussion to consider dynamic strategy making and how it can enable organizations to respond effectively to turbulent and unpredictable global business environments. There is a specific focus on multinational corporate strategy issues relevant to organizations operating across multiple international markets. Written in a clear and direct style, it will appeal to students and practising managers and executives alike.
Strategic Brand Management and Development by
Bringing together theories and concepts from brand management, consumer culture theory, marketing, communications, and design, this book provides an understanding of how organisations can successfully develop, market, and manage their brands. It draws extensively from scholarly research published in social sciences and humanities to provide a detailed discussion of the process of brand management and development. This book explores how organisations can design brand identities, develop brand marketing programmes, measure brand performance, and sustain brand equity, combining psychological, sociological, cultural, and management perspectives. It provides numerous examples that contextualise theory, enabling the reader to understand how past and present branding campaigns and strategies can be deconstructed, analysed, and evaluated, using these theoretical insights.With end-of-chapter case studies on Burberry, Juventus F.C., Pukka Herbs, YO!, and many other European and global brands, Strategic Brand Management and Development is an essential text for students in marketing, brand management, and consumer research, or for anyone interested in understanding the extraordinary power and scope of brands and branding in contemporary post-modern society.
Strategic Human Resource Management by
The concept of strategic human resource management has developed widely in the last couple of years, especially because of the impact of human resources on the competitiveness of organizations. The development of human resource strategies involves taking into account their multiple mutual dependencies and the fact that they must be vertically integrated with the business strategy. These strategies define the intentions and plans related to the overall organizational considerations, such as organizational competitiveness, effectiveness or image, and to more specific aspects of human resources management, such as resourcing, motivating, valuating, learning and development, reward and employee relations. Strategic management of human resources provides a large perspective on the way critical issues or success factors related to people can be addressed and how different concepts of strategic decisions are made, with long-term impacts on the behavior and success of the organization. The fundamental objective of human resource strategic management is to generate strategic capabilities by ensuring that the organization has the high-qualified, committed and well-motivated employees it needs to achieve and sustain the competitive advantage. The emergence of strategic human resource management (SHRM) is influenced by global competition and the corresponding search for sources of a sustainable competitive advantage. SHRM has achieved its prominence because it provides a means by which business firms can enhance the competitiveness and promote managerial efficiency. It facilitates the development of human capital that meets the requirements of a competitive business strategy, so that organizational goals and the mission of the organization will be achieved. The HRM system is defined as "a set of distinct but interrelated activities, functions and processes that are directed at attracting, developing, and maintaining (or disposing of) a firm's human resources." Many agree that HRM is the most effective tool which contributes to the creation of human capital, and in turn, contributes to organizational performance and the competitive advantage. This book puts emphasis on understanding the role of HRM between organizations and people and provides an analytical approach toward encompassing HRM, employment relations, and organizational behavior. As a management discipline, HRM draws insights, models and theories from cognate disciplines and applies them to real-world settings. Further, this book discusses how current theoretical perspectives and frameworks (e.g., those related to strategic competitiveness, knowledge management, learning organization, communities of practice, etc.) can be applied by reflective practitioners to create an eco-friendly organizational culture.
Strategic Management by
Organizational success crucially depends on having a superior strategy and effectively implementing it. Companies that outperform their rivals typically have a better grasp of what customers value, who their competitors are, and how they can create an enduring competitive advantage. Successful strategies re ect a solid grasp of relevant forces in the external and competitive environment, a clear strategic intent, and a deep understanding of a company's core competencies and assets. Generic strategies rarely propel a rm to a leadership position. Knowing where to go and nding carefully considered, creative ways of getting there are the hallmarks of successful strategy.
Strategic Management by
Strategic Management (2020) is a 325-page open educational resource designed as an introduction to the key topics and themes of strategic management. The open textbook is intended for a senior capstone course in an undergraduate business program and suitable for a wide range of undergraduate business students including those majoring in marketing, management, business administration, accounting, finance, real estate, business information technology, and hospitality and tourism. The text presents examples of familiar companies and personalities to illustrate the different strategies used by today's firms and how they go about implementing those strategies. It includes case studies, end of section key takeaways, exercises, and links to external videos, and an end-of-book glossary. The text is ideal for courses which focus on how organizations operate at the strategic level to be successful. Students will learn how to conduct case analyses, measure organizational performance, and conduct external and internal analyses.
Strategic Management : Theory and Practice. by
Balancing theory with practice, this fully updated fourth edition of John A. Parnell's acclaimed text continues to provide detailed, accessible coverage of the strategic management field. Concise, easy to understand chapters address concepts sequentially, from external and internal analysis to strategy formulation, strategy execution, and strategic control. To help readers build their analytic skills as they master course concepts, Parnell aligns each chapter's key concepts with 25 case analysis steps, rather than relegating case analysis to a chapter at the end of the book. Current examples and high interest real-time cases, largely drawn from The Wall Street Journal and Financial Times, illustrate the key role of strategic management in the United States and around the world. Ideal for the capstone strategic management course, Strategic Management ...
Strategic Management Accounting by
This book critically analyzes the concept of strategic management accounting, the implications this emerging paradigm will have on the accounting profession, and the ramifications for businesses at large. This research examines current literature, and illustrates these concepts with current market examples. This manuscript approaches the topic in a way that is unique by linking the concept of SMA to the integrated reporting framework. In essence, strategic management accounting is a theory with broad-based support, but the IR framework and reporting structure provides a vehicle through which progress, costs, and benefits of a more strategic accounting function can be evaluated. Focusing on principles, primarily for internal management utilization, the following provides an outline and summary of concepts and techniques that can be used to elevate the role of the management accounting function. Whether you are a management expert, an accounting professional, or simply someone looking to keep up to date with emerging business trends, this text provides the content, and action-oriented steps to meet those expectations.
Strategic Retail Management and Brand Management by
The retail industry and associated business models have gone through a significant phase of disruption. The rapid emergence of new technologies, digital business models and the evolution of social media platforms as a new sales channel continue to influence the sector. Key contextual or external trends will affect and shape the retail landscape in the years to come. Therefore, it seems important to prepare for this situation and be ready with a head start in terms of knowledge. This textbook provides its readers basic knowledge about the national and international retail sector and gives important insights into trends and developments. It deals with key trends, in particular new patterns of personal consumption, evolving geopolitical dynamics, technological advancements and structural industry shifts. Moreover, it explains why it is so important that retailers use these trends, adapt their retail strategies and tactics, create strong brands and come up with innovative, new ways of doing business. Today we are living in a challenging time for retail. This textbook tries to give insights and explanations to better understand these challenges and provide managerial implications.
The course is aimed at developing analytical and communication skills that are necessary for successful business negotiations. The negotiation is described as a complex three - stage process which consists of preparation, negotiating, and post – negotiation implementation and evaluation. The course combines both theoretical knowledge of leading negotiation scholars and practical experience through learning by doing. The students will be engaged in business games, trainings, group discussions and creative tasks.
Business Communication: Building Critical Skills by 
Communication Skills for Business Professionals by
Communication Skills for Business Professionals is a student-friendly introduction to the principles and practice of effective communication in the workplace. Engagingly written and full of real-life examples, it explains the key theories underpinning communication strategies and encourages students to consider how to apply them in a contemporary business environment. After working through foundation topics such as understanding the audience, persuasion and influence, negotiation and conflict management, and intercultural complexities, students will explore the various modes and contexts of workplace communication including meetings, oral communication, written reports and correspondence. The text incorporates discussion of new digital technologies such as virtual real-time communication, and dedicates an entire chapter to the specific considerations involved in writing for the web. With its emphasis on Australian contexts and examples, Communication Skills for Business Professionals is an excellent introduction to the world of professional communication.
Communication Skills for Effective Management by
It is now widely recognized that communication is at the very heart of effective management. There is therefore an ever-expanding demand for valid and generalizable information on how best to relate to people in organizational contexts. Communication Skills for Effective Management meets this demand. It demonstrates how, for managers to be successful, they need to employ a range of key communication skills, styles and strategies. The contents are based upon the authors' considerable experiences of researching, teaching and consulting in a range of private and public sector organisations. From their academic and real-world involvement they have identified the core skills of effective management, presented in an academically rigorous yet student-friendly way, the reader is encouraged to interact with the material covered. Each chapter contains a series of boxed text, diagrams, tables and illustrations which summarise core points. Exercises are also provided to enable managers to put the material reviewed into practice. All of this is underpinned and supported by a firm foundation of research findings. This will be an excellent text for undergraduate business and management students studying business communication and MBA students. Practising managers will also find this book to be an invaluable resource.
Dynamics of International Business: Asia-Pacific Business Cases by
Dynamics of International Business: Asia-Pacific Business Cases brings the challenges and complexities of the contemporary international business environment into the classroom. These authentic case studies, based on recent research and events, enable students to engage with the economic, social, political and intercultural factors that impact on international business and understand how these factors are addressed in the real world. Designed to facilitate a problem-based learning approach, the cases in this book: * draw on a diverse range of businesses and industries - from seafood to video games to renewable energy * illustrate fundamental themes and concerns within global business, including ethics, sustainability, emerging markets and cultural and legal differences * span many countries across the Asia-Pacific region * include discussion questions that encourage students to apply international business theory in the context of realistic scenarios * include references and suggestions for further reading. Extra resources for instructors, including case synopses and learning objectives, are available on the companion website at www.cambridge.edu.au/academic/internationalbusiness.
Essentials of Negotiation by
Additional Information and teaching resources to support this text are available from www.mhhe.com/lewickinegotiation. Essentials of Negotiation, 6e is a condensed version of the main text, Negotiation, Seventh Edition. It explores the major concepts and theories of the psychology of bargaining and negotiation, and the dynamics of interpersonal and inter-group conflict and its resolution. Twelve of the 20 chapters from the main text have been included in this edition, several chapters having been condensed for this volume. Those condensed chapters have shifted from a more research-oriented focus to a more fundamental focus on issues such as critical negotiation subprocesses, multiparty negotiations, and the influence of international and cross-cultural differences on the negotiation process.
Great Negotiating Skills by
This is a quick-read instructional book, packed with anecdotes and advice for all those people who are generally terrible at negotiating and would like to do it better!Based on several years of practical and successful negotiating around the world, the approach adopted by the author in this book will help anyone (with little or no experience or confidence in negotiation) seal deals on favourable terms. Written in Bob Etherington's distinctive style, combining highly practical advice told in an entertaining fashion, Great Negotiation Skills is all you will need to ensure you don't lose out in your next negotiation.
International Trade Negotiations and Domestic Politics by
In spite of many years of negotiation on trade liberalization, progress seems to have stalled. This book explores why resistance to further market liberalization seems so strong, given that the benefits are seen to outweigh the costs. This volume argues that in order to understand the slow progress of World Trade Organization negotiations, we need to take into consideration the 'intermestic' character of trade politics, that is, the way in which international and domestic aspects of politics and policies have been woven together and become inextricably related to each other. This is a general trend in our globalizing world, and one that is most pronounced in the case of trade politics and policy. International Trade Negotiations and Domestic Politics therefore presents an in-depth analysis of institutions, ideas, interests and actors in the interplay between international trade negotiations and national negotiating positions. At the international level the authors focus on the multilateral negotiations within the World Trade Organization, together with the plurilateral and bilateral negotiations on free trade agreements. At the regional and domestic level they analyze the trade politics and policies of two established powers, the European Union and the USA; two rising powers, China and India; and a small industrialized country with an open economy, Norway.
Markets, Games, and Strategic Behavior by
From a pioneer in experimental economics, an expanded and updated edition of a textbook that brings economic experiments into the classroom Economics is rapidly becoming a more experimental science, and the best way to convey insights from this research is to engage students in classroom simulations that motivate subsequent discussions and reading. In this expanded and updated second edition of Markets, Games, and Strategic Behavior, Charles Holt, one of the leaders in experimental economics, provides an unparalleled introduction to the study of economic behavior, organized around risky decisions, games of strategy, and economic markets that can be simulated in class. Each chapter is based on a key experiment, presented with accessible examples and just enough theory. Featuring innovative applications from the lab and the field, the book introduces new research on a wide range of topics. Core chapters provide an introduction to the experimental analysis of markets and strategic decisions made in the shadow of risk or conflict. Instructors can then pick and choose among topics focused on bargaining, game theory, social preferences, industrial organization, public choice and voting, asset market bubbles, and auctions. Based on decades of teaching experience, this is the perfect book for any undergraduate course in experimental economics or behavioral game theory. New material on topics such as matching, belief elicitation, repeated games, prospect theory, probabilistic choice, macro experiments, and statistical analysis Participatory experiments that connect behavioral theory and laboratory research Largely self-contained chapters that can each be covered in a single class Guidance for instructors on setting up classroom experiments, with either hand-run procedures or free online software End-of-chapter problems, including some conceptual-design questions, with hints or partial solutions provided
Negotiating Globally by
A framework for anticipating and managing cultural differences at the negotiating table In today's global environment, negotiators who understand cultural differences and negotiation fundamentals have a decided advantage at the bargaining table. This thoroughly revised and updated edition of Negotiating Globally explains how culture affects negotiators' assumptions about when and how to negotiate, their interests and priorities, and their strategies. It explains how confrontation, motivation, influence, and information strategies shift due to culture. It provides strategic advice for negotiators whose deals, disputes, and decisions cross cultural boundaries, and shows how to anticipate cultural differences and then manage them when they appear at the negotiating table. It challenges negotiators to expand their repertoire of strategies, so that they are prepared to negotiate deals, resolve disputes, and make decisions regardless of the culture in which they find themselves. Includes a review of the various contexts and building blocks of negotiation strategy Explains how and why negotiation may be practiced differently in different cultures and how to modify strategy when confronted with different cultural approaches Explores the three primary cultural prototypes negotiators should understand Negotiating Globally is ideal for those relatively new to negotiation, particularly in the global arena, and offers an overview of the various contexts and tactics of negotiation strategy. Written by an award-winning negotiation expert, this book provides an ideal framework for any and all global negotiations.
Negotiating in the Leadership Zone by
Negotiating in the Leadership Zone expertly addresses the question: How do leaders become better negotiators? Much has been written about leadership, and negotiating skills have long been the subject of academics and business consultants. This book successfully brings negotiation and leadership together for the first time, building separate insights about them into practical, applied lessons and tools that can be used immediately. Leaders will find unique cases, examples, and insights for high-stakes and routine negotiations alike. Mixng a readable, non-jargon approach with real-world stories and wide applicability, the author's use of 50+ years of experience as a business owner, negotiation consultant, and teacher to convey the fundamental logic and strategies underlying negotiations. The results are more than convincing.
Negotiating Skills for Managers by
Now translated into nine languages! This reader-friendly, icon-rich series is must reading for all managers at every level. All managers, whether brand new to their positions or well established in the corporate hierarchy, can use a little "brushing up" now and then. The skills-based Briefcase Books series is filled with ideas and strategies to help managers become more capable, efficient, effective, and valuable to their corporations. Virtually everything in business is negotiated, and the ability to negotiate strong agreements and understandings is among today's most valuable talents. Negotiating Skills for Managers explains how to establish a solid pre-negotiation foundation, subtly guide the negotiation, and consistently set and achieve satisfactory targets. From transferring one's existing strengths to the negotiating table to avoiding common negotiating errors, it reveals battle-proven steps for reaching personal and organizational objectives in every negotiation.
Negotiation by
Negotiation is a critical skill needed for effective management. Negotiation 6/e explores the major concepts and theories of the psychology of bargaining and negotiation, and the dynamics of interpersonal and intergroup conflict and its resolution. It is relevant to a broad spectrum of management students, not only human resource management or industrial relations candidates.
The new economic diplomacy : decision-making and negotiation in international economic relations by
The New Economic Diplomacy explains how states conduct their external economic relations in the 21st century: how they make decisions domestically, how they negotiate internationally and how these processes interact. Although the previous edition, published in 2011, was able to reflect the impact of the financial crisis and the immediate reaction to it, a lot has happened since then, and the atmosphere of economic diplomacy has darkened. To capture the emergence of new trends and the intensification of old ones, the salient features of this new edition are: The advance of China and other emerging powers at the expense of G7 governments, despite some setbacks; Much greater activity in negotiating regional and plurilateral trade agreements, while the multilateral system struggles; The persistence of problems exposed by the financial crisis, notably the long-running euro-zone crisis. The interaction between domestic and external forces: the balance has shifted towards the domestic axis, with international agreement more difficult to achieve. This edition goes further in comparing the practice of different players, to reflect the greater diversity of economic diplomacy. Based on the authors' work in the field of International Political Economy, it is suitable for students interested in the decision-making processes in foreign economic policy, including those studying international relations, government, politics and economics. It will also appeal to politicians, bureaucrats, business people, NGO activists, journalists and the informed public.
Practical Solutions to Global Business Negotiations by
A guide to acquire negotiating skills. It provides consistently effective strategies and systematic approaches to negotiations that can dramatically improve international managers as negotiators. It also provides sufficient familiarity with negotiating styles that can help managers identify their unique strength and weaknesses.
Quantum Negotiation by
Master the art of getting what you need with a more collaborative approach to negotiation Quantum Negotiation is a handbook for getting what you need using a mindset and behaviors based on a refreshingly expansive perspective on negotiation. Rather that viewing every negotiation as an antagonistic and combative relationship, this book shows you how to move beyond the traditional pseudo win-win to construct a deal in which all parties get what they need. By exploring who we are as negotiators in the context of social conditioning, this model examines the cognitive, psychological, social, physical, and spiritual aspects of negotiation to help you produce more sustainable, prosperous, and satisfying agreements. We often think of negotiation as taking place in a boardroom, a car dealership, or any other contract-centered situation; in reality, we are negotiating every time we ask for something we need or want. Building more robust negotiation behaviors that resonate beyond the boardroom requires a deep engagement with others and a clear mindset of interdependence. This book helps you shift your perspective and build these important skills through a journey of discovery, reflection, and action. Rethink your assumptions about negotiations, your self-perception, your counterpart, and the overall relationship Adopt new tools that clarify what you want, why you need it, and how your counterpart can also get what they want and need Challenge fundamental world views related to negotiation, and shift from adversarial to engaging and satisfying Understand the unseen forces at work in any negotiation, and prevent them from derailing your success In the interest of creating an environment that elevates everyone's participation and assists them in reaching their full potential, Quantum Negotiation addresses the reality of hardball and coercion with a focus on engaging the human spirit to create new opportunities and resources.
Trump-style negotiation : powerful strategies and tactics for mastering every deal by
Ever since he wrote The Art of the Deal, Trump has been the world's most famous negotiator-even though he didn't reveal his actual deal-making secrets. Now, George Ross explains the tactics that too Trump to the top and how you can use those same tactics and strategies in your daily negotiations. A practical, real-world negotiation playbook, this is the ultimate guide for anyone who wants to negotiate like a proven winner.
UN peace operations and international policing : negotiating complexity, assessing impact and learning to learn by
nbsp;This book addresses the important question of how the United Nations (UN) should monitor and evaluate the impact of police in its peace operations. UN peace operations are a vital component of international conflict management. Since the end of the Cold War one of the foremost developments has been the rise of UN policing (UNPOL). Instances of UNPOL action have increased dramatically in number and have evolved from passive observation to participation in frontline law enforcement activities. Attempts to ascertain the impact of UNPOL activities have proven inadequate. This book seeks to redress this lacuna by investigating the ways in which the effects of peace operations - and UNPOL in particular - are monitored and evaluated. Furthermore, it aims to develop a framework, tested through field research in Liberia, for Monitoring and Evaluation (M&E) that enables more effective impact assessment. By enhancing the relationship between field-level M&E and organisational learning this research aims to make an important contribution to the pursuit of more professional and effective UN peace operations. This book will be of much interest to students of peace operations, conflict management, policing, security studies and IR in general.
The course is aimed at developing analytical and communication skills that are necessary for successful business negotiations. The negotiation is described as a complex three - stage process which consists of preparation, negotiating, and post – negotiation implementation and evaluation. The course combines both theoretical knowledge of leading negotiation scholars and practical experience through learning by doing. The students will be engaged in business games, trainings, group discussions and creative tasks.
The Altman close : million-dollar negotiation tactics from America's top real estate agent by
Land the deals you want and develop your instincts with million-dollar negotiation techniques After selling over $3 Billion in real estate, including the most expensive one-bedroom house in history, Josh Altman, co-star of the hit show Million-Dollar Listing Los Angeles, wants to teach you the real estate sales and negotiation tactics that have made him one of America's top agents. Buying or selling a house, whether for a client or yourself, is one of the most important (and most stressful) deals anyone can make, demanding emotional intelligence and a solid set of negotiating skills. But by mastering the same techniques that sell multi-million-dollar homes in Bel Air and Beverly Hills, you can attract buyers and close deals on any property. Josh breaks down the art of real estate into three simple parts. First, he'll help you get business in the door during the Opening. Then he takes you step-by-step through the Work: everything between the first handshake and the last. And finally, the Close, the last step that ensures all your hard work pays off as you seal the deal. Learn how to open with a prospect, work the deal, close, open, and repeat Build and market your reputation, creating more sales opportunities Develop the traits of a closer in you and your team Drive the deal forward and get the best price for your property by creating desire, scarcity, and demand Successful real estate sales are driven by the same principles, whether they happen in the Hollywood Hills or just down the street. Josh wants to put those principles, and the techniques for applying them, in your hands. Learn them and discover what you can achieve.
The Book of Real-World Negotiations by
Real world negotiation examples and strategies from one of the most highly respected authorities in the field This unique book can help you change your approach to negotiation by learning key strategies and techniques from actual cases. Through hard to find real world examples you will learn exactly how to effectively and productively negotiate. The Book of Real World Negotiations: Successful Strategies from Business, Government and Daily Life shines a light on real world negotiation examples and cases, rather than discussing hypothetical scenarios. It reveals what is possible through preparation, persistence, creativity, and taking a strategic approach to your negotiations. Many of us enter negotiations with skepticism and without understanding how to truly negotiate well. Because we lack knowledge and confidence, we may abandon the negotiating process prematurely or agree to deals that leave value on the table. The Book of Real World Negotiations will change that once and for all by immersing you in these real world scenarios. As a result, you'll be better able to grasp the true power of negotiation to deal with some of the most difficult problems you face or to put together the best deals possible. This book also shares critical insights and lessons for instructors and students of negotiation, especially since negotiation is now being taught in virtually all law schools, many business schools, and in the field of conflict resolution. Whether you're a student, instructor, or anyone who wants to negotiate successfully, you'll be able to carefully examine real world negotiation situations that will show you how to achieve your objectives in the most challenging of circumstances. The cases are organized by realms--domestic business cases, international business cases, governmental cases and cases that occur in daily life. From these cases you will learn more about: Exactly how to achieve Win-Win outcomes The critical role of underlying interests The kind of thinking that goes into generating creative options How to consider your and the other negotiator's Best Alternative to a Negotiated Agreement (BATNA) Negotiating successfully in the face of power Achieving success when negotiating cross-culturally Once you come to understand through these cases that negotiation is the art of the possible, you'll stop saying "a solution is impossible." With the knowledge and self-assurance you gain from this book, you'll roll up your sleeves and keep negotiating until you reach a mutually satisfactory outcome!
Business Negotiations and the Law by
Business Negotiations and the Law: The Protection of Weak Professional Parties in Standard Form Contracting aims to explore the issues surrounding contract negotiations between entrepreneurs and other professionals when one of the parties does not have the same level of bargaining power as the other. The need to protect weaker parties from unfair contract terms exists not only in relationships between businesses and consumers, but in business to business contracts also. This book focuses on the problem of small enterprises, independent contractors and other professional weak parties and examines these from a European point of view. There are significant differences between Member States as to decisions regarding regulatory context on the protection of weaker professional parties in asymmetrical contractual situations. However, European businesses are overwhelmingly smaller in size, so protecting weaker parties becomes key in facilitating successful and efficient negotiations. The book provides a critical and comparative overview of the area and recent regulatory developments, both to clarify the direction that European legislation is heading, and to explore the tools needed to assure the effectiveness of the common market. This text will be of interest to policy makers, researchers of European legislation, and students of commercial and business law.
Business Negotiations in ELF from a Cultural Linguistic Perspective by
Some of the most frequent questions surrounding business negotiations address not only the nature of such negotiations, but also how they should be conducted. The answers given by business people from different cultural backgrounds to these questions are likely to differ from the standard answers found in business manuals. In her book, Milene Mendes de Oliveira investigates how Brazilian and German business people conceptualize and act out business negotiations using English as a Lingua Franca. The frameworks of Cultural Linguistics, English as a Lingua Franca, World Englishes, and Business Discourse offer the theoretical and methodological grounding for the analysis of interviews with high-ranking Brazilian and German business people. Moreover, a side study on e-mail exchanges between Brazilian and German employees of a healthcare company serves as a test case for the results arising from the interviews, and helps understand other facets of authentic intercultural business communication. Offering new insights on English as a Lingua Franca in international business contexts, Business Negotiations in ELF from a Cultural Linguistic Perspective simultaneously provides a detailed cultural-conceptual account of business negotiations from the viewpoint of Brazilian and German business people and a secondary analysis of their pragmatic aspects.
E-Negotiations : Networking and Cross-Cultural Business Transactions by
In recent years, globalization, the telecommunications boom and the ever increasing need for today's professionals to conduct cross-cultural business transactions has led to a new way of negotiating, bargaining, and resolving disputes. Here, Dr Harkiolakis and his colleagues compare and contrast e-negotiation as it is in the 21st century with traditional face-to-face negotiation. Informative case studies illustrate how cross-cultural negotiations can be managed through modern channels of social influence and information-sharing and shed light on the critical social, cognitive and behavioural role of the negotiator in resolving on line, cross-cultural, conflicts and disputes, and generally in bargaining and negotiation.
Handbook of International Negotiation by
This book reinforces the foundation of a new field of studies and research in the intersection between social sciences and specifically between political science, international relations, diplomacy, psychotherapy, and social-cognitive psychology. It seeks to promote a coherent and comprehensive approach to international negotiation from a multidisciplinary viewpoint generating a longer term of studies, researches, and networking process that both respond to changes and differences in our societies and to the unprecedented demand and opportunities for international conflict prevention and resolution. There is a need to increase cooperation, coherence, and efficiency of international negotiation. It is necessary to focus our shared attention on new ways to better formulate integrated and sustainable negotiating strategies for conflict resolution. This book acquires innovative relevance in and will impact on the new context of international challenges which do not have a one-off solution that can be settled through a single target-oriented negotiation process. The book brings together leading scholars and researchers into the field from different disciplines, diplomats, politicians, senior officials, and even a Cardinal of the Holy See to give their contributions and make proposals on how best to optimize the use of negotiation and diplomacy structures, tools, and instruments. However, unlike most studies and researches on international negotiation, this book emphasizes processes, not simply outcomes or even tools but the way in which tools are and can be used to achieve better outcomes in international reality-based negotiation.
Inked : the ultimate guide to powerful closing and sales negotiation tactics that unlock yes and seal the deal by
Learn powerful closing and sales negotiation tactics that unlock yes and seal the deal. Each year, sales professionals leave billions of dollars on the table because they are out gunned, out maneuvered, and out played by savvy buyers, who have been schooled in the art and science of negotiation. Because today's buyers have more power than ever before--more information, more at stake, and more control over the buying process--they almost always enter sales negotiations in a much stronger position than the salespeople on the other side of the table. The results are sadly predictable: salespeople and their companies end up on the losing end of the deal. In this brutal paradigm, if you fail to master the skills, strategies, and tactics to go toe-to-toe with modern buyers and win at the sales negotiation table, your income and long-term earning potential will suffer--along with your company's growth, profits, and market valuation. In his new book INKED: The Ultimate Guide to Powerful Closing and Sales Negotiation Tactics that Unlock YES and Seal the Deal, Jeb Blount levels the playing field by giving you the strategies, tactics, techniques, skills, and human-influence frameworks required to become a powerful and effective sales negotiator. In his signature, straightforward style, Jeb pulls no punches. He slaps you right in the face with the cold, hard truth and lays bare the reasons why you keep getting beaten by buyers who have been trained in how to play you. Then, he teaches you exactly what you need to know, do, and say to gain more control and more power over the outcomes of your deals, and WIN. You'll learn: Seven Immutable Rules of Sales Negotiation Why "Win-Win" Usually Means "You-Lose" The One Rule of Sales Negotiation You Must Never Break How to Leverage the Powerful MLP Strategy to Bend Win Probability in Your Favor The ACED Buyer Persona Model and How to Flex to Buyer Communication Styles Seven Principles of Effective Sales Negotiation Communication How to Leverage the DEAL Sales Negotiation Framework to Control the Negotiation Conversation and Get Ink How to Gain the Advantage with Comprehensive Sales Negotiation Planning Strategies and Tools Powerful Negotiation Psychology and Influence Frameworks that Keep You in Control of the Conversation How to Rise Above the Seven Disruptive Emotions that are Holding You Back at the Sales Negotiation Table How to Protect Yourself from the Psychological Games that Buyers Play With these powerful tactics in your sales arsenal, you will approach sales negotiations with the confidence and power to take control of the conversation and get the prices, terms, and conditions that you deserve. INKED is the most comprehensive Sales Negotiation resource ever developed for the sales profession. Unlike so many other negotiating books that ignore the reality sellers face in the rapid-fire, real world of the sales profession, INKED is a sales-specific negotiation primer. You'll learn directly from one of the most sought-after and celebrated sales trainers of our generation. Following in the footsteps of his blockbuster bestsellers Fanatical Prospecting, Sales EQ, and Objections, Jeb Blount's INKED puts the same strategies employed by his clients--a who's who of the world's most prestigious organizations--right into your hands.
Negotiating Globally by
A framework for anticipating and managing cultural differences at the negotiating table In today's global environment, negotiators who understand cultural differences and negotiation fundamentals have a decided advantage at the bargaining table. This thoroughly revised and updated edition of Negotiating Globally explains how culture affects negotiators' assumptions about when and how to negotiate, their interests and priorities, and their strategies. It explains how confrontation, motivation, influence, and information strategies shift due to culture. It provides strategic advice for negotiators whose deals, disputes, and decisions cross cultural boundaries, and shows how to anticipate cultural differences and then manage them when they appear at the negotiating table. It challenges negotiators to expand their repertoire of strategies, so that they are prepared to negotiate deals, resolve disputes, and make decisions regardless of the culture in which they find themselves. Includes a review of the various contexts and building blocks of negotiation strategy Explains how and why negotiation may be practiced differently in different cultures and how to modify strategy when confronted with different cultural approaches Explores the three primary cultural prototypes negotiators should understand Negotiating Globally is ideal for those relatively new to negotiation, particularly in the global arena, and offers an overview of the various contexts and tactics of negotiation strategy. Written by an award-winning negotiation expert, this book provides an ideal framework for any and all global negotiations.
Negotiating in the Leadership Zone by
Negotiating in the Leadership Zone expertly addresses the question: How do leaders become better negotiators? Much has been written about leadership, and negotiating skills have long been the subject of academics and business consultants. This book successfully brings negotiation and leadership together for the first time, building separate insights about them into practical, applied lessons and tools that can be used immediately. Leaders will find unique cases, examples, and insights for high-stakes and routine negotiations alike. Mixng a readable, non-jargon approach with real-world stories and wide applicability, the author's use of 50+ years of experience as a business owner, negotiation consultant, and teacher to convey the fundamental logic and strategies underlying negotiations. The results are more than convincing.
Negotiation and Foreign Policy Decision Making by
Foreign policy decisions are influenced by many factors. The real world is complex and many variables have to be considered when making a decision. A psychological approach to decision-making facilitates the understanding and explaining of the complexity of foreign and global policies precisely because of the prolonged transitional stage of the contemporary international system. The course of world politics is shaped by the decisions of leaders. Uncertainty involved in decision-making in fo...
Negotiation Mastering Business in Asia by
The book consolidates the practical tips and concepts that shaped the authors work with organizations and individuals around the world. It is written to allow people to benefit from what hitherto was only available to some of the wealthiest organizations. The ideas presented in this book will help the reader better conduct dialogue with themselves and others leading to optimal outcomes for all. Written for the mass market, this book is a must-read for CEO's and senior staff. It reinvigorates the trainer's approach to interactions with people on all spectrums within the negotiation.
The new economic diplomacy : decision-making and negotiation in international economic relations by
The New Economic Diplomacy explains how states conduct their external economic relations in the 21st century: how they make decisions domestically, how they negotiate internationally and how these processes interact. Although the previous edition, published in 2011, was able to reflect the impact of the financial crisis and the immediate reaction to it, a lot has happened since then, and the atmosphere of economic diplomacy has darkened. To capture the emergence of new trends and the intensification of old ones, the salient features of this new edition are: The advance of China and other emerging powers at the expense of G7 governments, despite some setbacks; Much greater activity in negotiating regional and plurilateral trade agreements, while the multilateral system struggles; The persistence of problems exposed by the financial crisis, notably the long-running euro-zone crisis. The interaction between domestic and external forces: the balance has shifted towards the domestic axis, with international agreement more difficult to achieve. This edition goes further in comparing the practice of different players, to reflect the greater diversity of economic diplomacy. Based on the authors' work in the field of International Political Economy, it is suitable for students interested in the decision-making processes in foreign economic policy, including those studying international relations, government, politics and economics. It will also appeal to politicians, bureaucrats, business people, NGO activists, journalists and the informed public.
People-centric skills : interpersonal and communication skills for auditors and business professionals by
Business Professionals, to be Truly Effective and Advance in their Careers, Must Master their People-Centric Skills. People-Centric Skills: Interpersonal and Communication Skills for Auditors and Business Professionals is a comprehensive guide to the "soft skills" that make technical professionals more effective. People-Centric Skills aim to improve all aspects of personal interactions, relationship development, and communication. These skills are as essential to success as are technical capabilities. This is the story of a leading internal audit department taking that next step to becoming a world-class audit organization in a fictional company. The foundation of that next step is developing their People-Centric Skills. The book demonstrates the impact that interpersonal and communication skills - whether good or bad - have on an auditor's effectiveness, job, and career. Readers will be able to empathize with the characters, and relate to the real-life situations in which they find themselves. Each chapter features a summary of key People-Centric points and guidelines that will help readers apply what they've learned to their own projects and departments. In a 2013 study sponsored by the Institute of Internal Auditors ("IIA"), the seven key attribute areas identified to be a successful auditor include relationship building, partnering, communications, teamwork, diversity, continuous learning and integrity. Unfortunately, most professionals never obtain these skills as part of their college degrees, certifications and other ongoing training. They are left to their own devices when it comes to developing these talents. The book follows an easy-to-read fictional narrative to highlight areas for improvement, and uses common scenarios to illustrate how to apply the lessons. People-Centric Skills: Interpersonal and Communication Skills for Auditors and Business Professionals focuses on many of these critical attributes. Topics include: Conflict Management Coaching and Mentoring Building an Effective Team and Team Dynamics Team Leadership Partnering and Relationship Building Effective Meeting Practices Brainstorming and Multivoting Assessing Corporate Culture Active Listening Non-verbal Communications Consensus Building These skills apply not only to internal auditors but also transfer across a broad range of business professions and industries, and from professional to personal life. They open doors, establish effective relationships, improve effectiveness, and can turn a "no" into a "yes." They are the true differentiator in advancing a career. For an auditor to be truly effective, great people skills are one of the most important tools in the box. People-Centric Skills: Interpersonal and Communication Skills for Auditors and Business Professionals is a straightforward guide to getting along, getting what you want in a constructive manner, and becoming a world-class professional.
Power Negotiating for Salespeople by
Master negotiator Roger Dawson turns his attention to the person on the other side of the desk--the salesperson who's trying to close a deal with the most favorable terms. The goal of most negotiations is to create a win-win situation. Imagine if you could win every negotiation and leave the other person feeling like he or she has won too? This book teaches you how to be the power sales negotiator who can do exactly that. You will always come away from the negotiating table knowing that you have won and that you have improved your relationship with your buyer. Roger Dawson gives salespeople an arsenal of tools that can be implemented easily and immediately. In addition, he shows salespeople how to: Master the nine elements of power that control negotiating situations Ask for more than you expect to get Negotiate with individuals from other cultures Analyze personality styles and adapt to them Master the 24 power closes Power Negotiating for Salespeople is not a dull, dry treatise full theory. Nor is it a handbook of tricks and scams meant to manipulate others. It is the most complete book ever written specifically for salespeople about the process of negotiation and will enable any salesperson to take a quantum leap in sales. Praise for Dawson's Books: "I can't believe it! Here's a book that is packed with wisdom that will help anyone improve their life and yet it is easy and fun to read! Amazing!" --Og Mandino, author of The Greatest Salesman in the World "A fast, entertaining read that should be required reading for anyone who deals with people. Highly recommended." --Ken Blanchard, coauthor of The One Minute Manager "Roger Dawson's great book will help you create and expand one of the most critical skills to life-long success." --Anthony Robbins, author of Unlimited Power and Awaken the Giant Within
Principled Negotiation and Mediation in the International Arena by
This book argues that it can be beneficial for the United States to talk with 'evil' - terrorists and other bad actors - if it engages a mediator who shares the United States' principles yet is pragmatic. It shows how the US can make better foreign policy decisions and demonstrate its integrity for promoting democracy and human rights, by employing a mediator who facilitates disputes between international actors by moving them along a continuum of principles, as political parties act for a country's citizens. This is the first book to integrate theories of rule of law development with conflict resolution methods, and it examines ongoing disputes in the Middle East, North Korea, South America and Africa. It draws on the author's experiences with The Carter Center and judicial and legal advocacy training to provide a sophisticated understanding of the current situation in these countries and of how a strategy of principled pragmatism will give better direction to US foreign policy abroad.
Quantum Negotiation by
Master the art of getting what you need with a more collaborative approach to negotiation Quantum Negotiation is a handbook for getting what you need using a mindset and behaviors based on a refreshingly expansive perspective on negotiation. Rather that viewing every negotiation as an antagonistic and combative relationship, this book shows you how to move beyond the traditional pseudo win-win to construct a deal in which all parties get what they need. By exploring who we are as negotiators in the context of social conditioning, this model examines the cognitive, psychological, social, physical, and spiritual aspects of negotiation to help you produce more sustainable, prosperous, and satisfying agreements. We often think of negotiation as taking place in a boardroom, a car dealership, or any other contract-centered situation; in reality, we are negotiating every time we ask for something we need or want. Building more robust negotiation behaviors that resonate beyond the boardroom requires a deep engagement with others and a clear mindset of interdependence. This book helps you shift your perspective and build these important skills through a journey of discovery, reflection, and action. Rethink your assumptions about negotiations, your self-perception, your counterpart, and the overall relationship Adopt new tools that clarify what you want, why you need it, and how your counterpart can also get what they want and need Challenge fundamental world views related to negotiation, and shift from adversarial to engaging and satisfying Understand the unseen forces at work in any negotiation, and prevent them from derailing your success In the interest of creating an environment that elevates everyone's participation and assists them in reaching their full potential, Quantum Negotiation addresses the reality of hardball and coercion with a focus on engaging the human spirit to create new opportunities and resources.
Quality and Business Process Improvement
Welcome to Quality and Business Process Improvement Course. This course will develop your understanding and appreciation of quality and its significance in management decision making. You will undergo familiarization of the different philosophies, principles, and different quality improvement tools for future development of quality policy in the delivery of goods and services with the end view of achieving customer satisfaction. The emphasis of the course will be learning the different methods of implementing quality improvements. After this course, you will look at the value of quality as a process not just an end result.
Big Data for Small Business for Dummies by
Capitalise on big data to add value to your small business Written by bestselling author and big data expert Bernard Marr, Big Data For Small Business For Dummies helps you understand what big data actually is'and how you can analyse and use it to improve your business. Free of confusing jargon and complemented with lots of step-by-step guidance and helpful advice, it quickly and painlessly helps you get the most from using big data in a small business. Business data has been around for a long time. Unfortunately, it was trapped away in overcrowded filing cabinets and on archaic floppy disks. Now, thanks to technology and new tools that display complex databases in a much simpler manner, small businesses can benefit from the big data that's been hiding right under their noses. With the help of this friendly guide, you'll discover how to get your hands on big data to develop new offerings, products and services; understand technological change; create an infrastructure; develop strategies; and make smarter business decisions. Shows you how to use big data to make sense of user activity on social networks and customer transactions Demonstrates how to capture, store, search, share, analyse and visualise analytics Helps you turn your data into actionable insights Explains how to use big data to your advantage in order to transform your small business If you're a small business owner or employee, Big Data For Small Business For Dummies helps you harness the hottest commodity on the market today in order to take your company to new heights.
Business Analytics for Decision Making by
Business Analytics for Decision Making, the first complete text suitable for use in introductory Business Analytics courses, establishes a national syllabus for an emerging first course at an MBA or upper undergraduate level. This timely text is mainly about model analytics, particularly analytics for constrained optimization. It uses implementations that allow students to explore models and data for the sake of discovery, understanding, and decision making. Business analytics is about using data and models to solve various kinds of decision problems. There are three aspects for those who want to make the most of their analytics: encoding, solution design, and post-solution analysis. This textbook addresses all three. Emphasizing the use of constrained optimization models for decision making, the book concentrates on post-solution analysis of models. The text focuses on computationally challenging problems that commonly arise in business environments. Unique among business analytics texts, it emphasizes using heuristics for solving difficult optimization problems important in business practice by making best use of methods from Computer Science and Operations Research. Furthermore, case studies and examples illustrate the real-world applications of these methods. The authors supply examples in Excel®, GAMS, MATLAB®, and OPL. The metaheuristics code is also made available at the book's website in a documented library of Python modules, along with data and material for homework exercises. From the beginning, the authors emphasize analytics and de-emphasize representation and encoding so students will have plenty to sink their teeth into regardless of their computer programming experience.
Business Process Management by
Business Process Management, a huge bestseller, has helped thousands of leaders and BPM practitioners successfully implement BPM projects, enabling them to add measurable value to their organizations. The book's runaway success can be attributed partly to its overview of all major useful frameworks (such as LEAN and Six Sigma) without over-investment in one over another, and a unique emphasis on BPM's interrelationship with organizational management, culture and leadership--BPM is about people as much as processes. Its common-sense approach teaches how BPM must be well-integrated across an entire business if it's to be successful: augmented and aligned with other management disciplines. This highly anticipated third edition brings Jeston and Nelis' practicable frameworks and solutions up-to-date with the latest developments in BPM, including the application of the frameworks to value-driven BPM. This thoroughly revised and updated new edition includes: * Enhanced pedagogy to help students learn and tutors use the book for their classes: now includes learning outcomes, chapter topics, learning objectives, highlighted key points, chapter summaries, critical discussion points and self-test questions * New and revised case studies throughout * New chapters on questions that have become more crucial since the second edition's publication: How should we start--top-down or bottom-up? Should we be customercentric? How does BPM link to today's most pertinent management and technology issues? What are the critical success factors? * Due to popular demand, a new and expanded section on IT in BPM * A brand new companion website including slides and assignment answers!
Business Process Management by
Business Process Management (BPM) has been in existence for decades. Itnbsp; uses, complements, integrates and extends theories, methods and tools fromnbsp; other scientific disciplines like: strategic management, information technology, managerial accounting, operations management etc. During this period the main focus themes of researchers and professionals in BPMnbsp; were: business process modeling, business process analysis, activity based costing, business process simulation, performance measurement, workflow management, the link between information technology and BPM for process automation etc. More recently the focus moved to subjects like Knowledge Management, Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) Systems, Service Oriented Architectures (SOAs), Process Intelligence (PI) and evennbsp; Social Networks. In this collection of papers we present a review of the work and the outcomes achieved in the classic BPM fields as well as a deeper insight on recent advances in BPM. We present a review of business process modeling and analysis and we elaborate on issues like business process quality and processnbsp; performance measurement as weel as their link to all other organizational aspects like human resources management, strategy,nbsp; information technology (being SOA, PI or ERP), other managerial systems, job descriptions etc. We also presentnbsp; recent advances to BPR tools with special focus on information technology, workflow, business process modelingnbsp; and human resources management tools. Other chapters elaborate on the aspect of business process and organizational costing and their relationship to business process analysis, organizational change and reorganization. In the final chapters we present some new approaches that use fuzzy cognitive maps and a recently developed software tool for scenario creation and simulation in strategic management, business process management, performance measurement and social networking. The audience of this book isnbsp; quite wide. The first chapters can be read by professionals, academics and students who want to get some basic insight into the BPM field whereas the remaining present more elaborate and state of the artnbsp; concepts methodologies and tools for an audience of anbsp; more advanced level.
Change or die : the business process improvement manual by
Leadership success depends on clarifying and simplifying complex problems while maintaining a positive outlook. Change or Die - The Business Process Improvement Manual provides you with the tools to do so. Packed with more than 70 pages of workshop tools, agendas, and activities that detail each of the six stages of the business process improvement (BPI) method, it presents a BPI method that promotes the use of facilitator-led workshops to help you and your team make better decisions. Developed from empirical research and bolstered by the results of client experience from hundreds of hours of facilitated workshops and BPI activity, Change or Die employs the authors' ENGAGE methodology. To ensure your team achieves its deliverables, the authors walk you through each BPI method. In each chapter you will find: Objectives and deliverables clearly identified Real-world examples from companies the authors have worked with--presented using a global manufacturer as an example Activities, questionnaires, and examples A self-assessment tool to help you measure progress, identify gaps in team performance, and determine team readiness for the next stage This resource-rich book includes a CD with supplemental activities, challenges, facilitated workshops, templates, tables, and questionnaires--tools designed to ease each participant's path to project success.
Data Science for Business and Decision Making by
Data Science for Business and Decision Making covers both statistics and operations research while most competing textbooks focus on one or the other. As a result, the book more clearly defines the principles of business analytics for those who want to apply quantitative methods in their work. Its emphasis reflects the importance of regression, optimization and simulation for practitioners of business analytics. Each chapter uses a didactic format that is followed by exercises and answers. Freely-accessible datasets enable students and professionals to work with Excel, Stata Statistical Software®, and IBM SPSS Statistics Software®.
Decision-Making for New Product Development in Small Businesses by
What goes on in a small firm that lives or dies by its capacity to innovate? How are decisions made on new product development, and how does that feed into the ecological, social and financial sustainability of the firm? This book answers the questions through an in-depth look at a small business that manufactures high-end carpet yarn. Using advanced analytical techniques to interrogate rich qualitative data, the book draws together established theories of decision-making and new product development, coupled with thinking about business sustainability to improve our understanding of this important area of business practice. The book further reinforces the importance and role of organizational learning in organizational decision-making, based on novel analysis of empirically developed qualitative data.
Decision-Making Management by
Decision-Making Management: A Tutorial and Applications provides practical guidance for researchers seeking to optimizing business-critical decisions employing Logical Decision Trees thus saving time and money. The book focuses on decision-making and resource allocation across and between the manufacturing, product design and logistical functions. It demonstrates key results for each sector with diverse real-world case studies drawn primarily from EU projects. Theory is accompanied by relevant analysis techniques, with a progressional approach building from simple theory to complex and dynamic decisions with multiple data points, including big data and lot of data. Binary Decision Diagrams are presented as the operating approach for evaluating large Logical Decision Trees, helping readers identify Boolean equations for quantitative analysis of multifaceted problem sets. Computational techniques, dynamic analysis, probabilistic methods, and mathematical optimization techniques are expertly blended to support analysis of multi-criteria decision-making problems with defined constraints and requirements. The final objective is to optimize dynamic decisions with original approaches employing useful tools, including Big Data analysis. Extensive annexes provide useful supplementary information for readers to follow methods contained in the book.
Decision Making and Business Performance by
How and to what extent do decisions affect business performance? Despite years of study by academic researchers and industry practitioners, there still remains a need to draw a clear and established connection between decision making and performance. By closely examining consequential business decisions made by key executives, this book offers a better understanding of business performance and recommendations for improved business practices.Through the use of case studies and interviews with business leaders based on 17 theorized measures of performance, this breakthrough study not only clarifies the impact of decisions on business performance, but also defines and distinguishes decisions that lead to successful and unsuccessful performance. Recommendations are made to optimize decision making for businesses of all sizes and projections about the future of decision making and performance are provided. This book can be used both as a reference source for academic researchers and students seeking further research on the subject, and as a practical guide for leaders and business professionals seeking advancement and better decision making within the industry.
Global Business Ethics: Responsible decision making in an international context. by
Corporate social responsibility, sustainability and acting ethically are all accepted business aims, but their meaning and implementation in a global context is far less clear-cut. Global Business Ethics cuts through the confusion to provide a coherent basis for ethical decision-making within the complications of the international business landscape. Underpinned by theory and including worked-through examples of ethical dilemmas and their solutions, this textbook will guide the reader beyond theory to real-world business decisions. Practical tools such as decision trees and suggested principles to apply in dilemma situations give readers the skills and confidence to tackle the ethical challenges they face. Global Business Ethics offers a unique working code of ethics provided as a model with guidance to readers for adaptation and implementation. Case studies include: Walmart, Hershey's, Citibank, Ford, Nike, Johnson & Johnson, Harley-Davidson, The Body Shop and Procter and Gamble. A chapter on the legal aspects of ethics provides guidance on the complex relationship between law and ethics in international business. The final part takes an in-depth look at the practical application of ethics in business life. Covering all the major theories of ethics, including an examination of the role of quantification of ethics, Global Business Ethics demonstrates how their principles can be applied to inform better business decisions. Online supporting resources for this book include instructor's manual, lecture slides and appendices.
Growth dynamics in new markets : improving decision making through simulation model-based management by
An innovative simulation-based approach for strategic decision making when launching new products Growth Dynamics in New Markets contains a dynamic case study and simulations that reveal what it takes to successfully introduce a product into a new market. Written by experts in the field, the text and companion website include a compelling simulation game and a variety of simulation models. Using the simulation game and computer models, readers are challenged to design and put in place a strategy about product introduction and competitive behavior. The simulation models build on each other to help to arrive at a comprehensive understanding of product uptake as well as market development and competitive dynamics. The authors present different approaches for enhancing the models and offer guidance for applying them to real-world problems. This groundbreaking text clearly shows how to develop maps of dynamic systems, formulate candidate policies and evaluate them based on the simulations. It also reveals how to use computer simulations to understand what decisions could and should be made, when to make them and how intensive they should be. The authors present an interactive approach that: Contains an innovative combination of a case study, simulation game and simulation models for developing the skills to introduce a product to the marketplace Offers targeted questions that help to enhance the understanding of the material presented Presents detailed answers and solutions to a number or real-world business challenges Features video tutorials that explain how the simulation experiments are implemented and interpreted Aids in the development an action-oriented, pragmatic understanding of the underlying forces in business Designed for students of business administration, management, industrial engineering, informatics, engineering, and public policy, Growth Dynamics in New Markets offers an innovative approach that combines the practice of dynamic reasoning and the use of simulation to design and test possible policies.
Improving Business Process Performance by
The managerial practices that successfully drove industry for decades have become insufficient to support thenbsp;rapidly changing business landscape. Companies around the worldnbsp;are being challenged to improve performance, reshape operations, and adapt swiftly to new opportunities. Withnbsp;an abundance of improvement methodologies and frameworksnbsp;like BPM, BPI,nbsp;Six Sigma, and Lean,nbsp;many question where to begin. Improving Business Process Performance: Gain Agility, Create Value, and Achieve Success surveys and integrates the quantitative improvement approaches currently gaining momentum--including Goal Driven Measurements (GQM), Business Process Management (BPM), Lean Methodology, and the Balanced Score Card--to show you exactly where to begin. The author details a methodology for building a measurements framework that will helpnbsp;you monitor events, and also provides anbsp;feedback loop fornbsp;analysis, goal, and strategy adjustments. Thisnbsp;framework cannbsp;be customized and linked to your company's overall strategy tonbsp;supplynbsp;critical feedback on your improvement efforts.
New horizons in standardized work : techniques for manufacturing and business process improvement by
Enabling management to verify that processes are being performed correctly and in an efficient manner, standardized work provides limitless opportunities for process improvements. So much so, that it has become a vital component of improvement efforts in Lean enterprise systems. New Horizons in Standardized Work: Techniques for Manufacturing and Business Process Improvement is an all-inclusive guide to applying standardized work principles to virtually any business in any industry. It facilitates a fundamental understanding of standardized work principles and the logic behind their development, so readers can successfully extend and adapt them to their own work situation. It also: Supplies an accessible introduction to standardized work, from a cyclic perspective Explains how to instill and maintain quality in work processes right from the get go Provides the foundational basis required to apply standardized work concepts to a wide range of work situations Includes several appendices with helpful tips and problem-solving tools In a step-by-step format, this book discusses the relationship of the work period and the takt time, as well as the importance of the three main worker interface levels in job design. It includes an array of examples that demonstrate how the concepts discussed can be applied across a range of industries--including health care, construction, business processes, and food services.
The Power of Business Process Improvement by
Are you baffled by how your department can keep making the same mistakes? Do you feel you have been climbing an unending, uphill battle trying to focus your employees' limited time on more valuable work? You're not alone! In fact, these obstacles are so common in business that the solution to getting past them even has a name--business process improvement (BPI).Thankfully, though, you don't have to be a BPI expert in order to resolve these situations and find the results your business needs to find success again. Written by an experienced process analyst, The Power of Business Process Improvement is the resource you need to find a simple, bottom-line approach to process improvement work. By implementing its proven 10-step method, you will be able to:* Eliminate duplication and bureaucracy* Control costs* Establish internal controls to reduce human error* Test and rework the process before introducing it* Implement the changesWhether you are new to BPI or a seasoned pro, this user-friendly how-to guide--complete with software suggestions, quizzes, a comparison of industry improvement methods, and examples to help you apply the ideas--is your solution to turning your business into the well-oiled machine you know it can be.
Rethinking strategy : how to anticipate the future, slow down change and improve decision making by
Seize opportunity from uncertainty What if you could use strategy to turn market volatility to your competitive advantage? Rethinking Strategy shows you how to anticipate and benefit from emerging market shifts and free your organisation from a cycle of disruption and response. In this ground-breaking book, author and strategist Steve Tighe helps you use scenarios to envisage what your industry and organisation could look like in the future and prepare for what's to come. Through detailed case studies and practical tools, this guide reveals how to make strategy development your organisation's principal creative and learning activity. anticipate impending market shifts before they emerge slow down change by making the future familiar unlock the entrepreneurial talent that lies within your organisation mobilise an army of internal advocates to drive strategy execution embed foresight into your planning and innovation processes Have you ever wondered how some companies seem to always be ahead of the curve while others struggle to keep up in today's ever-changing competitive environment? With Rethinking Strategy, you'll learn how to make better decisions and thrive alongside increasing competition and uncertainty.
Strategic Decision Making by
Making strategic decisions is a fundamental skill for leaders and managers. However, in a business environment that is in a constant state of change, making strategic decisions has never been more difficult. Strategic Decision Making addresses this challenge by providing a framework that can be used to make sound decisions in an uncertain world. Structured around the core concepts of framing, experimenting and scaling, this book will ensure that efforts are focused where the need is greatest, that interventions are tested, evaluated and revised if necessary and that successful initiatives are effectively rolled out across the business. Packed with real world examples and backed up by academic research, Strategic Decision Making will allow today's leaders and the leaders of tomorrow to make successful and defensible business choices. It shows how to: avoid decision-making bias, overcome organizational inertia, manage the difficulties of rigid organizational structures and avoid being side tracked by outdated or irrelevant experience. Essential reading for business practitioners and management students alike, this comprehensive guide provides a robust approach to achieving strategic success.
Strategy and Business Process Management by
This book prepares readers to master an IT and managerial discipline quickly gaining momentum in organizations of all sizes - Business Process Management (BPM). It describes how BPM treats processes as a portfolio of strategic assets that create and deliver customer and shareholder value and adapt, when necessary, enabling competitive advantage through consistent performance. Strategy and Business Process Management: Techniques for Improving Execution, Adaptability, and Consistencynbsp;defines the planning framework and managerial mindset necessary to craft and drive highly effective business process improvement projects and continuous improvement programs. Readers will learn specific techniques used by industry leaders to formulate and execute business strategy that adapts organizational behavior, business processes, and information technology as a dynamic system designed to assure consistent performance and achievement, even when challenged with unexpected changes or opportunities.
Quality and Business Process Improvement
Welcome to Quality and Business Process Improvement Course. This course will develop your understanding and appreciation of quality and its significance in management decision making. You will undergo familiarization of the different philosophies, principles, and different quality improvement tools for future development of quality policy in the delivery of goods and services with the end view of achieving customer satisfaction. The emphasis of the course will be learning the different methods of implementing quality improvements. After this course, you will look at the value of quality as a process not just an end result.
Decision Analysis for Managers: a Guide for Making Better Personal and Business Decisions by
Everybody has to make decisions-they are unavoidable. However, we receive little or no education or training on how to make decisions. Business decisions are difficult: which people to hire, which product lines or facilities to expand, which proposal to accept, how much R&D to invest in, which environmental projects are high priority, etc. Personal decisions (college, getting married, changing jobs, buying a house, retiring, dealing with a health problem) can be even more difficult. This book gives you the tools you need to#65533;Clarify and reach alignment on goals and objectives; Understand trade-offs associated with reaching those objectives; Develop and examine alternatives; Systematically analyze the effects of risk and uncertainty, and; Maximize the chances of achieving your goals. Success (getting what you want) depends on luck and good decision-making. You can't control your luck, but you can maximize your odds by making the best possible decisions, and this book gets you there. The author organizes and presents otherwise formal decision-making tools in an intuitively understandable fashion. The presentation is informal, but the concepts and tools are research-based and formally accepted. Whether you are a business owner, a manager or team leader, or a senior professional, these tools will help both your personal and your business life.
Discrete-Event Simulation and System Dynamics for Management Decision Making by
In recent years, there has been a growing debate, particularly in the UK and Europe, over the merits of using discrete-event simulation (DES) and system dynamics (SD); there are now instances where both methodologies were employed on the same problem. This book details each method, comparing each in terms of both theory and their application to various problem situations. It also provides a seamless treatment of various topics--theory, philosophy, detailed mechanics, practical implementation--providing a systematic treatment of the methodologies of DES and SD, which previously have been treated separately.
New Horizons in Standardized Work by
Enabling management to verify that processes are being performed correctly and in an efficient manner, standardized work provides limitless opportunities for process improvements. So much so, that it has become a vital component of improvement efforts in Lean enterprise systems. New Horizons in Standardized Work: Techniques for Manufacturing and Business Process Improvement is an all-inclusive guide to applying standardized work principles to virtually any business in any industry. It facilitates a fundamental understanding of standardized work principles and the logic behind their development, so readers can successfully extend and adapt them to their own work situation. It also: Supplies an accessible introduction to standardized work, from a cyclic perspective Explains how to instill and maintain quality in work processes right from the get go Provides the foundational basis required to apply standardized work concepts to a wide range of work situations Includes several appendices with helpful tips and problem-solving tools In a step-by-step format, this book discusses the relationship of the work period and the takt time, as well as the importance of the three main worker interface levels in job design. It includes an array of examples that demonstrate how the concepts discussed can be applied across a range of industries--including health care, construction, business processes, and food services.
The Power of Business Process Improvement by
Are you baffled by how your department can keep making the same mistakes? Do you feel you have been climbing an unending, uphill battle trying to focus your employees' limited time on more valuable work? You're not alone! In fact, these obstacles are so common in business that the solution to getting past them even has a name--business process improvement (BPI).Thankfully, though, you don't have to be a BPI expert in order to resolve these situations and find the results your business needs to find success again. Written by an experienced process analyst, The Power of Business Process Improvement is the resource you need to find a simple, bottom-line approach to process improvement work. By implementing its proven 10-step method, you will be able to:* Eliminate duplication and bureaucracy* Control costs* Establish internal controls to reduce human error* Test and rework the process before introducing it* Implement the changesWhether you are new to BPI or a seasoned pro, this user-friendly how-to guide--complete with software suggestions, quizzes, a comparison of industry improvement methods, and examples to help you apply the ideas--is your solution to turning your business into the well-oiled machine you know it can be.
Rethinking strategy : how to anticipate the future, slow down change and improve decision making by
Seize opportunity from uncertainty What if you could use strategy to turn market volatility to your competitive advantage? Rethinking Strategy shows you how to anticipate and benefit from emerging market shifts and free your organisation from a cycle of disruption and response. In this ground-breaking book, author and strategist Steve Tighe helps you use scenarios to envisage what your industry and organisation could look like in the future and prepare for what's to come. Through detailed case studies and practical tools, this guide reveals how to make strategy development your organisation's principal creative and learning activity. anticipate impending market shifts before they emerge slow down change by making the future familiar unlock the entrepreneurial talent that lies within your organisation mobilise an army of internal advocates to drive strategy execution embed foresight into your planning and innovation processes Have you ever wondered how some companies seem to always be ahead of the curve while others struggle to keep up in today's ever-changing competitive environment? With Rethinking Strategy, you'll learn how to make better decisions and thrive alongside increasing competition and uncertainty.
Sentient Enterprise The Evolution of Business Decision-making. by
Mohan and Oliver have been very fortunate to have intimate views into the data challenges that face the largest organizations and institutions across every possible industry--and what they have been hearing about for some time is how the business needs to use data and analytics to their advantage. They continually hear the same issues, such as: We're spending valuable meeting time wondering why everyone's data doesn't match up. We can't leverage our economies of scale while remaining agile with data. We need self-serve apps that let the enterprise experiment with data and accelerate the development process. We need to get on a more predictive curve to ensure long-term success. To really address the data concerns of today's enterprise, they wanted to find a way to help enterprises achieve the success they seek. Not as a prescriptive process--but a methodology to become agile and leverage data and analytics to drive a competitive advantage. You know, it's amazing what can happen when two people with very different perspectives get together to solve a big problem. This evolutionary guide resulted from the a-ha moment between these two influencers at the top of their fields--one, an academic researcher and consultant, and the other, a longtime analytics practitioner and chief product officer at Teradata. Together, they created a powerful framework every type of business can use to connect analytic power, business practices, and human dynamics in ways that can transform what is currently possible.
Strategy and Business Process Management by
This book prepares readers to master an IT and managerial discipline quickly gaining momentum in organizations of all sizes - Business Process Management (BPM). It describes how BPM treats processes as a portfolio of strategic assets that create and deliver customer and shareholder value and adapt, when necessary, enabling competitive advantage through consistent performance. Strategy and Business Process Management: Techniques for Improving Execution, Adaptability, and Consistencynbsp;defines the planning framework and managerial mindset necessary to craft and drive highly effective business process improvement projects and continuous improvement programs. Readers will learn specific techniques used by industry leaders to formulate and execute business strategy that adapts organizational behavior, business processes, and information technology as a dynamic system designed to assure consistent performance and achievement, even when challenged with unexpected changes or opportunities.
Structured decision making by
This book outlines the creative process of making environmental management decisions using the approach called Structured Decision Making. It is a short introductory guide to this popular form of decision making and is aimed at environmental managers and scientists. This is a distinctly pragmatic label given to ways for helping individuals and groups think through tough multidimensional choices characterized by uncertain science, diverse stakeholders, and difficult tradeoffs. This is the everyday reality of environmental management, yet many important decisions currently are made on an ad hoc basis that lacks a solid value-based foundation, ignores key information, and results in selection of an inferior alternative. Making progress - in a way that is rigorous, inclusive, defensible and transparent - requires combining analytical methods drawn from the decision sciences and applied ecology with deliberative insights from cognitive psychology, facilitation and negotiation. The authors review key methods and discuss case-study examples based in their experiences in communities, boardrooms, and stakeholder meetings. The goal of this book is to lay out a compelling guide that will change how you think about making environmental decisions. Visit www.wiley.com/go/gregory/sdm to access the figures and tables from the book.
Fundamentals of Business Process Outsourcing 101
The course will provide students with an overview of the outsourcing industry, including the rationale for outsourcing, critical factors which affect different outsourcing industries, and the processes involved in engaging in, operating and maintaining an outsourced service. The course will enable students to recognize areas of opportunities in outsourcing, as well as to analyze and assess how changes in technology, regulation and business environments may affect current industries. Lastly, they will be exposed to the different processes critical to maintaining outsourcing engagements, such as maintaining client relationships in the context of a service culture, and the effective management of costs and resources.
Business Process Management by
This book introduces students to business process management, an approach that aims to align the organization's business processes with the demands of the marketplace. Processes serve as a coordination mechanism, and the aim of business process management is to improve the organization's effectiveness and efficiency in adapting to change, and maintaining competitive advantage. In Business Process Management, Kumar argues for the value of looking at businesses as a collection of processes that cut across departments, and for breaking down functional silos. The book provides an overview of the basic concepts in this field before moving on to more advanced topics such as process verification, flexible processes, process security and evaluation, resource assignment, and social networks. One chapter of the book is also devoted to process analytics. The book concludes with an examination of the future directions of the discipline. Blending a strong grounding in current research with a focus on concepts and tools, Business Process Management is an accessible textbook full of practical examples and cases that will appeal to upper level students.
Business Process Management by
Business Process Management, a huge bestseller, has helped thousands of leaders and BPM practitioners successfully implement BPM projects, enabling them to add measurable value to their organizations. The book's runaway success can be attributed partly to its overview of all major useful frameworks (such as LEAN and Six Sigma) without over-investment in one over another, and a unique emphasis on BPM's interrelationship with organizational management, culture and leadership. Its common-sense approach teaches how BPM must be well-integrated across an entire business if it's to be successful: augmented and aligned with other management disciplines. This highly anticipated fourth edition brings Jeston's practicable frameworks and solutions up to date with the latest developments in BPM, including the robotics process automation, digital strategies and the changes necessary as a result of the impact of the quad generations in the workforce. This thoroughly revised and updated new edition includes: Enhanced BPM House noting the importance of traceability from strategy to execution activities New and revised case studies An analysis of the risks and benefits of robotic automation and cognitive computing. The book highlights that millennials will be 50% of the global workforce in 2020 and 67% by 2025--Jeston warns managers to ignore them at your peril. Business processes and the way work is performed must evolve! This book will prove to be an indispensable guide to any senior business executive or chief financial officer while providing practical BPM examples to undergraduate and postgraduate students alike.
Globalization, Outsourcing and Labour Development in ASEAN by
Due to technical advances in production and communication technology, outsourcing - contracting out production of intermediate materials and services - has affected the economic growth of the ASEAN region. This new book fills an important gap in the literature looking at the impact outsourcing has on labour markets, its subtle effects on regional economies and policy implications. Shandre Thangavelu and Aekapol Chongvilaivan investigate various impacts of outsourcing on labour markets, such as its effects on labour productivity, skill upgrading, human capital, and training, in ASEAN economies with a focus on the experience of the two ASEAN countries as a global hub of outsourcing: Singapore and Thailand. This book approaches these research inquiries by developing several econometric models, including primal production functions and dual cost functions, among others. The empirical evidence this book reveals provides interesting insights into and implications on labour and industry development.
Globalization and transnational surrogacy in India : outsourcing life by
From computer support and hotel reservations to laboratory results and radiographic interpretations, it seems everything can be 'outsourced' in our globalized world. One would not think so with parenthood, however, especially motherhood, as it is a fundamental activity humans have historically preserved as personal and private. In our modern age, however, the advent and accessibility of assisted reproductive technologies (ARTs) and the ease with which they have traversed global borders, has fundamentally altered the meaning of childbearing and parenting. In the twenty-first century, parenthood is no longer achieved only through gestation, adoption, or traditional surrogacy, but also via assisted reproductive technologies (ARTs), where science and technology play lead roles. Furthermore, in a globalized world economy, where the movement and transfer of people and commodities are increasing to serve the interests of capitalism, gamete donation and surrogate birth can traverse innumerable geographic, socio-economic, racialized, and political borderlands. Thus, reproduction itself can be outsourced. This edited volume explores one specific aspect of the new assisted reproductive technologies: gestational surrogacy and how its practice is changing the traditional concept of parenthood across the globe. The phenomenon of transnational surrogacy has given rise to a thriving international industry where money is being 'legally' exchanged for babies and 'reproductive labor' has taken on a lucrative commercial tone. Yet, law, research, and activism are barely aware of this experience and are still playing catch-up with rapidly changing on-the-ground realities. This interdisciplinary collection of essays assuages the dearth of knowledge and addresses significant issues in transnational commercial gestational surrogacy as it takes shape in a peculiar relation between the West (primarily the United States) and India.
Global Outsourcing and Offshoring by
Companies are increasingly asking which of their value chain activities are best performed within their own company and which may be outsourced. In addition, they are also considering which pieces of their value chain may be better performed abroad. These interrelated decisions concerning outsourcing and offshoring have not only changed entire industries, they have also transformed the lives of people across the world. Hundreds of millions of jobs in emerging nations have been the direct result of outsourcing and offshoring decisions. At the same time, many people in the developed world have lost their jobs because a company has been able to find a cheaper alternative. Featuring contributions from scholars in eleven different countries, this book was the first to examine the theory and practice of outsourcing and offshoring simultaneously. It includes studies of a variety of different industries, including pharmaceuticals, automobiles, medical records, appliances, human resource management and telecommunications.
Global Sourcing of Services: Strategies, Issues and Challenges by
There are three stages to outsourcing: The first occurred at the dawn of industrial era in the 19th century, where mass production for consumption by many, became the norm and simple domestic means could not meet such demands. With the cost of labor soaring in developed countries, manufacturing of products started moving to countries like China to take advantage of labor arbitrage in the 1900s. This is the second stage of outsourcing. This book addresses issues and challenges in the third stage of outsourcing whose focus is on movement of services at electronic speed, utilizing the Internet platform.The book includes short essay questions, multiple choice questions, mini-cases at the end of most chapters and glossary of terms. It can also serve as a good reference book for practitioners.
Managing Risk and Security in Outsourcing IT Services by
With cloud computing quickly becoming a standard in today's IT environments, many security experts are raising concerns regarding security and privacy in outsourced cloud environments--requiring a change in how we evaluate risk and protect information, processes, and people. Managing Risk and Security in Outsourcing IT Services: Onshore, Offshore and the Cloud explains how to address the security risks that can arise from outsourcing or adopting cloud technology. Providing you with an understanding of the fundamentals, it supplies authoritative guidance and examples on how to tailor the right risk approach for your organization. Covering onshore, offshore, and cloud services, it provides concrete examples and illustrative case studies that describe the specifics of what to do and what not to do across a variety of implementation scenarios. This book will be especially helpful to managers challenged with an outsourcing situation--whether preparing for it, living it day to day, or being tasked to safely bring back information systems to the organization. Many factors can play into the success or failure of an outsourcing initiative. This book not only provides the technical background required, but also the practical information about outsourcing and its mechanics. By describing and analyzing outsourcing industry processes and technologies, along with their security and privacy impacts, this book provides the fundamental understanding and guidance you need to keep your information, processes, and people secure when IT services are outsourced.
The Outsourcer by
A history of how India became a major player in the global technology industry, mapping technological, economic, and political transformations. The rise of the Indian information technology industry is a remarkable economic success story. Software and services exports from India amounted to less than $100 million in 1990, and today come close to $100 billion. But, as Dinesh Sharma explains in The Outsourcer, Indian IT's success has a long prehistory; it did not begin with software support, or with American firms' eager recruitment of cheap and plentiful programming labor, or with India's economic liberalization of the 1990s. The foundations of India's IT revolution were laid long ago, even before the country's independence from British rule in 1947, as leading Indian scientists established research institutes that became centers for the development of computer science and technology. The "miracle" of Indian IT is actually a story about the long work of converting skills and knowledge into capital and wealth. With The Outsourcer, Sharma offers the first comprehensive history of the forces that drove India's IT success. Sharma describes India's early development of computer technology, part of the country's efforts to achieve national self-sufficiency, and shows that excessive state control stifled IT industry growth before economic policy changed in 1991. He traces the rise and fall (and return) of IBM in India and the emergence of pioneering indigenous hardware and software firms. He describes the satellite communication links and state-sponsored, tax-free technology parks that made software-related outsourcing by foreign firms viable, and the tsunami of outsourcing operations at the beginning of the new millennium. It is the convergence of many factors, from the tradition of technical education to the rise of entrepreneurship to advances in communication technology, that have made the spectacular growth of India's IT industry possible.
Outsourcing by
This essential volume discusses the impact of outsourcing on business, the U.S., and global economy as well as U.S. government regulation. The viewpoints are selected from a wide range of highly respected sources and publications. By choosing from such diverse sources and including both popular and unpopular views, readers are exposed to many sides of a debate, which promotes issue awareness as well as critical thinking.
Outsourcing and offshoring : critical perspective on business and management by
The expansion of outsourcing and offshoring activities, and the emergence of new sourcing models, have profoundly challenged existing management concepts and practices. Consequently, it has become increasingly important to understand the phenomenon and its implications for business and management. The study of outsourcing and offshoring continues rapidly to develop but, in the last decade especially, several areas have emerged as crucial to the comprehension of offshoring and outsourcing. First, researchers have attempted to understand the strategic intent behind outsourcing and offshoring and the determinants in such decisions. Second, numerous studies have examined the risk and success factors. Third, research has taken a keen interest in exploring capabilities, knowledge, and culture in outsourcing and offshoring. Finally, more recent studies have focused on advancements in the practice of outsourcing and offshoring following the introduction of cloud computing. By addressing these four areas in particular, along with other critical questions, this new four-volume collection from Routledge brings together a vast body of knowledge on outsourcing and offshoring. Fully indexed and including a new introduction by the editor, it is an essential research resource.
Outsourcing economics : global value chains in capitalist development by
Outsourcing Economics has a double meaning. First, it is a book about the economics of outsourcing. Second, it examines the way that economists have understood globalization as a pure market phenomenon, and as a result have 'outsourced' the explanation of world economic forces to other disciplines. Markets are embedded in a set of institutions - labor, government, corporate, civil society, and household - that mold the power asymmetries that influence the distribution of the gains from globalization. In this book, William Milberg and Deborah Winkler propose an institutional theory of trade and development starting with the growth of global value chains - international networks of production that have restructured the global economy and its governance over the past twenty-five years. They find that offshoring leads to greater economic insecurity in industrialized countries that lack institutions supporting workers. They also find that offshoring allows firms to reduce domestic investment and focus on finance and short-run stock movements.
Outsourcing Technology by
Here, acclaimed technology author and speaker Robin Hastings brings both her own experience as a library's IT manager with outsourcing technical functions--including email and network backups as well as basic hardware maintenance--and that of others in her network of library techies to round out the book to help libraries of all types and sizes save money and expand services. Outsourced functions covered here range from using an outside firm to assist in creating a new library website to outsourcing basic computer maintenance and network administration. Outsourcing Technology: A Practical Guide for Librarians has something for every size and type of library: -Libraries with no IT people at all will learn how to create and manage an IT department made up of outside contractors and providers; -Libraries with small IT departments will learn how to supplement their existing skills and offload staff-intensive but non-essential functions to outsourced providers in order to focus on mission critical functions in-house; and, -Libraries with large IT departments will learn how to use consultants and vendors to get the most bang for their technology bucks. The care and maintenance of technology is a specialized field requiring a diverse set of skills to perform properly. Many libraries find it difficult to attract skilled people because of a lack of personnel budgets, because of a location that is rural enough to have a limited applicant pool, or because the library lacks enough technological savvy to make effective hiring decisions. Regardless of the reason for the lack of technological skill in a library's staff, there are ways to outsource major technological functions of the library so that even very small libraries can have the same access to technology as the big libraries - and big libraries can manage huge technological projects with the same resources and skills as multinational companies. Outsourcing Technology: A Practical Guide for Librarians will provide the information and guidance needed for both the smallest libraries to embrace technology and the largest libraries to get the most from their technology investments with tips and tricks for libraries of size between as well. Checklists and forms make this both a great source of information as well as a hands-on tool
Outsourcing the Law by
Not only can services such as cleaning and catering be outsourced, but also governmental tasks such as making, applying and enforcing the law. Outsourcing the law is usually recommended for its cost-efficiency, flexibility, higher rates of compliance and its promise of deregulation. However, lawmaking is not the same as cleaning and rules are more than just tools to achieve aims.Outsourcing the law brings about profound changes in the way power is distributed. In this timely book, Pauline Westerman analyses this outsourcing from a philosophical perspective. Outsourcing the Law analyses the particular types of rules to which outsourcing gives rise (performance-indicators), as well as the techniques that are used (benchmarking, auditing) and identifies the key implications of these shifts for democracy, the Rule of Law, judicial decision-making and even for how legal research is carried out.The analyses in this book will be a valuable read for legal academics and professionals, students of law and all those with a keen interest in the relationship between law and regulation.
Web-Based and Traditional Outsourcing by
In today's increasingly competitive business environment, organizations must be able to adapt to the ever-changing business landscape where traditional business concepts no longer ensure success. The future will be driven by value and competing ideas--creating an environment where old alignments and equations will be replaced by a global network of projects and brand equity can evaporate quickly. Scale business relationships or perish is becoming the new mantra. Written by a team of authors from the world's largest software outsourcer, Web-Based and Traditional Outsourcingexplains how to leverage the Web to effectively manage and deploy people, resources, and competencies--regardless of their location. It introduces ground-breaking business models and frameworks that add significant value to outsourcing. This cutting-edge reference: Integrates sourcing, acquisition, payment, and sales into a single end-to-end solution Addresses outsourced project management, as well as the offer and acceptance of technology services Details how to reduce costs and improve delivery times in software projects through reuse Explains risk sharing, co-ownership, win-win business approaches, and equity-based contracts Examining emerging trends and the future of outsourcing, the text provides authoritative insights into what are becoming the new ways of doing business. The authors supply the enterprise-wide vision of corporate capabilities needed to address contemporary outsourcing issues and include helpful tools for evaluating offshore vendors and determining the best location for your infrastructure needs.
Fundamentals of Business Process Outsourcing 101
The course will provide students with an overview of the outsourcing industry, including the rationale for outsourcing, critical factors which affect different outsourcing industries, and the processes involved in engaging in, operating and maintaining an outsourced service. The course will enable students to recognize areas of opportunities in outsourcing, as well as to analyze and assess how changes in technology, regulation and business environments may affect current industries. Lastly, they will be exposed to the different processes critical to maintaining outsourcing engagements, such as maintaining client relationships in the context of a service culture, and the effective management of costs and resources.
The Black Book of Outsourcing by
Revised for 2009 and beyond, The Black Book of Outsourcing is a comprehensive guide and directory for the evolving field of outsourcing, including expert advice on how to operate an outsourcing program. Valuable governance checklists, offshoring insights, best practices and one-of-kind resources are featured in this bible of the outsourcing industry. First published in 2005, this topical, bestselling manual explores the evolution of both outsourcing buyers and suppliers. Outsourcing and research gurus Douglas Brown and Scott Wilson chart a course of advice for business leaders charged with managing sourcing initiatives, present a wealth of opportunities for job seekers, and offer insights for entrepreneurial thinkers and investors worldwide
Business Process Outsourcing by
Business Process Outsourcing (BPO) is becoming the new revolution as company's of all sizes are seeking to take advantage of this source of competitive advantage. This book provides a step-by-step approach to understanding the application of Business Process Outsourcing, assessing the BPO opportunity in the company, and then managing the transition to BPO. It serves as a guide to implementing BPO and as a reference source to solving the variety of issues that may arise during a BPO initiative. Each chapter features a case study, insight from a practitioner, focus on how BPO affects people, and ethical considerations. * Discusses both the how and why of business process outsourcing with a straightforward "how to" approach. * Provides managers with the tools to analyse the BPO opportunities for their own firms, as well as techniques and strategies for managing a BPO initiative. * Empowers businesses of all sizes to take advantage of this all-encompassing business revolution.
Essentials of Business Process Outsourcing by
This book will provide the fundamentals of business process outsourcing for the busy executive who needs to get up to speed. It will have such features as checklists, tips and techniques, and case studies. * Written in a user friendly style that allows senior level financial executives to get a solid foundation of what business process outsourcing is and how it can benefit their companies. * Provides managers with the tools to analyse the BPO opportunities for their own firms, as well as techniques and strategies for managing a BPO initiative. * Shows managers how a BPO strategy can save the company money and create jobs domestically. * Both authors are consultants and advisers to industry-leading companies and frequent speakers at business forums and conferences.
Globalization and transnational surrogacy in India : outsourcing life by
From computer support and hotel reservations to laboratory results and radiographic interpretations, it seems everything can be 'outsourced' in our globalized world. One would not think so with parenthood, however, especially motherhood, as it is a fundamental activity humans have historically preserved as personal and private. In our modern age, however, the advent and accessibility of assisted reproductive technologies (ARTs) and the ease with which they have traversed global borders, has fundamentally altered the meaning of childbearing and parenting. In the twenty-first century, parenthood is no longer achieved only through gestation, adoption, or traditional surrogacy, but also via assisted reproductive technologies (ARTs), where science and technology play lead roles. Furthermore, in a globalized world economy, where the movement and transfer of people and commodities are increasing to serve the interests of capitalism, gamete donation and surrogate birth can traverse innumerable geographic, socio-economic, racialized, and political borderlands. Thus, reproduction itself can be outsourced. This edited volume explores one specific aspect of the new assisted reproductive technologies: gestational surrogacy and how its practice is changing the traditional concept of parenthood across the globe. The phenomenon of transnational surrogacy has given rise to a thriving international industry where money is being 'legally' exchanged for babies and 'reproductive labor' has taken on a lucrative commercial tone. Yet, law, research, and activism are barely aware of this experience and are still playing catch-up with rapidly changing on-the-ground realities. This interdisciplinary collection of essays assuages the dearth of knowledge and addresses significant issues in transnational commercial gestational surrogacy as it takes shape in a peculiar relation between the West (primarily the United States) and India.
Global outsourcing and offshoring : an integrated approach to theory and corporate strategy by
Companies are increasingly asking which of their value chain activities are best performed within their own company and which may be outsourced. In addition, they are also considering which pieces of their value chain may be better performed abroad. These interrelated decisions concerning outsourcing and offshoring have not only changed entire industries, they have also transformed the lives of people across the world. Hundreds of millions of jobs in emerging nations have been the direct result of outsourcing and offshoring decisions. At the same time, many people in the developed world have lost their jobs because a company has been able to find a cheaper alternative. Featuring contributions from scholars in eleven different countries, this book was the first to examine the theory and practice of outsourcing and offshoring simultaneously. It includes studies of a variety of different industries, including pharmaceuticals, automobiles, medical records, appliances, human resource management and telecommunications.
The Handbook of Field Marketing: : a complete guide to understanding and outsourcing face-to-face direct marketing by
If you are involved in field marketing, this is the book for you. Whether you are working within a company and seeking to employ a field marketing agency, or you work for such an agency and want to ensure best practice, The Handbook of Field Marketing is the essential handbook for success. Crammed with self study questions, case studies, and proven advice for success, this book offers a blueprint for best practice, enabling you to undertake robust, rigorous and meaningful brand research. The Handbook of Field Marketing reveals the best techniques to ensure profitable brand maximization for your company's products (or those of the client company), whether measured by brand visibility, product availability, positioning, performance against competitors or overall sales performance.
Multinational companies : outsourcing, conduct, and taxes by
Despite an extensive literature on the determinants of the foreign location choices by multinational companies, researchers have only recently begun to systematically examine how these companies form their location consideration sets. When considering new foreign locations, do firms evaluate the attributes of the alternatives at the national level, the sub-national regional level, at some other level of geographical aggregation, or using some combination of these? This book employs discrete choice models to examine how U.S. multinational companies form their location consideration sets and to identify some of the relevant location attributes. The results indicate that U.S. firms tend to employ a sequential, or hierarchical, decision-making process in which a host country is first chosen based on one set of attributes and then a region within that country is chosen, based on another set of attributes. The relevant location attributes discussed in this book include industrial agglomeration and labor market conditions.
The Outsourcer by
A history of how India became a major player in the global technology industry, mapping technological, economic, and political transformations. The rise of the Indian information technology industry is a remarkable economic success story. Software and services exports from India amounted to less than $100 million in 1990, and today come close to $100 billion. But, as Dinesh Sharma explains in The Outsourcer, Indian IT's success has a long prehistory; it did not begin with software support, or with American firms' eager recruitment of cheap and plentiful programming labor, or with India's economic liberalization of the 1990s. The foundations of India's IT revolution were laid long ago, even before the country's independence from British rule in 1947, as leading Indian scientists established research institutes that became centers for the development of computer science and technology. The "miracle" of Indian IT is actually a story about the long work of converting skills and knowledge into capital and wealth. With The Outsourcer, Sharma offers the first comprehensive history of the forces that drove India's IT success. Sharma describes India's early development of computer technology, part of the country's efforts to achieve national self-sufficiency, and shows that excessive state control stifled IT industry growth before economic policy changed in 1991. He traces the rise and fall (and return) of IBM in India and the emergence of pioneering indigenous hardware and software firms. He describes the satellite communication links and state-sponsored, tax-free technology parks that made software-related outsourcing by foreign firms viable, and the tsunami of outsourcing operations at the beginning of the new millennium. It is the convergence of many factors, from the tradition of technical education to the rise of entrepreneurship to advances in communication technology, that have made the spectacular growth of India's IT industry possible.
Outsourcing economics : global value chains in capitalist development by
Outsourcing Economics has a double meaning. First, it is a book about the economics of outsourcing. Second, it examines the way that economists have understood globalization as a pure market phenomenon, and as a result have 'outsourced' the explanation of world economic forces to other disciplines. Markets are embedded in a set of institutions - labor, government, corporate, civil society, and household - that mold the power asymmetries that influence the distribution of the gains from globalization. In this book, William Milberg and Deborah Winkler propose an institutional theory of trade and development starting with the growth of global value chains - international networks of production that have restructured the global economy and its governance over the past twenty-five years. They find that offshoring leads to greater economic insecurity in industrialized countries that lack institutions supporting workers. They also find that offshoring allows firms to reduce domestic investment and focus on finance and short-run stock movements.
Outsourcing for Radical Change by
Competive advantage through revolutionary outsourcing strategies.
The Outsourcing Handbook by
Outsourcing is now increasingly used as a competitive weapon in today's global economy. The Outsourcing Handbook is a step-by-step guide to the whole outsourcing process. It describes each stage or phase of strategic outsourcing, and looks at key factors in the success of a project as well as problem areas and potential pitfalls. Highly practical, it provides an objective, repeatable process that allows organizations to maximize returns on outsourcing investments. Unlike most outsourcing books, it takes a process-oriented, actionable, and structured approach to understanding the intricacies of constructing, managing, and even terminating, an outsourcing engagement.
Web-Based and Traditional Outsourcing by
In today's increasingly competitive business environment, organizations must be able to adapt to the ever-changing business landscape where traditional business concepts no longer ensure success. The future will be driven by value and competing ideas--creating an environment where old alignments and equations will be replaced by a global network of projects and brand equity can evaporate quickly. Scale business relationships or perish is becoming the new mantra. Written by a team of authors from the world's largest software outsourcer, Web-Based and Traditional Outsourcingexplains how to leverage the Web to effectively manage and deploy people, resources, and competencies--regardless of their location. It introduces ground-breaking business models and frameworks that add significant value to outsourcing. This cutting-edge reference: Integrates sourcing, acquisition, payment, and sales into a single end-to-end solution Addresses outsourced project management, as well as the offer and acceptance of technology services Details how to reduce costs and improve delivery times in software projects through reuse Explains risk sharing, co-ownership, win-win business approaches, and equity-based contracts Examining emerging trends and the future of outsourcing, the text provides authoritative insights into what are becoming the new ways of doing business. The authors supply the enterprise-wide vision of corporate capabilities needed to address contemporary outsourcing issues and include helpful tools for evaluating offshore vendors and determining the best location for your infrastructure needs.
Fundamentals of Business Process Outsourcing 102
This course will introduce you to the fundamentals of business process management via an understanding of the techniques for using business practices and methods to create and improve business processes. You will also be exposed to the different practice and methods used in quality management, project management and client presentation development and delivery to appreciate and implement programs of process reengineering, management and excellence in organizations. You will be able to conduct root cause analysis, prepare business process mapping, project plans and dashboards and deliver business presentations effectively.
Business Process Management by
This book introduces students to business process management, an approach that aims to align the organization's business processes with the demands of the marketplace. Processes serve as a coordination mechanism, and the aim of business process management is to improve the organization's effectiveness and efficiency in adapting to change, and maintaining competitive advantage. In Business Process Management, Kumar argues for the value of looking at businesses as a collection of processes that cut across departments, and for breaking down functional silos. The book provides an overview of the basic concepts in this field before moving on to more advanced topics such as process verification, flexible processes, process security and evaluation, resource assignment, and social networks. One chapter of the book is also devoted to process analytics. The book concludes with an examination of the future directions of the discipline. Blending a strong grounding in current research with a focus on concepts and tools, Business Process Management is an accessible textbook full of practical examples and cases that will appeal to upper level students.
Business Process Management by
Business Process Management, a huge bestseller, has helped thousands of leaders and BPM practitioners successfully implement BPM projects, enabling them to add measurable value to their organizations. The book's runaway success can be attributed partly to its overview of all major useful frameworks (such as LEAN and Six Sigma) without over-investment in one over another, and a unique emphasis on BPM's interrelationship with organizational management, culture and leadership. Its common-sense approach teaches how BPM must be well-integrated across an entire business if it's to be successful: augmented and aligned with other management disciplines. This highly anticipated fourth edition brings Jeston's practicable frameworks and solutions up to date with the latest developments in BPM, including the robotics process automation, digital strategies and the changes necessary as a result of the impact of the quad generations in the workforce. This thoroughly revised and updated new edition includes: Enhanced BPM House noting the importance of traceability from strategy to execution activities New and revised case studies An analysis of the risks and benefits of robotic automation and cognitive computing. The book highlights that millennials will be 50% of the global workforce in 2020 and 67% by 2025--Jeston warns managers to ignore them at your peril. Business processes and the way work is performed must evolve! This book will prove to be an indispensable guide to any senior business executive or chief financial officer while providing practical BPM examples to undergraduate and postgraduate students alike.
Business Process Management by
Business Process Management (BPM) has been in existence for decades. Itnbsp; uses, complements, integrates and extends theories, methods and tools fromnbsp; other scientific disciplines like: strategic management, information technology, managerial accounting, operations management etc. During this period the main focus themes of researchers and professionals in BPMnbsp; were: business process modeling, business process analysis, activity based costing, business process simulation, performance measurement, workflow management, the link between information technology and BPM for process automation etc. More recently the focus moved to subjects like Knowledge Management, Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) Systems, Service Oriented Architectures (SOAs), Process Intelligence (PI) and evennbsp; Social Networks. In this collection of papers we present a review of the work and the outcomes achieved in the classic BPM fields as well as a deeper insight on recent advances in BPM. We present a review of business process modeling and analysis and we elaborate on issues like business process quality and processnbsp; performance measurement as weel as their link to all other organizational aspects like human resources management, strategy,nbsp; information technology (being SOA, PI or ERP), other managerial systems, job descriptions etc. We also presentnbsp; recent advances to BPR tools with special focus on information technology, workflow, business process modelingnbsp; and human resources management tools. Other chapters elaborate on the aspect of business process and organizational costing and their relationship to business process analysis, organizational change and reorganization. In the final chapters we present some new approaches that use fuzzy cognitive maps and a recently developed software tool for scenario creation and simulation in strategic management, business process management, performance measurement and social networking. The audience of this book isnbsp; quite wide. The first chapters can be read by professionals, academics and students who want to get some basic insight into the BPM field whereas the remaining present more elaborate and state of the artnbsp; concepts methodologies and tools for an audience of anbsp; more advanced level.
Cambridge Handbook of Organizational Project Management by
In recent years, organizational project management (OPM) has emerged as a field focused on how project, program and portfolio management practices strategically help firms realize organizational goals. There is a compelling need to address the totality of project-related work at the organizational level, providing a view of organizations as a network of projects to be coordinated among themselves, integrated by the more permanent organization, and to move away from a focus on individual projects. This comprehensive volume provides views from a wide range of international scholars researching OPM at a cross-disciplinary level. It covers concepts, theories and practices from disciplines allied to management, such as strategic management, organization sciences and behavioural science. It will be a valuable read for scholars and practitioners alike, who are looking to enrich their understanding of OPM and further investigate this new phenomenon.
Effective Project Management by
The popular guide to the project management body of knowledge, now fully updated Now in its eighth edition, this comprehensive guide to project management has long been considered the standard for both professionals and academics, with nearly 40,000 copies sold in the last three editions! Well-known expert Robert Wysocki has added four chapters of new content based on instructor feedback, enhancing the coverage of best-of-breed methods and tools for ensuring project management success. With enriched case studies, accompanying exercises and solutions on the companion website, and PowerPoint slides for all figures and tables, the book is ideal for instructors and students as well as active project managers. Serves as a comprehensive guide to project management for both educators and project management professionals Updated to cover the new PMBOK® Sixth Edition Examines traditional, agile, and extreme project management techniques; the Enterprise Project Management Model; and Kanban and Scrumban methodologies Includes a companion website with exercises and solutions and well as PowerPoint slides for all the figures and tables used Written by well-known project management expert Robert Wysocki Effective Project Management, Eighth Edition remains the comprehensive resource for project management practitioners, instructors, and students. (PMBOK is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.)
The Fast Forward MBA in Project Management by
The all-inclusive guide to exceptional project management The Fast Forward MBA in Project Management is the comprehensive guide to real-world project management methods, tools, and techniques. Practical, easy-to-use, and deeply thorough, this book gives you answers you need now. You'll find the cutting-edge ideas and hard-won wisdom of one of the field's leading experts, delivered in short, lively segments that address common management issues. Brief descriptions of important concepts, tips on real-world applications, and compact case studies illustrate the most sought-after skills and the pitfalls you should watch out for. This new fifth edition features new case studies, new information on engaging stakeholders, change management, new guidance on using Agile techniques, and new content that integrates current events and trends in the project management sphere. Project management is a complex role, with seemingly conflicting demands that must be coordinated into a single, overarching, executable strategy -- all within certain time, resource, and budget constraints. This book shows you how to get it all together and get it done, with expert guidance every step of the way. Navigate complex management issues effectively Master key concepts and real-world applications Learn from case studies of today's leading experts Keep your project on track, on time, and on budget From finding the right sponsor to clarifying objectives to setting a realistic schedule and budget projection, all across different departments, executive levels, or technical domains, project management incorporates a wide range of competencies. The Fast Forward MBA in Project Management shows you what you need to know, the best way to do it, and what to watch out for along the way.
Fundamentals of Project Management by
Having already sold more than 200,000 copies and helped generations of project managers navigate the ins and outs of every aspect of successful project management, this revised fifth edition of Fundamentals of Project Management remains the perfect resource for succeeding in this complex discipline that has changed greatly in recent years. Fully updated in accordance with the latest version of the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK®), this all-encompassing book contains new information and expanded coverage on topics including estimating; stakeholder management; procurement management; creating a communication plan; project closure; requirements for PMP certification; and much more. Readers will also learn how to:* Clarify project goals and objectives* Develop a work breakdown in structure* Create a project risk plan* Produce a realistic schedule* Manage change requests* Control and evaluate progress at every stageChock full of tools, techniques, examples, and instructive exercises, don't go one more day without equipping yourself with what PM World Journal calls " . . . a great resource for helping a project manager or other team member to learn new tools and techniques or refresh their knowledge."
The Power of Business Process Improvement by
Are you baffled by how your department can keep making the same mistakes? Do you feel you have been climbing an unending, uphill battle trying to focus your employees' limited time on more valuable work? You're not alone! In fact, these obstacles are so common in business that the solution to getting past them even has a name--business process improvement (BPI).Thankfully, though, you don't have to be a BPI expert in order to resolve these situations and find the results your business needs to find success again. Written by an experienced process analyst, The Power of Business Process Improvement is the resource you need to find a simple, bottom-line approach to process improvement work. By implementing its proven 10-step method, you will be able to:* Eliminate duplication and bureaucracy* Control costs* Establish internal controls to reduce human error* Test and rework the process before introducing it* Implement the changesWhether you are new to BPI or a seasoned pro, this user-friendly how-to guide--complete with software suggestions, quizzes, a comparison of industry improvement methods, and examples to help you apply the ideas--is your solution to turning your business into the well-oiled machine you know it can be.
Project Management by
THE #1 GUIDE FOR STUDENTS AND PROFESSIONALS, NOW UPDATED FOR THE LATEST TRENDS AND EMERGING ISSUES Project Management, or the "Project Management bible" as it's widely known, provides practical guidance on all aspects of project management. It features a streamlined approach to PM functions without stinting on detailed coverage of the tools and methods used at all stages of a project. This 12th Edition has been updated to reflect industry changes and features in-depth coverage of emerging topics, including global stakeholder management, causes of failure, agile project management, project governance failure, customer approval milestones, classifying project metrics, and more. Also, supplementary materials are available for students, professionals, and instructors. Understand organizational structures and project management functions Learn how to control costs, manage risk, and analyze trade-offs Examine different methods used for planning, scheduling, QA, and more Work effectively with customers and stakeholders from around the globe As projects increase in scope and complexity, managing them across time zones, language barriers, and technology platforms requires a systematic approach that accounts for every detail. All the more reason to keep Project Management, 12th Edition within arm's reach throughout all stages of the projects you manage.
Project management by
This title offers readers an insight into human behaviour, knowledge of organisational issues and quantitative methods needed to do project management. He emphasises the challenges they'll face including planning, negotiating, budgeting, communicating and scheduling.
Project Management by
THE #1 PROJECT MANAGEMENT CASE STUDIES BOOK NOW FEATURING NEW CASES FROM DISNEY, THE OLYMPICS, AIRBUS, BOEING, AND MORE After on-the-job experience, case studies are the most important part of every project manager's training. This Fifth Edition of Project Management Case Studies features more than one hundred case studies that detail projects at high-profile companies around the world. These cases offer you a unique opportunity to experience, first-hand, project management in action within a variety of contexts and up against some of the most challenging conditions any project manager will likely face. New to this edition are case studies focusing on agile and scrum methodologies. Contains 100-plus case studies from companies that illustrate both successful and not-so-successful project management Represents an array of industries, including medical and pharmaceutical, aerospace, entertainment, sports, manufacturing, finance, telecommunications, and more Features 18 new case studies, including high-profile cases from Disney, the Olympics, Boeing 787 Dreamliner, and Airbus 380 Follows and supports preparation for the Project Management Professional (PMP)® Certification Exam Experienced PMs, project managers in training, and students alike will find this book to be an indispensable resource whether used as a standalone or combined with the bestselling Project Management: A Systems Approach to Planning, Scheduling, and Controlling, 12th Edition. PMI, CAPM, PMBOK, PMP and Project Management Professional are registered marks of the Project Management Institute, Inc.
Project management : the managerial process by
This text is written for a wide audience. It covers concepts and skills that are used by managers to propose, plan, secure resources, budget, and lead project teams to successful completions of their projects. The text should prove useful to students and prospective project managers in helping them understand why organizations have developed a formal project management process to gain a competitive advantage.
Project Management Best Practices: Achieving Global Excellence by
The comprehensive guide to project management implementation, updated with the latest in the field Project management has spread beyond the IT world to become a critical part of business in every sphere; built on efficiency, analysis, and codified practice, professional project management leads to the sort of reproducible results and reliable processes that make a business successful. Project Management Best Practices provides implementation guidance for every phase of a project, based on the real-world methodologies from leading companies around the globe. Updated to align with the industry's latest best practices, this new Fourth Edition includes new discussion on Agile and Scrum, tradeoffs and constraints, Portfolio PMO tools, and much more. Get up-to-date information on the latest best practices that add value at every level of an organization Gain insight from more than 50 project managers at world-class organizations including Airbus, Heineken, RTA, IBM, Hewlett-Packard, Sony, Cisco, Nokia, and more Delve deeper into implementation guidance for Agile, Scrum, and Six Sigma Explore more efficient methodologies, training, measurement, and metrics that boost organization-wide performance Adopt new approaches to culture and behavioral excellence, including conflict resolution, situational leadership, proactive management, staffing, and more Ideal for both college and corporate training, this book is accompanied by an Instructor's Manual and PowerPoint lecture slides that bring project management concepts right into the classroom. As the field continues to grow and evolve, it becomes increasingly important to stay current with new and established practices; this book provides comprehensive guidance on every aspect of project management, with invaluable real-world insight from leaders in the field.
Project Management for Engineering, Business and Technology by
Project Management for Engineering, Business and Technology, 5th edition, addresses project management across all industries. First covering the essential background, from origins and philosophy to methodology, the bulk of the book is dedicated to concepts and techniques for practical application. Coverage includes project initiation and proposals, scope and task definition, scheduling, budgeting, risk analysis, control, project selection and portfolio management, program management, project organization, and all-important "people" aspects--project leadership, team building, conflict resolution and stress management. The Systems Development Cycle is used as a framework to discuss project management in a variety of situations, making this the go-to book for managing virtually any kind of project, program or task force. The authors focus on the ultimate purpose of project management--to unify and integrate the interests, resources and work efforts of many stakeholders, as well as the planning, scheduling, and budgeting needed to accomplish overall project goals. This new edition features: Updates throughout to cover the latest developments in project management methodologies New examples and 18 new case studies throughout to help students develop their understanding and put principles into practice A new chapter on agile project management and lean Expanded coverage of program management, stakeholder engagement, buffer management, and managing virtual teams and cultural differences in international projects Alignment with PMBOK terms and definitions for ease of use alongside PMI certifications Cross-reference to IPMA, APM, and PRINCE2 methodologies Extensive instructor support materials, including an Instructor's Manual, PowerPoint slides, answers to chapter review questions, problems and cases, and a test bank of questions. Taking a technical yet accessible approach, Project Management for Business, Engineering and Technology, 5th edition, is an ideal resource and reference for all advanced undergraduate and graduate students in project management courses as well as for practicing project managers across all industry sectors.
Project Management Jumpstart by
An informative introduction for those considering a career in project management Project Management JumpStart offers a clear, practical introduction to the complex world of project management, with an entertaining approach based on real-world application. Fully revised to align with a Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge -PMBOK Guide©, 6th edition, this book provides an overview of the field followed by an exploration of current best practices. The practical focus facilitates retention by directly linking critical concepts to your everyday work, while the close adherence to PMBOK guidelines makes this book the perfect starting point for those considering certification to earn either PMP or CompTIA Project+ credentials. Project management is a top-five, in-demand skill in today's workplace, and the demand has spread far beyond IT to encompass nearly every industry; any organization that produces goods or services, whether for profit or not, has a vested interest in ensuring that projects are completed on time, on budget, and to the satisfaction of the client--this is the heart of the project management function. Let Kim Heldman, bestselling author of PMP Study Guide and CompTIA Project+ Study Guide, walk you through the basic principles and practices to help you build a strong foundation for further training. Understand current project management methods and practices Explore project management from a practical perspective Delve into illustrative examples that clarify complex issues Test your understanding with challenging study questions Trillions of dollars are invested in various projects around the world each year, and companies have learned that investing in qualified project management professionals pays off in every aspect of the operation. If you're considering a career in project management, Project Management JumpStart provides an excellent introduction to the field and clear direction for your next steps.
Project Management Metrics, KPIs, and Dashboards by
Harold Kerzner's essential strategies on measuring project management performance With the growth of complex projects, stakeholder involvement, and advancements in visual-based technology, metrics and KPIs (key performance indicators) are key factors in evaluating project performance. Dashboard reporting systems provide accessible project performance data, and sharing this vital data in a concise and consistent manner is a key communication responsibility of all project managers. This third edition of Kerzner's groundbreaking work, Project Management Metrics, KPIs, and Dashboards: A Guide to Measuring and Monitoring Project Performance, helps functional managers gain a thorough grasp of what metrics and KPIs are and how to use them. Plus, this edition includes new sections on processing dashboard information, portfolio management PMO and metrics, and BI tool flexibility. * Offers comprehensive coverage of the different dashboard types, design issues, and applications Provides full-color dashboards from some of the most successful project management companies, including IBM, Microsoft, and others Aligns with PMI's PMBOK® Guide and stresses value-driven project management PPT decks are available by chapter and a test bank will be available for use in seminar presentations and courses Get ready to bolster your awareness of what good metrics management really entails today--and be armed with the knowledge to measure performance more effectively.
Successful Project Management by
Master everything you need to work successfully in today's project management environment with SUCCESSFUL PROJECT MANAGEMENT, 7E. This best-selling book details how to organize and manage project teams -- from planning and scheduling to cost management.Each chapter aligns with PMBOK (Project Management Body of Knowledge) to ensure best practices. The book covers the latest business challenges, including project constraints, stakeholder concerns, the project charter, and how projects support strategic plans.Learn the keys to effective communication and discover how project management applies in the workplace with new cases and real-world vignettes. End-of-chapter and Internet exercises review concepts critical to project management. New MindTap digital resources provide videos, quizzes, and case animations. You work with the latest, popular project management software: Microsoft® Project 2016, available on the website. Find everything you need to manage projects in business today.
Fundamentals of Business Process Outsourcing 102
This course will introduce you to the fundamentals of business process management via an understanding of the techniques for using business practices and methods to create and improve business processes. You will also be exposed to the different practice and methods used in quality management, project management and client presentation development and delivery to appreciate and implement programs of process reengineering, management and excellence in organizations. You will be able to conduct root cause analysis, prepare business process mapping, project plans and dashboards and deliver business presentations effectively.
Activiti 5. X Business Process Management Beginner's Guide by
"Being a Packt Beginner's Guide, each chapter follows an easy to understand approach with plenty of screenshots and clear and concise steps to guide you throughout. This book is primarily intended for Business Analysts (BAs) who need to develop a process model for implementation in a Business Process Management system. The book assumes that you have basic knowledge of business analysis; however, no Activiti or Java knowledge is required."
Business process change : a business process management guide for managers and process professionals by
Business Process Change: A Business Process Management Guide for Managers and Process Professionals, Fourth Edition, provides a balanced view of the field of business process change. Bestselling author and renowned expert in the field Paul Harmon offers concepts, methods, cases for all aspects, and phases of successful business process improvement. Students and professionals alike will benefit from the comprehensive coverage and customizable, integrated approach to broad business process management that focuses on improving efficiency and productivity. In this updated Edition, particular attention is paid to the impact of disruptive technology on business and the need for agile transformation. Covers Business Process Management Systems and the integration of process redesign and Six Sigma Explores how different process elements fit together, including the human aspects of process redesign Presents best-practice methodologies that can be applied and tailored to an organization's specific needs Offers invaluable, detailed case studies demonstrating how these key methods are implemented
Effective Project Management by
The popular guide to the project management body of knowledge, now fully updated Now in its eighth edition, this comprehensive guide to project management has long been considered the standard for both professionals and academics, with nearly 40,000 copies sold in the last three editions! Well-known expert Robert Wysocki has added four chapters of new content based on instructor feedback, enhancing the coverage of best-of-breed methods and tools for ensuring project management success. With enriched case studies, accompanying exercises and solutions on the companion website, and PowerPoint slides for all figures and tables, the book is ideal for instructors and students as well as active project managers. Serves as a comprehensive guide to project management for both educators and project management professionals Updated to cover the new PMBOK® Sixth Edition Examines traditional, agile, and extreme project management techniques; the Enterprise Project Management Model; and Kanban and Scrumban methodologies Includes a companion website with exercises and solutions and well as PowerPoint slides for all the figures and tables used Written by well-known project management expert Robert Wysocki Effective Project Management, Eighth Edition remains the comprehensive resource for project management practitioners, instructors, and students. (PMBOK is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.)
Effective Project Management by
A practical and accessible guide to managing a successful project Effective Project Management is based around an activities and action check list approach to project management. It provides a guide to the basic principles and the disciplines that managers need to master in order to be successful. The author's check lists approach (based on his years of practical experience on projects) ensure that project managers are following valid processes, helping them to be innovative in their approach to developing plans and resolving problems. In addition, the author's check list pick and mix format is designed to be flexible in order to meet the individual needs of the reader. Effective Project Management also contains some information on the theories underpinning project management. Knowledge of the theory helps in the understanding of how project management works in practice. In addition to the book's check lists of what activities need to be performed, the author offers suggestions on how tasks could be carried out. This important resource: Covers a wide range of project management topics including the project management process, programme and portfolio management, initiating and contracting a project, personal skills and more Offers a highly accessible guide to the author's verified check list approach Presents flexible guidelines applicable for a wide range projects Includes guidance for project managers at all levels of experience Written for project managers working on engineering or construction projects, Effective Project Management reviews all aspects of a project from initiation and execution to project completion together with the specialist topics and personal skills needed to manage projects effectively.
The Fast Forward MBA in Project Management by
The all-inclusive guide to exceptional project management The Fast Forward MBA in Project Management is the comprehensive guide to real-world project management methods, tools, and techniques. Practical, easy-to-use, and deeply thorough, this book gives you answers you need now. You'll find the cutting-edge ideas and hard-won wisdom of one of the field's leading experts, delivered in short, lively segments that address common management issues. Brief descriptions of important concepts, tips on real-world applications, and compact case studies illustrate the most sought-after skills and the pitfalls you should watch out for. This new fifth edition features new case studies, new information on engaging stakeholders, change management, new guidance on using Agile techniques, and new content that integrates current events and trends in the project management sphere. Project management is a complex role, with seemingly conflicting demands that must be coordinated into a single, overarching, executable strategy -- all within certain time, resource, and budget constraints. This book shows you how to get it all together and get it done, with expert guidance every step of the way. Navigate complex management issues effectively Master key concepts and real-world applications Learn from case studies of today's leading experts Keep your project on track, on time, and on budget From finding the right sponsor to clarifying objectives to setting a realistic schedule and budget projection, all across different departments, executive levels, or technical domains, project management incorporates a wide range of competencies. The Fast Forward MBA in Project Management shows you what you need to know, the best way to do it, and what to watch out for along the way.
Fundamentals of Project Management by
Having already sold more than 200,000 copies and helped generations of project managers navigate the ins and outs of every aspect of successful project management, this revised fifth edition of Fundamentals of Project Management remains the perfect resource for succeeding in this complex discipline that has changed greatly in recent years. Fully updated in accordance with the latest version of the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK®), this all-encompassing book contains new information and expanded coverage on topics including estimating; stakeholder management; procurement management; creating a communication plan; project closure; requirements for PMP certification; and much more. Readers will also learn how to:* Clarify project goals and objectives* Develop a work breakdown in structure* Create a project risk plan* Produce a realistic schedule* Manage change requests* Control and evaluate progress at every stageChock full of tools, techniques, examples, and instructive exercises, don't go one more day without equipping yourself with what PM World Journal calls " . . . a great resource for helping a project manager or other team member to learn new tools and techniques or refresh their knowledge."
The Multiple Facets of Innovation Project Management by
For firms and other organizations, innovation has become a means of anticipating and managing major changes in their external context and overcoming societal challenges such as sustainable development. As a result, they must innovate repeatedly and continuously. This book explores the multiple facets of innovation project management, defined as the set of activities implemented to bring into being and successfully complete one or several innovation projects. It combines research experience, in cooperation with practitioners, and a theoretical, transversal and global overview inspired from different research streams. The author develops methodologies and frameworks that might be put into practice, provides a case study of research conducted with an air systems manufacturing firm, and outlines avenues for further reflection on innovation project management practice improvement.
The Power of Business Process Improvement by
Are you baffled by how your department can keep making the same mistakes? Do you feel you have been climbing an unending, uphill battle trying to focus your employees' limited time on more valuable work? You're not alone! In fact, these obstacles are so common in business that the solution to getting past them even has a name--business process improvement (BPI).Thankfully, though, you don't have to be a BPI expert in order to resolve these situations and find the results your business needs to find success again. Written by an experienced process analyst, The Power of Business Process Improvement is the resource you need to find a simple, bottom-line approach to process improvement work. By implementing its proven 10-step method, you will be able to:* Eliminate duplication and bureaucracy* Control costs* Establish internal controls to reduce human error* Test and rework the process before introducing it* Implement the changesWhether you are new to BPI or a seasoned pro, this user-friendly how-to guide--complete with software suggestions, quizzes, a comparison of industry improvement methods, and examples to help you apply the ideas--is your solution to turning your business into the well-oiled machine you know it can be.
Project Management by
THE #1 GUIDE FOR STUDENTS AND PROFESSIONALS, NOW UPDATED FOR THE LATEST TRENDS AND EMERGING ISSUES Project Management, or the "Project Management bible" as it's widely known, provides practical guidance on all aspects of project management. It features a streamlined approach to PM functions without stinting on detailed coverage of the tools and methods used at all stages of a project. This 12th Edition has been updated to reflect industry changes and features in-depth coverage of emerging topics, including global stakeholder management, causes of failure, agile project management, project governance failure, customer approval milestones, classifying project metrics, and more. Also, supplementary materials are available for students, professionals, and instructors. Understand organizational structures and project management functions Learn how to control costs, manage risk, and analyze trade-offs Examine different methods used for planning, scheduling, QA, and more Work effectively with customers and stakeholders from around the globe As projects increase in scope and complexity, managing them across time zones, language barriers, and technology platforms requires a systematic approach that accounts for every detail. All the more reason to keep Project Management, 12th Edition within arm's reach throughout all stages of the projects you manage.
Project Management for Information Professionals by
Aimed at practitioners, this handbook imparts guidance on project management techniques in the cultural heritage sector. Information professionals often direct complex endeavors with limited project management training or resources. Project Management for Information Professionals demystifies the tools and processes essential to successful project management and advises on how to manage the interpersonal dynamics and organizational culture that influence the effectiveness of these methods. With this book, readers will gain the knowledge to initiate, plan, execute, monitor, and close projects.
Project Management Jumpstart by
An informative introduction for those considering a career in project management Project Management JumpStart offers a clear, practical introduction to the complex world of project management, with an entertaining approach based on real-world application. Fully revised to align with a Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge -PMBOK Guide©, 6th edition, this book provides an overview of the field followed by an exploration of current best practices. The practical focus facilitates retention by directly linking critical concepts to your everyday work, while the close adherence to PMBOK guidelines makes this book the perfect starting point for those considering certification to earn either PMP or CompTIA Project+ credentials. Project management is a top-five, in-demand skill in today's workplace, and the demand has spread far beyond IT to encompass nearly every industry; any organization that produces goods or services, whether for profit or not, has a vested interest in ensuring that projects are completed on time, on budget, and to the satisfaction of the client--this is the heart of the project management function. Let Kim Heldman, bestselling author of PMP Study Guide and CompTIA Project+ Study Guide, walk you through the basic principles and practices to help you build a strong foundation for further training. Understand current project management methods and practices Explore project management from a practical perspective Delve into illustrative examples that clarify complex issues Test your understanding with challenging study questions Trillions of dollars are invested in various projects around the world each year, and companies have learned that investing in qualified project management professionals pays off in every aspect of the operation. If you're considering a career in project management, Project Management JumpStart provides an excellent introduction to the field and clear direction for your next steps.
Project Management Metrics, KPIs, and Dashboards by
Harold Kerzner's essential strategies on measuring project management performance With the growth of complex projects, stakeholder involvement, and advancements in visual-based technology, metrics and KPIs (key performance indicators) are key factors in evaluating project performance. Dashboard reporting systems provide accessible project performance data, and sharing this vital data in a concise and consistent manner is a key communication responsibility of all project managers. This third edition of Kerzner's groundbreaking work, Project Management Metrics, KPIs, and Dashboards: A Guide to Measuring and Monitoring Project Performance, helps functional managers gain a thorough grasp of what metrics and KPIs are and how to use them. Plus, this edition includes new sections on processing dashboard information, portfolio management PMO and metrics, and BI tool flexibility. * Offers comprehensive coverage of the different dashboard types, design issues, and applications Provides full-color dashboards from some of the most successful project management companies, including IBM, Microsoft, and others Aligns with PMI's PMBOK® Guide and stresses value-driven project management PPT decks are available by chapter and a test bank will be available for use in seminar presentations and courses Get ready to bolster your awareness of what good metrics management really entails today--and be armed with the knowledge to measure performance more effectively.
A Project Manager's Book of Forms : A Companion to the PMBOK Guide by
Essential project management forms aligned to the PMBOK® Guide?Sixth Edition A Project Manager's Book of Forms is an essential companion to the Project Management Institute's A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge. Packed with ready-made forms for managing every stage in any project, this book offers both new and experienced project managers an invaluable resource for thorough documentation and repeatable processes. Endorsed by PMI and aligned with the PMBOK® Guide, these forms cover all aspects of initiating, planning, executing, monitoring and controlling, and closing; each form can be used as-is directly from the book, or downloaded from the companion website and tailored to your project's unique needs. This new third edition has been updated to align with the newest PMBOK® Guide, and includes forms for agile, the PMI Talent Triangle, technical project management, leadership, strategic and business management, and more. The PMBOK® Guide is the primary reference for project management, and the final authority on best practices'but implementation can quickly become complex for new managers on large projects, or even experienced managers juggling multiple projects with multiple demands. This book helps you stay organized and on-track, helping you ensure thorough documentation throughout the project life cycle. Adopt PMI-endorsed forms for documenting every process group Customize each form to suit each project's specific needs Organize project data and implement a repeatable management process Streamline PMBOK® Guide implementation at any level of project management experience Instead of wasting time interpreting and translating the PMBOK® Guide to real-world application, allow PMI to do the work for you: A Project Manager's Book of Forms provides the PMBOK®-aligned forms you need to quickly and easily implement project management concepts and practices.
Subject-Oriented Business Process Management by
Activities performed in organizations are coordinated via communication between the people involved. The sentences used to communicate are naturally structured by subject, verb, and object. The subject describes the actor, the verb the action and the object what is affected by the action. Subject-oriented Business Process Management (S-BPM) as presented in this book is based on this simple structure which enables process-oriented thinking and process modeling. S-BPM puts the subject of a process at the center of attention and thus deals with business processes and their organizational environment from a new perspective, meeting organizational requirements in a much better way than traditional approaches. Subjects represent agents of an action in a process, which can be either technical or human (e.g. a thread in an IT system or a clerk). A process structures the actions of each subject and coordinates the required communication among the subjects. S-BPM provides a coherent procedural framework to model and analyze business processes: its focus is the cooperation of all stakeholders involved in the strategic, tactical, and operational issues, sharing their knowledge in a networked structure. The authors illustrate how each modeling activity through the whole development lifecycle can be supported through the use of appropriate software tools. The presentation style focuses on professionals in industry, and on students specializing in process management or organizational modeling. Each chapter begins with a summary of key findings and is full of examples, hints, and possible pitfalls. An interpreter model, a toolbox, and a glossary summarizing the main terms complete the book. The web site www.i2pm.net provides additional software tools and further material.
The course aims to prepare the student for the twenty-first century workplace by building their foundations in systems thinking, enabling them to examine business systems, identifying the inter-dependencies of specific systems within an organization and recommending suggestions to improve systems performance within organizations. It introduces students to concepts in systems architecture and systems optimization, with the intent of developing the students’ analytical skills in identifying and resolving issues in business systems.
Big Data for Small Business for Dummies by
Capitalise on big data to add value to your small business Written by bestselling author and big data expert Bernard Marr, Big Data For Small Business For Dummies helps you understand what big data actually is'and how you can analyse and use it to improve your business. Free of confusing jargon and complemented with lots of step-by-step guidance and helpful advice, it quickly and painlessly helps you get the most from using big data in a small business. Business data has been around for a long time. Unfortunately, it was trapped away in overcrowded filing cabinets and on archaic floppy disks. Now, thanks to technology and new tools that display complex databases in a much simpler manner, small businesses can benefit from the big data that's been hiding right under their noses. With the help of this friendly guide, you'll discover how to get your hands on big data to develop new offerings, products and services; understand technological change; create an infrastructure; develop strategies; and make smarter business decisions. Shows you how to use big data to make sense of user activity on social networks and customer transactions Demonstrates how to capture, store, search, share, analyse and visualise analytics Helps you turn your data into actionable insights Explains how to use big data to your advantage in order to transform your small business If you're a small business owner or employee, Big Data For Small Business For Dummies helps you harness the hottest commodity on the market today in order to take your company to new heights.
Business Driven Information Systems by 
Business information systems : technology, development and management for the e-business by
In order to run a successful business, today's manager needs to combine business skills with an understanding of information systems and the opportunities and benefits that they bring to an organisation. Starting from basic concepts, this book provides a comprehensive and accessible guide to: understanding the technology of business information systems ; choosing the right information system for an organisation ; developing and managing an efficient business information system ; employing information systems strategically to achieve organisational goals. Taking a problem-solving approach, Business Information Systems looks at information systems theory within the context of the most recent business and technological advances. This thoroughly revised new edition has updated and expanded coverage of contemporary key topics such as: Web 2.0 ; enterprise systems ; implementation and design of IS strategy ; outsourcing Business Information Systems does not assume any prior knowledge of IS or ICT, and new concepts are simply defined. New business examples, case studies and web links are fully integrated throughout, illustrating the relevance and impact of information systems in today's business environment.
Business Information Systems and Technology by
Business information systems and business information technology are integral aspects of modern business, and managers in these areas are now expected to have knowledge of human and managerial issues, as well as technical ones. This concise and readable book is a level-by-level primer that addresses the core subjects in business information systems and business information technology to enhance students' understanding of thenbsp;key areas. Each chapter begins with a case study and features at the end: anbsp;summary of major points, glossary of terms,nbsp;suggested further readingnbsp;and student activities. Some areas covered include: Different functional areas of business, including accounting, HRM and marketing Development and implementation of information systems Methods to support the analysis and design of policy and practice Strategic management to align information technology with organizational needs Covering the subject matter in a highly accessible manner,nbsp;this is an ideal text for both undergraduate andnbsp;mastersnbsp;students on business information systems, business information technology and business information management courses. This text is supplemented with over 900 detailed powerpoint slides for instructors, accessible via the Routledge Instructor Resourcenbsp;pagenbsp;at http://cw.routledge.com/textbooks/instructordownload/
Critical Systems Thinking and the Management of Complexity by
The world has become increasingly networked and unpredictable. Decision makers at all levels are required to manage the consequences of complexity every day. They must deal with problems that arise unexpectedly, generate uncertainty, are characterised by interconnectivity, and spread across traditional boundaries. Simple solutions to complex problems are usually inadequate and risk exacerbating the original issues. Leaders of international bodies such as the UN, OECD, UNESCO and WHO -- and of major business, public sector, charitable, and professional organizations -- have all declared that systems thinking is an essential leadership skill for managing the complexity of the economic, social and environmental issues that confront decision makers. Systems thinking must be implemented more generally, and on a wider scale, to address these issues. An evaluation of different systems methodologies suggests that they concentrate on different aspects of complexity. To be in the best position to deal with complexity, decision makers must understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various approaches and learn how to employ them in combination. This is called critical systems thinking. Making use of over 25 case studies, the book offers an account of the development of systems thinking and of major efforts to apply the approach in real-world interventions. Further, it encourages the widespread use of critical systems practice as a means of ensuring responsible leadership in a complex world. Comments on a previous version of the book: Russ Ackoff: 'the book is the best overview of the field I have seen' JP van Gigch: 'Jackson does a masterful job. The book is lucid ...well written and eminently readable' Professional Manager (Journal of the Chartered Management Institute): 'Provides an excellent guide and introduction to systems thinking for students of management'
Foundations of global business : a systems approach by 
Information systems : what every business student needs to know by
Most information systems textbooks overwhelm business students with overly technical information they may not need in their careers. Information Systems: What Every Business Student Needs to Know takes a new approach to the required information systems course for business majors. For each topic covered, the text highlights key "Take-Aways" that alert students to material they will need to remember during their careers. Sections titled "Where You Fit In" and "Why This Chapter Matters" explain how the topics being covered will impact students once they are on the job. Review questions, discussion questions, and summaries are also included in each chapter to reinforce learning. The book is presented in four parts: About Information Systems: covers general information systems concepts that students need to know as they learn about real-world information systems Technology Fundamentals: supplies a foundation in information technology that fills the gaps most students have when they learn through trial and error Information Systems at Work: details the nitty-gritty of how actual companies use information systems in the real word Managing Information Systems: addresses the issues involved in selecting, developing, and managing information systems The text includes a running case study that follows two management information systems majors in college. As the two main characters study the information systems of a medical practice, students follow along and learn valuable lessons as they see how the case plays out. In addition to the running case study, each chapter also includes two mini cases that illustrate the concepts discussed in that chapter. Maintaining a focus on the essential concepts students must know before entering the business world, this book covers the subject of information systems in a manner that students will find accessible.
Information systems for business : an experiential approach by
Information Systems: An Experiential Approach is a brief,inexpensive, paperback alternative for professors who want anexperiential approach for the undergraduate or first year graduatelevel Intro to IS course. Offering a learner-centeredapproach and using a learn-do-reflect model,Bélanger/Van Slyke provides a focused treatment of topics andengaging activities. The authors have used this model in theirclasses to great success. The authors found that students performedbetter on exams, class discussions became more animated andattendance improved as engagement with the material increased.
Innovations in e-Systems for Business and Commerce by
Innovations in E-Systems for Business and Commerce presents some of the latest research and direction in the field of e-business and e-commerce. With up-to-date information for top researchers from around the world, the volume covers a wide selection of topics on innovations in e-business and e-commerce. E-systems are becoming standard practice across all sectors, including healthcare, engineering, business, education, security, and citizen interaction with local and national government. The use of Internet technologies facilitates rapid and easy dissemination of information and data as well as increased convenience and efficiency to assist service providers and end-users. This book is aimed at three groups of people: undergraduate students and postgraduate students conducting research in the areas of e-systems related to e-business or e-commerce; researchers at universities and other institutions working in these fields; and practitioners in the research and development departments of industrial settings. The volume can also be used as an advanced reference for classroom use.
IT tools and business systems by 
New Business Creation by
Established companies are facing an increasingly dynamic and globalized competitive environment. Radical innovations are considered a means to escape this trend. In particular, it is desirable for established companies to institutionalize systems to repeatedly create new business based on radical innovations ("New Business Creation", "NBC"). In six in-depth case studies, Philipp Hartmann identifies design variables for NBC systems and explores related performance measurement activities. In a subsequent cross-case comparison, idiosyncratic observations are synthesized into thirteen propositions. Moreover, two structurally different approaches to NBC are identified and discussed. In addition, the present research thoroughly studies performance measurement activities in the context of NBC activities and finds that they are an essential component that has been insufficiently addressed by existing theory.
Organisational Semiotics and Business Informatics by
Drawing meaningful conclusions from organisational data is challenging, and theoretical frameworks can often illuminate information in fresh and useful ways. This book is one of the first to demonstrate how organisational semiotics can be applied to business informatics and information systems. Semiotics, a long-established discipline of signs, offers a rich philosophical and theoretical foundation for understanding information systems. This book demonstrates how applying the framework of semiotics to an organisation can provide insights into its communication needs, and as a result, enhance the design of its information system. The authors demonstrate how organisations collect, process, represent, store and consume information through a complex system which is aligned to support its objectives and enhance performance. Organisational Semiotics for Business Informatics clearly introduces the basic principles and describes a set of methods and techniques rooted in organisational semiotics. These have been applied to business applications; demonstrated through real life case studies. This ground-breaking book has the potential to transform the theoretical understanding of information systems into the basis of a scientific discipline.
The Oxford Handbook of Asian Business Systems by
Much of the existing literature within the "varieties of capitalism" (VOC) and "comparative business systems" fields of research is heavily focused on Europe, Japan, and the Anglo-Saxon nations. As a result, the field has yet to produce a detailed empirical picture of the institutionalstructures of most Asian nations and to explore to what extent existing theory applies to the Asian context.The Oxford Handbook of Asian Business Systems aims to address this imbalance by exploring the shape and consequences of institutional variations across the political economies of different societies within Asia. Drawing on the deep knowledge of 31 leading experts, this book presents an empirical,comparative institutional analysis of 13 major Asian business systems between India and Japan. To aid comparison, each country chapter follows the same consistent outline. Complementing the country chapters are eleven contributions examining major themes across the region in comparative perspectiveand linking the empirical picture to existing theory on these themes. A further three chapters provide perspectives on the influence of history and institutional change. The concluding chapters spell out the implications of all these chapters for scholars in the field and for business practitionersin Asia.The Handbook is a major reference work for scholars researching the causes of success and failure in international business in Asia.
Systems Thinking by
Systems Thinking, Third Edition combines systems theory and interactive design to provide an operational methodology for defining problems and designing solutions in an environment increasingly characterized by chaos and complexity. This new edition has been updated to include all new chapters on self-organizing systems as well as holistic, operational, and design thinking. The book covers recent crises in financial systems and job markets, the housing bubble, and environment, assessing their impact on systems thinking. A companion website is available at interactdesign.com. This volume is ideal for senior executives as well as for chief information/operating officers and other executives charged with systems management and process improvement. It may also be a helpful resource for IT/MBA students and academics.
Visual doing : applying visual thinking in your day-to-day business by
Visual thinking is hot! Agile, scrum, lean-startup and design thinking are widespread examples of new methods using visual thinking in their way of working. We see walls full of epics, stories, tasks and colored post-its. Companies are changing and in order to adapt to these quickly changing circumstances companies need to be flexible and fast in order to keep up. This calls for new tools. Visual Doing teaches you how to use these tools properly and increases your visual craftsmanship. It's a practical guide to incorporate visual thinking into your daily business and communication, picking up where the previous book Visual Thinking left off. A great new range of exercises, techniques and subjects help you tell your own visual story. We approach the subjects from different perspectives: 'me as an individual', 'we as a team' and 'us as a company'. Simplify complex information, show innovative strategies or start a visual culture within your organization. Learn how to show and share your ideas in a fun, clear and attractive way so you can inspire, engage and activate yourself and others. We introduce the power of VISUAL THINKING and DOING and make this as natural behavior as speaking and writing. Everytime, anywhere. Enjoy your skills!
The course aims to prepare the student for the twenty-first century workplace by building their foundations in systems thinking, enabling them to examine business systems, identifying the inter-dependencies of specific systems within an organization and recommending suggestions to improve systems performance within organizations. It introduces students to concepts in systems architecture and systems optimization, with the intent of developing the students’ analytical skills in identifying and resolving issues in business systems.
Embedded Systems Architecture by
Learn to design and develop safe and reliable embedded systems Key Features Identify and overcome challenges in embedded environments Understand the steps required to increase the security of IoT solutions Build safety-critical and memory-safe parallel and distributed embedded systems Book Description Embedded systems are self-contained devices with a dedicated purpose. We come across a variety of fields of applications for embedded systems in industries such as automotive, telecommunications, healthcare and consumer electronics, just to name a few. Embedded Systems Architecture begins with a bird's eye view of embedded development and how it differs from the other systems that you may be familiar with. You will first be guided to set up an optimal development environment, then move on to software tools and methodologies to improve the work flow. You will explore the boot-up mechanisms and the memory management strategies typical of a real-time embedded system. Through the analysis of the programming interface of the reference microcontroller, you'll look at the implementation of the features and the device drivers. Next, you'll learn about the techniques used to reduce power consumption. Then you will be introduced to the technologies, protocols and security aspects related to integrating the system into IoT solutions. By the end of the book, you will have explored various aspects of embedded architecture, including task synchronization in a multi-threading environment, and the safety models adopted by modern real-time operating systems. What you will learn Participate in the design and definition phase of an embedded product Get to grips with writing code for ARM Cortex-M microcontrollers Build an embedded development lab and optimize the workflow Write memory-safe code Understand the architecture behind the communication interfaces Understand the design and development patterns for connected and distributed devices in the IoT Master multitask parallel execution patterns and real-time operating systems Who this book is for If you’re a software developer or designer wanting to learn about embedded programming, this is the book for you. You’ll also find this book useful if you’re a less experienced embedded programmer willing to expand your knowledge.
Fraud Data Analytics Methodology : the Fraud Scenario Approach to Uncovering Fraud in Core Business Systems by
Uncover hidden fraud and red flags using efficient data analytics Fraud Data Analytics Methodology addresses the need for clear, reliable fraud detection with a solid framework for a robust data analytic plan. By combining fraud risk assessment and fraud data analytics, you'll be able to better identify and respond to the risk of fraud in your audits. Proven techniques help you identify signs of fraud hidden deep within company databases, and strategic guidance demonstrates how to build data interrogation search routines into your fraud risk assessment to locate red flags and fraudulent transactions. These methodologies require no advanced software skills, and are easily implemented and integrated into any existing audit program. Professional standards now require all audits to include data analytics, and this informative guide shows you how to leverage this critical tool for recognizing fraud in today's core business systems. Fraud cannot be detected through audit unless the sample contains a fraudulent transaction. This book explores methodologies that allow you to locate transactions that should undergo audit testing. Locate hidden signs of fraud Build a holistic fraud data analytic plan Identify red flags that lead to fraudulent transactions Build efficient data interrogation into your audit plan Incorporating data analytics into your audit program is not about reinventing the wheel. A good auditor must make use of every tool available, and recent advances in analytics have made it accessible to everyone, at any level of IT proficiency. When the old methods are no longer sufficient, new tools are often the boost that brings exceptional results. Fraud Data Analytics Methodology gets you up to speed, with a brand new tool box for fraud detection.
Microsoft BizTalk 2010 Line of Business Systems Integration. by
This book focuses on Microsoft BizTalk 2010; however, most of the concepts and explanations will apply to BizTalk 2006 R2 and BizTalk 2009. If you are an experienced BizTalk developer who wants to integrate BizTalk with Line of Business systems using practical scenarios, then this book is for you. A solid understanding of BizTalk at an intermediate level is required. This book assumes developers are comfortable creating schemas, maps, orchestrations, ports and messages in Visual Studio and configuring applications in the BizTalk Administration Console. However, experience in integrating with Line of Business systems is not necessarily required.
Model-Based System Architecture by
Presents modeling approaches that can be performed in SysML and other modeling languages This book combines the emerging discipline of systems architecting with model-based approaches using SysML. The early chapters of the book provide the fundamentals of systems architecting; discussing what systems architecting entails and how it benefits systems engineering. Model-based systems engineering is then defined, and its capabilities to develop complex systems on time and in a feasible quality are discussed. The remainder of the book covers important topics such as: architecture descriptions; architecture patterns; perspectives, viewpoints, views and their relation to system architecture; the roles of a system architect, their team, and stakeholders; systems architecting processes; agile approaches to systems architecting; variant modeling techniques; architecture frameworks; and architecture assessment. The book's organization allows experts to read the chapters out of sequence. Novices can read the chapters sequentially to gain a systematic introduction to system architecting. Model-Based System Architecture: Provides comprehensive coverage of the Functional Architecture for Systems (FAS) method created by the authors and based on common MBSE practices Covers architecture frameworks, including the System of Systems, Zachman Frameworks, TOGAF®, and more Includes a consistent example system, the "Virtual Museum Tour" system, that allows the authors to demonstrate the systems architecting concepts covered in the book Model-Based System Architecture is a comprehensive reference for system architects and systems engineers in technology companies. This book will also serve as a reference to students and researchers interested in functional architectures. Tim Weilkiens is the CEO at the German consultancy oose Innovative Informatik and co-author of the SysML specification. He has introduced model-based systems engineering to a variety of industry sectors. He is author of several books about modeling and the MBSE methodology SYSMOD. Jesko G. Lamm is a Senior Systems Engineer at Bernafon, a Swiss manufacturer for hearing instruments. With Tim Weilkiens, Jesko G. Lamm founded the Functional Architectures working group of the German chapter of INCOSE. Stephan Roth is a coach, consultant, and trainer for systems and software engineering at the German consultancy oose Innovative Informatik. He is a state-certified technical assistant for computer science from Physikalisch-Technische Lehranstalt (PTL) Wedel and a certified systems engineer (GfSE)®- Level C. Markus Walker works at Schindler Elevator in the research and development division as elevator system architect. He is an INCOSE Certified Systems Engineering Professional (CSEP) and is engaged in the committee of the Swiss chapter of INCOSE.
Systems Thinking by
Systems Thinking, Third Edition combines systems theory and interactive design to provide an operational methodology for defining problems and designing solutions in an environment increasingly characterized by chaos and complexity. This new edition has been updated to include all new chapters on self-organizing systems as well as holistic, operational, and design thinking. The book covers recent crises in financial systems and job markets, the housing bubble, and environment, assessing their impact on systems thinking. A companion website is available at interactdesign.com. This volume is ideal for senior executives as well as for chief information/operating officers and other executives charged with systems management and process improvement. It may also be a helpful resource for IT/MBA students and academics. Four NEW chapters on self-organizing systems, holistic thinking, operational thinking, and design thinking Covers the recent crises in financial systems and job markets globally, the housing bubble, and the environment, assessing their impact on systems thinking Companion website to accompany the book is available at interactdesign.com
Partnering with a leading social media listening platform, this course provides learners with the foundational skills of social media listening including the creation of monitors and common social media metrics. Moving beyond social media listening, this course shows learners how social media data can be used to provide insights into market structure and consumers’ perceptions of the brand. Learners will have the opportunity to assess data and discern how to "listen" to the data by watching video lectures and completing activities, practice quizzes, discussion boards, and peer assessments.
Ask, measure, learn : using social media analytics to understand and influence customer behavior by
You can measure practically anything in the age of social media, but if you don't know what you're looking for, collecting mountains of data won't yield a grain of insight. This non-technical guide shows you how to extract significant business value from big data with Ask-Measure-Learn, a system that helps you ask the right questions, measure the right data, and then learn from the results. Authors Lutz Finger and Soumitra Dutta originally devised this system to help governments and NGOs sift through volumes of data. With this book, these two experts provide business managers and analysts with a high-level overview of the Ask-Measure-Learn system, and demonstrate specific ways to apply social media analytics to marketing, sales, public relations, and customer management, using examples and case studies.
Content marketing : think like a publisher-- how to use content to market online and in social media by
If you have a website, a blog, or even a Facebook or Twitter presence, you are a publisher. Think like one: build a digital content strategy that embraces words, images and multimedia to systematically enhance consumer engagement and conversion rates. In Content Marketing, world-renowned digital content expert Rebecca Lieb offers all the detailed, actionable guidance you'll need. Lieb guides you through planning what you'll say online, how and where you'll say it, how often you'll communicate, and how you'll measure your effectiveness. She offers practical guidance for "listening" to conversations about your brand, products, and services, responding more effectively, and effectively informing those conversations. You'll learn how to use your digital content strategy to shape marketing, branding, PR, SEO, customer and media relations, blog content, social media initiatives, and of course, your website. Lieb drills down to offer detailed, actionable advice for issues such as choosing distribution channels making sure you don't run out of things to say making your content "findable" promoting two-way dialogue. Using her techniques, you can market far more effectively and personally build loyalty as you inform and entertain customers and reduce or even eliminate advertising costs. Think about it: why buy media when, today, you are the media?
Digital Enablement: the Consumerizational and Transformational Effects of Digital Technology by
This collection of papers from the Digital Enablement Conference 2016 aims to illustrate various aspects of the digital enablement phenomenon. Over the last two decades, advances in digital technology have fundamentally transformed the way we do business, work, and live. As new technologies emerge, they offer new possibilities for addressing increasingly complex economic and social problems.Digital enablement refers to the consumerizational and transformational roles of digital technology in driving business and social innovation, and has profound, multi-disciplinary implications. Some of these include: Facilitating new business models that transform the way firms transact, market, and engage with customers; providing new means of income generation for disadvantaged groups; and generating new means of social interaction, which empowers employees, customers, small businesses, and entire communities.This book introduces readers to case studies of digital enablement in business and society. It offers unique insights into the phenomenon from multiple contexts, giving readers a nuanced understanding of the roles digital enablement can play.
Facebook Marketing by
The bestselling Sybex guide to marketing on Facebook, now fully updated As the second most-visited site on the web, Facebook offers myriad marketing opportunities and a host of new tools. This bestselling guide is now completely updated to cover all of the latest tools including Deals, sponsored stories, the Send button, and more. It explains how to develop a winning strategy, implement a campaign, measure results, and produce usable reports. Case studies, step-by-step directions, and hands-on tutorials in the popular Hour-a-Day format make this the perfect handbook for maximizing marketing efforts on Facebook. This revised guide fills you in on the latest Facebook conventions, tools, and demographics, and outlines the important strategic considerations for planning a campaign Takes you step by step through crafting an initial Facebook presence, developing an overall marketing strategy, setting goals, defining metrics, developing reports, and integrating your strategy with other marketing activities Covers using features such as events, applications, and pay-per-click advertising Includes case studies and directions for updating, monitoring, and maintaining your campaign This popular guide is packed with up-to-date information to help you develop, implement, measure, and maintain a successful Facebook marketing program.
Highly Recommended: Harnessing the Power of Word of Mouth and Social Media to Build Your Brand and Your Business by
WHAT DO YOU TRUST MORE--AN ADVERTISEMENT OR A FRIEND? Seize the power of today''s most powerful marketing tool--WORD OF MOUTH According to Nielsen, 92 percent of consumers report that a word of mouth (WOM) recommendation is the top reason they buy a product or service. The founder of one of today''s most successful digital and social marketing firms, Paul M. Rand has been at the forefront of WOM marketing since social media and smartphones began revolutionizing the way we do business. In Highly Recommended, Rand reveals how customer recommendations in the digital space have radically transformed the way people buy--which means you need to come up with new methods to reach customers and improve your products. Highly Recommended provides everything you need to seize the competitive edge and grow your company. Find out where and how your customers are talking about your brand Articulate your "Shareable Story" and get people talking Connect directly with your most influential customers Create compelling content to engage new customers Identify and neutralize negative commentary about your brand Build a true social business based on being the most highly recommended brand With WOM success stories from Stew Leonard''s, Red Robin, Frito-Lay, Kimberly-Clark, Amazon, and other industry leaders, Highly Recommended puts you on the fast track to taking control of the dialogue about your business that’s already taking place. You have instant access to just about everything your customers are saying about you. You can''t afford not to take advantage of this opportunity. And you can bet that your competition is working on it right now. The power of WOM can''t be overstated. It''s the most important marketing tool today. Apply the lessons of one of the pioneers of word of mouth marketing to ensure that your brand is Highly Recommended. PRAISE FOR HIGHLY RECOMMENDED: "Highly Recommended is an understatement. How about ''Must Read''? Paul is a five-star thinker. His attentive understanding of word of mouth ethics and message integrity deserves a million Likes." -- PETE BLACKSHAW, Global Head of Digital and Social Media, Nestle,and author of Satisfied Customers Tell Three Friends,Angry Customers Tell Three Thousand "Paul''s book turns the traditional tenets of advertising on their end and empowers us to rethink marketing for the social economy. I highly recommend this book." -- ADAM BROWN, Executive Strategist, Salesforce.com, and former Executive Director of Social Media for Dell and The Coca-Cola Company "In Highly Recommended, Paul reveals that there is a science to being a successful social brand and lays out a compelling blueprint that separates the winners from the rest." -- ED KELLER, CEO, The Keller Fay Group, and coauthor of The Face-to-Face Book and The Influentials "While technology has permanently changed the economy, the lessons in Paul''s book are timeless in many ways. Highly Recommended is one book that I will be looking at and learning from for years to come." -- PETE MARINO, Vice President of Communications, MillerCoors "''Would you recommend us to a friend?'' It should be, ''Did you recommend us?'' Paul shows why, in a time of connected consumerism, recommendations are more powerful than ever. Earn them!" -- BRIAN SOLIS, bestselling author of What''s the Future of Business (WTF),and Principal Analyst, Altimeter Group “The author advises that a new business philosophy is required for engaging customers. Content marketing is that philosophy, providing information that is valued by customers and available at a time when the customer wants it. Rand views WOM (word of mouth) as the cornerstone of content marketing and customer service. Recommended.” -- CHOICE
Human-Centered Social Media Analytics by
This book provides a timely and unique survey of next-generation social computational methodologies. The text explains the fundamentals of this field, and describes state-of-the-art methods for inferring social status, relationships, preferences, intentions, personalities, needs, and lifestyles from human information in unconstrained visual data. Topics and features: includes perspectives from an international and interdisciplinary selection of pre-eminent authorities; presents balanced coverage of both detailed theoretical analysis and real-world applications; examines social relationships in human-centered media for the development of socially-aware video, location-based, and multimedia applications; reviews techniques for recognizing the social roles played by people in an event, and for classifying human-object interaction activities; discusses the prediction and recognition of human attributes via social media analytics, including social relationships, facial age and beauty, and occupation.
LinkedIn for business : how advertisers, marketers, and salespeople get leads, sales, and profits from LinkedIn by
Increase Your LinkedIn Leads, Sales, and Profits: Attract Higher-Quality Leads, Market More Effectively, Boost Your Sales This book delivers a complete system for profiting from LinkedIn. Top social media marketer Brian Carter shows you how to use LinkedIn to supercharge your existing business-to-business marketing, advertising, and sales processes, generate more qualified leads, and build sales in powerful new ways! Through case studies, Carter reveals how innovative businesses of all types are achieving amazing results with LinkedIn and teaches specific, actionable lessons you can apply right now. Whether you're an advertising expert, content marketer, sales professional, PR pro, B2B executive, or social media specialist, LinkedIn offers you far more power than you may realize--and this book will help you leverage all of it! YOU'LL LEARN HOW TO Identify the fastest, easiest ways to profit from LinkedIn Apply today's 15 most valuable Internet marketing principles to your LinkedIn presence Network for dollars, with this book's proven six-step relationship-building process Find hot prospects through quick LinkedIn prospecting and introductions Use LinkedIn as a "passive prospecting platform": Generate more leads without more work! Attract "mega-leads" through LinkedIn Answers, Events, and Groups Strengthen brand awareness and spread key messages Leverage content marketing (infographics and more) to boost brand awareness and generate more leads Accelerate your sales cycle with LinkedIn Improve your lead funnel and ensure that prospects are qualified before they talk to salespeople Establish efficient weekly LinkedIn marketing routines Optimize LinkedIn ad campaigns to maximize clicks, leads, and sales
Marketing with Social Media by
Introduce your business to the world with this essential guide to social media marketing Marketing with Social Media: 10 Easy Steps to success for Businessnbsp;is your step-by-step guide to using Facebook, LinkedIn, Twitter, Google+, Pinterest and YouTube to promote your business. In 10 quick and easy steps, you'll learn how to use social media effectively, establish a simple marketing plan and measure the results of your efforts. You'll learn the basics of building profile pages, and how to create appropriate content that can be accessed by thousands of potential customers. This new edition is packed full of tips, traps to avoid and social media success stories, plus information on the newer platforms including Vine and Instagram. Social media is a low-cost marketing strategy that can be a huge bonus to small businesses. With the right technique, you can get to know your customers better, and expand your networks without breaking the bank, all while retaining full control over your message. Marketing with Social Media shows you how best to shape your social media strategy to suit your particular business, with practical advice and expert insight into the components of a successful campaign. You'll learn to: Create a profitable social media strategy for your business Exploit each platform to reap the highest returns Master the basics of each platform, and optimise your content Shape your reputation and promote your social media efforts Early success is important to the longevity of a resource-poor company's campaign. When done correctly, social media can propel a small business into unprecedented profitability, whereas misguided or half-hearted attempts result in wasted time. For small business owners seeking increased exposure without increased expenses, Marketing with Social Media is a roadmap to online social media campaigns.
Small Business Marketing Strategies All-In-One for Dummies by
6 Books in 1 Generate high-impact marketing campaigns There's more to a successful campaign than spinning the marketing wheel of fortune and hoping for the best. This all-encompassing guide shows you how to develop and execute winning plans that result in growth and revenue every time. Get ready to incorporate tried-and-true marketing methods that will put your small business on top. 6 Books Inside... Setting Up Your Marketing Foundation Getting Started with Your Campaign Content Is King: Content Marketing Using Social Media Incorporating Traditional Marketing Measuring Results
Social Media Analytics by
Align Strategy With Metrics Using Social Monitoring Best Practices "Two or three years from now, every public relations firm that wants to be taken seriously in the C-suite and/or a lead marketing role will have someone like Marshall in its senior leadership ranks, a chief analytics officer responsible for ensuring that account leaders think more deeply about analytics and that thfirm works with the best available outside suppliers to integrate analytics appropriately." --Paul Holmes, The Holmes Report "Marshall has provided much-needed discipline to our newest marketing frontier--a territory full of outlaws, medicine men, dot com tumbleweeds, and snake oil." --Ryan Rasmussen, VP Research, Zócalo Group "Marshall Sponder stands apart from the crowd with this work. His case study approach, borne of real-world experience, provides the expert and the amateur alike with bibliography, tools, links, and examples to shortcut the path to bedrock successes. This is a reference work for anyone who wants to explore the potential of social networks." --W. Reid Cornwell, Ph.D., Chief Scientist, The Center for Internet Research "Marshall is a solutions design genius of unparalleled knowledge and acumen, and when he applies himself to the business of social media, the result is a timely and important commentary on the state of research capabilities for social media." --Barry Fleming, Director, Analytics & Insights, WCG, and Principal, DharmaBuilt.com About the Book Practically overnight, social media has become a critical tool for every marketing objective--from outreach and customer relations to branding and crisis management. For the most part, however, the data collected through social media is just that: data. It usually seems to hold little or no meaning on which to base business decisions. But the meaning is there . . . if you're applying the right systems and know how to use them. With Social Media Analytics, you'll learn how to get supremely valuable information from this revolutionary new marketing tool. One of the most respected leaders in his field and a pioneer in Web analytics, Marshall Sponder shows how to: Choose the best social media platforms for your needs Set up the right processes to achieve your goals Extract the hidden meaning from all the data you collect Quantify your results and determine ROI Filled with in-depth case studies from a range of industries, along with detailed reviews of several social-monitoring platforms, Social Media Analytics takes you beyond "up-to-date" and leads you well into the future--and far ahead of your competition. You will learn how to use the most sophisticated methods yet known to find customers, create relevant content (and track it), mash up data from disparate sources, and much more. Sponder concludes with an insightful look at where the field will likely be going during the next few years. Whether your social media marketing efforts are directed at B2B, B2C, C2C, nonprofit, corporate, or public sector aims, take them to the next step with the techniques, strategies, and methods in Social Media Analytics--the most in-depth, forward-looking book on the subject.
Social Media Branding for Small Businesses by
Often the complaint from consumers and business people is: 'some businesses are not sure what to discuss on their social networking pages. They just bombard us with specials and try to sell their products and services. Social media is not about selling, it's about the link. Building and engaging likeminded people with the brand.' In response, Social Media Brand provides the thinking, evidence and practice to create a road map for practioners to develop and implement their brand in online and offline communities. This approach is called 5 Sources (5S). The five fundamental branding principles simply outsource the brand and put the customer back in control. The 5 Sources approach asks the following questions of the brand and its stakeholders: 1. Functional: What is the role of the brand in enabling customer objectives? 2. Emotional: What is the role of the brand in customer acknowledgement? 3. Self: What is the role of the brand in customer acknowledgement and actualization? 4. Personal (Social): What is the role of the brand in the reality of a customer's social interactions? 5. Relational: What is the role of the brand in defining collective relationships? In essence it signals the day when the brand is no longer owned by the marketer or company. Rather, it is outsourced to the customer and other stakeholders in the social media community. Secondly, it provides a practical orientation and insight. This is book is research-based. It reflects what the social media community told the authors they wanted, without bias, prejudice or agenda. It is their call for ownership of the brand. A lot of companies are using social media, but many of them fail to build relationships and position their brands as community assets. This book will contribute value to your brand and community relationships both on and offline.
Social Media Data Mining and Analytics by
Harness the power of social media to predict customer behavior and improve sales Social media is the biggest source of Big Data. Because of this, 90% of Fortune 500 companies are investing in Big Data initiatives that will help them predict consumer behavior to produce better sales results. Social Media Data Mining and Analytics shows analysts how to use sophisticated techniques to mine social media data, obtaining the information they need to generate amazing results for their businesses. Social Media Data Mining and Analytics isn't just another book on the business case for social media. Rather, this book provides hands-on examples for applying state-of-the-art tools and technologies to mine social media - examples include Twitter, Wikipedia, Stack Exchange, LiveJournal, movie reviews, and other rich data sources. In it, you will learn: The four key characteristics of online services-users, social networks, actions, and content The full data discovery lifecycle-data extraction, storage, analysis, and visualization How to work with code and extract data to create solutions How to use Big Data to make accurate customer predictions How to personalize the social media experience using machine learning Using the techniques the authors detail will provide organizations the competitive advantage they need to harness the rich data available from social media platforms.
Social Media for Business by
The quick-and-easy guide to effective social media marketing Social Media for Business is the essential guide to navigating the social media maelstrom and effectively promoting your business online. You'll learn how to develop a simple marketing plan, use social media effectively and measure the results of your efforts as you turn contacts and followers into customers. This new third edition has been updated to reflect the expanding influence of Instagram, and includes Snapchat, Security, Social Influence and updated case studies that illustrate the rapid evolution of social media as a business tool. You'll learn about the recent changes to Facebook, LinkedIn, YouTube and Pinterest and how to factor them into your strategy -- as well as when to decide to transition toward or away from any specific platform. Social media can help you expand your networks, engage with your customers and help you grow your business, but not all platforms work for all businesses. The best results come from directed effort and stellar execution, and this book shows you how to make it happen from setup to sale. Learn where to focus your efforts for maximum gain Discover the newest platforms, their demographics and their potential Understand key changes that can affect the way you use major platforms Build an effective social media presence that translates into business Not every business needs a Facebook page, but every business does need some sort of online presence -- and social media can be a high-impact, cost-effective way to reach thousands of potential customers. From building a profile to creating and curating content, Social Media for Business is packed with guidance every business owner needs.
Social Media Law for Business: a Practical Guide for Using Facebook, Twitter, Google +, and Blogs Without Stepping on Legal Land Mines by
How to Avoid Legal Pitfalls on Social Media Social media is where your customers are--so it's where your business has to be. Unfortunately, this space is packed with land mines that can obliterate your hard-earnedsuccess in the time it takes to click a mouse. Written in easy-to-understand, accessible language, Social Media Law for Business reveals your legal rights and responsibilities in the fast-moving and ever-changing social media landscape. Learn how to: Create a social media policy for your business * Recruit, hire, and fire through social media * Share content without getting sued * Blog and run contests * Draft disclosure requirements in digital advertising "Glen Gilmore stands alone as the authority on social media law. Social Media Law for Business should become a ready reference for business leaders and digital marketers." -- MARK SCHAEFER, bestselling author of Return on Influence "Required reading not only in the classroom, but also in the boardroom--and in any business where people care about getting social media marketing right." -- PETER METHOT, managing director of executive education at Rutgers Business School "A layperson's blueprint for minimizing the legal risks of social media marketing, while maximizing the opportunities for digital marketing success." -- AMY HOWELL, founder of Howell Marketing Strategies and coauthor of Women in High Gear
The Social Media Management Handbook by
How do organizations manage social media effectively? Every organization wants to implement social media, but it is difficult to create processes and mange employees to make this happen. Most social media books focus on strategies for communicating with customers, but they fail to address the internal process that takes place within a business before those strategies can be implemented. This book is geared toward helping you manage every step of the process required to use social media for business. The Social Media Management Handbook provides a complete toolbox for defining and practicing a coherent social media strategy. It is a comprehensive resource for bringing together such disparate areas as IT, customer service, sales, communications, and more to meet social media goals. Wollan and Smith and their Accenture team explain policies, procedures, roles and responsibilities, metrics, strategies, incentives, and legal issues that may arise. You will learn how to: Empower employees and teams to utilize social media effectively throughout the organization Measure the ROI of social media investments and ensure appropriate business value is achieved over time Make smarter decisions, make them more quickly, and make them stick Get the most out of your social media investment and fully leverage its benefits at your company with The Social Media Management Handbook.
Social media marketing : the next generation of business engagement by
How to implement social technology in business, spur collaborative innovation and drive winning programs to improve products, services, and long-term profits and growth. The road to social media marketing is now well paved: A July 2009 Anderson Analytics study found 60% of the Internet population uses social networks and social media sites such as Facebook, MySpace, and Twitter. Collaboration and innovation, driven by social technology, are "what's next." Written by the author of the bestselling Social Media Marketing: An Hour a Day in collaboration with Jake McKee, Social Media Marketing: The Next Generation of Business Engagement takes marketers, product managers, small business owners, senior executives and organizational leaders on to the next step in social technology and its application in business. In particular, this book explains how to successfully implement a variety tools, how to ensure higher levels of customer engagement, and how to build on the lessons learned and information gleaned from first-generation social media marketing efforts and to carry this across your organization. This book: Details how to develop, implement, monitor and measure successful social media activities, and how to successfully act on feedback from the social web Discusses conversation-monitoring tools and platforms to accelerate the business innovation cycle along with the metrics required to prove the success of social technology adoption Connects the social dots more deeply across the entire organization, moving beyond marketing and into product development, customer service and customer-driven innovation, and the benefits of encouraging employee collaboration. Social media has become a central component of marketing: Collaborative, social technology is now moving across the organization, into business functions ranging from HR and legal to product management and the supply chain. Social Media Marketing: The Next Generation of Business Engagement is the perfect book for marketers, business unit managers and owners, HR professionals and anyone else looking to better understand how to use social technologies and platforms to build loyalty in customers, employees, partners and suppliers to drive long term growth and profits.
Trust Inc. : how business wins respect in a social media age by
We are entering the age of sustainability - a business era where every company, big and small, must adapt its way of doing business to meet the realities of climate change, a finite supply of natural resources, evolving attitudes about inequality, increasing digitisation and automation. At the same time companies must meet the demands of consumers as they adjust to this rapidly changing way of life. Supercharging this change in consumer behaviour is social media - a communications revolution that is democratising and disrupting society in ways never seen before. In this book, Matthew Yeomans explains why embracing sustainability is key to helping companies articulate their sense of purpose (and their reason to exist) in a world where social media is eroding trust in all institutions. The book shows how social media has made sustainability a mainstream concern for all society, how it compelled companies to be more authentic and accountable in their actions and how it will continue to shape how companies communicate the importance of sustainability to all of society. This book is a powerful guide for both communication and marketing professionals in business, especially Fortune 500, FTSE 250 companies and agencies, on how to use social media to communicate with their audiences and stakeholders in an authentic way. It is also a guide/text book for the growing field of sustainability communication in higher education.
Understanding Social Media by
Understanding Social Media is the essential guide to social media for students and professionals alike. Drawing on the experience, advice and tips from dozens of digital marketers and social media superstars, it is an extensive crowd-sourced guide to social media platforms. Illustrated throughout with case studies from both successful and failed campaigns, Understanding Social Media democratizes knowledge of social media and promotes best practice, answering questions such as 'How do you create a compelling social media campaign?', 'How do you build and engage with an audience?' and 'Where is the line between online PR and social media drawn?' It is the most comprehensive and practical reference guide to social media available.
Partnering with a leading social media listening platform, this course provides learners with the foundational skills of social media listening including the creation of monitors and common social media metrics. Moving beyond social media listening, this course shows learners how social media data can be used to provide insights into market structure and consumers’ perceptions of the brand. Learners will have the opportunity to assess data and discern how to "listen" to the data by watching video lectures and completing activities, practice quizzes, discussion boards, and peer assessments.
The B2B Social Media Book by
Advance your B2B marketing plans with proven social media strategies Learn social media's specific application to B2B companies and how it can be leveraged to drive leads and revenue. B2B marketers are undervalued and under appreciated in many companies. Social media and online marketing provide the right mix of rich data and reduction in marketing expenses to help transform a marketer into a superstar. The B2B Social Media Book provides B2B marketers with actionable advice on leveraging blogging, LinkedIn, Twitter, Facebook and more, combined with key strategic imperatives that serve as the backbone of effective B2B social media strategies. This book serves as the definitive reference for B2B marketers looking to master social media and take their career to the next level. Describes a methodology for generating leads using social media Details how to create content offers that increase conversion rates and drive leads from social media Offers practical advice for incorporating mobile strategies into the marketing mix Provides a step-by-step process for measuring the return on investment of B2B social media strategies The B2B Social Media Book will help readers establish a strong social media marketing strategy to generate more leads, become a marketing superstar in the eye of company leaders, and most importantly, contribute to business growth.
Data visualization in society by
Today we are witnessing an increased use of data visualization in society. Across domains such as work, education and the news, various forms of graphs, charts and maps are used to explain, convince and tell stories. In an era in which more and more data are produced and circulated digitally, and digital tools make visualization production increasingly accessible, it is important to study the conditions under which such visual texts are generated, disseminated and thought to be of societal benefit. This book is a contribution to the multi-disciplined and multi-faceted conversation concerning the forms, uses and roles of data visualization in society. Do data visualizations do 'good' or 'bad'? Do they promote understanding and engagement, or do they do ideological work, privileging certain views of the world over others? The contributions in the book engage with these core questions from a range of disciplinary perspectives.
Facebook Marketing by
The bestselling Sybex guide to marketing on Facebook, now fully updated As the second most-visited site on the web, Facebook offers myriad marketing opportunities and a host of new tools. This bestselling guide is now completely updated to cover all of the latest tools including Deals, sponsored stories, the Send button, and more. It explains how to develop a winning strategy, implement a campaign, measure results, and produce usable reports. Case studies, step-by-step directions, and hands-on tutorials in the popular Hour-a-Day format make this the perfect handbook for maximizing marketing efforts on Facebook. This revised guide fills you in on the latest Facebook conventions, tools, and demographics, and outlines the important strategic considerations for planning a campaign Takes you step by step through crafting an initial Facebook presence, developing an overall marketing strategy, setting goals, defining metrics, developing reports, and integrating your strategy with other marketing activities Covers using features such as events, applications, and pay-per-click advertising Includes case studies and directions for updating, monitoring, and maintaining your campaign This popular guide is packed with up-to-date information to help you develop, implement, measure, and maintain a successful Facebook marketing program.
Marketing with Social Media by
Introduce your business to the world with this essential guide to social media marketing "Marketing with Social Media: 10 Easy Steps to success for Business "is your step-by-step guide to using Facebook, LinkedIn, Twitter, Google+, Pinterest and YouTube to promote your business. In 10 quick and easy steps, you'll learn how to use social media effectively, establish a simple marketing plan and measure the results of your efforts. You'll learn the basics of building profile pages, and how to create appropriate content that can be accessed by thousands of potential customers. This new edition is packed full of tips, traps to avoid and social media success stories, plus information on the newer platforms including Vine and Instagram. Social media is a low-cost marketing strategy that can be a huge bonus to small businesses. With the right technique, you can get to know your customers better, and expand your networks without breaking the bank, all while retaining full control over your message. "Marketing with Social Media" shows you how best to shape your social media strategy to suit your particular business, with practical advice and expert insight into the components of a successful campaign. You'll learn to: Create a profitable social media strategy for your businessExploit each platform to reap the highest returnsMaster the basics of each platform, and optimise your contentShape your reputation and promote your social media efforts Early success is important to the longevity of a resource-poor company's campaign. When done correctly, social media can propel a small business into unprecedented profitability, whereas misguided or half-hearted attempts result in wasted time. For small business owners seeking increased exposure without increased expenses, "Marketing with Social Media" is a roadmap to online social media campaigns.
Maximize your social : one-stop guide to building a social media strategy for marketing and business success by
Create and maintain a successful social media strategy for your business Today, a large number of companies still don't have a strategic approach to social media. Others fail to calculate how effective they are at social media, one of the critical components of implementing any social media strategy. When companies start spending time and money on their social media efforts, they need to create an internal plan that everyone can understand. Maximize Your Social offers a clear vision of what businesses need to do to create--and execute upon--their social media for business road map. Explains the evolution of social media and the absolute necessity for creating a social media strategy Outlines preparation for, mechanics of, and maintenance of a successful social media strategy Author Neal Schaffer was named a Forbes Top 30 Social Media Power Influencer, is the creator of the AdAge Top 100 Global Marketing Blog, Windmill Networking, and a global social media speaker Maximize Your Social will guide you to mastery of social media marketing strategies, saving you from spending a chunk of your budget on a social media consultant. Follow Neal Schaffer's advice, and you'll be able to do it yourself--and do it right.
The Seven Principles of Digital Business Strategy by
If we are creating most of our competitive advantage at the strategic planning stage, why are we spending so little time on this and so much time on technology? This book is not about why you should digitally transform and become more strategic; it's about how. It lays out the steps that must be taken, the data that should be used, and the decision tree to be followed. Following the principles laid out in this book allows organizational leaders, marketers, and technologists to talk at a high strategic level without getting bogged down in the tactics and delivery that consumes most of the time, attention, and activity in the modern workplace. Use the seven principles of digital business strategy to define the direction of travel for your business in today's digital economy.
Social Business By Design : Transformative Social Media Strategies for the Connected Company. by
From the Dachis Group--the global leader in social business--comes the groundbreaking book on transformative social business strategies. Social Business By Design is the definitive management book on how to rethink the modern organization in the social media era. Based on their research and work through the Dachis Group, thought leaders Dion Hinchcliffe and Peter Kim deftly explore how the social, cultural, and technological trends provoked by the social media explosion are transforming the business environment. Designed as both a strategic overview and a hands-on resource, Social Business By Design clearly shows how to choose and implement a social business strategy and maximize its impact. Explains the mechanisms, applications, and advantages of a strategic array of social media topics, including social media marketing, social product development, crowdsourcing, social supply chains, social customer relationship management, and more Features examples from high-profile companies such as SAP, Procter & Gamble, MillerCoors, Bloomberg, HBO, Ford, and IBM who have implemented social business strategies Draws on the extensive research and expertise of the Dachis Group, which has helped numerous Fortune 500 clients plan, build, and activate effective social business solutions Containing actionable, high-impact techniques that save time and the bottom line, Social Business By Design will transform any organization's strategy to ensure success and avoid disruption in a fast-moving world.
The social executive : how to master social media and why it's good for business by
Social media is not about social media. It's about leadership and connections. Billions of conversations are taking place in social networks every day. But for busy executives and business owners, time constraints make it hard to dedicate time to demystifying these communication opportunities. In The Social Executive, readers are given evidence-based, data-driven strategies for mastering social media, and using it to enable business success. This book's easy, straightforward, practical style ensures that you will gain a solid working platform in the shortest amount of time possible. The focus is on the reasons why social media is important for executives, and how it aligns perfectly with business strategies. The Social Executive is for analogue people who know they need to be digital but need a guiding hand - the book is a safety net - it's saying - we will guide you there - we will tell you why - we will tell you how - let us help you to remain relevant and become more influential - it's about human communication. It gives the tips and tools to adapt to new online environments, and the confidence to use them to build credibility, authority deeper and new business relationships. Written by Dionne Kasian-Lew, an expert who has advised many executives on the topic of corporate social media use, this resource also helps professionals pinpoint the most important social networks to invest time in, and explores which platforms are best suited for various communication goals. Brings together strategy and concrete actions, so can learn not only the most rewarding approaches, but how best to carry them out Delves into the benefits of a strong presence on the most popular social networks, including Twitter, LinkedIn, SlideShare, Pinterest, Instagram, Google+ and YouTube Presents hard evidence that shows the positive results of investing time and energy in social networks Focuses on the most important aspects of social networks that can be learned in a short period, and is designed for busy professionals Social networks represent a powerful way to make connections and draw attention and interest to your company. This resource can help you hit the ground running and become social media savvy efficiently and effectively.
Social information : gaining competitive and business advantage using social media tools by
Information available through 'traditional' business and competitive resources can be complimented by information gained through social media tools. Social Information is a must-have book for competitive and business researchers in any discipline including librarians, information professionals, intelligence analysts, students and marketing personnel, and explores how more 'traditional' resources can be complimented by social media tools. The book outlines different categories of social tools, competitive and business applications of these tools, and provides example searches with screenshots. The book provides concrete search examples, as well as strategies and approaches for searching social tools that may be available today or that may emerge tomorrow. Readers will learn ways to quickly develop new search strategies as new tools and features emerge. The future of social tools and information, and the lasting impact that these tools have had on how information plays a part in our lives, our businesses and our careers is discussed. The title is structured into seven chapters, covering: the impact of social media, and the approach of the book; a brief history of business and competitive information and the rise of social tools; blogs and microblogs; video, audio and images; social search engines; and the future of social information. The book specifically explores business and competitive information and approaches using social media tools Written by a highly knowledgeable and long-time practitioner and researcher in the field Provides both practical and strategic search approaches, so that the skills learned will be readily transferable to other social tools, and to social tools as they evolve
The social media bible : tactics, tools & strategies for business success by
The go-to guide to social media skills, now in an updated and revised Third Edition The Social Media Bible is comprehensive 700-plus page social media resource that will teach corporate, small business, and non-profit marketers strategies for using social media to reach their desired audiences with power messages and efficiency. This newly revised 3rd edition addresses technology updates to the iPad, apps, Foursquare, and other geotargeted networks. New case studies and company profiles provide practical examples of how businesses have successfully implemented these strategies, using the newest social media marketing tools. Updates and changes to Google's search engine algorithms More information on plug-ins, widgets, apps, and integration Updates on Twitter and Yammer and new information on Google+ The latest in mobile marketing Master the latest social media tools and deliver powerful messaging in the most effective way possible with The Social Media Bible.
Social Media Branding for Small Businesses by
Social media branding provides the thinking, evidence, and practice to create a road map for practitioners in small businesses to develop and implement their brand in online and of ine communities. It provides a starting point, as one of the biggest issues for small businesses is where to start. Social Media Branding For Small Businesses provides a framework to guide your strategy and implementation. The approach is called the 5-Sources Model. The resources are the have fundamental branding principles that focus on simply outsourcing your brand. Putting the customer back in control while focusing on the community and this group of dedicated customers and other stakeholders. The 5-Sources Model simply says that the social media brand for small businesses needs to play an important role in your customers' functional and emotional existence. It is both the serious and the fun experience of your brand.
Social Media for Business by
The quick-and-easy guide to effective social media marketing Social Media for Business is the essential guide to navigating the social media maelstrom and effectively promoting your business online. You'll learn how to develop a simple marketing plan, use social media effectively and measure the results of your efforts as you turn contacts and followers into customers. This new third edition has been updated to reflect the expanding influence of Instagram, and includes Snapchat, Security, Social Influence and updated case studies that illustrate the rapid evolution of social media as a business tool. You'll learn about the recent changes to Facebook, LinkedIn, YouTube and Pinterest and how to factor them into your strategy -- as well as when to decide to transition toward or away from any specific platform. Social media can help you expand your networks, engage with your customers and help you grow your business, but not all platforms work for all businesses. The best results come from directed effort and stellar execution, and this book shows you how to make it happen from setup to sale. Learn where to focus your efforts for maximum gain Discover the newest platforms, their demographics and their potential Understand key changes that can affect the way you use major platforms Build an effective social media presence that translates into business Not every business needs a Facebook page, but every business does need some sort of online presence -- and social media can be a high-impact, cost-effective way to reach thousands of potential customers. From building a profile to creating and curating content, Social Media for Business is packed with guidance every business owner needs.
The Social Media Management Handbook by
How do organizations manage social media effectively? Every organization wants to implement social media, but it is difficult to create processes and mange employees to make this happen. Most social media books focus on strategies for communicating with customers, but they fail to address the internal process that takes place within a business before those strategies can be implemented. This book is geared toward helping you manage every step of the process required to use social media for business. The Social Media Management Handbook provides a complete toolbox for defining and practicing a coherent social media strategy. It is a comprehensive resource for bringing together such disparate areas as IT, customer service, sales, communications, and more to meet social media goals. Wollan and Smith and their Accenture team explain policies, procedures, roles and responsibilities, metrics, strategies, incentives, and legal issues that may arise. You will learn how to: Empower employees and teams to utilize social media effectively throughout the organization Measure the ROI of social media investments and ensure appropriate business value is achieved over time Make smarter decisions, make them more quickly, and make them stick Get the most out of your social media investment and fully leverage its benefits at your company with The Social Media Management Handbook.
Social Media Marketing by
Published in 1837, Hans Christian Andersen's The Emperor's New Clothes tells the tale of two weavers who present a non-existent suit of clothes to the Emperor with the caution that the suit is invisible to those who are unfit for their positions, stupid, or incompetent. As the Emperor parades in his underwear no one dares to say that they see no clothes--with the exception for one small child who exclaims; "he isn't wearing anything at all." Fast forward to the present day and business owners and managers around the world are told that anyone who cannot see the benefits of social media marketing are unfit for their positions, stupid, or incompetent. As organizations, brands and products fill the social media landscape with meaningless, objectiveless drivel that has interest to no one and serves only to waste resources and alienate customers, a small voice can be heard exclaiming; "who told you that was a good idea?" The caveat to this contemporary tale is that for a very few organizations, brands and products, social media has provided a kind-of marketing panacea. Correction: make that a very, very few organizations. For the rest, they are metaphorically parading in their digital underwear. All is not lost however. Although many have been duped in a new clothes-esque sting, and that their social media marketing efforts are indeed, invisible--but marketing on social media might just be riding to the rescue.
Women, work, and the Web : how the Web creates entrepreneurial opportunities by
In a tight economy women entrepreneurs are making progress in a field that has been traditionally (along with science, math, and engineering) one which women haven't been well represented--technology. Women, Work, and the Web: How the Web Creates Entrepreneurial Opportunities is by contributors from the United States and Canada sharing how the Internet has opened doors, leveled the playing field, and provided new opportunities. How the Internet has helped women with young children, caretakers of disabled family members, women with disabilities. How it has helped female veterans gain employment, put women into work boots, publish in a male dominated world, become editors, online instructors, and hold the First International Day of the Girl. The twenty-eight chapters are divided into five parts: Fostering ChangeRunning a BusinessEducational ApplicationsPersonal AspectsPublishing and Writing.It is exciting to see how the creative contributors of different ages, backgrounds, and goals, are using the Web to further their careers and the status of other women as they progress online.
Working the Crowd : Social media marketing for business. by
Engaging with social media such as Facebook and Twitter is now a key part of global business communications. Blogs, social networking and social news sites have become the new tools for effective marketing and sales. This book is an excellent resource for anyone planning a social media strategy or campaign. It includes: sites and blogs for networking; social media brands and reputation; legal issues. This new edition covers the latest thinking, practices and technology such as Google+.
Special Topics on Export Operations Management (SPETOMA)
This course seeks to better acquaint the student with current thinking and research in the academic discipline of operations management through an examination of the most recent literature. Topics including management systems from functional to process-focused, setting benchmarks throughout the process to help qualify levels of success, establish a system of knowledge management for the seamless alignment of teams and departments, improving process management using Lea, Six Sigma, and other methodologies and create a sound strategic planning initiative to eliminate future surprises.
Business Process Management by
Business Process Management, a huge bestseller, has helped thousands of leaders and BPM practitioners successfully implement BPM projects, enabling them to add measurable value to their organizations. The book's runaway success can be attributed partly to its overview of all major useful frameworks (such as LEAN and Six Sigma) without over-investment in one over another, and a unique emphasis on BPM's interrelationship with organizational management, culture and leadership--BPM is about people as much as processes. Its common-sense approach teaches how BPM must be well-integrated across an entire business if it's to be successful: augmented and aligned with other management disciplines. This highly anticipated third edition brings Jeston and Nelis' practicable frameworks and solutions up-to-date with the latest developments in BPM, including the application of the frameworks to value-driven BPM. This thoroughly revised and updated new edition includes: * Enhanced pedagogy to help students learn and tutors use the book for their classes: now includes learning outcomes, chapter topics, learning objectives, highlighted key points, chapter summaries, critical discussion points and self-test questions * New and revised case studies throughout * New chapters on questions that have become more crucial since the second edition's publication: How should we start--top-down or bottom-up? Should we be customercentric? How does BPM link to today's most pertinent management and technology issues? What are the critical success factors? * Due to popular demand, a new and expanded section on IT in BPM * A brand new companion website including slides and assignment answers!
The Intersection of Change Management and Lean Six Sigma by
"Randy has crafted an invaluable book, no matter where you are in the journey of organizational change management. A must-have guide you will refer to again and again." - Marshall Goldsmith, author of the #1 New York Times bestseller, Triggers. 　 "Randy Kesterson recognizes that much of the energy that organizations put into Lean and Six Sigma improvements is wasted when the results are not applied effectively due to the organization's resistance to change." 　　 - Ellen Domb, Ph.D. PQR, one of the world's top 50 quality experts at QualityGurus.com "Finally, a book that recognizes that most organizations are on the left side of the FAT-LEAN continuum. Far too many organizations think they are Lean/Six Sigma mature only to realize that they aren't even close." - Gerhard Plenert, Ph.D., serves as Director of Executive Education, Shingo Institute, Home of the Shingo Prize The Intersection of Change Management and Lean Six Sigma: The Basics for Black Belts and Change Agents is for Lean and Six Sigma professionals working inside organizations with low Lean maturity and significant resistance to change. Written by a business executive and certified Lean Six Sigma black belt, this book: Provides sound, innovative practices for those interested in successfully navigating organizational change. Focuses on culture change and mindsets, not just tools and applications. Stresses effective communication ensuring that various stakeholders understand the reasons for the change, the benefits, and the details. Illustrates how the benefits of Lean and Six Sigma initiatives can benefit the change management process. This book pinpoints and examines the intersection of change management and Lean Six Sigma. It features interviews with change management practitioners (executives, project managers, and black belts) and provides pertinent case studies detailing successful and failed changes. 　 　
An Introduction to Operations Management by
An Introduction to Operations Management: The Joy of Operations covers the core topics of operations management, including product and service design, processes, capacity planning, forecasting, inventory, quality, supply chain management, and project management. Das provides a clear, connected, and current view of operations management and how it relates to a firm's strategic goals. Students will benefit from the real-world scenarios that foster an understanding of operations management tasks. Without relying heavily on statistics and mathematical derivations, the book offers applied models and a simple, predictable chapter format to make it easy to navigate. Students of introductory operations management courses will love this practical textbook. A companion website features an instructor's manual with test questions, as well as additional exercises and examples for in-class use.
Knowledge Management by
An overview of what knowledge management is, the theoretical basis behind it, and practical insights into how it can be implemented effectively in a professional setting. Starting with a discussion of how knowledge management has evolved, how it adds value for organisations, and how it′s success can be measured. The book then covers best practice and the key activities associated with doing knowledge management, including knowledge strategy, managing knowledge loss and knowledge sharing. Finishing with a discussion of knowledge management's role in international business and what future developments are expected in the field. Practical insights are drawn from around the world, with case studies such as how NASA forgot how to send a man to the Moon, Acer: The smiling Asian tiger, and why Saudi Arabia's experts do not learn from overseas experts. The book is supported by online resources for lecturers and students, including PowerPoint slides, an instructor's manual, access to SAGE journal articles, and scorecards for measuring usefulness of knowledge management tools.Suitable reading for undergraduate and postgraduate business and management students on knowledge management & organizational learning modules.
Knowledge Management by
Knowledge management is a strategic issue for companies, and international standards such as ISO recently integrate it into its requirements. However, it is still an ill-defined concept, and methodologies to implement it are not very well known. This book is the result of over twenty years of research in different labs and application in a wide range of public or private companies around the world. It gives a global and coherent view both from the theoretical and practical point of views.
Knowledge Management in Practice by
"This evidence-based book provides the framework and guidelines that professionals need for working with the contemporary explosion of data that is creating opportunities and challenges to all phases of our society and commerce." -Larry R. Medsker, Research Professor in Physics and Data Science, The George Washington University Knowledge Management in Practice is a resource on how knowledge management (KM) is implemented. It provides specific KM methods, tips, techniques, and best practices to gain competitive advantage and the most from investing in KM. It examines how KM is leveraged by first responders, the military, healthcare providers, insurance and financial services companies, legal firms, human resources departments, merger and acquisition (M&A) firms, and research institutions. Essential KM concepts are explored not only from a foundational perspective but also from a practical application. These concepts include capturing and codifying tacit and explicit knowledge, KM methods, information architecture, search, KM and social media, KM and Big Data, and the adoption of KM. Readers can visit the book's companion website, KM Mentor (www.KMMentor.com), where they can access: Presentations by industry leaders on a variety of topics KM templates and instruction on executing KM strategy, performing knowledge transfer, and KM assessments and audits KM program and project implementation guidance Insights and reviews on KM tools Guidance on implementing and executing various KM Methods Specialized KM publications A private secure collaboration community for members to discuss ideas and get expert answers and advice
Knowledge Management in Theory and Practice, Third Edition by
A new, thoroughly updated edition of a comprehensive overview of knowledge management (KM), covering theoretical foundations, the KM process, tools, and professions. The ability to manage knowledge has become increasingly important in today's knowledge economy. Knowledge is considered a valuable commodity, embedded in products and in the tacit knowledge of highly mobile individual employees. Knowledge management (KM) represents a deliberate and systematic approach to cultivating and sharing an organization's knowledge base. This textbook and professional reference offers a comprehensive overview of the field. Drawing on ideas, tools, and techniques from such disciplines as sociology, cognitive science, organizational behavior, and information science, it describes KM theory and practice at the individual, community, and organizational levels. Chapters cover such topics as tacit and explicit knowledge, theoretical modeling of KM, the KM cycle from knowledge capture to knowledge use, KM tools, KM assessment, and KM professionals. This third edition has been completely revised and updated to reflect advances in the dynamic and emerging field of KM. The specific changes include extended treatment of tacit knowledge; integration of such newer technologies as social media, visualization, mobile technologies, and crowdsourcing; a new chapter on knowledge continuity, with key criteria for identifying knowledge at risk; material on how to identify, document, validate, share, and implement lessons learned and best practices; the addition of new categories of KM jobs; and a new emphasis on the role of KM in innovation. Supplementary materials for instructors are available online.
Lean Six Sigma for Leaders by
A refreshingly practical guide to real-world continuous improvement Lean Six Sigma for Leaders presents a no-frills approach to adopting a continuous improvement framework. Practical, down-to-earth and jargon-free, this book outlines the basic principles and key points of the Lean Six Sigma approach to help you quickly determine the best course for your company. Real-world case studies illustrate implementation at various organisations to show you what went right, what went wrong, what they learned and what they would have done differently, giving you the distilled wisdom of hundreds of implementations with which to steer your own organisation. Written from a leader's perspective, this quick and easy read presents the real information you need to make informed strategic decisions. While many organisations have implemented either Lean or Six Sigma, there is a growing interest in a combined approach; by implementing the most effective aspects of each, you end up with a more potent, adaptable system that benefits a wider range of organisations. This book shows you how it works, and how to tailor it to your organisation's needs. Understand the basic principles and key aspects of Lean Six Sigma Examine case studies of organisations that have implemented the framework Build on the lessons learned by other leaders to shape your own path Achieve continuous improvement by creating the right environment for success In theory, every organisation would like to attain continuous improvement -- but what does that look like in day-to-day practice? How is it structured? What practices are in place? How can you implement this new approach with minimal disruption to daily operations? Lean Six Sigma for Leaders answers these questions and more, for a clear, actionable guide to real-world implementation.
Lean Six Sigma in the Age of Artificial Intelligence: Harnessing the Power of the Fourth Industrial Revolution by
The world's leading expert on Lean Six Sigma provides the missing link for reducing waste and taking operations to the next level: Artificial Intelligence "Whatever the industry, there is an executive with the grit and determination to apply AI to attain the fastest growth, the highest investment returns, to dominate that industry. The only question is: will it be you?" -from Lean Six Sigma in the Age of Artificial Intelligence Combine the power of AI and LSS to seize the competitive advantage--quickly, decisively, and permanently Since 2001, business leaders have been using Lean Six Sigma (LSS) to drive improvements across industries, enabling their companies to reduce cycle time and waste, thus improving revenue and profits. Now they can finally unlock their company's full potential by combining LSS and AI. In Lean Six Sigma in the Age of Artificial Intelligence, the world's most respected expert on LSS, Michael L. George, Sr., shows how to harness the power of the technology that promises changing everything as we know it--Artificial Intelligence--to dramatically enhance any LSS management program. This game-changing guide takes you through the process of using AI to unlock maximum speed, solve complex manufacturing challenges, reduce waste, increase company profits, and ultimately outflank your competition at every turn. With Lean Six Sigma in the Age of Artificial Intelligence, you'll take this revolutionary approach to its limits--and that will make all the difference between business success and failure in the coming decades.
Matching supply with demand : an introduction to operations management by OM by
Learn operations and supply chain management YOUR way with OM! Whether you choose print only, online only, or a print with online OM combination, you get cutting-edge coverage that reflects the latest research and practices from the field. OM6�s easy-reference, paperback textbook presents course content through visually engaging chapters as well as tear-out Chapter Review Cards that consolidate the best review material into a ready-made study tool. With the textbook or on its own, OM Online allows easy exploration of OM topics anywhere, anytime -- including on your device! Collect your notes and create StudyBits� from interactive content as you go so you can more easily remember key concepts. Then use preset study resources or personalize the product through easy-to-use tags and filters to prioritize your study time. Make and review flashcards, review related content, and track your progress with Concept Tracker -- all in one place and at an affordable price!
Open Innovation and Knowledge Management in Small and Medium Enterprises by
The book studies the interplay between open innovation and knowledge management issues in small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs). With the proliferation of the open innovation paradigm and against the backdrop of increasing external knowledge transfer activities, knowledge management is more important than ever for innovation and firm performance of any type of organization. In fact, knowledge management is no longer a pure intra-organizational activity but constitutes a vital interface function between the organization and its external partners/stakeholders.Throughout the book, readers will obtain both a broad overview of the two main concepts namely open innovation and knowledge management and its interplay. In addition, research will be presented which will help the readers to develop and/or expand their understanding of the phenomenon. This broad approach can also support in broadening the mindset regarding the topic under investigation and its application. Thereby, this book will primarily focus on SMEs and their approach with respect to the interplay in question.In order to achieve the above-mentioned aim, the book consists of ten chapters that are assigned to three parts. Part 1 introduces to the main concepts, namely, SMEs, Open Innovation, Knowledge Management, and the interplay between open innovation and knowledge management in SMEs. This is followed by Part 2, which provides empirical research insights into the phenomenon of interest. The book concludes with Part 3 which addresses promising future avenues regarding the study of open innovation and knowledge management in SMEs. All the chapters are written by leading international researchers in the respective fields, which makes the book a unique piece of work.
Operations Management by
Cachon 1e is designed for undergraduate students taking an introductory course in operations management. This text will share many of the strengths of Matching Supply with Demand: An Introduction to Operations Management (3e). Operations Management by Cachon comprehensively spans the relevant domain of topics, is accessible to a typical undergraduate student (i.e., limited real world business experience), incorporates the latest research and knowledge, and provides thorough pedagogical support for instructors along with innovative learning support for students. Connect is the only integrated learning system that empowers students by continuously adapting to deliver precisely what they need, when they need it, and how they need it, so that your class time is more engaging and effective.
Operations management in the supply chain by
Operations Management in the Supply Chain: Decisions and Cases is an ideal book for the instructor seeking a short text with cases. This book employs a cross-functional perspective that emphasizes strategy and critical thinking, appealing to non-majors and practical for use in an MBA level or undergraduate course in operations management. The size and focus of the book also make the text attractive for the cross-functional curriculum where students are required to purchase more than one text. The eighteen cases offer variety in length and rig∨ and several are from Ivey, Stanford, and Darden. This mix makes the book appropriate for both undergraduates and MBA students.
The Power of Business Process Improvement by
Are you baffled by how your department can keep making the same mistakes? Do you feel you have been climbing an unending, uphill battle trying to focus your employees' limited time on more valuable work? You're not alone! In fact, these obstacles are so common in business that the solution to getting past them even has a name--business process improvement (BPI).Thankfully, though, you don't have to be a BPI expert in order to resolve these situations and find the results your business needs to find success again. Written by an experienced process analyst, The Power of Business Process Improvement is the resource you need to find a simple, bottom-line approach to process improvement work. By implementing its proven 10-step method, you will be able to:* Eliminate duplication and bureaucracy* Control costs* Establish internal controls to reduce human error* Test and rework the process before introducing it* Implement the changesWhether you are new to BPI or a seasoned pro, this user-friendly how-to guide--complete with software suggestions, quizzes, a comparison of industry improvement methods, and examples to help you apply the ideas--is your solution to turning your business into the well-oiled machine you know it can be.
Service Operations Management by
Building on the foundations of the first edition, this comprehensive textbook remains a vital tool for postgraduate students seeking to understand the principles of service operations management, and for undergraduate students specializing in hospitality, tourism and public sector management.With services accounting for 70 percent of employment and growth in our economy, this textbook explains what is needed to ensure the most efficient and effective service operations are delivered. Covering not-for-profit agencies, charities, Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs) and utilities alongside finance, healthcare and commercial companies, this guide explores the essentials of service operations management with its innovative approach to delivering customers' imperatives in services.Written in a clear and accessible manner this updated second edition:* takes an increased international perspective on service operations* is updated to reflect the most significant changes in service operations management, and to provide enhanced coverage of areas touched on in the first edition* includes new and updated international case studies in each chapter, reflecting the increased globalization of service operations, with internationalizing updates to include content suitable for a global audience* covers mobile technology and presents the author's own research embracing big data analytics and neurolinguistics in building customer service systems * expands coverage of process-reengineering and service flows, business process assessments, and developing economies.
The Six Sigma Handbook by
Publisher's Note: Products purchased from Third Party sellers are not guaranteed by the publisher for quality, authenticity, or access to any online entitlements included with the product. The most important reference to Lean Six Sigma―fully updated for the latest advances This thoroughly revised, industry standard guide delivers all the information you need to apply Lean Six Sigma techniques and dramatically improve processes, profitability, sustainability, and long-term growth. Written by two of the foremost authorities in the field, the book contains full explanations of the latest lean, problem solving and change management principles and methods. You will discover how to build the best teams and foster effective leadership while maximizing customer satisfaction and boosting profits. The book includes coverage of the recently released Minitab 18. The Six Sigma Handbook, Fifth Edition covers: * Building the responsive Six Sigma organization * Recognizing and capitalizing on opportunity * Data-driven management * Maximizing resources * Project management using DMAIC and DMADV * The define phase * The measure phase * Process behavior charts * Measurement systems evaluation * The analyze phase * The improve/design phase * The control/verify phase
Visual six sigma : making data analysis lean by
Streamline data analysis with an intuitive, visual Six Sigma strategy Visual Six Sigma provides the statistical techniques that help you get more information from your data. A unique emphasis on the visual allows you to take a more active role in data-driven decision making, so you can leverage your contextual knowledge to pose relevant questions and make more sound decisions. You'll learn dynamic visualization and exploratory data analysis techniques that help you identify occurrences and sources of variation, and the strategies and processes that make Six Sigma work for your organization. The Six Sigma strategy helps you identify and remove causes of defects and errors in manufacturing and business processes; the more pragmatic Visual approach opens the strategy beyond the realms of statisticians to provide value to all business leaders amid the growing need for more accessible quality management tools. See where, why, and how your data varies Find clues to underlying behavior in your data Identify key models and drivers Build your own Six-Sigma experience Whether your work involves a Six Sigma improvement project, a design project, a data-mining inquiry, or a scientific study, this practical breakthrough guide equips you with the skills and understanding to get more from your data. With intuitive, easy-to-use tools and clear explanations, Visual Six Sigma is a roadmap to putting this strategy to work for your company.
Special Topics on Export Operations Management (SPETOMA)
This course seeks to better acquaint the student with current thinking and research in the academic discipline of operations management through an examination of the most recent literature. Topics including management systems from functional to process-focused, setting benchmarks throughout the process to help qualify levels of success, establish a system of knowledge management for the seamless alignment of teams and departments, improving process management using Lea, Six Sigma, and other methodologies and create a sound strategic planning initiative to eliminate future surprises.
Activiti 5. X Business Process Management Beginner's Guide by
"Being a Packt Beginner's Guide, each chapter follows an easy to understand approach with plenty of screenshots and clear and concise steps to guide you throughout. This book is primarily intended for Business Analysts (BAs) who need to develop a process model for implementation in a Business Process Management system. The book assumes that you have basic knowledge of business analysis; however, no Activiti or Java knowledge is required."
Business Process Change by
Business Process Change: A Business Process Management Guide for Managers and Process Professionals, Fourth Edition, provides a balanced view of the field of business process change. Bestselling author and renowned expert in the field Paul Harmon offers concepts, methods, cases for all aspects, and phases of successful business process improvement. Students and professionals alike will benefit from the comprehensive coverage and customizable, integrated approach to broad business process management that focuses on improving efficiency and productivity. In this updated Edition, particular attention is paid to the impact of disruptive technology on business and the need for agile transformation. Covers Business Process Management Systems and the integration of process redesign and Six Sigma Explores how different process elements fit together, including the human aspects of process redesign Presents best-practice methodologies that can be applied and tailored to an organization's specific needs Offers invaluable, detailed case studies demonstrating how these key methods are implemented
E-Enabled Operations Management by
Although the theory of operations management has been presented in many textbooks published in the last two decades, the subject of e-enabled operations management is rather short of easily accessible literature. The approach to operations management described in this book is unusual with respect to what is found in standard textbooks. Information and Communication Technologies (ICT) impact the ways firms are organised and managed, and as a consequence change the practical means used to conduct business operations. The features of this book are threefold. System approach to business modelling: Business activities, controlling functions and associated information systems are described within a coherent analytical system framework allowing a clear understanding of the various current control and costing concepts. Operations costing is not usually included in textbooks as part of operations management, but it should be. Cost targeting has become an integral part of good practice of business management. Validity of models: Apparently simple models are analyzed in depth. Students must be fully aware of the assumptions made when models are formulated and of their conditions of validity. Applying a model implies automatically that assumptions of a sort are taken for granted. Logistics, procurement and quality management: These three business functions are critical key success factors for managing e-enabled supply chains from suppliers to customers. That is why their main tools are introduced in this document.
From Knowledge Management to Learning Organisation to Innovation by
This book propagates the argument that innovation is heavily influenced by learning, which in turn is driven by knowledge. This means that extensive knowledge (as a basis for good knowledge management) is necessary for learning that is suitable for innovation. Since previous studies have not paid enough attention to determining which types of knowledge can be suitable or defective, this book serves to fill the void through a number of well-written articles by some of the most renowned and respected names in the fields of knowledge management, learning and innovation. From Knowledge Management to Learning Organisation to Innovation offers readers the chance to further enhance their understanding of the knowledge management and learning practices that are relevant to organizational activities. This volume is also designed to alert the management of all organisations to the risks that they could face if the innovation process is not carefully managed. It is particularly unique because of the assistance it offers to companies in avoiding exposing themselves to unnecessary problems should they not ensure that appropriate knowledge and learning processes have taken place.
Information Systems for Knowledge Management by
More and more organizations are becoming aware of the importance of tacit and explicit knowledge owned by their members which corresponds to their experience and accumulated knowledge about the firm activities. However, considering the large amount of knowledge created and used in the organization, especially with the evolution of information and communications technologies, the firm must first determine the specific knowledge on which it is necessary to focus. Creating activities to enhance identification, preservation, and use of this knowledge is a powerful mean to improve the level of economical performance of the organization. Thus, companies invest on knowledge management programs, in order to develop a knowledge sharing and collaboration culture, to amplify individual and organizational learning, to make easier accessing and transferring knowledge, and to insure knowledge preservation. Several researches can be considered to develop knowledge management programs supported by information and knowledge systems, according to their context, their culture and the stakeholders' viewpoints.
Knowledge and discourse matters : relocating knowledge management's sphere of interest onto language by
This book provides a practical approach to harnessing knowledge in organizations. Its focus is on knowledge sharing, tacit knowing, and a view of knowledge as an accomplishment in social interaction. The aim of this book is to explore and show how the phenomena of trust, risk and identity, as contexts constructed by speakers themselves, influence and mediate knowledge sharing in organizational encounters. The research particularly reveals how tacit knowledge (knowing), affects the scope and directions of everyday conversation. The first part of the book presents a comprehensive critical appraisal and analysis of the field of organizational knowledge management, followed by an introduction to the theory and methodology of discourse analysis, and a view of tacit knowing drawn from studies in implicit learning. The second part reports the detailed analysis and findings of original field research, investigating how participants in regular organizational meetings, including a discussion forum, manage the business of sharing knowledge. From the perspective of the research methodology, drawing on Discursive Psychology, knowledge is approached as an accomplishment in social interaction, with talk and text shown to be constructive, functional and action-oriented. Presents a rigorous, evidence-based approach to Knowledge Management using original research Approaches discourse as the location of knowledge work, and the site to which knowledge management practice should be focused Positions the actions of knowledge work in everyday talk and text, thus giving practitioners a ready toolset to improve their strategies, practices and understanding of knowledge within organizations Knowledge and Discourse Matters: Relocating Knowledge Management's Sphere of Interest onto Language is a great reference for organizational leaders, knowledge managers, and human resource managers. Dr. Lesley Crane is an independent consultant specializing in knowledge management, and technology supported learning for adults (e-learning). Much of her consultancy work involves providing strategic advice and research on the effective use of e-content, e-tools and the use of new technologies in the delivery of teaching and learning. Prior to working as a consultant, Lesley was Managing Director of her own SME business specializing in creative e-learning design and development for public and private sector organizations.
Knowledge Management by
This book serves as a complete introduction to the subject of Knowledge Management (KM), and incorporates technical as well as social aspects, concepts as well as practical examples, and traditional KM approaches as well as emerging topics. Knowledge Management: Systems and Processes enhances the conventional exposition of KM with an in-depth discussion of the technologies used to facilitate the management of knowledge in large and small organizations. This includes a complete description of the theory and applications of the various techniques and technologies currently in use to manage organizational knowledge. The discussion of technology is at a level appropriate for the typical business administration graduate student or corporate manager. Special features:* Includes case studies of actual implementations of KM systems, including details such as system architecture * Contains numerous vignettes describing practical applications of KM initiatives at leading firms and governmental organizations * Provides a balanced view of knowledge management, while incorporating benefits and controversial issues, and both technology and social aspects * Extremely current, making extensive use of latest developments in, and examples from, the field of KM * Written by two proficient and recognized researchers in the field of KM.
Knowledge Management in Theory and Practice, Third Edition by
A new, thoroughly updated edition of a comprehensive overview of knowledge management (KM), covering theoretical foundations, the KM process, tools, and professions. The ability to manage knowledge has become increasingly important in today's knowledge economy. Knowledge is considered a valuable commodity, embedded in products and in the tacit knowledge of highly mobile individual employees. Knowledge management (KM) represents a deliberate and systematic approach to cultivating and sharing an organization's knowledge base. This textbook and professional reference offers a comprehensive overview of the field. Drawing on ideas, tools, and techniques from such disciplines as sociology, cognitive science, organizational behavior, and information science, it describes KM theory and practice at the individual, community, and organizational levels. Chapters cover such topics as tacit and explicit knowledge, theoretical modeling of KM, the KM cycle from knowledge capture to knowledge use, KM tools, KM assessment, and KM professionals. This third edition has been completely revised and updated to reflect advances in the dynamic and emerging field of KM. The specific changes include extended treatment of tacit knowledge; integration of such newer technologies as social media, visualization, mobile technologies, and crowdsourcing; a new chapter on knowledge continuity, with key criteria for identifying knowledge at risk; material on how to identify, document, validate, share, and implement lessons learned and best practices; the addition of new categories of KM jobs; and a new emphasis on the role of KM in innovation. Supplementary materials for instructors are available online.
Knowledge management strategies and applications by
Knowledge management (KM) has become an important business strategy in an era of accelerated globalization, digitalization, and servitization of products and services. Maximizing the use of organizational resources becomes fundamental for continuous growth and prosperity. Organizations of various kinds such as resource-based organizations, product-based organizations, as well as knowledge-intensive service-oriented organizations require specific policies and support services to improve the knowledge management in their respective organizations. Knowledge Management Strategies and Applications focuses on the way organizations can create knowledge, share existing or new knowledge, and disseminate them among the stakeholders, most importantly among the employees, managers, customers, and suppliers. The selected topics are drawn from several fields of studies and give a multidisciplinary outlook. The book will be interesting not only for the researchers and students but also for the managers who want to improve knowledge sharing and innovation capabilities in their organizations.
Lean Six Sigma - Quick Study by
Whether curious as to how Lean Six Sigma works, in training for certification or a very experienced champion, everyone will find this tool essential as the ultimate quick reference guide to the combined process improvement methods of Lean and Six Sigma. This amazingly thorough 6-page laminated guide was developed by Craig Gygi, best-selling author, trainer, consultant, and internationally recognized leader in operational excellence. Color-coded sections, diagrams, examples, definitions, equations, flow of the process and tools for improvement are organized and designed for ease of reading and referencing at a moments notice. See for yourself, and then order a set for your team or organization. Suggested uses: * Introduction - curious about Lean Six Sigma as a certification or for implementation within your business * Training Tool - certification for yourself, your company or your team * Expert or Practitioner - as a handy reference to core principles or tools like charts and equations, but also as a giveaway to colleagues who need some support * Team - make this your company crib sheet
The Power of Business Process Improvement by
Are you baffled by how your department can keep making the same mistakes? Do you feel you have been climbing an unending, uphill battle trying to focus your employees' limited time on more valuable work? You're not alone! In fact, these obstacles are so common in business that the solution to getting past them even has a name--business process improvement (BPI).Thankfully, though, you don't have to be a BPI expert in order to resolve these situations and find the results your business needs to find success again. Written by an experienced process analyst, The Power of Business Process Improvement is the resource you need to find a simple, bottom-line approach to process improvement work. By implementing its proven 10-step method, you will be able to:* Eliminate duplication and bureaucracy* Control costs* Establish internal controls to reduce human error* Test and rework the process before introducing it* Implement the changesWhether you are new to BPI or a seasoned pro, this user-friendly how-to guide--complete with software suggestions, quizzes, a comparison of industry improvement methods, and examples to help you apply the ideas--is your solution to turning your business into the well-oiled machine you know it can be.
Research Methods for Operations Management by
Research Methods for Operations Management, second edition is a toolkit of research approaches primarily for advanced students and beginner researchers but also a reference book for any researcher in OM. Many students begin their career in research limited by the one or few approaches taken by their department. The concise, accessible overviews found here equip them with an understanding of a variety of methods and how to use them, enabling them to tailor their research project to their own strengths and goals. The more seasoned researcher will find comprehensive descriptions and analyses on a wide variety of research approaches. This updated and enhanced edition responds to the latest developments in OM, including the growing prominence of services and production of intangible products, and the increasing use of secondary data and of mixed approaches. Alternative research approaches are included and explored to help with the early planning of research. This edition also includes expanded literature review and analysis to guide students towards the next steps in their reading, and more detailed step-by-step advice to tie theory with the researcher's own practice. Including contributions from an impressive range of the field's leading thinkers in OM research, this is a guide that no-one embarking on an OM research project should be without.
Six Sigma Best Practices by
Continuous improvement has become synonymous with the Six Sigma process, where cost reduction and quality improvement have led to greater market share and profits. Leading organizations in diverse industries have begun to further deploy Six Sigma outside of manufacturing to maximize its benefits. This comprehensive training tool and implementation guide delineates how Six Sigma methods can be applied to processes within numerous functional areas of the organization and in diverse industries to achieve strategic and operational business excellence. It presents step-by-step techniques and flow diagrams for integrating Six Sigma as best practices into business development and management. It provides a seamless integration of Six Sigma statistical methodologies that help businesses execute their strategic plans and track both their short- and long-term strategic progress within various areas of their business. Statistical methods employed in Six Sigma are thoroughly explained and their implementation, supported by examples and exercises, is demonstrated via Minitab 14, a popular statistical software package. Six Sigma Best Practices is an ideal text for executive training in planning and leading Six Sigma programs, for Yellow, Green and Black Belt certification programs, for college courses and as a desk reference for practitioners and consultants.
Strength-Based Lean Six Sigma by
Strength-based Lean Six Sigma is a new way of approaching process improvement that combines the best practices of two established methodologies to generate a new approach in order to help you develop and deliver increased high performance in any organization. It is the first book to use approaches in business improvement as well as organizational change for optimum organizational performance and improved agility. Combining the energy and motivation released through a strengths-based approach with the focus on quality and efficiency generated by lean six sigma, it offers practitioners from all disciplines the opportunity to understand each other and work successfully together to drive effective and powerful change programmes.
Visual six sigma : making data analysis lean by
Streamline data analysis with an intuitive, visual Six Sigma strategy Visual Six Sigma provides the statistical techniques that help you get more information from your data. A unique emphasis on the visual allows you to take a more active role in data-driven decision making, so you can leverage your contextual knowledge to pose relevant questions and make more sound decisions. You'll learn dynamic visualization and exploratory data analysis techniques that help you identify occurrences and sources of variation, and the strategies and processes that make Six Sigma work for your organization. The Six Sigma strategy helps you identify and remove causes of defects and errors in manufacturing and business processes; the more pragmatic Visual approach opens the strategy beyond the realms of statisticians to provide value to all business leaders amid the growing need for more accessible quality management tools. See where, why, and how your data varies Find clues to underlying behavior in your data Identify key models and drivers Build your own Six-Sigma experience Whether your work involves a Six Sigma improvement project, a design project, a data-mining inquiry, or a scientific study, this practical breakthrough guide equips you with the skills and understanding to get more from your data. With intuitive, easy-to-use tools and clear explanations, Visual Six Sigma is a roadmap to putting this strategy to work for your company.
Social Entrepreneurship and Sustainability
The aim of the course is to provide students with a new orientation and way of thinking to organize and lead sustainable development namely through social entrepreneurship and social innovation. The course provides students with an understanding of the fields of social entrepreneurship and social innovation, which are rapidly gaining attention around the world from policy makers, organizations and others. As the traditional lines blur between non-profit enterprises, public services and business, it is critical that students understand the opportunities and challenges in this new landscape, which can be seen as highly relevant in the context of sustainability. The course aims at developing entrepreneurial skills and thinking frames for students who will lead sustainable economic, social and environmental projects in their future professions.
Concise Guide to Entrepreneurship, Technology and Innovation by
The Concise Guide to Entrepreneurship, Technology and Innovation brings together internationally recognized scholars to summarize the state of knowledge about fundamental topics in entrepreneurship, technology, and innovation. Written by the top international scholars in their field, this book has an encyclopaedic range; from academic entrepreneurship to valuing an entrepreneurial enterprise. Each chapter provides an informed overview of the topic and references in each chapter guide the reader to the more advanced literatureThis landmark book will be the first port of call for any student or scholar seeking a brief introduction to each of the fundamental topics in entrepreneurship, technology, and innovation.
Corporate Sustainability in the 21st Century by
Corporate sustainability needs a rethink. We have entered the human-influenced Anthropocene age, and we are witnessing accelerating changes in earth system processes. Businesses¿ current initiatives, such as product innovation and pollution reduction, are not enough to combat the intensifying social-ecological challenges that face us. Corporate Sustainability in the 21st Century is an innovative new textbook which provides a fresh conceptual framework for understanding and engaging with sustainability, now and in the future ¿ "Business In Nature." This book critically discusses key concepts and topics related to corporate sustainability, with a focus on corporate sustainability strategies and corporate value chains. Setting itself apart from existing books, it introduces ideas from global ecology and the natural sciences to provide readers with a new language for discussing business and sustainability. This book maintains an international perspective throughout, with a wealth of examples, case studies and discussion questions. It will be a valuable text for students of corporate sustainability; business, nature and society; and environmental studies, and will also be useful for managers seeking a new perspective on how being "green" can fit with business goals.
Digital Enablement: the Consumerizational and Transformational Effects of Digital Technology by
This collection of papers from the Digital Enablement Conference 2016 aims to illustrate various aspects of the digital enablement phenomenon. Over the last two decades, advances in digital technology have fundamentally transformed the way we do business, work, and live. As new technologies emerge, they offer new possibilities for addressing increasingly complex economic and social problems.Digital enablement refers to the consumerizational and transformational roles of digital technology in driving business and social innovation, and has profound, multi-disciplinary implications. Some of these include: Facilitating new business models that transform the way firms transact, market, and engage with customers; providing new means of income generation for disadvantaged groups; and generating new means of social interaction, which empowers employees, customers, small businesses, and entire communities.This book introduces readers to case studies of digital enablement in business and society. It offers unique insights into the phenomenon from multiple contexts, giving readers a nuanced understanding of the roles digital enablement can play.
Entrepreneurship in Asia : social enterprise, network and grassroots case studies by 
Ethics in Social Networking and Business 1 by
This book, the first of two volumes dedicated to ethics in social networking and business, presents the notions, theories and practical aspects related to ethics, morale and deontology in our society. Through a series of discussions and examples on topics ranging from complexity to evolution theories, the author provides an insight into why business ethics is essential for managing risks and uncertainties. The Ethics in Social Networking and Business series is the result of a cross-integration of real experiences (from IBM, society and the Rotary Club), transdisciplinary works in decision making, and advances at the boundaries of several scientific fields.
Ethics in Social Networking and Business 2 by
This book, the second of two volumes dedicated to ethics in social networking and business, presents the future and changing paradigms related to ethics, and morality in our interconnected society. This volume analyzes advanced topics, including new technologies, transhumanism and uberization, to provide a more complex, shared and collective environment into why business ethics is essential for managing risks and uncertainties. The Ethics in Social Networking and Business series is the result of a cross-integration of real experiences (from IBM, society and the Rotary Club), transdisciplinary works in decision making, and advances at the boundaries of several scientific fields.
Social Entrepreneurship by
Social entrepreneurship explained Social entrepreneurship is a hot topic in public and non-profit management. Organizations everywhere are looking for innovative ways to respond to financial, social, and regulatory pressures. The next generation of transformative leaders will be risk takers who know how to face even the biggest challenges using market-driven strategies that get results. This book contains everything students and professionals need to know about the cutting-edge practice of social entrepreneurship. In Social Entrepreneurship, you'll learn how to read markets and environments to identify opportunities for entrepreneurial activity. Then, the authors show to convert opportunities into successful ventures: one-time initiatives, ongoing programs and new, mission-driven organizations are all covered. Sector-specific strategies and recommendations guide readers directly to the techniques that will have the biggest impact. Employs an evidence-based approach to help organizations achieve goals more efficiently Offers advice on taking advantage of new technologies and untapped resources using the most current approaches Written by renowned experts in the field of social entrepreneurship Authors Guo and Bielefeld have been instrumental in advancing the study of social entrepreneurship, and they understand the trends and currents in the field. They bring readers up to date and ready them to begin implementing changes that really make a difference. In non-profits and government, leadership is already becoming synonymous with social entrepreneurship, and this book is its foundation.
Social Entrepreneurship by
This contributed volume features state-of-the-art research from ten different countries on implementation, institutionalization and the future prospects of social entrepreneurship. This volume aims at bringing together research that considers the context of economy, politics and cultural issues combining with the needs of social and human development. By conceptualizing the notion of social entrepreneurship and societal entrepreneurship, this volume aims to disseminate the numerous streams of research and theory of social entrepreneurship to educators, libraries, scholars, non-profit researchers, public policy makers, practitioners, undergraduate and graduate students, and any organization or person interested in staying abreast of advances in this area. It is also an important reference book for teachers, students and faculty interested in conducting research or teaching social entrepreneurship. ​
Social Entrepreneurship:An Affirmative Critique by
Pascal Dey and Chris Steyaert provide a timely critique on the idea of social entrepreneurship and its reputation as a means for positive social change. The book uses different traditions and modes of critique to interrogate, disrupt and reimagine the concept of social entrepreneurship. Presented in five parts, each individual contribution uses a different critical perspective to analyse and assess social entrepreneurship in its mythological, ideological and performative constitution, looking for its democratic possibilities and alternative affirmations. Using varied analytical approaches, the resulting work highlights the need for a greater recognition of the unintended effects of social entrepreneurship and in doing so, adds nuance to a concept that has gone relatively unchallenged. In addition, each chapter identifies intriguing points for further research.Scholars in the fields of social entrepreneurship, management and organizational studies will find this a relevant and insightful work. Those with a wider scholarly interest in critical research, particularly in the humanities or social sciences, will also find the critical approaches compelling.
Social Entrepreneurship and Research Methods by
The mission of the Research Methodology in Strategy and Management book series is to provide a thoughtful medium to comment, critique, and build knowledge relevant to techniques that advance the strategic management field. This ninth volume in the series explores the theme of "Social Entrepreneurship and Research Methods." This volume provides a critical examination of previous approaches used to explore phenomena of interest in the growing study of social entrepreneurship. The importance of construct management in this emerging field is explored in depth, and the contributors to this volume provide thoughts on a number of valuable approaches to collect both qualitative and quantitative data germane to the study of social enterprise. This volume also highlights the promise of longitudinal techniques, the use of configurational approaches, and other techniques that allow for the incorporation of rich qualitative information to aid in the study of social enterprise growth and performance.
Social Entrepreneurship and Social Innovation by
This book provides comprehensive and advanced analysis of the characteristics of social entrepreneurship in Europe. It offers innovative, up-to-date research on the ecosystems of social entrepreneurship, the behavior of social entrepreneurs, their ability to produce social innovation, social capital and social inclusion, and the role of stakeholders in fostering socially oriented businesses. Moreover, it addresses the diversity of the European social enterprise sector from an evolutionary perspective, with particular reference to the rise of social entrepreneurship and the role of new-generation social entrepreneurs throughout Europe. Multidisciplinary contributions authored by experts from business and accounting, economics and sociology serve the purpose of delivering a holistic study of social entrepreneurship, also providing the necessary data for delivering policy implications on the features of the most effective enabling social and institutional eco-systems. The broad approach based on different theoretical frameworks and methodologies, across numerous disciplines, enables the authors to tackle all of the complex research issues connected to social entrepreneurship in the region. The book builds on the results of the European Union 7FP (European Union's Research and Innovation funding programme for 2007-2013) funded "EFESEIIS - Enabling the flourishing and evolution of social entrepreneurship for innovative and inclusive societies" research project. The central theme of the book is an evolutionary perspective on the dynamics and the rise of the social enterprise in Europe. This evolutionary perspective can both be used in an economic as well as a social longitudinal analysis of changing contexts and entrepreneurial practices. The evolutionary perspective will be used as a tool to account for the specificity of developmental pathways in different contexts and countries.
Social Entrepreneurship for Development by
This book presents a fresh approach to poverty alleviation by bridging the fields of international development and social entrepreneurship. The authors present a six-step model for developing an IP business positioning strategy that allows developing country producers to position themselves better as owners of retail brands in foreign market countries. Readers will learn how producers can control the supply　chain, including distribution to retail stores. Focusing on Africa and least developed countries (LDCs), the authors demonstrate methods of utilizing intellectual property tools, producer ownership, market positioning, and branding for lucrative outcomes. Extensive research provides readers with a thorough understanding of what it means to work smarter in a developing business, while a rich set of international cases offers insight into the practical applications of brand positioning, trademarks, and licenses. With a dozen online workbooks to outline methodology, skills, tools, and case studies, Social Entrepreneurship for Development will be a valuable resource for any student of social entrepreneurship or international development.
Social Innovation and Sustainable Entrepreneurship by
The rapid and formative rise in research on social innovation and entrepreneurship means that theoretical frameworks are still being created, while traditional notions of economic efficiency and social welfare are tested. The field is progressing fastest in the measurement and measuring of social entrepreneurial effectiveness. Social innovators, who draw from philanthropy, as well as capital markets, for financial resources, have adopted the lean start up as a paradigm for their organization logics. This collection showcases the myriad emerging philosophical, methodological, and theoretical approaches, many of which are led by practitioners. It is organized into five sections. The first section reports on theoretical approaches to researching sustainable entrepreneurship that are less familiar. The second section reports on research focusing on the entrepreneurial responses to problems of climate change. The third and fourth sections report on research investigating social entrepreneurial processes, and how opportunities are formed and exploited. The fifth section reports on the ethical dimensions of social innovation.Researchers, scholars, educators and policymakers will find this book a useful reference, with novel ideas for future research and discourse.
Social Sustainability for Business by
Social Sustainability for Business demonstrates the need for a transformational change to the way businesses across the globe operate. What has become the standard, accepted "business model," with a focus on corporate profit, shareholder wealth maximization, and GDP growth, is no longer a sustainable business model for workers, consumers, communities, society, the planet, or any of its inhabitants and ecosystems. The authors argue that the current commercial system depletes natural resources, denigrates human rights, and inhibits positive social and technological innovation. To address these issues, they focus on societal goals--such as a sustainable planet, meeting human rights of workers, and safe products for consumers--and outline steps that organizations and individuals must take to achieve them. Readers will gain insight into the psychological barriers to and influences on sustainable behavior. They will also learn how reconsidering corporate social responsibility and business ethics can stop and reverse the destruction of a profit-based approach. Cases on modern examples of sustainability or lack thereof explain how establishing and maintaining a socially sustainable business system can protect the environment, meet the rights of its people, and ensure that their needs are met tomorrow. End-of-chapter and end-of-case discussion questions will help students in sustainability classes to think critically about the practical impact of the topics discussed.
Sustainable Entrepreneurship and Social Innovation by
Sustainable entrepreneurship has attracted growing attention in both scholarly and practitioner circles. Focusing on generating social, environmental and business value, the notion has been raised more recently to address the contribution of entrepreneurial activities to sustainable economic and social development. Sustainable Entrepreneurship and Social Innovation builds on a theoretical framework that addresses related topics via a combination of insights from sustainability, policy, managerial, strategic, innovation and institutional perspectives. Providing empirical casework as well as a conceptual and theoretical framework, the book takes a global, interdisciplinary approach to the emergent field of sustainable entrepreneurship. The book highlights elements of sustainable entrepreneurship which have a societal impact as well as regional relevance and related aspects of innovation are also presented. Definitional issues are further elaborated in order to encompass the main inter-connected fields of study, sustainable entrepreneurship and social innovation. This book is an important resource for academic researchers, and postgraduate and advanced undergraduate students in the fields of entrepreneurship, innovation and sustainability.
Sustainable Luxury and Social Entrepreneurship by
Luxury products are now seen by a growing number of global consumers as an important and more widely available way of expressing personal aspirations and values. Most consumers of luxury products and services use them as status symbols and symbols of success. However, the definition of success - and the way it is perceived by others - is changing. Many of these successful consumers now want the brands they use to reflect their concerns and aspirations. Such products come with a heavy social and environmental cost. Sustainable luxury is about rediscovering the old meaning of luxury - a considered purchase of a beautifully crafted object with built-in social and environmental value.The social entrepreneurs documented in this book highlight the relationship between personal values and sustainability, entrepreneurship and innovation in developing and marketing luxury products. The pioneers outline how they have developed inclusive supply chains with poor and vulnerable communities. Their stories prove that luxury need not be a destructive force. Instead, this book opens a window on a world where entrepreneurial pioneers can change the rules of the game.
Theory and Empirical Research in Social Entrepreneurship by
Scholars and policy makers have long recognized entrepreneurship as a powerful engine of economic growth. There is clear evidence, however, that when it comes to social entrepreneurship, policy attention has not been matched by growth in scholarly research. This volume illustrates the type of empirical effort that must take place for the field to advance.The authors review the latest research in the field and then address the many challenges - heterogeneous institutions, geographies and cultures, fast evolving practices, the lack of reliable large datasets, and fragmented theory building - that have hampered the development of this research. In many ways, the fundamental questions relating to the rationale and definitions of social entrepreneurship are still very much a work in progress. The main characteristics emerging from the theoretical and empirical discussions in this volume exemplify such complexity. This volume will inspire future researchers to pursue cross-disciplinary theory building, with the aim of building on what we already know and resolving what remains controversial. It will also help researchers think creatively about how their work can inform practice and policy making through the initial design of the research model. This book offers an empirical approach to social entrepreneurship, that researchers, students and policy makers will find invaluable.
Think bigger : and 39 other winning strategies from successful entrepreneurs by
What does it take to succeed today both personally and professionally? In looking for answers, one obvious place to start would be to talk to self-made men and women who themselves are successful. That's exactly what Michael W. Sonnenfeldt--an accomplished entrepreneur--has done here in this ground-breaking book. Drawing on the wisdom, insight and experience of members of TIGER 21 (The Investment Group for Enhanced Results in the 21st Century), and supplementing that with additional research and interviews, Sonnenfeldt offers real-world guidance and often counter-intuitive advice and conclusions. Among the things you'll learn are: Why grit and focus trump intelligence just about every time. Why having--and listening to-- a wise mentor will create shortcuts to getting more done. What you need to do to avoid getting in your own way. And why. 'Shirtsleeves to shirtsleeves in three generations' can be avoided by taking some simple, commonsense steps. Think BIGGER will inspire you, no matter where you are in your business career. It will also show you that the skills you use to grow wealth can be applied to making the world a better place. Your success can benefit others. Michael W. Sonnenfeldt is the founder and chairman of TIGER 21, the premier peer-to-peer learning network for high-net-worth first generation wealth creators in North America and London. He is an accomplished serial entrepreneur, philanthropist and most excited that all of his proceeds from this book will support the TIGER 21 Foundation for young entrepreneurs.
Social Entrepreneurship and Sustainability
The aim of the course is to provide students with a new orientation and way of thinking to organize and lead sustainable development namely through social entrepreneurship and social innovation. The course provides students with an understanding of the fields of social entrepreneurship and social innovation, which are rapidly gaining attention around the world from policy makers, organizations and others. As the traditional lines blur between non-profit enterprises, public services and business, it is critical that students understand the opportunities and challenges in this new landscape, which can be seen as highly relevant in the context of sustainability. The course aims at developing entrepreneurial skills and thinking frames for students who will lead sustainable economic, social and environmental projects in their future professions.
Digital Kenya : an entrepreneurial revolution in the making by
This book is open access under a CC BY 4.0 license. Presenting rigorous and original research, this volume offers key insights into the historical, cultural, social, economic and political forces at play in the creation of world-class ICT innovations in Kenya. Following the arrival of fiber-optic cables in 2009, Digital Kenya examines why the initial entrepreneurial spirit and digital revolution has begun to falter despite support from motivated entrepreneurs, international investors, policy experts and others. Written by engaged scholars and professionals in the field, the book offers 15 eye-opening chapters and 14 one-on-one conversations with entrepreneurs and investors to ask why establishing ICT start-ups on a continental and global scale remains a challenge on the "Silicon Savannah". The authors present evidence-based recommendations to help Kenya to continue producing globally impactful ICT innovations that improve the lives of those still waiting on the side-lines, and to inspire other nations to do the same.
The Entrepreneur : the economic function of the free enterprise by
This book presents the economic theories with regards to the entrepreneur of yesterday and those of more recent years, on which issue research has been developing exponentially since the last third of the 20th Century. Much of this book will be devoted to contemporary theories. This presentation of economic theories of the entrepreneur leads us to wonder about the structural development of the free enterprise system in the short and the long term. The proliferation of entrepreneurial initiatives leads in effect to a profound transformation of modes of production and work, for example under the current phenomenon of uberization economy.
Making Ecopreneurs : Developing Sustainable Entrepreneurship. by
The first edition of this book looked at the emergence of 'ecopreneurs' - environmental entrepreneurs gaining competitive advantage for their firms through understanding and utilising green issues. These green entrepreneurs have led the way in enabling market forces to generate economic growth whilst protecting the environment and encouraging sustainability. This new edition continues the examination of what distinguishes these green entrepreneurs from others. It draws on a diverse range of case studies embracing examples of both successful and unsuccessful ecopreneurial ventures on at least four continents. Contributions have been updated and a number of entirely new chapters describe sustainable business projects in places ranging from the USA , India, western Europe, UK, Australia, central America and New Zealand. Making Ecopreneurs, second edition, charts recent developments and remains highly relevant to researchers in the fields of sustainable business development and entrepreneurship, to policymakers within governments and NGOs, and to those running businesses.
Pilot to profit : navigating modern entrepreneurship to build your business using online marketing, social media, content marketing and sales by
Ready to generate sales, build brand buzz, and watch your cash flow soar? Entrepreneurs, prepare for takeoff! Pilot to Profit clears up the confusion of modern entrepreneurship--so you can build a smart, successful, and sustainable business with sky-high returns. If you find yourself overwhelmed with questions--Do I really need to be on Instagram, Facebook and Twitter? How do these other people command such high fees (and how can I)? How do I double my profits this year without doubling the work?--this book can provide answers to help you get unstuck, as well as proven strategies to help your business get found and turn connections into paying customers, whether you're an established enterprise or just starting out. Learn how to: Gain a stronger money mindset and stop sabotaging your ability to be paid what you're worth for the work you do Set your money-making "radar" on high alert Create a clearly defined business model that maximizes what comes in, with less effort put out Find the right channels to grow your business so you can reach more people Create content that raises your credibility and puts you on the map (because without great content, your business might never be found) Use email and social media to grow your fan base Lastly, you'll walk away understanding how to sell what you do, whom to sell it to, and precisely how to find and connect with those people. This book takes you step-by-step on your journey to building a successful, profitable business you love. With Pilot to Profit, you're officially cleared for takeoff.
Social Business and Base of the Pyramid : Levers for Strategic Renewal by
This book analyzes how social business and base of the pyramid approaches allow companies to reinvent themselves, or in other words how they are the levers for strategic renewal. It highlights the constraints and possible difficulties encountered in the process of corporate renewal, drawing on individual and collective restraints to outline the key themes for a company's successful transition. The author uses the case of Danone to explain how such a process of strategic renewal can take time and calls for a shared vision not only among the directors but between all the players, with a strong emphasis on long-term commitment. Throughout this book, the author offers guidance to help others complete this process with success, encouraging the reader to seize opportunities for change.
Social Economics and Entrepreneurship by
In the context of recent changes in the economic and social spheres, one of the most important topics of interest for researchers is the analysis of the way in which social economics and entrepreneurship may be used as successful approaches in social work. This type of approach has seen a remarkable increase in popularity, and has implications for social, economic, and political organisations, as well as for the design of governing policies and strategies at local, regional, national, and eve...
Social Entrepreneurship by
Social entrepreneurship explained Social entrepreneurship is a hot topic in public and non-profit management. Organizations everywhere are looking for innovative ways to respond to financial, social, and regulatory pressures. The next generation of transformative leaders will be risk takers who know how to face even the biggest challenges using market-driven strategies that get results. This book contains everything students and professionals need to know about the cutting-edge practice of social entrepreneurship. In Social Entrepreneurship, you'll learn how to read markets and environments to identify opportunities for entrepreneurial activity. Then, the authors show to convert opportunities into successful ventures: one-time initiatives, ongoing programs and new, mission-driven organizations are all covered. Sector-specific strategies and recommendations guide readers directly to the techniques that will have the biggest impact. Employs an evidence-based approach to help organizations achieve goals more efficiently Offers advice on taking advantage of new technologies and untapped resources using the most current approaches Written by renowned experts in the field of social entrepreneurship Authors Guo and Bielefeld have been instrumental in advancing the study of social entrepreneurship, and they understand the trends and currents in the field. They bring readers up to date and ready them to begin implementing changes that really make a difference. In non-profits and government, leadership is already becoming synonymous with social entrepreneurship, and this book is its foundation.
Social Entrepreneurship and Social Enterprises by
Migrant women stepping into ethnic catering; homeless men employed to take care of bees producing honey for sale; young people on the edge getting microcredit funding to start social businesses; or former criminals joining forces to create social and economic structures for an honest lifestyle. These initiatives capture the transformative power of social enterprise and might indicate how social enterprises have the potential to make a difference for people and societies. The Nordic countries represent an interesting case. Social enterprises and co-operatives played a significant part in paving the way for the Nordic solicaristic welfare state. As the welfare state grew, civil society organizations and co-operatives lost ground, to a certain extent. But in recent decades, the welfare state has been restructured and, simultaneously, the concepts social entrepreneurship and social enterprises have gained attention. The Nordic context, with extensive public welfare structures and a high degree of citizens' participation in public affairs, might affect the emergence of social entrepreneurship and social enterprises.
Social entrepreneurship and social innovation in the Nordic countries : Initiatives to promote social entrepreneurship and social innovation by
The Nordic countries are currently facing major challenges with regard to maintaining and further developing social welfare. Against this background, the Nordic Council of Ministers decided in autumn 2013 to appoint a working group to map initiatives to support social entrepreneurship and social innovation in the Nordic countries. The main purpose of this mapping is to increase knowledge of initiatives to support social entrepreneurship and social innovation in the Nordic Region in the work to include disadvantaged groups in employment and society. This report presents the results from the mapping and the working group's recommendations for further follow-up.
Social Entrepreneurship in Tunisia by
This paper examines the current state of the social enterprise sector in Tunisia and its potential for contributing to the country`s development objectives. The paper is based on a literature review, mapping of SEs in Tunisia, a series of interviews with social entrepreneurs and local experts, and an in-depth study of four SEs. The study draws on international policy experiences to provide conclusions and recommendations regarding the role that the government and donors could play to promote social entrepreneurship in Tunisia.
Social Innovation and Sustainable Entrepreneurship by
The rapid and formative rise in research on social innovation and entrepreneurship means that theoretical frameworks are still being created, while traditional notions of economic efficiency and social welfare are tested. The field is progressing fastest in the measurement and measuring of social entrepreneurial effectiveness. Social innovators, who draw from philanthropy, as well as capital markets, for financial resources, have adopted the lean start up as a paradigm for their organization logics. This collection showcases the myriad emerging philosophical, methodological, and theoretical approaches, many of which are led by practitioners. It is organized into five sections. The first section reports on theoretical approaches to researching sustainable entrepreneurship that are less familiar. The second section reports on research focusing on the entrepreneurial responses to problems of climate change. The third and fourth sections report on research investigating social entrepreneurial processes, and how opportunities are formed and exploited. The fifth section reports on the ethical dimensions of social innovation.Researchers, scholars, educators and policymakers will find this book a useful reference, with novel ideas for future research and discourse.
Sustainable Luxury and Social Entrepreneurship by
Luxury products are now seen by a growing number of global consumers as an important and more widely available way of expressing personal aspirations and values. Most consumers of luxury products and services use them as status symbols and symbols of success. However, the definition of success - and the way it is perceived by others - is changing. Many of these successful consumers now want the brands they use to reflect their concerns and aspirations. Such products come with a heavy social and environmental cost. Sustainable luxury is about rediscovering the old meaning of luxury - a considered purchase of a beautifully crafted object with built-in social and environmental value.The social entrepreneurs documented in this book highlight the relationship between personal values and sustainability, entrepreneurship and innovation in developing and marketing luxury products. The pioneers outline how they have developed inclusive supply chains with poor and vulnerable communities. Their stories prove that luxury need not be a destructive force. Instead, this book opens a window on a world where entrepreneurial pioneers can change the rules of the game.
Think bigger : and 39 other winning strategies from successful entrepreneurs by
What does it take to succeed today both personally and professionally? In looking for answers, one obvious place to start would be to talk to self-made men and women who themselves are successful. That's exactly what Michael W. Sonnenfeldt--an accomplished entrepreneur--has done here in this ground-breaking book. Drawing on the wisdom, insight and experience of members of TIGER 21 (The Investment Group for Enhanced Results in the 21st Century), and supplementing that with additional research and interviews, Sonnenfeldt offers real-world guidance and often counter-intuitive advice and conclusions. Among the things you'll learn are: Why grit and focus trump intelligence just about every time. Why having--and listening to-- a wise mentor will create shortcuts to getting more done. What you need to do to avoid getting in your own way. And why. 'Shirtsleeves to shirtsleeves in three generations' can be avoided by taking some simple, commonsense steps. Think BIGGER will inspire you, no matter where you are in your business career. It will also show you that the skills you use to grow wealth can be applied to making the world a better place. Your success can benefit others. Michael W. Sonnenfeldt is the founder and chairman of TIGER 21, the premier peer-to-peer learning network for high-net-worth first generation wealth creators in North America and London. He is an accomplished serial entrepreneur, philanthropist and most excited that all of his proceeds from this book will support the TIGER 21 Foundation for young entrepreneurs.
Using Entrepreneurship and Social Innovation to Mitigate Wealth Inequality by
Economic inequality continues to contribute to political and social instability around the world. This instability stifles development and results in widening the wealth gap between the "haves" and "have nots," further eroding stability. It has been argued that entrepreneurship is a prime contributor to this vicious cycle. Using Entrepreneurship and Social Innovation to Mitigate Wealth Inequality contends that this is only true when the opportunity for entrepreneurship is limited to a few. The authors maintain that when entrepreneurship is open to anyone who is properly motivated, innovative, and has a goal of growth for their enterprise, it helps build wealth for a greater number of people. The concept of "social entrepreneurship" is introduced, where entrepreneurship becomes a vehicle for explicitly addressing community-based economic and social challenges using markets. The book uses examples of entrepreneurial projects and programs that have attempted to address inequality to discuss entrepreneurship as an economic development strategy and its role in addressing the challenges of economic inequality. It advocates thinking and acting systemically, creating and sustaining entrepreneurial support ecosystems, in order to generate the synergy required to scale-up development and transform our economies and provides a distinctive perspective on a pressing social and economic issue, with significant implications for the future of the United States and the world.
Women, work, and the Web : how the Web creates entrepreneurial opportunities by
In a tight economy women entrepreneurs are making progress in a field that has been traditionally (along with science, math, and engineering) one which women haven't been well represented--technology. Women, Work, and the Web: How the Web Creates Entrepreneurial Opportunities is by contributors from the United States and Canada sharing how the Internet has opened doors, leveled the playing field, and provided new opportunities. How the Internet has helped women with young children, caretakers of disabled family members, women with disabilities. How it has helped female veterans gain employment, put women into work boots, publish in a male dominated world, become editors, online instructors, and hold the First International Day of the Girl. The twenty-eight chapters are divided into five parts: Fostering ChangeRunning a BusinessEducational ApplicationsPersonal AspectsPublishing and Writing.It is exciting to see how the creative contributors of different ages, backgrounds, and goals, are using the Web to further their careers and the status of other women as they progress online.
This course exposes students to how IS/IT investments are being used to structure/support the business operating models of companies to remain competitive in their respective industries. The course offering per term will be limited to Manufacturing (Consumer product), Retail, and Life Sciences and Pharma along with information related to concepts and processes.
Business Driven Information Systems by 
CIO best practices : enabling strategic value with information technology by
CIO BEST PRACTICES Enabling Strategic Value with Information Technology SECOND EDITION For anyone who wants to achieve better returns on their IT investments, CIO Best Practices, Second Edition presents the leadership skills and competencies required of a CIO addressing comprehensive enterprise strategic frameworks to fully leverage IT resources. Filled with real-world examples of CIO success stories, the Second Edition explores: CIO leadership responsibilities and opportunities The business impacts of both business and social networking, as well as ways the CIO can leverage the new reality of human connectivity on the Internet The increasingly inextricable relationships between customers, employees, and their use of personal information technologies Emerging cultural expectations and standards outside the workplace Current CRM best practices in terms of the relationship between customer preferences and shareholder wealth Enterprise energy utilization and sustainability practices--otherwise known as Green IT--with all the best practices collected here, in one place Best practices for one of the Internet's newest and most revolutionary technologies: cloud computing and ways it is shaping the new economics of business
E-logistics : managing your digital supply chains for competitive advantage by
E-logistics serves as the nerve system for the whole supply chain and enables smooth information flow within and between organizations. This contributed book focuses on the strategic role of e-logistics in today's dynamic global environment. In E-Logistics international experts from both academia and industry examine how competitiveness and productivity in transport, logistics and supply chain management can be improved using e-logistics systems and technologies. A variety of successful e-logistics business approaches are discussed covering a range of commercial sectors and transport modes. Separate chapters consider e-logistics developments for air freight; rail freight; road freight; sea transport and port systems. Subsequent chapters address in depth support systems for B2C and B2B e-commerce and e-fulfilment, warehouse management, RFID, electronic marketplaces, global supply network visibility, and service chain automation. Industry case studies are used to support the discussion. The book also investigates emerging technologies in e-logistics and considers what the future might hold in this rapidly changing and developing field.
Ethics in Information Technology by
Preparing for a future in IT? ETHICS IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY, 6E provides an understanding of the legal, ethical, and societal implications of information technology that you�ll need as a successful IT professional. Examine ethical situations in IT and review practical advice for addressing common issues as you study professional codes of ethics, cyberattacks and cybersecurity, security risk assessment, privacy, electronic surveillance, and freedom of expression. You also review Internet censorship, protection of intellectual property, ethical decisions in software systems, IT�s impact on society, social networking, and ethics of IT corporations. This book provides a thorough foundation for addressing ethical issues in today's workplace. Business vignettes, Critical-Thinking exercises, thought-provoking Cases and decision-making features prepare you to make key business decisions.
Fundamentals of Information Systems by
Gain an overview of the core principles of IS and how it is practiced today as the concise, nine-chapter FUNDAMENTALS OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS, 9th edition combines the latest research with the most current coverage available. The book addresses analytics; big data; business intelligence; cloud computing; cybercrime and information system security; e-commerce; enterprise systems; ethical, legal, and social issues of information systems; mobile computing solutions; and systems acquisition and development. You learn how information systems can increase profits and reduce costs as you explore the latest information on artificial intelligence, change management, consumerization of information systems, data governance, energy and environmental concerns, global IS challenges, Internet of Everything, Internet censorship and net neutrality, IS careers, and virtual teams. Leading online MindTap help you further maximize success as an employee, decision maker, and business leader.
Information systems : what every business student needs to know by
Most information systems textbooks overwhelm business students with overly technical information they may not need in their careers. Information Systems: What Every Business Student Needs to Know takes a new approach to the required information systems course for business majors. For each topic covered, the text highlights key "Take-Aways" that alert students to material they will need to remember during their careers. Sections titled "Where You Fit In" and "Why This Chapter Matters" explain how the topics being covered will impact students once they are on the job. Review questions, discussion questions, and summaries are also included in each chapter to reinforce learning. The book is presented in four parts: About Information Systems: covers general information systems concepts that students need to know as they learn about real-world information systems Technology Fundamentals: supplies a foundation in information technology that fills the gaps most students have when they learn through trial and error Information Systems at Work: details the nitty-gritty of how actual companies use information systems in the real word Managing Information Systems: addresses the issues involved in selecting, developing, and managing information systems The text includes a running case study that follows two management information systems majors in college. As the two main characters study the information systems of a medical practice, students follow along and learn valuable lessons as they see how the case plays out. In addition to the running case study, each chapter also includes two mini cases that illustrate the concepts discussed in that chapter. Maintaining a focus on the essential concepts students must know before entering the business world, this book covers the subject of information systems in a manner that students will find accessible.
Information Technology Project Management by
The 5th Edition of Jack Marchewka's Information Technology Project Management focuses on how to create measurable organizational value (MOV) through IT projects. The author uses the concept of MOV, combined with his own research, to create a solid foundation for making decisions throughout the project's lifecycle. The book's integration of project management and IT concepts provides students with the tools and techniques they need to develop in this field.
Information Technology Project Management by
Develop a strong understanding of IT project management as you learn to apply today's most effective project management tools and techniques with the unique approach found in Schwalbe's INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY PROJECT MANAGEMENT, 9E. Examine the latest developments and skills as you prepare for the Project Management Professional (PMP) or Certified Associate in Project Management (CAPM) exams. This edition reflects content from the latest PMBOK® Guide, 6E and the Agile Practice Guide while providing a meaningful context. Examples from familiar companies featured in today's news discussion, exercises and cases reinforce learning. Time-saving template files assist in completing tasks. Agile information, a guide to using Microsoft Project 2016 and MindTap online resources will help you master today's most marketable IT project management skills.
Introduction to information systems by Management information systems : concepts and applications by 
Managing Information Technology by
A thorough and practical guide to IT management practices and issues. KEY TOPICS: Managing IT in a Digital World; Computer Systems; Telecommunications and Networking; The Data Resource; Enterprise Systems; Managerial Support Systems; E-Business Systems; Basic Systems Concepts and Tools; Methodologies for Custom Software Development; Methodologies for Purchased Software Packages; IT Project Management; Planning Information Systems Resources; Leading the Information Systems Function; Information Security; Legal, Ethical, and Social Issues MARKET: For managers seeking to enhance their understanding of IS management.
MIS8 : management information systems by
Learn Management Information Systems YOUR Way with MIS! MIS�s easy-reference, paperback textbook presents course content through visually-engaging chapters as well as Chapter Review Cards that consolidate the best review material into a ready-made study tool. With the textbook or on its own, MIS Online allows easy exploration of MIS anywhere, anytime - including on your device! Collect your notes and create StudyBits� from interactive content as you go to remember what�s important. Then, either use preset study resources, or personalize the product through easy-to-use tags and filters to prioritize your study time. Make and review flashcards, review related content, and track your progress with Concept Tracker, all in one place and at an affordable price!
Principles of Information Systems by
Develop an understanding of the core principles of IS and how it is practiced today with PRINCIPLES OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS, 13th edition. This edition combines the latest research with the most current coverage available as content highlights IS-related careers. You explore the challenges and risks of computer crimes, hacking, and cyberterrorism as well as the most current research on big data, analytics, and global IS and social networking. In addition, you examine business intelligence, cloud computing, e-commerce, enterprise systems, mobile computing, strategic planning, and systems acquisition. You learn how information systems can increase profits and reduce costs as you explore artificial intelligence, change management, data governance, environmental concerns, Internet of Everything, Internet censorship and net neutrality, virtual teams, and more. Interactive multimedia resources, MindTap, help you maximize success as an employee, decision maker, and business leader.
Service management : operations, strategy, information technology by
This title contains current examples from the field of technology. It also covers global operations and the need for continuous improvement in the quality and productivity in the service industry.
Strategic Information Technology by
Successfully navigate the changing face of the CIO role Strategic Information Technology offers CIOs a handbook for engaging with the senior management conversations surrounding strategy. The CIO role is currently undergoing a massive transition from technology-focused expert to a more strategic mindset, and this book provides proven methods for taking your seat at the table. Lessons from high-performing CIOs and a wealth of leading-edge insight provide invaluable guidance for positioning technology as a strategic driver across the business, while a focus on building the necessary connections--for example, an alliance between IT and HR--provide a multimodal approach to navigating the transition. The evolution of the CIO's role involves more than simply technical knowledge; the new CIO must be an influencer, an engager, and just as adept at the soft skills that become increasingly crucial as you climb the management ladder. It's about changing mindsets, translating hard skills into strategic advantages, and demonstrating IT's value to the strategic decision making process. This book provides best practices, illustrative examples, and up-to-date perspective for CIOs wanting to: Position IT as a critical driver of overall strategy Build on functional expertise with strategic insight Learn from the stories of successful tech-to-strategy transformations Engage C-Suite peers in shaping the strategic conversation Not long ago, the CIO occupied a unique place in the C-Suite. Executive by title, CIOs have nevertheless been seen as predominantly the "chief tech expert" with little input into strategy, as IT has historically been regarded as a tool rather than a source of competitive advantage. The truth is becoming increasingly apparent, with companies around the world turning to technology in order to gain a competitive edge, and CIOs are beginning to claim their place in strategy discussions. Strategic Information Technology offers much needed guidance for a successful transformation.
The Strategic Management of Information Systems by
A comprehensively updated revision of a book regarded by many as one the leading and authoritative titles for practitioners, academics and students in the domain of information systems and technology (IS/IT) strategy. Presents a structured framework with tools, techniques and ways of thinking which provide a practical approach to building a digital strategy, expressed primarily in the language of business and management. Brings together the implications of the significant advances in IT and the most useful current thinking, research, and experiences concerning the business impact and strategic opportunities created by IS/IT. Peppard and Ward discuss the key questions that managers have to grapple with of where, when and how to invest in IS/IT, which is why a IS/IT (or digital) strategy is required.
This course exposes students to how IS/IT investments are being used to structure/support the business operating models of companies to remain competitive in their respective industries. The course offering per term will be limited to Manufacturing (Consumer product), Retail, and Life Sciences and Pharma along with information related to concepts and processes.
Asymmetric Alliances and Information Systems by
This book explores the impact of information systems on the management of North-South asymmetric strategic alliances through a series of in-depth case studies which analyze different types of partnerships. Positioned at the heart of the value creation process, the choice of information system seems to be becoming a strategic issue which should be centered not only on the organizational decisions related to the type of alliance but also the management systems of each of the partners. The authors provide an understanding of the nature of this relationship between the organizational structure and the method of information system integration in asymmetric alliances. The in-depth analysis of strategic alliance case-studies illustrates the different methods of information system integration, which are themselves linked to the organisational and structural choices of the alliance. These methods are characterized by information-sharing and coordination mechanisms as well as the balance of control over shared activities developed by the distinct partners.
CIO best practices : enabling strategic value with information technology by
CIO BEST PRACTICES Enabling Strategic Value with Information Technology SECOND EDITION For anyone who wants to achieve better returns on their IT investments, CIO Best Practices, Second Edition presents the leadership skills and competencies required of a CIO addressing comprehensive enterprise strategic frameworks to fully leverage IT resources. Filled with real-world examples of CIO success stories, the Second Edition explores: CIO leadership responsibilities and opportunities The business impacts of both business and social networking, as well as ways the CIO can leverage the new reality of human connectivity on the Internet The increasingly inextricable relationships between customers, employees, and their use of personal information technologies Emerging cultural expectations and standards outside the workplace Current CRM best practices in terms of the relationship between customer preferences and shareholder wealth Enterprise energy utilization and sustainability practices--otherwise known as Green IT--with all the best practices collected here, in one place Best practices for one of the Internet's newest and most revolutionary technologies: cloud computing and ways it is shaping the new economics of business
Digital depression : information technology and economic crisis by
The financial crisis of 2007-08 shook the idea that advanced information and communications technologies (ICTs) as solely a source of economic rejuvenation and uplift, instead introducing the world to the once-unthinkable idea of a technological revolution wrapped inside an economic collapse. In Digital Depression, Dan Schiller delves into the ways networked systems and ICTs have transformed global capitalism during the so-called Great Recession. He focuses on capitalism's crisis tendencies to confront the contradictory matrix of a technological revolution and economic stagnation making up the current political economy and demonstrates digital technology's central role in the global political economy. As he shows, the forces at the core of capitalism--exploitation, commodification, and inequality--are ongoing and accelerating within the networked political economy.
E-marketing : applications of information technology and the internet within marketing by
Without a doubt, new technologies, and notably the Internet, have had a profound and lasting impact on the marketing function. A paradigm shift has occurred which will forever change the way marketers and marketing managers work. This doesn't mean, however, that 'old' marketing tools are no longer relevant. In this brand new textbook, Cor Molenaar summarizes classic concepts and current developments to create a new, integrated marketing model, in which all components are part of a customer-oriented approach. Molenaar highlights the influence of the application of IT and the Internet within marketing and reveals how this can affect the form, focus and business model of an organization. Supplemented by practical examples throughout, e-Marketing is an essential read for all marketing and business administration students.
Information technology ethics by
This book focuses on how human interactions with technology and information systems could have important ethical implications for both businesses and society at large. By debating issues such as a law for robots, digital healthcare, and codes of conduct in the educational sector, this volume provides provocative insights which challenge students, scholars and anyone concerned with information in society to think critically and draw their own conclusions. Throughout the chapters brought together here, the authors offer relevant theoretical and empirical contributions, which relate to a variety.
Information technology project managers' competencies by
The purpose of this book is to shed light on the performance and personal competencies of information technology (IT) project managers in South Africa. Predictive models are built to determine what project managers consider the crucial competencies they should possess to deliver an IT project successfully. This investigation takes place in the context of poor IT project success rates globally and, in particular, in South Africa. This novel research seeks to extend the debate on project success beyond what merely constitutes success or failure, but seeks to find clarity in what IT project managers believe are the essential competencies in practice. This quantitative research gathered data by way of an online survey based on literature regarding the Project Management Competency Development Framework (PMCDF). The population consisted of IT project managers in South Africa. Four hundred and two respondents chose to share their insights. Through the use of descriptive and multivariate statistics, major competency factors were identified. These factors were used in structural equation modelling to build various validated predictive models. This book contributes to the current body of knowledge by uncovering the competencies that IT project managers consider themselves competent in. The structural equation models indicated predictors of perceived competence by IT project managers and where these perceived competencies differ from literature. Twelve managerial implications are highlighted in the final chapter that seek to draw the myriad of threads together into a coherent summary. It is apparent that IT project managers do not consider the PMCDF important in its entirety, but instead choose to focus on certain competencies. This book is intended for reading by fellow researchers as well as project and IT practitioners. These may include IT managers, IT executives, project managers, project team members, the project management office (PMO), general managers and executives that initiate and conduct project-related work. This body of work is original and has not been plagiarised, although certain concepts have been tested in peer reviewed academic work by way of conference proceedings. Instances of this have been referenced and cited. This book is in its first edition and has not been based on thesis work published previously.
Lean Management Principles for Information Technology by
Whether it's because of a lack of understanding, poor planning, or a myriad of other things, 50 to 60 percent of the IT effort in most companies can be considered waste. Explaining how to introduce Lean principles to your IT functions to reduce and even eliminate this waste, Lean Management Principles for Information Technology provides t
Strategic Information Technology by
Successfully navigate the changing face of the CIO role Strategic Information Technology offers CIOs a handbook for engaging with the senior management conversations surrounding strategy. The CIO role is currently undergoing a massive transition from technology-focused expert to a more strategic mindset, and this book provides proven methods for taking your seat at the table. Lessons from high-performing CIOs and a wealth of leading-edge insight provide invaluable guidance for positioning technology as a strategic driver across the business, while a focus on building the necessary connections--for example, an alliance between IT and HR--provide a multimodal approach to navigating the transition. The evolution of the CIO's role involves more than simply technical knowledge; the new CIO must be an influencer, an engager, and just as adept at the soft skills that become increasingly crucial as you climb the management ladder. It's about changing mindsets, translating hard skills into strategic advantages, and demonstrating IT's value to the strategic decision making process. This book provides best practices, illustrative examples, and up-to-date perspective for CIOs wanting to: Position IT as a critical driver of overall strategy Build on functional expertise with strategic insight Learn from the stories of successful tech-to-strategy transformations Engage C-Suite peers in shaping the strategic conversation Not long ago, the CIO occupied a unique place in the C-Suite. Executive by title, CIOs have nevertheless been seen as predominantly the "chief tech expert" with little input into strategy, as IT has historically been regarded as a tool rather than a source of competitive advantage. The truth is becoming increasingly apparent, with companies around the world turning to technology in order to gain a competitive edge, and CIOs are beginning to claim their place in strategy discussions. Strategic Information Technology offers much needed guidance for a successful transformation.
Supply Chain Information Technology by
The rapid growth in computer technology providessupply chain managers with valuable tools to bettercoordinate and control their operations. This bookseeks to describe systems available to give supplychains information system support, demonstratingkey tasks with demonstrated analytic techniques.This second edition provides you with newer cases todemonstrate concepts that will allow to better manageyour supply chain management position in one of thefastest growing fields in our economy.
Explore these full text databases dealing with Export Management to view and download articles/readings for your research:
